FCC ID: BCGA3357 Tablet Device

 

iPad User Guide Welcome iPad User Guide Everything you need to know about iPad Get started Set up a few basic features before you start using your new iPad. Setup basics Add a personal touch Your iPad can reflect your style, interests, and display preferences. Customize the Lock Screen, add widgets to the Home Screen, adjust text size, and more. Make your iPad your own Multitask with iPad Learn how to work with multiple apps and windows. Streamline your workflow on iPad Boost your creativity Discover new ways to express yourself with Apple Pencil. Do more with Apple Pencil Set up features for kids When you decide your child is ready for their own iPad, you can create an Apple Account for them, add them to Family Sharing, guide their usage with parental controls, and set up other kid-friendly features. Customize iPad for your child To explore the iPad User Guide, click Table of Contents at the top of the page, or enter a word or phrase in the search field. Introducing iPad iPad models iPad models compatible with iPadOS 26 This guide helps you get started using iPad and discover all the amazing things it can do with iPadOS 26, which is compatible with the following models:

iPad mini (6th generation) iPad mini (5th generation) iPad mini (A17 Pro) iPad (8th generation) iPad (10th generation) iPad (9th generation) iPad (A16) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad Air (4th generation) iPad Air (5th generation) iPad Air 11-inch (M2) iPad Air 11-inch (M3) iPad Air 13-inch (M2) iPad Air 13-inch (M3) iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (4th generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (M4) iPad XX iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (6th generation) iPad Pro 13-inch (M4) iPad YY Your features and apps may vary depending on your iPad model, region, language, and carrier. To find out which features are supported in your region, see the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Note: Apps and services that send or receive data over a cellular network, or that answer incoming calls, may incur additional fees. Contact your carrier for information about your service plan and fees. Identify your iPad model and iPadOS version Go to Settings

> General > About. See Get information about your iPad. To determine your iPad model from the physical details, see the Apple Support article Identify your iPad model. Get iPadOS updates To update your iPad to the latest iPadOS software compatible with your model, go to Settings

> General > Software Update. See Update iPadOS. iPad mini (5th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad mini (5th generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad mini Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad mini (6th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad mini (6th generation). Volume buttons Front camera Top button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash USB-C connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad mini Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad mini (A17 Pro) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad mini (A17 Pro). Volume buttons Front camera Top button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash USB-C connector Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad mini (A17 Pro) Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad (8th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad (8th generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad (9th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad (9th generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad (10th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad (10th generation). Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Front camera Microphone Rear camera Microphone Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad (A16) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad (A16). Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Front camera Microphone Rear camera Microphone Smart Connector USB-C connector Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Air (3rd generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Air (3rd generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Air (4th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Air (4th generation). Front camera Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Rear camera Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Air (5th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Air (5th generation). Front camera Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Rear camera Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Air 11-inch (M2) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Air 11-inch (M2). Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Front camera Microphone Rear camera Rear microphone Smart Connector USB-C connector Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Air 13-inch (M2) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Air 13-inch (M2). Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Front camera Microphone Rear camera Rear microphone Smart Connector USB-C connector Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Air 11-inch (M3) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Air 11-inch (M3). Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Front camera Microphone Rear camera Microphone Smart Connector USB-C connector Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Air 13-inch (M3) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Air 13-inch (M3). Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Front camera Microphone Rear camera Microphone Smart Connector USB-C connector Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear camera Flash Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Pro 11-inch (4th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Pro 11-inch (4th generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Pro 11-inch (M4) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Pro 11-inch (M4). Microphone Top button Volume buttons Camera Microphone Microphone LiDAR Scanner Rear camera Rear ambient light sensor Flash Microphone Smart connector USB connector Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad XX Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad XX. Microphone Top button Volume buttons Camera Microphone Microphone LiDAR Scanner Rear camera Rear ambient light sensor Flash Microphone Smart connector USB connector Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad XX Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear camera Flash Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Pro 12.9-inch (6th generation) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (6th generation). Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray ( Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad Pro 13-inch (M4) Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad Pro 13-inch (M4). Microphone Top button Volume buttons Front camera Microphone Microphone LiDAR Scanner Rear camera Rear ambient light sensor Flash Microphone Smart connector USB-C connector Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 iPad YY Learn the location of the cameras, buttons, and other essential hardware features on iPad YY. Microphone Top button Volume buttons Front camera Microphone Microphone LiDAR Scanner Rear camera Rear ambient light sensor Flash Microphone Smart connector USB-C connector Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad YY Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures Make your iPad your own Whats new in iPadOS 26 Setup basics Setup basics iPad has an easy setup process to help you get going when you first turn on your device. Whether youre just getting started or want to make sure you have the basics set up, youre in the right place. Transfer your apps and info onto your new iPad When you first turn on your iPad and begin the setup process, you can wirelessly transfer many of your apps, settings, and content from your previous iPad directly to your new iPadjust bring the two devices close together, then follow the onscreen instructions. Connect to Wi-Fi and set up cellular service To connect your iPad to your home Wi-Fi network, go to Settings , tap Wi-Fi, turn on Wi-Fi, then choose your network. iPad automatically connects to your Wi-Fi network whenever youre home. If you have a Wi-Fi + Cellular model, you can activate cellular service on your iPad using an eSIM (go to Settings

, tap Cellular Data). Or on supported iPad models, install a nano-SIM provided by your carrier. Sign in to your Apple Account You use your Apple Account to access Apple services such as the App Store, the iTunes Store, Apple Books, Apple Music, FaceTime, iCloud, iMessage, and more.

, tap Apple Account. If you have To sign in to your Apple Account, go to Settings an iPhone (with iOS 17 or later) or another iPad (with iPadOS 17 or later), you can simply bring your iPad near your other device. Otherwise, you can manually sign in. To verify that youre signed in, go to Settings

, tap your name; your Apple Account appears below your name. Set up Face ID or Touch ID You can use Face ID (face recognition) or Touch ID (your fingerprint), to securely unlock your iPad, sign in to many apps, and make purchases. For your security, Face ID and Touch ID data doesnt leave your device and isnt saved anywhere else. Depending on your iPad model, do one of the following:

Set up Face ID: Go to Settings then follow the onscreen instructions.

, tap Face ID & Passcode, tap Set up Face ID, Set up Touch ID: Go to Settings Fingerprint, then follow the onscreen instructions.

, tap Touch ID & Passcode, tap Add a Turn on Find My iPad You can locate your iPad if its ever lost or stolen. Go to Settings My iPad.

, tap your name, tap Find My, tap Find My iPad, then turn on Find You can see the location of your devices in the Find My app . If you lose your iPad and dont have access to the Find My app, you can locate your device using Find Devices on iCloud.com. Store your data in iCloud iCloud helps you keep your important info safe and in sync across your devices. If you replace or lose your iPad, or its damaged or stolen, your photos, videos, backups, and more remain secure in iCloud. To turn on or change the features you want to use with iCloud, go to Settings , tap your name, then tap iCloud. Want to learn more?

Turn on and set up iPad Set up cellular service on iPad Connect iPad to the internet Set up Face ID Set up Touch ID Locate a device in Find My Use iCloud on iPad The availability of features may vary depending on your iPad model and country or region. Make your iPad your own Make your iPad your own You can tailor your iPad to your own interests and preferences. Personalize your Lock Screen and Home Screen, keep certain features like brightness or text size handy, turn on accessibility features, adjust your privacy settings, and more. Customize app icons on your Home Screen You can change the look and feel of app icons on your Home Screen. Choose between light or dark, an all-new clear option, or tinted your favorite color. Touch and hold the background on any Home Screen page until the apps jiggle. Tap Edit, tap Customize, then choose from the different appearance options. Tap to make apps bigger or smaller. Personalize your Lock Screen Touch and hold the Lock Screen, then tap at the bottom of the screen. Browse the gallery of wallpaper options, then tap one to customize its appearance. Youll see options where the time adapts to whats on your screen, and also spatial scenes with 3D effects (on supported models). Set your favorite controls Many iPad featureslike Silent mode and timerare just a swipe away in Control Center. To quickly open Control Center, swipe down from the top-right corner. To add controls, open Control Center, then tap to browse the controls gallery. When you see a control you want to add, tap it. Tap Add a Control, then swipe up Use built-in accessibility features iPad provides many accessibility features to support your vision, mobility, hearing, speech, and cognitive needs. Change text size, make it easier to use the touchscreen, control iPad with just your voice, and more. To customize these settings, go to the Settings app

, then tap Accessibility. Check your privacy settings iPad is designed to protect your data and your privacy. You can grant or deny apps permission to track your activity across other companies apps and websites. To deny requests from apps to track your activity, go to the Settings app , tap Privacy & Security, tap Tracking, then turn off Allow Apps to Request to Track. Want to learn more?

Customize apps and widgets on the Home Screen Create a custom Lock Screen Use and customize Control Center Add, edit, and remove widgets Get started with accessibility features Control what you share The availability of features may vary depending on your country, region, and iPad model. Streamline your workflow Streamline your workflow on iPad Learn how to quickly switch between apps, resize and arrange multiple app windows on your screen, use the menu bar and more. Switch between apps on iPad To see all your open windows and apps, swipe up from the bottom of the screen, then pause in the middle. Tap a window to bring it to the front. Or, swipe up from the bottom of the screen, just far enough to reveal the Dock, then tap the app you want to use. To quickly switch between open apps, swipe left or right along the bottom edge of the screen. Use multiple apps at the same time First, go to the Settings app, tap Multitasking & Gestures, then choose Windowed Apps. To resize an app window, drag from either of the bottom corners. Or touch and hold use the Dock. Or swipe up from the bottom of the screen to move your open windows to the side so you can access the Home Screen.

, then select one of the window layouts. To open another app window, Find commands in the menu bar On iPad, apps have a menu bar you can use to quickly take action. To view the menu bar, tap a window from the open app, then swipe down from the top edge of the iPad screen. Access your folders from the Dock You can add folders you access frequently to the Dock to make them easy to find

, touch and hold the folder you want to move. When a and open. In the Files app menu opens, choose Add To, then tap Dock. Want to learn more?

Open apps Work with multiple windows at once Arrange windows side by side Change the layout of open windows Organize windows Not all features are available for all iPad models. Do more with Apple Pencil Do more with Apple Pencil Apple Pencil unlocks a whole new iPad experience, letting you annotate, draw, mark up, and edit in the apps you use every day. Write a quick note With Quick Note, you can jot down ideas and add links, no matter what youre doing on your iPad. Swipe Apple Pencil from the bottom-right corner of iPad, tap the note, then start writing. Gather ideas in Freeform provides a flexible canvas where you can see and share your The Freeform app ideas all in one place. You can diagram new projects, brainstorm your next big idea, or draw together with a friend over FaceTime. To create a board, tap drawing with Apple Pencil. Use tools like the watercolor brush, calligraphy pen, and highlighter to express your ideas on a boardthe only limit is your imagination.

, then start Turn handwriting into typed text You can write with Apple Pencil in any text area, and your words automatically transform to typed text. Your handwriting is converted to text directly on your iPad, so your writing stays private. Go to Settings Scribble.

, tap Apple Pencil, then turn on Mark up a screenshot Quickly take and mark up a screenshot so you can give clear feedback on a team project. To take a screenshot, swipe Apple Pencil from the bottom-left corner of iPad, then use the drawing tools to add your thoughts. Tap to share your feedback. Want to learn more?

Create Quick Notes on iPad Get started with Freeform on iPad Enter text with Scribble Take a screenshot on iPad Use Markup to add text, shapes, signatures, and more to documents The availability of features may vary depending on your language and country or region. Customize iPad for your child Customize iPad for your child You can set up your childs iPad with parental controls and kid-friendly features. Set downtime and app limits, guard your childs vision health, protect them from explicit photos, review and approve purchases, and more. You can even keep your child focused on a single app with Guided Access. Set up an iPad for your child With Family Sharing, you can set up a new iPad for your child and customize parental controls and safety features appropriate for their age. During setup, select the age range of the child who will be using the iPad, connect to your Family, then follow the onscreen instructions. If your child doesnt have their own Apple Account yet, you can create one. Set some boundaries with Screen Time With Screen Time, you can set downtime and app limits on your childs iPad. Go to Settings

, tap Family, tap your childs name, then tap Screen Time. Help protect your childs vision health To help reduce eye strain and the risk of myopia, Screen Distance reminds your child when iPad is held too close for an extended period of time (available on iPad Pro models with Face ID). Go to Settings tap Screen Time, then tap Screen Distance.

, tap Family, tap your childs name, Protect your child from explicit photos and videos iPad can detect nudity in photos and videos before theyre sent or viewed in Messages

, AirDrop, and other apps. Your child can get guidance and age-

appropriate resources to help them make a safe choice. Go to Settings Family, tap your childs name, tap Screen Time, then tap Communication Safety.

, tap Set up Apple Cash (U.S. only) You can set up Apple Cash for the kids in your Family Sharing group, so they can

. You can even limit make purchases and send and receive money in Messages who your child can send money to, get notified when they make transactions, or lock their account. Go to Settings

, tap Family, tap your childs name, tap Apple Cash, then follow the onscreen instructions. Want to learn more?

Set up a childs device Set up Screen Time for a family member Protect your vision health with Screen Distance Block apps, app downloads, websites, and purchases Set up Apple Cash Family and Apple Card Family Lock iPad to one app The availability of features may vary depending on your iPad model, language, and country or region. Whats new Whats new in iPadOS 26 Windowing. Open windows and then resize or arrange them just how you want. Use controls to close or minimize windows, take them full screen, or arrange them in easy-to-view layouts. Swipe up to see all your windows, then tap the one you want to move to the front. See Work with multiple apps at once, Change the layout of open windows, and Open and view windows in an app. Lock Screen. The time dynamically adapts its position based on the Lock Screen photo or wallpaper and always keeps the subject in view. When you move your iPad, your Lock Screen photo comes to life with a new 3D effect. See Create a custom Lock Screen. Home Screen. App icons on your Home Screen have a new look that you can tint with different colors or turn light, dark, or clear. See Customize apps and widgets on the Home Screen. Apple Intelligence.*

Create custom Genmoji using existing emoji, combinations of emoji, or descriptive text. Change the look and expressions of Genmoji and Image Playground creations that are based on people from your Photos library. Design custom backgrounds for your Messages conversations. Live Translation automatically translates texts in Messages, shows live translated captions in FaceTime calls, and provides spoken translations for Phone calls. See Create original images with Image Playground, Create your own emoji with Genmoji, Create and edit original backgrounds with Image Playground, and Translate messages and calls. Phone. The Phone app is now available on iPad. Remove unwanted distractions from unknown numbers with Call Screening, which gathers the necessary information before your phone rings, so you can make an informed decision on whether to pick up, decline, or ask for more information. Use Hold Assist to wait on hold for you and then send you a notification when its time to return to the call. See Make a call, Screen and block calls, and Receive a notification when youre no longer on hold. Files. In list view, see more of your files and their details with resizable columns and collapsible folders. Set custom icons and colors for your folders to make them easier to identify at a glance. Choose the app you want to use to open a file, and set the default app for specific files or file types. Access files and folders from anywhere when you add folders to the Dock. See Modify files and folders and Find and view files and folders. Preview. The Preview app is now available on iPad so you can easily view, edit, and share PDF documents and images. Scan documents, use AutoFill to quickly fill out forms, and export PDFs or images as different file types or sizes. See Get started with Preview. Photos. An updated design makes it easier to switch between your Library and Collections. You can now customize how Collections appearreorder them, choose which ones to pin, and select from three display sizes: larger tiles, a denser grid, or a layout that highlights the top row. See Browse your photo library and Browse your photo collections. Messages. Messages from unknown numbers are filtered into a separate area of your conversation list for you to review and approve. Backgrounds let you personalize conversations for everyone to enjoy using dynamic backgrounds, your own photos, or backgrounds you create in Image Playground. In group conversations, you can create polls to help make decisions, send money using Apple Cash, and see typing indicators. See Screen, filter, report, and block texts, Add backgrounds and Poll people in a conversation. Games. A new app where you can keep track of all the games youre playing, discover new ones, receive tailored recommendations, and start challenges with friends. See Get started with the Apple Games app. Accessibility. Braille Access introduces an all-new experience designed for Braille users with a connected Braille display that enables note-taking, document-reading, access to Live Captions and more. Vehicle Motion Cues help reduce motion sickness for passengers in moving vehicles. You can also temporarily use your Accessibility settings on someone elses device. See Use Braille Access with a braille display, Use iPad more comfortably while riding in a vehicle, and Share your Accessibility settings with another device. Family. During device set up, parents can specify if they are setting up a device for an older child, age 1317, and age-appropriate protections are automatically enabled. See Share a childs age range with apps. Journal. The Journal app is now available on iPad. Write entries in your own handwriting using Apple Pencil, include drawings inline with text, and view the location of your journal entries on a map. See Get started with Journal, Add formatting, photos, and more, and View and search journal entries. Calculator. Write an equation with three variables in Math Notes and create a graph in three dimensions. See Work with graphs in Math Notes. Music. AutoMix seamlessly mixes one song to the next, just like a DJ. See Adjust the sound quality. Audio recording. Capture high-quality audio and video during video conference calls. And a new input chooser makes it easy for creators to pick the right microphone for each app. See Record audio and video. Learn tricks for iPadOS 26. The Tips app adds new suggestions regularly, so you can get the most from your iPad. See Tips. Note: New features and apps may vary depending on your iPad model, region, language, and carrier.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Set up and get started Turn on and set up iPad You can turn on and set up your new iPad with an internet connection. You can also set up iPad by connecting it to your computer. If you have another iPhone, an iPad, or an Android device, you can transfer your data to your new iPad. Note: If your iPad is deployed or managed by a company, school, or other organization, see an administrator or teacher for setup instructions. For general information, see the Apple at Work website or Education website. Prepare for setup To make setup as smooth as possible, have the following items available:

An internet connection through a Wi-Fi network (you may need the name and password of the network) or cellular data service through a carrier (Wi-Fi +

Cellular models) Your Apple Account and password; if you dont have an Apple Account, you can create one during setup Your credit or debit card account information, if you want to add a card to Apple Pay during setup Your previous iPad or a backup of your device, if youre transferring your data to your new device Tip: If you dont have sufficient storage space to back up your device, iCloud will provide enough storage to complete a temporary backup, free of charge, for up to three weeks from the purchase of your iPad. On your previous device, go to Settings > General > Transfer or Reset [device]. Tap Get Started, then follow the onscreen instructions. Your Android device, if youre transferring your Android content Turn on and set up your iPad 1. Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. If iPad doesnt turn on, you might need to charge the battery. For more help, see the Apple Support article If your iPad wont turn on or is frozen. Tip: If youre blind or have low vision, you can triple-click the Home button

(on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models) to turn on VoiceOver, the screen reader. You can also double-tap the screen with three fingers to turn on Zoom. See Get started with accessibility features. 2. Do one of the following:

Set up with another device: If you have another iPhone or iPad with iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or later, you can use it to automatically set up your new device. Bring the two devices close together, then follow the onscreen instructions to securely copy many of your settings, preferences, and iCloud Keychain. You can then restore the rest of your data and content to your new device from your iCloud backup. Or, if both devices have iOS 12.4, iPadOS 13, or later, you can transfer all your data wirelessly from your previous device to your new one. Keep your devices near each other and plugged into power until the migration process is complete. Set Up Manually: If you dont have another device, tap Set Up Without Another Device, then follow the onscreen setup instructions. Move from an Android device to iPad If you have an Android device, you can transfer your data with the Move to iOS app when you first set up your new iPad. Note: If you already completed setup and want to use Move to iOS, you must erase your iPad and start over, or move your data manually. See the Apple Support article Move content manually from your Android device to your iPhone or iPad. 1. On your device with Android version 4.0 or later, see the Apple Support article Move from Android to iPhone or iPad and download the Move to iOS app. 2. On your iPad, do the following:

Follow the setup assistant. On the Transfer Your Apps & Data screen, tap From Android. 3. On the Android device, do the following:

Turn on Wi-Fi. Go to the Move to iOS app. Follow the onscreen instructions. WARNING: To avoid injury, read Important safety information before using iPad. Wake, unlock, and lock iPad iPad turns off the display to save power, locks for security, and goes to sleep when youre not using it. You can quickly wake and unlock iPad when you want to use it again. Wake iPad To wake iPad, do one of the following:

Press the top button. Tap the screen (supported models). Unlock iPad with Face ID If you have an iPad with Face ID, but you didnt turn on Face ID during setup, see Set up Face ID. Then follow these steps:

1. Tap the screen, then glance at your iPad. The lock icon animates from closed to open to indicate that iPad is unlocked. 2. Swipe up from the bottom of the screen. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. However, if Attention Aware Features is turned on in Settings attention.

> Face ID & Passcode, iPad wont dim or lock as long as it detects Unlock iPad with Touch ID If you have an iPad with Touch ID, but you didnt turn on Touch ID during setup, see Set up Touch ID. Then do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Press the Home button using the finger you registered with Touch ID. On iPad (10th generation and later), iPad mini (6th generation), iPad mini (A17 Pro), and iPad Air (4th generation and later): Rest your finger on the top button (Touch ID) using the finger you registered with Touch ID. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. Unlock iPad with a passcode If you didnt create a passcode when you set up iPad, see Set a passcode. Then follow these steps:

1. Press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or swipe up from the bottom of the Lock Screen (on other iPad models). 2. Enter your passcode. Lock iPad You can lock iPad and turn off the screen using the following methods:

Manually: Press the top button. Automatically: iPad locks on its own if you dont interact with it for a certain amount of time. See Change when iPad automatically locks. Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi +

Cellular models) If you have a Wi-Fi + Cellular model, you can sign up for a cellular data plan. This helps you stay connected to the internet when youre away from a Wi-Fi network. The cellular connection requires a SIM and a wireless data plan from a carrier. iPad supports the following types of SIM:

eSIM (on supported models; not available from all carriers or in all countries and regions) Physical SIM (on supported models; not available from all carriers or in all countries and regions) Certain iPad models can connect to 5G networks. See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad. For information about managing cellular service using an Apple SIM, see the Apple Support article Set up cellular data service on your Wi-Fi + Cellular model iPad. Set up eSIM On models that support eSIM, you can activate the cellular service from your iPad. You may also be able to travel abroad with iPad and sign up for cellular service with a local carrier in the country or region youre visiting. Note: eSIM isnt available in all countries and regions, and not all carriers are supported. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Cellular Data, then do one of the following:

Set up the first cellular plan on your iPad: Select a carrier, then follow the onscreen instructions. Add another cellular plan: Tap Add a New Plan. Scan a QR code provided by a carrier: Tap Other, then position iPad so that the QR code provided by your carrier appears in the frame, or enter the details manually. You may be asked to enter a confirmation code provided by your carrier. 3. To change or check the status of your plan, go to Settings > Cellular Data. Alternatively, you can activate your cellular plan through your carriers app (if supported). Go to the App Store, download your carriers app, then use the app to purchase a cellular plan. You can store more than one eSIM on your iPad, but you can use only one eSIM at a time. To switch to another eSIM, go to Settings > Cellular Data, then tap the plan you want to use (below SIMs). Install a physical SIM On models that support physical SIM, you can get a nano-SIM card from a carrier. 1. Insert a paper clip or SIM eject tool (not included) into the small hole of the SIM tray, then push in toward iPad to eject the tray. Note: The shape and orientation of the SIM tray depend on the iPad model and your country or region. 2. Remove the tray from iPad. 3. Place the SIM in the tray. The angled corner determines the correct orientation. 4. Insert the tray back into iPad. 5. If you previously set up a PIN on the SIM, carefully enter the PIN when prompted. WARNING: Never try to guess a SIM PIN. An incorrect guess can permanently lock your SIM, and you wont be able to use cellular data through your carrier until you get a new SIM. See the Apple Support article Use a SIM PIN for your iPhone or iPad. Manage your cellular data service 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Cellular Data, then do any of the following:

Restrict all data to Wi-Fi: Turn off Cellular Data. Turn on or off 5G, LTE, or roaming: Tap Cellular Data Options. Turn on Personal Hotspot: Tap Set Up Personal Hotspot (available from certain carriers), then follow the onscreen instructions. Manage your cellular account: Tap Manage [account name] or Carrier Services. For information about managing your cellular data usage, see View or change cellular data settings. Important: When using cellular services through GSM networks, you need an eSIM or third-party SIM. When using cellular services through CDMA networks, you need a third-party SIM. Your iPad is subject to your wireless service providers policies, which may include restrictions on switching service providers and roaming, even after the conclusion of any required minimum service contract. Contact your wireless service provider for more details. The availability of cellular capabilities depends on the wireless network, your iPad model, and your location. Connect iPad to the internet Connect your iPad to the internet by using an available Wi-Fi network. Wi-Fi +

Cellular models can also connect to the internet by using a cellular network. View available networks and connect to Wi-Fi 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wi-Fi, then turn on Wi-Fi. iPad automatically joins known networks. 3. To join a new network, do one of the following:

Join an available network: Tap the name of the network. If asked, enter the password. Join a hidden network: Tap Other, then enter the name of the network, security type, and password. When iPad is connected to Wi-Fi, a blue checkmark appears next to the network name, and appears at the top of the screen. Share a Wi-Fi password If your iPad is connected to a Wi-Fi network, you can share the Wi-Fi password with another nearby iPhone, iPad, or Mac. 1. Make sure your iPad is unlocked, connected to the Wi-Fi network, and signed in to your Apple Account. 2. Make sure of the following:

The person youre sharing the password with is signed in to their Apple Account on their device. The person is in your contacts list in the Contacts app . The other device is close to your iPad. 3. On the other device, choose the Wi-Fi network. 4. On your iPad, wait a few moments for the Wi-Fi Password notification to appear, then tap Share Password. Join a Personal Hotspot If an iPhone or iPad with cellular service is sharing a Personal Hotspot, you can use its cellular connection. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wi-Fi, then choose the name of the device sharing the Personal Hotspot. 3. If asked, enter the password. (On the device sharing the Personal Hotspot, the password is shown in Settings > Cellular > Personal Hotspot.) Manage settings for Wi-Fi and hotspots 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wi-Fi, then do any of the following:

Change the settings for a Wi-Fi network: Tap

. Join a new Wi-Fi network: Tap Ask to Join Networks, then choose Off, Notify, or Ask. Join a personal hotspot when Wi-Fi isnt available: Tap Auto-Join Hotspot, then choose Never, Ask to Join, or Automatic. Connect to a cellular network if Wi-Fi isnt available (on iPad models with Cellular) Your iPad automatically connects to your carriers cellular data network if a Wi-Fi network isnt available. If iPad doesnt connect, check the following:

1. Verify that your SIM is activated and unlocked. See Set up cellular service. 2. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 3. Tap Cellular Data, then verify that Cellular Data is turned on. How iPad connects to the internet iPad does the following, in order, until a connection is made:

Tries to connect to the most recently used available Wi-Fi network Shows a list of Wi-Fi networks in range and connects to the one you choose Connects to your carriers cellular data network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) On an iPad that supports 5G, iPad may use your 5G cellular data instead of Wi-Fi. If so, you see Using 5G Cellular For Internet below the Wi-Fi networks next to the network name, then tap Use name. To switch back to Wi-Fi, tap Wi-Fi for Internet. See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad. Note: If a Wi-Fi connection to the internet isnt available, apps and services may transfer data over your carriers cellular network, which may result in additional fees. Contact your carrier for information about your cellular data plan rates. To manage cellular data usage, see View or change cellular data settings. View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) You can turn on cellular data service, turn cellular service on or off, and set which apps and services use cellular data. With some carriers, you can also change your data plan. For help with cellular network services and billing, contact your wireless service provider. Note: Wi-Fi + Cellular models dont support cellular phone servicethey support cellular data transmission only. To make phone calls on iPad, use Wi-Fi Calling and an iPhone. About cellular data transmission If your iPad is connected to the internet using a cellular data network, an icon identifying the cellular network appears in the status bar. Supported models can connect to 5G networks. See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad. If Cellular Data is off, all data servicesincluding email, web browsing, and push notificationsuse Wi-Fi only. If Cellular Data is on, carrier charges may apply. For example, using certain features and services that transfer data, such as Messages, could result in charges to your data plan. Add a cellular plan to your iPad If you previously set up a cellular plan, go to Settings Plan, then follow the onscreen instructions.

> Cellular, tap Add a New If you havent set up a plan, see Set up cellular service. View or change your cellular data account Go to Settings Services.

> Cellular Data, then tap Manage [account name] or Carrier Choose cellular data options for data usage, performance, battery life, and more To turn Cellular Data on or off, go to Settings > Cellular. To set options when Cellular Data is on, go to Settings > Cellular > Cellular Data Options, then do any of the following:

Reduce cellular usage: Turn on Low Data Mode, or tap Data Mode, then choose Low Data Mode (depending on your iPad model). This mode pauses automatic updates and background tasks when iPad isnt connected to Wi-Fi. Avoid roaming charges: Turn off Data Roaming. When youre in a region not covered by your carriers network, Data Roaming permits internet access over a cellular data network. When youre traveling, turn off Data Roaming to avoid roaming charges. Depending on your iPad model, carrier, and region, the following option may be available:

Turn LTE on or off: Turning on LTE loads data faster. On models that support 5G, you can do the following:

Enable Smart Data mode to optimize battery life: Tap Voice & Data, then choose 5G Auto. In this mode, your iPad automatically switches to LTE when 5G speeds dont provide noticeably better performance. Use higher-quality video and FaceTime HD on 5G networks: Tap Data Mode, then choose Allow More Data on 5G. Set up a Personal Hotspot to begin sharing the cellular internet connection from iPad 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Cellular, then turn on Cellular Data. 3. Tap Set up Personal Hotspot, then follow the instructions in Share your internet connection with Personal Hotspot. Set cellular data use for apps and services Go to Settings as Maps) or service (such as Wi-Fi Assist) that can use cellular data.

> Cellular Data, then turn Cellular Data on or off for any app (such If a setting is off, iPad uses only Wi-Fi for that service. Note: Wi-Fi Assist is on by default. If Wi-Fi connectivity is poor, Wi-Fi Assist automatically switches to cellular data to boost the signal. Because you stay connected to the internet over cellular when you have a poor Wi-Fi connection, you might use more cellular data, which may incur additional charges depending on your data plan. See the Apple Support article About Wi-Fi Assist. Lock your SIM card If your device uses a SIM card for cellular data, you can lock the card with a personal identification number (PIN) to prevent others from using the card. Then, every time you restart your device or remove the SIM card, your card locks automatically, and youre required to enter your PIN. See Use a SIM PIN for your iPhone or iPad. Apple Account and iCloud Sign in and manage your Apple Account on iPad Your Apple Account gives you access to Apple services such as the App Store, the iTunes Store, Apple Books, Apple Music, FaceTime, iCloud, iMessage, and more. When you create a new Apple Account in China mainland or India, you can use your mobile phone number as your Apple Account user name. See the Apple Support article Create and manage an Apple Account using a phone number instead of an email address. Sign in to your Apple Account If you didnt sign in during setup, do the following:

1. Go to Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apple Account. 3. Tap one of the following:

Use Another Apple Device: Bring your other iPhone or iPad (with iOS 17, iPadOS 17, or later) nearby, then follow the onscreen instructions. Sign in Manually: Enter your email address or phone number, then enter your password. If you dont have an Apple Account, you can create one. 4. If you protect your account with two-factor authentication, enter the six-digit verification code. If you forgot your Apple Account password, see the Reset your password website. Change your Apple Account settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then do any of the following:

Update Personal Information: Update your name, birthdate, and Memoji or photo associated with your Apple Account. You can also set up your preferences for communication from Apple, and see how your data is managed. Change Sign-In & Security: Change your Apple Account password, turn on two-factor authentication, add or remove phone numbers and emails you can use to sign in, and set up Account Recovery or Legacy Contact. Manage Payment & Shipping: Select your payment methods and shipping address for your Apple Account and purchases from the Apple Store. View and manage your subscriptions: View and manage your subscriptions from Apple and subscriptions that you purchased in apps from the App Store. Use iCloud. Manage Family Sharing. Use Find My. Manage Media & Purchases: Manage the accounts linked to Apple Music, Apple Podcasts, Apple TV, and Apple Books and select purchasing settings. Use Sign in with Apple. Add or update the payment method associated with your Apple Account The payment information associated with your Apple Account is used for Apple media purchases and services. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Payment & Shipping. You may need to authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID. 3. Tap Add Payment Method or tap an existing payment method. See the Apple Support article If you need to change or update your Apple Account payment method. Use iCloud on iPad iCloud securely stores your photos, videos, documents, backups, and moreand keeps them updated across all your devicesautomatically. With iCloud, you can also share photos, calendars, notes, folders, and files with friends and family. iCloud provides you with an email account and 5 GB of free storage for your data. For more storage and additional features, you can subscribe to iCloud+. Note: Some iCloud features have minimum system requirements. The availability of iCloud and its features varies by country or region. Set up iCloud 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name. If you dont see your name, tap Apple Account, then sign in to your Apple Account. 3. Tap iCloud, tap See All, then turn on the apps and features you want to sync with iCloud. For example, turn on iCloud Drive to make your files in iCloud Drive available to your other devices. For information on how to customize iCloud features on your other devices, see Set up iCloud and change settings on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. Ways to use iCloud on iPad iCloud can keep your iPad backed up automatically. See Back up iPad. You can also keep the following information stored in iCloud and kept up to date across your iPad and other Apple devices:

Photos and videos; see Use iCloud Photos Files and documents; see Set up iCloud Drive iCloud Mail Contacts, Calendars, Notes, and Reminders Data from compatible third-party apps and games Messages; see Set up Messages Passwords; see Use passwords Safari bookmarks and open tabs; see Bookmark a website and Open and close tabs News, Stocks, and Weather settings Home and Health data Voice Memos Map favorites You can also do the following:

Share your photos and videos. See Create shared albums and Set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library. Use iCloud Drive to share folders and documents. Use Find My to locate a missing device and share locations with friends and family. For additional storage and access to iCloud Private Relay, Hide My Email, and HomeKit Secure Video support, you can subscribe to iCloud+. You can also access your iCloud data on iPad, Apple Watch, Mac, Apple Vision Pro, Apple TV, Windows devices, and iCloud.com. To learn more about the available features and how they work across all your devices, see the iCloud User Guide. Subscribe to iCloud+ on iPad iCloud+ gives you everything iCloud offers plus premium features including iCloud Private Relay, Hide My Email, HomeKit Secure Video support, and all the storage you need for your photos, files, and more. You can subscribe to iCloud+ or to Apple One, which includes iCloud+ and other Apple services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Note: Some iCloud+ features have minimum system requirements. The availability of iCloud+ and its features varies by country or region. Whats included with iCloud+

When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can do the following on iPad:

Get 50 GB, 200 GB, 2 TB, 6 TB, or 12 TB (depending on your plan) of storage for photos, files, backups, and more. Create unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal inbox with Hide My Email. See Use Hide My Email in Safari and Use Hide My Email in Mail. Browse the web in an even more secure and private way with iCloud Private Relay. See Protect your web browsing. Set up home security cameras with HomeKit Secure Video so you can view your footage from anywhere while keeping it private and secure. See Set up security cameras. Use a custom email domain to personalize iCloud Mail. See Set up a custom email domain. To learn more about iCloud+ features and how they work across all your devices, see the iCloud User Guide. Upgrade, change, or cancel your iCloud+ subscription 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap Storage, tap Change Storage Plan, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: If you cancel your iCloud+ subscription, you lose access to the additional iCloud storage and iCloud+ features. Share iCloud+

You can use Family Sharing to share iCloud+ with up to five other family members. When your family members accept your invitation to share iCloud+, they have instant access to the additional storage and features. Note: To stop sharing iCloud+ with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave the family group, or leave or turn off Family Sharing. See Add a member to a Family Sharing group. For information about combining your Apple subscriptions, see the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Find settings on iPad In the Settings app your passcode, notification sounds, and more.

, you can search for iPad settings you want to change, such as 1. Tap Settings on the Home Screen (or in App Library). 2. Tap the search field (at the top left), enter a termvolume, for example then tap a setting on the left side of the screen. Tip: You can also search for settings from the Home Screen or Lock Screen. Set up mail, contacts, and calendar accounts on iPad In addition to the apps that come with iPad and that you use with iCloud, iPad works with Microsoft Exchange and many of the most popular internet-based mail, contacts, and calendar services. You can set up accounts for these services. Set up a mail account 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Tap Mail Accounts, then tap Add Account. 4. Enter your email address, tap Next, then enter your email account information. You can also tap choose from a list under the email address field to select the email service you want to usefor example, iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, or Gmail (Google). If your email service isnt listed, tap Add Other Account, tap Mail Account, then enter your email account information. See Add and remove email accounts. Set up a contacts account 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Contacts. 3. Tap Contact Accounts, then tap Add Account. 4. Do one of the following:

Tap a providerfor example, iCloud or Microsoft Exchangethen enter your account information. Tap Other, tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account (if your organization supports it), then enter the server and account information. See Add or remove accounts in Contacts. Set up a calendar account 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Calendar. 3. Tap Calendar Accounts, then Add Account. 4. Do one of the following:

Choose a provider: Tap a providerfor example, iCloud or Microsoft Exchangethen enter your account information. Add a CalDAV, CardDav, or LDAP account: Tap Add Other Account, choose an option, then enter your server and account information. Subscribe to iCal (.ics) calendars: Tap Other, tap Add Subscribed Calendar, then enter the URL of the .ics file to subscribe to; or import an .ics file from Mail. See Set up multiple calendars. For information about setting up a Microsoft Exchange account in a corporate environment, see the Apple Support article Set up Exchange ActiveSync on your iPhone or iPad. If you turn on iCloud Keychain on your iPad, your accounts stay up to date on all your devices that have iCloud Keychain turned on. See Use to iCloud Keychain to keep passwords, accounts, and more up to date with iCloud in the iCloud User Guide. Learn the meaning of iPad status icons The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen provide information about iPad. Note: If you turn on a Focus, its icon appears in the status bar. Status icon What it means Wi-Fi. iPad has a Wi-Fi internet connection. The more bars, the stronger the connection. See View available networks and connect to Wi-Fi. Cell signal. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is in range of the cellular network. If theres no signal, No service appears. Airplane Mode. Airplane Mode is on. Nonwireless features are available, but wireless functions may be disabled. See Choose settings for travel . 5G. Your carriers 5G network is available, and supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad. Status icon What it means 5G UC. Your carriers 5G UC network is available, which can include your carriers higher frequency version of 5G. Supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad. 5G+. Your carriers 5G+ network is available, which can include your carriers higher frequency version of 5G. Supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad. 5G UW. Your carriers 5G UW network is available, which can include your carriers higher frequency version of 5G. Supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad. 5G E. Your carriers 5G E network is available, and supported models can connect to the internet over that network

(not available in all countries or regions). See View or change cellular data settings. LTE. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 4G LTE network (not available in all countries or regions). See View or change cellular data settings. 4G. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 4G network

(not available in all countries or regions). See View or change cellular data settings. 3G. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 3G network. See View or change cellular data settings. EDGE. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over an EDGE network. See View or change cellular data settings. GPRS. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a GPRS network. See View or change cellular data settings. Status icon What it means Personal Hotspot connection. iPad is connected to the internet through the Personal Hotspot of another device. See Join a Personal Hotspot. VPN. iPad is connected to a network using VPN. Navigation. iPad is providing turn-by-turn directions. See Get driving directions. Personal Hotspot. iPad is providing a Personal Hotspot. See Share your internet connection with Personal Hotspot. Phone call. iPad is on a phone call. See Allow phone calls and text messages on your iPad. FaceTime. iPad is on a FaceTime call. See Make FaceTime calls. Screen recording. iPad is recording your screen. See Take a screen recording. Camera in use. An app is using your camera. See Control which apps have access to the camera and microphone on your iPad. Microphone in use. An app is using your microphone. See Control which apps have access to the camera and microphone on your iPad. Syncing. iPad is syncing with your computer. See Sync your iPad with other devices . Network activity. There is network or other activity. Some third-party apps use this icon to show app activity. See Connect to the internet Lock. iPad is locked. See Wake, unlock, and lock. Do Not Disturb. Do Not Disturb is turned on. See Turn on or schedule a Focus. Orientation lock. Screen orientation is locked. See Change or lock the screen orientation. Status icon What it means Location services. An app is using Location Services. See Control which apps can use the location of your iPad. Alarm. An alarm is set. See Set an alarm. Headphones connected. iPad is paired with Bluetooth headphones that are turned on and within Bluetooth range. See Set up and listen to Bluetooth headphones. Battery. Shows the iPad battery level. When the icon is yellow, Low Power Mode is on. See Show the battery percentage. Battery charging. The iPad battery is charging. When the icon is gray, charging is paused. See Charge the battery. Bluetooth battery. Shows the battery level of a supported paired Bluetooth device. See Connect to Bluetooth accessories. AirPlay. AirPlay is on. See Stream videos and photos. Voice Control. Voice Control is turned on in Settings > Accessibility, and you can use your voice to interact with iPad. RTT. RTT is turned on. See Set up and use RTT. Charge and monitor the battery Charge the iPad battery iPad has an internal, lithium-ion rechargeable battery. Lithium-ion technology currently provides the best performance for your device. Compared with traditional battery technology, lithium-ion batteries are lighter, charge faster, last longer, and have a higher power density for more battery life. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. About charging the battery The battery icon in the top-right corner of the status bar shows the battery level or charging status. When youre syncing or using iPad, it may take longer to charge the battery. If iPad is very low on power, it may display an image of a nearly depleted battery, indicating that it needs to charge for up to 10 minutes before you can use it. If iPad is extremely low on power when you begin to charge it, the display may be blank for up to 2 minutes before the low-battery image appears. See the Apple Support article If your iPad wont charge. Charge the battery To charge your iPad battery, do one of the following:

Connect iPad to a power outlet using the included cable and power adapter. See Power adapter and charge cable. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. Make sure your computer is turned onif iPad is connected to a computer thats turned off, the battery may drain instead of charge. Look for on the battery icon to make sure iPad is charging. If your Mac or Windows device doesnt provide enough power to charge iPad, a Not Charging message appears in the status bar. Note: Dont try to charge your iPad by connecting it to your keyboard, unless your keyboard has a high-power USB port. Connecting iPad to a power outlet can start an iCloud backup. See Back up iPad. WARNING: If you suspect there may be liquid in the charging port of iPad, dont plug the charging cable into it. For information about exposure to liquid, and other important safety information about the battery and charging iPad, see Important safety information. Improve charging speed If your iPad is charging slowly, youll see a Slow Charger message in Settings Battery. This message appears when your iPad supports fast charging but the connected charger isnt capable of delivering optimal power.

Charging might take longer than expected if youre using a wired charger that provides 7.5 watts or less. Understand charging behavior iPad manages how it charges to help preserve long-term battery health. Heres what happens when you charge:

Fast charging up to 80%: iPad charges quickly until the battery reaches about 80%. Trickle charging after 80%: Charging slows to reduce battery stress and limit heat. This final stage helps maintain battery lifespan. Temperature: Charging may pause temporarily while in extreme temperature conditions, and will resume once the batterys temperature returns to its normal operating range. These protections happen automatically and dont require any changes to your settings. About charge cycles and battery lifespan The capacity of any type of battery will diminish after a certain amount of recharging. With lithium-ion batteries, the capacity diminishes slightly with each complete charge cycle. Apple lithium-ion batteries work in charge cycles and retain about 80% of its original capacity for a high number of charge cycles, depending on the product. A charge cycle happens when you use a total of 100% of your batterys capacity,*

even if its not all at once. For example, you might use 75% of your batterys capacity one day, then recharge it fully overnight. If you use 25% the next day, you will have discharged a total of 100%, and the two days will add up to one charge cycle. Battery life and charge cycles vary with use and settings. The iPad battery should be serviced or recycled by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. See the Battery Service and Recycling website. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website.

*A complete charge cycle is normalized between 80% and 100% of original capacity to account for expected diminishing battery capacity over time. Show the iPad battery percentage You can view how much charge remains in your iPad battery in the status bar. You can also add a widget to the Home Screen to monitor the battery levels of your iPad and connected accessories (including AirPods, Apple Pencil, and more). See the iPad battery percentage in the status bar 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Battery, then turn on Battery Percentage. Add a Batteries widget to your Home Screen See Add a widget to your Home Screen and Create a custom Lock Screen. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. Set a charge limit on iPad On supported models, you can set a maximum battery level of 80% to help reduce battery wear, especially if you charge your iPad frequently or keep it connected for long periods. When Charge Limit is on, iPad stops charging when it reaches 80%. What to expect Your iPad will occasionally charge to 100%even with the limit set to 80%

to keep the battery percentage display accurate. This may happen more often if your iPad isnt regularly able to complete a full charge. Set a Charge Limit 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Battery, then tap Battery Health. 3. Turn on 80% Limit. You can remove the limit anytime. Understand Thermally Limited Charging on iPad Your iPad is designed to protect its battery by limiting charging in hot or cold conditions. Charging your iPad in very hot or cold environments can temporarily affect performance. When your iPad becomes too warm or too cold, iOS may slow down or pause charging automatically. This helps preserve your batterys long-term health and ensures safe operation. You might see a message on the Lock Screen, such as Charging On Hold. Charging will resume when iPad returns to normal temperature. What to expect If your iPad gets too warm, charging may slow or stop until the temperature lowers. In very cold environments, charging may be slower or temporarily disabled until your device warms up. Charging resumes automatically once the battery returns to a safe temperature range. These protections apply whether youre using a cable, MagSafe, or other wireless chargers. Tips to maintain charging performance in extreme temperatures Keep these best practices in mind to help your iPad charge efficiently:

Charge your iPad in environments between 32 and 95 F (0 and 35 C). Avoid placing your iPad in direct sunlight or leaving it in hot spaces (like a car on a sunny day). If youre in a cold climate, try charging indoors or warming your iPad gradually before plugging it in. Remove your case if your iPad tends to heat up while charging. Note: These temperature-based protections work automatically and cant be turned off. They are available on iPad using iPadOS 18 or later. Use Low Power Mode to save battery life on iPad Low Power Mode reduces the amount of power that your iPad uses when the battery gets low. It optimizes performance for essential tasks like making and receiving calls, sending and receiving email and messages, accessing the internet, and more. On iPad models with ProMotion display technology, Low Power Mode limits the display refresh rate to 60 frames per second. Note: iPad might perform some tasks more slowly when in Low Power Mode. Turn Low Power Mode on or off Do any of the following:

In Settings: Go to the Settings app , tap Battery, then tap Low Power Mode. In Control Center: Add to Control Center, then tap

. Low Power Mode automatically turns off when iPad charges to 80 percent or higher. Understand your iPad battery usage and health iPad offers useful insights into your battery life to help you identify ways to improve your experience, as well as important information about your batterys overall health. View daily usage information The Daily Usage section summarizes your battery usage today compared to previous days. iPad displays the following battery usage information:

Similar or lower usage: Shows when your battery use is about the same as usual or less than usual by this time of day (in blue). When usage is similar, iPad highlights the top three apps or system activities contributing to todays usage (in blue). Higher usage: Appears when youve used more battery than usual by this time of day (in orange). iPad highlights the top three apps or system activities that may explain the increase. To view daily usage information:

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Battery. View additional Battery Usage information You can explore more information about your app and system activity usage for today and the previous week. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Battery, tap View All Battery Usage, then tap a day. View App and System Activity information The App and System Activity section helps you understand whats using your battery by listing the percentage of battery used by each app and system task. You might see the following information under an app or system activity, or when you tap an app to view more details. Heres what they mean:

On screen: The app or system activity was open and visible on your screen. A long duration of onscreen time can explain higher battery usage compared to previous days. Background: A long duration of background time can explain higher battery usage compared to previous days. Background activities include directions, playing music, syncing photos, fetching mail, and more. Cellular coverage: The app was used in a low signal environment, which used more battery. Notifications: The app or system activity woke your device and used battery to check for new information. You can manage an apps notification settings to reduce how often this happens. To view app and system activity information:

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

View today: Tap Battery, then scroll down. View the last eight days: Tap Battery, tap View All Battery Usage, tap a day, then scroll down. 3. Tap an app to view more details, including its battery usage and activity for each day. See when your iPad last charged iPad shows when the battery was last fully charged and when it was disconnected from the charger. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Battery. Review your iPad battery health On supported models, iPad displays information about your batterys capacity, battery health, cycle count, manufacture date, and first use date. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Battery, then tap Battery Health. Battery life and charge cycles vary with use and settings. The iPad battery should be serviced or recycled by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. See the Battery Service and Recycling website. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. Basics Learn gestures for iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Control iPad and its apps using a few simple gesturestap, touch and hold, swipe, scroll, and zoom. Symbol Gesture Tap. Briefly touch an item on the screen with one finger. For example, to open an app, tap its icon on the Home Screen. Touch and hold. Press an item on the screen until something happens. For example, if you touch and hold the wallpaper of the Home Screen, the app icons begin to jiggle. Swipe. Move one finger across the screen quickly. For example, swipe left on the Home Screen to see more apps. Scroll. Move one finger across the screen without lifting. For example, in Photos, you can drag a list up or down to see more. Swipe to scroll quickly; touch the screen to stop scrolling. Symbol Gesture Zoom. Place two fingers on the screen near each other. Spread them apart to zoom in, or move them toward each other to zoom out. You can also double-tap a photo or webpage to zoom in, and double-tap again to zoom out. In Maps, double-tap and hold, then drag up to zoom in or drag down to zoom out. If youre using Magic Trackpad or Magic Mouse, see Trackpad gestures or Mouse actions and gestures for gestures that work on your trackpad or mouse. Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Heres a handy reference to the gestures you use on all iPad models to go to the Home Screen, switch between Recent apps, access controls, and more. A few gestures are done differently on an iPad with a Home button, as described in the table below. Gesture Description Go Home. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen to return to the Home Screen at any time. See Open apps. Quickly access controls. Swipe down from the top-right corner to open Control Center;

touch and hold a control to reveal more options. To add or remove controls, go to Settings

> Control Center. See Use and customize Control Center. Open the App Switcher. Swipe up from the bottom edge, pause in the center of the screen, then lift your finger. To browse the open apps, swipe right, then tap the app you want to use. See Switch between apps. Switch between open apps. Swipe left or right along the bottom edge of the screen to quickly switch between open apps. (On an iPad with a Home button, swipe with a slight arc.) See Switch between apps. Open the Dock within an app. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock. To quickly open another app, tap it in the Dock. See Open an app from the Dock. Gesture Description Use Siri. Just say Siri or Hey Siri. Or press and hold the top button while you ask a question or make a request. (On an iPad with a Home button, press and hold the Home button while you make a request.) See Learn how to use Siri. Use Accessibility Shortcut. Triple-click the top button. (On an iPad with a Home button, triple-click the Home button.) See Quickly turn accessibility features on or off. Take a screenshot. Simultaneously press and quickly release the top button and either volume button. (On an iPad with a Home button, simultaneously press and quickly release the top button and the Home button.) See Take a screenshot. Turn off. Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider to power off. (On an iPad with a Home button, press and hold the top button until the sliders appear.) Or go to Settings

General > Shut Down. See Turn iPad on or off (models with the Home button). Force restart. Press and quickly release the volume button nearest the top button, press and quickly release the other volume button, then press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. On iPad mini (6th generation) and iPad mini (A17 Pro), the volume buttons are at the top left. See Force restart iPad. If youre using Magic Trackpad or Magic Mouse, see use trackpad gestures for iPad or Mouse actions and gestures for gestures that work on your trackpad or mouse. Adjust the volume on iPad Adjust the volume of media, alerts, and sound effects using the volume buttons, Siri, or Control Center. Use the volume buttons or Siri to adjust the volume Use the volume buttons on iPad to adjust the volume of alerts, sound effects. songs and other media. (The volume buttons are either on the side or the top of your device, depending on your model.) You can use Control Center to silence audio alerts and notifications. Note: Do Not Disturb doesnt mute the audio from music, podcasts, movies, and TV shows. You can also use Siri to turn the volume up or down. Ask Siri something like, Turn up the volume. Learn how to use Siri. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see Important safety information. Lock the ringer and alert volumes Go to Settings

> Sounds, then turn off Change with Buttons. Adjust the volume in Control Center When iPad is locked or when youre using an app, you can adjust the volume in Control Center. Open Control Center, then drag

. Reduce loud headphone sounds 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sounds. 3. Turn on Reduce Loud Audio. Note: If you set up Screen Time for a family member, you can prevent them from changing the Reduce Loud Audio level. Go to Settings > Screen Time > Content &

Privacy Restrictions, turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions, tap Reduce Loud Audio, then select Dont Allow. Limit the speaker volume You can limit the maximum volume of sound that plays through the built-in speaker of iPad. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sounds, then tap Volume Limit. 3. Turn on Limit Maximum Volume, then drag the slider to specify the maximum volume. Note: If you set up Screen Time for a family member, you can prevent them from changing the Speaker Volume Limit level. Go to Settings > Screen Time > Content

& Privacy Restrictions, turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions, tap Speaker Volume Limit, then select Dont Allow. Mute the sound Do one of the following:

Press and hold the Volume Down button. Open Control Center, then tap off. to turn on Silent mode. Tap it again to turn it Silence iPad by turning on Do Not Disturb You can temporarily silence calls, alerts, and notifications by turning on Do Not Disturb. 1. Open Control Center. 2. Tap Focus, then tap Do Not Disturb. When Do Not Disturb is turned on, you wont hear ringtones or text tones for incoming calls, texts, or notifications. Also appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. See Turn on or schedule a Focus. On iPad, there are several ways to protect your hearing from loud volume while listening to headphone audio. See Use headphone audio-level features. Turn the iPad flashlight on or off On supported models, you can use the built-in flashlight to light your way or get a better view of something. Use Siri to turn the flashlight on or off You can use Siri to turn the flashlight on or off. Ask Siri something like, Siri, turn on the flashlight. Learn how to use Siri. Use Control Center to turn the flashlight on or off 1. Open Control Center. 2. Tap to turn the flashlight on; tap it again to turn it off. Note: If you dont see in Control Center (on a supported model), you can add it. See Customize controls. Change the brightness of the flashlight 1. Open Control Center. 2. Touch and hold in Control Center, then slide your finger up or down on the control to adjust the brightness. Use your apps Open an app on iPad You can quickly open an app from the Dock, one of your Home Screen pages (like the one shown below), or App Library by tapping it. 1. To go to the Home Screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. 2. Swipe left or right to browse apps on other Home Screen pages. 3. To open an app, tap it. The app opens full screen. 4. To return to the first Home Screen page, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Note: You can open multiple apps and work in more than one app at once. See Work with multiple apps at once. Find and use your apps in App Library on iPad App Library shows your apps organized into categories, such as Productivity &

Finance, Creativity, and Information & Reading. The apps you use most are near the top of the screen and at the top level of their categories, so you can easily locate and open them. Note: The apps in App Library are organized in categories intelligently, based on how you use your apps. You can add apps in App Library to the Home Screen, but you cant move them to another category in App Library. Find and open an app in App Library 1. Go to the Home Screen, then swipe left past all your Home Screen pages to get to App Library. You can also open App Library quickly by tapping the Dock at the bottom of the screen.

, the rightmost button in 2. Tap the search field at the top of the screen, then enter the name of the app youre looking for. Or scroll to browse the alphabetical list. 3. To open an app, tap it. If a category in App Library has a few small app icons, you can tap them to expand the category and see all the apps in it. Hide and show Home Screen pages Because you can find all of your apps in App Library, you might not need as many Home Screen pages for apps. You can hide some Home Screen pages, which brings App Library closer to your first Home Screen page. (When you want to see the hidden pages again, you can show them.) 1. Go to the Home Screen, then touch and hold the Home Screen wallpaper until the app icons begin to jiggle. 2. Tap the dots at the bottom of the screen. Thumbnail images of your Home Screen pages appear with checkmarks below them. 3. To hide pages, tap to remove the checkmarks. To show hidden pages, tap to add the checkmarks. 4. Tap Done. With the extra Home Screen pages hidden, you can go from the first page of the Home Screen to App Library (and back) with only one or two swipes. Note: When Home Screen pages are hidden, new apps you download from the App Store may be added to App Library instead of the Home Screen. Reorder Home Screen pages If you have multiple Home Screen pages, you can change their order. For example, you can gather together your favorite apps on one Home Screen page, and then make that your first Home Screen page. 1. Go to the Home Screen, then touch and hold the Home Screen background until the app icons begin to jiggle. 2. Tap the dots at the bottom of the screen. Thumbnail images of your Home Screen pages appear with checkmarks below them. 3. To move each Home Screen page, touch and hold it, then drag it to a new position. 4. Tap Done. Change where new apps get downloaded When you download new apps from the App Store, you can add them to the Home Screen and App Library, or to App Library only. 1. Go to Settings

> Home Screen & App Library. 2. Choose Add to Home Screen or App Library only. Note: To allow app notification badges to appear on apps in App Library, turn on Show in App Library.

 

 

Scroll up or down. Swipe two fingers up or down. Scroll left or right. Swipe two fingers left or right. Zoom. Place two fingers near each other. Pinch open to zoom in, or pinch closed to zoom out. Go Home. Swipe up with three fingers. Open the App Switcher. Swipe up with three fingers, pausing before you lift your fingers. Or, pinch four fingers together, pausing before you lift your fingers. Switch between open apps. Swipe left or right with three fingers. Open Today View. When the Home Screen or the Lock Screen is visible, use two fingers to swipe right. Open search from the Home Screen. Swipe down with two fingers. Secondary click. Click with two fingers to show the quick actions menu for items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, and the Camera button in Control Center. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, you can press the Control key while you click the trackpad. Change trackpad settings on iPad You can change how you use a trackpad to interact with items on the iPad screen. 1. Go to Settings

> General, then choose one of the following, depending on your accessories:

Trackpad Trackpad & Mouse 2. Do any of the following:

Change the tracking speed: Drag the slider to set the tracking speed of the pointer when you move it across the screen. Turn Natural Scrolling on or off: With this option selected, the contents on the screen move in the same direction as your finger. Turn Tap to Click on or off: If you select this option, lightly tapping the trackpad with one finger has the same effect as pressing the trackpad until it clicks. Turn Two-Finger Secondary Click on or off: With this option selected, you click with two fingers to show the quick actions menu for items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. Note: You can also change the appearance of the pointer, such as its color, shape, and size. See Adjust pointer settings. Mouse devices Connect a mouse to iPad You can connect Magic Mouse, another Bluetooth mouse, or a USB mouse to your iPad. Note: Mouse devices are sold separately. Not all mouse devices are fully compatible with all models of iPad. Pair Magic Mouse or other Bluetooth mouse 1. For Magic Mouse, make sure the mouse is turned on and charged. For any other Bluetooth mouse, follow the instructions that came with the mouse to put it in discovery mode. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. If youre asked for a PIN when you pair Magic Mouse, type 0000 (four zeros), then tap Pair. Note: If the mouse is already paired with your Mac or another iPad, you must unpair them before you can connect the mouse to your iPad. Do one of the following:

On iPhone or iPad: See Unpair a Bluetooth accessory. On macOS 13 or later: Choose Apple menu Bluetooth in the sidebar, Control-click the device, then choose Forget.

> System Settings, click On macOS 12.5 or earlier: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, click Bluetooth, Control-click the device, then click Remove. Reconnect a Bluetooth mouse to iPad The mouse disconnects when you turn the switch on the mouse to Off or when you move the mouse or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the mouse switch to On, or bring the mouse and iPad back into range, then click the mouse. Connect a USB mouse With the appropriate cable or adapters, you can connect various third-party mouse devices with iPad using USB and USB-based receivers. Refer to the device manufacturers instructions. Mouse actions and gestures for iPad You can use a mouse to open apps, go to the Home Screen, open Slide Over, and more (mouse devices sold separately). When your iPad is near your Mac (macOS 12.3 or later required on supported models), you can also share a mouse between both devices. Note: Not all mouse devices are fully compatible with all models of iPad. Mouse actions Action Description Click. Press the mouse until you feel a click. Click and hold. Press and hold the mouse. Drag. Click and hold an item, then move the mouse. Wake iPad. Click the mouse. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, press any key. Open the Dock. Move the mouse to position the pointer at the bottom of the screen. Go Home. Move the mouse to position the pointer at the bottom of the screen. After the Dock appears, move the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Or, click the bar at the bottom of the screen

(on an iPad with Face ID). Open the App Switcher. With the Home Screen visible, move the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Or from an app, drag the bar at the bottom of the screen toward the middle of the screen and pause (on an iPad with Face ID). View Slide Over. Use the mouse to move the pointer past the right edge of the screen. To hide Slide Over, move the pointer past the right edge again. Open Control Center. Use the mouse to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top right, then click. Or, move the pointer past the top-right corner of the screen. Open Notification Center. Use the mouse to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top left, then click. Or, use the mouse to move the pointer past the top of the screen (near the middle). Mouse gestures for Magic Mouse 2 Gesture Description Scroll up or down. Slide a finger up or down on the surface of the mouse. Scroll left or right. Slide a finger left or right on the surface of the mouse. Secondary click. Use a finger on one side of the mouse to show the quick actions menu when clicking items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. Note: To turn on Secondary click and choose which side of the mouse to use, go to Settings

> General > Trackpad &

Mouse > Secondary Click. If youre using an external keyboard, you can press the Control key while you click the mouse. On a multi-button mouse, click the second button. Open Today View. When the Home Screen or the Lock Screen is visible, swipe right on the surface of the mouse. Open search from the Home Screen. Swipe down on the surface of the mouse. Change mouse settings on iPad You can change how you use a mouse to interact with items on the iPad screen. 1. Go to Settings

> General, then select Trackpad & Mouse. 2. Do any of the following:

Change the tracking speed: Drag the slider to set the tracking speed of the pointer when you move it across the screen. Turn Natural Scrolling on or off: With this option selected, the contents on the screen move in the same direction as your finger. Specify a finger to use for Secondary Click: You can specify either the right or left finger to show the quick actions menu when you click items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. To turn off Secondary Click, choose Off

(Magic Mouse 2). Note: You can also change the appearance of the pointer, such as its color, shape, and size. See Adjust pointer settings. Connect external storage devices to iPad You can use the Files app external devices, such as USB drives and SD cards, connected to your iPad. and other supported apps to access files stored on Connect a USB drive or an SD card reader 1. Attach the USB drive or SD card reader to the charging port on your iPad using a compatible connector or adapter. Depending on your iPad model and external device, you may need the Lightning to USB Camera Adapter, Lightning to USB 3 Camera Adapter, USB-

C to SD Card Camera Reader, or Lightning to SD Card Camera Reader (all sold separately). On models that support Thunderbolt / USB 4, you can connect multiple USB drives and other Thunderbolt devices to each other, and then connect the chain of devices to the charging port on your iPad. Note: An external storage device must have only a single data partition, and it must be formatted as APFS, APFS (encrypted), macOS Extended (HFS+), exFAT (FAT64), FAT32, or FAT. To change the formatting of a storage device, use the Files app on iPad or a Mac or PC. 2. Do any of the following:

Insert an SD memory card into a card reader: Dont force the card into the slot on the reader; it fits only one way. Note: You can import photos and videos from the memory card directly to the Photos app. See Import and export photos and videos. View the contents of the drive or memory card: In a supported app (for example, Files), tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the device below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again at the bottom of the screen. Disconnect the drive or card reader: Remove it from the charging port on iPad. External hard drives often require an external power source when used with iPad. On models that support Thunderbolt / USB 4, if an external hard drive doesnt supply its own power, you can use a powered USB hub. If your iPad has a Lightning connector, you can use the Lightning to USB 3 Camera Adapter connected to a USB power adapter. Connect iPad to Bluetooth accessories Connect your iPad to Bluetooth accessories to stream music and videos, play games, connect to keyboards, and more. Pair your iPad with a Bluetooth accessory 1. Put your Bluetooth accessory in discovery mode. If you arent sure how to make it discoverable, check the instructions that came with your accessory. 2. On your iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth and make sure Bluetooth is turned on. 3. Tap the name of the accessory when it appears onscreen, below the devices list. You might need to enter the accessory PIN or passcode. Check the instructions that came with your accessory. Note: iPad must be within about 33 feet (10 meters) of the Bluetooth accessory to pair. If you have trouble pairing your accessory, see the Apple Support article If you cant connect a Bluetooth accessory to your iPhone or iPad. Unpair a Bluetooth accessory 1. On your iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 2. Tap next to the accessory you want to unpair, then tap Forget This Device. 3. Tap Forget Device to confirm. If you dont see the devices list, make sure Bluetooth is turned on. Note: If you unpair AirPods, theyre automatically unpaired from other devices where youre signed in to your Apple Account. Disconnect from all Bluetooth accessories If you need to quickly disconnect from all Bluetooth accessories and devices without turning Bluetooth off, open Control Center, then tap . Your Bluetooth accessories and devices disconnect from your iPad until the next day. Note: The use of certain accessories with iPad may affect wireless performance. Not all iOS or iPadOS accessories are fully compatible with iPad. Turning on Airplane Mode may eliminate audio interference between iPad and an accessory. Reorienting or relocating iPad and the connected accessory may improve wireless performance. Play audio from your iPad on a Bluetooth accessory from your iPad After you connect your iPad to a Bluetooth accessory, you can play and control the audio from your iPad on the accessory. Play audio from your iPad on a Bluetooth audio accessory 1. Open an audio app such as Music or Podcasts on your iPad and play an item. 2. Tap

, then tap your Bluetooth accessory. While audio is playing, you can change the playback destination on the Lock Screen or in Control Center. The playback destination returns to your iPad if you move the Bluetooth accessory out of range. Note: For information about protecting your hearing from loud volume while listening to headphones with iPad, see Use headphone audio-level features . Improve the audio accuracy of third-party Bluetooth accessories and devices You can improve the sound of third-party Bluetooth accessories and devices by specifying the device type (such as headphone, speaker, or hearing aid) on your iPad. 1. Go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then tap next to the name of the accessory or device. 2. Tap Device Type, then choose the type of device. Apple Watch with Fitness+ on iPad Used in conjunction with Apple Watch, Apple Fitness+ is a subscription service that lets you choose from a catalog of workouts led by expert trainers. While you follow a workout on your iPad, in-session metrics like heart rate and calories burned

(which are captured by your watch) appear on your screen. (watchOS 7.2 or later required; Apple Watch sold separately; Apple Fitness+ availability varies by country or region.) See Apple Fitness+ at a glance in the Apple Fitness+ User Guide. Print from iPad Use AirPrint to print wirelessly to an AirPrint-enabled printer from apps such as Mail, Photos, Safari, and Freeform. Many apps available on the App Store also support AirPrint. iPad and the printer must be on the same Wi-Fi network. See the Apple Support article About AirPrint. Choose an AirPrint-enabled printer After confirming that your printer supports AirPrint and that your iPad and printer are on the same Wi-Fi network, do the following:

1. Open the app you want to print from. 2. Tap ,

, or

(depending on the app). 3. Tap Print, tap No Printer Selected, then choose an AirPrint-enabled printer. Print a document 1. Open the app you want to print from. 2. Tap ,

, or

(depending on the app). 3. Tap Print. (If you dont see Print, swipe up.) See the status of a print job Open the App Switcher, then tap Print Center. The badge on the icon shows how many documents are in the queue. To cancel a print job, select it in Print Center, then tap Cancel Printing. Apple Polishing Cloth If your iPad Pro 11-inch (M4) or iPad Pro 13-inch (M4) has nano-texture glass

(optional and only available on models with 1 TB and 2 TB of storage), use the included Apple Polishing Cloth to clean it. Use iPad with iPhone, Mac, and Windows devices Use Continuity to work across Apple devices When you use your iPad with another Apple devicelike your iPhone, iPad, or Apple Watchyou can take advantage of special Continuity features that let you use your devices in unique ways. You can seamlessly work across your devices, hand off tasks, share files and photos, stream video and audio, and more. Continuity features are built directly into your devices operating systems and many of the apps you use every day. Theres no additional app you need to installjust sign in to the same Apple Account on each device to get started. Note: There are minimum system requirements for Continuity features and some features require Wi-Fi and Bluetooth. See the Apple Support article Continuity features and requirements for Apple devices. Extend your workspace with an iPad With the Sidecar feature, your iPad becomes a second display for your Mac. You can either extend your Mac desktop, or show the same app on both screens but control different aspects of it. See Use your iPad as a second display. Quickly share content between devices Share photos, videos, contacts, and more, with anyone on an Apple device near you. AirDrop makes sharing between iPhone, iPad, and Mac as simple as dragging and dropping. See Use AirDrop to send items to nearby devices. You can easily share content between your devices, whether its copying text on an iPad and pasting it your Mac, sharing a file from your iPhone to your iPad, or handing off tasks between devices. Quickly share photos, videos, contacts, and anything else, with anyone near you wirelessly. AirDrop makes sharing to iPhone, iPad, and Mac as simple as dragging and dropping. See Use AirDrop to send items to nearby devices. Copy text, images, photos, and videos on one Apple device and then paste the content on another Apple device with Universal Clipboard. For example, you can copy a recipe from Safari on your iPad, then paste it into Notes on your nearby Mac. See Copy and paste between devices. Start a document, an email, or a message on one device and pick up where you left off on another device. Handoff works with apps like Mail, Safari, Maps, Messages, Reminders, Calendar, Contacts, Pages, Numbers, and Keynote. See Hand off tasks between devices. Insert sketches, photos, and scans You can draw a sketch on your iPad and have it appear on your Mac with Continuity Sketch. Take a photo or scan a document on your iPad and have it appear on your Mac with Continuity Camera. See Insert sketches, photos, and scans on Mac. Even more Continuity features Use a single keyboard and trackpad or mouse to work across your iPad and Mac with Universal Control. Use one keyboard and mouse to control Mac and iPad Relay calls from your iPhone and send and receive texts on your iPad. Receive phone calls and text messages on your iPad Share videos, music, photos, and more from your iPad to your Mac, Apple TV, or an AirPlay 2-enabled TV. Stream video or mirror the screen of your iPad Connect your Mac to the internet using the Personal Hotspot on your iPad (Wi-Fi +

Cellular). Share your internet connection with Personal Hotspot Control your Mac and iPad together Answer calls and send texts from your iPad Stream to a larger screen Share your Wi-Fi Other ways to use your devices together Continuity features arent the only ways you can use your Mac with your other Apple devices. You can also:

Connect iPad and your computer with a cable Keep information up to date across all your devices with iCloud Sync content between your Mac and iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch Use AirDrop on iPad to send items to nearby Apple devices With AirDrop, you can wirelessly send photos, videos, documents, and more to a nearby iPhone, iPad, or Mac. You can use AirDrop to send files to your own devices or to share files with others. You can use AirDrop with an iPhone, iPad, and Mac. Transfers are encrypted for security, and the recipient can accept or decline each transfer as it arrives. Note: If you leave Bluetooth or Wi-Fi range after an AirDrop transfer is initiated, the transfer continues over the internet. Before you begin Make sure of the following:

Both devices have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on. The devices are within 30 feet (10 meters) of each other. If youre using a VPN, make sure its configuration doesnt prevent local networking, as that may interfere with some Continuity features. If you want to use AirDrop to send items between your Apple devices, sign in to the same Apple Account to automatically accept and save the items. Turn on AirDrop On an iPhone or iPad: Open Control Center, touch and hold the top-left group of controls, then tap choose who you want to receive items from. Tap Contacts Only or Everyone for 10 Minutes to Note: The Contacts Only and Everyone for 10 Minutes options are available only on devices with minimum system requirements. On a Mac: Click in the menu bar, then click

. When its blue, its on. To choose who can send items to you, click the right arrow next to AirDrop, then click Contacts Only or Everyone. Send an item using AirDrop To send an item to someone with AirDrop, both you and your recipient must have turned on AirDrop and chosen to accept items from either Contacts or Everyone. If a recipient chooses to only accept items from a contact, you must be in their contacts list and they need to have your Apple Account email address or phone number included in your contact card. Then do any of the following:

On an iPhone or iPad: Open the item, then tap , Share, button (depending on the app). Tap share with. The recipients you see are those who are nearby, have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on, and are able to accept files from your device.

, or another

, then tap the recipient you want to

, On a Mac: Open the item on a Mac, click in the toolbar, then click AirDrop. Select the recipient you want to share with. The recipients you see are those who are nearby, have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on, and are able to accept files from your device. Tip: You can also share items with AirDrop in the Finder. To open a Finder window, click you want to share to the recipient you want to send it to. in the Dock. Click AirDrop in the sidebar, then drag the item To use AirDrop to securely share app and website passwords with someone using an iPhone, iPad, or Mac, see Share passwords. Receive items with AirDrop On your device, tap or click Accept on the AirDrop notification. Note: If youre sending an item between devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account, the item is automatically accepted. Most items are saved in the app that theyre sent from. For example, if someone uses AirDrop to send a photo from the Photos app, its saved in the Photos app on your device. Depending on the device, you may find your files in other places. On an iPhone or iPad, some items may be saved in the Files app. On a Mac, some items are automatically saved in the Downloads folder, but you may also have the option to choose where to save itemsfor example whether to save a photo in the Downloads folder or open it in Photos. Note: If you opened AirDrop in the Finder on a Mac, the notification to accept or decline appears here, rather than in Notification Center. If you send items from one of your Apple devices to another (for example, from your Mac to your iPad), and youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices, the item is automatically accepted and saved. Turn off cellular data for AirDrop Cellular data charges may apply when you use AirDrop. If you dont want to use cellular data when youre out of Bluetooth or Wi-Fi range, go to Settings

> General > AirDrop, then turn off Use Cellular Data. Typically this is a one-time setting, but you might want to change it if, for example, youre traveling and want to avoid roaming charges. If AirDrop isnt working Make sure that both the sender and recipient have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on and that youre both using an iPhone, iPad, or Mac. Check that the recipient has their AirDrop settings set to receive from Everyone or Contacts Only. If youre having difficulty getting AirDrop to work, restart your device and try again. For additional support, see the Apple Support article How to use AirDrop on your iPhone or iPad. AirDrop is best for sharing a small selection of files between devices. If you want to share many files between your Mac and other Apple devices, see Transfer files from iPad to a storage device, a server, or the cloud or How iCloud keeps information up to date across all your devices. Hand off tasks between iPad and your other devices With Handoff, you can start a task on one device and complete it on another. For example, you can start an email on your iPad but then finish it on your Mac computers bigger screen. You can use Handoff with many Apple appsfor example, Safari, Mail, FaceTime, and Maps. Some third-party apps also work with Handoff. You can use Handoff between your iPhone, iPad, and Mac. You can also hand off tasks between your Apple Watch and iPhone. Before you begin Make sure of the following:

Both devices have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on. Youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Both devices meet minimum system requirements for Handoff. If youre using a VPN, make sure its configuration doesnt prevent local networking, as that may interfere with some Continuity features. Turn on Handoff Turn on Handoff on both your iPad and your other Apple device. On your iPhone or iPad: Go to Settings then turn on Handoff.

> General > AirPlay & Continuity, On your Mac: Choose Apple menu sidebar. (You may need to scroll down.) Click Airplay & Continuity, then turn on Handoff.

> System Settings, click General in the

> System Note: If your Mac has macOS 12.5 or earlier, choose Apple menu Preferences, click General, then select Allow Handoff between this Mac and your iCloud devices. Hand off a task between your iPad and other devices When your devices are near each other, an icon appears whenever a task can be handed off. Just tap or click the Handoff icon to continue working on your other device. The Handoff icon appears in the following locations:

On an iPhone: At the bottom of the App Switcher screen. On an iPad: At the right end of the Dock. On a Mac: Toward the right end of the Dock, if the Dock is at the bottom of the screen. If you set up the Dock to appear on the left or right side of your screen, the Handoff icon appears at the bottom of the Dock. If Handoff isnt working Make sure that both devices have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on, and youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Check that your app supports Handoff. Calendar, Contacts, FaceTime, Keynote, Mail, Maps, Pages, Numbers, Reminders, and Safari, as well as many third-party apps, allow Handoff. Tip: When Handoff is on, you can use Universal Clipboard to copy and paste text, images, photos, and videos across devices. Copy and paste between iPad and other Apple devices You can use a feature called Universal Clipboard to copy content from one of your Apple devices and paste it on another. For example, you can copy text on your iPad and paste it into a note on your iPhone, or copy an image from a Safari webpage on your iPad and paste it into an email message on your Mac. You can use Universal Clipboard with your iPhone, iPad, and Mac. Before you begin Make sure of the following:

Both devices have Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Handoff turned on. Youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Both devices meet minimum system requirements for Universal Clipboard. If youre using a VPN, make sure its configuration doesnt prevent local networking, as that may interfere with some Continuity features. Copy and paste between your iPad and other devices Universal Clipboard isnt a feature that you see. It behaves just like copy and paste does on your iPad, except with Universal Clipboard, when you paste, you can do so on one of your other Apple devices, like an iPhone or a Mac. 1. Select the text or image on your iPad, then tap Copy. 2. On your other device, either tap (on another iPad or an iPhone) or click (on a Mac) where you want to paste the text or image, then tap or click Paste. You can also use keyboard shortcuts. For more information on how to copy or paste on your iPhone, iPad, or Mac, see How to copy and paste on an iPhone or iPad or How to copy and paste on a Mac. Note: When you copy the content, its available on your Clipboard for a time. How to copy and paste on an iPhone or iPad Select and copy text: Double-tap with one finger to select a word or triple-

tap with one finger to select a paragraph. (You can also move the grab points to adjust your selection.) Then tap Copy. Select and copy an image: Touch and hold to select an image, then tap Copy. Paste text or an image: Tap where you want to paste the text or image, then tap Paste. To find additional gestures that allow you to copy and paste, see Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPhone and Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPad. How to copy and paste on a Mac Select text or an image: With your pointer, select the text or image you want to copy. Copy text or an image: Press Command-C or choose Edit > Copy from the menu bar. Paste text or an image: Move your pointer where you want to paste the text or image and click, then press Command-V or choose Edit > Paste from the menu bar. To find additional gestures that allow you to copy and paste, see Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPhone and Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPad. If Universal Clipboard isnt working Make sure that youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Make sure that your iPhone and Mac have Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Handoff turned on. Your devices must be within 30 feet (10 meters) of one another. If youre having difficulty getting Universal Clipboard to work, restart your devices and try again. Universal Clipboard is best for sharing small selections of text or copied images between devices. If you want to share multiple files between your iPad and Mac, see Transfer files from iPad to a storage device, a server, or the cloud. Stream video and audio from your iPad with AirPlay With AirPlay, you can stream video and audio from your iPad to a nearby Mac or TV. You can also mirror whats on your iPad screen. You can use AirPlay with your iPad and a Mac, an Apple TV, or another TV. Before you begin Make sure of the following:

Make sure of the following:

Both devices have Wi-Fi turned on and are connected to the same network. If youre streaming between your own Apple devices, its useful to sign in to the same Apple Account. To use AirPlay to stream content to a Mac, both devices meet minimum system requirements. To use AirPlay to stream content to a TV, make sure youre using Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV. If youre using a VPN, make sure its configuration doesnt prevent local networking, as that may interfere with some Continuity features. Set up a Mac to allow streaming from your iPad 1. On a Mac, go to the System Settings app. 2. Click General in the sidebar. (You may need to scroll down.) 3. Click AirDrop & Handoff, then turn on AirPlay Receiver. Note: If youre using a Mac with macOS 12.5 or earlier, choose Apple menu

> System Preferences, click Sharing, then turn on AirPlay receiver. 4. Click the pop-up menu next to Allow AirPlay for and choose the devices that can use AirPlay to stream content to this Mac. Allow only your devices: If you only want to allow AirPlay from devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account, select Current User. Allow any device: Select Anyone on the Same Network or Everyone. 5. To require a password to use AirPlay with the Mac, select the option, then enter a password. Stream photos or videos from your iPad to a Mac or TV You can stream photos and videos from your iPad to a Mac, an Apple TV, or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV. 1. On your iPad, find the photo or video that you want to stream. 2. Tap

. Note: In some apps, you may need to tap a different button first, like

. 3. Choose your Mac or TV from the list. 4. Use the playback controls on your iPad. 5. To stop streaming, on your iPad, tap

, then tap Turn Off AirPlay. Tip: You can set up your iPad to discover and automatically connect to any Apple TV or smart TV that you use frequently when you play content from apps that you use regularly with AirPlay. To turn this feature on or off on your iPad, go to Settings

> General > AirPlay & Continuity, tap the Automatically AirPlay pop-up menu, then choose Automatic, Never, or Ask. Mirror your iPad on a Mac or TV 1. Open Control Center on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then choose your Mac or TV as the playback destination. To switch back, open Control Center, tap

, then tap Stop Mirroring. Play audio from your iPad on a Mac or TV You can use AirPlay to stream audio from your iPad to a Mac or TV. If youre streaming to your Mac, make sure youve set up the Mac to allow streaming from another device first. See Allow streaming from another device. 1. Go to an audio app, such as Podcasts or Music on your iPad, then choose an item to play. 2. Tap

, then choose a playback destination. You can also use AirPlay to stream audio from your iPad to a HomePod. To learn more, see Play audio on HomePod using an iOS or iPadOS device. Use AirPlay in your hotel room If you stay in a hotel room with a TV that supports AirPlay, you can use it to play movies, TV shows, music, and more from your iPad. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. If its not already on, turn on the rooms TV and locate the AirPlay QR code. 3. Scan the QR code with your iPad camera, then follow the onscreen instructions to connect to your hotel Wi-Fi (if youre not already connected) and the rooms TV. 4. Use your iPad to display content on the TV screen by streaming photos or video, mirroring your screen, or playing audio. Choose your hotel TV as the playback destination. 5. To stop streaming or mirroring, tap the AirPlay or Screen Mirroring button (

or

) on your iPad, then tap your iPad in the list or tap Stop Mirroring. Note: AirPlay in hotels is available in certain countries and regions. If AirPlay isnt working Make sure that both of your devices are on the same network. Check that your Mac is set up to allow streaming from another device. See the Apple Support article If screen mirroring or streaming isnt working on your AirPlay-compatible device. Use iPhone to allow calls and text messages on your iPad You can relay phone calls and text messages through your iPhone to your iPad, so its easy to stay in touch no matter which device youre on. Note: Cellular charges may apply. Wi-Fi Calling isnt available from all carriers. Before you begin Make sure of the following:

Both devices have Wi-Fi turned on and are connected to the same Wi-Fi network. Youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. If youre using a VPN, make sure its configuration doesnt prevent local networking, as that may interfere with some Continuity features. Set up your iPhone to allow phone calls on your iPad 1. On your iPhone, go to the Settings app . 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Tap Calls on Other Devices, turn on Allow Calls on Other Devices, then choose the devices you want to allow to make and receive calls. The devices you choose can make and receive calls when theyre near your iPhone, connected to the same Wi-Fi network, and signed in to the same Apple Account. Make or receive phone calls on your iPad After you set up your iPhone to allow calls on your other devices, you can make and receive phone calls on your iPad and Mac. Make a call: Tap a phone number in Contacts, Calendar, FaceTime, Messages, Search, or Safari. Or open the Phone app, tap or click a number, or search for a contact. and type If you make a call from another device by relaying it through your iPad with Dual SIM, the call is made using your default voice line. Receive a call: Swipe or tap the notification to answer or ignore the call. Send and receive messages on your iPad You can send and receive messagesboth iMessage and SMS/RCS/MMS messages on your iPad. For more information on iMessage and SMS/RCS/MMS messages, see What is the difference between iMessage, RCS, and SMS/MMS?

To send and receive iMessages on iPad, see Get started with Messages. To send and receive SMS/RCS/MMS messages on your iPad, see Access your messages on all your Apple devices. If phone calls and text messages on your iPad arent working Make sure that youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Make sure that your iPhone and Mac have Wi-Fi turned on. Your devices must be within 30 feet (10 meters) of one another. If youre having difficulty getting text messages to work, see the Apple Support article Forward text messages from your iPhone to other devices. In addition to making and receiving phone calls on your iPad, you can also use Handoff to transfer a FaceTime call from one device to another. See Hand off a FaceTime call from your iPad to your other Apple devices for iPad. For more information about Wi-Fi calls, see the Apple Support article Make a call with Wi-Fi Calling. Share your internet connection from your iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular) with Personal Hotspot You can share the internet connection from your iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular) with other devices using a feature called Instant Hotspot. Instant Hotspot uses the Personal Hotspot on your iPad, and is useful when your other device doesnt have internet access from a Wi-Fi network. There are several ways to connect other devices to your Personal Hotspot:

Connect your Mac to your iPad through Wi-Fi settings. Pair your two devices with Bluetooth. Connect your Mac to your iPad with a cable. You can share the Personal Hotspot on your iPad with another iPad, an iPhone, a Mac, a Windows device, and more. Note: Personal Hotspot isnt available with all carriers. Additional fees may apply. The number of devices that can join your Personal Hotspot at one time depends on your carrier and iPad model. Contact your carrier for more information. Before you begin Make sure of the following:

Both devices have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on. The devices are within 30 feet (10 meters) of each other. Both devices meet minimum system requirements for Instant Hotspot. If youre using a VPN, make sure its configuration doesnt prevent local networking, as that may interfere with some Continuity features. If youre sharing your Personal Hotspot with your Apple devices, its faster to connect if you sign in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Note: You can only use Personal Hotspot by sharing the cellular internet connection on your iPad. You cant connect your iPad to a Wi-Fi network, and then share that network with another device. Set up Personal Hotspot on your iPad 1. On your iPad, go to the Settings app

. 2. Tap Cellular, then tap Set Up Personal Hotspot. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Optionally, you can change the Wi-Fi Password. Your Wi-Fi network name is your device name, which you can change in Settings

> General > About. Note: If Cellular Data is turned on in Settings > Cellular, but you dont see Set Up Personal Hotspot as an option, contact your carrier about adding Personal Hotspot to your plan. Turn Personal Hotspot on and off on your 1. On your iPhone, go to the Settings app . 2. Tap Personal Hotspot. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. You can choose who is allowed to use your Personal Hotspot, set a password, and if youre in a Family Sharing groupdecide if you want to automatically share your Personal Hotspot with specific family members. Connect to a Personal Hotspot with Wi-Fi You can connect another device to the Personal Hotspot on your iPad using Wi-Fi settings. You can connect another iPad, an iPhone, a Mac, a Windows device, and many other devices that are able to connect to a Wi-Fi network. 1. On the device that you want to connect to the Personal Hotspot on your iPad, do any of the following:

On an iPhone with Touch ID: Swipe down from the top-right edge to to turn Wi-Fi on, then choose your iPad. open Control Center. Tap On an iPhone with Face ID: Swipe up from the bottom to open Control to turn Wi-Fi on, then choose your iPad. Center. Tap On an iPad: Swipe down from the top-right edge to open Control Center. Tap to turn Wi-Fi on, then choose your iPad. On a Mac; Click in the menu bar, then choose your iPad. On a Windows device or other device: Follow the manufacturers instructions to connect to a Personal Hotspot. 2. Enter the password you set up for your Personal Hotspot to connect. If youre connecting another Apple device and youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices, you dont need to enter a password. Note: When a Mac is connected to your Personal Hotspot, the Personal Hotspot icon appears in the status bar of the connected Mac. When youre not using the hotspot, your devices automatically disconnect to save battery life. Connect to a Personal Hotspot with Bluetooth You can connect a Mac or Windows device to the Personal Hotspot on your iPad using Bluetooth instead of Wi-Fi. Both devices must have Bluetooth turned on. 1. On your Mac, go to the System Settings app. Note: If your Mac has macOS 12.5 or earlier, choose Apple menu Preferences.

> System 2. Click Bluetooth in the sidebar. (You may need to scroll down.) 3. On your iPad, go to the Settings app

, then tap Bluetooth. Keep Bluetooth Settings open to make sure that your device is discoverable. 4. On your Mac, select your iPad when it appears. (It may take a moment.) As soon as its connected by Bluetooth, your Mac is able to use the cellular connection on your iPad. To connect your Windows device to your iPad using Bluetooth, follow the manufacturers directions to set up a Bluetooth network connection. Connect to a Personal Hotspot with a USB cable You can connect a Mac or Windows device to the Personal Hotspot on your iPad using the USB cable that came with your iPad (or another cable that matches the ports on your iPad and other device). Note: If you see an alert on your iPad that says Trust This Computer? tap Trust. You may be asked to enter your device passcode to proceed. If you see an alert on your Mac that says Allow accessory to connect? click Allow. As soon as its connected by a cable, your Mac or Windows device is able to use the cellular connection on your iPad. If your Personal Hotspot isnt working Make sure that your devices have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on. Your devices must be within 30 feet (10 meters) of one another. See the Apple Support article If Personal Hotspot is not working on your iPhone or iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular) for additional troubleshooting steps. Maximize compatibility in Settings > Personal Hotspot, then enable Maximize Compatibility. Maximize Compatibility may reduce performance for devices connected to your Personal Hotspot when turned on. When you share a Personal Hotspot from your iPad, it uses cellular data for the internet connection. To monitor your cellular data network usage, go to Settings

> Cellular. See Set up cellular service. If you use Family Sharing, you can share your Personal Hotspot with any member of your family. See Set up Family Sharing. Use your iPad as a webcam for Apple TV With Continuity Camera, you can use your iPad as a webcam or microphone for your Apple TV 4K, and take advantage of the powerful iPad camera and video effects for apps and FaceTime calls. Here are some things you can do with Continuity Camera on Apple TV:

Use your iPad as a webcam in FaceTime. Sing along to Apple Music and appear onscreen with visual effects. Insert sketches, photos, and scans from your iPad on Mac With the Continuity Camera and Continuity Sketch features, you can draw a sketch, take a photo, or scan a document using your nearby iPad and have it appear instantly on your Mac, exactly where you want itfor example, in an email, note, or folder. You can also mark up a file on your Mac with your iPad using Continuity Markup. You can use Continuity Camera, Continuity Sketch, and Continuity Markup with an iPad and Mac. Before you begin Make sure of the following:

Both devices have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on. Youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Both devices meet minimum system requirements for Continuity Camera, Continuity Sketch, and Continuity Markup. If youre using a VPN, make sure its configuration doesnt prevent local networking, as that may interfere with some Continuity features. Depending on where the photo or scan is inserted, you can mark it up or adjust other aspects, such as crop it or apply a filter. Insert a sketch, photo, or scan from your iPad You can draw a sketch on your iPad and have it appear on your Mac with Continuity Sketch, or take a photo or scan a document on your iPad and have it appear on your Mac with Continuity Camera. 1. On your Mac, Control-click where you want to insert the sketch or photofor example, in an open window, like a note or email message. You can also Control-click the desktop or a folder in a Finder window. 2. Choose an option from the pop-up menu. You may need to click Insert from iPhone or iPad before seeing the options. 3. Do any of the following:

Add a sketch: On your iPad, draw a sketch using your finger. On iPad, you can also use Apple Pencil. Take a photo: On your iPad, take a photo, then tap Use Photo or Retake. Scan a document: On your iPad, scan a document. Your iPad detects the edges of the document and autocorrects any skewing of the image. If you want to adjust the area included in the scan, drag the frame or its edges. When youre ready, tap Keep Scan or Retake. You can continue to scan documents until youre done, then tap Save. Depending on where the photo or scan is inserted, you can mark it up or adjust other aspects, such as crop it or apply a filter. Note: Scans you take on your iPad arent saved on the device. Use your iPad to mark up a file on your Mac Use your iPad to add text, make drawings, rotate, and crop images, PDF documents, and more on your Mac, called Continuity Markup. 1. On your Mac, click the desktop to open the Finder. 2. Control-click the file you want to mark up, choose Quick Actions, then choose Markup. The file opens. 3. In the toolbar, click or click

(the button may have an arrow next to it), then choose your device. 4. Use the Markup tools to draw, add text or shapes, and more. On iPad, you can also use Apple Pencil. 5. When youre done, tap Done on your iPad. 6. To save your changes, click Done on your Mac. If Continuity Camera, Continuity Sketch, or Continuity Markup arent working Make sure youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Make sure that both devices have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on. Make sure your device meets minimum system requirements for Continuity Camera. Use your iPad as a second display for your Mac You can extend the workspace of your Mac by using your iPad as a second display with the Sidecar feature. The extended workspace allows you to use different apps on the different screens, or to use the same app across both screens, but control different aspects of it. For example, when you use the same app on both screens, you can view your artwork on your Mac while you use Apple Pencil and an apps tools and palettes on iPad. You can use Sidecar with your Mac and iPad. Before you begin Make sure of the following:

Both devices have Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Handoff turned on. Youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Both devices meet minimum system requirements for Sidecar. If youre using a VPN, make sure its configuration doesnt prevent local networking, as that may interfere with some Continuity features. Set up Sidecar 1. On your Mac, go to the System Settings app. Note: If your Mac has macOS 12.5 or earlier, choose Apple menu Preferences.

> System 2. Click Displays in the sidebar. (You may need to scroll down.) Tip: You can also connect your Mac and iPad using a USB cable. You can use the USB cable that came with your iPad or another cable that matches the ports on your Mac and iPad. 3. Click on the right, then choose your iPad. 4. To change Sidecar options (for example, to extend or mirror your Mac display), choose your iPad in Displays, then choose from the available options. You can also adjust the arrangement of your Mac and iPad displays. Click Arrange, then drag your displays into a new position. Tip: You can also use Control Center to set up Sidecar. Click screen mirroring in the menu bar, click Screen Mirroring, then choose your iPad. You can adjust some Display settings here, or click Display Settings for more options. Use Sidecar with your Mac or iPad Do any of the following:

Move windows between Mac and iPad: Drag a window to the edge of the screen until the pointer appears on the other device. Or while using an app, choose Window > Move to. Use the sidebar on iPad: With your finger or Apple Pencil, tap the icons in the sidebar to show the Menu Bar, show show the onscreen keyboard Control the Dock, or

. Or tap one or more modifier keys, such as

, to use keyboard shortcuts. or hide or hide Use the Touch Bar on iPad: With your finger or Apple Pencil, tap any button in the Touch Bar. The buttons available vary depending on the app or task. Use Apple Pencil on iPad: With your Apple Pencil, tap to select items such as menu commands, checkboxes, or files. If your Apple Pencil supports it (and you selected the option in Displays settings), you can double-tap the lower section of your Apple Pencil to switch drawing tools in some apps. See the Apple Support article Pair Apple Pencil with your iPad. Use gestures on iPad: Use basic gestures, such as tap, swipe, scroll, and zoom, as well as gestures for entering and editing text. See the Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad. On iPad, switch between the Mac desktop and the iPad Home Screen: To show the Home Screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of your iPad. To return to the Mac desktop, swipe up, then tap

. Turn off Sidecar When youre ready to stop using your iPad as a second display for your Mac, do one of the following:

On a Mac: Click iPad from the list below Mirror or extend to. in the menu bar, click Screen Mirroring, then deselect your On an iPad: Tap at the bottom of the sidebar. If Sidecar isnt working Make sure youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Make sure that both devices have Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Handoff turned on and are on the same Wi-Fi network. For more troubleshooting tips, see the Sidecar system requirements in the Apple Support article Use an iPad as a second display for a Mac. Use one keyboard and mouse to control Mac and iPad You can use the keyboard and mouse (or trackpad) of your Mac to control your iPad with the Universal Control feature. You can even connect an additional Mac or iPad and work across three devices. When you use Universal Control, you can open and use apps, enter text, and drag items across devices. If an external keyboard and mouse or trackpad are connected to your iPad, you can use them to work across both devices too. You can use Universal Control with your Mac and iPad. Before you begin Make sure of the following:

Both devices have Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Handoff, and two-factor authentication turned on. Youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Both devices meet minimum system requirements for Universal Control. If your Mac doesnt have a built-in trackpad or keyboard, you must connect a keyboard and mouse or trackpad to your Mac. To connect an Apple keyboard, mouse, or trackpad, see Connect an Apple wireless keyboard, mouse, or trackpad with Mac. If youre using a VPN, make sure its configuration doesnt prevent local networking, as that may interfere with some Continuity features. Set up Universal Control To connect your Mac and iPad, make sure that both devices are awake and unlocked, then do one of the following:

On your Mac, use your mouse or trackpad to move the pointer to the right or left edge of the screen, whichever is closest to your other device. Pause, then move the pointer slightly past the edge of the screen. When a border appears at the edge of the other device, continue moving the pointer to the other devices screen. in the menu bar, click Display, then choose your other On your Mac, click device below Link keyboard and mouse to. Then use your mouse or trackpad to move the pointer past the edge of the Mac screen until it appears on your other device. After you establish a connection, you can move the pointer across screens until one of your devices goes to sleep or you disconnect them. Use your Mac keyboard and mouse or trackpad with your iPad Many actions and gestures that you can do on your iPad with an external mouse or trackpad also work with your Mac mouse or trackpad. See Mouse actions and gestures and Trackpad gestures. With your Mac keyboard, you can also use many iPad features available with external keyboards. See the keyboard topics in the Accessories chapter, beginning with Switch between keyboards. Change the screen arrangement between your Mac and iPad The direction in which you move the pointer when establishing the Universal Control connection determines which side of the display you use to move the pointer across devices. You can adjust the arrangement of your devices. 1. On your Mac, go to the System Settings app

. Note: If your Mac has macOS 12.5 or earlier, choose Apple menu Preferences.

> System 2. Click Displays in the sidebar. (You may need to scroll down.) 3. Drag the iPad image to the new position. Disconnect Universal Control between your Mac and iPad You can disconnect your Mac and iPad to temporarily stop using Universal Control. Do one of the following:

On your iPad: Press the top button on your iPad to put it to sleep. On your Mac: Click below Link keyboard and mouse to. in the menu bar, click Display, then deselect your iPad, Stop your Mac and iPad from automatically connecting After you set up Universal Control, your Mac and iPad or another Mac automatically reconnect whenever theyre close to each other and their screens are unlocked. To stop your Mac and iPad or another Mac from automatically connecting, you can turn off this option your Mac. 1. On your Mac, go to the System Settings app

. Note: If your Mac has macOS 12.5 or earlier, choose Apple menu Preferences.

> System 2. Click Displays in the sidebar. (You may need to scroll down.) 3. On the right, click Advanced, then turn off Automatically reconnect to any nearby Mac or iPad. Turn off Universal Control You can turn off Universal Control to prevent the use of your Mac keyboard and mouse or trackpad across your iPad and other devices. 1. On your Mac, go to the System Settings app

. Note: If your Mac has macOS 12.5 or earlier, choose Apple menu Preferences.

> System 2. Click Displays in the sidebar. (You may need to scroll down.) 3. Click Advanced on the right, then do one of the following:

Turn off all Universal Control connections: Turn off Allow your pointer and keyboard to move between any nearby Mac or iPad. Prevent a connection when moving the pointer to the edge of the screen: Turn off Push through the edge of a display to connect to a nearby Mac or iPad. To prevent connecting your iPad keyboard and mouse or trackpad to your Mac, on iPad go to Settings Keyboard.

> General > AirPlay & Continuity, then turn off Cursor and If Universal Control isnt working Make sure youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. Make sure that both devices have Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Handoff, and two-factor authentication turned on and are on the same Wi-Fi network. For additional troubleshooting steps, see If you need help at the bottom of the Apple Support article Universal Control. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable You can use a cable to directly connect your iPad to a Mac with OS X 10.9 or later, or to a Windows device with Windows 7 or later. Using the charging cable for your iPad, connect iPad to the USB port on your computer. If the cable isnt compatible with the port on your computer, youll need to use an adapter (sold separately). Note: If an alert appears on your iPad asking whether to trust this computer, select Trust. (See the Apple Support article About the Trust This Computer alert. After you connect your iPad to a computer with a cable, you can do any of the following:

Set up iPad for the first time. Share your internet connection with your computer. Use your computer to erase all content and settings from iPad. Update iPad using your computer. Sync content or transfer files between your iPad and Mac or Windows device. The iPad battery charges when iPad is connected to your computer and your computer is connected to power. Transfer files between your iPad and other devices There are multiple ways to transfer photos, videos, and other files between your iPad and other devices like an iPhone, Mac, or Windows device. You can transfer files wirelessly with features like AirDrop or apps like Mail and Messages, or you can connect your iPad to a computer or an external storage device with a cable, and then transfer or sync files. You can also use iCloud to store your files, photos, videos, and more, and keep everything up to date on all your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Important: Transferring, sharing, or syncing may be restricted for some types of data, such as files saved in an apps proprietary format, files saved in older software versions, and files protected by copyrights. Transfer files from your iPad wirelessly To quickly share a photo, file, or other item from your iPad to a nearby Apple device, you can use AirDrop. See Use AirDrop to send items to nearby devices. You can also transfer files from your iPad to another device by sending the file as an attachment in the Mail or Messages app. Send a file as an email attachment: See Add email attachments in Mail. Send a file as an attachment in Messages: See Share content in Messages. Transfer files by connecting iPad with a cable You can connect your iPad to your Mac or Windows device with a cable to transfer files to your computer, an external storage device, or a file server. When you transfer files to your Mac or Windows device, you can use the Finder, Apple Devices, or iTunes, depending on the model and operating system of your computer. Note: Only files from iPad apps that support file sharing can be transferred. Transfer files with your Mac (macOS 10.15 or later): Use the Finder. See the Apple Support article Use the Finder to share files between your Mac and your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch. Transfer files to your Windows device (Windows 10 or later): Use Apple Devices for Windows. See Transfer files between your Windows device and iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch in the Apple Devices User Guide for Windows. Transfer files to your Mac (macOS 10.14 or earlier) or Windows device

(Windows 7 or earlier): Use iTunes. See the Apple Support article Use iTunes to share files between your computer and your iPhone or iPad. Transfer files to a storage device, a file server, or a service like Box or DropBox: See Transfer files from iPad to a storage device, a server, or the cloud. Sync your iPad with other devices You can also connect your iPad to your Mac or Windows device to sync supported content. For example, when you add a movie to your iPad, you can sync so that the movie also appears on your computer. You can sync content like music, movies, TV shows, and more. When you sync files to your Mac or Windows device, you can use the Finder, Apple Devices, or iTunes, depending on the model and operating system of your computer. Sync content with your Mac (macOS 10.15 or later): Use the Finder. See Sync content between your Mac and iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch in the Mac User Guide. Sync content with your Windows device (Windows 10 or later): Use Apple Devices for Windows. See Sync your Windows device and iPhone, iPad, or iPod in the Apple Devices User Guide for Windows. Sync content with your Mac (macOS 10.14 or earlier) or Windows device

(Windows 7 or earlier): Use iTunes. See the Apple Support article Use iTunes to sync your iPhone, iPad, or iPod with your computer. Automatically keep your files in sync with iCloud You can store your files, photos, videos, and more in iCloud so you can access them and keep them synced on all your devices as well as supported web browsers. Any change you make to a file on a device thats signed in to your Apple Account appears on all devices that are signed in to the same Apple Account. For more information, see How iCloud keeps information up to date across all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. To get started, see Set up iCloud on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. Important: OS X 10.10 (or later) or Windows 7 (or later) are required. You must be signed in to the same Apple Account on both your iPhone and your computer, as well as any supported web browsers you might be using. See the Apple Support article System requirements for iCloud. Accessibility Get started with accessibility features on iPad Customize iPad in ways that work best for you with features for vision, hearing, mobility, speech, and cognitive accessibilitywhether you need them temporarily or on an ongoing basis. You can turn on accessibility features when you set up your iPad for the first time, or at any time in Settings

> Accessibility. Vision Use the built-in screen reader to hear whats on the screen and navigate iPad with gestures. Or make text bigger, zoom in on the screen, adjust display colors, and more. You can even use your iPad as a magnifying glass, and hold it up to get descriptions of your surroundings if you cant see them. Learn more about accessibility features for vision Mobility Navigate and perform actions on iPad using just your eyes or spoken commands. Or connect an assistive device or an external keyboard and use it to control iPad. You can also make it easier to use gestures and set other options so iPad responds best to your touch. Learn more about accessibility features for mobility Hearing Get real-time captioning of spoken audio from an app or live conversation, turn on flash notifications, have iPad recognize sounds, and more. You can also pair hearing devices with your iPad, and adjust headphone audio so its right for you. Learn more about accessibility features for hearing Speech Create a custom voice that sounds like you, or choose one of dozens of system voices, then use it to have what you type spoken out loud. You can also have Siri recognize a wider range of speech patterns, or teach iPad to perform an action when you speak a word or sound of your choosing. Learn more about accessibility features for speech Cognitive iPadOS accessibility features can help youor someone you care foruse iPad with greater independence. You can set up an iPad with a simplified interface for someone with a cognitive disability, or temporarily lock iPad to one app when you let a child use it. Learn more about cognitive accessibility features Tip: Control your go-to accessibility features and settings with Siri, the click of a button, or from Control Center. See Quickly turn accessibility features on or off. Use accessibility features during iPad setup iPad has accessibility features that you can turn on the first time you turn on your iPad, to make it easier to set up and personalize other iPad features. Hear whats onscreen with VoiceOver VoiceOvera gesture-based screen readertells you whats happening onscreen. 1. After iPad is turned on, triple-click the top button (on an iPad with Face ID) or triple-click the Home button (on other iPad models) to turn on VoiceOver. 2. Do any of the following and more:

Speak the entire screen: Swipe up with two fingers. Find out what youre touching: Touch the screen or drag your finger over it. VoiceOver speaks the name of the item your finger is on, including icons and text. Swipe right to elect the next item. Tap with four fingers near the top to select the first item on the screen. Select an item: Tap to select a button or link, and activate it by double-

tapping. Scroll to another page: Swipe with three fingers. Open the onscreen rotor: Turn two fingers on the screen, as if rotating a dial. See Control VoiceOver using the rotor. Note: When VoiceOver is on, basic gestures dont work as usual. See Use VoiceOver gestures and Operate iPad when VoiceOver is on. You can adjust audio options, language, voice, speaking rate, how much detail VoiceOver provides, and more in VoiceOver settings. Zoom in on part of the screen 1. Double-tap the screen with three fingers, then use the slider to set a magnification level. 2. Use three fingers to scroll around the zoomed-in screen. See Zoom in. Turn on other features during setup You can turn on additional accessibility features from the Quick Start screen. Tap to turn on or adjust settings for any of the following:

VoiceOver Zoom Display & Text Size Motion Read & Speak Touch (such as AssistiveTouch and Touch Accommodations, Switch Control, or any external keyboard.) If youve set up accessibility features on an iPhone or iPad thats nearby, you can transfer your settings to your new iPad with Quick Startjust follow the onscreen instructions. See Turn on and set up iPad. (See Move from an Android device to iPad if your previous device wasnt made by Apple.) Change Siri accessibility settings on iPad You can change how quickly or when Siri responds, use text to make requests to Siri, have Siri listen for atypical speech patterns, have Siri audibly share notifications, and announce and end calls. Tell Siri when and how to respond to requests 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri. 2. Do any of the following:

Set how long Siri waits for you to finish speaking: Below Siri Pause Time, choose Default, Longer, or Longest. Change how fast Siri speaks: Adjust the slider below Speaking Rate. Decide when Siri responds aloud or in text: Choose an option below Spoken Responses. You can also change how Siri responds. Use Siri even when iPad is covered or facing down: When you set up Siri, Hey Siri activates Siri only when your iPad faces up. To change this, turn on Always Listen for Hey Siri. Learn how to use Siri. Require Siri or Hey Siri in order to interrupt Siri: Turn on Require Siri for Interruptions. This can be useful if you use VoiceOver or Voice Control and dont want VoiceOver speech or Voice Control commands to interrupt Siri. To change how you activate Siri, see Turn on Siri and Change when Siri responds. Type instead of speak to Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Type to Siri. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, this option may not be shown. See Use Apple Intelligence with Siri. 2. To make a request, activate Siri, then interact with Siri using the keyboard and text field. Have Siri recognize a wider range of speech patterns When your primary language is set to English (U.S.), you can have Siri listen for atypical speech. This may be helpful if you have an acquired or progressive condition that affects speech, such as cerebral palsy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis

(ALS), or stroke. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Listen for Atypical Speech. You can also teach iPad to perform an action when you speak a word or make a sound of your choosing. See Use Vocal Shortcuts. Announce calls and notifications for specific apps You can have Siri announce notifications from apps like Messages on your iPad speaker, supported headphones, and on MFi hearing devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Announce Notifications on Speaker. 2. Tap Announce Notifications, then for each app, choose whether to announce all notifications or only time-sensitive notifications. End calls with Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, tap Call Hangup, then turn on Call Hangup. Note: Available in select languages and on supported models. Requires download of speech models.) 2. To end a call, ask Siri something like, Siri, hang up. (Participants on the call will hear you.) You can also route and automatically answer calls or have Siri announce and answer calls.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Quickly turn accessibility features on or off on iPad You can quickly turn many accessibility features on or off by clicking an iPad button. You can also use Control Center, Siri, or Vocal Shortcuts. Use the Accessibility Shortcut Triple-click the top button or Home button to turn the accessibility features of your choice on or off. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then select the features you want. If you select only one feature, the feature is immediately turned on or off when you click the button shortcut. 2. Triple-click one of the following:

The Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) The top button (on other iPad models) To have iPad recognize a slower triple-click, see Adjust the top or Home button. 3. Tap the feature you want to turn on or off (if Accessibility Shortcut is set up with more than one feature). Note: To add some featureslike Assistive Access or Guided Accessto the Accessibility Shortcut, you need to set them up first. You can use the Accessibility Shortcut to enter and exit Assistive Access, but you cant use it to turn on other features while Assistive Access is active. To use the Accessibility Shortcut while Guided Access is on, you must turn on Accessibility Shortcut in Guided Access settings Use Control Center You can add accessibility features to Control Center for quick access when you swipe down from the top-right corner of the screen. 1. To change the features available in Control Center, swipe down from the top-

right corner of the screen, tap Control. in the top-left corner, then tap Add a 2. Tap a control to add it to Control Center. Scroll down to see more controls, including categories of controls for accessibility, hearing, mobility, and vision. You can change which features appear when you tap in Control Center. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Hearing Control Center, then add or remove features. Use Siri Ask Siri something like, Turn on Voice Control. Learn how to use Siri. Use a Vocal Shortcut You can teach iPad to turn on an accessibility feature when you speak a word or another sound of your choosing. See Use Vocal Shortcuts. Use the Shortcuts app You can create a shortcut to get one or more tasks done with your apps using just a tap or by asking Siri. For example, if you have short-term memory loss, you can use Remember This to log what happens throughout the day. You can also run the In Case of Emergency shortcut to send your location to your chosen emergency contacts, share a message with custom instructions, and display a message of your choice onscreen for first responders to see. To learn more, see Run a shortcut from the Shortcuts app on iPhone or iPad in the Shortcuts User Guide. Share your Accessibility Settings with another device on iPad You can temporarily share your Accessibility settings with another iPhone or iPad. For example, if youre borrowing a friends iPhone or using a public iPad, you can share your Accessibility settings with the other device and remove them when youre finished. Some settings you can share with another device include:

Zoom Hover Text and Hover Typing Display & Text VoiceOver Touch Accommodations Read & Speak Full Keyboard Access Live Speech Music Haptics Audio & Visual Top Button and Home Button Note: Only your Accessibility settings will be shared with the other device during the sharing session. Share your Accessibility settings with another device 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap Share Accessibility Settings. (You may need to scroll down.) 3. Tap Share Accessibility Settings, then tap Continue. 4. Make sure both devices have Bluetooth and Wi-Fi turned on, then do one of the following:

Select a device: Tap a device in your contacts or a device signed in to your iCloud account. Bring your iPad to another device: Tap Search People Nearby, then tap and hold the screen on the other device with three fingers to create a six-digit code. Enter the code on your device, then select the name of the device. Note: To hear the six-digit code spoken aloud, continue to tap and hold the screen on the other device with three fingers 5. Do either of the following on the other device to accept your request to share your accessibility settings:

Tap Accept. Tap and hold the screen on the other device with three fingers. 6. Start using the other device with your Accessibility settings. 7. When youre finished using the device, do any of the following:

Tap the Share Accessibility Settings button in the Status Bar, then tap Stop Sharing. Lock your device and let it go to sleep. Triple-click the side or home button. Note: If you move more than 30 feet away from the device youre sharing your Accessibility settings with, the session automatically ends. You can also add Share Accessibility settings to your Control Center and start sharing directly from Control Center. See Customize controls. Sync your Share Accessibility Settings to iCloud If you use different Accessibility settings on different devices, you can sync your preferences to iCloud so theyre available when you share Accessibility settings between different devices. For example, if you sync your iPad settings and later use your iPhone to share with another iPad, your iPad accessibility preferences can be used. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap Share Accessibility Settings. (You may need to scroll down.) 3. Turn Sync to iCloud on or off. Vision Accessibility features for vision on iPad With built-in accessibility features for vision on iPad, you can make it easier to see whats on the screen, or you can hear whats on the screen spoken out loud. You can even use your iPad as a magnifying glass, and hold it up to get descriptions of whats around you if you cant see it. To explore accessibility features for vision, go to Settings features are at the top.

> Accessibility. Vision Hear whats on the screen Turn iPad into a braille notetaker that can launch apps, perform calculations, open Braille Ready Format (BRF) files, transcribe conversations, and more. Use Braille Access with a braille display Customize text appearance for any app with Accessibility Reader. You can also listen to spoken text. Read or listen to text in apps with Accessibility Reader Have the built-in screen reader speak whats on the screen. Navigate your iPad with gestures, or with a connected keyboard or braille display. Turn on and practice VoiceOver Even when VoiceOver is off, have iPad read all text on the screen, what youre typing, and more. Hear whats on the screen or typed Get spoken descriptions of visual content in movies, TV shows, and other media, when available. Hear audio descriptions for video content Use Braille Access with a braille display Control iPad with VoiceOver Hear descriptions of video Read or listen to text in apps Speak onscreen text Tip: With Siri and Dictation, you can complete common tasks and enter text using just your voice. Get information about your surroundings Have iPad read text on household appliances, ATMs, and more. Read aloud text and labels around you Hold up iPad and get information about what your camera is pointed at, including when people, doors, or text are detected. Get live descriptions of visual information around you Use iPad as a magnifying glass to zoom in on items around you. Magnify and examine objects around you Point at text and hear it spoken Get a closer look Hear about your surroundings Make text and other onscreen content larger Enlarge what youre viewingthe entire screen or one part of it. Zoom in Adjust the reading size for text across iPad apps and system features. Make text easier to read Display a separate window with a larger version of the text that youre typing. Use Hover Typing Zoom in Enlarge text as you type Make text bigger and bolder If you use a mouse or trackpad with iPad, you can also show a larger version of text when you hover over it or make the pointer easier to see. View whats on the screen more comfortably Pause animated images, and slow down the motion of interface elements. Or dim your display when media youre viewing depicts strobe or flashing lights. Stop or reduce onscreen motion Get animated dots on the edges of the screen that may help reduce motion sickness. Use iPad more comfortably while riding as a passenger in a vehicle If you prefer light text on a dark background, choose a dark color scheme for the iPad interface. Turn Dark Mode on or off Differentiate content on the screen more easily by inverting colors, applying a color filter, and more. Change display colors Reduce onscreen motion Use Dark Mode Use iPad more comfortably in a car Adjust the display colors Read or listen to text in apps with Accessibility Reader on iPad With Accessibility Reader on iPad, you can read or listen to text in a full-screen view, and customize fonts, layouts, and background colors. You can use Accessibility Reader with any app on your iPad. Accessibility Reader is also built into the Magnifier app

, so you can customize text in your surroundingslike in restaurant menus or books. See view your captured text in a format for easier reading and listen to your captured text. Turn on and use Accessibility Reader 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap Read & Speak. 3. Tap Accessibility Reader, then turn on Accessibility Reader. Turn on Autoplay if you want Accessibility Reader to automatically read text aloud. 4. To start using Accessibility Reader, do either of the following:

Use the Accessibility Shortcut: Open an app, triple-click the side button on your iPad, then tap Accessibility Reader. Note: To learn how to add Accessibility Reader to your Accessibility Shortcuts, see Use the Accessibility Shortcut. Use Control Center: Open an app, open Control Center, then tap Accessibility Reader. Note: To learn how to add Accessibility Reader to your Control Center, see Customize controls. Customize text color, font, and spacing in apps 1. Open any app on your iPad, then open Accessibility Reader. See Turn on and use Accessibility Reader. Note: Accessibility Reader alerts you if no text is detected. 2. Tap

, then tap

. 3. Select a theme, then tap Edit. 4. Do any of the following:

Text Color: Choose a color or tap Custom Color. Background Color: Choose a color or tap Custom Color. Text Size: Drag the slider left or right to make the text smaller or larger. Font: Choose a font. High Legibility Characters: Turn on High Legibility Characters for System Fonts. Note: This option is only available when using System Font. Bold Text: Turn on Bold Text. Line Spacing: Choose

, or to customize the space between lines. Word Spacing: Choose words.

, or to customize the space between Character Spacing: Choose between characters.

, or to customize the space Readable Content Width: Choose width.

, or to customize the text Hyperlinks: Turn Show Links on or off. When turn on Show Links, you can customize the color. Playback: Turn Highlighting on or off. When you turn on Highlighting, you can customize the style or highlight color. Rename: Enter a name for the settings you choose. Reset to Default: Reset all themes to their default settings. Tip: Rename a theme with your custom settings so you can easily find it and reuse it later. Listen to spoken text in apps 1. Open any app on your iPad, then open Accessibility Reader. See Turn on and use Accessibility Reader. Note: Accessibility Reader alerts you if no text is detected. 2. Do any of the following:

Listen to the text: Tap . Pause the text: Tap . Skip backward or forward: Tap or . Increase or decrease the speed: Tap the

, then select a speed. Go to a specific time: Drag the slider left or right. Note: You can hide or show audio controls in Accessibility Reader: Tap , then tap Hide Audio Controls or Show Audio Controls. Zoom in on the iPad screen In many apps, you can zoom in or out on specific items. For example, you can double-tap or pinch to look closer in Photos or expand webpage columns in Safari. You can also use the Zoom feature to magnify the screen no matter what youre doing. You can magnify the entire screen (Full Screen Zoom), magnify only part of the screen with a resizable lens (Window Zoom), or magnify a portion of the screen that stays in one place (Pinned Zoom). And, you can use Zoom together with VoiceOver. Set up Zoom 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Zoom, then turn on Zoom. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Follow Focus: Track your selections, the text insertion point, and your typing. Smart Typing: Switch to Window Zoom when a keyboard appears. Keyboard Shortcuts: Control Zoom using shortcuts on an external keyboard. Zoom Controller: Turn the controller on, set controller actions, and adjust the color and opacity. Zoom Region: Choose Pinned Zoom, Full Screen Zoom, or Window Zoom. Zoom Filter: Choose None, Inverted, Grayscale, Grayscale Inverted, or Low Light. Maximum Zoom Level: Drag the slider to adjust the level. 3. If you use iPad with a pointer device, you can also set the following below Pointer Control:

Zoom Pan: Choose Continuous, Centered, or Edges to set how the screen image moves with the pointer. Adjust Size with Zoom: Allow the pointer to scale with zoom. 4. To add Zoom to Accessibility Shortcut, go to Settings > Accessibility >

Accessibility Shortcut, then tap Zoom. Use Zoom 1. Double-tap the screen with three fingers or use Accessibility Shortcut to turn on Zoom. 2. To see more of the screen, do any of the following:

Adjust the magnification: Double-tap the screen with three fingers

(without lifting your fingers after the second tap), then drag up or down. Or triple-tap with three fingers, then drag the Zoom Level slider. Move the Zoom lens: (Window Zoom) Drag the handle at the bottom of the Zoom lens. Pan to another area: (Full Screen Zoom) Drag the screen with three fingers. 3. To adjust the settings with the Zoom menu, triple-tap with three fingers, then adjust any of the following:

Choose Region: Choose Pinned Zoom, Full Screen Zoom, or Window Zoom. Resize Lens: (Window Zoom) Tap Resize Lens, then drag any of the round handles that appear. Choose Filter: Choose Inverted, Grayscale, Grayscale Inverted, or Low Light. Show Controller: Show the Zoom Controller. 4. To use the Zoom Controller, do any of the following:

Show the Zoom menu: Tap the controller. Zoom in or out: Double-tap the controller. Pan: When zoomed in, drag the controller. While using Zoom with an Apple external keyboard, the Zoom region follows the insertion point, keeping it in the center of the screen. See iPad Magic Keyboard and Smart Keyboard. To turn off Zoom, double-tap the screen with three fingers or use Accessibility Shortcut. View a larger version of text youre reading or typing on iPad With Hover Text on iPad, you can move the pointer over text and other items on the screen (such as icons) to view a larger version of them. Or use Hover Typing to display a separate window with a larger version of text that youre typing. Before you begin To use Hover Text, you need to connect a pointing device such as a trackpad or mouse with your iPad. On supported iPad models, you can also use Apple Pencil

(2nd generation) or Apple Pencil Pro as the pointing device. You dont need to connect a pointing device to use Hover Typing. Show a larger version of text when you hover over it 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Hover Text, then turn on Hover Text 3. Move the pointer over text to display a larger version of it. Or hover the tip of a supported Apple Pencil over the text. 4. If you have a connected keyboard, you need to press and hold the Control key to show the Hover Text window. If you use iPad with a connected keyboard, you can have the Hover Text window automatically displayed when you move the pointer over text, without needing to press and hold a key every time. Go to Settings turn on Activation Lock. To use activation lock, quickly press the Control key three times.

> Accessibility > Hover Text, then You can change the key you press to activate Hover Text and activation lock. Tap Activation Modifier, then choose another key. Show a larger version of text youre typing 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Hover Text, tap Hover Typing, then turn on Hover Typing. 3. As you type in a text entry field, a larger version of what youre typing is displayed. To temporarily hide the Hover Typing window, swipe on it. It reappears when you start typing again. Customize Hover Text 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap Hover Text. 3. Customize any of the following:

Display mode: Choose where to show the Hover Text or Hover Typing windowinline (near the cursor), at the top of the screen, or directly above the onscreen keyboard. Content: Choose to show Text, Color, or Text & Color. Scrolling speed: Choose a faster or slower speed (for scrolling in the Hover Text window when viewing large blocks of text). Font: Choose a custom font. Size: Adjust the slider to change your preferred reading size. Text Color: Choose a text color by Grid, Spectrum, or Sliders. Background Color: Choose a background color by Grid, Spectrum, or Sliders. Border color: Choose a border color by Grid, Spectrum, or Sliders. Activation Modifier: Choose Control, Option, or Command. Activation Lock: Turn on Activation Lock. Customize Hover Typing 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Hover Text, then tap Hover Typing 3. Customize any of the following:

Display mode: Choose where to show the Hover Text or Hover Typing windowinline (near the cursor), at the top of the screen, or directly above the onscreen keyboard. Font: Choose a custom font. Size: Adjust the slider to change your preferred reading size. Text Color: Choose a text color by Grid, Spectrum, or Sliders. Insertion Point Color: Choose an insertion point color by Grid, Spectrum, or Sliders. Background Color: Choose a background color by Grid, Spectrum, or Sliders. Border color: Choose a border color by Grid, Spectrum, or Sliders. Misspelled Word Color: Choose a color for misspelled words by Grid, Spectrum, or Sliders. Autocorrected Word Color: Choose a color for autocorrected words by Grid, Spectrum, or Sliders. Change display colors on iPad to make it easier to see whats onscreen To make it easier to see whats on your iPad screen, you can invert and filter colors or make transparent items solid. Tip: Quickly set brightness with the slider in Control Center. Invert colors Make the background dark so text and content stand out. This can be especially useful in apps and websites that dont support Dark Mode. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. 2. Turn on one of the following:

Smart Invert: Reverse colors everywhere except images. Classic Invert: Reverse all the colors onscreen. Differentiate or tone down colors You can apply a filter to view the entire screen in grayscale, adjust colors for color vision deficiencies, or tint the screen a color of your choosing. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. 2. Tap Color Filters, turn on Color Filters, then tap a color filter to apply it. You can drag any slider that appears to adjust the intensity or hue. The pencils reflect how the filter affects a range of colors. Note: Color filters can change the look of images and videos. Turn on Reduce White Point to tone down the intensity of bright colors. To have screen colors become warmer as it gets dark out, use Night Shift. Night Shift automatically removes inverted colors and color filter effects (except grayscale). You can also use the Magnifier app to capture an image of nearby text or objects and apply a color filter to it. See Customize controls in Magnifier. Make transparent items solid Some backgrounds appear transparent or blurred by default. You can make these transparent backgrounds opaque by giving them a solid color. In this way you simplify those parts of your screen and make them easier to see. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. 2. Turn on Reduce Transparency. Differentiate without color Some screen items rely on color to convey information. You can replace these with alternative ways to tell them apart, like shapes or text. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. 2. Turn on Differentiate Without Color. Use symbols for on/off switches Switches turn green when they are on. You can also have switches use a vertical line to indicate when theyre on and a circle to indicate when theyre off. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. 2. Turn on On/Off Labels. To apply these settings to only the contents of the zoom window, see Zoom in. Make text easier to read on iPad You can make it easier to read text on iPad by increasing its size, making it bold, and more. Make text bigger and bolder You can set a single preferred text size for all supported apps (including Calendar, Mail, Messages, Notes, Settings, and more). You can also turn on bold text. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. 2. Do any of following:

Make text bigger: Tap Larger Text, then drag the slider to adjust the text size. For additional text sizes, turn on Larger Accessibility Sizes. Make text heavier: Turn on Bold Text. Tip: Change the size of text while youre in an app. Open Control Center, then adjust the Text Size slider left corner, tap Add a Control, then tap the Text Size control. If you dont see the Text Size slider, tap in the top-

You can also turn on Display Zoom to increase the size of text as well as interface elements like icons and buttons. Identify tappable text You can underline any text that performs an action when you tap it. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. 2. Turn on Button Shapes. You can also change display colors on iPad to make it easier to see whats onscreen or zoom in on the screen. Customize onscreen motion on iPad You can customize movement of some elements on the screen, such as:

Motion effects for wallpaper, apps, and alerts Screen transitions Siri animations Typing autocompletion Animated full-screen and bubble effects in the Messages app Animated images on the web and in apps 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap Motion. 3. Do any of the following:

Reduce Motion: Turn on. (When off, you'll see more motion, like the fluid morphing effects of Liquid Glass.) Vehicle Motion Cues: Turn on. You can also customize the appearance of the cues including the pattern, color, and visibility. (When on, dots appear and move on the screen to reduce or stop onscreen motion.) Dim Flashing Lights: Turn on. (The display of media automatically dims when flashes or strobe effects are detected.) Auto-Play Animated Images: Turn off. (When on, rapid animated images and moving elements such as GIFs in Messages and Safari play automatically.) Auto-Play Video Previews: Turn off. (When on, it allows apps such as the App Store to automatically play video previews.) Auto-Play Message Effects: Turn off. (When on, the Messages app automatically plays full-screen effects. If you turn this setting off, you can still manually play effects by tapping Replay below the message bubble.) Prefer Non-Blinking Cursor: Turn on. (Stop the blinking of the vertical bar that appears at the insertion point where youre typing. If you use a braille display with iPad, the cursor indicator on the display also stops blinking.) Limit Frame Rate: Turn on. (On models with ProMotion display technology, this limits the maximum frame rate of the display to 60 frames per second. To apply these effects to specific apps, see Customize visual accessibility settings for specific apps. Important: Your iPad uses an on-device algorithm to detect flashing or strobing lights included in supported media and automatically dims them on your iPad in real time. Motion settings should not be relied upon in high-risk situations, or for the treatment of any medical condition. Use iPad more comfortably while riding in a vehicle If you experience discomfort when you use iPad while riding as a passenger in a car or other on-road vehicle, you can turn on Vehicle Motion Cuesonscreen cues that may help reduce motion sickness. Vehicle Motion Cues appear as animated dots on the edges of the screen that represent how the vehicle is moving without interfering with what youre doing on iPad. Note: Vehicle Motion Cues should not be used while operating a moving vehicle and in other situations requiring attention to safety. For important information about avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information. Vehicle Motion Cues work best when youre seated facing forward in the vehicle. Use iPad more comfortably while riding in a vehicle 1. Go to Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap Motion. 3. Tap Vehicle Motion Cues, then turn on Vehicle Motion Cues. 4. To show or hide Vehicle Motion Cues, open Control Center, then tap

. Tip: You can also set up a shortcut to turn Vehicle Motion Cues on or off. See Quickly turn accessibility features on or off. Customize Vehicle Motion Cues 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap Motion. 3. Tap Vehicle Motion Cues, then tap Customize Appearance. 4. Customize any of the following:

Pattern: Select Regular for a stable and predictable pattern, or Dynamic for a more engaging visual experience. Color: Select a color. Color saturation will automatically adjust to maintain contrast with the content behind each dot. Visibility: Select Larger Dots to increase the size of the dots or More Dots to increase the number of dots. Customize visual accessibility settings for specific apps on iPad You can choose different color, text size, and motion settings for certain apps or for the Home Screen and App Library. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Per-App Settings. 2. Tap Add App, then choose an app from the list (or Home Screen & App Library). 3. Tap the name of the app (or Home Screen & App Library) to access its settings. Hear iPad speak the screen, selected text, and typing feedback Even if VoiceOver is turned off, you can have iPad read text on the screen out loud. Have iPad read the entire screen or a specific selection. Or hear what you type spoken out loud, character by character or word by word. Have iPad speak onscreen text 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap Read & Speak. 3. Turn on and customize any of the following:

Accessibility Reader: Turn on Accessibility Reader to read or listen to text in a full-screen view, and customize fonts, layouts, and background colors. Turn on Autoplay if you want Accessibility Reader to automatically read text aloud. See Read or listen to text in apps with Accessibility Reader. Speak Screen: Tap Speak Screen, then turn on Speak Screen to have iPad read all text on the screen, then do any of the following:

Highlighting: Customize the highlight style, color, and selection for in-

app text that is spoken aloud. Show Controller: Turn on Show Controller to keep the Speak Screen controls on the screen. Controller Actions: Choose what happens when you long press or double-tap the screen. You can also reduce the size of the speech controller when youre not using it. Speak Selection: Turn on Speak Selection to have iPad speak the text you select. Customize the highlight style, color, and selection for in-

app text that is spoken aloud. 4. Do any of the following:

Hear selected text (if you turned on Speak Selection): Select the text you want spoken, then tap Speak. Hear all text on the screen (if you turned on Speak Screen): Swipe down with two fingers from the top of the screen. Use the controls that appear to pause speaking, adjust the rate, navigate forward or back to the content you want to hear, or use Speak on Touch (tap the text you want iPad to read). Ask Siri something like, Speak screen. Learn how to use Siri. Change how spoken content sounds 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap Read & Speak. 3. Adjust any of the following:

Voices: Choose a voice and dialect. Default Language: Choose a default language that iPad will speak. Detect Languages: Turn on Detect Languages to have iPad automatically detect and speak multiple languages. Speaking Rate: Drag the slider. Pronunciations: Dictate or spell out how you want certain phrases to be spoken. Hear audio descriptions for video content on iPad If you cant see your screen and your content includes audio descriptions, you can listen to an audio descriptiona separate audio track that narrates or describes the visual content of a clip, show, or movie. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio Descriptions. 2. Turn on Audio Descriptions. If you dont see audio descriptions, see the Apple Support article Turn on audio descriptions on your iPhone or iPad. If youre a content creator and want to add audio descriptions to a file, see Add descriptive audio tracks in the Compressor User Guide. VoiceOver Turn on and practice VoiceOver on iPad With VoiceOvera gesture-based screen readeryou can use iPad even if you cant see the screen. VoiceOver gives audible descriptions of whats on your screenfor example, hear the battery level, whos calling, or what item your finger is on. You can also customize the VoiceOver speaking voice to suit your needs. When you touch the screen or drag your finger over it, VoiceOver speaks the name of the item your finger is on, including icons and text. To interact with the item, such as a button or link, or to navigate to another item, use VoiceOver gestures. When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound, then selects and speaks the name of the first item on the screen (typically in the top-left corner). VoiceOver tells you when the screen changes to landscape or portrait orientation, when the screen becomes dimmed or locked, and whats active on the Lock Screen when you wake iPad. Turn VoiceOver on or off Important: VoiceOver changes the gestures you use to control iPad. When VoiceOver is on, you must use VoiceOver gestures to operate iPad. To turn VoiceOver on or off, do any of the following:

Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then turn VoiceOver on or off. Use Control Center if youve added VoiceOver there. Use the Accessibility Shortcut if youve set it up to turn on VoiceOver. Ask Siri something like, Turn on VoiceOver. Learn how to use Siri. Siri knows when VoiceOver is on and often reads more information back to you than appears on the screen. You can also use VoiceOver to read what Siri shows on the screen. Use an interactive tutorial to learn VoiceOver You can learn VoiceOver basics and practice essential gestures with the interactive VoiceOver Tutorial. With VoiceOver turned on, go to Settings VoiceOver Tutorial to get started.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap Practice VoiceOver gestures You can use the VoiceOver Practice area to safely try out VoiceOver gestures and hear what they dowithout performing any action or otherwise affecting iPad. Try different techniques to discover which works best for you. If a gesture doesnt work, try a quicker movement, especially for a double tap or swipe gesture. To swipe, try brushing the screen quickly with your finger or fingers. For best results using multifinger gestures, touch the screen with some space between your fingers. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Turn on VoiceOver, tap VoiceOver Practice, then double-tap to start. 3. Practice the following gestures with one, two, three, and four fingers:

Tap Double tap Triple tap Swipe left, right, up, or down 4. When you finish practicing, tap Done, then double-tap to exit. Change your VoiceOver settings on iPad You can customize the settings for VoiceOver, such as the audio options, language, voice, speaking rate, and verbosity. Adjust the volume of VoiceOver speech and sounds To increase or decrease your iPads volume, including the volume of VoiceOver speech and sounds, as well as all other iPad audio, press the volume buttons on iPad. To temporarily reduce the volume of other iPad audio while VoiceOver is speaking, go to Settings Ducking, then select When Speaking. Drag the Ducking Amount slider to set how much the volume decreases for other iPad audiolike media and calls when VoiceOver is speaking.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Audio, tap Audio To set other audio options, go to Settings Audio, then set options such as the following:

> Accessibility > VoiceOver >

Sounds: Adjust and preview sound effects. Send to HDMI: Route audio to externally connected devices, such as an instrument amplifier or a DJ mixer. Set the VoiceOver language Change the primary language: VoiceOver uses the same language you choose for your iPad. To choose a different primary language, go to Settings

> General > Language & Region, then tap Add Language. Switch languages using the rotor: Use the rotor to switch to a voice for another language. Automatically switch languages: VoiceOver can detect text in another language and automatically switch to a voice for that language. Go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Speech, then turn on Detect Languages. Note: VoiceOver isnt available in all languages. See the Apple Support article Languages supported by VoiceOver. Change the speaking voice You can change the VoiceOver speaking voice, or add another voice use the rotor to switch between voices as needed. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Tap Speech, then do one of the following:

Change the primary voice: Tap the name of the current primary voice, then tap Voice. Add another voice: Tap Add Rotor Voice. 3. Choose a voice. To choose an enhanced voice, tap first. Adjust the speaking voice Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then do any of the following:

Adjust the speaking rate: Drag the Speaking Rate slider. Adjust the pitch: Tap Speech, tap a voice, then drag the slider. You can also turn on Pitch Change to have VoiceOver use a higher pitch when speaking the first item of a group (such as a list or table) and a lower pitch when speaking the last item of a group. Specify the pronunciation of certain words: Tap Speech > Pronunciations, tap

, enter a phrase, then dictate or spell out how you want the phrase to be pronounced. Note: You can dictate only if you turned on Enable Dictation in Settings >

General > Keyboards. Set how much VoiceOver tells you Go to Settings following:

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Verbosity, then do any of the Change how VoiceOver speaks punctuation: Tap Punctuation, then choose a group. You can also create new groupsfor example, a programming group in which [ is spoken as left bracket. Change how VoiceOver reads notifications: Tap System Notifications. By default, VoiceOver reads notifications, including incoming text messages, as they occureven if iPad is locked. Unacknowledged notifications are repeated when you unlock iPad. Choose additional options: Have VoiceOver speak hints, uppercase letters, embedded links, and more. VoiceOver can even confirm rotor actions and tell you when the flashlight is turned on. Customize VoiceOver settings for an activity You can customize a group of VoiceOver settings for an activity, such as programming. Then, when you open certain apps or adjust the rotor, the settings for speech, audio, verbosity, typing, navigation, and braille are applied automatically. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Activities. 2. Choose an existing activity or tap Add Activity. 3. Adjust the settings, then below Automatic Switching, do any of the following:

Apply the settings for certain apps: Tap Apps, then select the ones you want this setting to apply to. Apply the settings for certain contexts: Tap Context, then select one or more contexts, such as Word Processing, Messaging, or Console. Use flat or grouped navigation Go to Settings the following:

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Navigation Style, then choose one of Flat: VoiceOver moves sequentially through each item on the screen when you use the move next and previous commands. Grouped: VoiceOver moves through items and groups of items on the screen. To move into a group, use a two-finger swipe right. To move out of a group, use a two-finger swipe left. Set a delay between touching the screen and selecting an item You can control the amount of time between when you touch the screen and when VoiceOver selects the item youve touched. Increasing this value may help reduce accidental touches. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, tap Delay before Selection, then tap or to increase or decrease the delay. Adjust VoiceOver visuals Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then turn on any of the following:

Large Cursor: If you have difficulty seeing the outline around the selected item, you can enlarge and thicken the outline. Caption Panel: The text spoken by VoiceOver is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Use Quick Settings to adjust VoiceOver from anywhere on iPad When VoiceOver is turned on, you can access Quick Settings by doing a two-finger quadruple tap. To customize Quick Settings, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Quick Settings. 2. Choose the settings you want, or drag to reorder settings. Reset VoiceOver settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap VoiceOver. 3. Tap Reset VoiceOver Settings. (You may need to scroll down.) Reset VoiceOver Commands 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap VoiceOver, then tap Commands. 3. Tap Reset VoiceOver Commands. Use VoiceOver gestures on iPad When VoiceOver is on, standard touchscreen gestures have different effects, and additional gestures let you move around the screen and control individual items. VoiceOver gestures include two-, three-, and four-finger taps and swipes. You can use different techniques to perform VoiceOver gestures. For example, you can perform a two-finger tap using two fingers on one hand, one finger on each hand, or your thumbs. Instead of selecting an item and double-tapping, you can use a split-tap gesturetouch and hold an item with one finger, then tap the screen with another finger. Explore and speak items on the screen To explore the screen, drag your finger over it. VoiceOver speaks the name of each item you touch. You can also use VoiceOver gestures to explore the screen in order, from top to bottom and left to right. Action Gesture Select and speak an item Tap or touch the item Select the next item Swipe right Select the previous item Swipe left Move into a group of items Two-finger swipe right Move out of a group of items Two-finger swipe left Select the first item on the screen Four-finger tap near the top of the screen Select the last item on the screen Four-finger tap near the bottom of the screen Speak the entire screen from the top Two-finger swipe up Speak the entire screen from the selected Two-finger swipe down item Pause or continue speaking Two-finger tap Speak additional information, such as the Three-finger tap position within a list or whether text is selected For more information about navigation styles, see Use flat or grouped navigation. Scroll up, down, left, and right Use VoiceOver gestures to move to another page. Action Gesture Scroll up one page Three-finger swipe down Scroll down one page Three-finger swipe up Scroll left one page Three-finger swipe right Scroll right one page Three-finger swipe left Take action on an item Use VoiceOver gestures to perform actions on an item. Action Select an item Gesture Tap Activate the selected item Double tap Touch and hold (long press) the item Triple tap Drag a slider Tap the slider to select it, then swipe up or down with one finger; or double-tap and hold the slider until you hear three rising tones, then drag the slider Start or stop the current action (for Two-finger double tap example, play or pause music or a video, take a photo in Camera, start or stop a recording, start or stop the stopwatch) Dismiss an alert or return to the previous Two-finger scrub (move two fingers back screen and forth three times quickly, making a z) Edit an items label to make it easier to find Two-finger double tap and hold Tip: As an alternative to selecting an item and double-tapping to activate it, touch and hold an item with one finger, then tap the screen with another. Use gestures to control VoiceOver Use these gestures to control VoiceOver. Action Gesture Mute or unmute VoiceOver Three-finger double tap. If both VoiceOver and Zoom are turned on, use the three-finger triple-tap gesture. Turn the screen curtain on or off Three-finger triple tap.

(When the screen curtain is on, the screen If both VoiceOver and Zoom are turned on, contents are active even though the display use the three-finger quadruple-tap gesture. is black and appears to be turned off.) Use a standard gesture Double-tap and hold your finger on the screen until you hear three rising tones, then make the gesture. When you lift your finger, VoiceOver gestures resume. For example, to drag a volume slider with your finger instead of swiping up and down, select the slider, double-tap and hold, wait for the three tones, then slide left or right. Open the Item Chooser Two-finger triple tap. To move quickly through the list of items, type a name in the search field, swipe right or left to move through the list alphabetically, or tap the table index to the right of the list and swipe up or down. You can also use handwriting to select an item by writing its name. If you use Braille Screen Input to type braille directly on the screen, when youre not entering text, you can type to search for an item. To dismiss the Item Chooser without making a selection, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). Open the VoiceOver quick settings Two-finger quadruple tap. Start or stop Live Recognition Four-finger triple tap. See Get live descriptions of your surroundings with VoiceOver. Use the VoiceOver rotor You can use the onscreen rotor to change VoiceOver settings, jump from one item to the next on the screen, select special input methods such as Braille Screen Input or Handwriting, and more. See Control VoiceOver using the rotor. You can use these gestures with the rotor. Action Gesture Choose a rotor setting Two-finger rotation Move to the previous item or increase Swipe up

(depending on the rotor setting) Move to the next item or decrease Swipe down

(depending on the rotor setting) Operate iPad when VoiceOver is on When VoiceOver is on, you need to use special gestures to unlock iPad, go to the Home Screen, open Control Center, switch apps, and more. Unlock iPad On an iPad with a Home button: Press the Home button using the finger you registered with Touch ID. On an iPad with Touch ID: Rest your finger on the top button using the finger you registered with Touch ID. On an iPad with Face ID: Wake iPad and glance at it, then drag up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones (if Face ID is enabled). If prompted, enter your passcode. To avoid having your passcode spoken as you enter it, enter your passcode silently using handwriting mode or type onscreen braille. Go to the Home Screen Drag one finger up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones, then lift your finger. On an iPad with a Home button, press the Home button. Use the dock Slide one finger up from the bottom edge until you hear two rising tones, then swipe down. Switch to another app Swipe right or left with four fingers to cycle through the open apps. Alternatively, you can use the App Switcher. 1. To open the App Switcher, do one of the following:

Drag one finger up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear three tones, then lift your finger. Double-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). 2. To browse the open apps, swipe left or right until the app you want is selected. 3. Double-tap to open the app. Open Control Center Drag one finger down from the top edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones. Tap any item in the status bar, then swipe up with three fingers. To dismiss Control Center, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). View notifications Drag one finger down from the top edge of the screen until you hear three rising tones. Tap any item in the status bar, then swipe down with three fingers. To dismiss the notifications screen, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). Speak status bar information 1. Tap the status bar at the top of the screen. 2. Swipe left or right to hear the time, battery state, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more. Rearrange apps on your Home Screen Do one of the following:

Drag and drop: Tap an icon on the Home Screen, then double-tap and hold your finger on the screen until you hear three rising tones. The items relative location is described as you drag. Lift your finger when the icon is in its new location. Drag an icon to the edge of the screen to move it to another Home Screen. Move actions: Tap an app, then swipe down to hear available actions. When you hear Edit Mode, double-tap to start arranging apps. Find the app you want to move, then swipe down to the Move action and double-tap. Move the VoiceOver cursor to the new destination for the app, then choose from the available actions: Cancel Move, Create New Folder, Add to Folder, Move Before, or Move After. When youre finished, tap Done, then double-tap. Search from the Home Screen 1. Tap anywhere on the Home Screen outside the status bar. 2. Swipe down with three fingers. Control VoiceOver using the rotor on iPad You can use the onscreen VoiceOver rotor to change how VoiceOver works. You can adjust the VoiceOver volume or speaking rate, move from one item to the next on the screen, select special input methods such as Braille Screen Input or Handwriting, and more. When you use an Apple external keyboard to control VoiceOver, use the rotor to adjust settings such as volume, speech rate, use of pitch or phonetics, typing echo, and reading of punctuation. Use the VoiceOver rotor 1. When VoiceOver is turned on, rotate two fingers on your screen as if youre turning a dial. If you prefer to use one finger on each hand, simultaneously drag up with one finger and drag down with the other. VoiceOver speaks the rotor setting. Keep rotating your fingers to hear more settings. Stop rotating your fingers when you hear the setting you want. 2. Swipe your finger up or down on the screen to use the setting. The available rotor settings and their effects depend on what youre doing. For example, if you choose Headings when youre browsing a webpage, swipe down or up to move the VoiceOver cursor to the next or previous heading. Customize the VoiceOver rotor 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Do any of the following:

Add or reorder the rotor settings: Tap Rotor, then choose the settings you want, or drag to reorder settings. Add another language: See Change the speaking voice. Have VoiceOver confirm rotor actions: Tap Verbosity, then turn on Speak Confirmation. Use the onscreen keyboard with VoiceOver on iPad VoiceOver changes how you use the onscreen keyboard when you activate an editable text field. You can enter, select, and delete text; change the keyboard language; and more. Enter text with the onscreen keyboard 1. Select a text field, then double-tap. The insertion point and the onscreen keyboard appear. 2. To enter text, do one of the following:

Standard typing: Select a key by swiping left or right on the keyboard, then double-tap to enter the character. Or move your finger around the keyboard to select a key and, while continuing to touch the key with one finger, tap the screen with another finger. VoiceOver speaks the key when its selected, and again when the character is entered. Touch typing: Touch a key on the keyboard to select it, then lift your finger to enter the character. If you touch the wrong key, slide your finger to the key you want. VoiceOver speaks the character for each key as you touch it, but doesnt enter a character until you lift your finger. Direct Touch typing: VoiceOver is disabled for the keyboard only, so you can type just as you do when VoiceOver is off. Dictation: Use a two-finger double tap on the keyboard to start and stop dictation. To enter an accented character, do one of the following:

Standard typing: Select the plain character, then double-tap and hold until you hear a tone indicating alternate characters have appeared. Drag left or right to select and hear the choices. Release your finger to enter the current selection. Touch typing: Touch and hold a character until the alternate characters appear. Edit text with the onscreen keyboard Move the insertion point: Swipe up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text. Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the insertion point by character, by word, or by line. To jump to the beginning or end, double-tap the text. VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character, word, or line that the insertion point moves across. When moving forward by words, the insertion point is placed at the end of each word, before the space or punctuation that follows. When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the end of the preceding word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. Move the insertion point past the punctuation at the end of a word or sentence: Use the rotor to switch back to character mode. When moving the insertion point by line, VoiceOver speaks each line as you move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the next line (except when you reach the last line of a paragraph, when the insertion point is moved to the end of the line just spoken). When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the line thats spoken. Delete a character: Use

. Select text: Do any of the following:

Set the rotor to Text Selection, swipe up or down to choose Character, Word, Line, or Sentence, then swipe left or right to move backward or forward. (You may need to enable Text Selectiongo to Settings

Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor.) Set the rotor to Edit, swipe up or down to choose Select or Select All, then double-tap. If you choose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected when you double-tap. To increase or decrease the selection, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z) to dismiss the pop-up menu, then pinch. Cut, copy, or paste: Set the rotor to Edit, select the text, swipe up or down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap. Fix misspelled words: Set the rotor to Misspelled Words, then swipe up or down to jump to the previous or next misspelled word. Swipe left or right to choose a suggested replacement, then double-tap to use the replacement. Undo: Shake iPad, swipe left or right to choose the action to undo, then double-tap. Change the keyboard settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Tap any of the following:

Typing Style: You can choose a new style. Or, set the rotor to Typing Mode, then swipe up or down. Phonetic Feedback: Speak text character by character. VoiceOver first speaks the character, then its phonetic equivalentfor example, f and then foxtrot. Typing Feedback: Choose to speak characters, words, both, or nothing. Verbosity: Tap Deleting Text. To have VoiceOver speak deleted characters in a lower pitch, tap Change Pitch. Write with your finger in VoiceOver on iPad With handwriting mode in VoiceOver, you can enter text by writing characters on the screen with your finger. In addition to typing or dictation, use handwriting mode to enter your iPad passcode silently or to open apps from the Home Screen. Use handwriting mode 1. Set the rotor to Handwriting. If Handwriting isnt in the rotor, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver >

Rotor, then add it. 2. To choose a character type (lowercase, numbers, uppercase, or punctuation), swipe up or down with three fingers. To hear the selected character type, tap with three fingers. 3. Trace a character on the screen with your finger. You can also do any of the following:

Enter an alternate character (a character with an accent, for example):

Write the character, then swipe up or down with two fingers until you hear the character you want. Enter a space: Swipe right with two fingers. Go to a new line: Swipe right with three fingers. Delete the previous character: Swipe left with two fingers. 4. To exit handwriting mode, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z), or set the rotor to a different setting. Enter your passcode silently with handwriting mode 1. On the passcode screen, set the rotor to Handwriting. 2. Write the characters of your passcode with your finger. Select an item on the Home Screen 1. On the Home Screen, set the rotor to Handwriting. 2. Start writing the name of the item with your finger. If there are multiple matches, continue to spell the name until its unique, or swipe up or down with two fingers to choose from the current matches. Quickly navigate a long list 1. Select the index to the right of the list (for example, next to your Contacts list or in the VoiceOver Item Chooser). 2. Set the rotor to Handwriting, then use your finger to write the letter you want to navigate to. Keep the screen off when you use VoiceOver on iPad If you use VoiceOver on iPad, and dont need to see whats on the screen, you can turn on the screen curtain to improve battery life and maintain privacy. When the screen curtain is on, your iPad is active even though the display is off. With VoiceOver on, triple-tap with three fingers to turn the screen curtain on or off. If both VoiceOver and the Zoom feature are turned on, quadruple-tap with three fingers. Use VoiceOver on iPad with an Apple external keyboard If you use an Apple external keyboard with iPad, you can use keyboard shortcuts to activate VoiceOver commands. Additionally, you can use VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with various key combinations. VoiceOver Help speaks keys and keyboard commands as you type them, without performing the associated action. Choose the VoiceOver modifier The modifier is a key or set of keys you press with one or more other keys to enter VoiceOver commands. You can set the modifier to be the Caps Lock key or the Control and Option keys pressed at the same time. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Typing > Modifier Keys. 2. Choose the modifier for VoiceOver commands: the Caps Lock key or the Control and Option keys. This modifier is abbreviated as VO below. VoiceOver keyboard commands You can control VoiceOver using key combinations.

(VO = modifier keys) Action Turn on VoiceOver Help Shortcut VO-K Turn off VoiceOver Help Esc (Escape) Select the next or previous item VO-Right Arrow or VO-Left Arrow Activate the selected item VO-Space bar Touch and hold the selected item VO-Shift-M Read from the current position VO-A Read from the top Pause or resume reading VO-B Control Copy the last spoken text to the clipboard VO-Shift-C Search for text Mute or unmute VoiceOver Go to the Home Screen Move to the status bar VO-F VO-S VO-H VO-M Open the notifications screen Move to the status bar (VO-M), then Option-Up Arrow Open Control Center Move to the status bar (VO-M), then Option-Down Arrow Open Search Option-Up Arrow Open the App Switcher VO-H-H Switch apps Command-Tab or Command-Shift-Tab Open the Item Chooser VO-I Change the label of the selected item VO-Slash Start, stop, or pause an action VO-Hyphen Swipe up or down VO-Up Arrow or VO-Down Arrow Turn the rotor left or right VO-Command-Left Arrow or VO-Command-

Right Arrow Adjust the setting specified by the rotor VO-Command-Up Arrow or VO-Command-

Down Arrow Turn the screen curtain on or off VO-Fn-Hyphen (or VO-Globe key-Hyphen, depending on your keyboard) Return to the previous screen Esc Quick Nav using the arrow keys Turn on Quick Nav to control VoiceOver using the arrow keys. Action Shortcut Turn Quick Nav on or off Left Arrow-Right Arrow Select the next or previous item Right Arrow or Left Arrow Select the next or previous item specified by Up Arrow or Down Arrow the rotor Select the first or last item Control-Up Arrow or Control-Down Arrow Tap an item Up Arrow-Down Arrow Scroll up, down, left, or right Option-Up Arrow, Option-Down Arrow, Option-Left Arrow, or Option-Right Arrow Adjust the rotor Up Arrow-Left Arrow or Up Arrow-Right Arrow Single-key Quick Nav for web browsing To navigate a webpage quickly, turn on Quick Nav (VO-Q), then press keys on the keyboard to navigate to specific item types, such as headings or links. To move to the previous item, hold the Shift key as you press a key for the item type. Item type Heading Link Text field Button Form control Image Table Static text ARIA landmark List Item of the same type Level 1 heading Level 2 heading Level 3 heading Level 4 heading Level 5 heading Level 6 heading Text editing Shortcut H L R B C I T S W X M 1 2 3 4 5 6 Use these commands (with Quick Nav turned off) to work with text. VoiceOver reads the text as you move the insertion point. Action Shortcut Go forward or back one character Right Arrow or Left Arrow Go forward or back one word Option-Right Arrow or Option-Left Arrow Go up or down one line Up Arrow or Down Arrow Go to the beginning or end of the line Command-Left Arrow or Command-Down Arrow Go to the beginning or end of the paragraph Option-Up Arrow or Option-Down Arrow Go to the previous or next paragraph Option-Up Arrow or Option-Down Arrow Go to the top or bottom of the text field Command-Up Arrow or Command-Down Arrow Select text as you move Shift + any of the insertion point movement commands above Select all text Command-A Copy, cut, or paste the selected text Command-C, Command-X, or Command-V Undo or redo last change Command-Z or Shift-Command-Z Use a braille display with VoiceOver on iPad With VoiceOver, you can connect a Bluetooth wireless refreshable braille display and use it to control and navigate iPad and read whats on the screen. The braille you type on the display is automatically translated into text, and the display shows what youre typing in context. You can read and type using contracted or uncontracted braille, with support for many international braille tables. For a list of supported braille displays, see the Apple Support article Braille displays supported by iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Connect a braille display and learn commands to control iPad 1. Turn on the braille display. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, then choose the display. 3. On iPad, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the display. 4. To see the braille commands for controlling iPad, tap More Info, then tap Braille Commands. See the Apple Support article Common braille commands for VoiceOver on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Change the braille display settings 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille. 2. Set any of the following:

Setting Description Match Input and Output Tables Set the braille display to use the same method for both the input and read output. Input and Output Choose the braille table you want to use to type braille input and output. You can choose from tables for additional languages as well as six-dot or eight-dot and contracted or uncontracted braille. Braille Screen Input Choose the input method for entering Braille Tables Braille Access Item Overview braille using the screen. See Type braille on the screen. Add tables to the braille table rotors. Quickly access braille notes, BRF files, and more using a braille display. See Change the braille display settings. Adjust the number of cells displayed per item. Press dots 6, 7, and 8 at the same time to turn Item Overview on or off. Automatic Translation Turn this option on to automatically translate the braille you type into text soon after you stop typing. Status Cells Turn on the general and text status cells and choose their location. Equations use Nemeth Code Turn on Nemeth Code for mathematical equations. Show Onscreen Keyboard Display the keyboard on the screen. Turn Pages when Panning Automatically turn pages when panning. Word Wrap Wrap words to the next line. Text Formatting Display text formatting attributes like bold and italics. Use Underline Cursor Display the cursor as an underline. Braille Alert Messages When turned on, your braille display shows an alert message for the specified duration. Ignore Chord Duration Adjust the amount of time required before subsequent key presses are recognized as braille chords. Auto Advance Duration Adjust this setting to your preferred Sound Curtain reading speed. When a braille display is connected to iPad, mute most sounds. Emergency alerts will still play sounds. Enable Bluetooth on Start Automatically turn on Bluetooth when you turn on VoiceOver so that braille displays can connect to iPad. Output closed captions in braille during media playback 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Verbosity. 2. Choose Braille or Speech and Braille. Use a 2D braille display If you use a supported 2D braille display, you can use the rotor to switch between different output modes, such as the mode for displaying images or the mode for reading text on multiple lines. 1. Connect your braille display to iPad. 2. With VoiceOver turned on, use the Braille Text Mode rotor to switch between output modes. See Control VoiceOver using the rotor. Type braille directly on the iPad screen with VoiceOver When you turn on Braille Screen Input in VoiceOver, you can use your fingers to type braille directly on the iPad screen, without a physical braille keyboard. You can also use Braille Screen Input to enter braille commands for navigating and controlling your iPad. Enter braille on the screen 1. With VoiceOver turned on, do one of the following to start Braille Screen Input:

Use a gesture: Place one finger from each hand at the top and bottom edges of the screen and double-tap. If the gesture doesnt work, go to Settings Input, then turn on Use Activation Gestures.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille. Tap Braille Screen Use the rotor: When youre in a text input area, set the rotor to Braille Screen Input. If Braille Screen Input isnt in the rotor, go to Settings Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor. Tap Rotor Items, then select Braille Screen Input.

2. Place iPad in one of the following positions:

Tabletop mode: Lay iPad flat in front of you. Screen away mode: Hold iPad in landscape orientation with the screen facing away from you. Your fingers wrap around the sides of iPad to tap the screen. 3. Enter braille characters by tapping the screen with one or more fingers at the same time. Tip: To hear where each dot is located, touch and hold, then drag your finger around the screen. To move the entry dots to match your natural finger positions, double-tap all six typing fingers at the same time (your right three fingers for dots 4, 5, and 6, and your left three fingers for dots 1, 2, and 3). You can also use gestures to perform actions such as the following:

Action Enter a space Gesture Swipe right with one finger; in screen away mode, swipe to your right Delete the previous character Swipe left with one finger Move to a new line Swipe right with two fingers Cycle through spelling suggestions Swipe up or down with one finger Enter a carriage return, or send a Swipe up with three fingers message (in Messages) Cycle through modes (like Braille Entry Swipe left or right with three fingers Mode and Command Mode) Translate immediately (if youre typing Swipe down with two fingers contracted braille) Switch to the next braille table Swipe up with two fingers 4. To exit Braille Screen Input, slide two fingers in opposite directions, or do a two-finger scrub (draw the letter z by quickly moving two fingers back and forth three times). Tip: You can view and edit the commands and gestures you can perform when Braille Screen Input is turned on. Go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver >

Commands > Braille Screen Input. Type on the screen to enter braille commands With Braille Screen Input Command Mode, you can control iPad by typing braille commands on the screen. You can use the same commands you use with a refreshable braille display. 1. With VoiceOver turned on, place one finger from each hand at the top and bottom edges of the screen and double-tap to start Braille Screen Input. 2. Switch to Command Mode by swiping left or right with three fingers. 3. Type braille commands directly on the screen. See the Apple Support article Common braille commands for VoiceOver on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Change Braille Screen Input settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap VoiceOver 3. Tap Braille, then tap Braille Screen Input. 4. Set any of the following:

Use Activation Gestures: To start Braille Screen Input, place one finger from each hand at the top and bottom edges of the screen and double-

tap. If this option is off, use the rotor to start Braille Screen Input. Start Automatically when Editing Text: Have Braille Screen Input start automatically when you enter a text input area. Keep Active until Dismissed: After you launch an app or choose an item in Braille Entry Mode, automatically switch to Command Mode and keep it active. Customize Commands: Navigate to the command you want to customize, then tap Assign New Braille Keys. Learn Dot Positions: Have Braille Screen Input calibrate the positions of dots as you enter them. Reverse Dot Positions: For six-dot braille, swap the positions of dots 1 and 3, and dots 4 and 6. Visual Text Feedback: As you type in braille, display a text translation of what youre typing. Typing Feedback: Get sound feedback as you enter text with Braille Screen Input. Mode announcements: When you switch Braille Screen Input modes, have VoiceOver speak, play sounds, or both. Choose a Braille table: Select a braille format. Use Braille Access with a braille display on iPad With Braille Access, you can turn your iPad into a braille notetaker that can easily open any app by typing with a connected braille display. You can perform calculations, open Braille Ready Format (BRF) files, transcribe conversations with Live Captions, and more. Note: Live Captions is available on supported models. Live Captions isnt available in all countries or regions. The accuracy of Live Captions may vary and shouldnt be relied upon in high-risk or emergency situations. Navigate the Braille Access menu 1. Connect your braille display to your iPad, then turn on VoiceOver. See connect a braille display and turn VoiceOver on or off. 2. Press dots 7 and 8 together or use the Toggle Braille Access command on your braille display. If youre using an eight-dot table, press dots 7 and 8 and the Space bar together. To access the Toggle Braille Access command on your iPad, go to the Settings app braille display (you may need to scroll down) > Braille Commands > Braille >

Toggle Braille Access.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > tap next to your Navigate the Braille Access menu 3. Do any of the following:

Next item or line:

Use the Next command: dot 4 + Space Use the panning button on your braille display Previous item or line:

Use the Previous command: dot 1 + Space Use the panning button on your braille display Go to the first item on the menu:

Use the First Item command: dots 1, 2, 3 + Space Go to the last item on the menu:

Use the Last Item command: dots 4, 5, 6 + Space Go to the previous screen:

Use the Back command: dots 1, 2, + Space Select a menu item:

Use the Return command: dot 8 Open a context menu:

Use the Delete command: dot 7 Search for text:

Use the Search command: dots 1, 2, 4 + Space Exit Braille Access:

Press dots 7 + 8 Use Braille Access with a braille display 1. Connect your braille display to your iPad and turn on VoiceOver. See connect a braille display and turn VoiceOver on or off. 2. Press dots 7 and 8 together or use the Toggle Braille Access command on your braille display. If youre using an eight-dot table, press dots 7 and 8 and the Space bar together. To access the Toggle Braille Access command on your iPad, go to the Settings app braille display (you may need to scroll down) > Braille Commands > Braille >

Toggle Braille Access.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > tap next to your 3. Do any of the following:

Launch App: Choose an app to opensuch as Mail, News, or Wallet. Choose Item: Choose an item to open on the screensuch as dictate, compose, or edit. Braille Notes: Enter New > New Note or New Folder to create a new note or folder. You can access your notes here after you create them. Note: Your braille notes will sync to iCloud. BRF Files: Enter New > File name or New folder name to create a new BRF file or folder. You can open your BRF files here after you create them. You can also search for text and add bookmarks that sync with iCloud. To search for text, use the context menu or Text Search command (dots 1, 2, 4 + Space). After you search for text or move a bookmark, use the Return command (dot 8) to keep searching or moving to other bookmarks. Note: Opening Braille Access creates a BRF Files folder in iCloud Drive. You cant change the location of BRF Files in iCloud. Calculator: Use Nemeth or UEB Math to type calculations. Note: A visual representation of the formula appears on the screen if Show Visuals is enabled. Live Captions: Enter Live Captions and iPad will listen to your surroundings and translate it in braille on your device. New transcriptions you havent read appear surrounded by full cells

(dots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) on your braille display. Note: Press any router key to bring the focus to the latest caption line. Time: Check the current time on your iPad. Close: Close the Braille Access menu. Note: In most pages of Braille Access, you can select Close or Back at the bottom of the menu. See Exit Braille Access. You can start typing right away if the menu item has a cursor at the end. See the Apple Support article Common braille commands for VoiceOver on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Manage Braille Notes, BRF files, and Live Captions with Context Menus After you create Braille Notes and BRF files in Braille Access, you can organize them with Context Menus. You can also pause and listen to audio in Live Captions. To learn how to create notes, folders, and BRF files, see Use Braille Access with a braille display. 1. Connect your braille display to your iPad, then turn on VoiceOver. See connect a braille display and turn VoiceOver on or off. 2. Press dots 7 and 8 together or use the Toggle Braille Access command on your braille display. If youre using an eight-dot table, press dots 7 and 8 and the Space bar together. To access the Toggle Braille Access command on your iPad, go to the Settings app braille display (you may need to scroll down) > Braille Commands > Braille >

Toggle Braille Access.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > tap next to your 3. Do any of the following:

Braille Notes: Navigate to a note or folder, then open the Context Menu by using the Delete command (dot 7). Do any of the following:

Move: Move the note or folder to a new location. Delete: Delete the note or folder. Pin: Pin the note or folder for easier access. BRF Files: Navigate to a BRF file, then open the Context Menu by using the Delete command (dot 7). Do any of the following:

Find: Find a specific BRF file. Previous Find: View your previous Find searches. Add Bookmark: Add a bookmark for easier access. Move: Move the file to a new location. Delete: Delete the file. Rename: Rename the file. Live Captions: Open Live Captions, then open the Context Menu by using the Delete command (dot 7). Do any of the following:

Pause: Pause Live Captions. Listen to audio: Listen to audio descriptions of your surroundings. Type to speak: Type on your braille device to have Mac speak it aloud. Summarize: If you have Apple Intelligence turned on, you can get a summary of the audio in your surroundings. Exit Braille Access If you have Braille Access open on your iPad and you want to exit, do any of the following:

Use the Home or Back command on your braille display. See the Apple Support article Common braille commands for VoiceOver on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Press dots 7 and 8 together on your braille display. Select Close or Back at the bottom of the menu to exit Braille Access. Change Braille Access settings 1. Go to the Settings App on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap VoiceOver, tap Braille, then tap Braille Access. 3. Do any of the following:

Main Menu Items: To customize which menu items appear in Braille Access, tap an item. To change the order that the items appear in, tap and drag to the desired place. Open to Last Position: Turn on Open to Last Position to allow previous settings to appear when Braille Access is reopened. Speak List Items: To have iPad speak items aloud, turn on Speak List Items. Show Visuals: Turn Show Visuals on or off. Typing Speech Feedback: Turn Typing Speech feedback on or off. Braille Notes: Sort notes by the date edited or created. You can also sort the order of notes by oldest or newest. BRF Files: Turn Fit BRF Content on or off. Turn Hide BRF Page Indicators on or off. Calculator: Choose Nemeth or UEB Math as the math code. Live Captions: Choose Microphone or iPhone Audio as the source for Live Captions. Customize VoiceOver gestures and keyboard shortcuts on iPad You can customize the gestures and keyboard shortcuts that activate VoiceOver commands. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap VoiceOver, then tap Commands. 3. Tap any of the following:

All Commands: Navigate to the command you want to customize, then tap Edit, Add Gesture, or Add Keyboard Shortcut. Touch Gestures: List the gestures and the associated commands. Keyboard Shortcuts: Navigate to the shortcut you want to customize, then enter the key combination. Magic Tap: Turn on Magic Tap to pause or play media when no other action is available. Handwriting: List the gestures for handwriting and the associated commands. Braille Screen Input: List the gestures for Braille Screen Input and the associated commands. Braille Screen & Braille Keyboard Input: Navigate to the command you want to customize, then tap Assign New Braille Keys. To clear your custom gestures and keyboard shortcuts, tap Reset VoiceOver Commands. Use VoiceOver on iPad with a pointer device If you use a pointer device with iPad, you can adjust how it works with VoiceOver. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Below Pointer Control, tap any of the following:

Pointer: Set the pointer to ignore, follow, or move the VoiceOver cursor. Speak Under Pointer: You can adjust the delay to speak the item under the pointer. Get live descriptions of your surroundings with VoiceOver on iPad If youre blind or have low vision, you can use VoiceOver Recognition on iPad to scan your surroundings and get live descriptions of the scenes detected in the camera view. You can also get descriptions of onscreen images and interface elements, even in apps and on webpages that dont provide accessibility information. Important: VoiceOver Recognition should not be relied upon in circumstances where you could be harmed or injured, in high-risk situations, for navigation, or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. Get live descriptions of your surroundings 1. With VoiceOver on, triple-tap the screen with four fingers to start Live Recognition. 2. Choose the kinds of visual information you want VoiceOver to describe, like scenes, people, doors, furniture, or text. At the bottom of the screen, select a category, then double-tap to turn it on or off. If you turn on Point & Speak, you can point your finger at text and have VoiceOver read it aloud. Note: Detection of people, doors, and furniture is available only on supported iPad models. 3. Position iPad so the rear camera can detect whats around you. VoiceOver describes what it detects. To interrupt VoiceOver speech and move to the next detected item, tap the screen with two fingers. 4. To turn off Live Recognition, triple-tap the screen with four fingers. Or if the VoiceOver cursor is focused on an interface element for Live Recognition, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). Tip: You can set up a shortcut to quickly start and stop Live Recognition. See Set up shortcuts for Live Recognition. You can also use Detection Mode in the Magnifier app to detect and describe scenes, people, and more. See Get live descriptions of visual information around you with Magnifier. To change Live Recognition settings, go to the Magnifier app , tap Detect. Tap Scenes, People, Doors, Furniture, Text, or Point & Speak.

, then tap Get descriptions of images in apps and on the web With VoiceOver Recognition, you can get descriptions of the people, objects, and text in images in apps and on webpages, even if they dont provide accessibility information. You can move your finger over a photo to discover a persons position relative to other objects, or navigate nutrition labels and receipts in the order items are listed. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > VoiceOver Recognition, then turn on Image Descriptions. 2. To get descriptions of text found in images, turn on Text Recognition. 3. Go to an app such as Photos or Safari

, then select an image. 4. Swipe up to hear more options, then double-tap when you hear Explore Image 5. Move your finger around the image to find out the position of each object. You can add custom descriptions to your images with Markup. Note: Image descriptions arent available in all languages. See the iOS and iPadOS 18 Feature Availability website. Get descriptions of interface elements With VoiceOver Recognition, you can get descriptions of interface elements in apps and on webpages, even if they dont provide accessibility information. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > VoiceOver Recognition. 2. Turn on Screen Recognition. Use VoiceOver in apps on iPad You can use VoiceOver in all the built-in apps that come with your iPadsuch as Safari, Maps, and more. With VoiceOver Recognition, you can get descriptions of images and screen elements on webpages and in apps, even if they dont provide accessibility information. Browse the web in Safari 1. With VoiceOver on, go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Search the web: Select the address field, double-tap to show the keyboard, then enter a search term, phrase, or URL. Double-tap Go, or select a search suggestion, then double-tap. Skip to the next element on a webpage: Set the rotor to the element typesuch as headings, links, and form controlsthen swipe up or down. Set the rotor settings for web browsing: Go to Settings Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor. Select or deselect items, or drag up or down to reposition an item.

Skip images while navigating: Go to Settings VoiceOver > Navigate Images. You can choose to skip all images or only those without descriptions.

> Accessibility >

Reduce page clutter for easier reading and navigation: In the Safari address field, select the Format Options button, double-tap, select Show Reader View (not available for all webpages), then double-tap. Tip: If you use an Apple external keyboard with iPad, you can use single-key Quick Nav for web browsing. Navigate in Maps 1. With VoiceOver on, go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Control how the map tracks your current location: Select double-tap until you hear the tracking option you want.

, then Tracking on: The map automatically centers on your current location. Tracking on with heading: The map automatically centers on your current location and rotates so that the heading youre facing is at the top of the screen. In this mode, iPad speaks street names and points of interest as you approach them. Tracking off: The map doesnt automatically center on your current location. Explore the map: Drag your finger around the screen, or swipe left or right to move to another item. Zoom in or out: Select the map, set the rotor to Zoom, then swipe up or down with one finger. Pan the map: Select the map, then swipe with three fingers. Browse locations and pins on the map: Select the map, set the rotor to Points of Interest, then swipe up or down with one finger. Follow a road: Hold your finger down on the road, wait until you hear pause to follow, then move your finger along the road. Get information about a location: Select the location (for example, a business, landmark, or pin), then double-tap to open the information card. Swipe left or right to hear information such as directions, street address, phone number, business hours, and customer reviews. Get guidance to the starting point: When you start walking directions in Maps, iPad guides you in the direction of the starting point using sound. Get a description of the map: Tap the screen with three fingers to get information about nearby places, including directions and distances. Read PDFs In the Books and Files apps, you can use VoiceOver to read PDFs. VoiceOver even describes detailed informationsuch as forms, tables, and lists. Take photos and videos 1. With VoiceOver on, go to the Camera app on your iPad. VoiceOver describes objects in the viewfinder. 2. Select Camera Mode, then swipe up or down with one finger to switch between modes, like Photo or Video. 3. To take a photo or start or stop recording a video, double-tap the screen with two fingers. Trim voice memo recordings You can use VoiceOver to edit recordings in the Voice Memos app. 1. With VoiceOver on, go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Select the recording you want to trim, then double-tap. 3. Select Edit at the top right, then double-tap. 4. Select , then double-tap. 5. Select , then double-tap. 6. In the Waveform Overview, select Trim Beginning or Trim End, double-tap and hold, then swipe up or down to adjust the start or end time. 7. Select Trim, then double-tap. 8. Select Save, then double-tap. 9. Select Done, then double-tap. Hear visual Weather data as sound Some maps in the Weather app are encoded to allow you to hear the data as a changing tone or pitch. For example, as intensity of weather condition changes in a visual animation on screen, you can have these described using variations in sound. 1. With VoiceOver on, go to the Weather app on your iPad. 2. Open a location page with a precipitation, wind, or air quality map. 3. Double-tap and hold the map until you hear a tone or the words Weather Map Snapshot. If you hear spoken instructions, follow them. As you run your finger or pointer over a sonified map, the pitch shifts to represent the changing values. Read math equations VoiceOver can read math equations on the web (encoded using MathML) and in supported Apple apps such as Numbers and Keynote. Hear an equation: Have VoiceOver read the text as usual. VoiceOver says math before it starts reading an equation. Explore the equation: Double-tap the selected equation to display it in full screen and move through it one element at a time. Swipe left or right to read elements of the equation. Use the rotor to select Symbols, Small Expressions, Medium Expressions, or Large Expressions, then swipe up or down to hear the next element of that size. To drill down into the selected element, double-

tap it, then swipe left or right to read one part of the element at a time. Equations spoken by VoiceOver can also be output to a braille device using Nemeth Code, as well as the codes used by Unified English Braille, British English, French, and Greek. See Use a braille display with VoiceOver. Use VoiceOver Recognition With VoiceOver Recognition, you can get descriptions of images and screen elements on webpages and in apps, even if they dont provide accessibility information. Important: VoiceOver Recognition should not be relied upon in circumstances where you could be harmed or injured, in high-risk situations, for navigation, or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > VoiceOver Recognition. 2. Turn on any of the following:

Image Descriptions: Get descriptions of images in apps and on the web. Screen Recognition: Get descriptions of screen elements in apps. Text Recognition: Get descriptions of text found in images. 3. Tap Feedback Style, then choose Speak, Play Sound, or Do Nothing. Mobility Accessibility features for mobility on iPad With built-in accessibility features for mobility, you can navigate and interact with iPad using just your eyes, spoken commands, assistive devices, an external keyboard, and more. You can also set options so its easier to use gestures and press iPad buttons. To explore accessibility features for mobility, go to Settings scroll down to the Physical and Motor section.

> Accessibility, then Action Related features and settings Navigate your iPad hands-free Let iPad type for you Connect other inputs Control other devices Customize gestures Eye Tracking Head Tracking Voice Control Siri Shortcuts Call audio routing Use simple sounds to perform gestures Dictation Predictive text Scribble Switch Control Keyboards Bluetooth accessories Head tracking Eye-tracking device iPad Magic Keyboard and Smart Keyboard Apple TV Remote Platform Switching AssistiveTouch AirPods Pointer scrolling speed Home or top button Face ID and attention Adjust the sensitivity of your input Slow Keys and Sticky Keys Siri Pause Time Touch accommodations Tip: Control your go-to accessibility features and settings with the click of a button or from Control Center. See Quickly open features with Accessibility Shortcut. Use AssistiveTouch on iPad With AssistiveTouch on iPad, you can adapt the touchscreen to t your needs. If certain gestures dont work for you, replace them with a tap or alternate gesture, or use a simple sound. You can also use AssistiveTouch when you need to press iPad buttons. You can use AssistiveTouch without any accessory or with a compatible adaptive accessory (such as a joystick). You can use AssistiveTouch to perform actions such as the following:

Go to the Home Screen Double-tap Perform multifinger gestures Perform scroll gestures Activate Siri Access Control Center, notifications, the Lock Screen, or the App Switcher Adjust the volume on iPad Shake iPad Take a screenshot Use Apple Pay Speak screen Adjust dwell settings Control Analytics Restart iPad Set up AssistiveTouch Ask Siri something like, Turn on AssistiveTouch. Learn how to use Siri. Or do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Turn on AssistiveTouch. The AssistiveTouch menu button appears on the screen. 3. To customize AssistiveTouch, tap any of the following:

Customize Top Level Menu: Tap an icon to change its action. Tap or to change the number of icons in the menu. The menu can have up to eight icons. Single-Tap, Double-Tap, or Long Press: Assign custom actions that run when you interact with the menu button. Create New Gesture: Add your favorite gestures. Idle Opacity: Adjust the visibility of the menu button when not in use. Virtual Trackpad: Turn a small region of the screen into a resizable trackpad. See Use an adjustable onscreen trackpad on iPad. Confirm with AssistiveTouch: On an iPad with Face ID, use AssistiveTouch to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-

clicking the top button. Or on iPad (10th generation and later), iPad mini (6th generation), iPad mini (A17 Pro), and iPad Air (4th generation and later), use AssistiveTouch to confirm payments with your passcode instead of double-clicking the top button. Tip: To quickly turn AssistiveTouch on or off, you can set up the Accessibility Shortcut, then triple-click the top or Home button. Use AssistiveTouch When AssistiveTouch is on, tap the AssistiveTouch menu button action or gesture.

, then choose an To return to the previous menu, tap the arrow in the center of the menu. To exit the menu without performing a gesture, tap anywhere outside the menu. To move the AssistiveTouch menu button, drag it to a new location on the screen. For a multifinger gesture, do the following:

Pinch and Rotate: Tap Custom, then tap Pinch and Rotate. When the two pinch circles appear, touch anywhere on the screen to move the pinch circles, then drag them in or out to perform a pinch or rotate gesture. When you finish, tap the menu button. Multifinger swipe or drag: Tap Device > More > Gestures, then tap the number of digits needed for the gesture. When the circles appear on the screen, swipe or drag in the direction required by the gesture. When you finish, tap the menu button. Control iPad with a pointer device You can connect Bluetooth and USB assistive pointer devices, such as trackpads, game controllers, and mouse devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Turn on AssistiveTouch. 3. Below Pointer Devices, tap any of the following:

Devices: Pair or unpair devices and customize buttons. Mouse Keys: Allow the AssistiveTouch pointer to be controlled using the keyboard. Pointer Style: Adjust the size, color, and auto-hide settings. Show Onscreen Keyboard: Display the onscreen keyboard. Sound on Click: Play a sound when the pointer device is clicked. Always Show Menu: Show the AssistiveTouch menu when a pointer device is connected. Tracking Sensitivity: Adjust how quickly the pointer moves when you drag the mouse or your finger on the trackpad. You can also change the appearance of the pointer. Set up Dwell Control iPad performs a selected action when you hold the cursor still on a screen element or an area of the screen. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch, then turn on Dwell Control. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Fallback Action: Turn on to revert the dwell action to the selected fallback action after performing an operation. Movement Tolerance: Adjust the distance the cursor can move while dwelling on an item. Hot Corners: Perform a selected actionsuch as take a screenshot, open Control Center, activate Siri, scroll, or use a shortcutwhen the cursor dwells in a corner of the screen. Time needed to initiate a dwell action: Tap or

. Use simple sounds to perform gestures With AssistiveTouch, you can have iPad perform a gesture or other action when you make a simple sound, such as a mouth pop or an S-sound. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch, then turn AssistiveTouch on. 2. Tap Sound Actions, then tap a sound. 3. Select the gesture or other action you want performed when you make the sound. 4. To perform the gesture or action, just make the sound. Create custom gestures You can add gestures you use often (such as touch and hold or two-finger rotation) to the AssistiveTouch menu. You can even create several gestures with, for example, different degrees of rotation. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch > Create New Gesture. 2. Perform your gesture on the recording screen. For example:

Touch-and-hold gesture: Touch and hold your finger in one spot until the recording progress bar reaches halfway, then lift your finger. Be careful not to move your finger while recording, or the gesture will be recorded as a drag. Two-finger rotation gesture: Rotate two fingers on the iPad screen around a point between them. (You can do this with a single finger or stylusjust create each arc separately, one after the other.) If you record a sequence of taps or drag gestures, theyre all played back at the same time. For example, using one finger or a stylus to record four separate, sequential taps at four locations on the screen creates a simultaneous four-finger tap. 3. If your gesture doesnt turn out quite right, tap Cancel, then try again. 4. When youre satisfied with your gesture, tap Save, then name the gesture. To use your custom gesture, tap the AssistiveTouch menu button then choose the gesture. When the blue circles representing your gesture appear, drag them to where you want to use the gesture, then release.

, tap Custom, Use an adjustable onscreen trackpad on iPad With Virtual Trackpad on iPad, you can turn a small region of the screen into a resizable trackpad, and use it to move and click an onscreen pointer. Set up Virtual Trackpad Before you can use Virtual Trackpad, you need to add it to AssistiveTouch. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Do any of the following:

Add Virtual Trackpad to the AssistiveTouch menu: Tap Customize Top Level Menu, tap button that appears, then choose Virtual Trackpad.

, tap the Set a custom action to open Virtual Trackpad: Tap an action (such as double-tap or long press) below Custom Actions, then choose Virtual Trackpad. Use Virtual Trackpad 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Turn on AssistiveTouch. 3. Depending on how you set up Virtual Trackpad, do one of the following to open it:

Use the AssistiveTouch menu: Tap the AssistiveTouch menu button , then tap Virtual Trackpad. Use the custom action you set: Tap, double-tap, or long press the AssistiveTouch menu button

. 4. Do any of the following:

Drag your finger on the trackpad to move the pointer. Tap the trackpad to click at the location of the pointer. Drag the arrows in the top-left corner of the trackpad to resize it. Drag a border of the trackpad to move it. 5. To close Virtual Trackpad, repeat the action you use to open it. Change Virtual Trackpad settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Tap Virtual Trackpad. 3. Change any of the following:

Tracking: Adjust how quickly the pointer moves. Scrolling: Adjust the scrolling speed. Or turn Natural Scrollingcontent moves in the same direction as your fingerson or off. Appearance: Change how the trackpad looks, make it fill the entire screen, or adjust how long it takes for the trackpad to fade after you stop using it. You can also change the appearance of the pointer. Control iPad with the movement of your eyes With Eye Tracking, you can control iPad using just your eyes. An onscreen pointer follows the movement of your eyes, and when you look at an item and hold your gaze steady or dwell, you perform an action, such as a tap. All data used to set up and control Eye Tracking is processed on device. Before you begin Eye Tracking uses the built-in, front-facing camera on iPad. For best results, make sure that the camera has a clear view of your face and that your face is adequately lit. iPad should be on a stable surface about a foot and a half away from your face. Eye Tracking is available with supported iPad models. Turn on Eye Tracking 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Eye Tracking, then turn on Eye Tracking. 2. Follow the onscreen instructions to calibrate Eye Tracking. As a dot appears in different locations around the screen, follow its movement with your eyes. Note: You need to calibrate Eye Tracking every time you turn it on. Use Eye Tracking After you turn on and calibrate Eye Tracking, an onscreen pointer follows the movement of your eyes. By default, when youre looking at an item on the screen, an outline appears around the item. If Snap to Item is turned off, when you hold your gaze steady at a location on the screen, the dwell pointer begins (the dwell pointer circle starts to fill). When the dwell timer finishes, an actiontap, by defaultis performed. appears where youre looking and the dwell timer To perform additional onscreen gestures or physical button presses, use the AssistiveTouch menu

. See Use AssistiveTouch. Recalibrate Eye Tracking If you change the position of your face or your iPad, Eye Tracking calibration automatically starts if recalibration is needed. You can also manually start Eye Tracking calibration. 1. Look at the top-left corner of your screen and hold your gaze steady. The dwell pointer circle starts to fill). When the dwell timer finishes, Eye Tracking calibration starts. appears and the dwell timer begins (the dwell pointer 2. Follow the onscreen instructions to calibrate Eye Tracking. As a dot appears in different locations around the screen, follow its movement with your eyes. You can change which corner of the screen you need to look at to start recalibration or assign actions to other corners. See Set up Dwell Control. Set options for Eye Tracking You can set options for how the Eye Tracking pointer responds to your gaze. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Eye Tracking, then adjust any of the following:

Smoothing: Increase this value to make the movement of the pointer smoother. Or decrease this value to make the pointer more responsive. Snap to Item: Have the Eye Tracking pointer automatically move to the item on the screen thats closest to where youre looking. Zoom on Keyboard Keys: When you dwell on the keyboard, zoom in on the section of the keyboard youre looking at. Dwell again on a key to tap it. Auto-Hide: Show the Eye Tracking pointer when you hold your gaze steady for the amount of time specified. When your eyes are moving, the pointer automatically fades. Dwell Control: Turn Dwell Control on or off. To adjust settings for Dwell Control, such as the default dwell action and the duration of the dwell timer, see Set up Dwell Control. Show Face Guidance: Turn Show Face Guidance on or off to get help adjusting how youre positioned. To change the size or color of the Eye Tracking pointer, go to Settings >

Accessibility > Pointer Control. See Make the pointer easier to see. Use an external eye-tracking device with iPad You can also use a Made for iPhone (MFi) eye-tracking device to control iPad. 1. Follow the eye-tracking device manufacturers instructions to connect your device to iPad with a Lightning or USB-C connector (depending on your iPad model). 2. Set up your eye-tracking device using the devices companion app. 3. Go to Settings AssistiveTouch.

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch, then turn on 4. If you want to be able to interact with an item on the screen when you hold your gaze steady on the item, turn on Dwell Control. To adjust settings for Dwell Control, such as the default dwell action and the duration of the dwell timer, see Set up Dwell Control. 5. To set additional options for your eye-tracking device, tap Devices (below Pointer Devices), tap the name of the device, then adjust any of the following:

Customize Additional Buttons: Perform actions using a physical switch

(if supported by your eye-tracking device). Snap to Item: Have the pointer automatically move to the item on the screen thats closest to where youre looking. Auto-Hide: Show the pointer when you hold your gaze steady for the amount of time specified. When your eyes are moving, the pointer automatically fades. To change the color and size of the pointer, go to Settings > Accessibility > Pointer Control. See Adjust pointer settings. Control iPad with the movement of your head With Head Tracking, you can control iPad using just your head. An onscreen pointer follows the movement of your head, and when you look at an item and hold your head steadyor dwellyou perform an action, such as a tap. Note: Head Tracking is available on iPadOS 26 and later. Before you begin Head Tracking uses the built-in, front-facing camera on iPad. For best results, make sure that the camera has a clear view of your face and that your face is adequately lit. iPad should be on a stable surface about 18 inches away from your face. Turn on Head Tracking 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Head Tracking, then turn on Head Tracking. Use Head Tracking After you turn on Head Tracking, an onscreen pointer follows the movement of your head. When your head is pointed toward an item on the screen, an outline appears around the item. The pointer always moves with your head no matter where you face. Moving faster makes the pointer move faster. When you hold your head steady at a location on the screen, the dwell pointer appears where youre looking and the dwell timer begins (the dwell pointer circle starts to fill). When the dwell timer finishes, an actiontap, by defaultis performed. To perform additional onscreen gestures or physical button presses, use the AssistiveTouch menu

. See Use AssistiveTouch. Set options for Head Tracking You can customize actions like a Single-Tap or Double Tap to different facial movements, like smiling, blinking, or scrunching your nose. You can also set options for how the Head Tracking pointer responds to your heads movement. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Actions: Select a facial expression (like Raise Eyebrows or Open Mouth), then choose an action from the list (like Open Menu or Single-

Tap). Sensitivity: Choose the amount of expressiveness needed to perform the expression. Pointer: Select an option to have the pointer move with face movements, when facing screen edges, or based on head position. Pointer Speed: Select the Increment button or Decrement button to adjust how quickly the pointer moves with head movement. Snap to Item: Have the pointer automatically move to the item on the screen thats closest to where your head is pointing. Dwell Control: Turn Dwell Control on or off. To adjust settings for Dwell Control, such as the default dwell action and the duration of the dwell timer, see Set up Dwell Control. To change the size or color of the Head Tracking pointer, go to Settings >

Accessibility > Pointer Control. See Make the pointer easier to see. Adjust how iPad responds to your touch If you have difficulties with hand tremors, dexterity, or fine motor control, you can adjust how the iPad touchscreen responds to tap, swipe, and touch-and-hold gestures. You can have iPad recognize faster or slower touches and ignore multiple touches. You can also prevent iPad from waking when you touch the screen, or turn off Shake to Undo if you unintentionally shake iPad. Adjust settings for taps, swipes, and multiple touches 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Touch Accommodations, then turn on Touch Accommodations. 2. You can configure iPad to do any of the following:

Respond to longer or shorter touches: Turn on Hold Duration, then tap or to adjust the duration. Prevent unintended swipe gestures: If you turn on Hold Duration

(above), you can increase the amount of movement required before a swipe gesture begins. Tap Swipe Gestures, turn on Swipe Gestures, then adjust required movement. Treat multiple touches as a single touch: Turn on Ignore Repeat, then tap or touches. to adjust the amount of time allowed between multiple Respond to the first or last place you touch: Choose Use Initial Touch Location or Use Final Touch Location. If you choose Use Initial Touch Location, iPad uses the location of your first tapwhen you tap an app on the Home Screen, for example. If you choose Use Final Touch Location, iPad registers the tap where you lift your finger. iPad responds to a tap when you lift your finger within a certain period of time. Tap iPad can respond to other gestures, such as a drag gesture, if you wait longer than the gesture delay. to adjust the timing. Your or Adjust settings for touch-and-hold gestures You use the touch-and-hold gesture to see additional options or actions you can perform, or show a preview of content. If you have trouble performing this gesture, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Haptic Touch. 2. Choose the touch durationFast or Slow. 3. Test your new settings on the image at the bottom of the screen. Turn off Tap to Wake On a supported iPad model, you can prevent touches on the screen from waking iPad. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch, then turn off Tap to Wake. Turn off Shake to Undo If you tend to unintentionally shake iPad, you can turn off Shake to Undo. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch. Tip: To undo text edits, swipe left with three fingers. Route and automatically answer calls on iPad You can automatically direct the audio of FaceTime calls to the iPad speaker, a Bluetooth headset, or your hearing device. iPad can also automatically answer calls after a length of time you set. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Call Audio Routing, then choose an audio destination. 2. Tap Auto-Answer Calls, turn on Auto-Answer Calls, then set the duration of time before the call is answered by tapping or

. During a call, you can switch the audio routing from your hearing aid to the iPad speaker by removing the hearing aid from your ear. Change Face ID and attention settings on iPad On an iPad with Face ID, you can adjust Face ID and attention settings if you have physical or vision limitations. Set up Face ID with Accessibility Options Setting up Face ID usually requires you to gently move your head in a circle to show all the angles of your face. If you cant perform the full range of head motion, you can still set up Face ID without moving your head. 1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Tap Set Up Face ID, then tap Get Started. 3. Position your face within the frame, then tap Accessibility Options. Face ID is still secure but requires more consistency when you unlock iPad. Change attention settings For additional security, Face ID is attention-aware. It unlocks iPad only when your eyes are open and looking at the screen. iPad can also reveal notifications and messages, keep the screen lit when youre reading, or lower the volume of alerts. If you dont want iPad to check for your attention, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Turn on or off any of the following:

Require Attention for Face ID: Provide an additional level of security by unlocking iPad only when youre looking at it. Attention Aware Features: iPad checks for attention before dimming the display, expanding a notification when locked, or lowering the volume of some alerts. These settings are turned off by default if you turn on VoiceOver when you first set up iPad. Note: Requiring attention makes Face ID more secure. Use Voice Control commands to interact with iPad After you turn on Voice Control on your iPad, you can speak commands to interact with whats on the screen, perform gestures and button presses, dictate and edit text, and more. Note: When Voice Control is on, you use Voice Control to dictate text; standard iPadOS Dictation isnt available. If you just want to enter text using Dictation, without controlling your iPad with your voice, see Dictate text. Voice Control isnt available in all languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Set up Voice Control Before you turn on Voice Control for the first time, make sure iPad is connected to the internet over a Wi-Fi network. After iPad completes a one-time file download from Apple, you dont need an internet connection to use Voice Control. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Voice Control. 2. Tap Set Up Voice Control, then tap Continue to start the file download. When the download is complete, Voice Control is turned on. 3. Set options such as the following:

appears in the status bar to indicate that Language: Set the language and download languages for offline use. Customize Commands: View the available commands and create new commands. Vocabulary: Teach Voice Control to recognize new words and phrases. You can enter a word or phrase and teach Voice Control how you pronounce it, or import a vocabulary list. Note: Not all Voice Control languages support a custom vocabulary. Show Confirmation: When Voice Control recognizes a command, a visual confirmation appears at the top of the screen. Play Sound: When Voice Control recognizes a command, an audible sound is played. Show Hints: See command suggestions and hints. Overlay: Display numbers, names, or a grid over screen elements. Attention Aware: On an iPad with Face ID, Voice Control wakes up when you look at your iPad and goes to sleep when you look away. Turn Voice Control on or off After you set up Voice Control, you can turn it on or off quickly by doing any of the following:

Use Control Center if youve added it there. Use Accessibility Shortcut if youve set it up. Ask Siri something like, Turn on Voice Control. Learn how to use Siri. Start using commands To use Voice Control on your iPad, just say a command. Voice Control: Say, for example, Open Control Center, Go home, Tap item name, or Turn up volume. Tip: Use the interactive Voice Control Tutorial to get familiar with Voice Control and

> Accessibility > Voice Control, then practice essential commands. Go to Settings tap Open Voice Control Tutorial. Pause or resume Voice Control Pause Voice Control when you dont want words you say to be interpreted as commands or dictation. Resume Voice Control when youre ready for it to listen for commands and dictation again. Voice Control: Say Stop listening or Start listening. See what commands you can use Display a list of the available commands, which vary depending on the app youre working in and what youre doing. For example, you see text formatting commands while writing a document. Voice Control: Say Show commands. To browse the full list of supported commands and see examples of how to use them, go to Settings

> Accessibility > Voice Control > Commands. Label onscreen items When youre not sure what to call something, you can display a name or number next to each item on the screen. You can then use the items name or number to interact with it. Voice Control: Say Show names, Show numbers, or Show text numbers. To interact with an item, say its name or number, or say a commandsuch as Long pressfollowed by the items name or number. The item names or numbers disappear after you say the command. Show a numbered grid on the screen You can make it easier to interact with a precise area of the screen by superimposing a grid. Voice Control: Say Show grid. Interact with a location on the grid: If a number is at the location you want to interact with, say any commandsuch as Tapfollowed by the grid number. The grid disappears after you say the command. Drill down on an area of the grid: If you need to further refine the location, say a grid number to show a more detailed grid in that area. Say Hide names, Hide numbers, or Hide grid to turn the overlay off. Enter text When working in a text input area, you can dictate word by word (with Dictation mode) or character by character (with Spelling mode). To avoid mistakenly entering a Voice Control command as text, have Voice Control respond only to commands

(with Command mode). When youre in a text input area and label onscreen items with numbers, numbers are shown next to each line of text. Select a line or another section of the text to display a number for each word in the selection; select a single word to show a number for each character in the word. To interact with a text item (such as a line or a word), say a command followed by the items name or number. For example, you can say Delete [item number] or Uppercase [item number]. Command Description Voice Control: Say Dictation mode. Dictate word by word. Any words you say that arent Voice Control commands are entered as text. Dictation mode is on by default. In some Voice Control languages, if several words phonetically match what you say, they appear onscreen. Tap to choose the one you want. Command Description Voice Control: Say Spelling mode. Dictate character by character. Spelling mode is helpful when you need to enter a password, a web address, or another sequence of characters that wouldnt be recognized as a word in Dictation mode. When Spelling mode is on, appears in the text input area. To increase accuracy when entering letters, you can use the letters phonetic alphabet code word (for example, say Alfa Bravo Charlie to enter abc). Note: Spelling mode isnt available in all Voice Control languages. Voice Control: Say Command mode. Voice Control responds only to commands. Words and characters that arent commands are ignored and arent entered as text. Command mode is helpful when you need to say a series of commands and dont want them inadvertently entered in a text input area. When Command mode is on, appears in the text input area to indicate you cant dictate to enter text. Adjust settings for the top or Home button You can adjust accessibility settings for the Home button (on an iPad that has one) or top button (on other iPad models). 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility, then tap Home Button (on an iPad with a Home button) or Top Button (on other iPad models). 2. Set any of the following:

Click Speed: Choose the speed required to double-click or triple-click the buttonDefault, Slow, or Slowest. Press and Hold to Speak: Choose whether Siri responds when you press and hold the button. Rest Finger to Open: On an iPad with Touch ID, you can unlock and open iPad by resting your finger on Touch ID. On an iPad with Face ID, you can also use AssistiveTouch or use Switch Control to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-clicking the top button. Use buttons on the Apple TV Remote on iPad On the Apple TV Remote on iPad, you can use buttons instead of swipe gestures. Go to Settings Buttons.

> Accessibility > Apple TV Remote, then turn on Directional Make the pointer easier to see when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad If you have difficulty seeing or following the pointer when you use a mouse or trackpad with iPad, you can change its size and color so its easier to locate on the screen. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Pointer Control, then adjust any of the following:

Increase Contrast Automatically Hide Pointer Color Pointer Size Pointer Animations Trackpad Inertia (available when a supported multi-touch trackpad is connected) Scrolling Speed To customize the buttons of the pointing device, go to Settings > Accessibility >

Touch > AssistiveTouch > Devices. Adjust the onscreen and external keyboard settings for accessibility on iPad You can set the onscreen keyboard on iPad to show only uppercase letters, and if you use a physical keyboard with your iPad, adjust key sensitivity and make it easier to press combinations of keys. You can also set typing options, such as auto-correction and slide to type, and add keyboards for other languages or alternative layouts. Set the onscreen keyboard to display only uppercase letters If its easier to read uppercase letters, you can set an option so the onscreen keyboard doesnt display lowercase letters. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, then turn off Show Lowercase Keys. Tip: Rotate iPad to landscape orientation to use a larger keyboard for typing in many apps, including Mail, Messages, Notes, and Safari. See Change or lock the screen orientation. Change how the keys respond on an external keyboard If you use a physical keyboard with iPad, you can adjust the sensitivity of keys and make it easier to press combinations of keys. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, then tap any of the following:

Key Repeat: You can set how long you must press and hold a key before it starts repeating and how fast it repeats once it starts. You can also prevent the key from repeating at all. Sticky Keys: When you need to press multiple keys at the same time, you can press each key separately instead. For example, enter the keyboard shortcut Command-Z by pressing Command, then pressing Z. Slow Keys: Adjust the time between when you press a key and when its activated. Control iPad with an external keyboard If you use a physical keyboard with iPad, you can use Full Keyboard Access to control your device with keyboard shortcuts instead of the touchscreen. Full Keyboard Access highlights the item on the screen that has focus. Control iPad using Full Keyboard Access 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, tap Full Keyboard Access, then turn on Full Keyboard Access. 2. Navigate iPad using the following default commands. Action Shortcut View available Full Keyboard Access Tab-H commands Move forward Move backward Tab Shift-Tab Activate the selected item Space bar Go to the Home Screen Fn-H Open the App Switcher Fn-Up Arrow Open Control Center Open Notification Center Fn-C Fn-N Customize Full Keyboard Access You can change the keyboard shortcuts associated with Full Keyboard Access commands, and customize the appearance of Full Keyboard Access (such as the color, contrast, and size of the highlight). 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, then tap Full Keyboard Access. 2. Do any of the following:

View a complete list of Full Keyboard Access commands and customize them: Tap Commands. Change the look of Full Keyboard Access: Tap an option below Appearance. Adjust the accessibility settings for AirPods on iPad With AirPods 3 or later, AirPods Pro, or AirPods Max, you can adjust the accessibility settings to suit your mobility or hearing needs. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > AirPods. 2. If you have multiple AirPods, select one. 3. Set any of the following options:

Press Speed: Adjust how quickly you must press two or three times before an action occurs. Press and Hold Duration: Adjust the duration required to press and hold on your AirPods. Noise Cancellation with One AirPod: With AirPods Pro, turn on noise cancellation even when youre using only one of your AirPods. Spatial Audio Head Tracking: When you turn on Follow iPad, Spatial Audio sounds like its coming from your iPad instead of following the movement of your head (for supported audio and video content). Tone Volume: Adjust the volume of the sound effects that are played by your AirPods, such as low battery alerts. If you have AirPods Pro 2, you can use your iPad to take a hearing test. If you have perceived mild to moderate hearing loss, you can get hearing assistance with the Hearing Aid feature. See Use hearing health features with AirPods Pro 2. Change Apple Pencil double tap and squeeze settings for accessibility If you have difficulty using double tap or squeeze on Apple Pencil, you can adjust Apple Pencil settings for accessibility. Note: Double tap is available on supported iPad models with Apple Pencil (2nd generation) and Apple Pencil Pro. Squeeze is available on supported iPad models with Apple Pencil Pro. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Apple Pencil. 2. Do any of the following:

Drag the slider to adjust how firmly you need to press for the squeeze action. Turn on Extended Range for additional firmness options. Turn double tap on or off. Choose a slower duration for double tap. Tip: More options for customizing Apple Pencil are available in Apple Pencil settings. Go to Settings

> Apple Pencil. Switch Control Intro to Switch Control on iPad Switch Control is an assistive technology for anyone with limited mobility. It enables you to interact with iPad by activating a switch, such as pressing an external adaptive button, performing a head movement, or making a voiced or voiceless sound. Using one or more switches, you can navigate a cursor around the iPad screen, then open the Scanner menu to choose an available action such as tap, zoom in, zoom out, and more. What is a switch?

A switch can be an external hardware device or a feature on your iPad. Switches on iPad dont require any additional hardware. For example:

Screen: Use a tap or long press anywhere on the iPad screen. You can set up tap and long press as two different switches with separate actions. Camera: While in view of the front-facing iPad camera, move your head to the left or right, or pinch your left or right index finger and thumb. You can set up each gesture as a different switch with a separate action. Back Tap: Double-tap or triple-tap the back of iPad. You can set up double tap and triple tap as two different switches with separate actions. Sound: Make simple voiced sounds (such as Oo) or voiceless sounds (such as a pop). You can set up each sound as a different switch with a separate action. AirPods: Nod or shake your head while wearing supported AirPods that are paired with your iPad. You can set up nod and shake as two different switches with separate actions. Gaming: Turn any switch into a virtual game controller to play your favorite games on iPad. External switches connect to iPad through Bluetooth or the Lightning connector or USB-C connector. For example:

Adaptive accessory Joystick Game controller MFi switch or switch interface How does Switch Control work?

In Switch Control, each switch performs a specific actionfor example, Move To Next Item moves the cursor to the next item on the screen. The switchs action is performed when you activate the switchsuch as by pressing the adaptive button, moving your head, or making a sound. You can use just one switch, or you can use multiple switches for different actions, depending on how you like to work. For example, you can activate your Move to Next Item switch to move the cursor from one item to the next. When the cursor highlights the item you want, you can activate your Select Item switch. Set up and turn on Switch Control on iPad To set up Switch Control, you need to connect and add one or more switches, then assign an action to each switch. You can choose a scanning style and fine-tune other settings to suit your needs. After you turn on Switch Control, you may need to change the assigned actions or readjust the settings. If you have difficulty performing these steps, you can get personalized help at your nearest Apple Store. Step 1: Connect an external switch (optional) If you want to use an adaptive accessory, joystick, game controller, or MFi device for Switch Control, you need to first connect it to iPad by following the manufacturers instructions. If the switch connects using Bluetooth, you need to pair it with iPad. You can also add nonexternal switches, such as sounds or AirPod Gestures. See Step 2: Add switches, recipes, and switch sets. 1. Turn on the switch. 2. Go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, tap the name of the switch, then follow the onscreen instructions. Step 2: Add switches, recipes, and switch sets You can use only one switch, or you can use multiple switches to accommodate different actions. Each switch performs an assigned action, such as selecting an item or moving the cursor to the next item. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Switch Control, then tap Switches. 3. Tap Add New Switch, then choose External, Screen, Camera, Back Tap, Sound, and AirPod Gestures. If youre trying to add an external switch but it isnt shown in the list, make sure its connected to your iPad as described above in Step 1: Connect an external switch (optional). 4. Assign an action to the switch. The action for the switch depends on the number of switches you have and the scanning style you choose in Step 3: Choose a scanning style, below. If you dont know which action to assign, choose Select Item, which is compatible with Auto Scanning (the default scanning style). You can return to this setting later to change the assigned action. Tip: Turn your iPad into a game controller that uses gestures youve already set up, like the same switch (or alternative input method) that you navigate and control your iPad with. You can also assign recipesa set of temporary, specialized actionsto your switches. Use recipes for repetitive, complex actions in apps such as turning pages in the Books app. To create a recipe, go to Settings

> Accessibility >

Switch Control > Recipes. If you have multiple sets of switches or recipes that you switch between, you can create a Switch Set for your settings. To create a profile, go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control > Switch Sets > Add New Switch Set. Step 3: Choose a scanning style By default, the cursor automatically moves from one item to the next after a specified duration. If you prefer to move the cursor manually, you can choose a different scanning style. Go to Settings one of the following:

> Accessibility > Switch Control > Scanning Style, then choose Auto Scanning: The cursor automatically moves to the next item after a specified duration. This is the default scanning style. If you use Auto Scanning with just one switch, make sure the Select Item action is assigned to the switch. Manual Scanning: When you activate your Move to Next Item switch, the cursor moves to the next item. Manual Scanning requires at least two switches. Make sure the Move to Next Item action is assigned to one switch, and the Select Item action is assigned to another switch. Single Switch Step Scanning: When you activate the Move to Next Item switch, the cursor moves to the next item; if no action is taken within a specified duration, the current item is automatically selected. This scanning style requires only one switch. Make sure the Move to Next Item action is assigned to the switch. Step 4: Fine-tune Switch Control settings You can adjust the behavior of Switch Control in a variety of ways, to suit your specific needs and style. For example, you can change the scanning speed or have iPad speak the highlighted items. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control, then adjust any of the following:

Auto Scanning Time: Adjust the item scanning speed. Pause on First Item: Set scanning to pause on the first item in a group. Loops: Choose how many times to cycle through the screen before hiding Switch Control. Move Repeat: Set the delay before moving to the previous or next item while a switch is pressed. Long Press: Set whether a different action occurs when you press and hold a switch, and how long to wait before performing that action. Tap Behavior: Choose a tap behavior and set the interval for performing a second switch action to show the Scanner menu. Focused Item After Tap: Choose whether Switch Control resumes scanning at an item you tap or from the beginning. Scan Same Key After Tap: Turn on scanning the same key after tapping. Always Tap Keyboard Keys: Turn on always tapping keyboard keys. Extended Predictions: Turn on extended predictions. Hold Duration: Specify how long you need to press and hold a switch before its accepted as a switch action. Ignore Repeat: Ignore accidental repeated switch triggers. Sound Effects: Turn on sound effects. Speech: Speak items as theyre scanned. Menu Items: Choose the actions shown in the Scanner menu and the order in which they appear. Group Items: Group items for faster navigation. Large Cursor: Make the highlight more prominent. Cursor Color: Choose a different highlight color. Saved Gestures: Create a custom gesture. Confirm with Switch Control: Turn on Confirm with Switch Control to confirm payments with your passcode or any time double-clicking the side button is required. Step 5: Turn on Switch Control Important: When Switch Control is turned on, you cant use the standard gestures on the touchscreen to exit Switch Control. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control, then turn on Switch Control. Tip: You can add Switch Control to Accessibility Shortcut, then quickly turn it on or off by triple-clicking the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or the top button (on other iPad models). Use Switch Control on iPad to select items, perform actions, and more After you set up and turn on Switch Control, you can select items on the screen by doing any of the following:

Item mode: The cursor sequentially highlights items or groups of items. This is the default method when you first turn on Switch Control and whenever the Scanner menu appears. Gliding cursor: You select a point on the screen using scanning crosshairs. This method is useful when you need to select a specific point, such as in Maps, or on a screen with many items. Head tracking: On supported models, you can move your head (detected by the front-facing camera) to control the cursor on the screen. Eye tracking: You can move your eyes (detected by the front-facing camera) to control the cursor on the screen. When the cursor is on the item you want, the Scanner menu opens to show the available actions such as tap, scroll, control the volume, and more. Use item mode to select items and perform actions 1. Depending on the scanning style youre using, do one of the following:

If using Auto Scanning: Watch or listen as groups of items are sequentially highlighted. If using Manual Scanning: Activate your Move to Next Item switch to navigate through the groups of items on the screen. If using Single Switch Step Scanning: Activate your Move to Next Item switch to navigate through the groups of items on the screen. 2. When the group you want is highlighted, do one of the following:

If using Auto Scanning: Activate your Select Item switch. If using Manual Scanning: Activate your Select Item switch. If using Single Switch Step Scanning: Wait until the current group is automatically selected. 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to scan and select an item within the group. 4. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to scan and choose an action in the Scanner menu. The dots at the bottom of the menu provide more options. To dismiss the Scanner menu without choosing an action, activate your Select Item switch when the original item is highlighted and all the icons in the menu are dimmed. Use the Gliding Cursor to select a point Switch Control starts in item mode by default, but you can choose to use the Gliding Cursor instead. 1. Do either of the following:

Go to Settings Mode > then select Gliding Cursor.

> Accessibility > Switch Control > Switch Control Use item mode to select any item, then choose Gliding Cursor (in the Scanner menu). Note: If you change Switch Control Mode settings while Switch Control is turned on, youll need to restart Switch Control to apply your changes. 2. To position the vertical crosshair, activate your Select Item switch when the wide vertical band is over the item you want. 3. Activate your Select Item switch again when the fine vertical line is over the item. 4. To position the horizontal crosshair, activate your Select Item switch when the wide horizontal band is over the item you want. 5. Activate your Select Item switch again when the fine horizontal line is over the item. 6. In the Scanner menu, select the action you want, then activate your Select Item switch. To return to item mode, open the Scanner menu, then choose Item Mode. Set up Head Tracking On an iPad with Face ID, you can move your head to control a cursor on the screen. You can also assign actions to facial expressions, such as a smile or raised eyebrows. To set up Head Tracking, do the following:

Go to Settings youve set up switches.

> Accessibility > Switch Control > Switches, then make sure Go to Settings > Accessibility > Switch Control > Head Tracking, turn on Head Tracking, then set any of these options:

Assign actions to facial expressions: Each expression can perform a different action and require a different degree of expressiveness. Choose how the pointer tracks your head movement: Tap Tracking Mode, then choose With Face, When Facing Screen Edges, or Relative to Head. Adjust the pointer speed: Tap or

. Use Head Tracking 1. Do either of the following:

Go to Settings Mode > then select Head Tracking.

> Accessibility > Switch Control > Switch Control Use item mode to select any item, then choose Head Tracking (in the Scanner menu). Note: If you change Switch Control Mode settings while Switch Control is turned on, youll need to restart Switch Control to apply your changes. 2. Move your head to position the cursor on the location you want, then activate it using your Select Item switch or facial expression. 3. In the Scanner menu, select the action you want, then activate your Select Item switch or facial expression. To return to item mode, open the Scanner menu, then choose Item Mode. Set up Eye Tracking You can move your eyes to control a cursor on the screen. You can also use Dwell Control to perform actions by maintaining your gaze for a set amount of time. To set up Eye Tracking, do the following:

Go to Settings youve set up switches.

> Accessibility > Switch Control > Switches, then make sure Go to Settings > Accessibility > Switch Control > Eye Tracking, turn on Face Guidance. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Switch Control > Eye Tracking > Dwell Control, choose a switch action, then set any of these Dwell Options:

Dwell Timeout: Tap or

. Movement Tolerance: Drag the slider to set the distance you can move while dwelling on an item. Use Eye Tracking 1. Do either of the following:

Go to Settings Mode > then select Eye Tracking.

> Accessibility > Switch Control > Switch Control Use item mode to select any item, then choose Eye Tracking (in the Scanner menu). Note: If you change Switch Control Mode settings while Switch Control is turned on, youll need to restart Switch Control to apply your changes. 2. Move your eyes to position the cursor on the location you want, then activate it using your Select Item switch. 3. In the Scanner menu, select the action you want, then activate your Select Item switch. Control several devices with one switch on iPad You can remotely control your other Apple devices without adjusting any switch connections. With Platform Switching, you can navigate your iPad, Mac, or Apple TV using the same switch that you use to control your iPad. 1. Connect your devices to the same Wi-Fi network. 2. Sign in with the same Apple Account on all your devices. 3. Set up and turn on Switch Control, then turn on Switch Control for the others:

iPhone, Mac, or Apple TV. 4. Use the switch to open the Scanner menu. 5. Choose Device, choose Use Other Device, then choose Connect. To remove control from your iPad, choose Devices on the connected device, then choose Disconnect. Hearing Accessibility features for hearing on iPad iPad comes with built-in tools designed to help you hear betteror stay connected without hearing a sound. To explore accessibility features for hearing, go to Settings scroll down to the Hearing section.

> Accessibility, then Use alternatives to sound With Live Captions, get a transcription of the audio from any app and from live conversations around you. Get live captions of spoken audio Change how subtitles look. Or instead of standard subtitles, use closed captions and SDH when available. Display subtitles and captions With Name Recognition, have iPad listen for your name and alert you when it recognizes it. Recognize your name With Sound Recognition, have iPad listen for soundssuch as a doorbell or your sirenand alert you when it recognizes them. Recognize sounds Type your Siri requests instead of speaking them. Change Siri accessibility settings Type to communicate on calls. The person youre talking to sees your message as you type it. Set up and use RTT If you cant hear your alerts, get notified visually. Flash the indicator light for notifications Get real-time captions of spoken audio Get notified if someone says your name Type to Siri Blink the iPad light for notifications Customize subtitles and captions Get notified about sounds around you Make Real-Time Text (RTT) calls You can also get transcriptions of audio messages, HomePod Intercom messages, and podcasts. Use hearing devices and make audio adjustments Pair Made for iPhone (MFi) hearing aids or sound processors with iPad and adjust their settings. Use hearing devices Stream sound from the iPad microphone to your MFi hearing devices or AirPods. Use Live Listen Play stereo audio as mono, adjust left-right stereo balance, and more. Adjust audio settings Set accessibility options for AirPods and other Apple headphones paired with your iPad. Adjust the accessibility settings for AirPods Have your iPad play ambient soundssuch as ocean waves or rainto help you focus or rest. Play background sounds Hearing devices Live Listen Audio balance AirPods Background sounds You can also have Siri announce notifications and calls on your MFi hearing devices. Tip: Control your go-to accessibility features and settings with the click of a button or from Control Center. See Quickly open features with Accessibility Shortcut. Use hearing devices with iPad You can use MFi hearing aids or sound processors with iPad and adjust their settings. See the Apple Support article Made for iPhone compatible hearing devices for a list of models that work well with iPad. If you have AirPods Pro 2, you can use your iPad to take a hearing test. If you have perceived mild to moderate hearing loss, you can get hearing assistance with the Hearing Aid feature. See Use hearing health features with AirPods Pro 2. Pair hearing devices with iPad If your hearing devices arent listed in Settings you need to pair them with iPad.

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices, If your hearing devices are already paired to another nearby device, such as a Mac or iPad, make sure Bluetooth is turned off on those devices. (When you finish pairing your hearing devices to your iPad, you can turn Bluetooth on again on those devices.) 1. On iPad, go to Settings > Bluetooth, then make sure Bluetooth is turned on. 2. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Hearing Devices. 3. Turn your hearing devices off and back on again. If youre unsure how to turn them off, refer to the instructions that came with them, or check with the audiologist who helped you set them up. 4. When their name appears below MFi Hearing Devices (this could take a minute), tap the name and respond to the pairing requests. Pairing can take as long as 60 secondsdont try to stream audio or otherwise use the hearing devices until pairing is finished. When pairing is finished, you hear a series of beeps and a tone, and a checkmark appears next to the hearing devices in the Devices list. You need to pair your devices only once (and your audiologist might do it for you). After that, your hearing devices automatically reconnect to iPad whenever they turn on. Adjust the settings and view the status of your hearing devices In Settings: Go to Settings Devices.

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing By triple-clicking the top or Home button: Use the Accessibility Shortcut if youve set it up. In Control Center: Tap . (If you dont see , add it to Control Center.) On the Lock Screen: Go to Settings > Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing Devices, then turn on Control on Lock Screen. From the Lock Screen, you can do the following:

Check battery status. Adjust ambient microphone volume and equalization. Choose which hearing device (left, right, or both) receives streaming audio. Control Live Listen. Choose whether phone and media audio are routed to the hearing device. Use your hearing devices with more than one device If you pair your hearing devices with more than one device (both iPhone and iPad, for example), the connection for your hearing devices automatically switches from one to the other when you do something that generates audio on the other device, or when you receive a phone call on iPhone. Changes you make to hearing device settings on one device are automatically synced with your other devices. 1. Sign in to your Apple Account on all the devices. 2. Connect all the devices to the same Wi-Fi network. Stream audio to your hearing devices You can stream audio from music, movies, podcasts, Siri, and more. 1. Tap in Control Center, on the Lock Screen, or in the Now Playing controls for the app youre listening to. 2. Choose your hearing device. You can also automatically route audio calls to a hearing device. To troubleshoot issues you have using your hearing devices with iPad, see the Apple Support article, Use Made for iPhone hearing devices. Use iPad as a remote microphone with Live Listen You can stream sound from the microphone on iPad to your MFi hearing devices or AirPods. This can help you hear better in some situationsfor example, when having a conversation in a noisy environment. Use iPad as a remote microphone with Live Listen 1. Do one of the following:

If youre using a hearing device: Wear your hearing device and make sure its paired to your iPad. If youre using AirPods: Wear one or both of your AirPods and make sure theyre connected to your iPad. 2. To turn on Live Listen, do one of the following:

Go to Settings tap Start Live Listen.

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual > Live Listen > then Open Control Center, then tap

(If you dont see

, add it to Control Center. See Customize controls. Open Control Center, tap , tap your hearing device or AirPods, then tap Live Listen.

(If you dont see , add it to Control Center. See Customize controls. If youve set up the Accessibility Shortcut, triple-click the side button or Home button, tap Hearing Devices, then tap Live Listen. If youre using hearing aids, go to Settings Devices, then turn on Live Listen.

> Accessibility > Hearing 3. Position iPad near the sound source, then sounds around you will become louder. 4. In Control Center, tap

, tap Live Listen, then do any of the following:

View Live Captions: View captions of the Live Listen session in real time. Rewind: Tap to go back to something that may have been missed. Skip forward: Tap to go back to the live audio. Stop Live Listen: Tap to stop the Live Listen session. Recognize sounds using iPad Your iPad can continuously listen for certain soundssuch as a doorbell, siren, or crying babyand notify you when it recognizes these sounds. Note: Dont rely on your iPad to recognize sounds in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured, in high-risk or emergency situations, or for navigation. Set up Sound Recognition 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Sound & Name Recognition, tap Sound Recognition, then turn on Sound Recognition. Note: After you turn on Sound Recognition, you may need to wait for iPad to download the available sounds on your device. 3. Tap Sounds, then turn on the sounds you want iPad to recognize. Tip: To quickly turn Sound Recognition on or off, add it to Control Center. Add a custom alarm, appliance, or doorbell You can also set up iPad to recognize a custom alarm, appliance, or doorbell if they arent recognized automatically. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Sound & Name Recognition, tap Sound Recognition, then tap Sounds. 3. Tap Custom Alarm or Custom Appliance or Doorbell, then enter a name. 4. When your alarm, appliance, or doorbell is ready, place iPad near the sound and minimize background noise. 5. Tap Start Listening, then follow the onscreen instructions. Recognize your name using iPad Your iPad can continuously listen for your name and notify you when it recognizes it. You can record how you or someone else says your name to help iPad recognize your name. Note: Name Recognition is available on iPadOS 26 and later. Name Recognition is only available in English. Dont rely on your iPad to recognize your name in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured or in high-risk or emergency situations. Set up Name Recognition 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Sound & Name Recognition, tap Name Recognition, then tap Set Up Name Recognition. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Add more than one name to Name Recognition If you identify yourself by more than one name, you can have iPad recognize multiple names. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Sound & Name Recognition, tap Name Recognition, then tap Add Name. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Tip: To quickly turn Name Recognition on or off, add it to Control Center. Set up and use RTT on iPad With real-time text (RTT) and Wi-Fi calling on your iPhone, you can also make and receive RTT calls in the FaceTime app on your iPad. Important: RTT isnt supported by all carriers or in all countries or regions. RTT functionality depends on your carrier and network environment. When making an emergency call in the U.S., iPhone sends special characters or tones to alert the operator. The operators ability to receive or respond to these tones can vary depending on your location. Apple doesnt guarantee that the operator will be able to receive or respond to an RTT call. Set up RTT 1. Make sure you can make and receive Wi-Fi calls on iPad. 2. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > RTT. 3. Turn on Software RTT, then do any of the following. Tap Relay Number, then enter the phone number to use for relay calls using Software RTT. Turn on Send Immediately to send each character as you type. Turn it off to complete messages before sending. When RTT is turned on, appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. Start an RTT call 1. Open the FaceTime app on iPad. 2. Tap New, then type the name or number you want to call, or tap to add a contact. 3. Tap

, tap Call, then tap RTT Call or RTT Relay Call. Type text during an RTT call 1. After accepting or a starting an RTT call in the FaceTime app on iPad, tap Use RTT, then tap

. 2. Enter your message in the text field. If you turned on Send Immediately in Settings, your recipient sees each character as you type. Otherwise, tap to send the message. 3. To also transmit audio, tap in the top-right corner. Note: Standard voice call rates apply for RTT calls. Flash the iPad indicator light for notifications On an iPad with an indicator light, you can set it to blink when you receive a notification. This can be useful if you cant hear the sounds that announce incoming calls or other alerts, or if you might miss audible alerts in a noisy environment. The indicator light is the light-emitting diode (LED) located on the back of iPad, next to the camera lens. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual, then turn on LED Flash for Alerts. 2. Turn any of the following on or off:

Flash While Unlocked: The indicator light flashes even when iPad is unlocked. Flash in Silent Mode: The indicator light flashes even when iPad is in Silent mode. Adjust audio settings on iPad You can use mono audio, adjust left-right stereo balance, andwith supported headphonesamplify soft sounds and adjust certain frequencies to best suit your hearing needs. Balance the audio 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Mono Audio: Turn on Mono Audio to make the left and right speakers play the same content. Stereo Audio Balance: Drag the Balance slider left or right. Adjust certain frequencies and soft sounds With Headphone Accommodations for supported Apple and Beats headphones, you can adjust certain sounds to best suit your hearing. Make soft sounds louder and boost some frequencies so phone calls and media sound crisper and clearer. 1. Make sure youre in a quiet environment and that youve paired your AirPods or paired other supported Bluetooth headphones. 2. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual > Headphone Accommodations, then turn on Headphone Accommodations. 3. Adjust any of the following:

Frequencies: Below Tune Audio For, choose an option to boost different frequencies. Soft sounds: Drag the slider to set an amplification level for soft sounds. 4. Scroll down, then do any of the following:

Turn on Phone to apply the settings to phone calls. Turn on Media to apply the settings to media playback like music, movies, and podcasts. With some supported headphones, you can use Headphone Accommodations to personalize your headphone audio based on what sounds good to you. Tap Custom Audio Setup, then follow the onscreen instructions. Tip: Quickly access Headphone Accommodations by tapping

(If you dont see Accessibility, then tap Headphone Accommodations.)

, add ittap

, tap Add a Control, scroll down to Hearing in Control Center. For information about applying Headphone Accommodations settings to Transparency Mode and Conversation Boost when using AirPods Pro and iPad, see Customize Transparency mode for AirPods Pro in the AirPods User Guide. Make dialogue sound clearer in videos When you watch supported video content, you can turn on voice isolation so the dialogue is easier to hear. During dialogue, voices are isolated and all other audio is substantially reduced. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual. 2. Turn on Add Voice Isolation. 3. While watching a supported video in the Apple TV app

, then tap

. 4. Tap Enhance Dialogue, then tap Enhance or Enhance More. Play background sounds on iPad You can have iPad play ambient background soundssuch as ocean waves or rain to help you focus or rest. See the Apple Support article, Use Background Sounds to help with sleep, focus, and more. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad Tip: Control Background Sounds with the click of a button or from Control Center. See Quickly turn accessibility features on or off. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Audio & Visual, tap Background Sounds, then turn on Background Sounds. 3. Set any of the following:

Sound: Choose a sound; the audio file downloads to your iPad. Volume: Drag the slider. Use When Media is Playing: Adjust the volume of the background sound when iPad is playing music or other media. Equalizer: Adjust the volume of different frequency ranges in background sounds. Tone: Select Broad to hear wider frequency ranges with a richer sound. Select Focused to hear specific frequency ranges with less audio distraction. Balance: Drag the slider left or right to adjust the sound balance. Stop Sounds with a Timer: Set a timer to stop playing background sounds at a specific time or after an amount of time. Tip: Repeat the timer settings you selected by turning on Always use these settings. Stop Sounds When Locked: Background sounds stop playing when iPad is locked. Display subtitles and captions on iPad iPad can provide subtitles, closed captions, and transcriptions so you can follow along more easily with audio and video. Turn on subtitles and captions in the Apple TV app When you play video content in a supported app, you can turn on subtitles and closed captions (if available). iPad usually shows standard subtitles and captions, but you can also choose special accessible captionssuch as subtitles for the deaf and hard of hearing (SDH)if available. 1. While playing video content, tap

. 2. Choose from the list of available subtitles and captions. Customize the subtitles and captions in supported video apps 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Subtitles & Captioning. 2. If you prefer closed captioning or subtitles for the deaf and hard of hearing when available, turn on Closed Captions + SDH. 3. Tap Style, then choose an existing caption style or create a new style based on the following:

Font, size, and color Background color and opacity Text opacity, edge style, and highlight Show transcriptions for Intercom Show transcriptions for Intercom messages from HomePod on iPad If members of your home use HomePod for Intercom messages, iPad can transcribe the messages for you. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Subtitles & Captioning, then turn on Show Audio Transcriptions. 2. In the Home app

, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Tap Intercom, then choose when you receive notifications. See Use HomePod as an Intercom in the HomePod User Guide. Get live captions of spoken audio on iPad With Live Captions on iPad, you can get a real-time transcription of spoken audio. Use Live Captions to more easily follow the audio in any app, such as FaceTime or Podcasts, and in live conversations around you. Note: Live Captions is available on supported models. Live Captions isnt available in all languages, countries or regions. The accuracy of Live Captions may vary and shouldnt be relied upon in high-risk or emergency situations. Set up and customize Live Captions 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Live Captions, then turn on Live Captions. 2. Tap Appearance to customize the text, size, and color of the captions. 3. By default, Live Captions are shown across all apps. To get live captions only for certain apps such as FaceTime or RTT, turn them on below In-App Live Captions. Use Live Captions With Live Captions turned on, iPad automatically transcribes the spoken audio in appsor from dialogue around you. You can do any of the following:

Transcribe an in-person conversation: Tap Live Captions, then tap Microphone. Transcribe iPad audio: Tap Live Captions, then tap iPad Audio. Pause the transcription: Tap Live Captions, then tap Pause Listening. Move the Live Captions window: Drag the Live Captions window to reposition it on the screen. Hide the Live Captions window: The Live Captions window is automatically hidden when no audio is detected. If the window is showing, swipe left or right on the window to hide it. To restore the window, tap

. Make the transcription window full-screen: Tap the smaller size, tap

. To restore the window to Speech Accessibility features for speech on iPad iPad comes with built-in tools for communicating in the way that works best for you, whether youre nonspeaking, at risk of speech loss, or someone with a speech disability. You can have what you type spoken out loud, create a synthesized voice that sounds like you, and more. To explore accessibility features for speech, go to Settings scroll down to the Speech section.

> Accessibility, then Type to speak If youre unable to speak or you have a speech disability, type what you want to say and have iPad speak it. Type to speak using Live Speech If youre at risk of losing your ability to speak, create a synthesized voice that sounds like you. Record your Personal Voice Type your Siri requests instead of speaking them. Type instead of speaking to Siri Live Speech Personal Voice Type to Siri Control iPad with your voice Speak commands to navigate and interact with whats on the screen, dictate and edit text, and more. Use Voice Control You can use voiced or voiceless soundslike an S-sound or a mouth popto navigate and interact with whats on the screen. Use sound actions with Switch Control Have iPad perform an action when you speak a word or another sound of your choosing. Use Vocal Shortcuts If you have an acquired or progressive condition that affects speech, have Siri recognize a wider range of atypical speech patterns. Change Siri accessibility settings Use voice commands Vocal Shortcuts Use simple sounds Have Siri listen for atypical speech You can also have Siri wait longer for you to finish speaking, or use Dictation to enter text using just your voice. Tip: Control your go-to accessibility features and settings with the click of a button or from Control Center. See Quickly open features with Accessibility Shortcut. Type to speak using Live Speech on iPad If youre unable to speak or have lost your speech over time, you can use Live Speech on iPad to have what you type spoken out loud during in-person conversations and in apps like FaceTime. You can choose from dozens of system voices or use a Personal Voice you create. Note: Live Speech isnt available in all languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Turn on Live Speech 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Live Speech, then turn on Live Speech. 2. Choose a voice. You can use Live Speech with any voice you choose, including your Personal Voice. 3. Triple-click the top button or Home button (depending on your iPad model), then tap Live Speech (if the Accessibility Shortcut is set up with more than one feature). Have what you type spoken out loud 1. After you turn on Live Speech, type what you want to have spoken in the Live Speech window. You can also paste copied text into the window, or tap suggested words that appear above the keyboard as you type. 2. Tap Speak to have your text spoken out loud. If youre on a FaceTime call, Live Speech is output on the other end of the call. Otherwise, the speaker on your iPad outputs Live Speech. Have saved phrases spoken out loud With Live Speech, you can select from a list of phrases you use often. 1. After you turn on Live Speech, tap Keyboard at the top of the Live Speech window. 2. Tap a category, like Recent or Saved, then tap a phrase to have it spoken out loud. 3. To hide your saved phrases and return to entering text with the keyboard, tap Phrases at the top of the Live Speech window. Add or remove saved phrases Add or remove phrases from the list of saved phrases that you use often. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Live Speech, then tap Phrases. 2. Tap Saved or another category youve created, then do any of the following:

Add a saved phrase: Tap Save.

, enter your phrase in the text field, then tap Remove a saved phrase: Tap a phrase, then tap Delete Phrase. Create categories for saved phrases Organize your saved phrases into categories, such as for different activitieslike work, school, or gaming. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Live Speech, then tap Phrases. 2. Tap

, enter a name for the category, choose an icon, then tap Done. Allow audio from other apps in calls You can allow the audio from apps to be audible in voice and video calls, which can be helpful if you use apps that assist with speaking and communication. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual, then tap Add Audio in Calls. 2. Turn on Allow Apps to Add Audio in Calls. When this option is on, both audio and microphone input are included in calls. To silence all audio during a call, mute the microphone. Record your Personal Voice on iPad If youre at risk of speech loss or someone with a speech disability, you can use Personal Voice on iPad to create a synthesized voice that sounds like you. You can use your Personal Voice with Live Speech and have what you type spoken out loud on iPad during in-person conversations, in Phone and FaceTime calls, and in assistive communication apps. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, then tap Personal Voice. 3. Tap Create a Personal Voice, then follow the onscreen instructions.

(If you need to pause your recording session, tap Done. To resume, tap Continue Recording.) To allow your Personal Voice to be used on all of your devices with iCloud, turn on Share Across Devices. To allow apps to request to use your Personal Voice, turn on Allow Apps to Request to Use. Note: To see the option to create your Personal Voice, you must first set a passcode. Personal Voice is available on supported iPad models and isnt available in all languages. See the Apple Support article Use Live Speech on your iPhone, iPad, Mac, or Apple Watch to learn how to use Live Speech with your Personal Voice. Your Personal Voice is saved securely on your iPad for you to use during Phone and FaceTime calls, in-person conversations, and third-party alternative and augmentative communication (AAC) apps. Important: Personal Voice can be used only with Live Speech and with third-party apps that you allow, such as Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) apps. You can use Personal Voice only to create a voice that sounds like you on device, using your own voice, and for your own personal, noncommercial use. See the Apple Support article Create a Personal Voice on your iPhone, iPad, or Mac to learn how to create a Personal Voice. Your Legacy Contact wont be able to access your Personal Voice. Use Vocal Shortcuts on iPad With Vocal Shortcuts, you can teach iPad to perform an action when you speak a word or another sound of your choosing. Vocal Shortcuts can be useful if you have moderate to severe atypical speech but can reliably vocalize certain utterances. Audio is processed on device. Set up Vocal Shortcuts 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Vocal Shortcuts. 2. Tap Set Up, then tap Continue. 3. Choose an action for iPad to perform when you say the shortcut. If you want the action to be a request to Siri, tap Siri Request, then enter the request. 4. Enter the phrase youll say when you want iPad to perform the action, then follow the onscreen instructions to repeat the phrase out loud so that iPad can recognize it. After you set up Vocal Shortcuts, is shown in the status bar to indicate that Vocal Shortcuts is using the iPad microphone to listen for shortcuts. When you dont want Vocal Shortcuts to use the microphone, go to Settings > Accessibility > Vocal Shortcuts, then turn off Vocal Shortcuts. Add a Vocal Shortcut 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Vocal Shortcuts. 2. Tap Add Action, then tap Continue. 3. Choose an action for iPad to perform when you say the shortcut. If you want the action to be a request to Siri, tap Siri Request, then enter the request. 4. Enter the phrase youll say when you want iPad to perform the action, then follow the onscreen instructions to repeat the phrase out loud so that iPad can recognize it. Use a Vocal Shortcut After youve set up Vocal Shortcuts, just say the phrase for one the shortcuts youve created. Delete a Vocal Shortcut 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Vocal Shortcuts. 2. Tap Edit, tap next to the shortcut you want to delete, then tap Delete. Tip: If you have an acquired or progressive condition that affects speech, you can have Siri listen for and recognize a wider range of atypical speech patterns. See Change Siri accessibility settings. Cognitive Cognitive accessibility features on iPad iPad comes with built-in options to suit your cognitive needsor those of someone you care for. To explore accessibility features on iPad, go to Settings

> Accessibility. Adapt iPad for someone you care for If someone someone you care for has a cognitive disability, set up an iPad with a simplified interface. Choose and customize core features that work best for them. Assistive Access User Guide When you let a child use your iPad, limit their access to a single app. Lock iPad to one app Keep iPad simple Lock iPad to one app You can also reduce sensory stimulus from the screenfor example, automatically dim the display of content that depicts flashing or strobing lights, and pause the display of rapid animated images such as GIFs. See Stop or reduce onscreen motion. iPad offers many additional tools to help you focus, make it easier to enter text, or follow along with what youre reading or listening to with features like Focus, Dictation, Read & Speak, and Live Captions. For more resources, visit the Apple Cognitive Accessibility website. Tip: Control your go-to accessibility features and settings with the click of a button or from Control Center. See Quickly open features with Accessibility Shortcut. Lock iPad to one app with Guided Access With Guided Access, you can temporarily restrict iPad to a single app. This can be useful when you let a child use your iPad or when you want to stay focused on a task. You can set a time limit, and customize which features, hardware buttons, and areas of the screen are available. Set up Guided Access 1. Go to Settings Guided Access.

> Accessibility > Guided Access, then turn on 2. Do any of the following for Guided Access sessions:

End a session with a passcode: Tap Passcode Settings, tap Set Guided Access Passcode, then enter a passcode. End a session with Face ID or Touch ID: Tap Passcode Settings, then turn on Face ID (on an iPad with Face ID) or Touch ID (on other iPad models). Play a sound to announce time limits: Tap Time Limits, tap Sound, then select a sound or tap Tone Store to browse other options. Hear time limits spoken: Tap Time Limits, then turn on Speak to hear the time remaining before a Guided Access session ends. Allow Accessibility Shortcut during a session: Turn on Accessibility Shortcut. Set how long it takes iPad to lock automatically: Tap Display Auto-Lock, then select an option. Start a Guided Access session 1. Open the app you want to use. 2. To turn on Guided Access, do one of the following:

Ask Siri something like, Turn on Guided Access. Learn how to use Siri. Use Control Center if youve added Guided Access there. Use the Accessibility Shortcut. 3. Circle any areas of the screen you want to disable. Drag the mask into position or use the handles to adjust its size. 4. Tap Options, then turn on or off any of the following:

Top Button Volume Buttons Motion (to prevent iPad from switching from portrait to landscape or from responding to other motions) Software Keyboards Touch Time Limit 5. Tap Start. End a Guided Access session Depending on the passcode options you chose when you set up Guided Access, do any of the following:

Use the passcode: Triple-click the top button (on an iPad with Face ID) or Home button (on other iPad models), then enter the Guided Access passcode. If you didnt set a Guided Access passcode, enter your iPad passcode. Use Face ID or Touch ID: If you turned on the Face ID or Touch ID option in Guided Access Passcode Settings, double-click the top button or Home button, then unlock your iPad with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your iPad model). To set up an iPad with a simplified interface and a customizable set of core features, see the Assistive Access User Guide. Privacy and security Control what you share on iPad Apps ask for permission the first time they want to use something on your iPad. You can control which apps can access your data, location, camera, and microphone, and manage safety protections. You can later change how much you want to share. Control which apps have access to information on your iPad You can let third-party apps use information in your iPad appssuch as Contacts, Photos, and Calendarto help you get things done more quickly. For example, a messaging app may request access to your contacts to find friends who are using the same app. You can turn access on or off for any individual app. How to allow access to information in iPad apps Control which apps can use the location of your iPad When you give apps access to the location of your iPad, those apps can help you get directions, receive assistance in an emergency, and more. For example, a ride-

sharing app may request access to your location to pick you up. When an app is appears in the status bar. using Location Services, How to allow access to the location of your iPad Control which apps have access to the camera and microphone on your iPad You can let apps use the camera and microphone to make it easier to upload content directly to those apps. For example, a social networking app may ask to use your camera so that you can take and post pictures to that app. Whenever an app uses the camera (including when the camera and microphone are used together), a green indicator appears. How to allow access to the camera and microphone Control which apps can track you or your iPad across websites or other apps All apps are required to ask your permission before tracking you or your iPad across websites or apps owned by other companies (for example, advertising or to share your information with data brokers). After you grant or deny permission to an app, you can change permission later. You can also stop all apps from requesting permission. How to allow access to your web activity Review how apps are using the permissions you grant them You can see how apps are using the permissions youve granted them, and their network activity, by reviewing an App Privacy Report. How to view an app privacy report To learn more about how Apple protects your information, go to the Privacy website. To learn how Apple designs security into the core of its platforms, see the Apple Platform Security Guide. Protect access to your iPad Set a passcode on iPad For better security, set a passcode that needs to be entered to unlock iPad when you turn it on or wake it. Setting a passcode also turns on data protection, which encrypts your iPad data with 256-bit AES encryption. (Some apps may opt out of using data protection.) Set or change the passcode 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode 2. Tap Turn Passcode On or Change Passcode. To view options for creating a passcode, tap Passcode Options. The most secure options are Custom Alphanumeric Code and Custom Numeric Code. After you set a passcode, on supported models you can use Face ID or Touch ID to unlock iPad (depending on your model). For additional security, however, you must always enter your passcode to unlock your iPad under the following conditions:

You turn on or restart your iPad. You havent unlocked your iPad for more than 48 hours. You havent unlocked your iPad with the passcode in the last 6.5 days, and you havent unlocked it with Face ID or Touch ID in the last 4 hours. Your iPad receives a remote lock command. There are five unsuccessful attempts to unlock your iPad with Face ID or Touch ID. Change when iPad automatically locks Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then set a length of time. Erase data after 10 failed passcodes Set iPad to erase all information, media, and personal settings after 10 consecutive failed passcode attempts. 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Turn on Erase Data. Note: If you keep your iPad on the Home Screen and dont take any action, your Auto-Lock time is reduced by half. After all data is erased, you must restore iPad from a backup. If you didnt back up your iPad, you need to set it up again as new. Turn off the passcode 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Tap Turn Passcode Off. Reset the passcode If you enter the wrong passcode four times in a row, youll be locked out of your device, and youll receive a message that says iPad is disabled. If you cant remember your passcode, you can erase your iPad with a computer or with recovery mode, then set a new passcode. See the Apple Support article If you forgot your iPad passcode, use your Mac or PC to reset it. Note: If you made an iCloud or computer backup before you forgot your passcode, you can restore your data and settings from the backup. Set up Face ID on iPad Use Face ID (supported models) to securely and conveniently unlock iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps by simply glancing at your iPad. To use Face ID, you must also set a passcode on your iPad. Set up Face ID or add an alternate appearance If you didnt set up Face ID when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings Face ID & Passcode > Set up Face ID, then follow the onscreen instructions.

To set up an additional appearance for Face ID to recognize, go to Settings >

Face ID & Passcode > Set Up an Alternate Appearance, then follow the onscreen instructions. Choose when to use Face ID You can use Face ID to unlock your iPad, authorize payments, automatically fill in passwords, and open password-protected apps. Go to Settings For.

> Face ID & Passcode, then turn on options below Use Face ID Temporarily disable Face ID You can temporarily prevent Face ID from unlocking your iPad. 1. Press and hold the top button and either volume button for 2 seconds. 2. After the slider appears, tap Cancel to immediately lock iPad. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. The next time you unlock iPad with your passcode, Face ID is enabled again. Turn off Face ID 1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Do one of the following:

Turn off Face ID for specific items only: Turn off one or more of the options, such as Password AutoFill. Turn off Face ID: Tap Reset Face ID. If your device is lost or stolen, you can prevent Face ID from being used to unlock your device. See Mark a device as lost in Find My. For more information about Face ID, see About Face ID advanced technology. Set up Touch ID on iPad On an iPad with a Home button, iPad (10th generation and later), iPad Air (4th generation and later), iPad mini (6th generation), or iPad mini (A17 Pro), you can use Touch ID to securely and conveniently unlock iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps. To use Touch ID, you must set a passcode on your iPad. Turn on Touch ID 1. Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode. 2. Turn on any of the options below Use Touch ID For, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you turn on iTunes & App Store, youre asked for your Apple Account password when you make your first purchase from the App Store, Apple Books, or the iTunes Store. When you make your next purchases, youre asked to use Touch ID. Note: If you cant add a fingerprint or unlock your iPad using Touch ID, see the Apple Support article If Touch ID isnt working on your iPhone or iPad. Choose when to use Touch ID You can use Touch ID to unlock your iPad, authorize payments, automatically fill in passwords, and open password-protected apps. Go to Settings For.

> Touch ID & Passcode, then turn on options below Use Touch ID Add a fingerprint You can add multiple fingerprints (both of your thumbs and forefingers, for example). 1. Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode. 2. Tap Add a Fingerprint. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Name or delete a fingerprint 1. Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode. If you added more than one fingerprint, do one of the following to identify its print:

On an iPad with a Home button: Rest a finger on the Home button. On iPad (10th generation and later), iPad mini (6th generation), iPad mini (A17 Pro), and iPad Air (4th generation and later): Rest a finger on the top button. 2. Tap the fingerprint, then enter a name (such as Thumb) or tap Delete Fingerprint. Turn off Touch ID Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode, then turn off one or more of the options. Turn on Lock Screen features on iPad You can make some commonly used features (such as Control Center, widgets, and media playback controls) available on the Lock Screen for easy access when iPad is locked. 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Turn on options below Allow Access When Locked. If you turn off Lock Screen access to a feature, you prevent someone who has your iPad from viewing any personal information that it might contain (such as an upcoming event in the Calendar widget). However, you also lose quick access to the information yourself. Prevent contacts from communicating with you on iPad On iPad, you can easily block contacts from being able to communicate with you in the Phone, Messages, and FaceTime apps. Block a contact 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPhone. 2. Tap Privacy & Security, then tap Blocked Contacts. 3. Tap Add Blocked Contact, then select a contact to block. Unblock a contact 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPhone. 2. Tap Privacy & Security, then tap Blocked Contacts. 3. Select a Blocked Contact, scroll down, then tap Unblock Contact. Keep your Apple Account secure on iPad Your Apple Account is the account you use to access Apple services like the App Store, Apple Music, iCloud, iMessage, and FaceTime. Your account includes the email address and password you use to sign in as well as the contact, payment, and security details you use across Apple services. Apple employs industry-

standard practices to safeguard your Apple Account. Best practices for maximizing the security of your Apple Account Dont let others use your Apple Account, even family members. To share purchases, subscriptions, a family calendar, and more without sharing Apple Accounts, set up Family Sharing. Use two-factor authentication. If you created your Apple Account on a device with iOS 13.4, iPadOS 13.4, macOS 10.15.4, or later, your account automatically uses two-factor authentication. If you previously created an Apple Account without two-factor authentication, turn on two-factor authentication now. Never provide your password, security questions, verification codes, recovery key, or any other account security details to anyone else. Apple will never ask you for this information. When accessing your Apple Account page in Safari or another web browser, look for in the address field to verify that your session is encrypted and secure. When using a public computer, always sign out when your session is complete to prevent other people from accessing your account. Avoid phishing scams. Dont click links in suspicious email or text messages and never provide personal information on any website you arent certain is legitimate. See the Apple Support article Recognize and avoid social engineering schemes including phishing messages, phony support calls, and other scams. Dont use your password with other online accounts. If one of your devices is lost or stolen, turn on Lost Mode as soon as possible for that device. (You can do this on a friends device and dont need to use your own.) Add Account Recovery Contacts If you forget your password or get locked out, choose one or more people you trust as Account Recovery Contacts to help you reset your Apple Account password and regain access to your account. Go to Settings Recovery Contact, then follow the onscreen instructions.

> [your name] > Sign-In & Security > Recovery Contacts, tap Add For more information, go to Settings Learn more below Add Recovery Contact.

> [your name] > Sign-In & Security, then tap Add Legacy Contacts The Digital Legacy program allows you to designate people as Legacy Contacts so they can access your Apple Account in the event of your death. Go to Settings Legacy Contact, then follow the onscreen instructions.

> [your name] > Sign-In & Security > Legacy Contact, tap Add For more information about how to share the access key with a legacy contact, how to remove a legacy contact, and how your legacy contact can request access to your account, see the Apple Support article How to add a Legacy Contact for your Apple Account. Also see the Apple Support article Data that a Legacy Contact can access. Generate a recovery key for your account For additional control over your account security, you can generate a recovery key that helps you reset your account password or regain access to your Apple Account. A recovery key is a randomly generated 28-character code that you should keep in a safe place. You can reset your account password by either entering your recovery key or using another device already signed in to your Apple Account. To ensure you have access to your account, you are personally responsible for maintaining access to the recovery key and your trusted devices. See the Apple Support article Set up a recovery key for your Apple Account. For more information about best practices, see the Apple Support article Security and your Apple Account. To set up or manage your Apple Account, go to the Apple Account website. If you forgot your Apple Account password, see the Recover your Apple Account website. Manage what you share with apps Control app tracking permissions on iPad All apps are required to ask your permission before tracking you or your iPad across websites or apps owned by other companies for advertising or to share your information with data brokers. After you grant or deny permission to an app, you can change permission later. You can also stop all apps from requesting permission. Review or change an apps permission to track you 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Tracking. The list shows the apps that requested permission to track you. You can turn permission on or off for any app on the list. 2. To stop all apps from asking permission to track you, turn off Allow Apps to Request to Track (at the top of the screen). For more information about app tracking, tap Learn more near the top of the screen. Control the location information you share on iPad You control whether iPad and apps have information about your location. To figure out where you are when getting directions, setting up meetings, and more, Location Services uses information (when available) from GPS networks

(iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular), your Bluetooth connections, your local Wi-Fi networks, and your cellular network (iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular, if you have appears in the Cellular Data turned on). When an app is using Location Services, status bar. When you set up iPad, youre asked if you want to turn on Location Services. Afterward, you can turn Location Services on or off at any time. The first time an app wants location data from your iPad, you receive a request with an explanation. Some apps may make a one-time only request for your location. Other apps may ask you to share your location now and in the future. Whether you grant or deny ongoing access to your location, you can change an apps access later. Turn on Location Services If you didnt turn on Location Services when you first set up iPad, go to Settings Privacy & Security > Location Services, then turn on Location Services.

Important: If you turn off Location Services, many important iPad features stop working. View apps using your location information 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services. 2. To review or change access settings for an app or to see its explanation for requesting Location Services, tap the app. To allow an app to use your specific location, leave Precise Location turned on. To share only your approximate locationwhich may be sufficient for an app that doesnt need your exact locationturn Precise Location off. Note: If you set the access for an app to Ask Next Time, youre asked to turn on Location Services again the next time an app tries to use it. To understand how a third-party app uses the information its requesting, review its terms and privacy policy. See the Apple Support article About privacy and Location Services in iOS, iPadOS, and watchOS. Hide the map in Location Services alerts When you allow an app to always use your location in the background, you may receive alerts about the apps use of that information. (These alerts let you change your permission, if you want to.) In the alerts, a map shows locations recently accessed by the app. To hide the map, go to Settings Location Alerts, then turn off Show Map in Location Alerts.

> Privacy & Security > Location Services >

With the setting off, you continue to receive location alerts, but the map isnt shown. Review or change Location Services settings for system services Several system services, such as location-based suggestions and location-based ads, use Location Services. To see the status for each service, to turn Location Services on or off for each in the status bar when enabled system services use your service, or to show location, go to Settings Services.

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > System Control access to information in apps on iPad You control whether third-party apps have access to information in Contacts, Photos, Calendar, and other apps. Review or change access to information in apps The first time an app wants to use information from another app, you receive a request with an explanation. For example, a messaging app may request access to your contacts to find friends who are using the same app. After you grant or deny access, you can change access later. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security. 2. Tap a category of information, such as Calendars, Reminders, or Motion &

Fitness. The list shows the apps that requested access. You can turn access on or off for any app on the list. Review how apps are using the permissions you grant them Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security, then tap App Privacy Report. The App Privacy Report shows you how apps are using the permissions you granted them and shows you their network activity.

> Privacy & Security >

To turn off the report and delete its data, go to Settings App Privacy Report, then tap Turn Off App Privacy Report. You can return to this Settings screen to turn the report on again. Control access to your contacts on iPad On iPad, you control which of your contacts an app can access. The first time an app wants to access your contacts, you receive a request from the app, along with an explanation. For example, a messaging app may ask to access your contacts in order to find friends who are using the same app. After you grant or deny the apps request, choose which contacts the app can access. You can always change the access you granted later. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security. 2. Tap Contacts, then tap the app. 3. Choose how much access to your contacts youre giving the app (below Contacts Access). 4. If youre giving Limited Access, tap Edit Selected Contacts to choose individuals. Select or deselect individual contacts, then tap Done. Control how Apple delivers advertising to you on iPad You control how Apple delivers advertising. Ads delivered by Apple may appear in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks. These ads dont access data from any other apps. In the App Store and Apple News, your search and download history may be used to serve you relevant search ads. In Apple News and Stocks, ads are served based partly on what you read or follow. This includes publishers youve enabled notifications for and the type of publishing subscription you have. The articles you read are not used to serve targeted ads to you outside these apps, and information collected about what you read is linked to a random identifier rather than to your Apple Account. Review the information Apple uses to deliver ads Go to Settings Information.

> Privacy & Security > Apple Advertising > View Ad Targeting The information is used by Apple to deliver more relevant ads in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks. Your personal data isnt provided to other parties. Turn personalized ads on or off Go to Settings Ads on or off.

> Privacy & Security > Apple Advertising, then turn Personalized Note: Turning off personalized ads limits Apples ability to deliver relevant ads to you. It may not reduce the number of ads you receive. Learn more about privacy and Apples advertising platform Go to Settings Privacy.

> Privacy & Security > Apple Advertising > About Advertising &

Control access to hardware features on iPad Before apps use the camera or microphone on your iPad, theyre required to request your permission and explain why theyre asking. For example, a social networking app may ask to use your camera so that you can take and upload pictures to that app. Apps are similarly required to request your permission to use various other hardware features, including Bluetooth connectivity, motion and fitness sensors, and devices on your local network. You can review which apps have requested access to these hardware features, and you can change their access at your discretion. Review or change access to the camera, microphone, and other hardware features 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security. 2. Tap a hardware feature, such as Camera, Bluetooth, Local Network, or Microphone. The list shows the apps that requested access. You can turn access on or off for any app on the list. Note: Whenever an app uses the camera (including when the camera and microphone are used together), a green indicator appears. An orange indicator appears at the top of the screen whenever an app uses the microphone without the camera. Also, a message appears at the top of Control Center to inform you when an app has recently used either. Create and manage Hide My Email addresses in Settings on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can use Hide My Email to keep your personal email address private. With Hide My Email, you can generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you dont have to share your real email address when filling out forms or signing up for newsletters on the web, or when sending email. You can create and manage Hide My Email addresses in Settings . Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud > Hide My Email, then do any of the following:

Create a Hide My Email address: Tap Create New Address, then follow the onscreen instructions. Deactivate a Hide My Email address: Tap an address (below Create New Address), then tap Deactivate Email Address. After you deactivate the address, it no longer forwards emails to you. Change which personal email address to forward to: Tap Forward To, then choose an email address. Options consist of addresses that are available with your Apple Account. Copy a forwarding address to use elsewhere: Tap an address (below Create New Address), touch and hold the Hide My Email section, then tap Copy. To immediately use that address elsewhere, touch and hold in a text field, then tap Paste. You can also generate Hide My Email addresses in Safari and Mail wherever email addresses are required. In supporting apps, you can also generate a Hide My Email address when an email address is required by tapping the email address field, then tapping Hide My Email above the keyboard. Protect your web browsing with iCloud Private Relay on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can use iCloud Private Relay to help prevent websites and network providers from creating a detailed profile about you. When iCloud Private Relay is on, the traffic leaving your iPad is encrypted and sent through two separate internet relays. This prevents websites from seeing your IP address and exact location while preventing network providers from collecting your browsing activity in Safari. Note: iCloud Private Relay isnt available in all countries or regions. For more information, see the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Turn iCloud Private Relay on Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Private Relay, then tap Private Relay. Note: You need to turn on iCloud Private Relay on each device where you want to use it. Turn iCloud Private Relay off 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Private Relay, then tap Private Relay. 2. Do one of the following:

Turn off iCloud Private Relay temporarily: Tap Turn Off Until Tomorrow. Within 24 hours, iCloud Private Relay will turn back on automatically. If you want it to resume sooner, follow the instructions for turning it on at any time. Turn off iCloud Private Relay completely: Tap Turn Off Private Relay. For information about turning off iCloud Private Relay temporarily for a specific website, see Temporarily allow a website to see your IP address. Turn iCloud Private Relay on or off for a Wi-Fi network 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi. 2. Tap

, then turn Limit IP Address Tracking on or off. If you turn off Limit IP Address Tracking for a Wi-Fi network on your iPad, iCloud Private Relay is turned off for this network across all your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Turn iCloud Private Relay on or off for a cellular network (Wi-Fi

+ Cellular models) 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data, then do one of the following:

If your iPad has a single plan: Tap Cellular Data Options. If your iPad has multiple plans: Select a plan (below Cellular Plans). 2. Turn Limit IP Address Tracking on or off. The network setting is specific to a physical SIM or eSim in your iPad (eSIM not available in all countries or regions). See Manage your cellular data service. Set the specificity of your IP address location Go to Settings choose one of the following:

> [your name] > iCloud > Private Relay > IP Address Location, then Maintain General Location (for example, to see local content in Safari) Use Country and Time Zone (to make your location more obscure) iCloud Private Relay is not available in all countries or regions. Use a private network address on iPad To help protect your privacy, your iPad uses a unique private network address, called a media access control (MAC) address, on each Wi-Fi network it joins. If a network cant use a private address (for example, to provide parental controls or to identify your iPad as authorized to join), you can stop using a private address for that network. Turn a private address off for a network 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then tap for a network. 2. Turn Private Address off. Important: For better privacy, leave Private Address turned on for all networks that support it. Using a private address helps reduce tracking of your iPad across different Wi-Fi networks. Use Advanced Data Protection for your iCloud data By default, iCloud secures your information by encrypting it when its in transit, storing it in an encrypted format, and securing your encryption keys in Apple data centers. In addition, many Apple services use end-to-end encryption; your information is encrypted using keys derived from your devices and your device passcode, which only you know. For the highest level of cloud data security, you can turn on Advanced Data Protection (iPadOS 16.2 or later required). It uses end-to-end encryption on more data categories such as the following:

Device backup Messages backup iCloud Drive Notes Photos Reminders Safari bookmarks Siri Shortcuts Voice Memos Wallet passes With Advanced Data Protection, your protected data can be decrypted only on your trusted devices, protecting your information even in the case of a data breach in the cloud. Not even Apple can access your information. For detailed information about the requirements for using Advanced Data Protection, see the Apple Support article How to turn on Advanced Data Protection for iCloud. Turn on Advanced Data Protection 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud, then tap Advanced Data Protection. 2. Tap Turn On Advanced Data Protection. 3. If you havent set up a Recovery Contact or Recovery Key, tap Account Recovery, tap Set Up Account Recovery, then follow the onscreen instructions. WARNING: If you use Advanced Data Protection, youre responsible for your data recovery. Because Apple wont have the keys required to recover your data, youll need to have a Recovery Contact or Recovery Key set up on your account. You can use these additional recovery methods to regain access to your data if you ever forget your password or lose access to your account. If you choose to turn off Advanced Data Protection later, your iCloud data will revert to the standard level of security. Harden your iPad from a cyberattack with Lockdown Mode Lockdown Mode is an extreme protection feature for iPad. Protections include safer wireless connectivity defaults, media handling, media sharing defaults, sandboxing, and network security optimizations. Lockdown Mode is optional and should be used only if you believe you might be targeted by a highly sophisticated cyberattack, such as by a private company developing state-sponsored mercenary spyware. Important: Most people are never targeted by attacks of this nature. When iPad is in Lockdown Mode, it doesnt function as it typically does. Apps, websites, and features are strictly limited for security, and some functionality isnt available. Learn about Lockdown Mode Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Lockdown Mode, then tap Learn More. Turn on Lockdown Mode Go to Settings Mode.

> Privacy & Security > Lockdown Mode, then turn on Lockdown Receive warnings about sensitive content on iPad You can have your iPad (or your family members iPad) check for sensitive images and warn you before you view them. Turn on Sensitive Content Warning 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security. 2. Tap Sensitive Content Warning, then turn on Sensitive Content Warning. You (or your family member) will receive a warning before receiving or sending sexually explicit photos. Note: Sensitive Content Warning is turned on automatically if you set up Screen Time and turn on Communication Safety. See Turn on or off checking for sensitive images and videos in communications on a family members iPad. In Screen Time, you can also block inappropriate content and set restrictions on purchases. Use Contact Key Verification on iPad You can use Contact Key Verification to receive automatic alerts that help verify youre communicating only with the people you intend. You can also generate unique codes that you and your contacts can compare simultaneously in the Messages app to further verify each others identities. Additionally, you can post your Public Verification Code to a social media account so other people can confirm that its you when they send you a message, and you can save other peoples codes in the Contacts app. Note: Contact Key Verification is designed to prevent highly sophisticated cyberattacks; it isnt designed to prevent fraud such as phishing or other text-

based scams. To learn more about Contact Key Verification and troubleshooting, see the Apple Support article About iMessage Contact Key Verification. Before you begin To use Contact Key Verification, make sure of the following:

Your devices are passcode or password protected. Youre signed in to iCloud and iMessage with the same Apple Account and you have two-factor authentication turned on for your Apple Account. The person youre trying to verify is in your contacts. Turn on Contact Key Verification 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Contact Key Verification. 2. Turn on Verification in iMessage, then tap Continue. Note: When you turn on Contact Key Verification, youre prompted to update all of your Apple devices to compatible software. If you have a device that cant be updated, you need to sign out of iMessage on that device before you can turn on this feature. Share a Public Verification Code You can share your Public Verification Code in a message, or post it on a social media account so other people can verify your identity. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Contact Key Verification. 2. Tap Show Public Verification Code. 3. To share your Public Verification Code, tap Copy Verification Code, tap OK, then paste the code wherever you want to share it. You can also use someone elses Public Verification Code to verify their identity. For example, if someone shares a Public Verification Code with you that doesnt match the code they have displayed on their social media profile, you should stop sending them messages until you can confirm their identity. Generate verification codes in Messages For a higher level of security, you and your contacts can generate a verification code in Messages, then save each others Public Verification Codes in Contacts. This is useful when you want to verify each other simultaneously, or if the Public Verification Code you received doesnt match the one your contact shares with you. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap the persons name at the top of the conversation, scroll down, then tap Verify Contact. When the other person taps Verify Contact on their device, a contact verification code appears. 3. Compare the verification codes on both devices, then do one of the following:

If the codes match: Tap Mark as Verified, tap Update to add the verification code to the other persons contact card, then tap Done. If the codes dont match: You might not be communicating with the person that you intend. Tap No Match, then stop sending messages to the person until you can verify their identity. After you verify a contact, a checkmark appears next to their name in Messages. You can also check their verification status in the Conversation Details, or find their Public Verification Code in Contacts. Restart, update, reset, and restore Turn iPad on or off Use the top button to turn on iPad. You can use the top button (along with either volume button on some models) or Settings to turn off iPad. If your iPad isnt working as expected, you can try restarting it by turning it off, then turning it back on. If turning it off and on doesnt fix the issue, try forcing it to restart. Turn iPad on or off (models with Face ID or with Touch ID in the top button) If your iPad doesnt have the Home button, do the following:

Turn on iPad: Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. Turn off iPad: Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button, then drag the slider. Turn iPad on or off (models with the Home button) Turn on iPad: Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. Turn off iPad: Press and hold the top button, then drag the slider. To turn off any model, you can go to Settings the slider.

> General > Shut Down, then drag Force restart iPad If iPad isnt responding, and you cant restart it by turning it off then on, try forcing it to restart. Note: If iPad doesnt restart after you try these steps, see the Apple Support article If your iPad wont turn on or is frozen. Or if your iPad isnt working as expected after you restart it, see the iPad Support website. Force restart iPad (models with Face ID or with Touch ID in the top button) If your iPad doesnt have the Home button, do the following:

1. Press and quickly release the volume button nearest to the top button. 2. Press and quickly release the volume button farthest from the top button. 3. Press and hold the top button. 4. When the Apple logo appears, release the top button. Force restart iPad (models with the Home button) Press and hold the top button and the Home button at the same time. When the Apple logo appears, release both buttons. Update iPadOS When you update to the latest version of iPadOS, your data and settings remain unchanged. You can also automatically install system file updates to improve the features of your iPad without updating iPadOS. Before you update, set up iPad to back up automatically, or back up your iPad manually. Update iPad automatically If you didnt turn on automatic updates when you first set up your iPad, do the following:

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, tap Software Update, then tap Automatic Updates. 3. Turn on one of the following:

Automatically Install: When an update is available, iPad downloads and installs it overnight while charging and connected to Wi-Fi. Youre notified before an update is installed. Automatically Download: Downloads an update automatically when your iPad is connected to Wi-Fi, charging, and locked so you can install the update later. To see this option, first turn off Automatically Install. Update iPad manually At any time, you can check for and install software updates. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap Software Update. The currently installed version of iPadOS is shown, and whether an update is available. 3. If an update is available, tap Download and Install, then follow the onscreen instructions. Update using your computer 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. Do one of the following:

On a Mac (macOS 10.15 or later): In the Finder sidebar, select your iPad, then click General at the top of the window. On a Mac (macOS 10.14 or earlier) or a Windows device: Open the iTunes app, click the button resembling an iPad near the top left of the iTunes window, then click Summary. Note: Use the latest version of iTunes. See the Apple Support article Update to the latest version of iTunes. 3. Click Check for Update. 4. To install an available update, click Update. Automatically update system files only iPad can automatically download and install system file updates to improve iPad features without updating iPadOS. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, tap Software Update, then tap Automatic Updates. 3. Under iPadOS Updates, turn off Automatically Install. 4. Under System Files, turn on Automatically Install. See the Apple Support articles How to download iPadOS 18 and If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Back up iPad You can back up iPad using iCloud or your computer. To decide which method is best for you, see About backups for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Tip: If you replace your iPad, you can use its backup to transfer your information to the new device. See Restore all content from a backup. Back up iPad using iCloud iCloud backups store information and settings on your device that dont regularly sync to iCloud. This includes things like device settings, Home Screen layout, and app organization. See the Apple Support article What does iCloud back up?

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap [your name], tap iCloud, then tap iCloud Backup. 3. Turn on Back Up This iPad. iCloud automatically backs up your iPad daily when iPad is connected to power, locked, and connected to Wi-Fi. Note: On Wi-Fi + Cellular models that support 5G, your carrier may give you the option to back up iPad using your cellular network. Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud > iCloud Backup, then turn Backup Over Cellular on or off . 4. To perform a manual backup, tap Back Up Now. If you need help backing up your iPad with iCloud, see the Apple Support article If you cant back up to iCloud. View available iCloud storage 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap [your name], then tap iCloud. The amount of iCloud storage used and the amount of iCloud storage available appear at the top of the screen. Manage iCloud storage You can view details about iCloud backups, such as the last backup, the next backup size, and the apps included in the backup. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap [your name], then tap iCloud. 3. Tap iCloud Backup, then tap your iPad (This iPad). 4. To reduce the size of a backup, tap the apps you dont want to back up anymore; the apps existing backup data will also be deleted from iCloud. For more information, see the Apple Support article Manage your iCloud storage. Back up iPad using your Mac You can save a backup of your iPad on your Mac. 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. In the Finder sidebar on your Mac, select your iPad. To use the Finder to back up iPad, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to back up iPad. 3. At the top of the Finder window, click General. 4. Select Back up all of the data on your iPad to this Mac. 5. To encrypt your backup data and protect it with a password, select Encrypt local backup. 6. Click Back Up Now. Note: You can also connect iPad to your computer wirelessly. See Sync your iPad with other devices. Back up iPad using your Windows device 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. In the iTunes app on your Windows device, click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window. 3. Click Summary. 4. Click Back Up Now (below Backups). 5. To encrypt your backups, select Encrypt local backup, type a password, then click Set Password. To see the backups stored on your computer, choose Edit > Preferences, then click Devices. Encrypted backups have a lock icon in the list of backups. Note: You can also connect iPad to your computer wirelessly. See Sync your iPad with other devices. Reset iPad settings to their defaults You can return your iPad settings to their defaults without erasing your content. If you want to save your settings, back up iPad before resetting it. For example, if youre trying to solve a problem but resetting iPad doesnt help, you might want to restore your previous settings from a backup. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, tap Transfer or Reset iPad, then tap Reset. WARNING: If you choose the Erase All Content and Settings option, all your content is removed. See Erase iPad. 3. Choose an option:

Reset All Settings: All settingsincluding network settings, the keyboard dictionary, location settings, privacy settings, and Apple Pay cardsare removed or reset to their defaults. No data or media are deleted. Reset Network Settings: All network settings are removed. In addition, the device name assigned in Settings > General > About is reset to iPad, and manually trusted certificates (such as for websites) are changed to untrusted. Cellular data roaming may also be turned off. (See View or change cellular data settings.) When you reset network settings, previously used networks and VPN settings that werent installed by a configuration profile or mobile device management (MDM) are removed. Wi-Fi is turned off and then back on, disconnecting you from any network youre on. The Wi-Fi and Ask to Join Networks settings remain turned on. To remove VPN settings installed by a configuration profile, go to Settings > General > VPN & Device Management, select the configuration profile, then tap Remove Profile. This also removes other settings and accounts provided by the profile. See Install or remove configuration profiles. To remove network settings installed by MDM, go to Settings >

General > VPN & Device Management, select the management, then tap Remove Management. This also removes other settings and certificates provided by MDM. See Mobile device management

(MDM) in the Deployment Reference for iPhone and iPad. Delete All eSIMs (Wi-Fi + Cellular models): All eSIMs stored on your iPad are deleted. You will need to set up a new eSIM or physical SIM card to connect to a cellular network. See Set up cellular service. Reset Keyboard Dictionary: You add words to the keyboard dictionary by rejecting words iPad suggests as you type. Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases only the words youve added. Reset Handwriting Style: Resets custom handwriting preferences to their defaults. Reset Home Screen Layout: Returns the built-in apps to their original layout on the Home Screen. Reset Location & Privacy: Resets the location services and privacy settings to their defaults. If you want to completely erase your iPad, see Erase iPad using Settings. If you want or need to use a computer to erase your iPad, see Erase iPad using your Mac or Windows device. Erase iPad You can securely erase your personal information, content, and settings (such as privacy and network settings) from your iPad. When you erase your iPad, its restored to factory settings. If you want to reset your iPad settings but keep your personal content, see Reset iPad settings. Before you begin Back up your iPad so you can restore your data later on a different device. Erase iPad using Settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap Transfer or Reset iPad. 3. Tap Erase All Content and Settings. 4. If asked, enter your iPad passcode or Apple Account password. 5. Tap Continue to confirm. If you have an eSIM, you can choose to erase your eSIM or keep it. If you erase your eSIM, you need to contact your carrier to reactivate your cellular plan. Erase iPad using your Mac or Windows device 1. Connect your iPad to your computer with a USB or USB-C cable. 2. On your Mac, click to open a Finder window, or open the Apple Devices app on your Windows device. If your Mac is using macOS 10.14 or earlier, or your Windows device doesnt have the Apple Devices app, open iTunes instead. 3. Click the iPad icon in the Finder sidebar (below Locations), then click General at the top of the window. 4. Click Restore iPad, then click Restore to confirm. Note: If youre signed in to Find My, you need to sign out before you can click Restore. For troubleshooting, see the Apple Support article, Restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod to factory settings. Restore all content to iPad from a backup You can restore content, settings, and apps from a backup to a new or newly erased iPad. Important: To restore your iPad, you must have a backup to restore from. See Back up iPad. Restore iPad from an iCloud backup 1. Turn on your iPad. The Hello screen should appear. If you already set up your device, you need to erase all of its content before you can use these steps to restore from your backup. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap Set Up Manually, tap Restore from iCloud Backup, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you have another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or later, you can use Quick Start to automatically set up your new device. Bring the two devices close together, then follow the onscreen instructions to securely copy many of your settings, preferences, and iCloud Keychain. You can then restore the rest of your data and content to your new device from your iCloud backup. Or, if both devices have iOS 12.4, iPadOS 13, or later, you can transfer all your data wirelessly from your previous device to your new one. Keep your devices near each other and plugged into power until the migration process is complete. Youre asked for your Apple Account. If youve forgotten your Apple Account, go to iforgot.apple.com. Restore iPad from a computer backup 1. Using USB, connect a new or newly erased iPad to the computer containing your backup. 2. Do one of the following:

On a Mac (macOS 10.15 or later): In the Finder sidebar, select your iPad, click Trust, then click Restore from this backup. On a Mac (macOS 10.14 or earlier) or a Windows device: Open the iTunes app, click the button resembling an iPad near the top left of the iTunes window, click Summary, then click Restore Backup. Note: Use the latest version of iTunes. See the Apple Support article Update to the latest version of iTunes. 3. Choose your backup from the list, then click Continue. If your backup is encrypted, you must enter the password before restoring your files and settings. See the Apple Support articles Restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch from a backup and If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Restore purchased and deleted items to iPad You can redownload items purchased from the App Store, Book Store, Apple TV app, and iTunes Store without repurchasing them. If youre part of a Family Sharing group, you can download items purchased by other family members, too. To restore purchases that arent on your iPad, see the following Apple Support articles:

Redownload apps and games from Apple Redownload books and audiobooks Redownload TV shows and movies that you purchased Redownload music You can also recover recently deleted email, photos, notes, and voice memos. Sell, give away, or trade in your iPad Before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPad, see the Apple Support article What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPhone or iPad, and be sure to perform the following tasks:

Back up iPad. If you replace one iPad with another, you can use the setup assistant to restore the backup to your new iPad. If youre replacing your iPad with another one you have on hand, you can use extra free storage in iCloud to move your apps and data from one iPad to another. Go to Settings then follow the onscreen instructions.

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad > Get Started, Sign out of iCloud, the iTunes Store, and the App Store. Go to Settings >

[your name], scroll down, tap Sign Out, enter your Apple Account password, then tap Turn Off. Erase all content and settings that contain personal information. If you previously turned on Find My for your iPad, Activation Lock is removed when you erase iPad, making it ready for a new owner. Install or remove configuration profiles on iPad Configuration profiles define settings for using iPad with corporate or school networks or accounts. You might be asked to install a configuration profile that was sent to you in an email, or one thats downloaded from a webpage. Youre asked for permission to install the profile and, when you open the file, information about what it contains is displayed. You can see the profiles you have installed in Settings General > VPN & Device Management. If you delete a profile, all of the settings, apps, and data associated with the profile are also deleted.

Safety, handling, and support Important safety information for iPad WARNING: Failure to follow these safety instructions could result in fire, electric shock, injury, or damage to iPad or other property. Read all the safety information below before using iPad. Handling. Handle iPad with care. It is made of metal, glass, and plastic and has sensitive electronic components inside. iPad or its battery can be damaged if dropped, burned, punctured, or crushed, or if it comes in contact with liquid. If you suspect damage to iPad or the battery, discontinue use of iPad, as it may cause overheating or injury. Dont use iPad with a cracked screen, as it may cause injury. If youre concerned about scratching the surface of iPad, consider using a case or cover. Repairing. iPad should only be serviced by a trained technician. Disassembling iPad may damage it or cause injury to you. If iPad is damaged or malfunctions, you should contact Apple, or an Apple Authorized Service Provider for service. Repairs performed by untrained individuals or using non-genuine Apple parts may affect the safety and functionality of the device. You can find more information about repairs and service at the iPad Repair and Service website. Battery. An iPad battery should only be repaired by a trained technician to avoid battery damage, which could cause overheating, fire, or injury. Batteries should be recycled or disposed of separately from household waste and according to local environmental laws and guidelines. For information about battery service and recycling, see the Battery Service and Recycling website. Lasers. The TrueDepth camera system and the LiDAR Scanner contain one or more lasers. These laser systems may be disabled for safety reasons if the device is damaged or malfunctions. If you receive a notification on your iPad that the laser system is disabled, you should always have it repaired by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. Improper repair, modification, or use of non-genuine Apple components in the laser systems may prevent the safety mechanisms from functioning properly, and could cause hazardous exposure and injury to eyes or skin. Distraction. Using iPad in some circumstances may distract you and might cause a dangerous situation (for example, avoid listening to music with headphones while riding a bicycle and avoid typing a text message while driving a car). Observe rules that prohibit or restrict the use of mobile devices or headphones. Navigation. Maps depends on data services. These data services are subject to change and may not be available in all countries or regions, resulting in maps and location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided in Maps to your surroundings. Use common sense when navigating. Always observe current road conditions and posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. Some Maps features require Location Services. Charging. Charge iPad with the included USB cable and power adapter. You can also charge iPad with Made for iPad or other third-party cables and power adapters that are compliant with USB 2.0 or later and with applicable country regulations and international and regional safety standards. Other adapters may not meet applicable safety standards, and charging with such adapters could pose a risk of death or injury. Using damaged cables or chargers, or charging when moisture is present, can cause fire, electric shock, injury, or damage to iPad or other property. When you charge iPad, make sure the USB cable is fully inserted into the power adapter before you plug the adapter into a power outlet. Its important to keep iPad, the USB cable, and the power adapter in a well-ventilated area when in use or charging. Charging cable and connector. Avoid prolonged skin contact with the charging cable and connector when the charging cable is connected to a power source because it may cause discomfort or injury. Sleeping or sitting on the charging cable or connector should be avoided. Prolonged heat exposure. iPad and its USB power adapter comply with required surface temperature limits defined by applicable country regulations and international and regional safety standards. However, even within these limits, sustained contact with warm surfaces for long periods of time may cause discomfort or injury. Use common sense to avoid situations where your skin is in contact with a device or its power adapter when its operating or connected to a power source for long periods of time. For example, dont sleep on a device or power adapter, or place them under a blanket, pillow, or your body, when its connected to a power source. Keep your iPad and its power adapter in a well-

ventilated area when in use or charging. Take special care if you have a physical condition that affects your ability to detect heat against the body. USB power adapter. To operate the Apple USB power adapter safely and reduce the possibility of heat-related injury or damage, plug the power adapter directly into a power outlet. Dont use the power adapter in wet locations, such as near a sink, bathtub, or shower stall, and dont connect or disconnect the power adapter with wet hands. Stop using the power adapter and any cables if any of the following conditions exist:

The power adapter plug or prongs are damaged. The charge cable becomes frayed or otherwise damaged. The power adapter is exposed to excessive moisture, or liquid is spilled into the power adapter. The power adapter has been dropped, and its enclosure is damaged. USB power adapter specifications:

Frequency Line voltage Output voltage 50 to 60 Hz, single phase 100 to 240 Vac Refer to the output marking on the power adapter Hearing loss. Listening to sound at high volumes may damage your hearing. Background noise, as well as continued exposure to high volume levels, can make sounds seem quieter than they actually are. Turn on audio playback and check the volume before inserting anything in your ear. For information about how to set a maximum volume limit on iPad, see Reduce loud headphone sounds in Settings. For more information about hearing loss, see the Sound and Hearing website. WARNING: To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Radio frequency exposure. iPad uses radio signals to connect to wireless networks. For information about radio frequency (RF) energy resulting from radio signals, and steps you can take to minimize exposure, go to Settings Legal & Regulatory > RF Exposure, or see the RF Exposure website.

> General >

Radio frequency interference. Observe signs and notices that prohibit or restrict the use of mobile devices. Although iPad is designed, tested, and manufactured to comply with regulations governing radio frequency emissions, such emissions from iPad can negatively affect the operation of other electronic equipment, causing them to malfunction. When use is prohibited, such as while traveling in aircraft, or when asked to do so by authorities, turn off iPad, or use airplane mode or Settings

> Wi-Fi and Settings > Bluetooth to turn off the iPad wireless transmitters. Medical device interference. iPad, iPad Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard Folio, Magic Keyboard, Magic Keyboard Folio, and Apple Pencil contain magnets as well as components and/or radios that emit electromagnetic fields. These magnets and electromagnetic fields might interfere with medical devices. Consult your physician and medical device manufacturer for information specific to your medical device and whether you need to maintain a safe distance of separation between your medical device and iPad, iPad Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard Folio, Magic Keyboard for iPad or Apple Pencil. Manufacturers often provide recommendations on the safe use of their devices around wireless or magnetic products to prevent possible interference. If you suspect iPad, iPad Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard Folio, Magic Keyboard for iPad or Apple Pencil are interfering with your medical device, stop using these products. Medical devices such as implanted pacemakers and defibrillators may contain sensors that respond to magnets and radios when in close contact. To avoid any potential interactions with these devices, keep your iPad, iPad Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard Folio, Magic Keyboard for iPad and Apple Pencil a safe distance away from your device (more than 6 inches/15cm, but consult with your physician and your device manufacturer for specific guidelines). Not a medical device. iPad is not a medical device and should not be used as a substitute for professional medical judgment. It is not designed or intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of any condition or disease. Please consult your healthcare provider prior to making any decisions related to your health. Medical conditions. If you have any medical condition or experience symptoms that you believe could be affected by iPad or flashing lights (for example, seizures, blackouts, eyestrain, or headaches), consult with your physician prior to using iPad. Explosive and other atmospheric conditions. Charging or using iPad in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere, such as areas where the air contains high levels of flammable chemicals, vapors, or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders), may be hazardous. Exposing iPad to environments having high concentrations of industrial chemicals, including near evaporating liquified gasses such as helium, may damage or impair iPad functionality. Obey all signs and instructions. Repetitive motion. When you perform repetitive activities such as typing, swiping, or playing games on iPad, you may experience discomfort in your hands, arms, wrists, shoulders, neck, or other parts of your body. If you experience discomfort, stop using iPad and consult a physician. High-consequence activities. This device is not intended for use where the failure of the device could lead to death, personal injury, or severe environmental damage. Choking hazard. Some iPad accessories may present a choking hazard to small children. Keep these accessories away from small children. Magnetic interference. The Magic Keyboard and Magic Keyboard Folio contain magnets that hold iPad securely in place. Avoid placing cards that store information on a magnetic stripsuch as credit cards or hotel key cardson Magic Keyboard and Magic Keyboard Folio surfaces that attach to iPad, as such contact may demagnetize the card. For Australian customers, see the Online Safety resources website. Important handling information for iPad Cleaning. Clean iPad immediately if it comes in contact with anything that may cause stains or other damagefor example, dirt or sand, ink, makeup, soap, detergent, acids or acidic foods, and lotions. To clean:

Disconnect all cables, then do one of the following to turn off iPad:

On an iPad with a Home button: Press and hold the top button until the slider appears, then drag the slider. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider. All models: Go to Settings slider.

> General > Shut Down, then drag the Use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free clothfor example, a lens cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use cleaning products or compressed air. The front of iPad is made of glass with a fingerprint-resistant oleophobic (oil-

repellant) coating. This coating wears over time with normal usage. Cleaning products and abrasive materials will further diminish the coating and may scratch the glass. Using connectors, ports, and buttons. Never force a connector into a port or apply excessive pressure to a button, because this may cause damage that is not covered under the warranty. If the connector and port dont join with reasonable ease, they probably dont match. Check for obstructions and make sure that the connector matches the port and that you have positioned the connector correctly in relation to the port. Lightning to USB Cable. (models with a Lightning connector) Discoloration of the Lightning connector after regular use is normal. Dirt, debris, and exposure to moisture may cause discoloration. If your Lightning cable or connector become warm during use or your iPad wont charge or sync, disconnect it from your computer or power adapter and clean the Lightning connector with a soft, dry, lint-

free cloth. Do not use liquids or cleaning products when cleaning the Lightning connector. Lightning to USB Cable or USB-C Charge Cable. (depending on model) Certain usage patterns can contribute to the fraying or breaking of cables. The included cable, like any other metal wire or cable, is subject to becoming weak or brittle if repeatedly bent in the same spot. Aim for gentle curves instead of angles in the cable. Regularly inspect the cable and connector for any kinks, breaks, bends, or other damage. Should you find any such damage, discontinue use of the cable. Operating temperature. iPad is designed to work in ambient temperatures between 32 and 95 F (0 and 35 C) and stored in temperatures between -4 and 113 F (-20 and 45 C). iPad can be damaged and battery life shortened if stored or operated outside of these temperature ranges. Avoid exposing iPad to dramatic changes in temperature or humidity. When youre using iPad or charging the battery, it is normal for iPad to get warm. If the interior temperature of iPad exceeds normal operating temperatures (for example, in a hot car or in direct sunlight for extended periods of time), you may experience the following as it attempts to regulate its temperature:

iPad stops charging. The screen dims. A temperature warning screen appears. Some apps may close. Important: You may not be able to use iPad while the temperature warning screen is displayed. If iPad cant regulate its internal temperature, it goes into deep sleep mode until it cools. Move iPad to a cooler location out of direct sunlight and wait a few minutes before trying to use iPad again. See the Apple Support article Keeping iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch within acceptable operating temperatures. Find more resources for iPad software and service Refer to the following resources to get more iPad-related safety, software, service, and support information. To learn about Do this Using iPad safely See Important safety information. iPad service and support, tips, forums, and See the iPad Support website. Apple software downloads The latest information about iPad See the iPad website. Getting personalized support (not available See the Apple Support website. in all countries or regions) Managing your Apple Account Sign in to your Apple Account. Using iCloud See the iCloud User Guide. Using iTunes for Windows See the iTunes User Guide for Windows. Using other Apple iPad apps See the App Store Support website. Finding your iPad serial number or IMEI You can find your iPad serial number or International Mobile Equipment Identity

(IMEI) on the iPad packaging. Or, on iPad, go to Settings

> General > About. See the Apple Support article Find the serial number or IMEI on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Obtaining warranty service First follow the advice in this guide, then see the iPad Support website. Viewing iPad regulatory information On iPad, go to Settings

> General > Legal

& Regulatory. Battery service See the Battery Service and Recycling website. Learn about iPad compliance with power See the Environmental regulatory management requirements information website. Using iPad in an enterprise environment See the Apple at Work website. To learn about Do this Using iPad in education See the Education website. FCC compliance statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Changes or modifications to this product not authorized by Apple could void the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and wireless compliance and negate your authority to operate the product. This product has demonstrated EMC compliance under conditions that included the use of compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components. It is important that you use compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components to reduce the possibility of causing interference to radios, television sets, and other electronic devices. Transmitters in the 5925-7125 MHz band are prohibited from operating to control or communicate with unmanned aircraft systems. Models supporting WiFi 6 GHz are prohibited from operation on oil platforms and aircraft. Operation in 5.925-6.425 GHz is permitted in large aircraft while flying above 10,000 feet Installation on outdoor fixed infrastructure is prohibited. Responsible party (contact for FCC matters only):

Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way, MS 911-AHW Cupertino, CA 95014 USA apple.com/contact ISED Canada compliance statement This device complies with ISED Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. Models supporting WiFi 6 GHz operation in the 5925-7125 MHz band shall not be used for control of or communications with unmanned aircraft systems, or on oil platforms, or on aircraft, except for the low-power indoor access points, indoor subordinate devices, low-power client devices, and very low-power devices operating in the 5.925-6.425 GHz band, that may be used on large aircraft as defined by the Canadian Aviation Regulations, while flying above 3,048 meters

(10,000 feet). Models supporting WiFi 6 GHz operation in the 5925-7125 MHz band shall not be used on automobiles, trains, or maritime vessels (Except for very low-power devices). Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dISDE Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Les modles prenant en charge le fonctionnement WiFi 6 GHz dans la bande 5 925-7 125 MHz ne doivent pas tre utiliss pour le contrle ou la communication avec des systmes daronefs sans pilote, ou sur des plateformes ptrolires ou bord daronefs, lexception des points daccs intrieurs faible puissance, des appareils subordonns intrieurs, des appareils clients faible puissance et des appareils trs faible puissance fonctionnant dans la bande 5,925-6,425 GHz, qui peuvent tre utiliss sur de gros aronefs tels que dfinis par le Rglement de laviation canadien, lorsquils volent plus de 3 048 mtres (10,000 pieds). Les modles prenant en charge le fonctionnement WiFi 6 GHz dans la bande 5 925-7 125 MHz ne doivent pas tre utiliss sur les automobiles, les trains ou les navires ( lexception des appareils trs faible puissance). Apple and the environment At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts of our operations and products. For more information, see our Environment website. Class 1 Laser information for iPad iPad Pro 11-inch and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later) are classified as Class 1 Laser products per IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3. These devices comply with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, except for conformance with IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3., as described in Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. Caution: These devices contain one or more lasers. Use other than as described in the user guide, repair, or disassembly may cause damage, which could result in hazardous exposure to infrared laser emissions that are not visible. This equipment should be serviced by Apple or an authorized service provider. Disposal and recycling information for iPad Apple Recycling Program (available in some countries or regions) For free recycling of your old iPad, a prepaid shipping label, and instructions, see the Apple Trade In website. Disposal and Recycling Information The symbol above means that according to local laws and regulations your product and/or its battery shall be disposed of separately from household waste. When this product reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities. The separate collection and recycling of your product and/or its battery at the time of disposal will help conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. For information about Apples recycling program, recycling collection points, restricted substances, and other environmental initiatives, visit apple.com/environment. Brasil Informaes sobre descarte e reciclagem O smbolo acima indica que este produto e/ou sua bateria no devem ser descartados no lixo domstico. Quando decidir descartar este produto e/ou sua bateria, faa-o de acordo com as leis e diretrizes ambientais locais. Para informaes sobre substncias de uso restrito, o programa de reciclagem da Apple, pontos de coleta e telefone de informaes, visite apple.com/br/environment. Informacin sobre eliminacin de residuos y reciclaje El smbolo de arriba indica que este producto y/o su batera no debe desecharse con los residuos domsticos. Cuando decidas desechar este producto y/o su batera, hazlo de conformidad con las leyes y directrices ambientales locales. Para obtener informacin sobre el programa de reciclaje de Apple, puntos de recoleccin para reciclaje, sustancias restringidas y otras iniciativas ambientales, visita apple.com/mx/environment o apple.com/la/environment. Turkey environmental information Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: AEEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur. Battery service The lithium-ion battery in iPad should be serviced by Apple or an authorized service provider. See the Battery Service and Recycling website. Dispose of batteries according to your local environmental laws and guidelines. Unauthorized modification of iPadOS iPadOS is designed to be reliable and secure from the moment you turn on your device. Built-in security features help protect against malware and viruses and secure user access to personal information and corporate data. Unauthorized modifications to iPadOS (also known as jailbreaking) bypass security features and can cause numerous issues such as security vulnerabilities, instability, and shortened battery life to the hacked iPad. Security vulnerabilities. Jailbreaking your device eliminates security layers designed to protect your personal information and your iPadOS device. With this security removed from your iPadOS device, hackers may steal your personal information, damage your device, attack your network, or introduce malware, spyware, or viruses. Instability. Unauthorized modifications can cause frequent and unexpected crashes of the device, crashes and freezes of built-in apps and third-party apps, and loss of data. Shortened battery life. Hacked software can cause an accelerated battery drain that shortens the operation of iPad on a single battery charge. Unreliable voice and data. Unauthorized modifications can cause dropped calls, slow or unreliable data connections, and delayed or inaccurate location data. Disruption of services. Services such as iCloud, iMessage, FaceTime, Apple Pay, Visual Voicemail, Weather, and Stocks, may be disrupted or no longer work on the device. Additionally, third-party apps that use the Apple Push Notification Service may experience difficulty receiving notifications or may receive notifications intended for a different device. Other push-based services, such as iCloud and Exchange, may experience problems syncing data with their respective servers. Inability to apply future software updates. Some unauthorized modifications may cause damage to iPadOS that is not repairable. This can result in the hacked iPad becoming permanently inoperable when a future Apple-supplied iPadOS update is installed. Apple strongly cautions against installing any software that modifies iPadOS. It is also important to note that unauthorized modification of iPadOS is a violation of the iOS and iPadOS Software License Agreement and because of this, Apple may deny service for an iPad that has any unauthorized software installed. Information about products not manufactured by Apple, or independent websites not controlled or tested by Apple, is provided without recommendation or endorsement. Apple assumes no responsibility with regard to the selection, performance, or use of third-party websites or products. Apple makes no representations regarding third-party website accuracy or reliability. Contact the vendor for additional information. ENERGY STAR compliance statement for iPad To save energy, iPad is set to lock after two minutes of user inactivity. To change

> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then select an this setting, go to Settings option. To unlock an iPad with a Home button, press the top button or the Home button. To unlock other iPad models, tap the screen or press the top button. iPad meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. Reducing energy consumption saves money and helps conserve valuable resources; see the Energy Star website. Copyright and trademarks Copyright 2025 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, Apple Card, Apple Cash, AirDrop, AirPlay, AirPods, AirPods Max, AirPods Pro, AirPrint, AirTag, App Clip Code, App Clips, Apple Books, Apple Music, Apple Pay, Apple Pencil, Apple Podcasts, Apple TV, Apple Wallet, Apple Watch, Apple Watch SE, Apple Watch Ultra, CarPlay, Center Stage, Digital Crown, EarPods, Face ID, FaceTime, Final Cut, Final Cut Pro, Finder, Find My, Flyover, Freeform, Guided Access, Handoff, HomeKit, HomePod, HomePod mini, iMac, iMac Pro, iMovie, iMessage, iPad, iPad Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPad Pro, iPhone, iPod, iPod touch, iTunes, Keychain, Keynote, Lightning, Live Listen, Live Photos, Live Text, Logic, Mac, macOS, Mac mini, Mac Pro, MacBook, MacBook Air, MacBook Pro, Magic Keyboard, Magic Keyboard Folio, Magic Mouse, Magic Trackpad, Memoji, Memory Mixes, Motion, Numbers, OS X, Pages, Photo Booth, ProMotion, QuickPath, QuickType, Retina, Safari, Siri, Siri Shortcuts, Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard, Smart Keyboard Folio, Spotlight, Stage Manager, Touch ID, TrueDepth, True Tone, tvOS, visionOS, and watchOS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries and regions. Apple Intelligence, Apple Sports, Apple Vision Pro, Genmoji, Live Activities, Multi-

Touch, and SharePlay are trademarks of Apple Inc. Apple Arcade, Apple Messages for Business, Apple News, Apple News+, Apple One, Apple Store, Apple TV+, App Store, Daily Cash, Genius, iCloud, iCloud+, iCloud Drive, iCloud Keychain, and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries and regions. Apple Fitness+ is a service mark of Apple Inc. Apple One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA 95014 apple.com Beats, the b logo, Beats Solo, Beats Solo Pro, Beats Studio, BeatsX, Powerbeats, Powerbeats Pro, and Solo are trademarks of Beats Electronics, LLC registered in the U.S. and other countries and regions. Beats Flex is a trademark of Beats Electronics, LLC. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and regions and is used under license. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple is under license. Dolby, Dolby Atmos, and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Confidential unpublished works, 1992-1997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Other company and product names and logos mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. Some apps and features are not available in all areas. App and feature availability is subject to change.

 

 

Move an app from App Library to the Home Screen If you moved an app from the Home Screen to App Library, you can easily move it back to the Home Screen. 1. Go to App Library. 2. Touch and hold the app until the app icons begin to jiggle and the app moves to the Home Screen, then lift your finger. Quit and reopen an app on iPad If an app isnt responding, you can quit it and then reopen it to try and resolve the issue. (Typically, theres no reason to quit an app; quitting it doesnt save battery power, for example.) 1. To quit an app, open the App Switcher, then swipe up on the app. 2. To reopen the app, tap it on the Home Screen, App Library, or in the Dock. If quitting and reopening the app doesnt solve your problem, try restarting iPad. Move and copy items with drag and drop on iPad With drag and drop, you can use a finger to move text and items within an app and copy items from one app to another. For example, you can drag an image from Notes into an email. (Not all third-party apps support drag and drop.) Move an item 1. Locate the item you want to move. 2. Touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it first). 3. Drag it to another location within the app. If you drag to the bottom or top of a long document, it automatically scrolls. Copy an item between open apps 1. Open two apps, then touch and hold the item you want to copy until it lifts up

(if its text, select it first). 2. Drag it to the other app. As you drag, bottom or top of a long document, the document automatically scrolls. appears wherever you can drop the item. If you drag to the Tip: If you want to drag the item to a new note or email, open the new note or email first so you can drag the item directly to it. Copy an item to an app on the Home Screen or in the Dock 1. Locate the item you want to copy (if its text, select it). 2. Touch and hold the item until it lifts up. 3. While continuing to hold the item, use another finger to swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen, then either pause to reveal the Dock or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). 4. Drag the item over the other app to open it (a ghost image of the item appears under your finger as you drag). You can drag over items in the app to navigate to where you want to drop the item (as you drag, appears wherever you can drop the item). For example, you can drag over the notes list to open the note where you want to drop the item, or you can use another finger to open a new note where you can drop the item. If you change your mind about moving the item, lift your finger before dragging, or drag the item off the screen. Select multiple items to move 1. Locate and select the items you want to move. 2. Touch and hold the first selected item, drag it slightly, and continue holding it. 3. While still holding the first item, tap additional items with another finger. A badge indicates the number of selected items. 4. Drag all of the items together. If you change your mind about moving items, lift your finger before dragging, or drag the items off the screen. Use multiple apps simultaneously Work with multiple windows at once on iPad On iPad you can work with multiple apps, or multiple windows of the same app. As you work, you can resize, move, and add windows. Set up iPad to work in multiple windows 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Multitasking & Gestures, then select Windowed Apps. Resize, move, and manage windows To open an app, tap it in the Dock, on one of your Home Screens, or in App Library, then do any of the following:

Resize an open window: To resize a window, drag from any corner or edge of the window (or from either of the bottom corners for full-screen apps). Move an open window: Drag it from the top. Manage an app window: After you resize an app, of the window. These controls allow you to close or minimize your window, or take it full screen again. When an app is in full screen, you can access its window controls from them menu bar (swipe down from the center of the top edge of the iPad screen to reveal the menu bar). appears at the top left Open a second app or window After you resize an open app or window, you can open another app by tapping it in the Dock or App Library. You can also access apps from your Home Screen by swiping up from the bottom edge of the screen. This temporarily moves your windows to the edges of the screen so you can see and open the apps on your Home Screen. If you open an app that is full screen, you can resize it to place it alongside your other resized app windows. Return a window to full screen When you have multiple resized windows open, you can change any of them to full screen. Do one of the following:

Tap at the top of the window, then tap . Double-tap the top of the window. Drag the window down from the top, then flick it up to the top of the screen. Minimize or close a window Tap at the top of the window, then do any of the following:

Tap to minimize the window. Tap to close the window. Tip: To quickly minimize all your windows, swipe up from the bottom of the screen, then swipe up again. Switch between apps on iPad You can use the Dock, Expos, or a gesture to quickly switch from one app or window to another on your iPad. When you switch back, you can pick up right where you left off. Open an app from the Dock Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen just far enough to reveal the Dock, then tap the app you want to open. Favorite apps are on the left side of the Dock, and suggested appslike ones you opened recently on iPad and ones open on your nearby iPhone or Macappear on the right side of the Dock. The rightmost button in the Dock opens App Library. You can also move folders from the Files app to the Dock so you can open them quickly. See Modify files and folders in Files. View and switch between open apps with Expos Expos is a display of all your open apps and windows. You can use it to see all your open apps and windows and switch between them. 1. Swipe up from the bottom of the screen, pause in the center of the screen, then lift your finger. 2. To browse the open apps, swipe right or left. If youre working with multiple windows open on the same screen, those windows appear on the right. Other open apps appear on the left. 3. Tap an app window to open it. Change the layout of open windows on iPad While youre working in multiple apps, you can arrange the windows to make them easier to see and work in. Choose a window layout 1. Tap one of the open windows to bring it to the front. 2. Touch and hold layout options. in the top left corner of the window to see a menu of 3. Select one of the window layouts in the menu. The windows arrange themselves according to the layout you selected. Note: The Window menu in the menu bar for the active app has more layout options in the Move & Resize section. Arrange windows side by side While working in two windows, you can arrange them side by side with a flick. 1. Drag one of the windows by its top, then flick it to one side of the screen. 2. Drag the second window by its top, then flick it to the other side of the screen. The two windows share the screen, with a divider between them that you can drag to resize both windows at the same time. Open an item in the center of the screen In many iPad appsincluding Mail, Messages, and Notesyou can open an item in its own window in the center of the screen. 1. For example, do any of the following:

Touch and hold a message in a mailbox in Mail. Touch and hold a conversation in Messages. Touch and hold a note in Notes. 2. Tap Open in New Window. The item opens in the center of the screen, on top of what youre viewing, without otherwise changing your view. You can change a center window to full screen: Tap

, then tap

. Open and view multiple windows of a single app on iPad Open a new window in an app 1. Touch and hold the app icon for an app that supports multiple open windows

(for example, Mail, Notes, Safari, Files, and so on) until a menu appears. 2. Choose New Window from the menu. View an apps open windows When you have multiple windows open in an app, you can view all the open windows at once with App Expos. 1. Do any of the following:

Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen to reveal the Dock. Go to the Home Screen. 2. On the Home Screen or in the Dock, touch and hold the app with the open windows you want to view, then tap Show All Windows or tap a specific window thats listed under Open Windows. Note: If you touch and hold an app on the Home Screen for too long, all the apps begin to jiggle. Tap Done at the top right, then try again. Tip: You can also view an apps open windows by swiping up from the bottom of the screen and holding to open Expos, then tapping one of the app icons to open App Expos for that app. See Switch between apps Organize windows with Stage Manager on iPad You can use Stage Manager to multitask and get things done with ease. You can group apps for specific tasks or projects, and access the same benefits of the Windowed Apps option including resizing, arrangement and overlapping windows. Turn Stage Manager on or off 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Multitasking & Gestures. 3. Tap the checkbox for Stage Manager. When you turn on Stage Manager, the apps youre working in move to the front and all other open apps form a list of Recent apps along the left side of the screen. Switch between apps in Stage Manager With Stage Manager, you can switch apps by tapping another app in the Recent apps list, or tapping an icon in the Dock. When you switch to another app, the app or group youve been working in moves left to the Recent apps list and is replaced by the one you tapped. You can also do any of the following to switch apps:

Swipe up from the bottom of the screen, then pause in the center of the screen to see the Recent apps and groups. Swipe left or right with one finger along the bottom edge of the screen. (On an iPad with a Home button, perform this gesture with a slight arc.) Swipe left or right with four or five fingers. See Switch between apps. Organize apps into groups in Stage Manager You can create groups of windows for specific tasks or projects by dragging app windows from the Recent apps list into the middle of the screen. You can also drag app icons from the Dock into the middle of the screen to add them to a group. You can return a window to the Recent apps list by dragging it to the left. If you minimize a window in an app group, the app window is removed from the group and returned to the Recent apps list. Hide or show the Recent apps list 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Multitasking & Gestures, then select the checkbox below Stage Manager, if its not already selected. Tip: If the Recent apps list auto-hides when you move a window too close to it, you can make it reappear by swiping from the left edge of the screen. Move an app to an external display If your iPad (supported models) is connected to an external display, you can work across both screensjust drag apps and windows between the screens and arrange them in a way that works best for you. To move apps between displays, do any of the following:

Use your cursor to drag from the top of the app window to move it from one display to another. Tap the app icon in the Dock or App Library on the display you want to use it on. Touch and hold

, then tap Move to Display or Move to iPad. Multitask with Picture in Picture on iPad With Picture in Picture, you can watch a video or use FaceTime while you use other apps. During a FaceTime call or while watching a video, tap

(on an iPad with a Home button). or press the Home button The video window scales down to a corner of your screen so you can see the Home Screen and open other apps. With the video window showing, you can do any of the following:

Resize the video window: To make the small video window larger, pinch open. To shrink it again, pinch closed. Show and hide controls: Tap the video window. Move the video window: Drag it to a different corner of the screen. Hide the video window: Drag it off the left or right edge of the screen. Close the video window: Tap

. Return to a full video screen: Tap in the small video window. Use the menu bar on iPad You can access an apps features and commands in the menu bar for the active app on iPad. To see the menu bar for the active app, you must have Windowed Apps or Stage Manager selected in Settings. Open the menu bar for the current app 1. If youre using apps as windows, tap the app you want to access the menu bar for. 2. Swipe down from the middle of the top edge of the iPad screen to reveal the menu bar for that app. Access features from the iPad Lock Screen The Lock Screen, which shows the current time and date and your most recent notifications, appears when you first turn on or wake iPad. From the Lock Screen, you can see notifications, open Camera and Control Center, get information from your favorite apps at a glance, and more. You can personalize your Lock Screen by choosing a wallpaper, showcasing a favorite photo, changing the font of the time, adding widgets, and more. See Create a custom Lock Screen. Access features and information from the Lock Screen You can quickly access the features and information you need most from the Lock Screen, even while iPad is locked. Open Camera: Swipe left. (See Take photos.) Open Control Center: Swipe down from the top-right corner. (See Use and customize Control Center.) See earlier notifications: Swipe up from the center. (See View and respond to notifications.) View more widgets: Swipe right. (See Add, edit, and remove widgets.) You can interact with widgets on the Lock Screen and the Home Screen to perform tasksfor example, tap an item in the Reminders widget to check it off, or tap the Play button in the Podcasts widget to play an episode. Start drawing and taking notes: (on supported models) Tap Apple Pencil on the Lock Screen. Whatever you create is saved in Notes. Control media playback: Use the playback controls (Now Playing) on the Lock Screen to play, pause, rewind, or fast-forward media playing on your iPad.

(See View and control Live Activities on the Lock Screen.) To choose what you can access from the Lock Screen, see Turn on Lock Screen features. Show notification previews on the Lock Screen 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. Tap Show Previews, then tap Always. Notification previews include text from Messages, lines from Mail messages, and details about Calendar invitations. See View and respond to notifications. View and control Live Activities on the Lock Screen You can view an apps Live Activities on your Lock Screen, so you can easily follow their progress. Examples include directions from Maps, live sports updates from the Apple TV app, order updates from food delivery apps, and more. When you play music, a movie, or other media on iPad, you can control these Live Activities using the playback controls on your Lock Screen to play, pause, rewind, and fast-forward. You can also control media playback on a remote device (such as your Apple TV or HomePod) from the iPad Lock Screen. To change your Live Activity settings, go to Settings the settings you want to change, then tap Live Activities.

, tap Apps, tap the app with Note: Not all apps have a Live Activities setting. Monitor background tasks On iPad, you can start an extended background task (for example, downloading a file from Safari) and then switch to another task while it finishes. Background tasks can continue to run in the background until theyre completed while youre doing something else. Ongoing background tasks appear as Live Activities on your Home Screen and Lock Screen so you know theyre running and can monitor their progress. Perform quick actions on iPad On the Home Screen, in Control Center, and in apps, you can see previews, open quick actions menus, and more. In Photos, touch and hold an image to preview it and see a list of options. In Mail, touch and hold a message in a mailbox to preview the message contents and see a list of options. On the Home Screen, touch and hold an app icon briefly to open a quick actions menu. If the icons start to jiggle, tap Done at the top right or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button), then try again. Open Control Center, then touch and hold an item like Camera or the brightness control to see options. On the Lock Screen, touch and hold a notification briefly to respond to it. When typing, touch and hold the Space bar with one finger to turn your onscreen keyboard into a trackpad. Search with Spotlight on iPad On iPad, you can search for apps and contacts, content in apps like Mail and Messages, and even text in your photos using Live Text. You can check stock and currency information, and find and open webpages, apps, and images in your photo library, across your system, and on the web. When you search for an app, app shortcuts for your most likely next action appear within the Top Hit. (For example, a shortcut to the Favorites album appears when you search for Photos.) You can search from anywhere on iPadeven the Lock Screenand choose which apps you want to include in search results. Search offers suggestions based on your app usage and updates results as you type. Choose which apps and content to include in Search 1. Go to Settings

> Search. 2. Scroll down, tap an app, then turn Show App in Search or Show Content in Search on or off. Search with iPad 1. Go to the Home Screen or the Lock Screen. 2. Swipe down from the middle of the screen. 3. Enter what youre looking for in the search field. 4. Do any of the following:

Initiate your search: Tap Go or Search. Open a suggested app: Tap the app. Take quick action: Start a timer, turn on a Focus, find the name of a song with Shazam, run any shortcut, and more. Search for an apps name to see shortcuts available for the app, or create your own using the Shortcuts app. Check a suggested website: Tap it. Get more information about a search suggestion: Tap it, then tap one of the results to open it. Start a new search: Tap in the search field. Turn off Location-Based Suggestions 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services. 2. Tap System Services, then turn off Suggestions & Search. Search in apps Many apps include a search field or a search button so you can find something within the app. For example, in the Maps app, you can search for a specific location. 1. In an app, tap the search field or

(if there is one). If you dont see a search field or button, swipe down from the top. 2. Type your search, then tap Search. Add a dictionary On iPad, you can add dictionaries, which can be used in searches. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Dictionary. 2. Select a dictionary. Get information about your iPad View overall storage availability and storage used per app Go to Settings

> General > iPad Storage. See the Apple Support articles How to check the storage on your iPhone and iPad and Manage your iCloud storage. See battery usage

> Battery to see the elapsed time since iPad was charged as well Go to Settings as battery usage by app. You can also display battery level as a percentage and turn Low Power Mode on or off. See Charge the battery. View cellular usage Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. See View or change cellular data settings. Find your IMEI You can view the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) for your iPad in Settings. 1. Go to Settings

> General > About. 2. Scroll down to find your IMEI. See the name, model, iPadOS version, serial number, and more Go to Settings

> General > About. The items you can view include:

Name iPadOS software version Model name Part and model numbers. To the right of Model, the part number appears. To see the model number, tap the part number. Serial number Network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps Capacity and available storage space Carrier (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Cellular Data Number (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identifier, or Smart Card) for GSM networks

(Wi-Fi + Cellular models) MEID (Mobile Equipment Identifier) for CDMA networks (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Modem firmware To copy the serial number and other identifiers, touch and hold the identifier until Copy appears. To see Legal & Regulatory information (including legal notices, and license, warranty, and RF exposure information) and regulatory marks, go to Settings >

General > Legal & Regulatory. View or turn off diagnostic information Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Analytics & Improvements. To help Apple improve products and services, iPad sends diagnostic and usage data. This data doesnt personally identify you, but may include location information. Manage storage on iPad On iPad, you can check how much storage space is available and increase the available space by removing items you no longer need. Check storage on your iPad Go to Settings

> General > iPad Storage. The available storage is shown at the top of the screen. Remove apps and data When youre low on storage, you can have iPad automatically remove unused apps. 1. Go to Settings

> General > iPad Storage. 2. Tap Enable next to Offload Unused Apps. The unused apps move to iCloud Drive. You can find them in iCloud Drive in the Files app. You can remove many apps manually, and redownload them if you change your mind. See Remove or delete apps. If you have documents and data on your iPad that you no longer need, you can find and delete them in the Files app. See Delete a file or folder. You can also review items you downloaded in the TV app and remove ones you already watched. See Manage your library in the Apple TV app. Keep selected files If you have downloaded files that you always want to be able access on your iPad, you can make sure theyre not removed. See Keep selected files downloaded. Choose iPad settings for travel When you travel with iPad, choose settings that comply with airline requirements. Some airlines let you keep your iPad turned on if you switch to Airplane Mode. When you turn on Airplane Mode initially, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and cellular networks turn off. However, you can turn Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and cellular networks back on even when Airplane Mode is on. This allows you to make or receive FaceTime calls or use features or accessories that require wireless communication. To choose settings that minimize cellular charges when you travel (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), see View or change cellular data settings. When you travel abroad, you may be able to sign up for cellular service with a carrier in the region youre visiting, right from your iPad (available on Wi-Fi +

Cellular models with Touch ID or Face ID). See Connect to a cellular network if Wi-

Fi isnt available (on iPad models with Cellular). Turn on Airplane Mode Open Control Center, then tap

. You can also turn Airplane Mode on or off in Settings . When Airplane Mode is on, the Airplane Mode icon appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. Turn on Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in Airplane Mode If your airline allows it, you can use Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in Airplane Mode. 1. Open Control Center, then turn on Airplane Mode. 2. Tap to turn on Wi-Fi or to turn on Bluetooth. If you turn on Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in Airplane Mode, it may still be on the next time you return to Airplane Mode. To turn off Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in Airplane Mode, open Control Center, then tap or . Personalize your iPad Change or turn off iPad sounds You can change or turn off the sounds iPad plays when you get a call, text message, email, reminder, or other type of notification. Customize your iPad sounds Set options for alert tones and ringtones, and ringer and alert volumes. 1. Go to Settings on your iPad, then tap Sounds. 2. Drag the slider to set the volume for the ringer and alerts. 3. Tap Ringtone and other options to select sounds for the ringtone and alert tones. You can also change the sounds iPad plays for certain people. Go to Contacts tap a persons name, tap Edit, then choose a ringtone and text tone.

, Silence iPad To temporarily silence incoming calls, alerts, and sound effects, open Control Center, then tap

. Tip: If youre not receiving incoming calls and notifications when you expect them, open Control Center, then check whether Do Not Disturb is on. If the Do Not Disturb button Disturb is on, its icon also appears in the status bar.) is highlighted, tap it to turn off Do Not Disturb. (When Do Not Create a custom iPad Lock Screen You can personalize your Lock Screen by choosing a wallpaper, showcasing a favorite photo, changing the font of the time, adding widgets, and more. You can create more than one Lock Screen, switch between Lock Screens, and even link a Lock Screen to a Focus. So, for example, you could set a specific Lock Screen for when youre working. Edit your Lock Screen or create a new one 1. Press the top button on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the Lock Screen, then tap to create a new Lock Screen. To make changes to an existing Lock Screen, swipe to the screen you want to change, then tap Customize. 3. If youre creating a new Lock Screen, choose your wallpaper. On supported models, you can try a spatial scene for a new 3D effect and try options where the time dynamically adapts to your photo wallpaper and notifications. 4. Do any of the following (options depend on the wallpaper you choose):

Change the look of the clock: Drag the bottom right corner to increase the height, then tap the time to change the font, switch to a more transparent look, and more. Add a 3D effect: On supported models, if youve added a photo that supports spatial, tap the Spatial Capture button. Add or change the widgets: Tap your existing widgets or tap Add Widgets. Reposition your photo: Pinch open to zoom in, drag the image with two fingers to move it, then pinch closed to zoom out. Create a multilayered effect: Tap the Depth Effect button. Or if you have a photo that supports layering, tap

, then choose Depth Effect. Change the style: Swipe left or right to try different color filters. Create a motion effect with a Live Photo: If you select a Live Photo that can be translated into slow motion, tap the device wakes up. to play the Live Photo when Set the shuffle frequency: If you chose Photo Shuffle, tap the photo thumbnail to change the photo selection or change the shuffle frequency by tapping

. Switch between a light and dark appearance: If the background you chose has a light mode and dark mode option, tap

. 5. Tap Add, then do one of the following:

Choose to use the wallpaper on both the Lock Screen and Home Screen: Tap Set as Wallpaper Pair. Make changes to the Home Screen: Tap Customize Home Screen. Tap a color to change the wallpaper color, tap to use a custom photo, or select Blur to blur the wallpaper so the apps stand out. Link a Focus to your Lock Screen Focus helps you concentrate on a task by minimizing distractions. After you set up a Focus, you can link it to your Lock Screen so your Focus settings apply whenever you use that particular Lock Screen and that Lock Screen appears whenever that Focus is on. 1. Press the top button on iPad. 2. Touch and hold the Lock Screen until the Customize button appears at the bottom of the screen. 3. Tap Focus near the bottom of the wallpaper to see the Focus optionsfor example, Do Not Disturb, Personal, and Work. 4. Select a Focus, then tap

. Switch between Lock Screens You can create multiple custom Lock Screens and switch between them throughout the day. 1. Press the top button on iPad. 2. Touch and hold the Lock Screen until the Customize button appears at the bottom of the screen. 3. Swipe to the Lock Screen you want to use, then tap it. Note: If a Lock Screen links to a specific Focus, switching from that Lock Screen to another also switches your Focus. Delete a Lock Screen You can delete Lock Screens you no longer need. 1. Press the top button on iPad. 2. Touch and hold the Lock Screen until the Customize button appears at the bottom of the screen. 3. Swipe to go to the Lock Screen you want to delete, swipe up on the screen, tap

, then tap Delete This Wallpaper. Customize your Home Screen Add an app on iPad To add an app to your iPad, you can download it from the App Store. When you download an app, you can choose to add it to both your Home Screen and App Library, or to App Library only. Choose where apps get downloaded 1. Go to Settings

> Home Screen & App Library. 2. Choose Add to Home Screen or App Library only. Move an app from App Library to the Home Screen If you download an app to App Library, you can easily move it to the Home Screen. 1. Swipe left past all your Home Screen pages to get to App Library. 2. Touch and hold the background until the apps begin to jiggle. 3. Touch and hold the app you want to move, then drag it to the left. Add, edit, and remove widgets on iPad What are widgets?

Widgets give you an easy way to view current information from an app at a glance todays headlines, weather, reminders, battery levels, and more. You can view widgets in Today View and add them to your Home Screen or Lock Screen to keep this information at your fingertips. You can interact with widgets on the Home Screen and Lock Screen without opening the appyou can take action on the widgets for Music, Podcasts, Safari, Home, Contacts, and more. For example, tap play a selection. on the Music or Podcasts widget to Tip: A Smart Stack (a widget with dots next to it) is a combined set of widgets that uses information such as the time, your location, and activity to automatically display the most relevant widget at the appropriate time in your day. You can add a Smart Stack from the widget gallery to the Home Screen, then swipe up and down through it to see the widgets it contains. Add a widget to your Home Screen 1. Go to the Home Screen, then find the Home Screen page where you want to add the widget. 2. Touch and hold the background until the apps begin to jiggle, tap Edit at the top of the screen, then tap Add Widget. 3. Scroll or search to find the widget you want, tap it, then swipe left and right through the style and size options. 4. When you see the size you want, tap Add Widget. 5. While the apps are still jiggling, move the widget where you want it, then tap Done. To learn how to add a widget to your Lock Screen, see Edit your Lock Screen or create a new one. Turn an app icon into a widget You can quickly create a widget from an app icon. 1. Touch and hold the app icon on your Home screen. 2. Tap one of the icons in the pop-up menu to choose the widget size. To change the widget back to an app icon, touch and hold it, then tap (the leftmost icon at the top of the pop-up menu.) Interact with widgets You can perform tasks on widgets on your Home Screen or Lock Screen. Tap an item in the Reminders widget to check it off, tap the Play button in the Podcasts widget to play an episode, or tap the Home widget to turn on your living room lights all without opening an app. Edit a widget on your Home Screen You can customize most widgets right from your Home Screen so they display the information you want to see. For example, you can edit a Weather widget to display the forecast for your location or a different area. Or you can customize a Smart Stack to rotate automatically through its widgets based on your activity, your location, the time of day, and so on. 1. Touch and hold a widget. 2. Tap Edit Widget (or Edit Stack, if its a Smart Stack), then choose options. For a Smart Stack, you can turn Smart Rotate or Widget Suggestions (below the widget) off or on, drag a widget from the Smart Stack to the Home Screen, or remove a widget by tapping in its upper-left corner. When you turn on Widget Suggestions, widgets for apps you already use automatically appear in your Smart Stack at the right time based on your past activity. An option lets you add the widget to your stack so its always there when you need it. 3. Tap Done. View widgets in Today View To view widgets in Today View, swipe right from the left edge of the Home Screen, then scroll up and down. View widgets in Today View when iPad is locked 1. Go to Settings

. 2. Tap Face ID & Passcode (on an iPad with Face ID) or Touch ID & Passcode

(on other iPad models). 3. Make sure Today View and Search is turned on (below Allow Access When Locked). Move apps and widgets on the iPad Home Screen You can change the layout of your Home Screenmove apps and widgets anywhere on the screen to frame your wallpaper, or drag them to other Home Screen pages. If you have multiple Home Screen pages, each one can have a unique layout. You can also temporarily hide Home Screen pages, change where new apps get downloaded, and more. Tip: You can move all your apps and widgets related to a particular Focus (your Work Focus, for example) onto one Home Screen page, and make that page accessible during that Focus. Move apps and widgets around on your Home Screen 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Touch and hold the Home Screen background until the items begin to jiggle. 3. Drag the app or widget to one of the following locations:

Another location on the same pageincluding the top, bottom, or side of the screen Another Home Screen page Drag the app or widget to the right edge of the screen. You might need to wait a moment for the new page to appear. The dots above the Dock show how many pages you have and which one youre viewing. Tip: You can also drag an app to the Dock at the bottom of the screen. 4. When youre finished, tap Done at the top right. Remove a widget from your Home Screen 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Touch and hold the widget to open the Quick actions menu. 3. Do one of the following:

To remove a widget: Tap Remove Widget. To remove a Smart Stack: Tap Remove Stack. Reset the Home Screen and apps to their original layout 1. Go to Settings

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad. 2. Tap Reset, then tap Reset Home Screen Layout. Any folders youve created are removed, and apps youve downloaded are alphabetically ordered after apps that came with your iPad. Customize apps and widgets on the iPad Home Screen You can customize app icons and widgets on the Home Screen by changing their color, adding a tint, making them larger or smaller, and more. 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Touch and hold the Home Screen background until the icons begin to jiggle. 3. Tap Edit at the top of the screen, then choose Customize. 4. Do any of the following:

Make the icons bigger: Tap disappear.)

. (In large size, the names of the apps Choose a dark appearance for icons and widgets: Tap Dark. To show icons and widgets with a dark appearance at night and a light appearance during the day, tap Auto. Give the icons a clear look: Tap Clear to make the icons translucent, then choose Light, Dark, or Auto. Add a color tint to icons and widgets: Tap Tinted. Use the sliders to choose the color and saturation (or use the eyedropper to select a color in your wallpaper). Then choose Light, Dark, or Auto. Lock or hide an app on iPad If you want to show someone something on your iPad but want peace of mind that they cant get into certain apps, you can lock or hide the apps. Locking an app requires Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to open it. Information inside a locked app wont appear in other locationsfor example, in CarPlay, notification previews, search, Siri suggestions, or your call history. When you lock or hide an app on your device, its only locked or hidden on that device. The locked or hidden status of an app doesnt sync with iCloud. Note: Children under 13 in a Family Sharing group cant lock or hide apps. Anyone aged 13 to 17 in a Family Sharing group can lock or hide or an app, but a parent or guardian in the family group can see that the app was downloaded and how much time its used, and restrict access to it using Screen Time. (These ages vary by country or region.) Lock an app Locking an app requires Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to open the app. 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Locate the app you want to lock. 3. Touch and hold the app icon until the Quick actions menu opens. 4. Tap Options, then tap Require Face ID (or Touch ID or Passcode). Note: Some of the apps that come with iPad cant be lockedincluding Calculator, Camera, Clock, Contacts, Find My, Maps, Shortcuts, and Settings. Open an app thats locked You can open and use an app that you locked. 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Locate the app you want to open. 3. Tap the app, then authenticate using Face ID (or Touch ID or a passcode). Unlock an app You can unlock an app so you no longer need to use Face ID, Touch ID, or a passcode to open it. 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Locate the app you want to unlock. 3. Touch and hold the app icon until the menu opens. 4. Tap Dont Require Face ID (or Touch ID or Passcode), then authenticate using Face ID (or Touch ID or a passcode). Hide an app Hiding an app prevents others from seeing or opening it (unless they have a way to authenticate your iPad using Face ID, Touch ID, or a passcode). When you hide an app, its name is still visible in some places, such as Screen Time, Battery Usage By App (in Settings), and your App Store purchase history. Note: Apps that come installed cant be hiddenonly apps you download separately from the App Store can be hidden. Apps that are set by the user as default web browser or app marketplace (available only in the EU) cant be hidden either. 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Locate the app you want to hide. 3. Touch and hold the app icon until the menu opens. 4. Tap Options, then tap Require Face ID (or Touch ID or Passcode). 5. Tap Hide and Require Face ID (or Touch ID or Passcode), authenticate using Face ID (or Touch ID or a passcode), then tap Hide App. The app disappears from your Home Screen and moves to the Hidden folder at the bottom of App Library. Tip: To view a list of your hidden apps, go to Settings

> Apps > Hidden Apps. Open a hidden app You can open and use an app that youve hidden. 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Swipe left past all your Home Screen pages to go to App Library. 3. Tap the Hidden folder at the bottom of App Library, then authenticate using Face ID (or Touch ID or a passcode). 4. Tap the app, then authenticate using Face ID (or Touch ID or a passcode). Unhide an app You can stop hiding an app so that you can see it. 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Swipe left past all your Home Screen pages to go to App Library. 3. Tap the Hidden folder at the bottom of App Library, then authenticate using Face ID (or Touch ID or a passcode). 4. To move the app out of the Hidden folder, touch and hold the app, tap Dont Require Face ID (or Touch ID or Passcode), then authenticate using Face ID

(or Touch ID or a passcode). The app appears near the top of App Library. Organize your apps in folders on iPad You can organize your apps into folders to make them easier to find on your Home Screen pages. Create a folder 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps begin to jiggle. 3. To create a folder, drag an app onto another app, then drag any other apps you want into the folder. A folder can contain multiple pages of apps. 4. To rename the folder, touch and hold it, tap Rename, then enter a new name. If the apps begin to jiggle, tap the Home Screen background and try again. 5. When youre finished, tap Done. Note: Organizing your apps on the Home Screen doesnt affect the organization of apps in App Library. Delete a folder from your Home Screen 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps begin to jiggle. 3. Tap the folder to open it, then drag all the apps out of it onto the Home Screen. When the folder is empty, its deleted automatically. Move an app from a folder to the Home Screen You can move an app from a folder to a Home Screen page to make it easier to find and open. 1. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Locate the folder that contains the app, then tap the folder to open it. 3. Touch and hold the app until the apps begin to jiggle. 4. Drag the app from the folder to the Home Screen. Remove or delete apps from iPad You can remove or delete some built-in apps from your iPad. If you change your mind, you can download the apps again later. Note: When you remove a built-in app from your iPad, you also delete any related user data and configuration files. Removing built-in apps from your Home Screen can also affect other system functionality. If you want to limit access to an app without deleting it, see Lock or hide an app. To block an app to prevent its use, you can use Screen Time settings. See Block apps, app downloads, websites, and purchases. Delete apps Do any of the following:

Remove an app from the Home Screen: Touch and hold the app on the Home Screen, tap Remove App, then tap Remove from Home Screen to keep it in App Library, or tap Delete App to delete it from iPad. Delete an app from App Library and the Home Screen: Touch and hold the app in App Library, tap Delete App, then tap Delete. (See Find and use your apps in App Library.) If you change your mind, you can redownload the app you delete. In addition to deleting third-party apps, you can delete the following built-in Apple apps that came with your iPad:

Books Calendar Calculator Clock Contacts (Contact information remains available through Messages, Mail, FaceTime, and other apps. To remove a contact, you must first restore Contacts if its been deleted.) FaceTime (If you remove the FaceTime app from your iPad, you can still make or receive FaceTime calls in Contacts and the Phone app, but you cant use SharePlay on your iPad unless you redownload the app. See Make FaceTime calls.) Files Find My (Removing this app doesnt turn off location sharing or Find My for your deviceit just removes the ability to view locations in the Find My app on that device.) Freeform Games Health Home Image Playground iTunes Store Magnifier Mail Maps Measure Music News Notes Passwords Photo Booth Podcasts Preview Reminders Shortcuts Stocks Tips Translate TV Voice Memos Weather Note: In the European Union, there may be other built-in apps you can delete. For more information, see Delete built-in apps from your iPhone or iPad in the European Union. Change the wallpaper on iPad On iPad, choose an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock Screen or Home Screen. You can choose from dynamic and still images. 1. Go to Settings

> Wallpaper > Add New Wallpaper. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap a button at the top of the wallpaper galleryfor example, Photos, Photo Shuffle, Live Photo, and so onto design your wallpaper with a photo, an emoji pattern, a picture of your local weather, and more. Choose wallpaper from one of the featured sets (Collections, Astronomy, Weather, and so on). 3. Tap one of the wallpaper options, then make additional changes to the Lock Screen. 4. Tap Add, then choose one of the following:

Choose whether to use the wallpaper on both the Lock Screen and Home Screen: Tap Set as Wallpaper Pair. Make further changes to the Home Screen: Tap Customize Home Screen. Tap a color to change the wallpaper color, tap to use a custom photo, or select Blur to blur the wallpaper so the apps stand out. Tip: You can set your wallpaper to change automatically by creating a personal automation in the Shortcuts app. Set a schedule for your automation, then add the Set Wallpaper action to your automation. (See the Shortcuts User Guide). Use and customize Control Center on iPad Control Center on iPad gives you instant access to useful controlsincluding Airplane Mode, Do Not Disturb, volume, screen brightness, and more. Open Control Center Swipe down from the top-right edge. You can jump to specific groups of controls by swiping down through the icons on the right edge of the screen. Swipe up through the icons to go back to the first group. To close Control Center, swipe up from the bottom center of the screen. Access more controls in Control Center Many controls offer additional options. To see available options, touch and hold a control. For example, you can do the following in Control Center:

Touch and hold the top-left group of controls, then tap options. to open the AirDrop Touch and hold to take a selfie, record a video, or take a photo. Touch and hold open). Then drag the slider to power off the iPad. at the top right of the screen (while Control Center is Customize controls You can rearrange, add, or remove controls in Control Center. 1. Open Control Center. 2. Tap at the top left of Control Center to begin editing the controls. 3. Do any of the following:

Rearrange controls: Drag a control to a new position. Remove a control or a set of controls: Tap control. at the upper left of the Resize a control: Drag the handle at the lower right edge of the control. Create a new section of controls: Tap the bottommost icon (the little circle) along the right edge of the screen, then tap Add a Control, and choose which controls to add to your custom group. Or you can drag a control off the bottom of the page to create a new section. Add more controls: Tap Add a Control to open the controls gallery, then tap a control to add it to Control Center. 4. When you finish customizing, close Control Center by swiping up from the bottom center of the screen. Temporarily disconnect from a Wi-Fi network In Control Center, tap

; to reconnect, tap it again. To see the name of the connected Wi-Fi network, touch and hold

. Because Wi-Fi isnt turned off when you disconnect from a network, AirPlay and AirDrop still work, and iPad joins known networks when you change locations or restart iPad. To turn off Wi-Fi, go to Settings Control Center, tap Center while in Airplane Mode, see Travel with iPad. ) For information about turning Wi-Fi on or off in Control

> Wi-Fi. (To turn on Wi-Fi again in Temporarily disconnect from Bluetooth devices In Control Center, tap ; to allow connections, tap the button again. Because Bluetooth isnt turned off when you disconnect from devices, location accuracy and other services are still enabled. To turn off Bluetooth, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn it off. To turn on Bluetooth again in Control Center, tap . For information about turning Bluetooth on or off in Control Center while in Airplane Mode, see Travel with iPad. Turn off access to Control Center in apps Go to Settings

> Control Center, then turn off Access Within Apps. Record audio and video on iPad You can control the settings for when you capture audio and video in apps and websitesfor example, during a videoconferenceto maximize the quality of your recording. Select an audio input source You can choose a source for recording audio in a specific app or for your device for example, a connected Bluetooth microphone or your built-in iPad microphone. 1. Open the app or go to the website you want to record from. 2. Open Control Center. 3. Tap the button for your app or browser at the top of Control Center. 4. Tap Input, then select an input device from the list. Filter out background sounds in your recording In certain apps, you can filter out background sounds in your recording and record only your voiceclear and separate from other sounds. 1. Open the app or go to the website you want to record from. 2. Open Control Center. 3. Tap the button for your app or browser at the top. 4. Tap Voice Isolation. To include the background sounds in your recording, tap Wide Spectrum, if its available. (Wide Spectrum isnt available for all apps.) Use AirPods to record audio and capture video from a distance With supported models of AirPods and AirPods Pro, you can use your AirPods to remotely record audio and video during a videoconference. To start and stop recording, press the AirPods stem. See Use AirPods with camera apps. Record audio and video with local capture During a videoconference on your iPad, you can use local capture to record high-

quality audio and video on your side of the call, with echo-cancellation of other voices. By default, local capture records both audio and video. If your camera is in use by another app, only audio is recorded. 1. Open the videoconferencing app you want to record from. 2. Open Control Center. 3. Touch and hold

. Note: If you dont see customize Control Center.)

, add it to Control Center first. (See Use and 4. Tap Start Recording. To exclude video from your recording, select Audio Only in Control Center. Note: While youre recording with local capture, Voice Isolation wont filter out background sounds, even if you select it. After the call, your recording is automatically saved in the Downloads folder of your Files app. Tap to share it with other call participants. It can be combined with other participants recordings in a post-production app (such as Logic Pro or Final Cut Pro). Adjust the screen brightness and color on iPad On iPad, you can make your screen dimmer or brighter (dimming the screen extends battery life). You can also adjust the screen color and brightness manually or automatically with Dark Mode, True Tone, and Night Shift. Adjust the screen brightness manually To make your iPad screen dimmer or brighter, do one of the following:

Open Control Center, then drag up or down. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness, then drag the slider. Adjust the screen brightness automatically iPad adjusts the screen brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility. 2. Tap Display & Text Size, then turn on Auto-Brightness. Turning off Auto-Brightness may increase power consumption. Turn Dark Mode on or off Dark Mode gives the entire iPad experience a dark color scheme thats perfect for low-light environments. With Dark Mode on, you can use your iPad while, for example, reading in bed, without disturbing the person next to you. Do any of the following:

Open Control Center, touch and hold off.

, then tap to turn Dark Mode on or Go to Settings Dark Mode or select Light to turn it off.

> Display & Brightness, then select Dark to turn on Schedule Dark Mode to turn on and off automatically You can set Dark Mode to turn on automatically at night (or on a custom schedule) in Settings. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness. 2. Turn on Automatic, then tap Options. 3. Select either Sunset to Sunrise or Custom Schedule. If you choose Custom Schedule, tap the options to schedule the times you want Dark Mode to turn on and off. If you select Sunset to Sunrise, iPad uses the data from your clock and geolocation to determine when its nighttime for you. Turn Night Shift on or off You can turn on Night Shift manually, which is helpful when youre in a darkened room during the day. Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap

. Schedule Night Shift to turn on and off automatically Schedule Night Shift to shift the colors in your display to the warmer end of the spectrum at night and make viewing the screen easier on your eyes. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness > Night Shift. 2. Turn on Scheduled. 3. To adjust the color balance for Night Shift, drag the slider below Color Temperature toward the warmer or cooler end of the spectrum. 4. Tap From, then select either Sunset to Sunrise or Custom Schedule. If you choose Custom Schedule, tap the options to schedule the times you want Night Shift to turn on and off. If you select Sunset to Sunrise, iPad uses the data from your clock and geolocation to determine when its nighttime for you. Note: The Sunset to Sunrise option isnt available if you turned off Location Services in Settings

> Privacy & Security, or if you turned off Setting Time Zone in Settings > Privacy & Security > Location Services > System Services. Turn True Tone on or off On supported models, True Tone automatically adapts the color and intensity of the display to match the light in your environment. Do any of the following:

Open Control Center, touch and hold off.

, then tap to turn True Tone on or Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness, then turn True Tone on or off. Keep the iPad display on longer The iPad display eventually dims and locks (for your security). If you need the display to stay on longer (for example, when youre navigating with Maps), you can change how long it takes iPad to automatically dim and lock. Change when iPad automatically locks You can set how long it takes iPad to automatically lock. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then choose a length of time. Delaying or preventing Auto-Lock may increase power consumption. Customize the text size and zoom setting on iPad You can increase the size of the text on your iPad display, make the text bold, and magnify the screen with Display Zoom. Increase the text size on iPad 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness. 2. Tap Text Size. 3. Drag the slider left or right to change the text size. Make the text bold on iPad 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness. 2. Turn on Bold Text. See more content within an app On supported models, you can use Display Zoom to make text and buttons smaller so that you can see more content within an app. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness. 2. Tap Display Zoom, then tap More Space. 3. Tap Done, then tap Use More Space. Change the name of your iPad You can change the name of your iPad, which is used by iCloud, AirDrop, Bluetooth, your Personal Hotspot, and your computer. 1. Go to Settings

> General > About > Name. 2. Tap

, then enter a new name Change the date and time on iPad The time zone on your iPad is set automatically, but if you dont have Location Services on or you dont have service, you can change it manually. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Date & Time. 2. Turn off Set Automatically, then tap Time Zone. 3. Enter a location in the search field, then tap the result to change the time zone. Tip: To change the font color and style of the clock on the Lock Screen, see Create a custom Lock Screen. Change the language and region on iPad You choose the language and region of your iPad during setup. If you travel or move, you can change the language or region. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Language & Region. 2. Set the following:

The language for iPad Your preferred form of address. (Available for some primary languages for example, Spanish.) Choose feminine, masculine, or neutral. Turn on Share with All Apps so all apps personalize how they address you. The region The calendar format The temperature unit (Celsius or Fahrenheit) The measurement system (metric, US, or UK) The first day of the week Live Text (text you can select in images to copy or take action on) The date format The numbers format 3. To add a keyboard for another language, go to Settings > General >

Keyboard > Keyboards, then tap Add New Keyboard. Change the default apps on iPad You can select alternative, third-party appsfor email, messaging, calling, call filtering, web browsing, passwords, or keyboardsas defaults to launch instead of the built-in Apple apps. Make sure the app you want to switch to supports this feature. If you arent sure, contact the app developer. Change your default apps 1. Go to Settings

> Apps > Default Apps. 2. Tap any of the following:

Email: To change the default app for sending and receiving email. Messaging: To change the default app for sending and receiving messages. Calling: To change the default app for making and receiving calls. Call Filtering: To turn on or off call blocking and identification options. Browser App: To change the default app to open links on the web. Translation: To change the default app used to translate text. Passwords & Codes: This section allows you to turn on or off AutoFill Passwords and Passkeys for apps and websites, and password, passkey, and code-generation and verification apps. Keyboards: To add or delete keyboards and third-party keyboard apps. 3. Select the app you want to use as the default. Change your default search engine on iPad You can select an alternative search engine as the default to search for content on the web. 1. Go to Settings

> Search > Search Engine. 2. Tap the search engine you want to set as the default, then tap . See Choose a search engine on iPad. Rotate your iPad screen Many apps give you a different view when you rotate iPad. Rotate the screen 1. To make sure the rotation lock is off, open Control Center, then tap if its red. 2. Turn your iPad sideways. Lock or unlock the screen orientation You can lock the screen orientation so that it doesnt change when you rotate iPad. Open Control Center, then tap

. When the screen orientation is locked, appears in the status bar. Set up Focus, notifications, and Do Not Disturb View and respond to notifications on iPad Notifications help you keep track of whats newthey let you know if you missed a call, if the date of an event moved, and more. You can customize your notifications so you see only whats important to you. Note: While youre using an app, you might be asked how you want to receive notifications from itimmediately, not at all, or in a scheduled summary. You can change this setting later in Settings > Notifications. Find your notifications in Notification Center Unless you have notifications silenced with a Focus or Do Not Disturb, iPad displays notifications as they arrive. If you dont read one right away, its saved in Notification Center so you can check it later. To see your notifications in Notification Center, do any of the following:

On the Lock Screen: Swipe up from the middle of the screen. On other screens: Swipe down from the top center. Then you can scroll up to see older notifications, if there are any. To close Notification Center, swipe up from the bottom with one finger, or press the Home button (on supported models). Respond to notifications When you have multiple notifications in Notification Center or on the Lock Screen, theyre grouped by app, which makes them easier to view and manage. Notifications from some apps may also be grouped by organizing features within the app, such as by topic or thread. Grouped notifications appear as small stacks, with the most recent notification on top. Do any of the following:

To expand a group of notifications to see them individually: Tap the group. To close the group, tap Show Less. To view a notification and perform quick actions if the app offers them:

Touch and hold the notification. To open a notifications app: Tap the notification, then tap Open. To respond to a notification when iPad is locked: Touch and hold the notification. Schedule a notification summary You can reduce distractions in your day by scheduling your notifications to be delivered as a summaryyou choose which notifications to include in the summary and what time you want to receive it. The notification summary is personalized to you and intelligently ordered by priority, based on your current activity, with the most relevant notifications at the top. The summary is especially useful because it allows you to engage with notifications on your own time. You can take this even further by using Focus to filter notifications while you concentrate on an activity. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Scheduled Summary, then turn on Scheduled Summary. 2. Set a time for your summary to appear. If you want to receive another summary, tap Add Summary. 3. Select the apps to include in your summary. 4. Tap A to Z below Apps in Summary, then make sure the apps you want to include in your summary are turned on. Note: If an app you want to include in your Notification Summary doesnt appear in the A to Z list, you may need to turn on Allow Notifications for the app. Go to Settings > Notifications, tap the app, then turn on Allow Notifications. See Change notification settings. View, dismiss, clear, and mute notifications When notifications appear on your iPad, do any of the following:

Handle a notification you receive while using another app: Pull it down to view it, then swipe up to dismiss it. Clear notifications: Swipe left on a notification or group of notifications, then tap Clear or Clear All. Mute notifications for an app: Swipe left on the notification or group of notifications, tap Options, then tap an option to mute the apps notifications for an hour or a day. This sends them directly to Notification Center and prevents them from appearing on the Lock Screen, playing a sound, lighting up the screen, or presenting a banner. To see and hear these notifications again, swipe left on a notification in Notification Center, tap Options, then tap Unmute. Turn off notifications for an app or notification group: Swipe left on a notification or group of notifications, tap Options, then tap Turn Off. Change how an app displays notifications: Swipe left on a notification, tap Options, then tap View Settings. See Change notification settings to learn about the settings you can change. Clear all your notifications in Notification Center: Go to Notification Center, tap

, then tap Clear. Silence all notifications: Turn on Do Not Disturb. See Turn on or schedule a Focus. When you havent used an app for a while, Siri suggests that you turn off notifications for that app. Show recent notifications on the Lock Screen You can allow access to Notification Center on the Lock Screen. 1. Go to Settings

, then, depending on your model, tap one of the following. Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Enter your passcode. 3. Turn on Notification Center (below Allow Access When Locked). Summarize notifications with Apple Intelligence If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use Apple Intelligence to summarize long or stacked notifications, making them easier to understand at a glance. See Summarize notifications and reduce interruptions with Apple Intelligence. View priority notifications with Apple Intelligence If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use Apple Intelligence to prioritize time-

sensitive notifications, so you can catch up on what you may have missed. See Summarize notifications and reduce interruptions with Apple Intelligence.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Change notification settings on iPad Choose when and how notifications appear, which apps can send them, and what sounds they make. You can also set up location-based alerts. Many notification settings apply to all app notifications, while others can be customized for individual apps. Change the appearance of notifications 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. Choose how you want notifications displayed on the Lock Screen:

View just the number of notifications: Tap Count. View the notifications grouped into stacks by app: Tap Stack. View the notifications in a list: Tap List. When notifications arrive, you can change the layout by pinching the notifications on the Lock Screen. To turn off notifications for an app, go to Settings then turn off Allow Notifications.

> Notifications, tap the app, Prevent notification previews from appearing on the Lock Screen You can choose when to have notification previews from an app appear on your Lock Screen. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications, then tap an app below Notification Style. 2. Scroll down, tap Show Previews, then select one of the following:

Always When Unlocked Never Change the frequency of notifications To minimize interruptions from notifications throughout the day, you can schedule a notification summary that includes notifications for several apps at once. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Scheduled Summary. 2. Turn on Scheduled Summary, then tap Continue. 3. Schedule times for the notification summary to appear. 4. Select the apps to include in your notification summary, then tap Add Apps. 5. To choose when you want notification previews to appear, tap Show Previews, select an option, then tap at the top of the screen. Previews can include things like text (from Messages and Mail) and invitation details (from Calendar). You can override this setting for individual apps. When you use Focus, it delays the delivery of notifications on iPad to prevent interruptions. You can schedule a time to receive a summary of the notifications you missed. See Schedule a notification summary. Choose notification sounds for individual apps You can choose the sound that plays when a notification arrives for an app. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. Tap an app below Notification Style, then turn on Allow Notifications. 3. Tap Sounds, select a sound, then tap at the top of the screen. You can choose immediate or scheduled delivery for the apps notifications, where you want them to appear (on the Lock Screen, in Notification Center, or as a banner at the top of the screen), and more. Turn off notifications selectively for individual apps 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. Tap an app, then turn off Allow Notifications. Turn off location-based alerts Some apps use your location to send you relevant alerts based on where you are. For example, the Weather app might send you alerts based on your location. If you dont want to see these types of alerts, you can turn them off. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services. 2. Turn on Location Services. 3. Tap an app (if any appear in the list), then choose whether you want to share your location while using that app. Set up a Focus on iPad Focus is a feature that helps you concentrate on a task by minimizing distractions. When you want to focus on a specific activity, you can customize one of the provided Focus optionsfor example Work, Personal, or Sleepor create a Custom Focus. You can use Focus to temporarily silence all notificationsor allow only specific notificationsones that apply to your task, for exampleand let other people and apps know youre busy. f Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can also use the Reduce Interruptions Focus, which uses Apple Intelligence to show you only the most important notifications. See Use the Reduce Interruptions Focus. Tip: To quickly silence all notifications, open Control Center, tap Focus, then turn on Do Not Disturb. Set up a Focus 1. Go to Settings

> Focus, then tap a Focusfor example, Do Not Disturb, Personal, or Work. For your Focus, you can set up the options described in the steps below, but you dont have to set up all of them. 2. Specify which people and apps to allow notifications from during your Focus:

, select People: Tap People, then tap Allow Notifications From. Tap contacts, tap Done, then tap at the top of the screen. You can also silence specific people by tapping Silence Notifications From instead. Apps: Tap Apps, then tap Allow Notifications From. Tap tap Done, then tap at the top of the screen. You can also silence specific apps by tapping Silence Notification From instead.

, select apps, 3. Tap Options, then do any of the following:

Show silenced notifications in Notification Center instead of on the Lock Screen: Turn off Show On Lock Screen. Darken the Lock Screen during this Focus: Turn on Dim Lock Screen. Hide notification badges on Home Screen apps: Turn on Hide Notification Badges. Dim the Lock Screen during this Focus: Turn on Dim Lock Screen. Intelligently allow important notifications to interrupt you: If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, turn on Intelligent Breakthrough & Silencing. Any notifications specifically allowed or silenced will always be allowed or silenced. 4. When youre finished selecting options, tap at the top of the screen. 5. Specify the Lock Screen and Home Screen options:

Choose the Lock Screen for this Focus: Tap the Lock Screen preview below Choose a Lock Screen, select a Lock Screen, then tap

. Choose the Home Screen for this Focus: Tap the Home Screen preview below Choose a Home Screen Page, select a Home Screen page, tap Done, then tap at the top of the screen. Note: To make changes to the Home Screen to customize it further for your Focus, see Move apps and widgets on the Home Screen. After setting up your Focus, you can return to Settings > Focus at any time and change any of the options you chose above. Turn a Focus on or off You can turn a Focus on or off manually in Control Center or schedule the Focus to turn on automatically. Add Focus filters When you set up a Focus, you can add app filters that determine what information apps will show during the Focus. For example, you can choose which mail account or which calendar to use during the Focus. 1. Go to Settings > Focus, then tap the Focus you want to add filters to. 2. Tap Customize Focus, then tap Add Filter (below Focus Filters). 3. Tap an app, tap Choose, then select the information from that app you want to see during the Focus:

Calendar: Choose which calendar you want to show during the Focus. Mail: Choose which mail accounts you want to use during the Focus. Messages: Choose which message conversations you want to see during the Focusfor example, only conversations from people youve allowed notifications from during this Focus. Safari: Choose which Tab Group you want to use during the Focus. 4. Tap Add to add the filter to the Focus. Note: Focus filters dont get synced across devices when you have Share Across Devices turned on in Settings > Focus. Create a custom Focus If you want to focus on an activity thats different from any of the provided Focus options, you can create a custom Focus. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Tap at the top right, then tap Custom. 3. Enter a name for your Focus, then tap Return. 4. Choose a color and an icon to represent your Focus, then tap Next. 5. Tap Customize Focus, then set up the options for your custom Focus, following the instructions in Set up a Focus. Keep your Focus settings up to date across all your Apple devices You can use the same Focus settings on all your Apple devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Turn on Share Across Devices. Note: When you turn on Share Across Devices and turn on Share Focus Status, your Focus can show that you have notifications silenced. For example, if you silence notifications when you Set up a Focus, people who text you will see that your notifications are silenced. You can change this setting for specific people on their contact card.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Allow or silence notifications for a Focus Allow or silence notifications for a Focus on iPad When you set up a Focus, you can select people and apps you want to receive notifications from. For example, set up a Work Focus and allow only notifications from your coworkers and the apps you use for work. Allow or silence notifications from specific people during a Focus 1. Go to Settings

> Focus, then choose a Focusfor example, Do Not Disturb, Personal, Sleep, or Work. 2. Tap People (or Choose People), then do any of the following:

Allow specific people: Tap Allow Notifications From, tap from your contacts.

, then select You can also turn on options to allow calls from certain groups of people and allow repeated calls (two or more calls from the same person within 3 minutes). Silence specific people: Tap Silence Notifications From, tap select from your contacts.

, then You can also turn on Allow Calls From Silenced People. Note: Regardless of your Focus settings, you can allow calls from your emergency contacts to come through. See Allow calls from emergency contacts when notifications are silenced, below. When Intelligent Breakthrough & Silencing is on, Apple Intelligence* allows important notifications to interrupt you and silences notifications determined not to be important. See Summarize notifications and reduce interruptions with Apple Intelligence. Allow or silence notifications from specific apps during a Focus 1. Go to Settings

> Focus, then choose a Focusfor example, Do Not Disturb, Personal, Sleep, or Work. 2. Tap Apps (or tap Choose Apps), then do one of the following:

Allow specific apps: Tap Allow Notifications From, tap apps.

, then select Silence specific apps: Tap Silence Notifications From, tap select apps.

, then Note: You can allow or silence notifications from specific web apps youve added to your Home Screen. (See Add a website icon to your Home Screen.) You can also turn on Time Sensitive Notifications, which allows all apps to send time-sensitive notifications immediately. Share your Focus status When you use a Focus, it limits the notifications you receive from people and apps, to reflect the settings you specified when you set up the Focus. When youre using a Focus and have Focus Status turned on and others try to contact you, they may see that you have notifications silenced, but not the name of the Focus youre using. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus > Focus Status. 2. Turn on Share Focus Status, then select the Focus options you want to share your Focus status from. Control what Focus Status you share For each Focus option you set up (Do Not Disturb, Personal, Work, and so on), you can choose whether to share your Focus status while youre using that Focus. When you have Focus status turned on for a Focus youre using, people who try to contact you (using Messages, for example) may see that you have notifications silenced. You can prevent messages about your Focus status from appearing in apps. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus > Focus Status. 2. Turn off Share Focus Status. Alternatively, you can turn off the Focus options you dont want to share your Focus status from (below Share From). Allow calls from emergency contacts when notifications are silenced You can allow sounds from emergency contacts to come through even when your iPad or notifications are silenced. 1. Open Contacts

. 2. Select a contact, then tap Edit. 3. Tap Ringtone or Text Tone, then turn on Emergency Bypass.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Turn on or schedule a Focus on iPad To use a Focus, you can turn it on directly in Control Center, or schedule it to turn on automatically. Turn on a Focus in Control Center 1. Open Control Center, tap Focus, then tap the Focus you want to turn on (for example, Do Not Disturb). Note: If another Focus is already on, it turns off when you tap the new one. 2. To choose an ending point for the Focus, tap next to the Focus, select an option (such as For 1 hour or Until I leave this location), then tap again. When a Focus is on, its icon (for example, status bar and on the Lock Screen, and your status is automatically displayed in the Messages app. Your friends can see that youve silenced notifications, but they can still notify you if something is urgent. for Do Not Disturb) appears in the Note: You can also turn a Focus on or off by going to Settings > Focus, tapping the Focus, then turning it on. Schedule a Focus to turn on or off You can schedule a Focus to turn on at certain times, when youre at a particular location, or when you open a specific app. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus, then tap the Focus you want to schedule. If a time appears below Set a Schedule, you can tap it to set a schedule for turning the Focus on and off. 2. To have the Focus turn on automatically at a certain time based on cues like your location or app usage, tap Add Schedule or Smart Activation, turn on Smart Activation, then tap at the top of the screen. 3. Tap Add Schedule, then set the times, a location, or an app you want to activate this Focus. Note: When you set up a Sleep Focus, it follows the sleep schedule set in the Health app on iPhone. To add or edit a sleep schedule, open the Health app on iPhone, tap Browse, then tap Sleep. Turn a Focus on or off using Siri You can use Siri to turn a Focus on or off. Ask Siri something like, Turn on the Work Focus. Learn how to use Siri. Turn off a Focus When youre finished using a Focus, you can quickly turn it off to allow notifications again. After you turn off a Focus, it still appears in Control Center and can be reused. 1. Do any of the following:

Touch and hold the Focus icon on the Lock Screen. Open Control Center, then tap Focus. 2. Tap the Focus thats on to turn it off. Delete a Focus When you no longer need a Focus you set up, you can delete it. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Tap the Focus, scroll to the bottom of the screen, then tap Delete Focus. If you delete a provided Focus, you need to set it up again by going to Settings >

Focus, then tapping

. Customize sharing options in an iPad app You can choose which options appear in an apps Share menu and rearrange the options. 1. Open a document in the app, then tap . 2. Swipe left over the row of buttons, tap More, then tap Edit. 3. Do any of the following:

Show an option: Tap to turn it on. Hide an option: Tap to turn it off. Add an option to Favorites: Tap

. Remove an option from Favorites: Tap

. Change the order of options in Favorites: Drag next to any option. 4. Tap Done. Work with text and graphics Enter, select, and revise text Type with the onscreen keyboard on iPad You can use the onscreen keyboard to enter and edit text. You can also use Dictation, an external keyboard, and Apple Pencil to enter text. Enter text using the onscreen keyboard In any app that allows text editing, open the onscreen keyboard by tapping a text field. You can pinch closed to shrink the keyboard, then tap individual keys to type, or use QuickPath to type by sliding from one letter to the next without lifting your finger (not available for all languages). To end a word, lift your finger. (If you tap after sliding to type a word, it deletes the whole word.) You can drag the smaller keyboard from the bottom of the screen to move it wherever you want for easy one-handed typing. To return to the full-size keyboard, pinch open. On the full-size keyboard, you tap keys to type. While entering text, you can do any of the following on both the smaller keyboard and the full-size keyboard:

Type uppercase letters: Tap

, or touch

, then slide to a letter. Turn on Caps Lock: Double-tap

. Quickly end a sentence with a period and a space: Double-tap the Space bar. Enter numbers, punctuation, or symbols: Tap or

. Correct spelling: Tap a misspelled word (underlined in red) to see suggested corrections, then tap a suggestion to replace the word, or type the correction. Undo autocorrect: As you type, misspelled words are automatically corrected and temporarily underlined so you know whats been changed; to revert to the spelling as you typed it, tap the underlined word, then tap the spelling you want to use. Undo the last edit: Swipe left with three fingers, then tap Undo at the top of the screen; or tap

. Redo the last edit: Swipe right with three fingers, then tap Redo at the top of the screen; or tap

. Hide the onscreen keyboard: Tap

. See Select and edit text. Turn on keyboard sounds You can customize keyboard settings to hear clicking as you type. Go to Settings

> Sounds, then turn on Keyboard Clicks. Turn the onscreen keyboard into a trackpad You can turn the onscreen keyboard into a trackpad to easily move and place the insertion point. 1. Touch and hold the Space bar with one finger until the keyboard turns light gray. 2. To move the insertion point, drag your finger around the keyboard. To select text, touch and hold the keyboard with a second finger, then adjust the selection by moving the first finger around the keyboard. See Select, cut, copy, and paste text for more ways to select text. Enter accented letters or other characters while typing While typing, touch and hold the letter, number, or symbol on the keyboard thats related to the character you want. For example, to enter , touch and hold the e key, then slide your finger and release it on the option you want. You can also do any of the following:

On a Thai keyboard: To choose native numbers, touch and hold the related Arabic number. On a Chinese, Japanese, or Arabic keyboard: Tap a suggested character or candidate at the top of the keyboard to enter it, or swipe left to see more candidates. Note: To view the full candidate list, tap the up arrow on the right. To return to the short list, tap the down arrow. Move text 1. In a text editing app, select the text you want to move. 2. Touch and hold the selected text until it lifts up, then drag it to another location within the app. If you change your mind about moving the text, lift your finger before dragging, or drag the text off the screen. Change keyboard settings You can turn special typing featuressuch as predictive text and auto-correction off and on. 1. While typing on the onscreen keyboard, touch and hold or

, then tap Keyboard Settings. Or go to Settings

> General > Keyboard. 2. Turn the typing features (below All Keyboards) on or off. Dictate text on iPad With Dictation on iPad, you can dictate text anywhere you can type it. You can use typing or handwriting with Dictation. Either the keyboard or tools palette can stay open during Dictation so you can easily switch between speaking and typing or handwriting to enter and edit text. For example, you can select text with touch or Apple Pencil and replace it with your voice. Dictation requests are processed on your device in many languagesno internet connection is required. When you dictate in a search field, your dictated text may be sent to the search provider to process the search. Note: Dictation may not be available in all languages or in all countries or regions, and features may vary. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. When using Dictation, cellular data charges may apply. (See View or change cellular data settings.) Turn on Dictation 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap Keyboard. 3. Turn on Enable Dictation. If a prompt appears, tap Enable Dictation. To learn more about how Apple protects your information and lets you choose what you share, tap About Dictation & Privacy below Dictation, or see the Apple Privacy website. If youre using an external keyboard, see Dictate text while using an Apple external keyboard. Dictate text Dictate text and use voice commands to edit and format content. 1. Tap in the text field to place the insertion point where you want to begin dictating text. 2. Tap on the onscreen keyboard (or in any text field where it appears). 3. When appears near the insertion point in the text field, begin to dictate your text. 4. Do any of the following:

Add emoji: Say the name of an emoji, like heart emoji or car emoji. Add punctuation: Say the name of the punctuation mark, such as exclamation point. Note: In supported languages, Dictation automatically inserts commas, periods, and question marks as you dictate. To turn off automatic punctuation, go to Settings Punctuation.

> General > Keyboard, then turn off Auto-

Add a line break: Say new line or new paragraph. Edit text: Say select or delete followed by the phrase you want to change. Spell a word: Say something like Lets invite Steven S-T-E-P-H-E-N, or Change tea to T-E-E. Undo or repeat a command: Say undo or redo if you change your mind or want to repeat a command. 5. When youre done, tap or say stop dictation. Dictation stops automatically when you stop speaking for 30 seconds. For a full list of the commands you can use while dictating, see Commands for dictating text. When you use a keyboard for another language, you can use Dictation in that language as well. See Add or change keyboards. Turn off Dictation 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap Keyboard. 3. Turn off Enable Dictation. Commands for dictating text on iPad When you dictate text, you can say commands for punctuation, formatting, capitalization, and more. In some languages, you can insert emoji using your voice while dictating. The commands listed below are always available while youre dictating text. Note: Dictation may not be available in all languages or in all countries or regions, and features may vary. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. When using Dictation, cellular data charges may apply. (See View or change cellular data settings.) Punctuation Command Period Comma Exclamation point Question mark Dollar sign Open parenthesis Close parenthesis Quote End quote Colon Semicolon Hashtag Result

For some languages, Dictation automatically adds certain punctuation as you dictate text. Format text Command Cap Result Capitalize the next word Caps on caps off Capitalize the first character of each enclosed word All caps Make the next word all uppercase All caps on all caps off Make the enclosed words all uppercase No caps on no caps off Make the enclosed words all lowercase No space Eliminate the space between two words (not available for all languages) No space on no space off Run a series of words together (not available for all languages) New paragraph Start a new paragraph New line Start a new line Change, insert, and delete text Dictation commands to edit text are available in U.S. English on supported iPad models. Command Change to Result Replace existing text with new text Insert before Insert new text before existing text Insert after Insert new text after existing text Select Delete Delete all Undo Redo Insert emoji Select text Delete text Delete all text Undo the action Redo the action You can insert emoji while dictating in certain languages. (For supported languages, see the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website.) For example, say heart emoji for commands and the corresponding result. See below for more examples of emoji or car emoji for Result Command Smiley emoji Halo emoji Laugh out loud emoji Heart eyes emoji Amazing emoji Yum emoji Congrats emoji Result Command Goofy emoji Sick emoji Scream emoji Hug emoji Fingers crossed emoji Purple heart emoji Cheers emoji Celebrate emoji Speech balloon emoji Puppy emoji Music emoji Rainbow emoji Present emoji Move the iPad onscreen keyboard Depending on your iPad model, you can type with the onscreen keyboard either floating and movable on the screen, split at the bottom of the screen, or undocked in the middle of the screen. Use a floating keyboard You can make the onscreen keyboard float and move it anywhere on the screen by dragging from the bottom of the screen. To come: screen update with 3 dots on floating keyboard 1. Tap in a text field to open the onscreen keyboard. 2. Touch and hold

, slide your finger to Floating, then release. A miniature version of the keyboard opens. 3. To reposition the keyboard, touch and hold

, and drag the keyboard to a new place. 4. Tap keys or type by sliding from one letter to the next without lifting your finger (not available for all languages). 5. To return the keyboard to full width, pinch the floating version open. You can also tap

, then tap Full. Turn Split Keyboard on On models that support Split Keyboard, do one of the following to turn the Split Keyboard setting on:

Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn Split Keyboard on or off. Touch and hold or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then select Split Keyboard. Split the keyboard When Split Keyboard is turned on in Settings, tap in a text field to open the onscreen keyboard, then do any of the following:

Split the keyboard: Touch and hold

, slide your finger to Split, then release. Put the split keyboard back together: Touch and hold Merge, then release.

, slide your finger to Undock the keyboard When Split Keyboard is turned on in Settings, you can undock the keyboard so that it moves up from the bottom of the screen (available on models that support Split Keyboard). 1. Tap in a text field to open the onscreen keyboard. 2. Touch and hold

, slide your finger to Undock, then release. The keyboard moves up off the bottom of the screen. You can type with the keyboard in this position. 3. To return the undocked keyboard to its original position, touch and hold

, slide your finger to Dock, then release. Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPad In apps on iPad, you can use the onscreen keyboard to select and edit text in text fields. Select and edit text 1. To select text, do any of the following:

Select a word: Double-tap with one finger. Select a paragraph: Triple-tap with one finger. Select a block of text: Double-tap and hold the first word in the block, then drag to the last word. 2. After selecting the text you want to revise, you can type, or tap the selection to see editing options:

Cut: Tap Cut or pinch closed with three fingers two times. Copy: Tap Copy or pinch closed with three fingers. Paste: Tap Paste or pinch open with three fingers. Replace: View suggested replacement text, or have Siri suggest alternative text. Format: Format the selected text. View more options. Tip: To move text without cutting or copying, touch and hold selected text until it lifts up, then drag the text to another location. Insert text by typing 1. Place the insertion point where you want to insert text by doing any of the following:

Tap where you want to add text. Touch and hold to magnify the text, then move the insertion point by dragging it. Note: To navigate a long document, touch and hold the right edge of the document, then drag the scroller to locate the text you want to revise. 2. Type (or paste) the text you want to add. You can use Universal Clipboard to cut or copy something as you normally would on one Apple device and paste it to another. See Copy and paste between devices. Use predictive text on iPad Using predictive text, you can write and complete entire sentences with just a few taps. As you type text on the iPad keyboard, you see choices for words, emoji, and information that youd probably type next (not available for all languages). In Messages, for example, when you type something like:

Im at followed by a space, your current location appears as an option My number is followed by a space, your phone number appears as an option You also see predictions inline that complete the word or phrase youre currently typing. Apply inline text predictions As you type, predictions that complete the word or phrase youre typing appear inline in gray text. Tap the Space bar to accept the prediction for the word or phrase; keep typing to reject it. If you accept an inline prediction and then change your mind, tap word you were in the process of typing.

, then tap the Note: Inline predictive text may not be supported in your language. See iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability. Apply predictive text As you type, suggested words, emoji, and information appear above the onscreen keyboard; tap a suggestion to apply it. Note: When you accept a suggested word, a space is automatically entered after the suggestion. If you enter a comma, period, or other punctuation, that space is automatically deleted. To reject the suggestions, tap your original word (shown as the option within quotation marks), or just continue to type. Turn predictive text off or on With an onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold then turn Predictive Text off or on. or

, tap Keyboard Settings, With an external keyboard: Go to Settings off Predictive Text.

> General > Keyboard, then turn When you turn off Predictive Text, iPad may still try to suggest corrections for misspelled words. To accept a correction, enter a space or punctuation, or tap Return. To reject a correction, tap the x. If you reject the same suggestion a few times, iPad stops suggesting it. Note: Turning off the Predictive Text setting turns off both predictive text and inline text predictions. Save keystrokes with text replacements on iPad On iPad, set up a text replacement you can use to enter a word or phrase by typing just a few characters. For example, type omw to enter On my way! That ones already set up for you, but you can also add your own. Create a text replacement 1. Do one of the following:

With an onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold Settings, then tap Text Replacement. or

, tap Keyboard With an external keyboard: Go to Settings then tap Text Replacement.

> General > Keyboard, 2. Tap at the top right. 3. Type a phrase in the Phrase field and the text shortcut you want to use for it in the Shortcut field. Have a word or phrase you use and dont want it corrected?

1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then tap Text Replacement. 2. Tap at the top right, then enter your word or phrase in the Phrase field, but leave the Shortcut field blank. Create a text replacement for word and input pairs When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a text replacement for word and input pairs. The text replacement is added to your personal dictionary. When you type the text shortcut for a word or input while using a supported keyboard, the paired word or input is substituted for the shortcut. Shortcuts are available for the following:

Simplified Chinese: Pinyin Traditional Chinese: Pinyin and Zhuyin Japanese: Romaji and Kana Use iCloud to keep your personal dictionary up to date on your other devices Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on iCloud Drive. Reset your personal dictionary 1. Go to Settings

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad > Reset, then tap Reset Keyboard Dictionary. 2. Tap Reset Keyboard Dictionary. All custom words and shortcuts are deleted, and the keyboard dictionary returns to its default state. Add or change keyboards on iPad You can add keyboards for writing or using Dictation in different languages on your iPad. You can also change the layout of your onscreen or external keyboard. If you add keyboards for other languages, you can type in two languages without having to switch between keyboards. Your keyboard automatically switches between the two languages you use most often. (Not available for all languages.) Add or remove a keyboard for another language 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard. 2. Tap Keyboards, then do any of the following:

Add a keyboard: Tap Add New Keyboard, then choose a keyboard from the list. Repeat to add more keyboards. Remove a keyboard: Tap Edit, tap remove, tap Delete, then tap Done. next to the keyboard you want to Reorder your keyboard list: Tap Edit, drag new place in the list, then tap Done. next to a keyboard to a If you add a keyboard for a different language, the corresponding language is automatically added to the Preferred Language Order list. You can view this list and add languages to it directly in Settings > General > Language & Region. You can also reorder the list to change how apps and websites display text. Switch to another keyboard On the onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold keyboard you want to switch to. or

, then tap the name of the You can also tap tapping to access other enabled keyboards. or to switch from one keyboard to another. Continue On an external keyboard: Press and hold Control, then press the Space bar to cycle between English, emoji, and other keyboards you add for another language. With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can also press to switch from one keyboard to another. Assign an alternative layout to a keyboard You can use an alternative keyboard layout that doesnt match the keys on your keyboard. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Keyboards. 2. Tap a language at the top of the screen, then select an alternative layout from the list. Add emoji, Memoji, and stickers with the iPad keyboard As you type, you can use the iPad keyboard to enter emoji, Memoji, and stickers to express yourself in messages and documents. Add an emoji, Memoji, or sticker Use the emoji keyboard to replace text and bring words to life. 1. Tap a text field, then tap or to switch to the emoji keyboard. 2. Swipe left or right to browse emoji, Memoji, and stickers, or tap a symbol below the emoji keyboard to jump to that category. Emoji, Memoji, and stickers you recently used appear in the Frequently Used section of the emoji keyboard. 3. Tap an image to add it to your text field. To see variations of an emojisuch as different skin tonestouch and hold the emoji, then drag your finger and release it on the variation you like. 4. Tap ABC to return to the regular keyboard. Tip: As you use the keyboard to type, words that can be replaced with emoji appear above the keyboard; tap the emoji to apply it in place of the text. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can create custom emojicalled Genmoji. See Create your own emoji with Genmoji. Make a sticker with the iPad keyboard In supported apps, you can make a new sticker from images in your photo library as you type a message with your iPad keyboard. 1. Tap a text field, then tap or to switch to the emoji keyboard. 2. Tap

, then tap

. To search your photo library, enter a term in the search field at the top of screen, or tap a category such as People or Animals. 3. Tap the photo you want to use, then tap Add Sticker. The sticker is automatically added to your sticker collection. Make or edit Memoji with the iPad keyboard In supported apps, you can create a Memoji as you type a message with your iPad keyboard. You can also edit, delete, or duplicate a Memoji that you already created. 1. Tap a text field, then tap or to switch to the emoji keyboard. 2. Tap , then tap to make your first Memoji or tap to edit, delete, duplicate, or make additional Memoji. 3. Follow the instructions on the screen to make your Memoji, then tap Done. The Memoji is automatically added to your Memoji collection.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Capture and record the iPad screen Take a screenshot on iPad When you need to capture whats on your iPad screen, take a picture of it so you can view it later, share it with others, or attach it to documents. You can grab a full screenshot or save a specific portion. Take a screenshot 1. Quickly press and release the top button and either volume button at the same time. 2. Edit, send, save, or cancel the screenshot. Take a screenshot with an iPad that has a Home button 1. Quickly press and release the top button and the Home button at the same time. 2. Tap the screenshot thumbnail in the lower-left corner of the screen 3. Edit, send, save, or cancel the screenshot. Edit, send, save, or cancel the screenshot After you take a screenshot, do any of the following:

Crop: Drag the handles to save only the portion you want. Annotate: Tap

, then use the Markup tools. Share: Tap , then choose a sharing option. Save: Tap

, then choose an option. By default, screenshots are saved to your photo library in the Photos app. To see all your screenshots, open Photos, tap Collections, scroll down to Media Types, then tap Screenshots. Cancel or delete: Tap

. Take a full-page screenshot You can take a screenshot of content that exceeds the length of your iPad screen, such as an entire webpage in Safari. 1. Do one of the following:

On an iPad with Face ID: Quickly press and release the top button and either volume button at the same time. On an iPad with a Home button: Quickly press and release the top button and the Home button at the same time. 2. Tap the screenshot thumbnail in the lower-left corner of the screen. 3. Tap Full Page, tap Done, then do one of the following:

Scroll down: Drag your finger on the preview image on the right to see more of the screen shot. Crop: Tap

, then drag the handles to save only the portion you want. Save as an image: Tap

, then tap Save to Photos. Save a PDF: Tap

, tap Save PDF to Files, then choose a location. Cancel or delete: Tap

. Other ways to take screenshots Here are some alternate ways to take a screenshot:

Apple Pencil: Swipe up diagonally from either corner at the bottom of the screen. AssistiveTouch: Use AssistiveTouch if you prefer tapping the touchscreen to using hardware buttons. Voice command: Activate Siri. Change the default settings for screenshots You can adjust the screen capture settings so that screenshots appear in full screen or as temporary thumbnails in the bottom-left corner. You can also save screenshots in SDR or HDR format. See Change the screen capture settings. Take a screen recording on iPad You can make a screen recording to capture whats happening on your iPad screen and save it as a video. You can even turn on the microphone to add audio. Record the iPad screen 1. Swipe down from the top-right corner of the screen to open Control Center. 2. Touch and hold the background of the screen, then tap Add a Control. 3. In the controls gallery, tap Screen Recording to add it to Control Center, then tap anywhere on the screen to return to Control Center. Note: After you add Screen Recording to Control Center, you dont need to add it again for future recordings. 4. Tap

, then wait for the 3-second countdown to start recording. 5. To stop recording, tap the red circle at the top of the screen, then tap . Take a screen recording with audio 1. Swipe down from the top-right corner of the screen to open Control Center. 2. Touch and hold

, tap Microphone to turn it on, tap Start Recording, then wait for the 3-second countdown to start recording. Screen recordings are automatically saved to your photo library in the Photos app. To see all your screen recordings, open Photos, tap Collections, scroll down to Media Types, then tap Screen Recordings. Note: Some apps might not allow you to record their content. You cant record your screen and use screen mirroring at the same time. Change the screen capture settings on iPad In Settings, you can customize how screenshots and screen recordings work on your iPad. Preview screenshots as thumbnails After you take a screenshot, it appears in full screen by default. If you prefer a temporary thumbnail preview in the bottom-left corner, do the following:

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap Screen Capture. 3. Turn off Full-Screen Previews. Use Markup tools Write and draw in documents with Markup on iPad In supported apps, such as Notes and Photos, you can use the Markup tools to draw and sketch in your documents. You can also use the Markup tools to annotate screenshots, PDFs, and more. Open the Markup toolbar To open the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap the following:

or Markup, then do any of Move the Markup toolbar: Drag the toolbar to any edge of the screen.

(Drag from the middle edge of the toolbar closest to the center of the screen.) Automatically minimize the toolbar when youre drawing or entering text: Tap

, then turn on Auto-minimize. To show the full toolbar again, tap the minimized version. Hide the toolbar: Tap or Done. Write and draw 1. In a supported app, tap or Markup. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap the pen, marker, or pencil tool, then write or draw with your finger or Apple Pencil (on supported iPad models). While writing or drawing, do any of the following:

Change the line weight: Tap the selected drawing tool in the toolbar, then choose an option. Change the opacity: Tap the selected drawing tool in the toolbar, then drag the slider. Change the color: Tap a color from the color picker in the toolbar, then tap Grid, Spectrum, or Sliders to adjust your color choice. Undo: Tap

. Draw a straight line: Tap the ruler tool in the toolbar, then draw a line along the edge of the ruler. To change the angle of the ruler, touch and hold the ruler with two fingers, then rotate your fingers. To move the ruler without changing its angle, drag it with one finger. To hide the ruler, tap the ruler tool in the toolbar again. 3. To close the Markup toolbar, tap or Done. In apps such as Notes, you can write text with Apple Pencil and have it immediately converted to typed text. See Select and edit drawings and handwriting. Tip: You can take a screenshot by swiping up from the bottom-left corner of the screen with Apple Pencil and immediately begin marking it up. If you dont have Apple Pencil, you can take a screenshot, then tap the thumbnail that appears for a few moments in the bottom-left corner of the screen. Move or edit handwritten text or drawings 1. Choose the Lasso tool (between the eraser and ruler) in the Markup toolbar, then do any of the following to select the content you want to change:

Select a word or drawn object: Double-tap it. Select a sentence: Triple-tap it. Select a paragraph or text block: Touch and hold the first word, then drag to the last word. To select more precisely, drag slowly. In the Notes app, Markup recognizes handwritten text separately from drawn objects, so you can select handwriting alone. If you want to include drawings in your selection, you can drag over them, too. Select multiple drawn objects: With the Lasso tool selected, draw around the objects with your finger or Apple Pencil, then tap the selection. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap toolbar is minimized, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the 2. After selecting the content you want to revise, tap it, then do any of the following:

Cut, copy, delete, or duplicate: Tap an option. Move: Touch and hold the content until it lifts up, then drag it to a new location. Tip: After selecting handwritten text and drawings, you can change their color by tapping a color in the Markup toolbar, or move them by dragging them to a new location. In iPad apps that support Markup, you can write text in any field and have it immediately converted to typed text. See Enter text with Scribble. For more ways to edit your handwriting or drawing in Notes, see Add drawings and handwriting. Erase a mistake Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is Tap the eraser tool in the Markup toolbar, then do one of the following:

Erase pixels: Choose Pixel Eraser, then scrub over the mistake with your finger or Apple Pencil. Erase an object: Choose Object Eraser, then touch the object with your finger or Apple Pencil. Switch between the pixel and the object erasers: Tap the eraser tool again, then choose Pixel Eraser or Object Eraser. Use Markup to add text, shapes, stickers, and more to documents on iPad In supported apps, such as Notes and Photos, you can use the Markup tools to add text, shapes, stickers, and image descriptions to your images and documents. Add text 1. In a supported app tap or Markup. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then tap Add Text. 3. Tap the text box, then use the keyboard to enter text. 4. To adjust the texts font, size, justification, style, or color, tap the text editing options at the bottom of the Markup toolbar. 5. When youre done, tap outside the text box. 6. To close the Markup toolbar, tap or Done. To cut, copy, duplicate, share, or delete a text box, tap it, tap an option. beside it, then tap Add and edit typed text To add typed text in apps such as Notes, you can type or write directly in a note without opening the Markup toolbar. 1. If the Markup toolbar is open, close it by tapping . 2. Do any of the following:

Tap in the note, then type using the onscreen or wireless keyboard. See Create and format notes. Use Apple Pencil and Scribble to enter text. See Enter text with Scribble. Add a shape 1. In a supported app, tap or Markup. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then tap Add Shape. 3. Tap the shape you want to add, then do any of the following:

Move the shape: Drag it. Resize the shape: Drag any dot along the shapes outline. Adjust the shapes border color, border width, fill color, and opacity:

Tap an option in the Markup toolbox. Adjust the shapes direction or dimension: Drag any green dot along the shapes outline. Cut, copy, duplicate, share, or delete: Tap an option. next to the shape, then tap 4. When youre done adjusting the shape, tap the screen. 5. To close the Markup toolbar, tap or Done. Tip: Pinch the screen open to zoom in on the document so you can adjust shapes up close. To pan when youre zoomed in, drag two fingers. To zoom back out, pinch closed. Draw a shape You can use Markup to draw geometrically perfect shapeslines, arcs, and more to use in diagrams and sketches. 1. In a supported app, tap or Markup. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap the pen, marker, or pencil tool. 3. Draw a shape in one stroke with your finger or Apple Pencil (on supported iPad models), then pause. A perfect version of the shape snaps into place, replacing the drawing. (If you prefer to keep the freehand shape, tap

.) The shapes you can draw include straight lines, arrows, arcs, continuous lines with 90-degree turns, squares, circles, rectangles, triangles, pentagons, chat bubbles, hearts, stars, and clouds. Add a sticker with Markup You can use Markup to add stickers from your sticker collection to documents and images. 1. In a supported app, tap or Markup. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then tap Add Sticker. 3. Touch a sticker, then drag it onto your document or photo. To adjust the angle of the sticker, before lifting your finger, rotate a second finger around the sticker. 4. Touch and drag a dot around the outline of the sticker to adjust its size. You can download sticker packs from the App Store. You can also create stickers in the Messages app, or by lifting subjects from photos and Live Photos. See Send stickers and Make stickers from your photos. Add custom image descriptions In supported apps, such as Photos, you can use Markup to add descriptions to images. VoiceOver reads your custom descriptions when you use the Image Explorer. 1. In a supported app, tap or Markup. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then tap Description. 3. Enter your description, then tap Done. Fill out forms, sign documents, and create signatures on iPad You can fill out forms and sign documents that you receive on your iPad. After you complete a form, you can add your signature and share it with others. You can also use AutoFill to quickly fill out forms with information you saved in the Contacts app. In supported apps, you can use Markup to add your signature to a document or create multiple signatures to use in different images and documents. Fill out forms and add signatures 1. Go to the file you want to open. 2. Tap the file to open the document. If prompted, open the document in the Files app, then tap Save. 3. Tap

, then tap a blank field to enter text using the onscreen keyboard. 4. To fill out another field, tap it, then enter text. 5. To add additional text or add your signature, tap

, then do one of the following:

Add text: Tap Add Text Form Box, drag the text box where you want it on the form, then enter text using the onscreen keyboard. Add your signature: Tap Add Signature, sign your name with your finger or Apple Pencil, then tap Done. Drag your signature where you want it to appear on the document. 6. When youre done, tap to share the completed document using Mail, Messages, or AirDrop. 7. Tap Done to close the document. Fill out forms with AutoFill You can use AutoFill to quickly enter your personal information in supported forms and documents, as long as youve completed your My Card in the Contacts app. 1. Go to the file you want to open. 2. Tap the file to open the document. If prompted, open the document in the Files app, then tap Save. 3. Tap

, then tap a blank field. 4. Tap an option from your saved contact info to complete the field. Tap Choose other to use AutoFill to enter another persons information from your contact list, such as a family member or caregiver. 5. Tap any field to select it, then tap again to make changes using the onscreen keyboard. 6. Tap Done to close the document. Add your signature with Markup In supported apps, such as Notes and Photos, you can use the Markup tools to add your signature to images and documents. 1. In a supported app, tap or Markup. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then tap Add Signature. 3. Use your finger or Apple Pencil to sign your name. To redo your signature, tap Clear, then sign your name again. 4. Tap Done, then make any of the following adjustments:

Move the signature: Drag it. Resize the signature: Drag any dot along the outline. Change the signatures line weight or color: Tap an option in the Markup toolbar. Cut, copy, duplicate, share, or delete the signature: Tap signature, then tap an option. next to the 5. When youre finished adjusting the signature, tap outside the text box. Add or delete signatures After you create a signature, iPad saves it to use the next time you add a signature with Markup. You can create multiple signatures, such as a nickname or initials, and delete signatures. 1. In a supported app, tap or Markup. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then tap Add Signature. 3. Tap Add or Remove Signature, then tap to create a new signature. 4. Tap the arrow next to New Signature, then tap the type of signature you want to add, such as given name, nickname, or initials. 5. Use your finger or Apple Pencil to sign, then tap Done. To delete a signature, tap Signature, then tap

, then tap Add Signature. Tap Add or Remove next to any signatures you want to delete. Use Live Text to interact with content in a photo or video on iPad Live Text recognizes text within your photos, videos, and images you find online. You can interact with this text in multiple ways. You can select text to copy, share, or translate, or you can use quick actions to perform tasks like making a phone call, opening a website, or converting currencies. You can use Live Text in Safari, Photos, Camera, Quick Look, and more. Note: Live Text isnt supported on iPad (8th generation). Turn on Live Text Before you start using Live Text, make sure its turned on for all supported languages. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Language & Region. 2. Turn on Live Text. Copy, translate, and look up text in a photo or video 1. Open a photo or pause a video that contains text. 2. Tap

, then touch and hold the selected text. 3. Use the grab points to select specific text, then do any of the following:

Copy Text: Copy text to paste into another app such as Notes or Messages. Select All: Select all the text within the frame. Look Up: Show personalized web suggestions. Translate: Translate text. Search the web: Look up the selected text on the web. Share: Share text using AirDrop, Messages, Mail, or other available options. 4. Tap to return to the photo or video. Perform tasks within a photo or video with quick actions Depending on the content of the photo or video, you can tap a quick action at the bottom of the screen to do things like make a phone call, get directions, translate languages, convert currencies, and more. 1. Open a photo or pause a video that contains text. 2. Tap

. 3. Tap a quick action at the bottom of the screen. 4. Tap to return to the photo or video. Live Text isnt available in all regions or languages. See iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability. Use Visual Look Up to identify objects in your photos and videos on iPad With Visual Look Up, you can identify and learn about architectural landmarks, popular statues, famous art, plants, pets, books, and more that appear in photos and images. Visual Look Up can also identify food and suggest related recipes. You can use Visual Look Up in Photos, Safari, Quick Look, and more. 1. Open a photo or image in full screen, or pause a video on any frame. If the Info button displays a symbol with stars such as is available. or

, Visual Look Up 2. Tap the starred Info button, then tap Look Up at the top of the photo information to view the Visual Look Up results. 3. Tap the screen anywhere outside the Visual Look Up results box to close it, then tap to close the photo or video info box. Visual Look Up isnt available in all regions or languages. See iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability. Lift a subject from the photo background on iPad You can isolate the subject of a photo or video frame from its background, then copy or share it in other documents and apps. You can use this feature in Photos, Safari, Quick Look, and more. Note: This feature isnt supported on iPad (8th generation). 1. Open a photo in full screen, or pause a video on any frame.

 

 

1. Open a photo in full screen, or pause a video on any frame. 2. Touch and hold the subject. When an outline appears around the subject, do one of the following:

Continue to touch the subject, then drag the subject into another document. Tap Copy or Copy Subject, then paste the subject into an email, text message, or note. Tap Look Up to learn more about the subject. Tap Add Sticker, then save the sticker to use in photos, email, text messages, and more. Tap Share, then choose a sharing option, such as AirDrop, Messages, or Mail. Camera Take photos with your iPad camera Learn how to take photos with your iPad camera. Choose from camera modes such as Photo, Video, Pano, and Square, and use camera features such as Burst and Live Photos. Take a photo 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Tap the Shutter button or press either volume button. With supported models of AirPods and AirPods Pro, you can press the AirPod stem to take a photo. See Use AirPods or AirPods Pro with supported camera apps in the AirPods User Guide. Note: For your security, a green dot appears at the top of the screen when Camera is in use. See Control access to hardware features. Switch between camera modes When you first open Camera modes appear onscreen. Tap Photo or Video to switch between the two, or swipe up or down to choose other modes.

, Photo mode is selected and Photo and Video Depending on your iPad model, you can select from the following modes:

Photo: Take still photos and Live Photos. Video: Record a video (see Record a video). Time-lapse: Create a time-lapse video of motion over a period of time (see Record a time-lapse video). Slo-mo: Record a video with a slow-motion effect (see Record a slow-motion video). Portrait: Apply a depth-of-field effect when using the front-facing camera

(see Take a portrait). Pano: Capture a panoramic landscape or other scene (see Take a panorama photo). Square: Take photos with a square ratio. Use the timer You can set a timer on your iPad camera to give yourself time to get in the shot. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap 3s or 10s. 3. Tap the Shutter button to start the timer. Turn the flash on and off You can control the flash on iPad models that support True Tone Flash. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Auto, On, or Off. Zoom in or out 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Pinch the screen to zoom in or out. Tap 1x on the left side of the screen. Drag the slider on the left side of the screen up or down. Touch and hold the zoom controls on the left side of the screen, then drag the slider right or left. Take a panorama photo 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Select Pano mode, then tap the Shutter button. 3. Pan slowly in the direction of the arrow, keeping it on the center line. 4. To finish, tap the Shutter button again. Tap the arrow to pan in the opposite direction. To pan vertically, rotate iPad to landscape orientation. You can reverse the direction of a vertical pan, too. Capture action shots with Burst mode Use Burst mode with your iPad camera to capture photos of a moving subject, or when you want to take multiple high-speed photos so that you have a range of photos to choose from. You can take Burst photos with the front and rear cameras. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Select Photo or Square mode. 3. Touch and hold the Shutter button to take rapid-fire photos. The counter shows how many shots you took. 4. Lift your finger to stop. 5. To select the photos you want to keep, tap the Burst thumbnail, then tap Select. Gray dots below the thumbnails mark the suggested photos to keep. 6. Tap the circle in the lower-right corner of each photo you want to save as an individual photo, then tap Done. To delete the entire group of Burst photos, tap the thumbnail, then tap . Take Live Photos with your iPad camera A Live Photo captures what happens just before and after you take a photo, including the audio. You take a Live Photo just like you do a normal photo. Take a Live Photo 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Make sure Camera is set to Photo mode and that Live Photo is turned on. Note: Live Photo is on by default. When its on, you see the Live Photo button in yellow on the right side of the screen. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take a Live Photo. 4. To play the Live Photo, tap the photo thumbnail below the Shutter button, then touch and hold the screen. Live Photos are automatically saved in your photo library in the Photos app. To add effects such as bounce and loop to Live Photos, see Add effects to a Live Photo. Turn off Live Photos 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Make sure Camera is set to Photo mode. 3. Tap the Live Photo button on the right side of the screen so that a slash appears through the button. If youve already taken a Live Photo and want to turn the effect off, see Make Live Photo edits. Take a selfie with your iPad camera Use your iPad camera to take a photo of yourself (a selfie). You can take selfies in Photo mode, Portrait mode, Video mode, or Square mode. Take a selfie 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then hold your iPad in front of you. 3. Tap the Shutter button or press either volume button to take the shot. Mirror the front camera To take a mirrored selfie that captures the shot as you see it in the camera frame, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn on Mirror Front Camera. To turn the flash on or off, tap , then choose Auto, On, or Off. Tip: Depending on your iPad model, tap and increase your field of view. Tap to zoom back in. on the left side of the screen to zoom out Take a Portrait mode selfie with your iPad camera Take Portrait mode selfies with the front-facing camera on supported iPad models. This feature keeps your face sharp while beautifully blurring the background and foreground. On some iPad models, you can also apply Portrait Lighting effects and adjust the amount of background blur. Take a portrait 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Select Portrait mode. 3. Hold your iPad in front of you, then frame yourself in the portrait box. 4. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. Change the Portrait Lighting effect On models that support Portrait Lighting, you can apply studio-quality lighting effects to the selfies you take in Portrait mode. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Select Portrait mode. 3. Hold your iPad in front of you, then frame yourself in the portrait box. 4. Drag to choose a lighting effect:

Natural Light: The face is in sharp focus against a blurred background. Studio Light: The face is brightly lit, and the photo has an overall clean look. Contour Light: The face has dramatic shadows with highlights and lowlights. Stage Light: The face is spotlit against a deep black background. Stage Light Mono: The effect is similar to Stage Light, but the photo is in classic black and white. High-Key Light Mono: The effect creates a grayscale subject on a white backgroundiPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) only. 5. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode On models that support Depth Control, use the Depth Control slider to adjust the level of background blur in the selfies you take in Portrait mode. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Select Portrait mode. 3. Hold your iPad in front of you, then frame yourself in the portrait box. 4. Tap on the right side of the screen to show the Depth Control slider. 5. Drag the slider left or right to adjust the effect. 6. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. After you take a photo in Portrait mode, you can use the Depth Control slider in the Photos app to further adjust the level of background blur. See Blur the background in portraits. Record a video with your iPad camera Use your iPad camera to record videos, including slow-motion and time-lapse videos. Note: Video recording isnt available during a phone or FaceTime call. Record a video 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Select Video mode. 3. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to start recording. While recording, you can do the following:

Pinch the screen to zoom in and out. To zoom more precisely, touch and hold 1x, then drag the slider (on supported models). 4. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to stop recording. With supported models of AirPods and AirPods Pro, you can press the AirPod stem to record a video. See Use AirPods or AirPods Pro with supported camera apps in the AirPods User Guide. Note: For your security, a green dot appears at the top of the screen when Camera is in use. See Control access to hardware features. Record in HD or 4K video Depending on your iPad model, you can record video in high-quality formats, like HD, 4K, HD (PAL), and 4K (PAL). Note: Faster frame rates and higher resolutions result in larger video files. 1. Go to Settings

> Camera > Record Video. 2. Select from the list of video formats and frame rates that your iPad supports. Note: PAL is a television video format used in many countries and regions in Europe, Africa, Asia, and South America. Use quick toggles to change video resolution and frame rate In Video mode, use quick toggles at the top of the screen to change the video resolution and frame rates available on your iPad. Record a slow-motion video Slo-mo mode records your video as normal and then plays it back in slow motion. You can edit your video later to choose which parts play in slow motion; see Edit slow-motion section of a video shot in Slo-mo mode. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Select Slo-mo mode. 3. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to start and stop recording. To set a portion of the video to play in slow motion and the rest at regular speed, tap the video thumbnail, then tap Edit. Slide the vertical bars below the frame viewer to define the section you want to play back in slow motion. Depending on your model, you can change the frame rate and resolution. The faster the frame rate and the higher the resolution, the larger the resulting video file. To switch between 120 or 240 fps and your available resolutions, tap the buttons above the Shutter button. Record a time-lapse video Capture footage at selected intervals to create a time-lapse video of an experience over a period of timesuch as a setting sun or traffic flowing. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Select Time-lapse mode. 3. Position your iPad to frame your subject, then place it on a stable surface or tripod. 4. Tap the Record button to start and stop recording. Adjust Auto FPS settings On models that support Auto FPS, iPad can improve the video quality in low-light situations by automatically reducing the frame rate to 24 fps. Go to Settings

> Camera > Record Video, then do one of the following:

On iPad (9th generation), iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation and 2nd generation), and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and 4th generation):

Turn on Auto Low Light FPS. On iPad (10th generation), iPad mini (A17 Pro), iPad mini (6th generation), iPad Air (4th generation and later), iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation and later), and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation and later): Tap Auto FPS, then apply Auto FPS to 30-fps video only or to both 30- and 60-fps video. After you apply Auto FPS, when the camera is open and in Video mode, you can tap the FPS control to switch between 24, 30, or 60 fps. Lock the white balance setting You can lock the white balance when recording videos on your iPad to improve accurate color capture based on lighting conditions. Go to Settings

> Camera > Record Video, then turn on Lock White Balance. Change advanced camera settings on your iPad Learn how to manually adjust the focus and exposure, turn the shutter volume on and off, and change other settings on your iPad camera. Adjust the focus and exposure Before you take a photo, the iPad camera automatically sets the focus and exposure, and face detection balances the exposure across many faces. To manually adjust the focus and exposure, follow these steps:

1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Tap the screen to show the automatic focus area and exposure setting (in yellow). 3. Tap where you want to move the focus area. 4. Next to the focus area, drag up or down to adjust the exposure. To lock your manual focus and exposure settings for upcoming shots, touch and hold the focus area until you see AE/AF Lock; tap the screen to unlock settings. Use a grid to straighten your shot To display a grid on the camera screen that can help you straighten and compose

> Camera, then turn on Grid. your shot, go to Settings After you take a photo, you can use the editing tools in the Photos app to further align shots and adjust horizontal and vertical perspective. See Straighten a photo or video and adjust its perspective. Save camera settings 1. Go to Settings

> Camera > Preserve Settings. 2. Turn on any of the following:

Live Photo: Save the Live Photo setting. This setting is on by default. See Take a Live Photo. Camera Mode: Save the last camera mode you used, such as Video or Pano. See Switch between camera modes. Adjust the shutter volume 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Open Control Center, then drag up or down. 3. Tap the screen outside of Control Center to go back to Camera. Note: The shutter doesnt make a sound when Live Photos is turned on. Note: In some countries and regions, you cant mute the shutter sound. Turn Scene Detection off and on On supported models, the Scene Detection setting can identify what youre taking a photo of and apply a tailored look to bring out the best qualities in the scene. Scene Detection is on by default. To turn off Scene Detection, go to Settings >

Camera, then turn off Scene Detection. Turn Lens Correction off and on On supported models, the Lens Correction setting adjusts photos taken with the front camera or Ultra Wide camera for more natural-looking results. Lens Correction is on by default. To turn off Lens Correction, go to Settings >

Camera, then turn off Lens Correction. Stop saving photos taken in Messages Photos you take in the Messages app are automatically saved to your library in the Photos app. To turn this feature off, go to Settings Photo Library.

> Camera, then turn off Save Captures to Adjust HDR camera settings on iPad HDR (High Dynamic Range) helps you take great photos in high-contrast situations. The iPad camera takes several photos in rapid succession at different exposures and blends them together. The resulting photo has better detail in the bright and mid-tone areas. Turn off automatic HDR By default, iPad automatically uses HDR when its most effective. To manually control HDR instead, do the following:

> Camera, On models that support manual HDR in Settings, go to Settings then turn off Smart HDR. On the camera screen, tap HDR to manually turn it on or off. On earlier iPad models, tap off. on the camera screen to manually turn it on or By default, the HDR version of a photo is saved in Photos. On some iPad models, you can also save the non-HDR version; go to Settings

> Camera, then turn on Keep Normal Photo. View, share, and print photos on iPad All photos and videos you take with your iPad camera are saved in the Photos app. With iCloud Photos turned on, all new photos and videos are automatically uploaded and available in Photos on all your devices that are set up with iCloud Photos (with iOS 8.1, iPadOS 13, or later).

> Privacy & Security > Location Note: If Location Services is turned on in Settings Services, photos and videos are tagged with location data that can be used by apps and photo-sharing websites. See Control the location information you share. View your photos 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Tap the thumbnail image below the Shutter button. 3. Swipe right to see the photos youve taken recently. Tap the screen to show or hide the controls. 4. Tap All Photos to see all your photos and videos saved in Photos. Share and print your photos 1. While viewing a photo on your iPad, tap . 2. To share your photo, select an option such as AirDrop, Mail, or Messages. 3. To print your photo, swipe up to select Print from the list of actions. See Use AirDrop to send items to nearby devices. See the Apple Support article Use AirPrint to print from your iPhone or iPad. Upload photos and keep them up to date across devices Use iCloud Photos to upload photos and videos from your iPad to iCloud and access them on other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple Account. iCloud Photos is useful if you want to keep your photos up to date across multiple devices or save space on your iPad. To turn on iCloud Photos, go to Settings Photos.

Use Live Text with your iPad camera On supported models, use your iPad camera to copy, share, look up, and translate text that appears within the camera frame. Camera also provides quick actions to easily call phone numbers, visit websites, convert currencies, and more, based on the text that appears in the frame. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Position your iPad so the text appears within the camera frame. 3. After the yellow frame appears around detected text, tap

. 4. Touch and hold the text, then use the grab points to select specific text and perform any of the actions below:

Copy: Copy text to paste into another app such as Notes or Messages. Select All: Select all the text within the frame. Look Up: Show personalized web suggestions. Translate: Translate text. Search Web: Look up the selected text on the web. Share: Share text using AirDrop, Messages, Mail, or other available options. Tip: Depending on the content, you can tap a quick action at the bottom of the screen to do things like make a phone call, visit a website, start an email, convert currencies, and more. 5. Tap to return to Camera. To turn off Live Text on your iPad camera, go to Settings Show Detected Text.

> Camera, then turn off Note: Live Text isnt available in all regions or languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Scan a QR code with your iPad camera You can use your iPad camera or the Code Scanner to scan Quick Response (QR) codes for links to websites, apps, coupons, tickets, and more. The camera automatically detects and highlights a QR code. Use the camera to read a QR code 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Position iPad so that the code appears on the screen. 3. Tap the notification that appears on the screen to go to the relevant website or app. Scan a code from Control Center 1. Add the Scan Code control to Control Center (see Customize controls). 2. Open Control Center, tap Scan Code, then position iPad so that the code appears on the screen. Tip: Tap the flashlight to add more light. Scan documents with your iPad camera On supported iPad models, when you open Camera, iPad can automatically detect and scan documents within the camera frame. After you scan a document using Camera, you can save it in the Files app, open it in the Preview app, or share it using AirDrop or an app such as Mail or Messages. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. Make sure Camera is in Photo mode. 2. Position iPad so the document appears on the screen, then tap Scan Document; iPad automatically captures the page. To capture the scan yourself instead of automatically, tap Manual, then tap the Shutter button. Tip: On supported models, turn on the flash to remove shadows and enhance colors. 3. Repeat the steps above to scan additional pages. 4. Tap the thumbnails at the bottom of the screen to edit or delete the scans, then tap

. 5. Tap when youre done scanning, then choose one of the following:

Save the scan in the Files app: Tap Done, tap Save to Files, then tap Save. Open the scan in the Preview app: Tap Preview. Search the scan: Tap

. Share the scan using AirDrop, Mail, Messages, or another app: Tap , then tap a share method. Delete the scan: Tap Done, then tap Delete. Apps App Store Get apps in the App Store on iPad In the App Store app, you can discover new apps, featured stories, tips and tricks, in-app events, and offers. Note: You need an internet connection and an Apple Account to use the App Store. The availability of the App Store and Apple Arcade varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Discover and find apps 1. Go to the App Store app on your iPad. 2. Tap any of the following:

Today: Browse featured stories, apps, and in-app events. Games: Find your next game across dozens of categories including action, adventure, racing, puzzles, and more. Apps: Explore new releases, see the top charts, or browse by category. Arcade: Enjoy the curated collection of premium games from Apple Arcade (subscription required) without ads or in-app purchases.

, then enter what youre looking for. You can search by Search: Tap app name, category, developer, and more. You can also explore different categories or browse the suggested apps. Get information about an app 1. Go to the App Store app on your iPad. 2. Tap an apps name or icon to see the following details:

Screenshots or previews Ratings and reviews In-app events and offers Developer File size Compatibility with other Apple devices Supported languages Age rating Game Center and Family Sharing support Supported accessibility features Privacy information Buy and download an app 1. Go to the App Store app on your iPad. 2. Navigate to the app you want, then tap Get (if the app is free) or the price. If you see before. Tap to download it again for free. instead of Get or the price, youve already purchased this app 3. If required, authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete your purchase. Purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Apple Account. You can find the app in the Recently Added category in App Library. While the app is downloading, a progress indicator appears on the app icon. See Find and use your apps in App Library and Change where new apps get downloaded. Share and approve purchases with Family Sharing If youre in a Family Sharing group, you can view and download eligible apps purchased by other family members. Note: You can see purchases made by family members only if they choose to share their purchases. Purchases made with Family Sharing may not be accessible after the family member leaves the family group. The family organizer can review and approve eligible purchases made by other family members under a certain age. See Turn on Ask to Buy. Use App Clips on iPad An app clip is a small part of an app that helps you do a task quickly, like rent a bike, pay for parking, or order food. Discover App Clips in Safari, Maps, and Messages, or in the real world through QR codes and App Clip Codesunique markers that take you to specific App Clips. Get and use App Clips 1. Get App Clips from any of the following:

App Clip Code or QR code: Scan the code using the iPad camera or Code Scanner in Control Center. Maps: Tap the app clip link on the information card (for supported locations). Safari or Messages: Tap the app clip link. 2. When the app clip appears on the screen, tap Open or Play. In supported App Clips, you can use Sign in with Apple, then make a payment using Apple Pay. With some App Clips, you can tap the banner at the top of the screen to see the full app. Find App Clips you used on iPad Go to App Library, tap the search field at the top of the screen, then scroll down to the end of the alphabetical list. Remove App Clips 1. Go to App Library, then tap the search field at the top of the screen. 2. Enter the name of the app clip, or scroll down to the App Clips at the bottom. 3. Touch and hold the app clip you want to delete, then tap Remove App Clip. Update apps from the App Store on iPad Apps installed by default on your iPad are updated whenever you update iPadOS. Apps that you download from the App Store app are automatically updated by default, but you can manually update an app. Turn off automatic app updates 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap App Store. 3. Turn off App Updates. Manually update apps 1. Go to the App Store app on your iPad. 2. Tap or your picture at the top right. 3. Scroll down, then tap Update next to apps you want to update, or tap Update All. After an app is updated, it appears in the list of apps below Updated Recently. Install and manage fonts on iPad You can download fonts from the App Store app and use them in documents you create on iPad. Install fonts 1. Go to the App Store app on your iPad. 2. Get an app containing fonts. 3. Open the app to install the fonts. Manage fonts 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap Fonts. Share and send apps in the App Store on iPad When you find something special in the App Store, you can share a link to it or send it as a gift. Note: Not all apps are available to send as gifts. See the Apple Support article Gift apps, media, and more from Apple. 1. Go to the App Store app on your iPad. 2. Tap the app you want to share or give to see its details. 3. Tap , then choose a sharing option or tap Gift App. See your purchases and subscriptions in the App Store on iPad You can view, change, and cancel your subscriptions from Apple as well as subscriptions you purchased in apps from the App Store. See your purchase history Your purchase history includes free and paid apps from the App Store as well as in-app purchases, subscriptions, music, videos, books, AppleCare+, and more. 1. Go to the App Store app on your iPad. 2. Tap or your picture at the top right, then tap Purchase History. You may be asked to authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. 3. To narrow the results, enter the name, price, or order ID in the search field. 4. To change the search criteria, tap Last 90 Days, Paid, then set any of the following:

Date range Cost (free or paid) Type Family member (available if youre the organizer of a Family Sharing group) View and redownload apps 1. Go to the App Store app on your iPad. 2. Tap or your picture at the top right, then tap Apps. 3. If youre part of a Family Sharing group, tap My Apps or choose a family member. 4. Find the app you want to download (if its still available in the App Store), then tap

. Change or cancel a subscription 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Subscriptions. 3. Do any of the following:

Cancel a subscription: Tap an active subscription, then tap Cancel Subscription or Cancel All Services. Change a subscription: Tap an active subscription, then choose a different option. Renew a subscription: Tap an expired subscription, then tap Renew. Share a subscription: Turn on Share with Family to automatically share eligible subscriptions with other members in your Family Sharing group. Get Renewal Receipts: Turn on Renewal Receipt Emails to receive a receipt each time one of your subscriptions renews. Change settings and restrictions in the App Store on iPad In the App Store app other family members. You can also set restrictions and customize your preferences for the App Store in the Settings app.

, you can review and download purchases made by you or Change your App Store settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, tap App Store, then adjust any of the following settings:

Location: Allow App Store to use your location and show apps and ads relevant to you. Siri: Allow Siri to make suggestions across apps based on the way you use the App Store. Search: Allow content from the App Store to appear in Search. Cellular Data: (iPad models with Cellular) To allow App Store to use cellular, turn on Cellular Data. Adjust other settings for cellular data such as automatic downloads. App Downloads: Automatically install apps you purchased on your other devices. App Updates: Automatically download and install app updates. In-App Content: Automatically download in-app content in the background before the first time you open the app. Video Autoplay: Automatically play app preview videos. In-App Ratings & Reviews: Let apps ask for your feedback. Offload Unused Apps: Automatically remove unused apps. You can reinstall an app at any time if its still available in the App Store. Set content restrictions and prevent in-app purchases After you turn on content and privacy restrictions, do the following:

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, then tap Content & Privacy Restrictions. 3. Turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions. 4. Tap iTunes & App Store Purchases, then choose restrictions for installing or deleting apps and in-app purchases. 5. Tap App Store, Media, Web & Games, then choose age-appropriate restrictions such as the following:

Apps: Restrict apps by age ratings. App Clips: Prevent App Clips from opening. Set Screen Time limits and App Store restrictions for kids With Family Sharing, the organizeror another adult designated as parent/guardian can set up the following parental controls for children or other members in the Family Sharing group:

Set restrictions for installing and deleting apps and in-app purchases. See Set up Screen Time for a child. Allow your child to access only age-appropriate apps. See Share your childs age range for apps. Review your childs requests to purchase and download apps. See Turn on Ask to Buy. Books Buy books and audiobooks on iPad Buy books and audiobooks on iPad In the Books app, you can find todays bestsellers, view top charts, explore series, and browse lists curated by Apple Books editors. After you select a book or audiobook, you can read or listen to it right in the Books app. Note: Apple Books isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap Book Store or Audiobook Store to browse titles, or tap Search to look for a specific title, author, series, or genre. Tip: Tap Sections at the top of the screen to view titles in categories like Top Charts and Book Clubs, or genres like Biographies & Memoirs and Young Adults. 3. Tap a book cover to see more details, read a sample, listen to a preview, or mark as Want to Read. 4. Tap Buy to purchase a title, or tap Get to download a free title. All purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Apple Account. On iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular, you can allow books and audiobooks to download automatically over your cellular network when you arent connected to Wi-Fi. Go to Settings

> Apps > Books, then turn on Automatic Downloads. Tap Downloads, then choose Always Allow, Ask If Over 200 MB, or Always Ask. When you purchase access to movies, TV shows, music, music videos, ebooks, audiobooks, or ringtones from Apple, you also have the option to permanently download these items to a compatible iPhone, iPad, Mac, or PC. Apple cannot revoke your downloaded content, and you can always access your downloaded content without an internet connection. Read books in the Books app on iPad In the Books app, you can view the books youre currently reading, want to read, book collections, and more. Home: Tap to access the books, audiobooks, and PDFs youre currently reading, get personalized suggestions for your next read, find books youve marked as want to read, and more. You can also set daily reading goals and keep track of the books you finish throughout the year. Library: Tap to view all of the books, audiobooks, samples, series, and PDFs you either got from the Book Store or manually added to Books. Tap to see your library sorted into collections, such as Want to Read, My Samples, Audiobooks, Finished, or custom collections you created (see Create a collection). Note: Apple Books isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Read a book 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Navigate to a book, tap the cover to open it, then do any of the following:

Turn the page: Tap the right margin or swipe right to left. To allow either the left or right margin to turn the page, go to Settings

> Apps > Books, then turn on Both Margins Advance. Go back to the previous page: Tap the left margin or swipe left to right. Go back to previous reading location: Tap the page, then tap the rounded arrow in the top-left corner of the page. Tap the rounded arrow again, but in the top-right corner, to go back to your current location. Go to a specific page or location: Tap the page, tap Book. Enter a word, phrase, or page number, then tap a result.

, then tap Search Use the table of contents: Tap the page, tap

, then tap Contents. Tip: To quickly move through a book, touch and hold Contents, then drag your finger left or right; release your finger to go directly to that location in the book. in the top-right corner, or swipe Close a book: Tap the page, then tap down from the top of the page (not available if vertical scrolling is on). Change text and page appearance 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Open a book, then tap at the bottom of the page. You may need to tap the page for to appear. 3. Tap Themes & Settings, then do any of the following:

Change the font size: Tap the large A to increase the font size or tap the small A to decrease it. Turn on vertical scrolling or change the page turn style: Tap Curl, Fast Fade, or Scroll.

, then tap To turn on vertical scrolling when viewing a PDF, tap the screen, then turn on Vertical Scrolling. at the top of Adjust the background mode: Tap

, then tap an option. Adjust the display brightness: Touch the brightness bar, then drag your finger in either direction. Change the page theme: Tap a page theme such as Quiet or Bold. Change the font: Tap Customize, then tap Font. Tap a font name, such as Original or Palatino. Tap to apply the font. Make the font bold: Tap Customize, turn on Bold Text, then tap

. Customize spacing and justification: Tap Customize, then below Accessibility & Layout Options, turn on Customize. Drag the sliders left or right to adjust line spacing, character spacing, word spacing, and margins. You can also change the number of text columns on a page and turn Justify Text on or off. Tap to apply your changes. 4. Tap to close the Themes & Settings menu. Note: To change which side of the screen the Menu button to Settings Position. appears on, go

> Apps > Books, then choose Left or Right below Reading Menu To undo text and layout customizations, tap Theme.

, tap Customize, then tap Reset Bookmark a page When you close a book, your place is saved automaticallyyou dont need to add a bookmarkbut you can add bookmarks to pages you want to return to again. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap a book cover to open it, then tap the page you want to bookmark. 3. Tap at the bottom of the page. You may need to tap the page for to appear. 4. Tap ; tap it again to remove the bookmark. To access all your bookmarks, tap Bookmarks.

, tap Bookmarks & Highlights, then tap Share a text selection or book link You can send text selections using AirDrop, Mail, or Messages, or you can add the selection to Notes. If the book is from the Book Store, a link to the book is included with the selection. (Sharing may not be available in all countries or regions.) 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap a book cover to open it. 3. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 4. Tap , then tap Share. 5. Tap Mail, Messages, or another app or service to share the selection. You can also share a link to view the book in the Book Store. Tap a page, tap

, tap

, then tap how you want to share the link. Turn on Line Guide Use Line Guide to focus on individual lines of text as you read. When Line Guide is on, the rest of the page dims and the line youre reading becomes more visible. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap a book cover to open it, then tap a page. 3. Tap at the bottom of the page. 4. Tap to turn on Line Guide, then do any of the following:

Tap the page above or below the line guide to move it up or down. Tap the left or right page margin to move the line guide up or down (not available if vertical scrolling is on). Touch and hold the line guide, then drag it to a new line on the page. 5. Tap in the bottom-left corner of the page to adjust the background dim level or turn off Line Guide. Annotate books in the Books app on iPad You can highlight, underline, and take notes as you read books in the Books app, and then share your annotations with others. Note: Apple Books isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Highlight or underline text 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap a book cover to open it. 3. Touch and hold a word, move the grab points to adjust the selection, then tap Highlight. To remove a highlight or underline, tap the text, then tap Remove Highlight. 4. To change the highlight color or switch to underline, tap the text, tap Highlight, then tap an option. To see all of your highlights, tap the page, tap tap Highlights. Tap a highlight to go to that location in the book.

, tap Bookmarks & Highlights, then Add a note 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap a book cover to open it. 3. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the text selection. 4. Tap Add Note, enter text, then tap

. To remove a note, tap the highlighted text, tap Remove, then tap Remove Note. To see all of your notes, tap the page, tap Highlights. Tap a note to go to that location in the book.

, tap Bookmarks & Highlights, then tap Share highlights and notes 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap a book cover to open it. 3. Tap a highlight or note, tap , then tap Share. Tip: To share multiple highlights or notes at the same time, tap Bookmarks & Highlights, then tap Highlights. Tap to share, then tap .

, tap

, tap the items you want Delete a note 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap a book cover to open it. 3. Tap a note, tap Remove, then choose Remove Note or Remove Highlight &

Note. Tip: To delete multiple notes or highlights at the same time, tap Bookmarks & Highlights, then tap Highlights. Tap to delete, then tap

, tap

, tap the items you want Translate, search, or copy text As you read, you can select text and then translate or copy it. You can also search the book for selected text. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap a book cover to open it. 3. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the text selection. 4. Tap , then tap Translate, Search, or Copy. Access books on other Apple devices in Books on iPad You can access your books and audiobooks in the Books app on your other Apple devices such as your iPhone, Mac, or Apple Vision Pro. You can also sync your reading position, highlights, notes, library collections, and more. Note: Apple Books isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Access your books on your other devices To keep your Books content and information updated across your other Apple devices, sign in to the same Apple Account on each device, then do the following:

Automatically download purchases made on other devices: Go to Settings

> Apps > Books, then turn on Purchases from Other Devices. Sync reading position, bookmarks, notes, and highlights: Go to Settings >

[your name] > iCloud, tap See All next to Saved to iCloud, then turn on Books. Sync Home, Library, and collections: Go to Settings > Apps > Books, then below Syncing, turn on Home and iCloud Drive. Access your books on your Mac To see your books, audiobooks, and PDFs on your Mac, do one of the following:

macOS 15 or later: Choose Apple menu at the top of the sidebar, then click iCloud. Click iCloud Drive, click Apps Syncing to iCloud Drive, then turn on Books.

> System Settings, click your name macOS 1314.5: Choose Apple menu > System Settings, click your name at the top of the sidebar, then click iCloud. Click iCloud Drive, click Apps syncing to iCloud Drive, then select Books. Click Back, then click Done. macOS 10.1512.5: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, then click Apple ID. Click iCloud in the sidebar, then select iCloud Drive. Click Options, then select Books. macOS 10.14 or earlier: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, then click iCloud. Select iCloud Drive, click Options, then select Books. To see your collections, bookmarks, notes, and highlights on your Mac, open Books, then do one of the following:

macOS 13 or later: Choose Books > Settings, click General, then select Collections, bookmarks, and highlights. macOS 12.5 or earlier: Choose Books > Preferences, click General, then select Collections, bookmarks, and highlights. Listen to audiobooks in the Books app on iPad Use the Books app to listen to audiobooks on your iPad. Note: Apple Books isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Play an audiobook 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Navigate to an audiobook, then tap the cover to start playing it. 3. While the audiobook is playing, do any of the following:

Adjust the volume: Drag the slider below the Pause button left or right. Skip forward or back: Tap or touch and hold the rounded arrows next to the Pause button. Or use external controls such as headphones or car controls. Note: To change the number of seconds to skip forward or back, go to Settings Skip Back, then tap an option.

> Apps > Books. Below Audiobooks, tap Skip Forward or Go to a specific time: Drag the slider below the audiobook cover left or right. Speed it up or slow it down: Tap 1x in the lower-left corner, then drag the dial up or down to adjust the narration speed. Touch and hold the narration speed to reset it to 1x. Set a sleep timer: Tap , then choose a duration. Play on a different device: Tap as HomePod, Apple TV, or Bluetooth speakers.

, then choose an available device such Go to a chapter: Tap

, then tap a chapter. Note: Some audiobooks refer to chapters as tracks, or dont define chapters. Switch to the audiobook mini-player: Swipe down from anywhere on the screen; tap the mini-player at the bottom of the screen to go back to full screen. Close the audiobook player: Swipe down from anywhere on the screen to switch to the mini-player. Touch and hold the mini-player, then tap Close Audio Player. If a Wi-Fi connection to the internet isnt available, audiobooks play over your carriers cellular network, which may result in additional fees. To manage cellular data usage, see View or change cellular data settings. Find supplemental PDFs Some audiobooks come with supplemental PDFs. To view the PDF as the audiobook plays, tap

, or do the following:

1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library, then tap below the audiobook cover. 3. Tap View PDF Content. Set reading goals in the Books app on iPad The Books app helps you keep track of how many minutes you read each day, and how many books and audiobooks you finish each year. You can customize your goals to spend more time reading, set new reading streaks, and receive encouragement to reach your goals. Note: Apple Books isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Change your daily reading goal You can adjust your daily reading goal depending on how many minutes you want to read per day. If you dont customize your daily reading goal, its set to 5 minutes per day. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home, then tap the reading goals button at the top right of the screen. 3. Tap the reading goal timer, then tap Adjust Goal. Note: To count PDFs toward your reading goal, go to Settings Books, then turn on Include PDFs below Reading Goals.

> Apps >

4. Slide the counter up or down to set the minutes per day that you want to read. 5. Tap

. Change your yearly reading goal After you finish reading a book, the cover is displayed below Books Read This Year. The default yearly reading goal is three books per year, but you can increase or decrease your goal depending on how many books you want to finish. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home, then tap the reading goals button at the top right of the screen. 3. Tap a book cover or a cover placeholder, then tap Adjust Goal. 4. Slide the counter up or down to set the books per year that you want to read, then tap

. Tip: You can change the status of a book in your library to finished. Tap below a book or audiobook cover, then tap Mark as Finished. Turn off coaching notifications You receive encouragement and nudges from Books to help you reach your reading goals. You can turn these notifications off. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home, then tap your account button in the top-right corner of the screen. 3. Tap Notifications, then turn off Coaching. 4. Tap

. Turn off reading goals notifications Books sends you notifications when you achieve a reading goal or set a reading streak. You can turn off these notifications. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home, then tap your account button in the top-right corner of the screen. 3. Tap Notifications, then turn off Goal Completion. 4. Tap Done. Turn off reading goals 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, tap Books, then turn off Reading Goals. When Reading Goals is turned off, the reading indicators in the Home tab are hidden and you dont receive reading notifications. Clear reading data You can clear your reading data, such as time spent reading, reading goals, and reading streaks. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, tap Books, then tap Clear Reading Goals Data. Organize books in the Books app on iPad The books and audiobooks you purchase in the Books app are saved in your library and automatically sorted into collections, such as Audiobooks, Want to Read, and Finished. Note: Apple Books isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Create a collection You can create your own collections to organize and personalize your library. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library, tap

, then tap New Collection. 3. Name the collectionfor example, Beach Reads or Book Clubthen tap

. Add a book to a collection You can add a book from your library or from the Book Store to collections you create. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Navigate to a book, then tap below the cover. 3. Tap Add to Collection, then tap the collection you want to add it to. Tip: You can add the same book to multiple collections. Organize your books You can change how the books in your library or a collection are displayed and sorted. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library or go to a collection. 3. Tap

, then do either of the following:

Change the book display: Tap Grid or List. Sort your books: Tap Recent, Title, Author, or Manual. If you choose Manual, touch and hold a book cover, then drag it to a new position. Remove books, audiobooks, and PDFs You can remove books, audiobooks, and PDFs from Home and your library collections, or hide them on your iPad. 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Navigate to a book or audiobook you want to remove, then tap below the cover. 3. Tap Remove, then choose an option. Note: If you choose Remove Download, the content and data associated with the title are no longer stored on your iPad. To redownload the title, tap then tap Download. If you choose Hide Book, the book wont appear in your library or collections. To unhide books and audiobooks, tap Home, tap your account icon, then tap Manage Hidden Purchases.

, You can automatically remove downloads from your iPad after you finish a book. Tap Library, then tap tap Automatically When Finished. at the top right of the screen. Tap Remove Downloads, then Delete a collection 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library, then tap

. 3. Swipe left on the collection you want to delete, then tap Delete. Note: Deleting a collection doesnt delete the books or audiobooks in the collection; theyre still in your library. Read PDFs in the Books app on iPad You can open and save PDFs in the Books app that you receive in Mail, Messages, and other apps. Note: Apple Books isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Open a PDF you receive in Books 1. Tap the PDF attachment to open it. 2. Tap , then tap Books from the list options. Share or print a PDF in Books 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library, then tap below the PDF. 3. Tap , then choose a share option such as AirDrop, Mail, or Messages, or tap Print. See the Apple Support article About AirPrint. Mark up a PDF in Books 1. Go to the Books app on your iPad. 2. Open the PDF. 3. Tap the page, then tap at the top of the screen to use the drawing and annotation tools. Calendar Get started with Calendar on iPad Get started with Calendar on iPad Use the Calendar app place. to track meetings, appointments, and reminders, all in one All your events in one place With Calendar, you can add multiple calendar accounts from providers like iCloud, Google, or Microsoft Exchange. To add an account, go to Settings Calendar. Tap Calendar Accounts, then choose Add Account.

> Apps >

Create events Create events to keep track of everythingfrom work meetings to family fun. Tap at the top of the screen, enter your details, then tap

. Add a quick reminder Stay organized by adding reminders alongside your events. Tap screen, then tap Reminder and enter a title. Tap Date to choose a date for the reminder, then tap

. at the top of the Sync your calendar across devices You can use iCloud to keep your calendar information up to date on all your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Go to Settings

[your name] > iCloud. Tap See All next to Saved to iCloud, then turn on Calendar.

Want to learn more?

Change Calendar settings Get started with Calendar Use reminders in Calendar Keep track of events Change how you view events Send invitations Create and edit events in Calendar on iPad Use the Calendar app to create and edit events, appointments, and meetings. Ask Siri something like, Set up a meeting with Gordon at 9.Learn how to use Siri. Add an event 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. In Day view, tap at the top of the screen. 3. Enter the title of the event. 4. Tap Location or Video Call, then enter a physical location or tap FaceTime to enter a video link for a remote event. You can also copy a FaceTime link you created or received and paste it in the Location field. See Create a link to a FaceTime call. 5. Enter the start and end times for the event, the travel time, invitees, attachments, and so on. (Swipe up, if necessary, to enter all the meeting information.) 6. Tap

. Add an alert You can set an alert to be reminded of an event beforehand. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap the event, then tap Edit. 3. In the event details, tap Alert. 4. Choose when you want to be reminded. For example, At time of event, 5 minutes before, or another choice. Note: If you add the address of the events location, Calendar uses Apple Maps to look up locations, traffic conditions, and transit options to tell you when its time to leave. 5. Tap

. Add an attachment You can add an attachment to a calendar event to share with invitees. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap the event, then tap Edit. 3. In the event details, tap Add attachment. 4. Locate the file you want to attach. To find the file, you can enter its name in the search field, scroll, tap folders to open them, tap Browse to look in other locations (such as iCloud Drive), and so on. See Modify files, folders, and view downloads in Files. 5. Tap

. To remove the attachment, tap the event, tap Edit near the top right, swipe left over the attachment, then tap Remove. Find events in other apps Siri can suggest events found in Mail, Messages, and Safarisuch as flight reservations and hotel bookingsso you can add them easily in Calendar. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Calendar. 3. Tap Siri, then turn on Show in App to allow Siri to suggest events found in other apps. To allow Siri to make suggestions in other apps based on how you use Calendar, turn on Learn from this App. Copy and paste an event You can copy an event and paste it to another date. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the event, then tap Copy. 3. On another date, touch and hold the time where you want to paste the event. When you release, the New Event page appears and the copied event appears under Title with the date and time where you want to paste the event. Tip: You can also tap at the top of the screen after copying an event. 4. Tap the copied event below Title. 5. Tap

. Edit an event You can change the time of an event and any of the other event details. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Quickly change the event time and duration: In Day or Week view, touch and hold the event, then drag it to a new time, or adjust the grab points. Change event details: Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top right. In the event details, tap a setting to change it, or tap in a field to type new information. Delete an event 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap the event, then tap Delete Event at the bottom of the screen. Send invitations in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app, you can send meeting and event invitations. iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, and some CalDAV servers also let you send meeting invitations. (Not all calendar servers support every feature.) Before you begin Before you can invite people to events youve scheduled, you need to make sure your calendar accounts are turned on. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Calendar. 3. Tap Calendar Accounts, select an account, then check to see if Calendar is turned on. For more information about how to add calendars, see Set up multiple calendars. Invite others to an event You can invite people to an event youve scheduled. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top of the screen. 3. Tap invitees. 4. Do any of the following:

Add a name from your contacts: Enter a contacts name, tap the name, then tap

. You can also tap to select contacts. Add an email address: Enter an email address, tap Return, then tap

. Add a phone number: Enter a phone number, tap Return, then tap

. Important: Sending a calendar invitation to a phone number is supported only in China and India. Note: In order to send a calendar invitation to a contact, the contact must have an email address. See Add and use contact information. To make an invitation optional, tap Invitees, swipe left on the name or email address of the person youve invited, then tap Make Optional. If you dont want to be notified when someone declines a meeting, go to Settings

> Apps > Calendar, then turn off Show Invitee Declines. Note: With Microsoft Exchange and some other exchange servers, you can invite people to an event even if youre not the one who scheduled it. Quickly email attendees You can email all attendees of an eventfor example, to share event details. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap an event that has attendees. 3. Tap Invitees, then tap

. Reply to invitations in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app, reply to meeting and event invitations youve received. Reply to an event invitation 1. To respond to an event notification, tap it. Or, in Calendar, tap

, then tap an invitation. 2. Tap your responseAccept, Maybe, or Decline. To respond to an invitation you receive by email, tap the underlined text in the email, then tap Show in Calendar. If you add comments to your response, your comments can be seen by the organizer but not by other attendees (comments may not be available for all calendars). To see events you declined, tap

, then turn on Show Declined Events. Suggest a different meeting time You can suggest a different time for a meeting invitation youve received. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap the meeting, then tap Propose New Time. 3. Tap the time, then enter a new one. 4. Tap

, then tap Send. Depending on the capabilities of your calendar server, the organizer will receive either a counter-proposal or an email with your suggestion. Change how you view events in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app, you can view one day, week, month, or year at a time, or view a list of upcoming events. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Zoom in or out: Tap Day, Week, Month, or Year at the top of the screen to zoom in or out on your calendar. In Week or Day view, pinch to zoom in or out. View upcoming events: Tap to view upcoming events as a list. Search for events in Calendar on iPad You can search for events by title, invitees, location, and notes. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then enter the text you want to find in the search field. Ask Siri something like, Whats on my calendar for Friday? Learn how to use Siri. Change your Calendar settings on iPad

, you can add multiple accounts such as iCloud, Google, In the Calendar app Microsoft Exchange, and Yahoo. You can change default settings to make it easier to create new events and to display your calendar in a way that works best for you. For example, you can choose the default calendar for new events, change the duration of new events, and more. Set up iCloud, Google, Exchange, or Yahoo calendar accounts 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Calendar. 3. Tap Calendar Accounts, then tap Add Account. 4. Tap a service (iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, or Google, for example), then sign in. Add a CalDAV account 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Calendar. 3. Tap Calendar Accounts, then tap Add Account. 4. Tap Add Other Account, then tap Add CalDAV account. 5. Enter your server and account information. Note: If you add an account that doesnt support Push notifications, you can set a Fetch schedule for updating your calendar from the account. Go to Settings Apps > Calendar. Tap Calendar Accounts, then tap Fetch New Data. Under Fetch, choose a schedule. If you choose Automatically, new data is downloaded when your iPad is charging and connected to Wi-Fi.

Choose a default calendar If you have multiple calendars, you can choose a default calendar, and any new events you create are added to that calendar automatically. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Calendar. 3. Tap Default Calendar, then select the calendar you want to use as your default calendar. Note: You can always move an event to a different calendar after you create it. To find out more about using multiple calendars, see Set up multiple calendars. Set default event settings You can change default settings for calendar events, such as the duration for new events, whether to be alerted when its time to leave for an upcoming event, and more. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Calendar. 3. Do any of the following:

Set default alert times for events: Tap Default Alert Times, tap Birthdays, Events, or All-Day Events, then choose an option. Choose whether to be alerted when its time to leave for an upcoming event: Tap Default Alert Times, then turn Time to Leave on or off. Change the default duration for new events: Tap Duration for New Events, then choose a length of time. Choose whether Calendar suggests a location when you create a new event: Turn Location Suggestions on or off. Change how your calendar is displayed You can customize the way your calendar is displayed to help highlight the information thats most important to you. For example, you can choose which day you want to start the week with, display the Chinese, Hebrew, or Hijri calendar

(alongside the Gregorian calendar), and more. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Calendar. 3. Do any of the following:

Display the Chinese, Hebrew, or Hijri calendar: Tap Alternate Calendars, then choose a calendar. Display the week number next to every week of the year: Turn on Week Numbers. Show the current day as the first day in Week view: Turn on Week View Starts On Today. Choose a different day to start the week: Tap Start Week On, then tap a day. You can allow Siri to make suggestions across apps based on the way you use Calendar. Go to Settings this App. You can also allow suggestions and content from Calendar to appear in Search, widgets, and as notifications.

> Apps > Calendar, tap Siri, then turn on Learn from Schedule or display events in a different time zone in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app, events appear according to the time zone of your current location. However, you can set your calendar to always display a specific time zone, even if you travel to a different location. You can also schedule an event in a different time zone from the one currently shown in Calendar. Change the time zone for a new event You can create and edit events in Calendar and change the time zone of the event even if its different from the time zone youre currently in. For example, if you live in New York, you can create or edit an event and schedule it according to the time zone in another locationlike Chicago. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the screen. 3. Add the event details (title, location, travel time, attachments, and so on). 4. Enter the start and end times for the event, then tap Time Zone. 5. Search for a location, tap it, then tap

. Note: You can edit the time zone of the event later if you need to. Always view your calendar in a specific time zone You can override the default time zone setting so you can display Calendar in the time zone of your choice. This can be helpful if youre working remotely and need to keep track of the time when scheduling meetings with your colleagues in a different time zone. For example, if you live in San Francisco, but your job is based out of Boston, you can override the time zone of your current location and view your calendar events according to the time zone in Boston. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Calendar. 3. Tap Time Zone Override, then turn on Time Zone Override. 4. Tap Time Zone, search for a location (like Boston, for example), then tap the location. Events created before you turn on Time Zone Override appear according to the time zone of the location you selected, but also shows the original time zone the event was created in. Note: Time Zone Override only changes the time zone shown in the Calendar app. Keep track of events in Calendar on iPad You can customize the notifications that let you know about upcoming calendar events, invitations, and more. You can also make sure your events and other calendar information are kept up to date on all your devices. Customize Calendar notifications 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Notifications, then tap Calendar. 3. Turn on Allow Notifications. 4. Choose how and where you want the notifications to appearfor example, on the Lock Screen, in Notification Center, as banners at the top of the screen, with an alert sound, and so on. Turn on customized notifications for specific calendar events After customizing Calendar notifications, you can choose whether you want them to appear for specific occasionslike upcoming events or invitee responses, for example. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Notifications, then tap Calendar. 3. Tap Customize Notifications, turn the specific customized notifications on or off. Keep your calendar up to date across your devices You can use iCloud to keep your calendar information up to date on all your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap See All next to Saved to iCloud. 4. Tap iCloud Calendar and turn on Use on this iPad. If you dont want to use iCloud for your calendar, you can sync your calendar information between your iPad and your computer. See Transfer files between devices. Set up multiple calendars on iPad In the Calendar app, you can set up multiple calendars to keep track of different kinds of events. You can keep track of all your events and appointments in one calendar, but additional calendars are easy to set up and a great way to stay organized. Set up a calendar 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left, then tap Add Calendar at the bottom of the screen. 3. Do one of the following:

Create an iCloud calendar: Tap Add Calendar, enter a name for the calendar, then choose a color for it. Subscribe to an external read-only calendar: Tap Add Subscription Calendar, enter the URL of the .ics file you want to subscribe to (and any other required server information), then tap Find. Add a Holiday calendar: Tap Add Holiday Calendar, then tap the holiday calendar you want to subscribe to. See Use the Holidays calendar. You can also subscribe to an iCalendar (.ics) calendar by tapping a link to it. Unsubscribe from a calendar You can unsubscribe from a calendar youre subscribed to. When you unsubscribe, you can also report the calendar as junk. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left, then tap next to the calendar you want to remove. 3. Tap Unsubscribe, then tap Unsubscribe or Unsubscribe and Report Junk. Note: When you tap Unsubscribe and Report Junk, the calendar is reported to Apple as a suspected junk subscription. See multiple calendars at once 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. To view multiple calendars, tap

, then do any of the following:

Select the calendars you want to view. Tap US Holidays to include national holidays with your events. Tap Birthdays to include birthdays from Contacts with your events. Turn on calendar event alerts You can turn on event notifications for calendars you create or subscribe to. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left. 3. Tap next to a calendar. 4. Turn Event Alerts on or off. 5. Tap

. Change a calendars color 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left. 3. Tap next to the calendar, then choose a color. 4. Tap

. For some calendar accounts, such as Google, the color is set by the server. Move an event to another calendar 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap the event, tap Calendar, then select a calendar to move the event to. Use reminders in Calendar on iPad You can view, create, complete, and edit reminders from the Reminders app right in Calendar. Show reminders You can show scheduled reminders you added to the Reminders app in Calendar. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left, then select Scheduled Reminders. Reminders scheduled as all day are shown in the all-day section at the top of the calendar. Reminders scheduled at a specific time appear at that time in the full-day schedule. Create reminders 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the screen. 3. Tap Reminder, then enter a title. 4. To choose a date for the reminder, tap Date. 5. Optionally, turn on Time and choose a specific time for the reminder. You can also add other informationlike images, notes, or a priority level to a reminder. See Add details. Note: You can select a specific reminders list to add new scheduled reminders to. If you dont select a list, new reminders are added to the default list you chose for Reminders. See Change your Reminders settings. Complete reminders 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap the circle next to a reminders name. Complete reminders are dimmed. Deselect the circle next to a reminder to mark it as incomplete. Note: If you set a scheduled reminder to repeat, future instances are dimmed and can only be marked complete after the most current instance is marked complete. Hide reminders 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left. 3. Deselect Scheduled Reminders. Removing reminders from Calendar doesnt delete the reminders from the Reminders app. Edit or delete reminders 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap a reminder, then tap Edit to edit the details or Delete Reminder to delete. Deleted reminders go to the Recently Deleted list in Reminders for 30 days before being permanently deleted. Use the Holidays calendar on iPad In the Calendar app, the Holidays calendar displays holidays based on the region set on your iPad. Note: The Holidays calendar is a subscription calendar. You cant add or delete holidays, because subscription calendars can be modified only by the calendar provider. Show or hide holidays 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left. 3. Select or deselect US Holidays (or the holiday calendar for your country or region). Add a holiday calendar from a different region 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left. 3. Tap Add Calendar at the bottom of the screen, then tap Add Holiday Calendar. 4. Tap the holiday calendar you want to subscribe to, then tap . To change settings, like notification alerts or the color for a holiday calendar see Set up multiple calendars. Share iCloud calendars on iPad In the Calendar app, you can share an iCloud calendar with other iCloud users. When you share a calendar, others can see it, and you can let them add or change events. You can also share a read-only version that anyone can view but not change. Create an iCloud calendar 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left. 3. Tap Add Calendar. 4. Tap Add Calendar, enter a name for the new calendar, then tap . If iCloud isnt your default calendar, tap Accounts, then tap iCloud. See Change your Calendar settings. Share an iCloud calendar You can share a calendar with one or more people in iCloud. Those you invite receive an invitation to join the calendar. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left. 3. Tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to share. 4. Tap Add Person, then enter a name or email address, or tap to browse your contacts. Note: Your contacts must have an email address to share an iCloud calendar. See Add and use contact information. 5. Tap

. Change a persons access to a shared calendar After you invite a person to share your calendar, you can turn on or off their ability to edit the calendar, or stop sharing the calendar with that person. 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap next to the shared calendar, then tap the person. 3. Do any of the following:

Turn Allow Editing on or off. Tap Delete. Turn off notifications for shared calendars When someone modifies a calendar youre sharing, youre notified of the change. You can turn off notifications for shared calendars, if you dont want to receive them. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Notifications, then tap Calendar. 3. Tap Customize Notifications, then turn off Shared Calendar Changes. Share a read-only calendar with anyone 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to share. 3. Turn on Public Calendar, then tap Share Link to copy or send the URL for your calendar. 4. Choose a method for sending the URLMessage, Mail, and so on. Anyone you send the URL to can use it to subscribe to the calendar using a compatible app, such as Calendar for macOS. Delete a calendar 1. Go to the Calendar app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left. 3. Tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to delete. 4. Tap Delete Calendar at the bottom of the list. Calculator Get started with Calculator on iPad In the Calculator app convert units, or handwrite problems and generate graphs using Math Notes.

, you can solve math problems in basic or scientific mode, Choose the calculator for the task Do basic math, or switch to the scientific calculator where you can perform advanced calculations involving powers, roots, exponents, fractions, logarithms, trigonometry, and more. Tap , tap Basic or Scientific, then enter your expression. Convert units easily Miles to millimeters? Yen to euros? Change units of length, weight, power, pressure, speed, currency, and more with the unit conversion mode. Tap , turn on Convert, then tap to choose the units or currencies. Visualize your expressions with graphs Evaluate expressions, assign variables, and plot graphs in Math Notes. Tap , tap Math Notes, then write an equation with two or three variables. Tap the equal sign of the equation to design your graph. Want to learn more?

Use the basic calculator Use the scientific calculator Convert units or currency Solve math with Math Notes Work with graphs in Math Notes See previous calculations Use the basic calculator on iPad You can perform arithmetic calculations with a basic calculator. Ask Siri something like, Whats 18 percent of 225? Learn how to use Siri. Switch to the basic calculator 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Basic. Clear digits, numbers, or the display 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Enter a digit or calculation. 3. Do one of the following:

Delete the last digit: If you make a mistake when you enter a number, tap

. Delete the entire number you last entered: Tap the Clear (C) key. Delete the expression: Tap the All Clear (AC) key, or touch and hold or the Clear (C) key. Switch to another mode 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then do one of the following:

Access algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric keys, and more: Tap Scientific. See Use the scientific calculator. Solve handwritten math problems, evaluate expressions, and assign variables: Tap Math Notes, then tap Notes. See Solve math with Math Draw graphs: Tap Math Notes, tap Graph. See Work with graphs in Math Notes.

, write an equation, then tap Insert Instantly calculate unit or currency conversions: Turn on Convert. See Convert units or currency. Note: Calculator uses select numeric systems for written math and variable names. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Copy a calculation result 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Enter a calculation, touch and hold the calculation result in the display, then tap Copy. 3. Paste the result somewhere else, such as in a note or message. You can also copy previous calculations. Show commas in large numbers 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. In the menu bar, tap View, then choose Show Thousands Separator. Repeat the last operation Do one of the following after completing an operation:

Apply the last operation to the current result: Tap the equal sign. For example, if you enter 1 2 =, your result is 2. Each time you tap the equal sign, the currently displayed answer is multiplied by 2, producing these results: 4, 8, 16, 32, and so on. Apply the last operation to a new number: Enter a new number, then tap the equal sign. For example, if you enter 100 + 15% =, the result is 115. Then, if you enter 150 =, the result is 150 + 15%, or 172.5. Use the scientific calculator on iPad You can use the scientific calculator for exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. You can also view complete expressions with parentheses, trigonometry, and multiple operations before tapping the equal sign for the final answer. Note: The Calculator app uses the standard order of operations. For example, multiplication is completed before addition and subtraction. Add parentheses around expressions that you want calculated first. Switch to the scientific calculator 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Scientific. Work with stored values 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Scientific. 3. As you calculate, you can do any of the following:

Add the value on the screen to memory: Tap m+. Subtract the value on the screen from memory: Tap m-. Recall the stored value in memory: Tap mr. Clear the stored value from memory: Tap mc. Use exponential and logarithmic functions or notation 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Scientific. 3. Do any of the following:

Square a value: Enter a number, tap x2, then tap =. Cube a value: Enter a number, tap x3, then tap =. Raise a value to the power of y: Enter a base number, tap xy, enter the value of y, then tap =. Raise e to the power of x: Tap ex, enter the value of x, then tap =. Raise 10 to the power of x: Tap 10x, enter the value of x, then tap =. Tip: Tap EE as a shortcut to use scientific notation, instead of tapping the and 10x keys. Use the keys just below those keys to get the inverse functions: the square root, cube root, yth root, natural logarithm, and logarithm. To access additional functions (such as yx or powers of 2), tap the 2nd key near the top left. Use trigonometric and hyperbolic functions 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Scientific. 3. Find any of the following:

Sine: Tap sin, enter a number, then tap =. Cosine: Tap cos, enter a number, then tap =. Tangent: Tap tan, enter a number, then tap =. Hyperbolic sine: Tap sinh, enter a number, then tap =. Hyperbolic cosine: Tap cosh, enter a number, then tap =. Hyperbolic tangent: Tap tanh, enter a number, then tap =. To access the inverse of these functions (such as arcsine or arctangent), tap the 2nd key near the top left. Use radians or degrees The scientific calculator uses degrees by default. 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Scientific. 3. Tap Rad to switch to radians. When youre using radians instead of degrees, the label Rad appears in the lower left of the display, and the Rad key becomes Deg. To switch back to degrees, tap the Deg key. When you hold your iPad vertically (in portrait orientation), the Rad/Deg key is just above the key. When you hold it horizontally (in landscape orientation), the Rad/Deg key is near the bottom center. Generate a random number between 0 and 1 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Scientific. 3. Tap Rand. When you hold your iPad vertically (in portrait orientation), the Rand key is just above the bottom left. When you hold it horizontally (in landscape orientation), the Rand key is in Solve math with Math Notes in Calculator on iPad You can solve mathematical expressions, create and use variables, or graph equationsfor example, when learning new concepts in class, doing day-to-day budgeting, planning an event, remodeling your home, and more. Note: Math Notes uses common mathematical symbols, the same operations as the scientific calculator, and select numeric systems for written math and variable names. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Solve expressions 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Math Notes. 3. Tap to open a previous Math Note, or tap to start a new one. 4. Do any of the following:

Type a math expression, then include an equal sign. Tap

, write a math expression horizontally, then include an equal sign. Tap

, write a stack of numbers, then draw a horizontal line below the numbers to add the numbers in the stack. Write a different symbol to the left of each number if you want a different operation. 5. Tap the equal sign to see what Math Notes understood in what you wrote. To correct mistakes, you can fix any of the following:

Unrecognized math and unsolvable expressions: Tap any dotted red lines to see details about the error. Ambiguous characters: Tap any dotted blue lines to clarify what you wrote. See the Apple Support article How to handle errors in Math Notes to learn more. Math Notes uses the standard order of operations in horizontal expressions. For example, multiplication is completed before addition and subtraction. Add parentheses around expressions that you want calculated first. In vertically stacked math, Math Notes evaluates expressions from top to bottom. Math Notes automatically converts any units and currency used in expressions. You can also mix different systemsfor example, 42 meters + 143 feet. Available units and currency match the Convert mode of the basic or scientific calculator. See Convert units or currency. Update values 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , tap Math Notes, then tap the note you want to update. 3. Do one of the following:

Erase the number, then enter a new value. Tap the number, then slide left and right to adjust the value using the scrubber that appears above the number. Using an Apple Pencil, hover over the number until you see a scrubber, then slide left and right to adjust the value. Any graphs using the values automatically update. If the value was assigned to a variable, results or graphs of any equations using the variable automatically update as well. Use variables in expressions and equations 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Math Notes. 3. Tap to open a Math Note in the sidebar, or tap to start a new one. 4. To declare a variable, type or write a letter or word to use as the variable, followed by an equal sign. 5. Type or write a value or expression after the equal sign to assign a value to the variable. 6. Type or write the variable name in an expression or an equation to use it. Note: Math Notes reads entries from top left to bottom right. You must declare a variable (for example, x = 5) before using it in an expression (such as x + 10 =). Writing an expression without first declaring a variable produces an error. Variable names must contain characters only from the Latin alphabet. Variables cant be used in vertical math. You can use equations with two or three variables to graph in two or three dimensions. You can use equations with two variables to create a graph. Show results automatically or as suggestions You can choose how you want your iPad to respond to the math problems you enter in Math Notes. 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Math Notes. 3. Tap to open a Math Note in the sidebar, or tap to start a new one. 4. Enter text, or tap and begin writing. 5. Tap

, then tap Math Results, then do one of the following:

If you want problems to be solved: Choose Insert Results. Answers appear automatically when you type or write a solvable math problem. If you want suggestions to appear: Choose Suggest Results. When you type or write an equal sign or select a solvable math problem, a Solve button appears that, when tapped, inserts the answer. If you dont want any math results: Choose Off. Answers dont appear when you type or write an equal sign after an expression. Use a light background Math Notes uses a dark background by default, but you can switch to a light background instead. 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Math Notes. 3. Tap to open a Math Note in the sidebar, or tap to start a new one, then enter text or write. 4. Tap

, then tap Use Light Background. You can also show lines or grids in notes. Work with graphs in Math Notes in Calculator on iPad In Math Notes, you can insert a graph or overlay the graphs of multiple equations on the same two-dimensional grid or three-dimensional space to see how they relate. Note: Math Notes uses common mathematical symbols, the same operations as the scientific calculator, and select numeric systems for written math and variable names. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Graph in two dimensions 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Math Notes. 3. Type or write an equation with exactly two undefined variables, with one on each side of the equal sign. You can include defined variables as well. For example, if you know a = 3, you can graph velocity = 0.5at^2. The graphs y-axis shows velocity, and the x-

axis shows t. 4. Tap Insert Graph in the menu that appears, then, if asked, tap to assign a variable to the x-axis. 5. Do any of the following:

Reframe the graph: Tap the graph, then swipe with two fingers to pan. Zoom in or out: Tap the graph, then pinch open and closed. See coordinates: Touch and hold the graphed function, then move your finger along the line to see each points x- and y-value. You can also tap an equal sign of any equation you already wrote to create a new graph. All graphs interpret the equations you enter as y = f(x). The variable to the left of the equal sign graphs on the y-axis, and the other variable graphs on the x-axis. Graph in three dimensions 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Math Notes. 3. Type or write an equation with a z on the left side of the equal sign and x and y on the right. For example, z = (y3+x3)/2. 4. Tap Insert Graph in the menu that appears, then, if asked, tap to assign variables to axes. 5. Tap to select the graph, then do any of the following:

Inspect the graph from other angles: Drag from the middle of the graph. Move the graph in the note: Drag the edge of the graph. You can also tap an equal sign of any equation you already wrote to create a new graph. Modify a graph 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , tap Math Notes, then open a Math Note with a graph. 3. Do any of the following:

Change the shape of the function: Edit your equation. The graph updates automatically. Resize the graph: Tap the graph, then drag an edge or corner handle. Adjust the axes: Tap the graph, tap , then swipe left or right on the numbers to make them larger or smaller, or tap Equalize Axes. Zoom to the best view of the graph: Tap the graph, then tap Recenter. Center the origin: Tap

, then tap Center Origin. Duplicate the graph: Tap the graph, then tap

. Recolor the graph: Tap the line or surface of the graph, then tap the color picker to the right of the equation. Work with multiple graphs 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Math Notes. 3. Create a graph in two or three dimensions, as above. 4. Type or write another equation, then tap Insert Graph or Add to Existing Graph. You can also tap an equal sign of any equation you already wrote to add it to an existing graph. 5. Do any of the following:

Combine graphs on one grid: Tap a graph, tap equation in the list that you want to add to the graph. A

, then tap the appears. or Hide a graph line: Tap the graph, tap or

, then tap to uncheck it. Convert units or currency in Calculator on iPad Turn on unit conversions to convert length, weight, currencies, and more while using the basic or scientific calculator. 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. While using the basic or scientific calculator, tap , then turn on Convert. 3. Tap and choose the units or currencies you want to convert from and to. Swipe the categories at the top of the list to see others, such as Speed, Time, and Weight. 4. Enter a value in either field to see conversions as you type. 5. To reverse how the units are converted, tap

. You can also convert units and currencies in Math Notes. For example, type or write 50 m in feet = in a note. See previous calculations in Calculator on iPad Keep track of previous calculations in the basic or scientific calculators, and copy results from them to use in Calculator or other apps. 1. Go to the Calculator app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then select Basic or Scientific. 3. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Reload the calculation: Tap the listing. The calculation appears where you left off earlier. Copy the answer: Touch and hold the listing, then tap Copy Expression or Copy Result. Delete the calculation: Swipe left, then tap

. Clock See the time worldwide in Clock on iPad You can see the local time in time zones around the world. Ask Siri something like: What time is it? or What time is it in London? Learn how to use Siri. 1. Go to the Clock app on your iPad. 2. Tap World Clock. 3. To manage your list of cities, do any of the following:

Add a city: Tap

, then choose a city. Delete a city: Tap Edit, then tap

. When youre finished, tap

. Reorder the cities: Touch and hold a clock, then drag it to a new position. Set an alarm in Clock on iPad You can turn your iPad into an alarm clock, or simply ask Siri to set one for you. Alarms can be set for any time and repeated on specific days of the week. You can also adjust how long the snooze lasts. Ask Siri something like: Set an alarm for 7 a.m. Learn how to use Siri. Set an alarm 1. Go to the Clock app on your iPad. 2. Tap Alarms, then tap

. 3. Set the time, then choose any of the following options:

Repeat: Choose the days of the week you want the alarm to repeat. Label: Give the alarm a name, like Water the plants. Sound: Choose a song or a ringtone. Snooze: Turn on to see a Snooze button with your alarm. Snooze Duration: Choose how long to pause the alarm. 4. Tap

. To change the alarm, tap the alarm time. Or tap Edit at the top left, then tap the alarm time. Change the alarms volume 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sounds. 3. Under Ringtone and Alerts, drag the volume slider. Tip: To use the volume buttons on your device to change the alarm volume, turn on Change with Buttons. Your alarm sounds even when you:

Turn on Silent mode. Turn on Do Not Disturb (or another Focus). Connect headphones to your iPad. The alarm plays at a set volume through both the built-in speakers on your iPad as well as your headphones. Turn off an alarm 1. Go to the Clock app on your iPad. 2. Tap Alarms. 3. Tap the button below the alarm time. Remove an alarm 1. Go to the Clock app on your iPad. 2. Tap Alarms. 3. Tap Edit at the top left, tap

, then tap

.. Track time with the stopwatch in Clock on iPad In the Clock app, you can use the stopwatch to measure the duration of an event. 1. Go to the Clock app on your iPad. 2. Tap Stopwatch. Note: With iPad in portrait orientation, you can switch between the digital and analog faces by swiping the stopwatch. 3. Tap Start. The timing continues even if you open another app or if iPad goes to sleep. 4. To record a lap or split, tap Lap. 5. Tap Stop to record the final time. 6. Tap Reset to clear the stopwatch. Set timers in Clock on iPad You can set timers to count down from specified times. Ask Siri something like: Set the timer for 3 minutes.Learn how to use Siri. Set a custom timer 1. Go to the Clock app on your iPad. 2. Tap Timers, then set a duration of time. 3. Choose any of the following options:

Label: Give the timer a name, like Take the cookies out of the oven. When Timer Ends: Choose a sound to play when the timer ends. 4. Tap Start. Note: The timer continues even if you open another app or if iPad goes to sleep. When you set a custom timer, it appears below Recentso you can start the same timer whenever you want. Set a timer to stop playing audio or video If you want to stop playing audio or video after a specific amount of time, you can set the timer to stop the playbackfor example, when you fall asleep while listening to the radio. 1. Go to the Clock app on your iPad. 2. Set a custom timer, as above. 3. Tap When Timer Ends, then tap Stop Playing at the bottom of the list of sounds. 4. Tap Set, then tap Start. Set multiple timers After you start a custom timer, you can add more timers to keep track of different tasks at the same time. 1. Go to the Clock app on your iPad. 2. Tap Timers, then start a timer. 3. Tap at the top right, then do one of the following:

Add a custom timer: Set a duration of time, add a label or sound, then tap

. Add a preset timer: Swipe left below Presets, then tap a preset duration of time (like 1, 5, or 10 minutes). Add a recent timer: Tap next to a timer youve recently set. If you selected a recent or preset timer, tap the timer to edit the label and sound. Stop, pause, or remove a timer When a timer ends, you get a notification at the top of your screen, no matter which app youre using. Tap run again. You can also tap Repeat or Stop from the Lock Screen. to clear the notification, or tap if you want the timer to You can also pause or remove a timer before it ends. 1. Go to the Clock app on your iPad. 2. Tap Timers, then do any of the following:

Pause a timer: Tap continue counting down. next to the timer to stop it momentarily. Tap to Remove a timer: Tap

. Contacts Get started with Contacts on iPad to keep phone numbers, email addresses, birthdays, and Use the Contacts app more, all in one place. Create a contact To create a contact, go to the Contacts app, tap , add the contacts details, then tap

. Add other accounts If you have contacts saved in other accounts like iCloud, Google, or Yahoo, you can add them to the Contacts app to see all your contacts in one place. Go to Settings

> Apps > Contacts, tap Contacts Accounts, then tap Add Account. Share a contact Its easy to share a contact. Select a contact, then tap Share Contact. Choose the fields you want to share, tap

, then choose a sharing option such as Messages or Mail. Sync your contacts See your contacts on your other Apple devices when youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud. Tap See All next to Saved to iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Want to learn more?

Add or remove accounts Sync contacts across devices Get started with Contacts Add your contact info Edit contacts Add and use contact information on iPad You can use the Contacts app to create, find, share, and delete contacts. Siri can update information about a contact. Say something like, Sarah Milos is my sister. Learn how to use Siri. Create a contact 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. Siri also suggests new contacts based on your use of other apps, such as email you receive in Mail and invitations you receive in Calendar. (To turn this feature off, go to Settings

> Apps > Contacts > Siri, then turn off Show Contact Suggestions.) Based on the way you use Contacts, Siri also provides contact information suggestions in other apps. (To turn this feature off, go to Settings Contacts > Siri, then turn off Learn from this App.) See Siri Suggestions.

> Apps >

Find a contact Tap the search field at the top of the contacts list, then enter a name, address, phone number, or other contact information. You can also search your contacts using Search (see Search with Spotlight). Share a contact 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap a contact, tap Share Contact, then choose the fields you want to share. 3. Tap then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. Quickly reach a contact 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap a contact. 3. Tap a button below the contacts name to do any of the following: start a message, make a phone call or a FaceTime call; or compose an email. To change the default phone number or email address for a contact method, touch and hold the button for that method below the contacts name, then tap a selection in the list. Delete a contact 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Go to the contacts card, then tap Edit. 3. Scroll down, then tap Delete Contact. Edit contacts on iPad Assign a photo to a contact, add a pronunciation and pronouns, change a label, add a birthday, and more to your contacts. 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap a contact, then tap Edit. 3. Enter or update the contacts information. 4. When youre finished, tap

. To change how your contacts are sorted and displayed, go to Settings > Apps >

Contacts. Add or edit your contact info and photo on iPad iPad uses your Apple Account to create your contact card, called My Card, in the Contacts app. You can also add or edit detailsincluding your name, address, phone number, and birthday, as well as the Contact Poster, which you can share with people when you call or send a message to them. Complete or edit My Card 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap My Card at the top, then tap Edit. If you dont see My Card, tap contact list, touch and hold your contact, and tap Make this My Card. and enter your information, then return to the 3. Enter your contact information. Contacts suggests addresses and phone numbers to help you. Tip: You can also teach Siri how to pronounce your name. See Tell Siri how to say your name. Add or edit your home address 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap My Card at the top, then tap Edit. 3. Tap Add Address, then add your address. 4. Tap the label that appears to the left of the address, then select Home. You can use AutoFill in Safari to automatically fill in your address for things like online shopping or online forms. When you edit your My Card, your AutoFill information automatically updates. See Fill in personal information. Add or edit your photo and poster You can set a photo and poster to automatically appear when you call or send a message to others. 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap My Card at the top, then tap Edit. 3. Tap your contact photo, then choose and customize your photo and poster. Share your name and contact image You can choose to automatically share your updated name, photo, and poster with people in your contacts. 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap My Card at the top, tap Edit, then tap your contact photo. 3. Turn on Name & Photo Sharing to start sharing your contact photo and poster with others. (You may need to scroll down.) You can share automatically with Contacts Only, or select Always Ask to be prompted before your name, photo, and poster are shared with anyone. Add or edit contact pronouns You can add or edit your pronouns or another contacts pronouns in the Contacts app. 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap My Card at the top to add your pronouns, or select another contact to add theirs. 3. Tap Edit, then tap add pronouns. 4. Select your language and add the correct pronouns. You can also add pronouns in other languages by tapping Add Pronouns again. 5. Tap Add. Note: When you share your contact information through Contacts or NameDrop, by default your pronouns arent shared. When youre sharing another contacts information, their pronouns are never shared. Share contacts on iPad You can use the Contacts app to share your contact information (or another persons contact information) to someone else using Messages, Mail, or another sharing option. 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Select the contact you want to share. 3. Tap Share Contact, select the fields you want to include, then tap Done. 4. Select a method to share the contact, then tap Send. Add or remove accounts in Contacts on iPad In the Contacts app, you can add multiple accountssuch as iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, Google, and Yahoo. You can choose a default account, set up LDAP or CardDAV accounts, show or hide accounts, and delete accounts. Add your iCloud contacts 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap [your name], then tap iCloud. 3. Tap See All next to Saved to iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Add your contacts from other accounts You can use the Contacts app to manage your contacts in other accounts, such as Microsoft Exchange, Google, and Yahoo. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Contacts. 3. Tap Contacts Accounts, then tap Add Account. 4. Choose an account, sign in to it, then turn on Contacts. Note: If you add an account that doesnt support Push notifications, you can set a Fetch schedule for updating your contacts from the account. Go to Settings Apps > Contacts, tap Contacts Accounts, then tap Fetch New Data. Under Fetch, choose a schedule. If you choose Automatically, new data is downloaded when your iPad is charging and connected to Wi-Fi.

Add contacts from contacts provider apps You can allow third-party apps to add contacts to the Contacts app. The contacts are managed by the third-party app and cant be edited in the Contacts app. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Contacts. 3. Tap Providers, then turn on the option for an app. Choose your default account You can select a default account where new contacts are automatically added. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Contacts. 3. Tap Default Account, then tap the account you want to make your default. Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account to access business or school directories 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Contacts. 3. Tap Contacts Accounts, then tap Add Account. 4. Tap Add Other Account, then tap Add LDAP Account or CardDAV Account. 5. Enter the account information. Remove a contact account When you remove an account, the contacts in that account no longer appear on your iPad. The contacts remain in your internet account (for example, iCloud.com or Google) and any other devices you had already set up. Turn off iCloud contacts: Go to Settings All next to Saved to iCloud, then turn off Contacts.

> [your name] > iCloud. Tap See You can choose to keep or delete the previously synced iCloud contacts on your iPad. Temporarily stop using an account: Go to Settings Contacts Accounts, tap the account, then turn off Contacts.

> Apps > Contacts >

To view the contacts in that account on your iPad again, turn on Contacts. Delete an account: Go to Settings tap the account, then tap Delete Account.

> Apps > Contacts > Contacts Accounts, If you dont see Sign Out or Delete Account, your account may be managed by your organization. See an administrator for removal instructions. Get rid of duplicate contacts on iPad When you have contacts from multiple sources, you might have multiple entries for the same person. In the Contacts app, link contact cards for the same person in different accounts so they appear only once in your All Contacts list. Linked contact cards are displayed as a single unified contact. Resolve duplicate contacts If you have more than one contact card with the same first and last name, the Contacts app can merge the duplicate contacts for you. 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Below My Card, tap View Duplicates. 3. Tap individual contacts to review and merge them, or tap Merge All to merge all duplicate contacts. Link contacts manually If two entries for the same person arent linked automatically, you can unify them manually. 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap one of the contacts, tap Edit, then tap Link Contacts. 3. Choose the other contact entry to link to, then tap Link. When you link contacts with different first or last names, the names on the individual cards dont change, but only one name appears on the unified card. To choose which name appears on the unified card, tap one of the linked cards, tap the contacts name on that card, then tap Use This Name For Unified Card. Note: When you link contacts, those contacts arent merged. If you change or add information in a unified contact, the changes are copied to each source account where that information already exists. Sync contacts across devices on iPad To keep your contact information up to date across all your devices where youre signed in to your Apple Account, you can use iCloud. 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud. 2. Tap See All next to Saved to iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Alternatively, you can sync the information between iPad and your Mac or Windows device to keep the information up to date across iPad and your computer. See Transfer files between devices. If you use iCloud for Contacts, your contacts are kept up to date automatically, and no options appear for syncing them with your computer. Import contacts on iPad You can import contacts from a vCard and from a directory. Import contacts from a vCard Tap a .vcf attachment in an email or message. Add a contact from a directory 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap the GAL, CardDAV, or LDAP directory you want to search. 3. Enter your search. 4. Tap the persons name to save their information to your contacts. Export contacts on iPad You can export some or all of your contacts to another device or app. 1. Go to the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top left. 3. Touch and hold an existing list (or create a new list by tapping Add List). 4. Tap Export, select the fields you want to include, then tap Done. 5. Choose a method to send or save the exported contact cards, such as Messages or Mail. FaceTime Get started with FaceTime on iPad Learn how to use the FaceTime app over Wi-Fi or cellular. While on a FaceTime call, you can also watch TV shows and movies, listen to music, and even work out together. to visit face-to-face with friends and family Set up FaceTime Go to the Settings app

, tap Apps, then tap FaceTime. Make sure that youre signed in to your Apple Account and FaceTime is turned on. If more than one contact method appears below You can be reached by FaceTime at, you can tap to select or deselect it. Make a FaceTime call Open the FaceTime app, tap New, then enter the name, number, or email of the person (or people) you want to call. Tap FaceTime to make a video call or make an audio call. In a Group FaceTime call, you can talk with up to 32 people. to Use the FaceTime controls While on a FaceTime call, use the FaceTime controls to turn your camera or mic on or off, share your screen, and more. If you dont see the controls, tap your screen. Switch a FaceTime call to another device When youre signed in to your Apple Account on multiple devices, you can start a FaceTime call on one of them, then move it to your iPad. You can also move your call from your iPad to another device. On the device you want to switch to, tap or tap Switch. at the top of the screen or the suggestion Move call to this [device], then Leave a video message If someone doesnt answer your FaceTime video call, you can leave a video message. Tap Record Video, then record your message. When youre finished recording, tap

, then tap

. Want to learn more?

Set up FaceTime Make FaceTime calls Use Live Captions and Live Translation Hand off a FaceTime call to another Apple device Use SharePlay to watch, listen, and play together Change the FaceTime video settings Change the FaceTime audio settings Note: Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Make and receive FaceTime calls Set up FaceTime on iPad To make and receive FaceTime calls on your iPad, you need to be signed in to FaceTime with your Apple Account. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap FaceTime. 3. If FaceTime is turned off, turn it on. 4. If you see a sign-in screen, sign in to your Apple Account and enter your password. To stop making and receiving calls with FaceTime, go to the Settings app tap Apps, then tap FaceTime. Turn off FaceTime (or tap your Apple Account, then tap Sign Out).

, Make FaceTime calls on iPad With an internet connection and an Apple Account, you can make and receive calls in the FaceTime app. On iPad Wi-Fi + Cellular models, you can also make FaceTime calls over a cellular data connection. (Calling and data rates may apply.) To turn this feature off, go to the Settings app cellular data settings.

, tap Cellular, then turn off FaceTime. See View or change Note: FaceTime audio calls arent available in all countries or regions. Make a FaceTime call 1. Go to the FaceTime app on your iPad. 2. Tap New near the top of the screen. 3. Enter the name, number, or email of the person you want to call, then tap FaceTime to make a video call or to make a FaceTime audio call. Alternatively, you can tap or tap a suggested contact to quickly make a call. to open Contacts and start your call from there, To call multiple people, see Make a Group FaceTime call. Ask Siri something like, Call Elizas mobile. Learn how to use Siri. Tip: To see more during a FaceTime video call, rotate iPad to use landscape orientation. See Change or lock the screen orientation. Record a video message If someone doesnt answer your FaceTime video call, you can record a video message to convey exactly what you want to say. 1. Tap Record Video, wait for the countdown (from 5 to 1), then record your message. 2. Tap to send your recorded message, or tap Retake to rerecord the message. You can also tap Save to save the video message to Photos. After you send your video message, the recipient is notified. Note: You can receive video messages only from saved contacts, people youve called, and people suggested by Siri. See View a video message or listen to a voicemail. Leave a voicemail If someone doesnt answer your FaceTime audio call, youre prompted to leave a

voicemail if the person youre calling has Live Voicemail turned on in Settings Apps > Phone on an iPhone signed in to the same Apple Account as their iPad. Note: Live Voicemail isnt available in all languages or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Call again To call someone again in FaceTime, do any of the following:

Tap Call Again on the Record Video screen. In your call history, tap the tile with the contact information of the person (or group) you want to call again, then tap

(for a FaceTime video call) or

. Start a FaceTime call from a Messages conversation In an iMessage conversation, you can start a FaceTime call to the person youre chatting with. 1. Tap at the top right of the Messages conversation. 2. Tap FaceTime Audio or FaceTime Video. Use Live Translation If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use it to see live translated captions in FaceTime. See See translated captions in FaceTime. Important: If you remove the FaceTime app from your iPad, or if you removed FaceTime in an earlier version of iPadOS, you wont be able to make or receive FaceTime calls or use SharePlay on your iPad unless you redownload the app. Settings and contact cards wont show FaceTime options.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Receive FaceTime calls on iPad In the FaceTime app, you can answer video and audio calls, decline calls, view video messages or listen to voicemails, and delete calls from your call history. Note: Live Voicemail isnt available in all languages or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Answer a FaceTime call When a FaceTime call comes in, do any of the following:

Accept the call: To answer a video call, tap audio call, tap

, then tap Join. To answer an If a slider appears, you can drag it right to answer. Decline the call: Tap

(for a video call) or

(for an audio call). For FaceTime audio calls, tap Message to send a text message or tap Voicemail to send the caller to voicemail. (You may need to tap the incoming call banner to see these options.) Put the current call on hold: Tap Hold and Accept. Note: This option is only available if youre on a FaceTime audio call and you receive another incoming FaceTime audio call. Otherwise, you can tap End & Accept to end the current call and answer the incoming call. Tip: You can have Siri announce incoming calls, which you can accept or decline using your voice. View a video message or listen to a voicemail If you miss an incoming video call and the caller leaves a video message, you receive a notification about the video message. A thumbnail image from the video also appears in your FaceTime call history. You can tap the notification or image to view the video message. Note: You can receive video messages only from saved contacts, people youve called, and people suggested by Siri. If you miss an incoming audio call, the caller can leave a voicemail if you have Live

> Apps > Phone, and your iPhone is signed in to Voicemail turned on in Settings the same Apple Account for FaceTime as your iPad. Delete a call from your call history 1. Go to the FaceTime app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the call in your call history, then tap Delete. Tip: To quickly access all video messages or voicemails from a specific contact, tap their name in the call history, then tap the Voicemails button or the Videos button. Create a link to a FaceTime call on iPad In FaceTime, you can create a link to a FaceTime call and send the link to a friend or a group (using Mail or Messages). They can use the link to join or start a call. 1. Go to the FaceTime app on your iPad. 2. Tap New, then enter the contact information for one or more people. 3. Tap

. 4. Choose an option for sending the link (for example, Messages or Mail). In Calendar, you can schedule a remote video meeting by inserting a FaceTime link as the location of the meeting. Note: You can invite anyone to join you in a FaceTime call, even people who dont have an Apple device, as long as they have the latest version of Chrome or Edge. They can join you in one-to-one and Group FaceTime calls from their browserno login is necessary. Sending video requires H.264 video encoding support. Take a Live Photo during a FaceTime call on iPad When youre on a video call in the FaceTime app FaceTime Live Photo to capture a moment of your conversation (not available in all countries or regions). The camera captures what happens just before and after you take the photo, including the audio, so you can see and hear it later just the way it happened.

, you can take a To take a FaceTime Live Photo, first make sure FaceTime Live Photos is turned on in Settings

> Apps > FaceTime, then do one of the following:

During a one-to-one FaceTime call: Tap

. During a Group FaceTime call: Tap the tile of the person you want to take a picture of, then tap

. You both receive a notification that the photo was taken, and the Live Photo is saved in your Photos app. Use audio call tools in FaceTime on iPad In some countries and regions, you can record a FaceTime audio call when youre talking to one other person, and view the transcript of the call in the Notes app. On iPad models that support Apple Intelligence,* you can view a summary of an audio recording in Notes. You can also use Hold Assist to get a notification when a live agent becomes available while youre placed on hold. Note: Call recording is not currently available in the European Union, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Egypt, Iran, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Morocco, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Russia, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, and Yemen. Record an audio call Before you begin, check the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website to see if call recording is available in your language and region, and make sure the other call participant is willing to be recorded. 1. During a one-to-one audio call in the FaceTime app

, tap

, then tap Call Recording. Both call participants hear an audio notice that the call is being recorded. 2. To stop recording, tap

. doesnt appear, tap If recording also stops when you end the call.

, then tap Stop next to Call Recording. Call Call recordings are automatically saved to a Call Recordings folder in the Notes app. Play a call recording 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Select a note in the Call Recordings folder, then tap . View a call transcript In select regions and languages, you can view the transcript of a recorded call in the Notes app. The transcript may not be available immediatelyyou may see a message that the transcription is in progress. Note: Verify the accuracy of a transcription before relying on it. It might not be a perfect representation of the conversation. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Select a note in the Call Recordings folder, then tap . Note: Spoken words in supported languages are automatically transcribed. If you dont see Transcript, your iPad doesnt meet the minimum requirements or detect a supported language. In the transcript, the speaker of each statement is identified. 3. While viewing the transcript, you can do any of the following:

Play the audio from a specific point: Select the text you want to hear. Search the transcript: Tap

, then tap Find in Transcript. Copy the transcript: Tap Copy Transcript.

, then choose Add Transcript to Note or Save or delete the audio recording: Tap Files or Delete.

, then choose Save Audio to Note: Deleting the audio recording also deletes the transcript. View the waveform of the recording: Tap

. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can summarize a recorded FaceTime call. See Intro to Apple Intelligence. Turn off Call Recording Call Recording is turned on by default, but you can turn it off. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Tap Audio Call Recording, then turn off Audio Call Recording. Use Hold Assist When youre placed on hold during a FaceTime audio call, you can use Hold Assist to notify you when a live agent is available. See Receive a notification when youre no longer on hold.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Live Captions and Live Translation in FaceTime on iPad During a video call in the FaceTime app, you can turn on Live Captions to see the spoken conversation transcribed and displayed in real time. On an iPad with Apple Intelligence*, you can turn on Live Translation to see the other persons words translated from their language to your preferred language and displayed on your screen as they speak. Turn on Live Captions If youre having difficulty hearing the conversation, Live Captions (available on supported models) can make it easier to follow along. Note: Live Captions arent available in all languages or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. 1. During a FaceTime video call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls

(if they arent visible). 2. Tap

, then tap Live Captions. A Live Captions window appears, showing the automatically transcribed dialogue of the call near the top of the screen and whos speaking. Important: The accuracy of Live Captions may vary and shouldnt be relied upon in high-risk or emergency situations. Live Captions uses additional battery. Turn on Live Translation When you have a FaceTime call with someone who speaks a different language, you can use Apple Intelligence* to see captions in your preferred language. See translated captions in FaceTime.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use other apps during a FaceTime call on iPad While youre on a call using the FaceTime app example, to look up information, write a note, or perform a calculation.

, you can use other appsfor 1. Go to the Home Screen on your iPad. 2. Tap an app icon to open the app. 3. To return to the FaceTime screen, tap the green bar (or the FaceTime icon) at the top of the screen. You can also share your screen with the other people in your FaceTime call while using another app. See Share your screen in a FaceTime call. Make a Group FaceTime call on iPad In the FaceTime app, you can talk with up to 32 participants in a Group FaceTime call. Note: Group FaceTime calls arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Start a Group FaceTime call 1. Go to the FaceTime app on your iPad. 2. Tap New. 3. In the field near the top of the screen, enter the names, numbers, or emails of the people you want to call. You can also tap suggested contacts. to open Contacts and add people from there, or tap 4. Tap FaceTime to make a video call or tap to make a FaceTime audio call. Each participant appears in a tile on the screen. When a participant speaks

(verbally or by using sign language) or you tap the tile, that tile becomes highlighted or more prominent. Tiles that cant fit on the screen appear in a row at the bottom. To find a participant you dont see, swipe through the row. The participants initials may appear in the tile if an image isnt available. To prevent the tile of the person speaking from becoming more prominent during a Group FaceTime call, go to the Settings app off Speaking below Automatic Prominence.

, tap Apps, tap FaceTime, then turn Note: Sign language detection requires a supported model for the presenter. In addition, both the presenter and participants need iOS 14, iPadOS 14, macOS 11, or later. Start a Group FaceTime call from a group Messages conversation In a group iMessage conversation, you can start a Group FaceTime call with all the people youre chatting with in Messages. 1. Tap at the top right of the iMessage conversation. 2. Tap FaceTime Audio or FaceTime Video. Add another person to a call Any participant can add another person at any time during a FaceTime call. 1. Do one of the following:

During a one-on-one FaceTime call: Tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), tap

, then tap Add People. During a Group FaceTime call: Tap the people count at the top of the screen, then tap Add People. 2. Enter the name, email, or phone number of the person you want to add, or tap to add someone from Contacts.. You can add multiple people. 3. Tap Add People. Join a Group FaceTime call When someone invites you to join a Group FaceTime call, you receive a notification of the incoming callyou can either join or decline. See Answer a FaceTime call. Leave a Group FaceTime call To leave a group call at any time, tap Leave. The call remains active if one or more participants remain. Use SharePlay to watch, listen, and play together in FaceTime on iPad With SharePlay in the FaceTime app, you can stream TV shows, movies, and music in sync with friends and family while on a FaceTime call. You can also play supported multiplayer games in Game Center with friends during a FaceTime call, and watch supported live sports events together. SharePlay can also be used in other apps during a FaceTime call. To see which apps are supported, tap

, tap SharePlay, then scroll through the apps. Note: Apple TV+ (includes Friday Night Baseball in some countries and regions), MLS Season Pass, Apple TV channels, and some apps that support SharePlay require a subscription. To watch a movie, TV show, or live sports event together, every participant needs to have access to the content on their own device, through either a subscription or purchase, on a device that meets the minimum system requirements. SharePlay may not support the sharing of some movies, TV shows, or live sports events across different countries or regions. FaceTime, some FaceTime features, and other Apple services may not be available in all countries or regions. Watch video together during a FaceTime call You can watch movies, TV shows, and supported live sports events during a FaceTime call in sync with your friends and family. 1. Start a call or a Group FaceTime call in the FaceTime app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap SharePlay, then tap an app below Listen and Play Together (for example, the Apple TV app). Alternatively, you can go to the Home Screen, then open a video streaming app that supports SharePlay. 3. Select a show, movie, or live sports event that you want to watch. 4. Tap the Play button, then select SharePlay (if it appears) to begin watching with everyone on the call. (Others on the call may have to tap Join SharePlay to see the video.) For everyone on the call who has access to the content, the video starts playing at the same time. People who dont have access are asked to get access (through a subscription, a transaction, or a free trial, if available). Each person watching the content can use the playback controls to play, pause, rewind or fast-forward. (Settings like closed captioning and volume are controlled separately by each person.) You can use Picture in Picture to keep watching the video while using another app order food, check your email, or jump into the Messages app and discuss the video by text when you want no interruptions to the sound of the movie or TV show. Invite friends to watch video together from a supported app during a FaceTime call On an iPad that meets the minimum system requirements, you can start a FaceTime call in the Apple TV app (or other supported video app) while youre browsing or watching video content, and share the item in sync with others using SharePlay. Everyone on the call needs to have the same type of access to the content on their own device (for example, through a subscription or purchase). 1. In the Apple TV app

(or other supported video app), find a show, movie, or live sports event that you want to share. 2. Tap the item to see its details, tap , then tap SharePlay. 3. In the To field, enter the contacts you want to share with, then tap FaceTime. 4. When the FaceTime call connects, tap Start or Play to begin using SharePlay. The recipients tap Open to begin viewing. Note: If the content requires a subscription, people who arent subscribers can subscribe before watching. After the video starts playing, you can stream it to Apple TV. See Send what youre watching in SharePlay to Apple TV. Send what youre watching in SharePlay to Apple TV If youve already started watching a video together on iPad, you can send it to Apple TV to enjoy on the big screen. On iPad, do one of the following:

In the streaming app, tap destination. Open Control Center, tap destination.

, then choose Apple TV as the playback

, then choose Apple TV as the playback The video plays in sync on Apple TV, and you can keep the conversation going on your iPad. See Watch together using SharePlay in the Apple TV User Guide. Listen to music together during a FaceTime call You can get together and listen to an album or favorite playlist with others on a FaceTime call. Anyone on the call who has access to the music (for example, through a subscription, a transaction, or a free trial) on a device that meets the minimum system requirements can listen along, see whats next, add songs to a shared queue, and more. 1. Start a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap SharePlay, then tap an app below Listen and Play Together. Alternatively, you can go to the Home Screen, then open a music streaming app that supports SharePlay (for example, the Music app). 3. Select the music you want to listen to, then tap the Play button to begin listening to the music together. (Others on the call may have to tap Join SharePlay to hear the music.) For everyone on the call who has access to the content, the music starts playing at the same time. People who dont have access are asked to get access (through a subscription, a transaction, or a free trial, if available). Each person can use the music controls to pause, rewind, fast-forward, scrub to a different part of the song, or go to the next track. And anyone on the call can add songs to the shared queue. Invite friends to listen to music together on FaceTime from a supported app On an iPad that meets the minimum system requirements, you can start a FaceTime call in the Music app (or other supported music app) and use SharePlay to share the music in sync with others on the call. Each person can use the music controls to pause, rewind, fast-forward, or scrub to a different part of the song. And anyone using SharePlay can add songs to the shared queue. Everyone on the call must have access to the content (for example, through a subscription). 1. Go to the Music app you want to share.

(or other supported music app), then tap the music 2. Do one of the following:

Tap next to the music, tap , then tap SharePlay. Tap at the top right, tap , then tap

. 3. In the To field, enter the contacts you want to share with, then tap FaceTime. 4. When the FaceTime call connects, tap Start. To begin listening, recipients tap the song title at the top of the FaceTime controls, then tap Open. The music starts playing at the same time for everyone on the call who has access to the content. Note: Every participant needs to have access to the content on their own device, either through a subscription or a purchase. People who dont have access to the content you share are asked to get access. Play games in Game Center with friends during a FaceTime call You can play supported multiplayer games with friends in Game Center on a FaceTime call. You must first set up your Game Center profile in the Settings app

, add friends, then find and download a supported multiplayer game for Game Center in the App Store. During a FaceTime call, open the game, tap Start SharePlay, then follow the onscreen instructions. See Play together in the Apple Games app. You can also share your screen to show apps, webpages, and more during the conversation. See Share your screen in a FaceTime call. SharePlay lets you work out with others using Apple Fitness+. See the Apple Support article Use SharePlay with Apple Fitness+ on your iPhone, iPad, or Apple TV. Share your screen in a FaceTime call on iPad In the FaceTime app (on a device that meets the minimum system requirements), you can share your screen to bring apps, webpages, and more into the conversation. Note: FaceTime, FaceTime audio, Group FaceTime, some FaceTime features, and other Apple features or services may not be available in all countries or regions. Share your screen in a FaceTime call 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), then tap

. 2. Tap Screen Sharing, then tap Share My Screen. A countdown from 3 to 1 appears at the bottom of the screen before screen sharing begins. Tip: During a one-to-one FaceTime call, a participant who is using an iPhone or iPad can tap, draw, or write on your screen to call your attention to a specific area. The circle, drawing, or writing disappears after a few seconds. If you need more help, you can also allow the other participant to control your screen. To stop sharing your screen, tap FaceTime call also ends screen sharing.

, then tap Stop next to Screen Sharing. Ending a Ask someone to share their screen 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), then tap

. 2. Tap Screen Sharing, then tap Ask to Share Screen. Request or give remote control in a FaceTime call on iPad During a one-to-one FaceTime video or audio call, you can remotely control another participants screen or allow them to remotely control yours. The person controlling the screen can help with an issue or demonstrate how to use an app. Note: Remote control isnt currently available in the European Union. Request remote control You can request control of an iPad or iPhone screen thats being shared with you. Note: Both you and the other participant need iPadOS 18, iOS 18, or later. 1. Go to the FaceTime app on your iPad. 2. Tap the window showing the shared screen. 3. Tap . If the other participant accepts your request, you can tap or swipe to interact with the shared screen. You can also use the onscreen keyboard within apps. Accept a remote control request A participant can remotely control your screen if theyre saved in your contacts and using an iPhone or iPad with iOS 18, iPadOS 18, or later. To help protect your data and privacy, additional restrictions may apply to remote control requests. When you receive a remote control request notification in the FaceTime app your iPad, tap Allow. on WARNING: The person remotely controlling the screen can perform actions on your iPad such as opening and closing apps, changing settings, deleting items, or sending messages. Only approve remote control requests from people you trust. The person remotely controlling the screen may be restricted from tasks such as changing your Apple Account or Face ID settings, making payments, or erasing your device. Your Face ID and Touch ID will be disabled during a remote control session. You can still tap, swipe, or type while your screen is remotely controlledyour actions take priority over remote actions. Decline a remote control request When you receive a remote control request notification while sharing your screen in the FaceTime app the other participant can still tap, draw, or write on your screen to highlight important areas. on your iPad, tap Dont Allow. Screen sharing continues, and Stop remote control You can end remote control at any time. Do one of the following:

If youre allowing someone to control your screen: Tap Stop at the top right of the screen sharing window. If youre controlling someone elses screen: Tap . Ending a FaceTime call also ends remote control and screen sharing. Remote control isnt available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website Collaborate on a document in FaceTime on iPad In a FaceTime call, you can collaborate on a shared document. You can initiate collaboration in a FaceTime call thats in progress, or you can initiate collaboration from the app where the document was created. 1. Start a conversation in the FaceTime app with the people you want to collaborate with. 2. Open the app you want to use, then open a document. 3. Do one of the following:

Tap Collaborate in the notification that appears. Tap , choose how to share the document (FaceTime, AirDrop, Mail, or Messages), then tap Collaborate. 4. Tap Start in the collaboration notification that appears at the top of your screen. Participants get a notification that youve shared a document you want to collaborate on. When they tap Open in the notification, the document opens on their device. Everyone who receives and opens the document can make changes and see changes made by others. When someone makes a change, a notification is sent to everyone whos collaborating on the document. Use video conferencing features on iPad During a video call in the FaceTime app or a third-party video conferencing app, you can use full-screen video effects and add reactions with hand gestures that fill the camera frame with 3D effects. Use video effects in FaceTime 1. During a video call in the FaceTime app

, tap your tile. 2. Choose any of the following:

Center Stage: Automatically keeps you (and anyone else with you) in the camera frame as you move around the field of view during a video conference call. (Available on supported models.) See Turn Center Stage off or on. Portrait: Automatically blurs the background and puts the visual focus on you. To adjust the amount of background blur, open Control Center, tap FaceTime, then tap Portrait. See Blur the background with Portrait mode. Studio Light: Dims the background and illuminates your face. To adjust the intensity of the studio light, open Control Center, tap FaceTime, then tap Studio Light. Memoji: The Memoji character you choose captures your movements, facial expressions, and voice, and conveys them through your character. On an iPad with a TrueDepth camera, you can use a Memoji character you created in Messages. See Create and send Memoji. Reactions: Allows you to use hand gestures to add reactions. When Reactions is turned off, you cant use hand gestures to add reactions, but you can add reactions in FaceTime by tapping the icons that appear when you touch and hold your tile in the call. (Available on supported models.) See Add reactions in a video call. To use video effects in third-party video conferencing apps, open Control Center, tap the app, then tap one or more effects. Note: Memoji arent available in third-party video conferencing apps. To adjust the amount of blur in Portrait mode or the intensity of Studio Light, open Control Center, then tap FaceTime (or the third-party video conferencing app). Tap Portrait or Studio Light, then adjust the slider. Add reactions in a video call With simple hand gestures in the FaceTime app (and third-party video conferencing apps), you can add reactions that fill the camera frame with fun, 3D augmented reality effectsincluding hearts, balloons, fireworks, and more. Note: To use hand gestures, tap your tile during a FaceTime call (or open Control Center during a call in a third-party video conferencing app) on a supported model, then make sure Gestures is turned on. When using gestures, hold your hands away from your face, and pause for a moment or two to activate the effect. In FaceTime, you can also add reactions by touching and holding your tile in the call, then tapping the icons that appear. Gesture Icon Reaction Hearts Thumbs-up Thumbs-down Gesture Icon Reaction Balloons Rain Confetti Laser burst Fireworks Hand off a FaceTime call from your iPad to your other Apple devices You can start a FaceTime call on your iPad and move the call to another device where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. With Continuity Camera and Mic, you can also use iPad as a webcam and microphone for FaceTime calls on your Mac or Apple TV. See Use FaceTime on Apple TV 4K. Note: Your selected contact information for the call, shown in Settings FaceTime, must match the selected contact information in Settings > Apps >

FaceTime on the device you want to hand off to.

> Apps >

Hand off a FaceTime call from iPad to iPhone or Mac While on a FaceTime call on your iPad, you can hand off the call to your iPhone

(iOS 16 or later) or Mac (macOS 13 or later). You must be signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, do one of the following on your other device:

Tap the notification with the suggestion Move call to this [device]. Tap or at the top of the screen. 2. Tap Switch or Join. The call moves to the new device. On the original device, a banner appears confirming that the call was continued elsewhere, along with a Switch button, which you can tap if you want to bring the call back. Hand off a FaceTime call from your iPad to Apple TV 4K You can start (or receive) a FaceTime call on your iPad, and then hand off the call to the larger screen on Apple TV 4K (2nd generation or later) when youre signed in to the same Apple Account on both devices. After you hand off the call, it continues on Apple TV, with your iPad serving as a webcam and microphone for Apple TV for the duration of the call. Continuity Camera with Apple TV 4K (2nd generation or later) is available on supported iPad models. For instructions on handing off and continuing the call on Apple TV 4K (2nd generation), see Use FaceTime on Apple TV 4K (2nd generation or later). Change FaceTime video settings on iPad During a call in the FaceTime app, you can turn Portrait mode, Studio Light, and Center Stage on or off, switch between cameras, or turn your camera on or off. Blur the background with Portrait mode On supported models, you can turn on Portrait mode, which automatically blurs the background and puts the visual focus on you, the same way Portrait mode does in Camera. 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap your tile. When youre on a call in a third-party videoconferencing video app, open Control Center, then tap the name of the app. 2. Tap Portrait. To turn Portrait mode off, tap the button again. To adjust the amount of background blur in Portrait mode, open Control Center, tap FaceTime (or the name of the third-party videoconferencing app), then use the Portrait slider. Highlight your face On supported models, you can turn on Studio Light, which dims the background and illuminates your face. 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap your tile. When youre on a call in a third-party videoconferencing video app, open Control Center, then tap the name of the app. 2. Tap Studio Light. To turn Studio Light mode off, tap the button again. To adjust the intensity of light in Studio Light mode, open Control Center, tap FaceTime (or the name of the third-party videoconferencing app), then use the Studio Light slider. Turn Center Stage off or on On supported models, you can use Center Stage, which automatically adjusts your front camera to frame you as you move around the field of view during a FaceTime call. 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap your tile. When youre on a call in a third-party videoconferencing video app, open Control Center, then tap the name of the app. 2. Center Stage is on by default. Tap Center Stage to turn it off. To turn Center Stage on, tap it again. On some iPad models, your tile, then tap

. appears in your tile. To turn on Center Stage, you can tap Switch to the rear camera 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap your tile. 2. Tap Flip. To switch back to the front camera, tap Flip again. Note: While youre using the rear camera, you can enlarge the image by tapping 1x. Tapping it again returns the image to normal size. Turn off your camera 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible). 2. Tap

. Tap to turn the camera back on. Change FaceTime audio settings on iPad Spatial Audio in the FaceTime app room with you. Their voices are spread out and sound like theyre coming from the direction in which each person is positioned on the screen. You can adjust other audio settings during a FaceTime call. makes it sound like your friends are in the Note: Spatial Audio is available on supported iPad models and works with the following AirPods models: AirPods 3, AirPods Pro (all models), and AirPods Max. Filter out background sounds When you want your voice to be heard clearly in a FaceTime call and other sounds filtered out, you can turn on Voice Isolation (available on supported models). Voice Isolation prioritizes your voice in a FaceTime call and blocks out the ambient noise. 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, open Control Center. 2. Tap FaceTime, then select Voice Isolation. Include the sounds around you When you want your voice and all the sounds around you to be heard in a FaceTime call, you can turn on Wide Spectrum (available on supported models). 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, open Control Center. 2. Tap FaceTime, then select Wide Spectrum. Adjust audio automatically To have your audio settings adjusted automatically, choose Automatic. 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, open Control Center. 2. Tap FaceTime, then select Automatic. Mute the mic 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible). 2. Tap

. Tap to turn the mic back on. When your mic is muted, it detects whether youre speaking, and youre notified that your mic is muted and that you can tap to unmute it. Change your appearance in a FaceTime call on iPad During video calls in the FaceTime app, you can become your favorite Memoji. Become a Memoji On an iPad with a TrueDepth camera, you can create a Memoji character in the Messages app to use in your FaceTime calls. iPad captures your movements, facial expressions, and voice, and conveys them through your character. Your character imitates you even when you stick out your tongue!

See Create and send Memoji. 1. During a video call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap your tile. 2. Tap Memoji, swipe through the characters at the bottom, then choose the one you like. The other caller hears what you say, but sees your Memoji doing the talking. Use a filter to change your appearance 1. During a video call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap your tile, then tap

(supported models). 2. Tap to open the filters. 3. Change your appearance by tapping a filter at the bottom (swipe left or right to preview them). Add a text label 1. During a video call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap the screen, then tap

. 2. Tap

, then tap a text label. To see more label options, swipe up from the top of the text window. 3. While the label is selected, type the text you want to appear in the label, then tap away from it. 4. Drag the label where you want to place it. To delete the label, tap it, then tap

. Add stickers 1. During a video call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap the screen, tap

, then do any of the following:

Tap to add a Memoji sticker or to add an Emoji sticker. Tap

, swipe up, then tap

. 2. Tap a sticker to add it to the call. To see more options, swipe left. 3. Drag the sticker to place it where you want. To delete the sticker, tap it, then tap

. Add shapes 1. During a video call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap your tile, then tap

. 2. Tap

, then tap a shape to add it to the call. To see more options, swipe up from the top of the shapes window. 3. Drag the shape where you want to place it. To delete the shape, tap it, then tap

. Leave a FaceTime call or switch to Messages on iPad You can leave a call in the FaceTime app at any time, or continue your conversation in Messages. Leave a FaceTime call 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible). 2. Tap

. Switch to a Messages conversation During a call, you can jump to a Messages thread that includes everyone on the call. 1. During a call in the FaceTime app on your iPad, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible). 2. Tap the contact information or people count at the top of the controls, then tap Message. Screen and filter FaceTime calls on iPad You can control how FaceTime handles calls from unknown numbers and suspected spam. Screen unknown FaceTime audio calls You can screen FaceTime audio calls from unknown numbers to get more information from callers before the call comes through. See Screen and block calls. Silence or filter FaceTime calls 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap FaceTime. 3. Do any of the following:

Silence unknown callers: Turn on Silence Unknown Callers. Calls from unknown numbers are silenced, sent to voicemail, and displayed on the Recents list. Incoming calls will continue to ring from people in your contacts, recent outgoing calls, and Siri Suggestions. Filter calls from unknown numbers: Turn on Unknown Callers. Missed calls and voicemails from unknown numbers are moved to the Unknown Callers list in your call history (tap to see the list). Filter calls identified as spam: Turn on FaceTime Spam. Spam calls are silenced and moved to the Spam list in your call history (tap the list). to see Block a FaceTime call and report it as spam on iPad In the FaceTime app, report the calls as spam or junk. you can block FaceTime calls from unknown callers and Block unknown callers Do one of the following:

While the call is ringing: Tap the left side of the notification to expand the window, tap the contact information or people count at the top of the window, then tap Block Caller or Block All Participants. During a call: Tap the contact information at the top of the window, then tap Block Caller. While in a Group FaceTime call: Tap the people count at the top of the window, then tap Block Unknown Participants or Block All Participants. After a call has ended: Tap the call in the call history, then tap Block Contact. After a Group FaceTime call has ended: To block an individual caller, tap the call in the call history, tap the callers contact information, then tap Block Contact. To block all unknown callers, tap the call in the call history, then tap Block Unknown Participants or Block All Participants. After you end a call from an unknown caller, if you see a screen with Call Ended at the top, you can tap Block Caller to prevent further contact from that caller, or tap Create Contact to add the caller to your contacts. If you block a caller, you can also report the call as spam or junk to Apple, which then receives the callers information. Report a FaceTime call as spam 1. Go to the FaceTime app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the tile in your call history, then tap Report Spam. Unblock a caller Do one of the following:

In the FaceTime app: Tap the call in the call history. Tap the callers contact information (if the call was a Group FaceTime call), then tap Unblock Contact. In the Settings app: Tap Apps, tap FaceTime, then tap Blocked Contacts. Swipe left on the contact information, then tap Unblock. Files Files basics In the Files app, you can locate and view your files, organize and rearrange them in folders, compress, rename, and share them with friends, transfer them to and from iCloud Drive and other locations, and more. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

View files downloaded from email or the internet: Tap at the top of the screen, then tap Downloads in the sidebar. See Find downloaded files. Note: If you dont see

, tap

. Browse your files on iCloud Drive: Tap Browse iCloud Drive. at the top of the screen. See View files you opened recently: Tap Recents at the top of the sidebar. at the top of the screen, then tap View shared files: Tap the sidebar. at the top of the screen, then tap Shared in Copy, move, share, or delete a file or folder: Locate the file or folder, touch and hold it, then tap Copy, Move, Share, or Delete. See Modify files and folders in Files. Modify files and folders in Files on iPad You can copy, move, customize, share, and delete your documents, images, folders, and other files on iPad. Modify and rearrange documents When viewing a file in a supported document format, you can modify and rearrange the documents contents. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Open the document you want, tap its title, then choose any of the following:

Save to Photos: Save the document in the Photos Library. Duplicate: Make a copy of the document. Move: Move the document to another location. Rename: Rename the document. Export: Save a copy of the file in a different file format. Print: Print the document To mark up a document, tap

. To rearrange a document, touch and hold a highlighted page and drag it to a new location. Note: Not all document formats are supported by the Files app. Customize the appearance of your folders You can add color and icons to your folders to make them easier to spot. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the folder you want to customize, then choose Customize Folder & Tags. 3. Tap Tags, choose a color, then tap . 4. Select an icon or tap Emoji to add an emoji to the folder. To remove the icon from the folder, tap Clear below the icons. Change to icon, list, or column view You can change your view of the files in an open location or folder on iPad. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap a location at the top of the screenRecents, Shared, or Browse or tap

, then tap a location in the sidebar. 3. Tap

, or

, then choose how to view the files. To look deeper into a file hierarchy in List view, tap next to a folder to expand it. To look deeper into a folder hierarchy in the Column view, tap an item in the rightmost column. To see a preview of a file along with its metadata (such as its kind, size, and creation date), tap the file in Column view. (If the preview doesnt appear in the rightmost column, swipe left.) To view the file and perform various actions on it without leaving Files, tap Open below the file preview. Move a folder to the Dock for easy access You can move a folder you access frequently to the Dock to make it easy to find and open. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the folder you want to move until a menu opens. 3. Choose Add To in the menu, then tap Dock. You can tap the folder in the Dock to expand it and see the files in it. To open a file from a folder in an app, drag the file to the app in the Dock or, if the app is already open, directly into the apps window. For example, if you have Messages open, you can drag a file from a folder directly into a conversation youve pulled up. Rearrange the sidebar 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap to show the sidebar. 3. Tap at the top of the sidebar, tap Edit Sidebar, then do any of the following:

Hide a location: Turn the location off. Delete a tag and remove it from all items: Tap Tag a file or folder.) next to the tag. (See Remove an item from the Favorites list: Tap Mark a folder as a favorite.) next to the item. (See Change the order of an item: Touch and hold position.

, then drag it to a new Delete a file or folder 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Locate the file or folder you want to delete. 3. Touch and hold the item, then tap Delete. Find and view files and folders in Files on iPad In the Files app, you can search for and view your documents, images, and other files. Find downloaded files If you have files on your iPad that are downloaded from the internet, you can find them in the Downloads folder in the Files app. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the screen, then tap Downloads in the sidebar to see your downloaded files. Find a specific file or folder 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad.

, then enter a filename, folder name, or document type in the search 2. Tap field. When you search, you have these options:

Focus the scope of your search: Below the search field, tap Recents or the name of the location or tag. Hide the keyboard and see more results on the screen: Tap the search key on the keyboard. Start a new search: Tap in the search field. Open a result: Tap it. Select an app to open a file When opening a file, you can specify the app you want to open it with. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the file you want to open. 3. Choose Open With from the menu, then choose an option. Choose a default app to always open a file 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the file, then choose Get Info. 3. Below the Preview, tap the pop-up menu next to Always Open With, then select an app. When you select a new default app to open the file, a prompt appears to verify if you want to change the default app for that file or file type. Open a file in Quick Look You can preview an image file or a PDF in Quick Look. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the file, then tap Quick Look. Tip: To open a specific type of file in Quick Look, touch and hold the file, tap Open With, then tap Preview with Quick Look. Browse files and folders 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap Browse at the top of the screen, then tap a document on the Browse screen. If you dont see the Browse screen, tap Browse again. 3. To view recently opened files, tap Recents at the top of the screen. 4. To open a file, location, or folder, tap it. Note: If you havent installed the app that created a file, a preview of the file opens in Quick Look. For information about marking folders as favorites or adding tags, see Tag a file or folder. Change how files and folders are sorted 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. From an open location or folder, tap in portrait orientation or in landscape orientation. 3. Choose an option: Name, Kind, Date, Size, or Tags. Organize files and folders in Files on iPad In the Files app, you can organize documents, images, and other files in folders. Create a folder 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Open a location or an existing folder. 3. Tap

. Note: If you dont see New Folder, you cant create a folder in that location. Rename, compress, and make other changes to a file or a folder 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Open a location or an existing folder. 3. Touch and hold the file or folder, then choose an option: Copy, Move, Share, Rename, Compress, Duplicate, or Delete. To modify multiple files or folders at the same time, tap Select, tap to select the files or folders you want to modify, then tap an option at the top of the screen

(Share, Duplicate, Move, Delete, and so on). Note: Some options may not be available, depending on the item you select; for example, you cant delete or move an app library (a folder labeled with the app name). Zip or unzip a file or folder You can zip a file or folder to compress it so that it takes up less storage space on your iPad. You can also unzip a compressed file or folder. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the file or folder you want to zip, then tap Compress. To unzip a compressed file or folder, touch and hold it, then tap Uncompress. Tag a file or folder 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Open a location or an existing folder. 3. Touch and hold the file or folder, tap Tags, then tap one or more tags. 4. Tap Done. Tagged items appear below Tags in the sidebar. To remove a tag, tap it again. Mark a folder as a favorite 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Open a location or an existing folder, touch and hold the folder, then tap Favorite. Send files from the Files app on iPad You can send a copy of any file to others. If you have a document you want to send that isnt digitized, you can scan it with the Files app first. Send a file 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the file you want to send, then tap Share. Tip: To send a smaller version of the file, tap Compress before you tap Share, touch and hold the compressed version of the file (identified as a zip file), then tap Share. 3. Choose an option for sending (for example, AirDrop, Messages, or Mail), then tap Send. Reply to a received document If you save an attachment from the Mail app, you can quickly reply to the email and optionally return the attachment. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the file you want to reply to, then tap Reply to. Scan a document 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Open the location or folder where the document you want to scan is located 3. Tap

, then tap Scan Documents. To send files from Files, you can also use Split View or Slide Over to open Mail or Messages, select one or more items in Files, then drag your selection into a message. Tip: If the files or folders you want to share are stored in iCloud Drive, you can invite others to view or edit their contentsyou dont need to send them copies. Set up iCloud Drive on iPad You can access iCloud Drive and store files, create folders, and share documents with friends and family. You can access your content from all your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Accountincluding on a Mac, where iCloud Drive is located in the Finder. iCloud Drive is built into the Files app on devices with iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or later. You can also use iCloud Drive on Mac computers (OS X 10.10 or later), Windows devices (iCloud for Windows 7 or later), or online at iCloud.com. Storage limits depend on your iCloud storage plan. Turn on iCloud Drive 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud. 2. Tap Drive, then turn on Sync this iPad. Browse iCloud Drive 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the screen. 3. Tap iCloud Drive below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Locations, tap Locations. 4. To open a folder, tap it. again. If you dont see iCloud Drive below See Modify files, folders, and view downloads. Choose which apps use iCloud Drive You can choose which apps have access to store and edit content on your iCloud Drive. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud. 2. Tap See All next to Saved to iCloud. 3. Turn on each app you want saved to iCloud, and turn off each one you dont want saved. Share files and folders in iCloud Drive on iPad After you set up iCloud Drive, you can share folders and individual files with friends and colleagues. When you make changes to a shared folder or file, others see your changes automatically. If you allow people to make edits, their changes appear automatically as well. Files and folders shared in iCloud Drive have these important characteristics:

If you share a folder, all items added to that folder by you or other participants are automatically shared. The link to a shared file includes its name. If the name or content is confidential, be sure to ask recipients not to forward the link to anyone else. If you move a shared file to another folder or location, the link no longer works, and people lose access to the item. Depending on the app, users might need to reopen a file or tap the original link to see the latest changes. Share a folder or file If you own a folder or file in iCloud Drive, you can invite others to view or change its contents. You can share a folder or file so that only people you invite can open it, or anyone with the link can open it. You can allow the contents of a folder or file to be changed, or you can restrict access so that the contents can only be viewed. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Go to a location, then touch and hold the folder or file you want to share. 3. Tap , then choose whether you want to collaborate or send a copy of the folder or file. 4. Do one of the following:

Allow only invitees to view and edit the contents: Tap , tap Only invited people, tap Can make changes, then choose a methodsuch as Messages or Mailfor sending people a link to the folder or file. Allow only invitees to view the contents: Tap , tap Only invited people, tap View only, then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone with the link to view and edit the contents: Tap . tap Anyone with the link, tap Can make changes, then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone with the link to view the contents: Tap , tap Anyone with the link, tap View only, then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone to invite more people: Tap , then tap Allow others to invite, then tap Done. 5. Choose how you want to send your invitation, then tap Send. Invite more people to collaborate on a folder or file If you already shared a folder or file and its access is set to Only people you invite, you can share it with more people. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared at the bottom of the screen. 3. Touch and hold the folder or file you want to share. 4. Tap , then tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File. 5. Tap Share With More People, and choose a method for sending the link. 6. Enter any other requested information, then send or post the invitation. Share a folder or file with more people using a link If you set the access to a shared folder or file to Anyone with the link, anyone with the link can share it with others. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared at the top of the screen. 3. Touch and hold the folder or file you want to share. 4. Tap Share , tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File, then tap Send Link. 5. Choose a method for sending the link, enter any other requested information, then send or post the invitation. Change access and permission settings for everyone If youre the owner of a shared folder or file, you can change its access at any time. However, everyone you shared the link with is affected. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared at the top of the screen 3. Touch and hold the folder or file whose permissions you want to change. 4. Tap Share , tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File, then tap Share Options. 5. Change either or both of the options. Access option: When you change the access option from Anyone with the link to Only people you invite, the original link no longer works for anyone, and only people who receive a new invitation from you can open the folder or file. Permission option: When you change the permission option, everyone who has the file open when you change the permission sees an alert. New settings take effect when the alert is dismissed. Change access and permission settings for one person If youre the owner of a shared folder or file and its access is set to Only invited people, you can change the permission for one person without affecting the permission of others. You can also remove the persons access. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the folder or file whose permissions you want to change. 3. Tap Share , then tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File. 4. Tap the persons name, then select an option. Stop sharing a folder or file If youre the owner of a shared folder or file, you can stop sharing it. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Open the location of the folder or file you want to stop sharing. 3. Touch and hold the folder or file, tap , then tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File. 4. Tap Stop Sharing. Anyone who has the file open when you stop sharing it sees an alert. The item closes when the alert is dismissed, the file is removed from the persons iCloud Drive, and the link no longer works. If you later share the item again and set the access to Anyone with the link, the original link works. If the access is set to Only invited people, the original link works again only for people you reinvite to share the item. Transfer files from iPad to a storage device, a server, or the cloud With iPad and a computer, you can transfer files using an external storage device, a file server, or a cloud storage service like iCloud, Box, or Dropbox. Transfer files with an external storage device 1. Connect your iPad or computer to an external storage device, such as a USB drive or SD card. To connect to iPad, you might need a cable adapter. See Connect external storage devices. Note: If an alert appears on iPad asking whether to trust this computer, select Trust. See the Apple Support article About the Trust This Computer alert. 2. Use a supported app (like Files or Pages) to copy files to the storage device. See Organize files and folders 3. Disconnect the storage device, then connect it to the device where you want the copied files to appear. 4. Copy the files to the connected device. See Connect and use other storage devices with Mac in the Mac User Guide. Access an external storage device You can open, rename, erase, and get information about a connected external storage device. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the screen. 3. Touch and hold the name of the storage device below Locations, then do any of the following:

View the contents of the storage device: Tap Open in New Window. Rename the storage device: Tap Rename [device]. Erase the storage device: Tap Erase. Get information about the storage device: Tap Get Info. Change the formatting of an external storage device You can use the Files app to quickly change an external drive to APFS (Apple File System), ExFAT, or MS-DOS (FAT) file formats on iPad models that have a USB-C port. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the screen. 3. Touch and hold the name of the storage device below Locations, then tap Erase. 4. Select a format for the devicefor example, APFS, ExFAT, or MS-DOS (FAT) then tap Erase again. Connect to a computer or file server 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Tap 3. Tap at the top of the sidebar. 4. Tap Connect to Server. 5. Enter a local hostname or a network address, then tap Connect. Tip: After you connect to a computer or file server, it appears in the Recent Servers list on the Connect to Server screen. To connect to a recent server, tap its name. 6. Select how you want to connect:

Guest: You can connect as a Guest user if the shared computer permits guest access. Registered User: If you select Registered User, enter your user name and password. 7. Tap Next, then select the server volume or shared folder in the Browse sidebar (below Shared). To disconnect from the file server, tap next to the server in the Browse sidebar. For information on how to set up your Mac to share files, see Set up file sharing on Mac in the Mac User Guide. Transfer files with a cloud storage service like Box or Dropbox Note: Subscription fees might apply. 1. On your iPad or computer, follow the instructions from your cloud storage service to upload the files you want to share. 2. To access your shared files on iPad, go to the Files app

, tap at the top of the screen, then tap the name of the storage service below Locations. To access the shared files on a computer, follow the services instructions. Keep selected files downloaded You can keep files downloaded that you always want to be able to access on your iPad. If you make changes to these files while offline, your changes will sync with iCloud when you are back online. 1. Go to the Files app on your iPad. 2. Locate a file you want to keep downloaded. 3. Touch and hold the file you want to keep downloaded, then tap Keep Downloaded in the menu that opens. If Keep Downloaded doesnt appear in the menu, the file is already on your iPad. Find My Get started with Find My on iPad Use the Find My app using AirTags, and keep track of family and friends. on your iPad to locate lost devices, find everyday items Add your iPad to Find My Before you can use the Find My app to find a missing device, you need to add the device to Find My. Go to the Settings app turn on Find My iPad. Add your other devices to Find My in the same way so you can see all of them in one place.

, tap your name, tap Find My iPad, then Find a missing Apple device Go to the Find My app , tap Devices, then select the device youre looking for. As long as its been added to Find My, you see it on a map, and you can play a sound on it to help narrow down your search. Add an AirTag You can add an AirTag to Find My, then slip it in a gym bag, backpack, or luggage in case those items go missing. Go to the Find My app, tap Items, tap [add button], then follow the onscreen instructions. After you add an AirTag (and other compatible accessories) to Find My, they appear in the Items list, with their location visible. Find friends When you and your friends share your locations with each other, you can see each

, tap Share other in Find My. First, go to the Find My app My Location, then choose a contact. The People list shows friends who have shared their location with you.

, then tap People. Tap Want to learn more?

Add your iPad to Find My Locate a device Add an AirTag Locate a friend Share your location Locate an item Mark an item as lost Find people Share your location in Find My on iPad Before you can use the Find My app to share your location with friends, you need to set up location sharing. Note: If you set up location sharing and others still cant see your location, make sure Location Services is on in Settings Services > Find My. Location sharing isnt available in all locations. See Control the location information you share.

> Privacy & Security > Location You can share an AirTag or other item with up to five users in addition to yourself, for a total of six users per item. Set up location sharing 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen, then turn on Share My Location. The device sharing your location appears next to From. 3. If your iPad isnt currently sharing your location, you can tap Use This iPad as My Location. Note: To share your location from another device, open Find My on the device and change your location to that device. You can also change your location sharing settings in Settings > [your name] >

Find My. Set a label for your location You can set a label for your current location to make it more meaningful (like Home or Work). When you tap Me, you see the label in addition to your location. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap Location. 3. Select a label. To add a new label, tap Add Custom Label, enter a name, then tap Done. Share your location with a friend 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, tap , then choose Share My Location. 3. In the To field, type the name of a friend you want to share your location with

(or tap and select a contact). 4. Tap Send and choose how long you want to share your location. You can also notify a friend or family member when your location changes. If youre a member of a Family Sharing group, see Share your location with family members. Stop sharing your location You can stop sharing your location with a specific friend or hide your location from everyone. Stop sharing with a friend: Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you dont want to share your location with. Tap Stop Sharing My Location, then tap Stop Sharing Location. Hide your location from everyone: Tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen, then turn off Share My Location. Respond to a location sharing request 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen. 3. Tap Share below the name of the friend who sent the request and choose how long you want to share your location. If you dont want to share your location, tap Cancel. Stop receiving new location sharing requests 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Me at the bottom of the screen, then turn off Allow Friend Requests. Add or remove a friend in Find My on iPad In the Find My app, once you share your location with a friend, you can ask to see their location on a map. Ask to see a friends location 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person whose location you want to see. If you dont see a person in the list, make sure youre sharing your location with them. 3. Tap Ask To Follow Location. After your friend receives and accepts your request, you can see their location. See Respond to a location sharing request. Note: If you see your friends name in the People list but cant see their location on the map, ask them to make sure theyre sharing their location and that Location

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > Find My. Services is on in Settings Remove a friend When you remove a friend, that person is removed from your People list and you are removed from theirs. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to remove. 3. Tap Remove [name], then tap Remove. Locate a friend in Find My on iPad When a friend shares their location with you, you can use the Find My app to locate them on a map. Note: If you want to see how far away your friends are from you, make sure you turn on Precise Location for the Find My app. See Control the location information you share. See the location of a friend 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to locate. If your friend can be located: They appear on a map so you can see where they are. If your friend cant be located: You see No location found below their name. If you arent following your friend: You see Can see your location below their name. You can ask to see a friends location. Contact a friend 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to contact. 3. Tap Contact and choose how you want to contact your friend. See Add and use contact information. Get directions to a friend You can get directions to a friends current location in the Maps app. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to get directions to. 3. Tap Directions to open Maps. See Get directions in Maps. Set a label for a friends location You can set a label for a friends current location to make it more meaningful (like Home or Work). The label appears below your friends name when theyre at that location. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to set a location label for. 3. Tap Edit Location Name, then select a label. To add a new label, tap Add Custom Label, enter a name, then tap Done. Mark a friend as a favorite Favorite friends appear at the top of the People list and are marked by a star. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then find the person you want to mark as a favorite. 3. Do one of the following:

Tap the name of the person, then tap Add [name] to Favorites. Swipe left across the persons name, then tap the star. To remove a friend from your Favorites, swipe left and tap the star, or tap the friend, then tap Remove [name] from Favorites. Get notified when a friends location changes in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app You can get notified when a friend arrives at a location, leaves a location, or isnt at a location. to get a notification when your friends location changes. Important: In order to receive a notification when your friends location changes, make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See Change notification settings. You can also let friends know when your location changes. See Notify a friend when your location changes in Find My. Get notified when your friend arrives at or leaves a location 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to be notified about. 3. Below Notifications, tap Add, then tap Notify Me. 4. Choose whether you want to be notified when a friend arrives at or leaves a location. 5. Choose a location, or tap New Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, youre notified when your friend is near the location instead of right at the location. 6. Choose whether you want to be notified only once or every time. 7. Tap Add, then tap OK. Your friend gets an alert after you set the notification. If you set a recurring notification, your friend must approve it before its set. They get an alert asking for approval when they arrive at or leave the location you chose for the first time. Get notified when your friend isnt at a location You can receive a notification if your friend or family member isnt at a specific location during a set schedule. For example, you can be notified if your child isnt at school during school hours. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to be notified about. 3. Below Notifications, tap Add, then tap Notify Me. 4. Below When, tap [your friends name] Is Not At. 5. Choose a location, or tap New Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, youre notified when your friend is near the location instead of right at the location. 6. Select when you want to be notified. Time: Select a start and end time. Days: Select the days of the week. 7. Tap Add, then tap OK. Your friend must approve the notification before its set. They get an alert asking for approval on the time and day the notifications start. Change or turn off a notification you set 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person whose notification you want to change or turn off. This could be a notification you receive about a friend, or a notification your friend receives about you. 3. Below Notifications, tap the notification. 4. Do either of the following:

Change a notification: Change any details, then tap Done. Turn off a notification: Tap Delete Notification, then tap Delete Notification again. You can create up to 25 Notify Me notifications. Note: You can only create recurring notifications for friends who have two-factor authentication turned on. Notify a friend when your location changes in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app to let a friend know when your location changes. You can also get a notification when your friends location changes. See Get notified when friends change their location. Notify a friend when your location changes 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to notify. 3. Below Notifications, tap Add, then tap Notify [your friends name]. 4. Choose whether you want to notify your friend when you arrive at or leave a location. 5. Choose a location, or tap New Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, your friend is notified when youre near the location instead of right at the location. 6. Choose whether you want your friend to be notified only once or every time. 7. Tap Add. You can stop notifying friends when your location changes at any time. See Change or turn off a notification you set. See all notifications about you 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen. Below Notifications About You, you see a list of people who are notified when your location changes. If you dont see the Notifications About You section, you arent notifying any friends when your location changes. 3. Select a name to see more details. Turn off notifications about you You can turn off any location notification about you. This includes notifications you set and notifications your friends create. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen. Below Notifications About You, you see a list of people who are notified when your location changes. If you dont see the Notifications About You section, you arent notifying any friends when your location changes. 3. Select a name, then tap a notification. 4. Tap Delete Notification, then tap Delete Notification again. Find devices Add your iPad to Find My Before you can use the Find My app the device to your Apple Account. to locate a lost iPad, you need to connect When you add your iPad to Find My, you can also get notified if you leave it behind. See Get notified if you leave a device behind. Add your iPad 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Find My on your iPad. If youre asked to sign in, enter your Apple Account information. If you dont have an Apple Account, tap Dont have an Apple Account or forgot it? then follow the instructions. 2. Tap Find My iPad, then turn on Find My iPad. 3. You can also turn on or off either of the following:

Find My network: If your device is offline (not connected to Wi-Fi or cellular), Find My can locate it using the Find My network. Send Last Location: If your devices battery charge level becomes critically low, its location is sent to Apple automatically. Your iPad also includes a feature called Activation Lock that prevents anyone else from activating and using your device, even if its completely erased. See the Apple Support article Activation Lock for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Add your Apple Pencil Pro 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices, then attach Apple Pencil Pro to your iPad. 3. Tap

, then tap Apple Pencil. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions. Add another device See any of the following:

iPhone: Add your iPhone to Find My in the iPhone User Guide iPod touch: Add your iPod touch to Find My in the iPod touch User Guide Mac: Set up Find My on Mac in the Find My User Guide for Mac Apple Watch: Set up and pair your Apple Watch with iPhone in the Apple Watch User Guide AirPods: Pairing instructions for your model in the Pair and connect section in the AirPods User Guide and Turn on the Find My network for AirPods (3rd generation), AirPods Pro, and AirPods Max iPhone Wallet with MagSafe and Find My support: Add your iPhone Wallet with MagSafe to Find My on iPhone You can also add AirTags and other items to Find My using your iPad. See any of the following:

Add an AirTag Add a third-party item Add a family members device You can see your family members devices in Find My if you set up Family Sharing first. Their devices appear below yours in the Devices list. See Share locations with family and locate lost devices. You cant add friends devices to Find My. Friends who lose a device can go to Find Devices on iCloud.com and sign in to their Apple Account. Set separation alerts in case you leave a device behind in Find My on iPad In the Find My app, you can turn on separation alerts for a device so you dont accidentally leave it behind. You can also set Trusted Locations, which are locations where you can leave your device without receiving an alert. If you have an iPhone Wallet with MagSafe and Find My support, you can get an alert if it detaches from your iPhone. Important: In order to receive separation alerts, make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See Change notification settings. Set up alerts for your iPhone, iPad, Mac, or AirPods You can set up separation alerts for your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iOS 15, iPadOS 15, or later; Mac with Apple silicon and macOS 12 or later; or AirPods with the Find My network turned on. You can only set up a separation alert from the device sharing your location. You receive an alert every time the device sharing your location separates from the device you set an alert for. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to set up an alert for. 3. Below Notifications, tap Notify When Left Behind. 4. Turn on Notify When Left Behind, then follow the onscreen instructions. 5. If you want to add a Trusted Location, you can choose a suggested location, or tap New Location, select a location on the map, then tap Done. 6. Tap Done. Get notified when your iPhone Wallet with MagSafe detaches from your iPhone You can get an alert one minute after your iPhone Wallet with MagSafe and Find My support separates from your iPhone. Then you can use the Find My app to see its last known location on a map. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of your iPhone Wallet with MagSafe. 3. Below Notifications, tap Notify When Detached. 4. Turn off or on Notify When Detached, then tap Done. Locate a device in Find My on iPad

 

 

Use the Find My app to locate and play a sound on a missing iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, Apple Watch, AirPods, Beats headphones (supported models), or Apple Pencil Pro. In order to locate a device, you must turn on Find My [device]

before its lost. Note: If you want to see how far away your devices are from you, make sure you turn on Precise Location for the Find My app. See Control the location information you share. If you lose your iPad and dont have access to the Find My app, you can locate or play a sound on your device using Find Devices on iCloud.com. About locating a device You can use Find My on your iPad to see the location of your device on a map. If the device is online, you see its location, and it plays a sound to help you find it. If the device is offline, you see its location, but it doesnt play a sound. For AirPods and supported Beats headphones, you can locate them when theyre near your device and connected to Bluetooth. For supported AirPods, you can also see their location via the Find My network for up to 24 hours after they last connected to your device, even if theyre not nearby. For iPhone Wallet with MagSafe and Find My support, you can see its location when its attached to your iPhone and its last known location if it detaches from your iPhone. See the location of your device on a map You can see your devices current or last known location in the Find My app. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to locate. If the device can be located: It appears on the map so you can see where it is. If the device cant be located: You see No location found below the devices name. Below Notifications, turn on Notify When Found. You receive a notification when its located. Important: Make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See Change notification settings. For troubleshooting steps, see the Apple Support article If Find My is offline or not working. Play a sound on your device 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to play a sound on. 3. Tap Play Sound. If the device is online: A sound starts after a short delay and gradually increases in volume, then plays for about two minutes. If applicable, a Find My [device] alert appears on the devices screen. A confirmation email is also sent to your Apple Account email address. If the device is offline: You see Sound Pending. The sound plays the next time the device connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. For AirPods and Beats headphones, you receive a notification the next time your device is in range of your iPhone or iPad. If your AirPods are separated, you have additional options to play a sound. See Locate AirPods in Find My in the AirPods User Guide. Stop playing a sound on a device If you find your device and want to turn off the sound before it stops automatically, do one of the following:

iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: Press the power button or a volume button, or flip the Ring/Silent switch. If the device is locked, you can also unlock it, or swipe to dismiss the Find My [device] alert. If the device is unlocked, you can also tap OK in the Find My [device] alert. Apple Watch: Tap Dismiss in the Find My Watch alert, or press the Digital Crown or side button. Mac: Click OK in the Find My Mac alert. AirPods or Beats headphones: Tap Stop in Find My. Get directions to a device You can get directions to a devices location in the Maps app. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to get directions to. 3. Tap Directions to open Maps. See Get directions. Locate or play a sound on a friends device If your friend loses a device, they can locate it or play a sound on it by going to Find Devices on iCloud.com and signing in to their Apple Account. To learn more, see Locate a device in Find Devices on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. If you set up Family Sharing, you can use Find My to locate a family members missing device. Locate your Apple Pencil Pro Use the Find My app on your iPad or iPhone to locate your missing Apple Pencil Pro. 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom of the screen, then tap Apple Pencil Pro. 3. Follow the prompts to locate your Apple Pencil Pro. The onscreen circle grows and the text changes from far, to near, to within reach as you get closer. Note: Apple Pencil Pro can only be added to Find My for one Apple Account at a time. Mark a device as lost in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app to mark a missing iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, Mac, supported AirPods, or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe as lost. In order to mark a device as lost, you must turn on Find My [device] before its lost. What happens when you mark a device as lost?

A confirmation email is sent to your Apple Account email address. You can create a message for the device that says its lost and how to contact you. For an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch, your device doesnt display alerts or make noise when you receive messages or notifications, or if any alarms go off. Your device can still receive phone calls and FaceTime calls. For applicable devices, payment cards and other services are suspended. Mark a device as lost If your device is lost or stolen, you can turn on Lost Mode (for your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, supported AirPods, or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe), or lock your Mac. 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost device. 3. Below Mark As Lost, tap Activate. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions, keeping the following in mind:

Passcode: If your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Apple Watch doesnt have a passcode, youre asked to create one now. For a Mac, you must create a numerical passcode, even if you already have a password set up on your Mac. This passcode is distinct from your password and is only used when you mark your device as lost. Contact information: For iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch, the contact information and message appear on the devices Lock Screen. For AirPods or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe, the information appears when someone tries to connect with your device. 5. Tap Activate (for an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, AirPods, or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe) or Lock (for a Mac). When the device has been marked as lost, you see Activated below the Mark As Lost section. If the device isnt connected to a network when you mark it as lost, you see Pending until the device goes online again. See also Mark AirPods as lost in the AirPods User Guide. Change the information for a lost device After you mark your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe as lost, you can adjust the information in the Lost Mode message. 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost device. 3. Below Mark As Lost, tap Pending or Activated. 4. Update the information, then tap Done. Turn off Lost Mode for an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, AirPods, or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe When you find your lost device, you can turn off Lost Mode. 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device. 3. Tap Pending or Activated below Mark As Lost, tap Turn Off Mark As Lost, then tap Turn Off. For iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Apple Watch, you can also turn off Lost Mode by entering your passcode on the device. For iPhone Wallet with MagSafe, you can turn off Lost Mode by attaching the wallet to your iPhone. Unlock a Mac When you find your lost Mac, do one of the following:

Mac with Apple silicon: Enter your Apple Account password. See the Apple Support articles If you forgot your Apple Account and If you forgot your Apple Account password. Intel-based Mac: Enter the numeric passcode on the Mac to unlock it (the one you set up when you marked your Mac as lost). If you forget your passcode, you can recover it using Find Devices on iCloud.com. For more information, see Use Lost Mode in Find Devices on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. If you lose your iPad, you can turn on Lost Mode using Find Devices on iCloud.com. Erase a device in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app to erase an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, or Mac. In order to remotely erase a device, you must turn on Find My [device] before its lost. What happens when you erase a device in Find My?

A confirmation email is sent to your Apple Account email address. When you erase a device remotely using Find My, Activation Lock remains on to protect it. Your Apple Account password is required to reactivate it. If you erase a device that had iOS 15, iPadOS 15, or later installed, you can use Find My to locate or play a sound on the device. Otherwise, you wont be able to locate or play a sound on it. You may still be able to locate your Mac or Apple Watch if its near a previously used Wi-Fi network. Erase a device 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to erase. 3. Tap Erase This Device, then tap Continue. If the device is a Mac, enter a passcode to lock it (you need to use the passcode to unlock it). 4. If the device is lost and youre asked to enter a phone number or message, you may want to indicate that the device is lost or how to contact you. The number and message appear on the devices Lock Screen. 5. Tap Erase. 6. Enter your Apple Account password, then tap Erase again. If your device is offline, you see Erase Pending. The remote erase begins the next time it connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. Cancel an erase If you erase an offline device and find it before it comes online again, you can cancel the erase request. 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device whose erase you want to cancel. 3. Tap Cancel Erase, then enter your Apple Account password. If you lose your iPad, you can erase it using Find Devices on iCloud.com. Remove a device from Find My on iPad You can use the Find My app to remove a device from your Devices list or turn off Activation Lock on a device you already sold or gave away. When you remove Activation Lock, someone else can activate the device and connect it to their Apple Account. If you still have the device, you can turn off Activation Lock and remove the device from your account by turning off the Find My [device] setting on the device. Remove a device from your Devices list If youre not planning on using a device, you can remove it from your Devices list. The device may need to be offline in order for you to remove it. The device appears in your Devices list the next time it comes online if it still has Activation Lock turned on (for an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch), or is paired with your iOS or iPadOS device (for AirPods or Beats headphones). 1. Do one of the following:

For an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch: Turn off the device. For AirPods: Put AirPods in their case and close the lid or turn the AirPods off. For Beats headphones: Turn off the headphones. 2. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 3. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the offline device. 4. Tap Remove This Device, then tap Remove. Remove an iPhone Wallet with MagSafe You can remove an iPhone Wallet with MagSafe and Find My support from your Devices list if you dont want it to appear in the Find My app. Removing it from Find My allows someone else to connect it to their Apple Account. 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of your iPhone Wallet with MagSafe. 3. Tap Remove This Device, then follow the onscreen instructions. Turn off Activation Lock on a device you have Before you sell, give away, or trade in a device, you should remove Activation Lock so the device is no longer associated with your Apple Account. See the Apple Support articles:

What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPhone or iPad and Activation Lock for iPhone and iPad What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your Mac and Activation Lock for Mac What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your Apple Watch, or buy one from someone else and About Activation Lock on your Apple Watch Turn off Activation Lock on a device you no longer have If you sold or gave away your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch and you forgot to turn off Find My [device], you can still remove Activation Lock using the Find My app. 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to remove. 3. Erase the device. Because the device isnt lost, dont enter a phone number or message. If the device is offline, the remote erase begins the next time it connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. You receive an email when the device is erased. 4. When the device is erased, tap Remove This Device, then tap Remove. All your content is erased, Activation Lock is turned off, and someone else can now activate the device. You can also remove a device online using iCloud.com. For instructions, see Remove a device from Find Devices on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. Find items Add an AirTag in Find My on iPad You can pair an AirTag with your Apple Account using your iPad. When you attach it to an everyday item, like a keychain or a backpack, you can use the Find My app to locate it if its lost or misplaced. You can get notified if you leave your AirTag behind. See Set separation alerts in case you leave an AirTag or item behind. You can also add supported third-party products to Find My. See Add or update a third-party item. Add an AirTag 1. Go to the Home Screen on your iPad. 2. Remove the battery tab from the AirTag (if applicable), then hold it near your iPad. 3. Tap Connect on the screen of your iPad. 4. Choose a name from the list or choose Custom Name to type a name and select an emoji, then tap Continue. 5. Tap Continue to register the item to your Apple Account, then tap Finish. You can also register an AirTag in the Find My app. Tap , then choose Add AirTag. If the item is registered to someone elses Apple Account, they need to remove it before you can add it. See Remove an AirTag or other item from Find My. Change the name or emoji of an AirTag 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the AirTag whose name or emoji you want to change. 3. Tap Rename Item. 4. Choose a name from the list or choose Custom Name to type a name and select an emoji. 5. Tap Done. View more details about an AirTag When you register an AirTag to your Apple Account, you can view more details about it in the Find My app. 1. Open the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the AirTag you want to see more details about. 3. Tap the name of the AirTag to see the serial number and the firmware version. If the battery level is low, a message appears below the location of the AirTag. You can also see a low battery indicator next to the name of the AirTag in the Items list. Share an AirTag or other item in Find My on iPad If you want to share an item thats paired with an AirTag (or a third-party item that works with Find My), you can share it in Find My so the borrower can see it on a map and find it. If its nearby, Find My can play a sound. People youre sharing items with dont receive tracking notifications when the items are moving with them. You can share an AirTag or other item with up to five borrowers in addition to yourself, for a total of six users per item, as long as the following requirements are met:

Two-factor authentication must be turned on for your Apple Account. The person you share with must have an Apple Account and be signed in to it. They must also be using iCloud. You cant share with a child account. The owner and borrowers must have iCloud Keychain turned on. The owner and borrowers must be using iOS 17, iPadOS 17, macOS 14, or later. Note: You share a third-party item the same way you share an AirTag. Share an AirTag 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items, tap the name of the AirTag you want to share, then tap Add Person below Share This AirTag (or Share This Item). 3. Enter the Apple Account information of the person you want to add. To add more people, tap

. 4. Tap the name of the person you want to share with, then tap their Apple Account. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each person you want to add. 5. When youre finished adding borrowers, tap Share in the top-right corner. A list of everyone you invited appears on the items main screen, along with the status of their invitations. When someone accepts an invitation, the shared AirTag appears in Find My below Items and the recipient is notified that an item is being shared with them. If someone declines the invitation, their name is removed from the list, and you no longer see it. Ask the owner of an AirTag to share it in Find My If the owner of an AirTag shares it with you but doesnt do so in Find My, youll receive an unknown AirTag notification and tracking notifications. To stop receiving tracking notifications for the AirTag, ask the owner to share it with you in Find My. Note: You can only ask an owner to share if youre in the same Family Sharing group. See Add a member to a Family Sharing group. 1. In the tracking notification you receive, tap Ask Owner to Share AirTag. 2. Tap Ask Owner. If the owner wants to add you as a borrower, you receive an invitation to share the AirTag. Accept or decline an invitation to share If youre invited to share an AirTag, you receive a notification. To see the invitation in Find My, tap Items, then do one of the following:

Accept the invitation: Tap Add. The AirTag appears in your Items list, below [Sharer]s Items. You stop receiving tracking notifications for as long as you borrow the AirTag. Decline the invitation: Tap Dont Add. Stop sharing an AirTag If youre the owner of an AirTag and no longer want to share it, you can stop sharing in Find My. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. tap Items, Tap the name of the item youre sharing, then tap the name of the person youre sharing it with. 3. Tap Stop Sharing, then tap Stop Sharing again. The person you were sharing with no longer sees the AirTags location, but may still get tracking notifications when the AirTag is moving with them. Share location of a lost item in Find My on iPad In the Find My app on your iPad, you can create a temporary webpage to share location of a lost AirTag or other item. For example, you can share the webpage with an airline to help them track your mishandled bag. If you want to share an item with a contact, see Share an AirTag. Note: You cant share the location of an item if its within proximity of the device sharing your location. Create and share a webpage for location updates 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items, tap the item that you want to share location updates for, then tap Share Item Location. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions to create and share a temporary webpage. Note: To provide updated locations, at least one of your Apple devices where youre signed in to your Apple Account needs to be online. 4. Tap Done. View and manage the shared item location 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items, tap the item with the shared webpage, then tap Share Item Location. 3. Do any of the following:

Copy the URL: Tap the field at the top. View the details: View the Visited By and Expiration rows. Share the webpage with additional people: Tap Share Location Link, then choose a sharing option (such as AirDrop or Mail). Stop sharing location updates Sharing stops when you reunite with the item, after 7 days, or when you end it manually. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items, tap the item with the shared webpage, then tap Share Item Location. 3. Tap Stop Sharing Item Location. Add or update a third-party item in Find My on iPad You can use certain third-party products with the Find My app. You can register these products to your Apple Account using your iPad, and then use Find My to locate them if theyre lost or misplaced. You can also get notified if you leave your item behind. See Get notified if you leave an item behind. You can also add an AirTag to Find My. See Add an AirTag. Add a third-party item 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Follow the manufacturers instructions to make the item discoverable. 3. Tap

, then choose Add Other Item. 4. Tap Connect, type a name and select an emoji, then tap Continue. 5. Tap Continue to register the item to your Apple Account, then tap Finish. If you have trouble adding an item, contact the manufacturer to see if Find My is supported. If the item is registered to someone elses Apple Account, they need to remove it before you can add it. See Remove an AirTag or other item from Find My. Change an items name or emoji 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item whose name or emoji you want to change. 3. Tap Rename Item. 4. Choose a name from the list or choose Custom Name to type a name and select an emoji. 5. Tap Done. Keep your item up to date Keep your item up to date so you can use all the features in Find My. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to update. 3. Tap Update Available, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: If you dont see Update Available, your item is up to date. While the item is updating, you cant use Find My features. View details about an item When you register an item to your Apple Account, you can use Find My to see more details about it, like the serial number or model. You can also see if a third-party app is available from the manufacturer. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want more details about. 3. Do either of the following:

View details: Tap Show Details. Get or open third-party app: If an app is available, you see the app icon. Tap Get or it, tap Open to open it on your iPad. to download the app. If youve already downloaded Set separation alerts in case you leave an AirTag or item behind in Find My on iPad In the Find My app, you can turn on separation alerts for an AirTag or other item so you dont accidentally leave it behind. You receive an alert every time the device sharing your location separates from the item. You can also set Trusted Locations, which are locations where you can leave an item without receiving an alert. Important: In order to receive separation alerts, make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See Change the frequency of notifications. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the item you want to set an alert for. 3. Below Notifications, tap Notify When Left Behind. 4. Turn on Notify When Left Behind. 5. If you want to add a Trusted Location, you can choose a suggested location, or tap New Location, select a location on the map, then tap Done. 6. Tap Done. Locate an AirTag or other item in Find My on iPad You can use the Find My app to locate a missing AirTag or third-party item that youve registered to your Apple Account. Learn how to register an AirTag or third-party item. See the location of an item Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to locate. If the item can be located: It appears on the map so you can see where it is. The location and timestamp appear below the items name. The items location is updated when it connects to the Find My network. If the item cant be located: You see where and when it was last located. Below Notifications, turn on Notify When Found. You receive a notification once its located again. Important: Make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See Change notification settings. Play a sound If the item is nearby, you can play a sound on it to help you find it. Note: If you cant play a sound on an item, you wont see the Play Sound button. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to play a sound on. 3. Tap Play Sound. To stop playing the sound before it ends automatically, tap Stop Sound. Get directions to an item You can get directions to an items current or last known location in the Maps app. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to get directions to. 3. Tap Directions to open Maps. See Get directions. Mark an AirTag or other item as lost in Find My on iPad If you lose an AirTag or third-party item registered to your Apple Account, you can use the Find My app to mark it as lost and show your contact information along with a message. Learn how to register an AirTag or third-party item. What happens when you mark an item as lost?

You can add a message saying that the item is lost and include your phone number or email address. If someone else finds your item, they can use a supported device to see a website with the Lost Mode message. Turn on Show Contact Info for a lost item To Turn on Show Contact Info for a lost item, do the following:

1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost item. 3. Below Lost AirTag, tap Show Contact Info. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions to enter a phone number where you can be reached. To enter an email address instead, tap Use an email address. Important: Make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See Change notification settings. 5. Tap Done. Change the contact information in the Lost Mode message 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost item. 3. Below Lost AirTag, tap Show Contact Info. 4. Edit the phone number or message, then tap Done. Turn off Show Contact Info for a lost item When you find your lost item, turn off Show Contact Info. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the item. 3. Below Lost AirTag, tap Show Contact Info. 4. Tap Stop Showing Information. Remove an AirTag, Apple Pencil Pro, or other item from Find My on iPad You can use the Find My app to remove an AirTag, Apple Pencil Pro, or third-party item from your Apple Account so someone else can register it. Learn how to register an AirTag, Apple Pencil Pro, or third-party item. Remove an AirTag or other item 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to remove. 3. Bring the item near your iPad. If the item isnt near your device, you can still remove it from your account. However, the item must be reset before anyone can register it to their Apple Account. 4. Tap Remove Item, then follow the onscreen instructions. Remove Apple Pencil Pro 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. Tap Devices at the bottom of the screen, then tap the Apple Pencil Pro you want to remove. 3. Scroll down and tap Remove This Device. Removing Apple Pencil Pro removes Find My Lock, allowing another Apple Account to add Apple Pencil Pro to Find My on their iPad. Note: Follow the manufacturers instructions to reset an item. For an AirTag, see the Apple Support article How to reset your AirTag. Adjust map settings in Find My on iPad You can change the map view or distance units that appear in the Find My app. Change the map view The button at the top right of the map indicates if the current map is for exploring or viewing from a satellite

. 1. Go to the Find My app on your iPad. 2. To choose a different map, tap the button at the top right, then choose another map type. You can also tap to further customize the map. 3. Tap

. You can also tap 2D or 3D at the top right to change the view (not available in all locations). Tip: If you dont see 2D or 3D, zoom in. You can also swipe up with two fingers to see the 3D view. For information about how to interact with maps, see Set your location and map view. Change distance units You can change the default distance units in Settings . See Change the language and region. Turn off Find My on iPad You can turn off Find My on your iPad if you no longer want to share your location or view the location of your friends, devices, and items. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Find My on your iPad. 2. Tap Find My iPad, then tap to turn it off. 3. Enter your Apple Account password, then tap Turn Off. Freeform Get started with Freeform on iPad The Freeform app gives you a boundless canvas for creativity. Bring everything together on an online whiteboard, including photos, drawings, links, and filesand invite others to work with you. Brainstorm, sketch ideas, take notes, and collect your thoughts, either by yourself or with a group. Gather ideas freely You can put just about any kind of file in a Freeform board without worrying about layouts or page sizes. To create a board, tap or another option at the top of the screen to start adding your ideas.

, then tap Collaborate with others Tap to invite people to start working together in real time on a board. You can add to conduct a brainstorming session or provide feedback. sticky notes Get creative with the drawing tools

(or just use your Apple Pencil) to start drawing. Tap a tool to adjust the lines Tap thickness, transparency, color, and more, and pinch to zoom in and out as you work. Start on your iPad, keep working on your iPhone or Mac The Freeform boards you store in iCloudand any changes you make to themstay up to date on all your Apple devices when youre signed in to the same Apple Account. To use iCloud with Freeform, go to Settings See All (in the Saved to iCloud section), then turn on Freeform.

> [your name] > iCloud >

Want to learn more?

Create a Freeform board Share boards and collaborate Draw or handwrite iCloud User Guide: Set up iCloud for Freeform on all your devices Add images, scans, links, and other files Add diagrams Create a Freeform board on iPad You can use the Freeform app to create boards for brainstorming and collaborating. For example, propose a trip with friends and let everyone take part in the planning. You can add text, sticky notes, photos, videos, and other types of files. The canvas expands as you add content, so youre never constrained by space limits or page formatting. Create a new board 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. 3. Tap one of the options at the top of the screen, such as or , to start building your board. 4. Move around your board by dragging your finger, and zoom in or out by pinching open or closed. Tip: To magnify more precisely, tap the current percentage in the bottom-left corner. 5. Your board is saved automatically as you work. To name it, tap Untitled in the top left, then tap Rename. If youre in Split View, tap

, then tap Rename. Create a board from another app You can start a new Freeform board using content from another supported app, such as Notes, Maps, Safari, Files, Photos, and more. 1. On your iPad, go to the app whose content you want to use on a new Freeform board. 2. Open the item you want to place on the Freeform board (for example, a note, map, webpage, PDF, or screenshot). To share just one part of a file to a board (rather than the entire webpage or note), select the item. If your selection includes text, only the text is shared. 3. Tap Share or , then tap the Freeform app icon

. 4. Tap New Board or the name of an existing board. Either a link or the item appears in the board. Open a board 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Tap a category in the sidebar, or do one of the following:

If you dont see the sidebar: Tap

. If youre in a board: Tap in the top-left corner. Note: Any collaborations you get invited to in the Messages app appear in an Invitations section on the Shared Boards screen until you accept them. 3. Tap the board you want to open. Duplicate a board 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. While browsing All Boards, tap at the top, then tap Select. If youre in a board, tap to browse All Boards. 3. Tap the boards you want to copy, then tap Duplicate. Or touch and hold the thumbnail or name of the board, then tap Duplicate. Note: If you duplicate a shared board, the copy isnt shared. See Send a copy of a board to send someone a snapshot of the board, or Invite others to collaborate on a board to reshare the board. Add a board to Favorites 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

While browsing All Boards: Touch and hold the thumbnail or name of the board, then tap Favorite

. If youre in a board: Tap

, then tap Favorite

. Draw or handwrite on a Freeform board on iPad You can sketch or jot a handwritten note with Apple Pencil (see compatibility) or your finger. You can edit and work with handwritten text just as you do with typed text. Draw or handwrite 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. Tap

, then draw with your finger or Apple Pencil. If youre using Apple Pencil and want to be able to switch to draw with your in the drawing tools, then turn on Draw with Finger. finger, tap Tip: Hold your finger or Apple Pencil still for a moment when you finish the drawing to smooth or straighten its shape. 4. Do any of the following:

Switch tools: Tap a tool. Swipe to see other tools, such as Fill, Crayon, Fountain Pen, Reed Pen, or Watercolor Brush. Change a tools qualities (such as angle, thickness, opacity): Tap any tool a second time. Fill a shape with color: Tap the Fill tool (the paint tube), then tap within a closed shape. Draw a straight line: Tap the Ruler tool. Rotate the ruler by placing two fingers on it and turning your hand. Transform your handwriting to typed text as you write with Apple Pencil: Use Scribble (next to the pen). See Enter text with Scribble. To clean up your handwriting without transforming it into type, see Work with handwritten text, below. Note: By default, Apple Pencil works as a drawing and writing tool in Freeform. You can change this setting if you also want to use Apple Pencil to select and scroll. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use Image Playground to create one-of-

a-kind images in Freeform. See Create original images with Image Playground. Select and edit parts of a drawing When you draw in the Freeform app, your strokes are grouped. If you want to break a drawing apart, you can separate your strokes and merge them. You can also delete, resize, or straighten parts of a drawing. 1. After you draw or write on your Freeform board with the drawing tools, tap

(between the Eraser and Ruler) in the drawing tools. 2. Tap or circle the part of the drawing you want to select, then choose an option. Tip: Choose Snap to Shape to smooth or straighten hand-drawn lines. You can also tap to select an entire drawing or other item when youre not using the drawing tools. Tap an item to select it, tap Copy, or Duplicate. in the formatting tools, then tap Cut, Work with handwritten text When you write by hand in the Freeform app, your handwriting is recognized as words. You can search text you handwrite in the same way you search typed text. You can also select it, copy and paste it as text, straighten it, or translate it. 1. After you draw or write on your Freeform board with the drawing tools, tap

(between the Eraser and Ruler) in the drawing tools. 2. To select text, tap, double-tap, or circle the words, then do any of the following:

Make your writing more level: Tap Straighten. Correct spelling: Tap an underlined word, then choose how you want to correct it. The fix appears in your own writing style. Move handwritten text: Touch and hold the selected text, then drag it to a new position. Drag and drop: Touch and hold the text. Erase text: Strike through the writing, then hold down your finger on iPad. (Supported when using a markup tool such as Pen, Mono line, or Marker.) To see other options, tap in the menu that appears above the selected text. When you tap a handwritten link, address, phone number, or date, it may open a menu or another related app.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Solve handwritten math problems on a Freeform board on iPad You can solve handwritten math problems on a Freeform board. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. Tap

, tap Math Results, then choose how you want your iPad to respond to the math problems you enter:

If you want it to solve them: Choose Insert Results. (The answer appears in writing that matches your own.) If you want suggestions to appear: Choose Suggest Results. (A Solve button appears that, when tapped, adds the answer in writing that matches your own.) 4. Tap

, then start writing a math equation. 5. Write an equal sign or draw a horizontal line below a stack of numbers, then do one of the following:

In Insert Results mode: Tap the answer to open the equation. You can tap equal sign again. to delete the answer. Tap to show the hint again, or draw the In Suggest Results mode: Tap Solve to add the answer in writing that matches your own. You can decide which mode you want, or turn off math hints. See Get math hints. You can also type equations to be solved in any text in sticky notes, shapes, and text boxes and in the Notes app. You can also use variables, edit equations, and update results as you can in the Calculator app. See Solve math with Math Notes. Add text in sticky notes, shapes, and text boxes on a Freeform board on iPad You can add text to a Freeform board using a sticky note or text box, or you can add text within a shape. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. Tap

, or

. 4. Double-tap the sticky note, shape, or text box, then enter text. (If you have a keyboard connected, you can start typing as soon as the item appears.) 5. To change the font, alignment, and more, double-tap to show the objects formatting tools, then tap

. Add shapes, lines, and arrows to a Freeform board on iPad You can add shapes, lines, and arrows to a Freeform board. Add and format shapes, lines, and arrows 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. Tap

, and tap a shape, line, or arrow to add it to the board. 4. Tap to select the shape or line and show its formatting tools, then do any of the following:

Change the fill color: Tap

. Change the line style: Tap you want for a shape or line.

, then choose the stroke color and weight Tap to turn lines into arrows or to add other styles of endings. If youve selected a connection line, tap straight, corner, or curved. to change its style to Change the type of shape: Tap Shape, then choose another shape. in the formatting tools, tap Change You can also add shapes and lines to your board by drawing them and then smoothing or straightening the strokes. See Draw or handwrite on a Freeform board. Note: The color of a button may change to reflect its current state. Split or combine shapes When you add multipart shapes to a Freeform board, you can divide them into their parts and then edit each part individually. For example, you can divide the map of the United States (in the Places category) and change the color of each state. You can also subtract shapes from other shapes, remove the overlapping area between two shapes, or create a new shape by combining one shape with another. After youve added shapes to your Freeform board, do one of the following:

Split a multipart shape apart: Tap Apart. in the formatting tools, then tap Break Combine shapes: Select multiple items, tap tap an option to unite, intersect, subtract, or exclude.

, then below Combine Shapes Change size, width, or length After you add a shape or line to a Freeform board, you can change its dimensions or change how lines connect. Tap to select a shape or line, then drag a dot. Shapes: Drag a blue dot to change the size or proportions of the shape. Drag any green dot to change aspects particular to that shape, such as its number of sides. Connection lines: Drag a blue dot to change an endpoint. Drag the green dot to adjust the curve. If its part of a diagram, see Add diagrams. Add diagrams to a Freeform board on iPad You can add diagrams to a Freeform board. Create a diagram You can easily create a connected diagram, such as a flowchart, by using connectors and the shape picker in Freeform. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. Do one of the following:

In full-screen view: Tap the in the lower-right corner. In Split View: Tap in the toolbar, then tap Show Connectors. 4. Begin your diagram by tapping

, or and adding an item. 5. Drag a connector arrow to where you want the next part of your diagram. When you let go, a small menu of shapes opens. Tap to select the next shape you want to add.

(Tap to browse other shapes.) You dont see connector arrows when you select a line or multiple items. Tip: You can quickly add equally spaced, aligned shapes with connectors. Tap to select a shape, then touch and hold a connector arrow. As you hold, a preview of the shape and line appears. When you let go, the shape and line are added to the board. Connect two items with a line After you add two items to a Freeform board, you can add a line between them. 1. Select two items on your board. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap in the formatting tools, then tap Add Connection Line. Tap

, then tap

. Change connection points After you add a connection line to a diagram on a Freeform board, you can change how it connects. 1. Tap to select a connection line, then drag one of its endpoints (the blue dots). 2. Attach the endpoint to another item on the board at a new connection point. You can attach a line to an item or (for some object types) near it. A filled circle appears when a connection is possible. Add images, scans, links, and other files to a Freeform board on iPad You can add any photo or video to a Freeform board, or take a new one with your iPad camera. You can also add any kind of file to your board by scanning, linking, or inserting it. Add a photo, video, sticker, link, or other file 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. Do one of the following:

Copy the item to your Clipboard, tap an empty space, then, when a menu appears, tap Paste. Tap , then choose an option. While using Split View or Slide Over, touch and hold a photo or video, then drag it to your Freeform board. Copy the item to your Clipboard, tap an empty space on your Freeform board, then, when a menu appears, tap Paste. Double-tap any media itemphoto, video, or other fileto preview it. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use Image Playground to create one-of-

a-kind images in Freeform. See Create original images with Image Playground. Note: You can insert files saved on your iPad or in iCloud Drive. For most file types, Freeform makes a copy of the inserted file. When you add a link to a collaborative Keynote presentation, Numbers spreadsheet, or Pages document, participants in your Freeform board can tap the card to move to the shared file in iCloud. (If you want others to be able to collaborate on the file, you must save it in iCloud.) Scan and add a document You can scan a paper document and add it to your board as a PDF without leaving Freeform. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. Tap , then tap Scan Document. 4. Position the document so that it appears on the screen, then tap or press a volume button. 5. Drag the corners to select the area you want in the scanned document, then tap Keep Scan. 6. Scan additional pages, then tap Save when youre done. A card with an image of the first page of your scan appears on your board. Tip: To save your scan to iCloud Drive or on your iPad, select the card, tap

, tap

, then tap Save to Files. Format a photo or video 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board with a photo or video in it. 3. Tap a photo or video to open its formatting tools, then do any of the following:

Crop or mask the photo: Tap

. Remove the photos background: Tap If the background of the photo cant be made transparent, Remove Background isnt available.

, then tap Remove Background. Tip: You can also paste an image without a background. See Lift a subject from the photo background. Add a shadow, round the corners, add a description, and more: Tap then choose an option.

, Replace the photo or video: Select the photo or video, tap Replace, then select a replacement. or

, tap Preview the photo or video: Tap

, or double-tap the photo or video. To preview a movie in full screen, double-tap it. Put an image inside a shape You can use a shape as a mask or frame for an image. For example, you can put your photo inside a circle. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. Add a photo or other image to the board. 4. Tap

, then choose a shape. 5. Position the shape over the image, then select both it and the image. (See Select, align, and group multiple items on a board.) 6. Tap in the formatting tools, then tap Mask with Shape. Or drag an image onto a shape to use it as a frame. To remove it from the shape, select the masked image, tap

, then tap Reset Mask. Tip: To add a photo, video, file, or link to a Freeform board from supported apps

(such as Notes, Photos, Safari, and more), select it and tap in the other app, tap the Freeform app icon, then tap New Board or the name of an existing board. (If you want others to be able to add items to your board, you must save it in iCloud.)

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Apply consistent styles and formatting in Freeform on iPad When you want the text in your sticky notes, shapes, or text boxes to have a consistent look in Freeformfor example, font, size, and coloryou can copy the style from one item and paste it in another. You can also save styles. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Tap an item on a board and make any adjustments to the formattingso it has the style you want to copy. 3. When you have an item thats formatted in a style you like, tap it to show its formatting tools. 4. Tap

, tap Style, then tap Copy Style. 5. Tap to select and show the formatting tools for an item whose style you want to change. 6. Tap

, tap Style, then tap Paste Style. Depending on the item youre pasting a style into, fonts, line weight, or color are matched. For linked or placed files, pasted styles update corners and shadows. Tip: If you like the style of an item, you can save its style. Then, every time you add another item like that to your board, it uses that saved style. Tap

, tap Style, then choose Save as Insert Style. Position items on a Freeform board on iPad You can move, rotate, or resize items on your Freeform board. You can align, distribute, or group them, and move them to the background or foreground. You can also lock items when you want to prevent any further changes. Move, rotate, or resize an item 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Select an item you want to position by tapping it, then do any of the following:

Reposition it: Drag from the center of the item. Move it in a straight line: To constrain an items movement horizontally, vertically, or diagonally, drag the item with one finger while you use another finger to touch and hold anywhere on the board. Rotate it: Place two fingers on the item, then turn your hand in the direction you want to rotate it. Put it in the background or foreground: Tap then tap Back or Front. in the formatting tools, Resize it: Drag a blue dot. In text boxes, drag a green dot to resize both the box and the text within it. Match its size to another item: Start resizing, then use a second finger to touch and hold the item whose size you want to match. When the words Match Size appear, lift both your fingers at the same time. Select, align, and group multiple items on a board After you add items to a Freeform board, you can select and align multiple items relative to one another. You can also group several items to more easily move, rotate, or resize them as a single unit. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, then select multiple items by doing one of the following:

Touch and hold an item on your board, then, with another finger, tap other items. Touch and hold the canvas, then drag the box that appears around the items you want to select. Tap an empty space on the canvas, then tap Select Objects. Tap each item you want to select. Tap the item again if you want to deselect it. 3. Move, rotate, or resize the selected items, or tap

, then tap an alignment option or Group. Some itemssuch as 3D objectscant be grouped. To make it easier to arrange items, you can turn on the background dot grid and automatically align items to it. Select items and scroll with Apple Pencil By default, Apple Pencil works as a drawing and writing tool in Freeform. You can change this setting if you also want to be able to use Apple Pencil to select items and scroll. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Freeform. 3. Below Apple Pencil, turn on Select and Scroll (green is on). After you change this setting, tap use Pencil to select and scroll. Lock an item on a board in the toolbar to draw. Tap the button again to After you add an item to a Freeform board, you can lock it so you dont inadvertently move, modify, or delete it. For example, you might lock one or more text boxes to serve as headings. (This could help set off areas on a board where participants can share items.) 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Tap a drawing, shape, text box, or other item on your board. 3. Tap in the formatting tools, then tap Lock. Tip: When you want to define a workspace for your participants (rather than having a wide open canvas), try adding a large rectangle shape. Select the shape, tap in the formatting tools, tap Back, then lock it. Navigate and present scenes in your Freeform boards on iPad You can save scenessaved views of your boardto organize your boards into sections, then quickly navigate and present those parts of your board to others. Scenes let you identify and label content so you can present your board, section by section, and rearrange the order in which you present your board. You can also use scenes to identify the parts of your board you want to print or export as a PDF. Save scenes 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board with content. 3. Zoom and scroll until you frame the part of your board you want on the screen for your first scene. 4. Tap

. The Scene Navigator opens at the bottom-left of your board. 5. Tap

, then tap Add Scene. 6. Repeat these steps until you capture all the scenes you want: Frame your next scene, tap

, then tap Add Scene. Tip: Dont worry about saving scenes in order. You can edit their sequence after you capture them. Navigate scenes 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board with saved scenes. 3. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Tap

, then tap the scene you want to go to. Tap and to move between scenes. Note: A scene may appear differently for you if youre using a different device or view than the person who captured it. For example, if someone captured a scene on a Mac, it may be framed differently when you view it on an iPad in portrait orientation. Edit scenes 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board with saved scenes. 3. Tap

, then tap

. 4. Tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Change the name of a scene: Enter a new name, then tap

. Reframe a scene: Touch and hold the scenes name, then tap Replace Scene. Rearrange the view order: Tap Edit, tap down.

, then drag the scene up or Delete a scene: Tap

, then tap Delete. 5. Tap

. Print or export all scenes 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board with saved scenes. 3. Tap

, then do one of the following:

Tap Print, tap Scenes, then tap Print. Tap Export as PDF, tap Scenes, then choose how you want to share it or tap Save to Files. Tip: Printed and exported scenes default to the size of the device youre on. To print as the scenes were originally framed, tap Freeform Options, then select Capturing Device. Print or export one scene 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board with saved scenes. 3. Tap

, then tap

. 4. Touch and hold a scene name, then do one of the following:

Tap Print Scene, then tap Print. Tap Export Scene as PDF, then either choose how you want to share it or tap Save to Files. Tip: If youre already in the Scene Navigator, you can tap want to print or export. next to any scene you All participants can access any scenes saved in a board. Send a copy or PDF of a Freeform board on iPad You can send a link to a copy of a Freeform board, so others can download the copy and add it to their boardsif you are signed in to your Apple Account. You can also export your Freeform board as a PDF to send a copy of it to others. Send a copy of a board Send a copy of your board to anyone with just a link. They can take the copy of the board and make it their own. You must be online and signed in to iCloud to send a copy of the board. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

While browsing All Boards: Touch and hold the board you want to share, then tap Share. From inside a board: Tap . 3. Tap the pop-up menu under the board name, choose Send Copy, then tap one of the following:

Copy iCloud Link: The link is copied to your clipboard. You can then paste it anywhere you like. Any contact or app icon: Follow the onscreen instructions. You can send this link to as many recipients as you like. Anyone with the link can download the copy within 30 days. When browsing for the board, recipients can find it in All Boards, not the Shared section. (Shared is only for boards youre collaborating on.) If youd like to share your board collaborativelyso you can all see one anothers updates see Share Freeform boards and collaborate. Each new link sends a copy of the board at the time you created the link. When you send someone a copy, the link opens a new board. Changes on your board dont appear on their board, and anything others change doesnt affect yours. Note: Sending a copy doesnt change who has access to the original board. See Manage sharing settings to change access to a board. Send a PDF of a board 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. In the board you want to send, tap

, tap Export as PDF. If you saved scenes in your board, choose to export one of the following:

The entire board as a single page: Tap Board. One scene per page: Tap Scenes. 4. Choose how you want to send the PDF, such as in Messages or Mail, then follow the onscreen instructions. People and groups you recently communicated with appear as icons. Tap one to send the board to them. You can also export a board as a PDF while browsing All Boards. Touch and hold the thumbnail or name of the board, tap Share, then tap Export as PDF. Tip: To send a PNG of your board, take a screenshot, then share it from the Photos app. You can also select and copy items you want to share and then paste them into other apps (Mail or Files, for example) as a PNG. Print a Freeform board on iPad You can print a Freeform board. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open the board you want to print, tap

, then tap Print. If you saved scenes in your board, choose to print one of the following:

The entire board as a single page: Tap Board. One scene per page: Tap Scenes. Share Freeform boards and collaborate on iPad You can invite people to collaborate on a Freeform board in iCloud, and everyone sees the latest changes when theyre online and signed in to their Apple Account. To make sure the board is accessible to all, you can add descriptions for visual items. Invite others to collaborate on a board When you collaborate with others on a shared Freeform board, you can see edits as others make them. Changes are saved in iCloud, so everyone with access to the board sees the latest version whenever they open it. Note: Boards are stored only in the iCloud account of the owner. The iCloud storage of participants isnt affected by items in a board. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

While browsing All Boards: Touch and hold the board you want to share, then tap Share. From inside a board: Open the board you want to share (or tap start a new one), then tap . to 3. The current sharing setting is described below the name of the board, such as Only invited people can edit. Tap the setting to change it. See Manage sharing settings. Note: If you want to be the only one who can invite others, select Only invited people and turn off Allow others to invite (green is on). 4. Choose how you want to share the boardsuch as in Messages or Mailor tap the icon of anyone you communicated with recently to share with them. You can add people after you start sharing a board. Tap Board, then tap Share With More People. When you share with others in Messages,

, tap Manage Shared may change to reflect who the board is shared with. Note: To edit or view the board, everyone you share with must be signed in to their Apple Account with iOS 16.2, iPadOS 16.2, macOS 13.1, or later. To collaborate using Messages, you and anyone you invite must also turn on iMessage. View others in a board You can see where others are working on your board in real time or follow along while another participant moves in a board. For example, if youre following someone whos presenting their design proposal on a Freeform board, you can see where they are on the board and what they see. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open the shared board where you want to see others at work, then tap

. 3. Turn on Participant Cursors if the setting is off. 4. Do any of the following:

Jump to where theyre working: Tap the name of a participant. The color next to the participants name matches the color marking their place on the board. Follow their board view as they work or present: Tap name of a participant, then tap Follow Along. Or you can just tap the persons avatar wherever they are on the board, then tap Follow. next to the Anything youd selected before entering the mode is deselected. A border (with a color matching the cursor of the person youre following) frames what they see on the board. Both you and the presenter youre following need to be online. When youre following along, you cant select anything on the board, and the zoom level is based on the other persons view. To stop following along, tap Stop in the top-right corneror just scroll, zoom, or edit. Note: Others working with you on the board can only undo and redo their own changes while the board is open. Use your own iPad. To redo a change after you undo it, touch and hold , then tap Redo. to move through the changes you made on Add accessibility descriptions You can add a description of your visual content to any item on your board. That way, people who use assistive technology such as VoiceOver can hear the visual content described aloud. (Descriptions arent visible on the board itself.) 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open the board where you want to add accessibility descriptions. 3. Tap to select the item you want to describe, tap in the formatting tools, then tap Description. 4. Enter a description of the visual content, then tap . 5. To hear the description, turn on VoiceOver, then tap the item. Stop sharing or collaborating 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open the board you want to stop sharing or collaborating on. 3. Tap

, then tap Manage Shared Board. 4. Do any of the following:

Remove people: Tap the name of the participant you want to remove, then tap Remove Access. Remove yourself from someone elses board: Tap your name, then tap Remove Me. Stop sharing with everyone: Tap Stop Sharing, then tap Stop Sharing. When you choose this option, the board no longer appears on the devices of the other participants, even though you still have access to it. You can change access and permissions for individuals or for everyone after you start sharing a board. See Manage sharing settings. To use the collaboration features fully, all participants must be online, signed in to their Apple Account, have Freeform turned on in iCloud (see Set up iCloud for Freeform on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide), and have set up two-factor authentication. Search your Freeform boards on iPad You can search all your Freeform boards for text in handwriting, sticky notes, text boxes, shapes, and filenames. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Search within a board: Tap the boards name or Find. at the top, then tap If youre in Split View, tap at the top, then tap Find. Search all boards: Tap the search field in the top-right corner of the All Boards screen. Any board that contains the text appears in the search results.

(If youre in a board, tap to access Search in All Boards.) Delete and recover your Freeform boards on iPad You can remove Freeform boards you no longer need. You can also recover deleted boards you want to keep. Delete a board 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. While browsing All Boards, tap at the top, tap Select, then tap the boards you want to delete.

(If youre in a board, tap to browse All Boards.) 3. Tap Delete at the bottom-right corner of the screen. You can also touch and hold the thumbnail or name of the board, then tap Delete. If youre the owner of a board and you delete it, it no longer appears on anyones devices. If youre a participant in a shared board and you delete it, it no longer appears on your devices, but others can still access it. Recover a recently deleted board If you change your mind about deleting a board, you can recover it. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. While browsing All Boards, tap Recently Deleted in the sidebar. If youre in Split View, tap , then tap Recently Deleted. 3. Do one of the following:

Recover a board: Touch and hold the thumbnail or name of the recently deleted board, then tap Recover. Recover several boards: Tap boards you want to recover. Tap Recover at the bottom of the screen. at the top, tap Select, then tap the Deleted boards remain in Recently Deleted for 30 days. If you were the owner of a shared board that you deleted, it no longer appears on anyones device, and you have to reshare it after recovering it. If you delete a board you dont own, you may be able to access it again with the invitation link. Permanently remove a recently deleted board After deleting a board, you can permanently remove it. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. While browsing Recently Deleted, touch and hold the board, tap Delete, then tap Delete. Use keyboard shortcuts in Freeform on iPad If your iPad is connected to an iPad keyboard, you can use keyboard shortcuts to quickly perform actions in the Freeform app. Examples of keyboard shortcuts Start a new board: Press Command-N. Create a copy of a board (duplicate): Press Shift-Command-D. Move between the items on a board: Press Tab. Move an item behind all items: Press Shift-Command-B. Group multiple items to become one unit (after selecting them): Press Option-Command-G. Learn keyboard shortcuts Press and hold the Globe ( ) key or Command () key until the shortcuts appear. Change your Freeform settings on iPad You can customize the settings for the Freeform app. Turn the background dot grid on or off You can show a grid of gray dots on your board, which allows you to see more easily whether items line up. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. Do one of the following:

In full-screen view: Tap in the lower-right corner. In Split View: Tap in the toolbar, then tap Hide Grid or Show Grid. Align items to the background grid You can make edges and points align to the nearest dot on the grid as you resize or move an item. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Freeform. 3. Turn on Snap to Grid. You can also access these settings when youre working in a board. Tap , tap Alignment Settings, then tap Snap to Grid. Turn alignment guides on or off You can use alignment guides to help you place items more precisely. When guides are on, they appear as you drag an item on a board and it aligns with another item. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Freeform. 3. Tap on or off any of the following:

Center Guides: These appear when the midpoints of items align. Edge Guides: These appear when the edges of items align. Spacing Guides: These appear when three or more items are equally spaced in a line. You can also access these settings when youre working in a board. Tap , tap Alignment Settings, then turn on the guides you want to use. Or turn them off if you dont want them appearing as you move items near one another on the board. Get math hints You can choose how you want your iPad to respond to the math problems you enter. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Freeform. 3. Tap Math Results, then select one of the following:

If you want problems to be solved automatically: Choose Insert Results.

(The answer appears in writing that matches your own.) If you want suggestions to appear: Choose Suggest Results. (A Solve button appears that, when tapped, adds the answer in writing that matches your own.) If you dont want to see math results: Choose Off. You can also access these settings when youre working in a board. Tap , then tap Math Results. Manage sharing settings You can change access and permissions for individuals or for everyone after you start sharing a board. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open the board whose sharing settings you want to change. 3. Tap

. A list of participants appears, showing who is working in the board. 4. Tap Manage Shared Board, then do any of the following:

Lock the board for edits: Tap Share Options, then tap View only. Note: If you dont want participants to be able to invite others, select Only people you invite and Only you can add people. Give editing access: Tap Share Options, then tap Can make changes. Change access and permissions individually: Tap a participants name, then adjust their settings. Invite others with a link: Tap Share Options, tap Anyone with the link, tap , then tap Copy Link. Note: Anyone can copy the link to send to others, but if you select Only people you invite, then only those invited to open the board can use the link. If you dont want participants to be able to invite others, select Only people you invite and Only you can add people. Tip: You can also manage any board you previously shared while browsing All Boards. Touch and hold its thumbnail or name, then tap Manage Shared Board. Store your Freeform boards in iCloud 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap See All, then turn on Freeform. To back up without using iCloud, see the Apple Support article About encrypted backups on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Sort your boards 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Tap or to switch between grid and list view. 3. Tap or

, then do any of the following:

View more boards at the same time (with smaller thumbnails): Tap List. List boards alphabetically (instead of by most recently updated): Tap Sort by Name. Categorize boards by how long ago they were last opened: When viewing All Boards, tap Sort by Date, then tap Use Groups. Categorize boards by board owner: When viewing Shared boards, tap Use Groups. Games Get started with the Apple Games app on iPad is your central hub for the games you enjoy and the friends The Apple Games app you play them with. Apple Games brings together your game library, activity from your games and friends, and personalized recommendations in one convenient place. Sign in to the same Apple Account in both Game Center and the App Store, then use the Apple Games app to keep track of whats new in the games youre playing, discover new games, and stay connected with friends. Discover new games Find recommendations tailored to your preferences and see what games your friends are playing. Tap Home, then tap a game to learn more, download it, or jump right in if you already have it installed. Play together Play and compete with friends or players around the world. Tap Play Together, then tap Challenge a Friend. View your profile and achievements Tap your avatar in the corner of the screen to see your Game Center achievements, friends list, and activity. You can also customize your nickname and avatar. Manage your library Tap Library to access your downloaded games, track achievements, and filter your collection. Want to learn more?

Find and download games Play together in the Apple Games app Manage your game library Connect with friends in the Apple Games app Set up your Game Center profile in the Apple Games app on iPad Game Center is Apples social gaming service that lets you connect with friends, track and compare scores and achievements, compete with other players in challenges, and invite friends to multiplayer games. In the Apple Games app, you can personalize your Game Center profile, manage who can connect with you, and more. Note: To use the Apple Games app, make sure youre signed in to your Apple Account. Set up your Game Center profile 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap Continue, then tap Continue again. 3. Do the following to customize your player profile:

Choose your avatar: Tap

, then select an avatar. Create a nickname: To choose a nickname that your friends will see when you play games together, tap Nickname, then enter a name or choose one of the suggestions. Choose who can see your game activity: Tap an option. 4. Tap Continue. You can also set up your Game Center profile by going to the Settings app , then tapping Game Center. Turn on Game Center, then customize your player profile. Edit your Game Center profile 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap your avatar in the top-right corner, then tap Edit Profile. 3. Do any of the following:

Edit your avatar: Tap

, select an avatar, then tap

. Edit your nickname: Tap your current nickname, enter a name or choose one of the suggestions, then tap

. 4. When youre finished, tap

. You can also edit your Game Center profile by going to the Settings app , tapping Game Center, then tapping Customize Profile. Find and download games in the Apple Games app on iPad In the Apple Games app, you can find your next game across dozens of categories including action, adventure, racing, puzzles, and more. Note: Game Center, Apple Arcade, and Apple One arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. The availability of Apple Arcade games across devices varies based on hardware and software compatibility. Some content may not be available in all areas. See the Apple Support article Apple Arcade game availability across devices. Browse or search for games 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Explore new releases, see top charts, or get personalized suggestions:

Tap Home. View the curated collection of games from Apple Arcade (subscription required) without ads or in-app purchases: Tap Arcade. Search or browse: Tap looking for, then tap

, browse by category or enter what youre on the onscreen keyboard. 3. Select a game to see information such as ratings, game controller support, leaderboards, achievements, and more. To see additional information like reviews and privacy information, tap View in App Store. Download or buy a game 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Navigate to the game you want, then tap the price. If the game is free, tap Get. If you see instead of the price or Get, you purchased this game before. Tap to download it again for free. 3. If required, authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete your purchase. Purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Apple Account. Subscribe to Apple Arcade in the Apple Games app on iPad In the Apple Games app, you can subscribe to Apple Arcade to enjoy unlimited access to a curated collection of games on iPhone, iPad, Mac, and Apple TV. You can subscribe to Apple Arcade or to Apple One, which includes Apple Arcade and other services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Note: Apple Arcade and Apple One arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. The availability of Apple Arcade games across devices varies based on hardware and software compatibility. Not all Apple Arcade games are available on Mac and Apple TV. Some content may not be available in all areas. See the Apple Support article Apple Arcade game availability across devices. Subscribe to Apple Arcade 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap Arcade, then tap the subscription button. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Share Apple Arcade with family members When you subscribe to Apple Arcade or Apple One, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple Arcade with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anythingApple Arcade is available to them the first time they open the Apple Games app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple Arcade or Apple One, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date;

instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple Arcade with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave the family group, or (if youre the family group organizer) stop using Family Sharing. Play Apple Arcade games on your Apple devices If you subscribe to Apple Arcade, you can play and access your game progress on every compatible device where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. See the Apple Support article Access your Apple Arcade gameplay data on all of your devices. Change or cancel your Apple Arcade subscription 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Subscriptions. 3. Tap Apple Arcade or Apple One, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you cancel your subscription, you cant play any Apple Arcade games, even if you downloaded them to your device. You can resubscribe to play Apple Arcade games again and regain access to your gameplay data. If you wait too long, some of your gameplay data may not be supported after you resubscribe. Connect with friends in the Apple Games app on iPad Its more fun to play games with friends. In the Apple Games app, you can invite friends, see friend requests, and more. Add friends 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap Play Together, then tap

. 3. Find a contact by entering their name, then tap Invite. 4. Tap to send the invitation using the Messages app. You can also add a friend in the Contacts app. Open their contact card, then tap Add Friend on Game Center. Respond to friend requests If you get a friend request from a contact in the Apple Games app, there are a number of ways you can respond:

In the Apple Games app: Tap your avatar, then tap Friend Requests. In the Messages app: Tap the friend request link. In the Settings app

: Tap Game Center, then tap Friend Requests. See your friends recent activity You can see your friends shared gaming history, compare achievements, and send friends invite links and party codes. 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap Play Together. 3. In Friends & Groups, scroll down to see your friends recent activity. You can also see your friends profiles and recent activity by going to the Settings app

, tapping Game Center, then tapping All Friends. Report a user or remove a friend You can report a user for cheating, an inappropriate picture or nickname, or another problem. You can also remove someone from your Friends list. 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap your avatar in the top right, then tap All Friends. 3. Tap the friend you want to report or remove, tap , then choose Report Friend or Remove Friend. Play together in the Apple Games app on iPad With the Apple Games app, you can send friend requests, compete on leaderboards, and play with friends during a FaceTime call. Challenge friends In supported games with Game Center leaderboards, you can create a challenge to compete with friends for a high score or specific goal. Challenges create a shared competition within your group, turning single-player games into friendly showdowns. You choose the game, select friends to invite, and track everyones results as they complete the challenge. 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap Play Together, then tap Challenge a Friend. 3. Select a game, then choose any of the following options:

Number of tries: Tap 1 Try, 3 Tries, or Unlimited. Challenge duration: Tap 1 Day, 3 Days, or 1 Week. Add Players: Tap Players, search for a contact or a friends Game Center nickname, select the player, then tap Continue. 4. Tap Start. To leave a challenge, select the game, tap , tap Leave Challenge, then tap Leave Challenge again. Play games with friends during FaceTime calls You can find and download games in the App Store that support multiplayer gaming with Game Center during a FaceTime call using SharePlay. During the call, open a supported multiplayer game, tap Start SharePlay, then follow the onscreen instructions. See Use SharePlay to watch, listen, and play together in FaceTime. You can also use FaceTime's screen sharing feature to play any game while on a call. See Share your screen in a FaceTime call. Use AirDrop to invite people to a multiplayer game You can use AirDrop to invite nearby friends to multiplayer games that support Game Center. 1. Open the game you want to play on your iPad. 2. Navigate to the screen where you invite friends. 3. Hold the display of your iPad a few centimeters from the top of the other persons iPhone, iPad or Apple Watch. A glow emerges from both devices to indicate a connection is being made. 4. Continue holding your devices near each other until the game appears on the other persons screen. View and manage your game library in the Apple Games app on iPad In the Apple Games app, you can browse Apple Arcade titles, view your downloaded games, check in-game events, and track your achievements in your library. You can also sort and filter your games to quickly find what youre looking for. Note: Apple Arcade and Apple One arent available in all countries or regions. View and organize your games 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library, then do any of the following:

Browse the list of games under Your Games. to sort games by name or recent activity, and filter by Controller Tap Support, Installed Games, or Apple Arcade. See in-game events or recent updates 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library, then tap Events. 3. Select the game you want to see in-game events or updates for. You can also see events and updates when you search for a game or open its game page in the Home or Search tab. Check your achievements for a game Track your Game Center achievements for supported games. You can view your progress and see what goals youve completed. 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library, then tap Achievements. 3. To organize your achievements, tap

, then choose an option. 4. Select the game you want to check achievements for. Browse Apple Arcade games If you subscribe to Apple Arcade or to Apple One, you can also browse Apple Arcade games in your Library. 1. Go to the Apple Games app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library, then tap Apple Arcade. 3. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Turn Show Previews on or off. Sort games by Release Date, Last Update, or Name. Filter games by Category, Controller Support, Multiplayer, or Age Rating. Connect a game controller to iPad You can connect a compatible game controller to your iPad through Bluetooth or a wired connection. You can customize the buttons and even add a second controller to get help from a friend. Pair a Bluetooth game controller 1. Follow the instructions that came with the controller to put it in discovery mode. 2. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 3. Tap Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, then tap the name of the device. See the Apple Support article Connect a wireless game controller to your Apple device. Connect a wired game controller You can connect a compatible wired game controller to your iPad. Depending on your iPad model and controller, you may need an adapter (sold separately). Follow the instructions that came with your controller. Customize the game controller buttons After you pair or connect a compatible game controller, you can customize the buttons for supported games from the Apple Games app. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap Game Controller. 3. Select the controller you want to customize, then do any of the following Customize default controls: Tap Default. Customize controls for a specific game: Tap Add Game, select the game, then tap Default for the selected game. 4. Select the actions and gestures you want to use with your controller. Add a second game controller and get help from a friend With Buddy Controller, iPad lets two controllers work together to control the same player character, so a friend can help you navigate through challenging parts of a game. Buddy Controller is compatible with any game that supports game controllers. 1. Connect two compatible game controllers to iPad through Bluetooth or a wired connection. 2. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 3. Tap General, then tap Game Controller. 4. Tap Buddy Controller. 5. Choose the primary controller, then choose the secondary controller. Change game-related settings on iPad You can customize your gaming experience on iPad by changing settings for the Apple Games app friend requests, multiplayer gaming, and content restrictions. and Game Center. These settings let you control notifications, Change Apple Games app settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, tap Games, then do any of the following:

Show or hide relevant content by combining your gaming activity: Turn on Combine Gaming Activity. Reset the identifier used to report Games usage statistics to Apple: Tap Reset Identifier. Change Game Center settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Game Center, then do any of the following:

View friends: Tap All Friends. Accept or decline friend requests: Tap Friend Requests. Allow or disallow apps to access your list of Game Center friends: Tap Share Friends List, then turn on Share Friends List. Allow Game Center friends to find you with the email and phone number associated with your Apple Account: Turn on Help Friends Find You. Manage activity sharing: Choose Everyone, Friends Only, or Only You to specify who can see your profile, achievement progress, leaderboard updates, and recently played games. Allow invitations from nearby players: Turn on Nearby Players to allow nearby Game Center players in the same game to invite you to a multiplayer game over Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. Sign out of Game Center: Tap Sign Out. Change Game Center restrictions You can set Game Center restrictions to create a safer, more controlled gaming experience by limiting features like friend requests, multiplayer games, and in-app purchases. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content &

Privacy Restrictions. 3. Tap App Store, Media, Web & Games, scroll down to Game Center, then set any of the following restrictions:

Multiplayer Games Adding Friends Connect with Friends Screen Recording Nearby Multiplayer Private Messaging Profile Privacy Changes Avatar & Nickname Changes Report a problem with a game in the Apple Games app on iPad You can report a problem with a game that you downloaded from the Apple Games app on your iPad. You can also request a refund. 1. On your iPad, go to reportaproblem.apple.com, then sign in to your Apple Account. 2. Tap Id like to, then choose an option from the pop-up menu. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Health Get started with Health on iPad The Health app on iPad stores health data from a number of different sources: your iPad, iPhone, Apple Watch, and compatible apps and third-party devices. You can schedule when to take your medications, check your headphone levels, track your menstrual cycle, and much more. Find your health data in one place iPad automatically stores and analyzes valuable health details, including health records from your medical providers, headphone audio levels, and more. You can also manually add information about medications youre taking, your menstrual cycle, and more. To display all of your health data, go to the Health app and scroll down to see highlights. Fill out your health details To personalize your experience, add your name, date of birth, sex, and other basic information to Health Details. To edit your health details, tap Profile next to your picture or initials at the top left, tap Health Details, then tap Edit. Schedule your medications Create a list of the medications youre taking, schedule when to take them, and log when you do. To add a new medication, tap Medication.

, tap Medications, then tap Add a Track your menstrual cycle With Cycle Tracking, you can log your period, record symptoms like cramps, and track cycle factors like lactation. You can also use it to help predict when your next period or fertile window will begin. To set up Cycle Tracking, tap Tracking, then tap Set Up Cycle Tracking.

, tap Cycle Want to learn more?

View health records Fill out your Health Details Log menstrual cycle information View your sleep history Log your state of mind Share your health data Back up your Health data Fill out your Health Details in Health on iPad To personalize your experience, add your name, date of birth, sex, and other basic information to Health Details. Fill out the Health Details screen When you first open Health, youre asked to provide basic health information about yourself. If you dont supply all of the requested information, you can add it later on the Health Details screen. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Summary, then tap Profile next to your picture or initials at the top left. 3. Tap Health Details, then tap Edit. 4. To make a change, tap a field. 5. When youre finished, tap

, then swipe down to exit. Update your height and weight 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Summary, then tap Profile next to your picture or initials at the top left. 3. Tap Health Details, then tap Edit. 4. Tap Height or Weight, then adjust. 5. When youre finished, tap

, then swipe down to exit. View and share health data Intro to Health data on iPad The Health app securely stores your health information from iPhone, iPad, and Apple Watch, as well as from compatible third-party apps and connected devices. You can also manually enter data for body measurements, symptoms, menstrual cycle information, and more. On supported models, ask Siri something like, Whats my heart rate? or How far have I walked today? Not available in all languages or regions. Learn how to use Siri. Health data from iPad iPad automatically stores and analyzes valuable health data, including the following:

Headphone audio levels: Audio level measurements from connected AirPods, EarPods, or other compatible headphones are automatically stored in Health. You can review this data in the Hearing category to help you understand your headphone listening habits. Sleep history: If you set up a sleep schedule in Health on iPhone, iPhone estimates the periods youre lying in bed with the intention to sleep. You can review this data in the Sleep category on iPad to help you meet your sleep goals. Health records from your healthcare providers: If you download health records on iPhone, you can browse health records of your allergies, medical conditions, medications, and more from supported healthcare organizations on iPad (not available in all countries or regions). Health data from other apps and devices As you set up health and fitness apps that you download from the App Store, follow their onscreen instructions to allow them to share data with Health. To store data from devices like blood pressure monitors and weight scales, follow their setup instructions. Bluetooth devices need to be paired with iPad. Note: You can change health data permissions for apps and devices at any time. Data that you add manually You can manually enter data about your menstrual cycles, medications, body measurements, and more. Add information about your menstrual cycles: By logging menstrual cycle information, you can get period and fertile window predictions. See Log menstrual cycle information in Health. Add your medications, vitamins, and supplements: By adding these items, you can get reminders to take them and learn more about them. See Track your medications in Health. Add information to other Health categories: Tap the data you want to update, then tap Add Data at the top right.

, tap a category, tap for Important: iPhone, iPad, and Apple Watch arent medical devices. See Important safety information. View your data in Health on iPad You can view your health and fitness information in one place. For example, you can check whether your metrics change over time, and see how well youre meeting goals for activity, sleep, mindfulness, and more. Customize your pinned health categories on the Summary screen You can pin and arrange the health categories that are most important to you, like Medications, Heart Rate, Steps, and more. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Summary, then tap Edit next to Pinned. 3. Do any of the following:

Pin a health category: Tap next to a category. Unpin a health category: Tap next to a category. Reorder the health categories in your Pinned list: Drag category up or down. next to an 4. When youre finished, tap

. View your highlights 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Summary, then scroll down to Highlights to see highlights of your recent health and fitness data. 3. Do the following:

View more data about a highlight: Tap its graph. View all highlights: Tap Show All Highlights. View your health trends To help you keep track of your health data over time, Health can alert you to significant changes in types of data like resting heart rate, number of steps, and amount of sleep. Trend lines show you how much these metrics have changed and for how long. 1. Open the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Summary, then scroll down to Trends to view any recent trends. 3. If Health has detected trends, you can do the following:

View more data about a trend: Tap its graph. View all trends: Tap Show All Health Trends. To receive notifications about your health trends, tap Summary, tap Profile next to your picture or initials at the top left, tap Notifications, then turn on Trends. View trends, highlights, and details for a specific health category 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap to display the Health Categories list, then do one of the following:

Tap a category. (To see all categories, scroll up and down.) Tap the search field, then type the name of a category (such as Mobility) or a specific type of data (such as Walking Speed). 3. Depending on the data type, you may be able to do the following:

View details about any of the data: Tap . See weekly, monthly, and yearly views of the data: Tap the tabs at the top of the screen. Manually enter data: Tap Add Data in the top-right corner of the screen. Pin to the Summary screen: Tap Pin to Summary. (You may need to scroll down.) View which apps and devices are allowed to share the data: Below Options, tap Data Sources & Access. (You may need to scroll down.) Delete data: Tap Show All Data below Options, swipe left on a data record, then tap Delete. To delete all data, tap Edit, then tap Delete All. Change the measurement unit: Tap Unit below Options, then select a unit. Learn more about health and fitness 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Summary, then scroll down to Get More From Health or Articles. 3. Tap an item to learn more. When you view the details in many health categories, recommended apps are shown in addition to your data. Share your data in Health on iPad You can share health data stored in the Health appsuch as health alerts and trendswith friends, family, and others caring for you. Share health data with someone People you share health data with can also view the health notifications you receive, including high heart rate and irregular rhythm notifications. You can also share notifications for significant trends, such as a steep decline in activity. Note: To share health data with someone, you need to include them in your contacts. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sharing, then do one of the following:

Set up sharing for the first time: Tap Share with Someone. Share with an additional contact: Tap Add another person, then tap Next. 3. Use the search field to find someone in your contacts list, then tap their contact information to select them. 4. Tap See Suggested Topics or Set Up Manually, then choose topics to share. 5. Scroll down to see all topics on a screen, choose options, then tap Next to see the next screen. 6. Tap Share, then tap Done. You receive a notification when your invitation is accepted. Share health data with your doctor You can share health data (such as heart rate, exercise minutes, hours of sleep, lab results, and heart health notifications) with your doctors. Doctors view the data in a dashboard in their health records systems (U.S. only; on systems that support Health app data Share with Provider). 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sharing, then do one of the following:

Set up sharing for the first time: Tap Share with your doctor. Share with an additional provider: Tap Share with another doctor. 3. Tap Next, then select one of the suggested providers, or use Search to find your provider. 4. If Connect to Account appears, tap it, enter the user name and password you use for the patient web portal for that account, then follow the onscreen instructions. In addition to sharing your health data, connecting to your account also causes your health records for that account to download to Health. 5. Choose topics to share with your doctor. 6. Scroll down to see all topics on a screen, then tap Next to see the next screen. 7. Tap Share, then tap Done. Review or change the data youre sharing with others 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sharing, then tap the name of a person or a healthcare provider. 3. Scroll down, then tap View Shared Data. 4. Make any changes, then tap Done. Stop sharing data with a contact or a provider 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sharing, then tap the name of a person or a healthcare provider. 3. Tap Stop Sharing or Remove Account. Note: If you start sharing data with someone, simply removing them from Contacts doesnt stop the information from being shared. Share health and fitness data with apps and devices You can give other apps permission to share health and fitness data with Health. For example, if you install a workout app, its exercise data can appear in Health. The workout app can also read and make use of data (such as your heart rate and weight) shared by other devices and apps. If you didnt give an app permission to share data with Health when you set up the app, you can give permission later. You can also remove permission from an app. To share your records from healthcare providers with apps, see Share your health records with other apps. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Summary, then tap Profile next to your picture or initials at the top left. 3. Below Privacy, tap Apps or Devices. The screen lists the items that requested access to Health data. 4. To change the access for an item, tap it, then turn on or off permission to write data toor read data fromHealth. Share your health and fitness data in XML format You can export all of your health and fitness data from Health in XML format, which is a common format for sharing data between apps. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Summary, then tap Profile next to your picture or initials at the top left. 3. Tap Export All Health Data, then choose a method for sharing your data. View data shared by others in Health on iPad You can receive notifications about a loved ones health, and you can view data about their activity, mobility, heart rate, and health trends in the Health app. Invite someone to share health data 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sharing, then tap Ask Someone to Share. 3. Choose a sharing option. The person you selected receives an invitation and can then choose which health information to share. Let the invitee know that you need to be included in their contacts. Accept an invitation to view another persons health data 1. After the invitation arrives, do one of the following:

Tap the invitation, such as on the Lock Screen or in Notification Center. In Health, tap of the screen.

, tap Sharing, then tap View in the invitation at the top 2. Tap Accept, then tap Done. View shared data and quickly respond to it 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sharing, then tap the contact card listed below Sharing With You. 3. You can do any of the following:

Quickly respond: Tap Message, Call, or FaceTime. See more detail: Tap an item on the screen. If the detail includes chart data, you can start a conversation about it by tapping Message. The chart is included in your message. Ask another person to share their health data with you You can ask someone to share their health data with you if they have an iPhone with iOS 15.6 or later or an iPad with iPadOS 17 or later. They control what data they share and when to stop sharing. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sharing, tap Ask Someone to Share, then choose an option. 3. Let your invitee know that you need to be included in their contacts to share with you, and that if they need assistance, sharing instructions are available in Share health data with someone. View health records in Health on iPad After you set up health record downloads from a healthcare provider, your records are securely and automatically downloaded to iPad, where theyre available for viewing in the Health app. View your health records 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap to display the Health Categories list, then do one of the following:

Tap the search field, then enter the name of a health record category

(such as clinical vitals) or a type of data (such as blood pressure). Scroll down, then tap a category (such as Allergies or Clinical Vitals) below Health Records. Scroll down, then tap the name of a specific organization. To see more details, tap any section where you see . Note: If you dont see health records that you expect from a healthcare provider, make sure that youre signed in to your account with the provider. Tap your list of accounts, tap the name of your provider, then sign in if asked.

, scroll to Pin important lab results You can pin results so that they appear at the top of the Lab Results screen for quick access. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Lab Results. 3. Tap

, then tap Edit. 4. Tap next to a result. You can also touch and hold a result, then tap Pin this Lab. 5. When youre finished, tap

, then tap Done. Share your health records with other apps Third-party apps can request access to your health records. Before you grant access, be sure that you trust the app with your records. 1. To grant access, choose which categories to sharesuch as allergies, medications, or immunizationswhen asked. 2. Choose whether to grant access to your current and future health records or to only your current records. If you choose to share only your current records, youre asked to grant access whenever new records are downloaded to your iPad. To stop sharing health records with the app, turn off its permission to read data from Health. Delete an organization and its records from iPad 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Summary, then tap Profile next to your picture or initials at the top left. 3. Tap Health Records, tap the name of an organization, then tap Remove Account. Track your menstrual cycle Log menstrual cycle information in Health on iPad You can log menstrual cycle information to get period and fertile window predictions. On supported models, ask Siri something like, Log that my period started today

(not available in all languages or regions). Learn how to use Siri. Set up cycle tracking 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 3. Tap Get Started, then follow the onscreen instructions. To help improve predictions for your period and fertile windows, enter the requested information. Log your cycle information You can log the days of a period and track information like symptoms, spotting, basal body temperature, and more. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 3. Do any of the following:

Log a period day: Tap a day in the timeline at the top of the screen. Or tap Add Period at the top right, then select days from the monthly calendar. Log multiple period days: Tap

. monthly calendar, then tap at the top right, select days from the Log the flow level for a day: Swipe the timeline to select a day, tap Period (below Bleeding), select an option, then tap Done. Log symptoms, spotting, or other information: Swipe the timeline to select a day, tap a category (below Other Data), supply the information, then tap Done. To add categories to the data logging screen, tap Options next to Log, then choose from the categories below Log. Note: You can use Apple Watch to help log your cycle information. See Use Cycle Tracking on Apple Watch in the Apple Watch User Guide. Edit your log Your logged information appears in the timeline at the top of the screen, where a solid red circle represents a day you logged a period and a purple dot represents a day you logged with additional information. Data for the day selected in the timeline appears in the Cycle Log (below the timeline). To change your logged information, do the following:

1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 3. Swipe the timeline to select a day. 4. Tap a category of data (such as Menstruation or Symptoms), make your changes, then tap Done. To unmark a period day, tap its solid red circle in the timeline. Manage cycle factors When you enter information about pregnancy, lactation, and contraceptive use, that information is used to help manage your cycle predictions. 1. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 2. Tap Factors, then do any of the following:

Add a factor: Tap the start date, then tap

, select a factor, tap Started if you need to change Change the end date for a current factor: Tap the factor, tap Ended, select a date, then tap

. Delete a current factor: Tap the factor, then tap Delete Factor From Health. About your health data and privacy The information you add about yourself in Health is yours to use and share. You can decide what information is stored in Health as well as who can access your data. When your iPad is locked with Face ID, Touch ID, or a passcode, all of your health and fitness data in Health, other than your Medical ID, is encrypted. Any health data synced to iCloud is encrypted both in transit and on Apple servers. And if you have a version of iPadOS, iOS, and watchOS (if youre using iPhone and Apple Watch for cycle tracking) with default two-factor authentication and a passcode, your health and activity data is stored in a way that Apple cant read it. This means that when you use the Cycle Tracking feature and two-factor authentication, your health data synced to iCloud is encrypted end-to-end, and Apple doesnt have the key to decrypt the data and therefore cannot read it. View menstrual cycle predictions and history in Health on iPad When you log your menstrual cycle, you can check the predicted date for your next period or fertile window, receive notifications about when your next period or fertile window is expected to be approaching, view details about your cycle history, and more. View your cycle timeline Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. At the top of the screen, a timeline shows the following icons. Icon Description A predicted period day. A predicted day of your fertile window. A day you likely ovulated (requires Apple Watch Series 8 or later or any Apple Watch Ultra model to be paired with your iPhone;

not available in all regions). A day you logged a period. A day you added information (for example, noting a headache or cramping). To select different days, swipe the timeline. Check the dates for your predicted next period and for your reported last period 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 3. Scroll to Highlights to see when your next period is likely to start. If you dont see the estimate, tap Show All next to Highlights. 4. Scroll to Summary to see the date of your last period and your typical cycle length. If you dont see a period prediction, make sure you have Period Predictions turned on in Options. View your cycle history 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 3. To see a summary of your last three cycles, scroll down to Cycle History. 4. To see summaries of all previous cycles, tap a cycle. To send or a save a PDF of your cycle history, tap Export PDF, tap , then choose an option. 5. To see details about a cycle, tap it. To change any details for the cycle, tap Edit. To send or a save a PDF of the cycle details, tap Export PDF, tap , then choose an option. If you receive a Cycle Deviation notification You can receive a notification if your logged cycle history shows a possible cycle deviation. Irregular periods, infrequent periods, prolonged periods, and persistent spotting are common cycle deviations that may indicate an underlying condition, or may be due to other factors. When you receive a notification, do the following to review your logged cycle history:

1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap Review Cycle History in the Possible Cycle Deviation notification. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions to confirm, add, or edit the data in your cycle history. If a cycle deviation is detected, a screen suggests what to do next. View your cycle summary You can view a summary of your last menstrual period, typical period length, typical cycle length, ongoing factors, and more. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 3. Scroll down then tap Summary. 4. Scroll to view statistics of your last year of data. Change cycle tracking notifications, cycle prediction displays, and other options You can turn off period, fertility, and cycle deviation notifications, hide period and fertility predictions, and more. You can turn these on again at any time. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 3. Scroll down, tap Options, then turn options on or off. About your health data and privacy The information you add about yourself in Health is yours to use and share. You can decide what information is stored in Health as well as who can access your data. When your iPad is locked with Face ID, Touch ID, or a passcode, all of your health and fitness data in Health, other than your Medical ID, is encrypted. Any health data synced to iCloud is encrypted both in transit and on Apple servers. And if you have a version of iPadOS, iOS, and watchOS (if youre using iPhone and Apple Watch for cycle tracking) with default two-factor authentication and a passcode, your health and activity data is stored in a way that Apple cant read it. This means that when you use the Cycle Tracking feature and two-factor authentication, your health data synced to iCloud is encrypted end to end, and Apple doesnt have the key to decrypt the data and therefore cannot read it.

*For information about the availability of the retrospective ovulation estimates feature, see watchOS Feature Availability. Log a pregnancy in Health on iPad When you log a pregnancy in the Health app, you can view your gestational age and log the symptoms frequently experienced during pregnancy. The Health app can help you to better understand your data during pregnancy by making adjustments and recommendations to reflect changes in your physical and mental health. Log a pregnancy 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 3. Scroll down, tap Factors, then tap

. 4. Tap Pregnancy, then tap Begin. 5. Do one of the following:

Log the first day of your last period: Tap Last Menstrual Period. Log an estimated due date: Tap Estimated Due Date. Log how far along the pregnancy is in weeks: Tap Estimated Gestational Age. Log when the embryo was transferred during IVF: Tap Embryo Transfer Date. Note: To log a previous pregnancy, tap Log a Past Pregnancy. 6. Tap Next, follow the onscreen instructions, then tap Next. 7. Tap Next, then do the following:

Turn on mental health questionnaire reminders (optional): Tap Turn On Notifications. Add your pregnancy to your Medical ID (optional): Tap Turn On Notifications. Review your medication information: Tap Learn More below a medication to learn about any potential impact on your pregnancy, then tap Next. 8. Review the Cycle Timeline, then tap Done. While logging a pregnancy, you get a variety of recommendations of notifications that should be turned on or off during and after pregnancy:

Walking Steadiness: Recommended to be turned on. Walking Steadiness can alert you more quickly during your third trimester, when the risk of falling can increase. High Heart Rate (Apple Watch only): If your high heart rate notification threshold is set below 120 beats per minute (bpm), youre asked to review and adjust it. Cardio Fitness (Apple Watch only): Cardio Fitness notifications are recommended to be turned off during and until 12 weeks after the end of your pregnancy. To review your health notification settings, see Review your Health Checklist in the iPhone User Guide. Log bleeding and other symptoms 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 3. Swipe to select a day, then do any of the following:

Log bleeding: Tap Bleeding During Pregnancy, tap Had Bleeding, select a bleeding level, then tap Done. Note: When you log bleeding during your pregnancy, you receive a notification recommending that you contact your doctor or care team. Log symptoms or other information: Swipe the timeline to select a day, tap a category (below Other Data), supply the information, then tap Done. To add categories to the data logging screen, tap Options next to Log, then choose from the categories below Log. View the pregnancy cycle timeline Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. At the top of the screen, a timeline shows the following icons. Icon Description A day you logged a pregnancy. A future day where you may still be pregnant. The day of your estimated due date. To select different days, swipe the timeline. Edit your pregnancy details 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Cycle Tracking. 3. Tap the Pregnancy area, then do any of the following:

Change the estimation method: Tap Change, then tap an estimation method. Edit your estimation method: Tap a field to make a change. Delete your pregnancy information: Tap Delete Factor from Health. 4. When youre finished, tap

. About your health data and privacy The information you add about yourself in Health is yours to use and share. You can decide what information is stored in Health as well as who can access your data. If you choose to add a pregnancy to Medical ID, your pregnancy status will be accessible on the Lock Screen if Show When Locked is enabled on iPhone. Your pregnancy status will also be shared with first responders during an emergency call if Share During Emergency Call is enabled. You can change your Medical ID settings at any time by going to your Health app Profile on your iPhone. You can remove or update your pregnancy status in Medical ID if your status changes. When your iPad is locked with Face ID, Touch ID, or a passcode, all of your health and fitness data in Health, other than your Medical ID, is encrypted. Any health data synced to iCloud is encrypted both in transit and on Apple servers. And if you have a version of iPadOS, iOS, and watchOS (if youre using iPhone and Apple Watch for cycle tracking) with default two-factor authentication and a passcode, your health and activity data is stored in a way that Apple cant read it. This means that when you use the Cycle Tracking feature and two-factor authentication, your health data synced to iCloud is encrypted end to end, and Apple doesnt have the key to decrypt the data and therefore cannot read it. Manage your medications Track your medications in Health on iPad You can track and manage the medications, vitamins, and supplements you take. On supported models, ask Siri something like, Log my 6AM medications as taken

(not available in all languages or regions). Learn how to use Siri. Note: Some features are not available in all countries or regions. The Medications feature is not a substitute for professional medical judgment. Additional information is available on the labels of your medications. Consult your healthcare provider prior to making any decisions related to your health. Add and schedule a new medication 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Medications. 3. Tap Add a Medication (to start your list) or Add Medication (to add to your list). 4. To identify the medication, tap the text field, enter the name, then tap the medication. In the U.S. only, suggestions appear as you begin typing. You can select a suggestion, or finish typing the name, then tap Add. 5. Do the following:

Choose the medication type: Tap an option, then tap Next. Choose the medication strength: Tap an option, then tap Next. Set a schedule: Follow the onscreen instructions to set the frequency and duration of your scheduled medication, then tap Next. Tap Change under When will you take this? to choose a different schedule type, like On a Cyclical Schedule, or Every Few Days. Choose the shape (optional): Tap an option, then tap Next. Choose the colors (optional): Tap an option, then tap Next. 6. When youre finished, tap Done. Turn on Follow Up Reminders and Critical Alerts If you set a medication schedule, you receive notifications from the Health app reminding you to log the medication. You can receive follow-up reminders if a medication hasnt been logged 30 minutes after the scheduled time. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Medications. 3. Tap Options at the bottom of the screen, then turn on Follow Up Reminders. When you turn on Follow Up Reminders, you can also turn on Critical Alerts for each of your medications. Critical Alerts appear on the Lock Screen and play a sound (even if a Focus is on or iPad is muted). 4. Tap Critical Alerts, tap the button next to a medication, then tap Allow. To turn off Critical Alerts, go to Settings then tap the button next to Critical Alerts.

> Apps > Health > Notifications, Change the schedule for a medication or update other information 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Medications. 3. Scroll down to Your Medications, then do any of the following:

Change the schedule for a medication: Tap a medication, scroll down to Schedule, tap Edit, then tap a field to change it. Change the icon, nickname, or notes for a medication: Tap a medication, scroll down to Details, tap Edit to change the icon or tap either of the text fields, then make your changes. Reorder your list: Tap Edit above the list of your medications, touch and hold for a medication, drag it to a new position, then tap . Archive a medication: Tap a medication, scroll down, then tap Archive Medication. Make an archived medication reappear in your list of medications: Tap Edit above the list of your medications, then tap medication name, then tap preserved. Any schedule you previously set is not next to the Delete a medication: Tap a medication, scroll down, then tap Delete Medication. Change how you receive notifications about taking medications: See View and respond to notifications and Change notification settings. Log when you take a medication You can log a medication, scheduled or unscheduled, at any time. By default, your iPad will remind you when its time to log your medications based on the schedule youve created in the Health app. Note: For your Health app data to sync across devices, make sure theyre signed in to the same Apple Account, are connected to the internet, and are updated to the latest OS version. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Medications. 3. Select a day at the top of the screen. 4. Do one of the following:

Log whether you took a scheduled medication: Tap the name of a medication in the list below Log, then below the medication, tap Taken or Skipped. Log an unscheduled medication: Tap As Needed Medications in the list below Log, then below the medication, tap Taken. 5. When youre finished, tap Done. Tip: When you receive a notification to log a scheduled medication, press and hold the notification, then choose an option. To review your history of taking the medication, tap the medication (in the list of your medications).

, tap Medications, then tap Share your medication list 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Share your list (or just specific medications) with a loved one: See Share your data in Health. Tip: If you add a new medication after you start sharing, add it to your shared list. Share your list as a PDF: Tap Export PDF, tap , then choose an option.

, tap Medications, scroll down, tap Learn more about your medications in Health on iPad (U.S. only) You can learn more about the medications you add to your medications list. Learn about a medication You can learn more about what a medication is used for, how it works, potential side effects, and how to pronounce it. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Medications. 3. Tap the medication (in the list of your medications), then scroll down to About. Learn about interactions between your medications 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Medications. 3. Scroll down, then tap Drug Interactions. 4. To learn whether interaction factors like alcohol might interact with your medications, tap Edit (in the Interaction Factors area), select the factors that apply, then tap Done. 5. To learn more about an interaction, tap it. Track your mental wellbeing Log your state of mind in Health on iPad You can reflect on how youre feeling and log your momentary emotions and daily moods to keep track of your mental wellbeing. You can also learn how your state of mind may correlate with lifestyle factors like exercise, sleep, time in daylight, and mindful minutes. Log your state of mind 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap Mental Wellbeing, then tap State of Mind. 3. If this is your first time logging, tap Get Started. Otherwise, tap Log. Tip: To log your state of mind for a previous day, tap corner, tap a day, then tap Log. at the top-right 4. Choose one of the following:

Log an emotion: Tap How you feel right now, then tap Next. Log a mood: Tap How youve felt overall today, then tap Next. 5. Drag the slider to indicate how youre feeling, then tap Next. 6. Tap any words that describe how youre feeling (optional), then tap Next. 7. Tap any words that describe whats having the biggest impact on you

(optional), then tap Done. If youve described whats having the biggest impact on you, you can tap Additional Context to enter more information. View your state of mind history 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap Mental Wellbeing, then tap State of Mind. 3. Tap Show in Charts, then do any of the following:

View your state of mind over time: Tap an option from the time range selections at the top of the chart. View the types of entries youve logged: Tap States, then tap Daily Moods or Momentary Emotions to see those entries on the graph. View factors associated with your entries: Tap Associations, then scroll through the different factors you logged in your state of mind entries. View lifestyle factors associated with your entries: Tap Life Factors, then tap a lifestyle factor to see it alongside your state of mind entries. You can also tap it can impact your mental wellbeing. next to each lifestyle factor to learn more about how Take a mental health assessment in Health on iPad You can take age-appropriate standardized mental health assessments to answer questions about how youre feeling, and see your current risk for depression or anxiety. These questionnaires will help you understand if you should talk to your doctor, and youll have a PDF of the results that you can share. The results and resources are provided for informational purposes only and are not a substitute for advice provided by a doctor or other qualified health care professional. Note: The Anxiety Risk assessment is available for ages 13 and older. The Depression Risk assessment is available for ages 18 and older. Take a mental health assessment 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Mental Wellbeing. 3. Do one of the following:

Take an assessment for anxiety or depression: Tap Anxiety Risk or Depression Risk, then tap Take Questionnaire. Take an assessment for both anxiety and depression: Scroll down to Get More From Health, then tap Take Questionnaire. 4. Tap Begin, then answer the prompts. 5. When youre finished, tap Done. Then you can do any of the following:

Learn more about your results: Tap next to your level or risk. Export your results as a PDF: Tap Export PDF. Get access to articles and crisis resources: Scroll down to Learn More, then tap an option. 6. When youre finished viewing your results, tap Done. Note: The Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9) and Generalized Anxiety Disorder-7 (GAD-7), developed by Drs. Robert L. Spitzer, Janet B. W. Williams, Kurt Kroenke and colleagues, with an educational grant from Pfizer Inc., can be useful tools to help identify if you are at risk for depression and/or anxiety. They are provided in Health for informational purposes only, and the results are not a medical diagnosis. The assessments are clinically validated only in certain countries and languages. If you have concerns about your mental health, you should consult a clinician. Manage mental health assessment settings 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Mental Wellbeing. 3. Tap Anxiety Risk or Depression Risk, scroll down to the bottom of the screen, then tap Options below Export PDF. 4. Do any of the following:

Change how often you want to take mental health questionnaires: Tap Frequency, then choose an option. Choose whether to be notified to take a questionnaire: Turn Notifications on or off. Receive prompts to take a questionnaire after a pattern of unpleasant moods: Turn Unpleasant Logging on or off. When you turn on Periodic Questionnaires and Unpleasant Logging, you receive a prompt to take a questionnaire a couple of times a year or when you have a pattern of unpleasant moods. Prioritize your sleep Use a Sleep Focus on iPad After you set up a Sleep Focus, you can make changes on iPad to help you meet your sleep goals. A Sleep Focus helps reduce distractions before and during bedtime. For example, it can filter out notifications and phone calls, and it can signal to others that youre not available. Customize your Sleep Focus 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Focus, then tap Sleep. 3. Customize your Focus. For example, you can allow interruptions from people important to you, customize the Lock Screen and Home Screen, and customize how apps and your devices behave when a Sleep Focus is on. Quickly turn your Sleep Focus on or off 1. Open Control Center on your iPad. 2. Tap Focus. 3. Tap Sleep to turn it on or off. Tip: If your Sleep Focus is on, you can also quickly turn it off when you touch and hold Sleep on the Lock Screen, then tap Sleep. Your Sleep Focus turns on or off again at your next scheduled bedtime or wake up time. To share your Sleep Focus settings with your other devices, make sure you have Share Across Devices turned on. Go to the Settings app Share Across Devices.

, tap Focus, then tap View your sleep history in Health on iPad Sleep data provides insight into your sleep habits. To obtain sleep data, you can use a sleep tracker or monitor, set up a sleep schedule on iPhone and let iPhone estimate your time in bed, or manually add the data on your iPad. On supported models, ask Siri something like, How much did I sleep last night?

(not available in all languages or regions). Learn how to use Siri. 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Sleep. 3. Tap Sleep, then do any of the following:

View sleep data by week or month: Tap a tab at the top of the screen. Change the time span displayed in the graph: Swipe the graph left or right. View the details for a day: Tap the column for the day. Manually add sleep data: Tap Add Data in the top-right corner of the screen. Get cumulative sleep data: Tap Show More Sleep Data. Use headphone hearing safeguards Check your headphone audio levels on iPad While using headphones with iPad, you can check whether the audio level is OK by viewing the Hearing control in Control Center. In the Health app, you can review the history of your headphone listening habits. If you listen to loud headphone audio for long enough to affect your hearing, iPad automatically sends you a notification that you should turn down the volume. After you receive a notification, the next time you plug in your headphones or connect them using Bluetooth, your volume is automatically set to a lower level. You can turn the volume up again if you choose. Tip: To review the details of a headphone notification, tap Hearing, then tap Headphone Notifications. in the Health app, tap Check your headphone levels while you listen You can view your live headphone levels in Control Center. 1. Open Control Center. 2. Tap at the top left of Control Center, then tap Add a Control. 3. Scroll down to Hearing Accessibility, then tap Hearing. 4. Tap . The audio level (in decibels) of your headphones is displayed on the Headphone Level meter. Note: You can also tap Live Listen (below the Headphone Level meter) to turn Live Listen on or off. See Use Live Listen. Typically, headphone level monitoring and Live Listen arent used at the same time. The Headphone Level monitor is intended for listening to audio playback. Live Listen is intended for listening to external sounds with the iPad microphone. Check your headphone levels over time 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Hearing. 3. Tap Headphone Audio Levels, then do any of the following:

See exposure levels over a period of time: Tap the tabs at the top of the screen. (All levels are measured in decibels.) Learn about the sound level classifications: Tap

. Change the time span displayed in the graph: Swipe the graph left or right. Display highlights: Scroll down to Highlights, then tap Show All. To learn more about your headphone audio levels, tap Show More Data. Reduce loud headphone sounds 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sounds, scroll down, then tap Reduce Loud Audio below Headphones. 3. Turn on Reduce Loud Audio, then drag the slider. iPad analyzes your headphone audio and reduces any sound above the level you set. Note: If you set up Screen Time for family members, you can prevent them from changing the Reduce Loud Sounds level. Go to Settings Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions > Reduce Loud Sounds, then select Dont Allow.

> Screen Get headphone audio notifications You can find headphone notifications on the Summary screen of the Health app. Note: Depending on your country or region, Headphone Notifications may be turned on by default, and in some countries or regions, you may not be able to turn it off. If allowed in your country or region, you can do the following:

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sound, then scroll down to Headphones. 3. Turn Headphone Notifications on or off. In addition, you can use the Settings app to set a maximum decibel level that keeps your headphone audio at a comfortable level. Headphone audio measurements are most accurate when using Apple or Beats headphones. Audio played through other headphones can be estimated based on the volume of your iPad. Use hearing health features in Health on iPad You can take a Hearing Test with your AirPods Pro 2 to provide insight into your hearing. Hearing test results (audiograms) depict the results of a pure-tone audiometry testthey display how loud sounds need to be for you to hear them. The difference between the decibel level you need and a normal level indicates your level of hearing loss. If theres no difference, your hearing is normal. If theres some or a lot of difference, your hearing is impaired. Note: The Hearing Test is available for ages 18 and older. Not available in all countries or regions. Take a Hearing Test 1. Go to the Health app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Hearing. 3. Scroll down to Get More From Health, then tap Take Hearing Test. 4. Tap Get Started, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can review the results from the Hearing Test in the Health app. You can also export a PDF version of your audiogram to share with your hearing healthcare professional. For more information, see Use hearing health features with AirPods Pro 2 in the AirPods User Guide. Back up your Health data in iCloud on iPad If you sign in with your Apple Account, your health and fitness information in the Health app is stored automatically in iCloud. Your information is encrypted as it goes between iCloud and your device and while its stored in iCloud. In addition to using iCloud, or if you arent using iCloud, you can back up your Health data by encrypting a computer backup. See Back up iPad. Note: For your Health app data to sync across devices, make sure your devices are signed in to the same Apple Account, are connected to the internet, and are updated to the latest OS version. Manage your Health data in iCloud You can make sure your Health data is synced across all of your devices. You can also stop storing your data at any time. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap Show All, tap Health, then turn Sync with iPad on or off. Home Get started with Home on iPad The first time you open the Home app , the setup assistant helps you create a home. You can then add accessories, control them remotely, share access to your home devices with others, and more. Add accessories You can add compatible accessories throughout your homesuch as locks, lights, cameras, and thermostats. Tap the onscreen instructions. in the top right, tap Add Accessory, then follow Allow guest access With a home hubyou can share full resident access to your Home app devices with family and friends, or limited guest access to pet-sitters, service workers, or other temporary visitors. Tap

, tap Add People, then choose Resident or Guest. Enter your recipient, then tap Send Invite. Monitor your energy usage If you have a participating residential utility provider, you can view how much electricity your home uses, track your usage over time, and view your electricity rate plan information. To add a provider, tap tap Connect Account.

, tap Home Settings, tap Energy, then Want to learn more?

Set up accessories Invite others to control accessories View electricity usage and rates Set up security cameras Control accessories Intro to Home on iPad You can use the Home app to securely add, control, and automate HomeKit and Matter-enabled accessories, such as lights, locks, and thermostats. When you set up security cameras that support HomeKit Secure Video, you can capture video, and receive a notification when a camera recognizes someone or when a package is left at the door. You can also group multiple speakers to play the same audio, and send and receive Intercom messages on supported devices. You can create automations to run automatically at certain times, or when you activate a particular accessory (for example, when you unlock the front door). You can also control your home remotely with the aid of a home huban Apple TV (4th generation or later) or HomePod speakers. This lets you, and others you invite, securely control your home while youre away. Note: Matter-enabled accessories require a home hub, such as a HomePod speaker or Apple TV 4K. Thread accessories require a Thread-enabled home hub, such as Apple TV 4K (3rd generation) Wi-Fi + Ethernet, HomePod mini, a supported third-

party border router, or a device that supports Thread pairing. Home overview The Home app lets you easily navigate and control your accessories. In the Home app, tap Home in the sidebar to show the following sections:

Categories: Tap a category such as Lights, Security, Climate, Speakers, or Water to show all related accessories on one screen, organized by room. Cameras: Video from up to four cameras can appear below Cameras. Swipe left to see more cameras. Scenes: Create scenes to control multiple accessories with a tap or Siri requesttap a scene to close the blinds and turn on the lights in the evening, for example. Favorites: Add to Favorites the accessories you use most often to quickly control them from the Home tab. Rooms: Accessories are organized by room, letting you find just the accessory you need. Edit Home You can organize the Home app in ways that suit you best. Tap Home in the sidebar, tap

, then do any of the following. Rearrange items: Select Edit Home View, then drag tiles to a different position. Tap Done when youre finished. Reorder sections: To change the way sections are ordered in the Home screen, choose Reorder Sections, then drag position. Tap Done when youre finished. next to a section to a new Resize icons: Select Edit Home View, tap a tile, tap

, then tap Done. To learn more about how to create and accessorize a smart home with your Apple devices, tap Discover in the sidebar. Upgrade to the new version of Apple Home on iPad iPadOS 16.2 introduced a new version of Apple Home thats more reliable and efficient. For availability and details, see the Apple Support article Update Apple Home. Before you upgrade, make sure that Apple devices connected to your home are using the latest software. This includes any owners devices and any shared users devices. Note: A home hub such as Apple TV (4th generation or later) or HomePod is required for features such as remote access, sharing your Home, notifications, automations, HomeKit Secure Video, and Adaptive Lighting. iPad is not supported as a home hub with the new version of Apple Home. You can continue to use the Home app on iPad to connect and control your smart home accessories. Upgrade your home 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Tap Software Update, tap Learn More, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: Any connected devices that arent using the latest software will lose access to the upgraded home until theyre updated. Set up accessories with Home on iPad The first time you open the Home app, the setup assistant helps you create a home, where you can add accessories and define rooms. If youve already created a home when setting up a different accessory, you skip this step. Add an accessory to Home Before you add an accessory such as a light or camera, be sure that its connected to a power source, is turned on, and has network connectivity. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home in the sidebar, then tap Add Accessory. You can also tap at the top of the screen, then choose Add Accessory. 3. If youre pairing a Matter accessory that was previously paired to another app, tap More options, then select your accessory. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions. Note: Matter-enabled accessories require a home hub, such as a HomePod speaker or Apple TV 4K. Thread accessories require a Thread-enabled home hub, such as Apple TV 4K (3rd generation) Wi-Fi + Ethernet, HomePod mini, a supported third-

party border router, or a device that supports Thread pairing. You may need to scan a QR code, enter an 8-digit HomeKit setup code found on the accessory itself (or its box or documentation), or enter an 11 or 21-digit code for Matter-enabled accessories. A HomeKit-supported smart TV displays a QR code for you to scan. You can assign the accessory to a room, and give it a name, and then use this name when controlling the accessory with Siri. You can also add suggested automations during setup. When you set up Apple TV in tvOS and assign it to a room, it automatically appears in that room in the Home app on iPad. Paired Matter accessories are synced across devices and stored in the Settings app using iCloud Keychain, regardless of which app you used to set them up. You can easily add a previously paired accessory thats stored in Keychain to another Matter ecosystem app. To manage these accessories, go to Settings

> General, then tap Matter accessories. See the Apple Support article Pair and manage your Matter accessories. Show accessories in a room You can show individual rooms, scenes assigned to them and a rooms accessories organized by category. Do one of the following:

Go to the Home app on your iPad. Tap the room in the sidebar. Tap > next to the rooms name. Change an accessorys room assignment 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold an accessory tile, then tap Accessory Settings. 3. Tap Room, then choose a room. Edit a room You can change a rooms name and wallpaper, remove the room, and more. When you remove the room, the accessories assigned to it move to Default Room. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap a room in the sidebar. 3. On the Home tab, tap > next to a room, or tap

, then choose a room. Organize rooms into zones You can group rooms together into a zone to easily control different areas of your home with Siri. For example, if you have a two-story home, you can assign the rooms on the first floor to a downstairs zone. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap &#SW1"></Variable>.</Para> </Item> <Item> <Para>Tap &gt; next to a room on the Home tab or tap

, then choose a room. 3. Tap

, then tap Room Settings. 4. Tap Zone, then tap an existing zone, or tap Create New to add the room to a new zone. Control accessories with Home on iPad Use the Home app and Control Center to control accessories in your home. Control accessories in the Home app On the Home tab, tap an accessorys icon on the left side of the tilea light, for exampleto quickly turn the accessory on or off. Tap the accessorys name on the right side of the tile to show the accessorys control. The available controls depend on the type of accessory. For example, with some lightbulbs, there are controls for changing colors. With your smart TV, you can choose an input source. Add accessories to Control Center You can add Home scenes and accessories to Control Center for easy access to your most used accessories. 1. Open Control Center on your iPad. 2. Tap in the top left, then tap Add A Control at the bottom. 3. Tap the Home Scene or Accessory control. 4. Tap Choose Scene or Accessory, then select a home and device or scene you want to control. View categories and home status The Lights, Climate, Security, Speakers and TV, and Water categories let you quickly access all the relevant accessories organized by room. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. Below your homes name, buttons show the status of accessories belonging to a categoryfor example, a Lights category that shows 3 on. 2. Tap one of the category buttons at the top of the screen or in the sidebar to show all accessories within that category, organized by room. 3. While viewing a category, tap the icon on the left side of an accessory tile to perform an actionturn a light or group of lights on or off, start playing music on a HomePod, or lock the front door. View Activity History When you have a home hub using the new version of Apple Home and latest software, all the members of your home (except guests) can view the activity history for accessories like garage doors, locks, security systems, and adaptive temperature thermostats. For example, you can learn when a door was unlocked and who unlocked it. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Go to Activity, then tap One Month to view up to 30 days of activity. 4. On the Home screen, tap the Security or Climate category, then tap Home Activity to show the Activity History. Turn Activity History on and off Only the home owner or a shared home user with permission to add and edit accessories can turn Activity History on and off. When you turn off Activity History, all previous activity for the home is permanently deleted. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. On the Home tab, tap

, tap Home Settings, then tap Activity. 3. Choose One Month to turn Activity History on, or choose Off. Turn on Adaptive Lighting Some HomeKit and Matter-compatible lights let you adjust their color temperature, from cool blue to warm yellow. You can set supported lights to automatically adjust the color temperature throughout the day. Wake up to warm colors, stay alert and focused mid-day with cooler ones, and wind down at night by removing blue light. For a light that supports Adaptive Lighting, follow these steps:

1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the lights tile to show the controls. You can also touch and hold the tile, then choose Accessory Settings. 3. Tap

, then turn on Adaptive Lighting. Note: Adaptive Lighting requires a home hub, a device such as Apple TV (4th generation or later) or HomePod speakers. Edit home accessories To edit accessory settings, tap the right side of an accessory tile, tap any of the following:

, then do Rename an accessory: Tap to delete the old name, then type a new one. Change an accessorys icon: Tap the icon next to the accessorys name, then select a new icon. If you dont get a choice of other icons, it means the icon cant be changed for this accessory. Group accessories You can control multiple accessories with the tap of a button by grouping them. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the right side of an accessory tile, tap

, then tap Group with Other Accessories. 3. Tap the accessory you want to group with this accessoryanother light in the room, for example. 4. In the Group Name field, type a name for the group. 5. Tap Done. Turn on Include in Favorites to include the group in Favorites in Home. Use Grid Forecast to plan energy use in Home on iPad (U.S. only) The electricity powering your home comes from different sources, which can include renewable energy, like solar and wind, or fossil fuels, like coal and natural gas. The sources powering your home can change throughout the day. In the Home app on your iPad, you can see a forecast for your area that highlights cleaner times, which can help reduce carbon emissions, and less clean times, to help you choose when to use electricity. To view the Grid Forecast, you must be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be turned on for the Home app. Note: Grid Forecast is available only in the contiguous United States; its not available in Alaska or Hawaii. Show Grid Forecast 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the Home tab. 3. Tap the Energy category to show the Grid Forecast widget. Green bars in the widget indicate when cleaner energy is available in your areafrom 4 p.m. until 10 p.m., for example. If there are no bars, cleaner energy isnt forecast for the near future. If youre traveling, Grid Forecast shows energy information for both your home location and the location of your iPad. Note: If you havent added accessories to your home, the Grid Forecast widget appears when you open the Home app. Receive Grid Forecast notifications To receive notifications when the electricity powering your home is being generated by cleaner or more renewable sources of energy, tap Forecast widget in the Home app, then tap Notify Me. in the Grid Turn off Grid Forecast Open Home Settings, tap Energy, then turn off Show Grid Forecast. View electricity usage and rates on iPad

(participating U.S. providers only) You can get insight into your home electricity usage and electricity rate information by connecting your utility account to the Home app. This allows you to:

View your home electricity usage over time and see how its trending. View how much electricity you used during cleaner and less clean periods, and find opportunities to shift your usage to help the environment. Learn more about your electricity rate plan, and if youre on a time-of-use

(TOU) plan, see if its currently a peak or off-peak time to help you decide when to use electricity, and see how much electricity you used during lower-

and higher-cost periods. If you have rooftop solar, know when you used electricity from the grid and when you had a surplus and sent it back, as well as how your imports and exports varied across different rate periods and during cleaner and less clean times. Electricity usage data is typically displayed with a lag of 24 to 72 hours. Note: To use these features, you need to have a residential electrical service with a participating utility provider, and you must be the utility account owner or authorized user of the utility account. Set up electricity usage and rate information 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the Home tab, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Tap Energy, then tap Connect Account. Note: Participating utility providers are listed under Available Providers. If your utility provider isnt listed, this feature isnt currently supported in your area. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions to link your compatible electricity account. Set up electricity usage and rate for multiple utility accounts If you have multiple utility accounts or providers, you can create an additional home to add them to the Home app. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the Home tab, tap

, tap Add New Home, then tap Save. 3. From the Home tab, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 4. Tap Energy, then tap Connect Account. Note: Participating utility providers are listed under Available Providers. If your utility provider isnt listed, this feature isnt currently supported in your area. 5. Follow the onscreen instructions to link your additional compatible electricity account. Disconnect your account from electricity usage and rate information 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the Home tab, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Tap Energy, then tap your linked electricity account. 4. Tap Disconnect Account. Adaptive Temperature and Clean Energy Guidance Using the Home app and your compatible Matter thermostat, you can turn on automatic adjustments for energy savings and cleaner energy. Adaptive Temperature 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the Home tab, tap your thermostat, tap

, then tap Adaptive Temperature. 3. Turn on Adaptive Temperature, then choose your settings and temperature range for your At Home, Night, Away, and Extended Away states. 4. Turn on any of the following:

Switch Thermostat Modes: When enabled, your thermostat will switch between Heat, Cool, Auto, and Off based on your temperature preferences. When disabled, your thermostat will stay in its current mode. Occupancy Detection: With compatible occupancy sensors, Adaptive Temperature can adjust the temperature based on room occupancy. Predict Arrival: Use daily routines, Apple Maps, Calendar, and more to predict arrivals and automatically precondition to your chosen At Home temperature range. Activity History: Adaptive thermostat changes are logged to Activity History. Turn off Adaptive Temperature 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the Home tab, tap your thermostat, tap

, then tap Adaptive Temperature. 3. Turn off Adaptive Temperature. Clean Energy Guidance Home can adjust the thermostat by small amounts to help reduce electricity usage while energy sources are less clean. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the Home tab, tap your thermostat, then tap . 3. Turn on Optimize for Clean Energy. Turn off Clean Energy Guidance 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the Home tab, tap your thermostat, then tap . 3. Turn off Optimize for Clean Energy. Set up HomePod in Home on iPad You can use the Home app to set up HomePod and control many HomePod settings. To learn what you can do with iPad and HomePod, see the following in the HomePod User Guide:

Set up HomePod Play audio on HomePod using an iOS or iPadOS device Make Personal Requests on HomePod Use HomePod for phone calls Use HomePod as an Intercom Note: HomePod is not available in all countries or regions. Use Home to send and receive Intercom messages 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Tap Intercom, then configure these settings:

When you can receive Intercom messages Who is allowed to send or receive Intercom messages Which HomePod speakers can use Intercom Note: Any member of the Home can choose when they receive Intercom messages. Only a home owner or admin can choose who can send or receive Intercom messages and which HomePod speakers can use Intercom. 4. Tap Back, then tap Done. 5. Tap

, say something like Who ate the last cookie? then tap Done. Your Intercom message is sent to all the HomePod speakers in your home, and to the iOS, iPadOS, and watchOS devices of all members of your home who can send and receive Intercom messages. See Use HomePod as an Intercom in the HomePod User Guide. Use HomePod and HomeKit Secure Video to announce guests With a HomeKit Secure Video camera or doorbell, HomePod can notify you when someone you know is at the door (or send you a message if the person isnt recognized). Note: To announce guests, first turn on Face Recognition. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. On the Home tab, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Tap Cameras & Doorbells, then tap your camera or doorbell. 4. Tap Doorbell Chime, then choose which HomePod speaker or speakers to enable Use Home to add and edit HomePod alarms and timers 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the right side of a HomePod tile, swipe up, then do any of the following:

Add an alarm: Tap New, create the alarm, then tap Done. Edit an alarm: Tap the alarm, change the time, then tap Done. Turn alarms on or off: Tap the switch next to an alarm. Delete an alarm: Swipe left over the alarm, then tap Delete. Create a new timer: Tap New Timer, enter a timer label (optional), choose the length of the timer, then tap Start. Pause and restart a timer: Tap

; tap to restart the timer. Remove a timer: Tap

. Change HomePod settings 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the right side of a HomePod tile. 3. Tap

, then configure HomePod settings. You can assign HomePod to a different room, add an automation, create a stereo pair with two HomePod speakers of the same kind in the same room, and more. Use HomePod to listen for alarm sounds HomePod can notify you when an alarm sound is detected in your home. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap the right side of a HomePod tile. 3. Tap

, then tap Sound Recognition. 4. Turn on Smoke & CO Alarm, then choose which HomePods will listen for alarms. Your HomePod will listen for certain sounds and notify you when alarm sounds may be recognized. Important: Sound Recognition may detect smoke and carbon monoxide alarm sounds and send you notifications when recognized. Sound Recognition should not be relied upon in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured, or in high-

risk or emergency situations. Sound Recognition requires the new version of Apple Home. Add a Siri-enabled accessory You can extend access to HomePod throughout your home by enabling Siri on compatible HomeKit accessories. If you enable Siri on these accessories, you can control them with your voice, get help with everyday questions or tasks, and play your favorite music and podcasts. See Set up a Siri-enabled accessory in the HomePod User Guide. Control your home remotely with iPad

, you can control your accessories even when youre away from In the Home app home. To do so, you need a home hub, a device such as Apple TV (4th generation or later) or HomePod speakers. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, tap See All, then turn on Home. You must be signed in to the same Apple Account on your home hub device and your iPad. If you have an Apple TV or HomePod, and youre signed in to the same Apple Account as your iPad, its set up automatically as a home hub. Create and use scenes in Home on iPad In the Home app, you can create scenes that allow you to control multiple accessories at once. For example, you might define a Reading scene that adjusts the lights, plays soft music on HomePod, closes the drapes, and adjusts the thermostat. Create a scene 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. On the Home tab, tap

, then tap Add Scene. 3. Tap Custom, enter a name for the scene (such as Dinner Party or Watching TV), then tap Add Accessories. 4. Select the accessories you want this scene to include, then tap Done. The first accessory you select determines the room the scene is assigned to. If you first select your bedroom lamp, for example, the scene is assigned to your bedroom. 5. Set each accessory to the state you want it in when you run the scene. For example, for a Reading scene, you could set the bedroom lights to 100 percent, close the drapes, choose a low volume for the HomePod, and set the thermostat to 68 degrees. 6. Test the scene and choose whether or not to show it on the Home tab

(scenes appear on the Home tab by default), then tap Done. Use scenes Do one of the following:

Run a scene: Tap the scene on the Home tab. If youve decided not to show the scene on the Home tab, tap , choose the room the scene is assigned to, then tap the scene. Edit a scene: Touch and hold a scene, then tap Edit Scene. You can change the scenes name, test the scene, add or remove accessories, and more. Use automations in Home on iPad In the Home app, you can run automations based on the time of day, your location, the activation of a sensor, or the action of an accessory. You can use preconfigured automations included with the Home app, or create automations of your own. Use a preconfigured automation 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. On the Home tab, touch and hold an accessory, then tap Accessory Settings. 3. Turn on an automation. To disable an automation, return to the accessorys setting screen, then turn it off. Create an automation 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. On the Home tab, tap

. 3. Tap Add Automation, then choose one of the following automation triggers:

When arriving at or leaving a location: Tap People Arrive or People Leave. Choose when the automation is activated by people arriving or leaving, the location, and the time the automation works. At a time of day: Tap A Time of Day Occurs, then choose when you want this automation to run. If you choose Sunset or Sunrise, times vary as the season changes. You can also set an automation to only occur after sunset, which is useful for turning on lights just when theyre needed. When an accessory changes: Tap An Accessory is Controlled, select an accessory, tap Next, then follow the onscreen instructions. You might use this, for example, to run a scene when you unlock the front door. A sensor detects something: If youve added a sensor to Home, tap A Sensor Detects Something, select an accessory, tap Next, then follow the onscreen instructions. You might use this, for example, to turn on lights in a stairway when motion is detected nearby. You can also tap the right side of an automation tile, tap , then add, enable, or disable automations. Manage and edit automations 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap Automation in the sidebar. 3. Tap an automation, then do any of the following:

Enable or disable the automation Choose when the automation happens Add or remove accessories Test the automation Delete the automation Add a Siri shortcut To make your automation even more efficient, you can add a Siri Shortcut to it. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. When choosing accessories to control with an automation, swipe up, then tap Convert To Shortcut. 3. Tap Next, name the automation (optional), then tap Done. See the Shortcuts User Guide. Set up security cameras in Home on iPad You can use the Home app to view video activity captured by your homes cameras. With any HomeKit-compatible camera, you can view video streams in the Home app, choose who can view those streams, and set up notifications when activity is detected. See the Home accessories website for a list of compatible security cameras. If you have one or more HomeKit Secure Video cameras, you can additionally take advantage of these features:

Encrypted video: Video captured by your cameras is privately analyzed and encrypted on your home hub device (Apple TV or HomePod) and securely uploaded to iCloud so that only you and those you share it with can view it. Record video: If you subscribe to iCloud+, you can view the last 10 days of activity from one to an unlimited number of cameras. The 50 GB iCloud+ plan supports a single camera, the 200 GB iCloud+ plan supports up to five cameras, and the 2 TB, 6 TB, and 12 TB iCloud+ plans support an unlimited number of cameras. Note: Video content doesnt count against your iCloud storage limit. Activity Zones: Create zones that focus your camera on the most important areas within its view. Face recognition: Receive notifications when people youve tagged in the Photos app are within the cameras view. See Store encrypted security camera footage in iCloud with HomeKit Secure Video and Set up HomeKit Secure Video on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. Camera options When you add a camera in the Home app, you can choose streaming options and assign the camera to a room. With a HomeKit Secure Video camera, you can also choose recording options. By default, up to four cameras are marked as favorites and appear on the Home tab. To edit those settings later, tap the Camera tile, then tap to see these options:

Room: A camera can be located in a room inside your home, or you can create a room for an outside location such as your front porch or back yard. Notifications: Choose to receive notifications when the camera detects activity, changes status, or goes offline. Recording options for HomeKit Secure Video cameras: You can create separate recording settings for when youre home and when youre away. For example, when youre home, you might choose to stop streaming and recording from a camera inside your home, but continue to stream and record from an outdoor camera. Note: The Home app uses the location of devices belonging to members of the home to switch between Home and Away modes. For example, when you leave for work with your iPad, the camera switches from the When Home settings to the When Away settings. Set up notifications 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Tap Cameras & Doorbells. 4. Tap a camera, then turn on Activity Notifications. All HomeKit-compatible cameras can send a notification when motion is detected. HomeKit Secure Video cameras can additionally send notifications based on these factors:

The time of day When someone is or isnt home When a clip is recorded When any or a specific type of motion is detected When you choose a specific motion, you receive a notification when the camera detects people, animals, or vehicles, or when a package is delivered. For a package to be detected, it must be within the cameras view after delivery. Choosing a specific motion, rather than any motion, results in fewer clips (and fewer clip notifications) and less video to review. For example, if you choose to detect people, your camera doesnt capture the movement of leaves on a tree or a squirrel leaping from branch to branch. Create Activity Zones for HomeKit Secure Video cameras You can create zones that focus your HomeKit Secure Video camera on the most important areas within its viewyour front walkway but not the sidewalk behind it, for example. You can then be alerted when motion is detected in these zones. Note: You can create Activity Zones only for cameras set up to record when a specific motion is detected. Activity Zones dont affect motion detection automations. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. On the Home tab, tap the camera tile, then tap

. 3. Tap Select Activity Zones, then tap the video to create a zone. To have your camera detect motion only outside the zone you defined, tap Invert Zone. 4. Create any additional zones you want within the cameras viewone for the driveway and another for the mailbox, for example. 5. Tap Done. To remove an activity zone, tap Select Activity Zones, tap inside a zone, then tap Clear. View video 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. On the Home tab, tap the camera tile. Live video should play automatically. 3. If youve chosen to record video, swipe through the timeline at the bottom of the screen to browse recorded clips. 4. Tap a clip to play it. 5. Pinch the clip open left and right to show the timeline, then drag to go forward or back through the video. 6. Tap Live to switch back to live video. When you set up the camera to detect specific motion, the timeline displays unique symbols for people, animals, vehicles, and packages. Note: If there are more cameras in your home than Home Hubs that can analyze the cameras video, video captured from some of the cameras may not be analyzed. Clips are still recorded, but theyll show

, which indicates that the video wasnt analyzed for specific motion. You can also view live and recorded video in the Home app on your Mac with macOS 10.15.1 or later. Choose access options To allow other people to view video from your cameras, follow these steps:

1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Below the People heading, tap a person. 4. Tap Cameras, then choose an option. To learn how to allow other people to view video from your cameras, see Invite others to control accessories. Use Face Recognition in Home on iPad With a HomeKit Secure Video camera or doorbell, you can use the Home app to receive notifications when people youve tagged in the Photos app come to your door. Set up Face Recognition Face Recognition identifies people by the faces that appear in your photo library or pictures of recent visitors captured by your camera or doorbell. If youre setting up a camera or doorbell for the first time, do the following:

1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Add the accessory to the Home app. 3. In the Recognize Familiar Faces card, turn on Face Recognition, then tap Continue. 4. Choose who can access your photo library:

Never: Only faces youve added from clips in the Home app are recognized. Only Me: Only the notifications you receive have the names of people in your photo library. Everyone in this Home: The notifications for everyone in your home have the names of people in your photo library. 5. Tap Continue, then finish setting up the camera or doorbell. If you have an existing doorbell or camera and want to use it to identify visitors, tap it on the Home app, tap Tap your photo library, then choose who can access it.

, tap Face Recognition, then turn on Face Recognition. Note: Notifications can appear on any of the devices associated with your Apple Account. Identify recent visitors You can use Face Recognition to help identify people that arent in your photo library using a picture captured by your camera or doorbell. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. With Face Recognition turned on, tap Home in the sidebar. 3. On the Home tab, tap the camera or doorbell, then tap

. 4. Tap Face Recognition, tap an unidentified person listed below Recent, then tap Add Name. 5. Add the persons name or their relationship to youMom or Mail Carrier, for example. 6. Choose whether to be notified when theyre seen by your camera or doorbell. Note: People with a face mask dont appear in this list. Share faces with your household You can allow the members of your household to see the names of visitors identified in your photo library. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. With Face Recognition turned on, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Tap Cameras & Doorbells, then tap Face Recognition. 4. Tap your photo library, then tap Everyone in this Home. Configure a router in Home on iPad You can use the Home app to make your smart home more secure by allowing a compatible router to control which services your HomeKit accessories can communicate with on your home Wi-Fi network and on the internet. HomeKit-

enabled routers require that you have an Apple TV or HomePod set up as a home hub. See the Home Accessories website for a list of compatible routers. Configure your routers settings 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Set up the router with the manufacturers app on an iPhone or iPad. 3. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. 4. Tap Wi-Fi Network & Routers. 5. Turn on HomeKit Accessory Security, tap an accessory, then choose one of these settings:

Restrict to Home: The router only allows the accessory to connect to your home hub. This option may prevent firmware updates or other services. Automatic: The router allows the accessory to connect to an automatically updated list of manufacturer-approved internet services and local devices. No Restriction: The router allows the accessory to connect to any internet service or local device. This provides the lowest level of security. Invite others to control accessories in your home In the Home app, you can invite other people to control all your smart accessories, or invite a guest to control some or all of your doors, locks, and security system accessories during specific times. Note: Remote access and guest access require a home hub, such as a HomePod speaker or Apple TV 4K. Invite residents to control accessories Home Residents have local and optional remote access to all accessories in the home at any time. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. On the Home tab, tap

, tap Add People, then tap Resident. 3. Tap to choose people with an Apple Account from your contacts list, or enter their Apple Account email addresses in the To field. 4. Tap Invite. 5. Ask the invitee to do one of the following:

In the notification: (iPhone or iPad) Tap Accept. In the Home app: (iPhone or iPad) Tap , tap Home Settings, then tap the invitees name. On Apple TV: Tap Show Me on Apple TV, then turn on one or more Apple TVs. Invite guests to control accessories Home Guests have local-only access to specific doors, locks, and security system accessories on a set schedule. Note: Home Guests access requires iOS 18, iPadOS 18, or later. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. On the Home tab, tap

, tap Add People, then tap Guest. 3. Tap to choose people with an Apple Account from your contacts list, or enter their Apple Account email addresses in the To field. 4. Select any of the following for the guest schedule:

Anytime: The guest can access the selected accessories anytime. Specific Dates: The guest can only access the selected accessories on the dates specified. Specific Days & Times: The guest can only access the selected accessories on the days and during the times specified. 5. Select which doors, locks, and security system accessories the guest can access. 6. Tap Invite. 7. Ask the invitee to do one of the following:

In the notification: (iPhone or iPad) Tap Accept. In the Home app: (iPhone or iPad) Tap , tap Home Settings, then tap the invitees name. Allow others to access your AirPlay-enabled speakers and TVs 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. 3. Tap Speaker & TV, then choose an option. You can allow everyone, anyone on the same network, or only people youve invited to share the home. You can also require a password that allows speaker access. To learn more about HomePod speaker and Apple TV access, see the HomePod User Guide and Apple TV User Guide. Add more homes with iPad You can add more than one physical spacea home and a small office, for example. 1. Go to the Home app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Add New Home. 3. Name the home, choose its wallpaper, then tap Save. 4. To switch to another home, tap

, then tap the home you want. iTunes Store Get music in the iTunes Store on iPad You can use the iTunes Store app to do any of the following:

Find and buy music (see below) Get ringtones (see Get ringtones, text tones, and alert tones) See and manage all your purchases (see Manage your iTunes Store purchases and settings) Note: You need an internet connection to use the iTunes Store. The availability of the iTunes Store and its features varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. To add movies and TV shows to iPad, see Discover channels and apps. Find music 1. Go to the iTunes Store app on your iPad. 2. Tap Music in the tab bar at the top, then do any of the following:

Browse by category: Scroll to see various categories. Choose a different genre: Tap Genres at the top left of the screen, then select one to refine your browsing. See whats popular on iTunes: Tap Top Charts in the tab bar at the top. Search: Tap Search, enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. 3. Tap an item to see more information about it. 4. To share an item or add it to your wish list, tap , then do any of the following:

Share a link to the item: Choose a sharing option. Give the item as a gift: Tap Gift. Add the item to your wish list: Tap Add to Wish List. To view your wish list, rotate iPad to landscape orientation, tap Music in the tab bar at the top, tap

, then tap Wish List. Buy and download content 1. Go to the iTunes Store app on your iPad. 2. To buy an item, tap the price. If the item is free, tap Get. If you see download it again without a charge. instead of a price, you already purchased the item, and you can 3. If necessary, authenticate your Apple Account with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete the purchase. 4. To see the progress of a download, tap Downloads. Redeem or send an App Store & iTunes Gift Card 1. Go to the iTunes Store app on your iPad. 2. Tap Music in the tab bar at the top, then scroll to the bottom. 3. Tap Redeem or Send Gift. When you purchase access to movies, TV shows, music, music videos, ebooks, audiobooks, or ringtones from Apple, you also have the option to permanently download these items to a compatible iPhone, iPad, Mac, or PC. Apple cannot revoke your downloaded content, and you can always access your downloaded content without an internet connection. Get ringtones, text tones, and alert tones in the iTunes Store on iPad In the iTunes Store app, you can purchase ringtones, text tones, and other alert tones for clock alarms and more. Buy new tones 1. Go to the iTunes Store app on your iPad. 2. If necessary, tap Music or Top Charts in the tab bar at the top, then tap Genres. 3. Tap Tones, then tap a category. 4. Tap a tone to see more information or play a preview. 5. To buy a tone, tap the price. Tip: You can also search for tonestap Search, enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. Redownload tones purchased with your Apple Account If you bought tones on another device, you can download them again. 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds. 2. Below Sounds, tap any sound. 3. Tap Download All Purchased Tones. You might not see this option if you already downloaded all the tones that you purchased or if you havent purchased any tones. When you purchase access to movies, TV shows, music, music videos, ebooks, audiobooks, or ringtones from Apple, you also have the option to permanently download these items to a compatible iPhone, iPad, Mac, or PC. Apple cannot revoke your downloaded content, and you can always access your downloaded content without an internet connection. Manage your iTunes Store purchases and settings on iPad In the iTunes Store app, you can review and download music, movies, and TV shows purchased by you or other family members. You can also customize content restrictions for the iTunes Store in Settings. Approve purchases with Family Sharing With Family Sharing set up, the family organizer can review and approve purchases made by other family members under a certain age. See Turn on Ask to Buy. View and download music purchased by you or family members 1. Go to the iTunes Store app on your iPad. 2. Tap Purchased in the tab bar at the top. 3. If you set up Family Sharing, tap My Purchases, then choose a family member to view their purchases. Note: You can see purchases made by family members only if they choose to share their purchases. 4. Find the item you want to download, then tap

. To view and download movies or TV shows purchased by you or family members, see Manage your library in the Apple TV app. View your entire iTunes Store purchase history To see a chronological list of the apps, songs, movies, TV shows, books, and other items purchased with your Apple Account, view your iTunes Store purchase history. In your purchase history, you can do any of the following:

View when an order was billed to your account. View the date of a purchase. Resend email receipts. Report a problem with purchased content. Set content restrictions After you turn on content and privacy restrictions, go to Settings

> Screen Time >

Content & Privacy Restrictions > App Store, Media, Web, & Games, then set any of the available restrictions. You can block explicit content, turn off music videos, restrict content by age-appropriate ratings, and more. When you purchase access to movies, TV shows, music, music videos, ebooks, audiobooks, or ringtones from Apple, you also have the option to permanently download these items to a compatible iPhone, iPad, Mac, or PC. Apple cannot revoke your downloaded content, and you can always access your downloaded content without an internet connection. Journal Get started with Journal on iPad Learn how to use the Journal app add photos, music, drawings, audio recordings, and even your current state of mind. You can sketch or handwrite your entries with Apple Pencil (see compatibility) or your finger. on iPad to record your experiences. You can Set up Journal The first time you open Journal, follow the onscreen instructions to set up. When youre signed in to the same Apple Account, you can sync journaling suggestions from iPhone to iPad. Go to Settings

, then tap Privacy & Security. Tap Journaling Suggestions, tap Turn On Journaling Suggestions, then turn on Allow Sync to iPad. Create a journal entry Tap at the top of the screen, then start writing. Tap to add a drawing. Review your journal entries Scroll through your journal to see previous entries. To see only certain types of entries, tap the text youre looking for.

, then either choose a category such as Photos or Drawings, or type Keep your journal private Protect your journal so only you can access it with with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. Want to learn more?

Write in your journal View and search journal entries Change Journal settings Add formatting, photos, and more Write in your journal on iPad The Journal app makes it easy to capture your thoughts on everyday moments and special events. You can also get suggestions for topics to write about. Create a journal entry 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the screen. 3. Start typing or tap and use Apple Pencil to create a handwritten entry. Use Journaling Suggestions Journaling Suggestions intelligently group outings, photos, workouts, and more to help you remember and reflect on your experiences. You can sync journaling suggestions from iPhone to iPad when youre signed in to the same Apple Account. 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the screen. 3. Tap

. If you dont see

, tap

, then tap Journaling Suggestions. 4. Browse the recommended suggestions or tap Recent to see suggestions sorted by date. 5. To start a new entry with all the suggested attachments, tap at the bottom-

right corner of the suggestion. 6. To preview the attachments before creating the entry, tap the suggestion, then do any of the following:

Browse the attachments: Swipe through the attachments. Change to list view: To see the details for all attachments, tap

. Choose the attachments you want: Tap an attachment to select or deselect it. 7. Tap Add to Entry to start writing or to return to the suggestions list. To delete a suggestion, touch and hold the suggestion, then tap Remove. Use Apple Pencil to handwrite your entries 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Create a journal entry, then tap

. 3. Start writing with Apple Pencil, then do any of the following:

Select a different color: Tap a color on the palette. Select a different tool: Swipe through the toolbar to see other tools, then tap the one you want. Tap any tool a second time to change its qualities, like the thickness or opacity of a stroke. Select and transform text: Tap and outline the text you want to select, then drag the text to a new location or tap Paste, Duplicate, Refine, Copy as Text, Translate, or Straighten. and choose Cut, Copy, Change spacing between words: Select a writing tool, touch and hold between two words, then drag left or right. Refine your handwriting: Tap Handwriting. in the toolbar, then turn on Auto-Refine See spelling suggestions: Tap an underlined word to see the spelling suggestion. To use the suggestion, tap it. Transcribe your handwriting into typed text as you write: Tap the Scribble tool , then start writing. Create multiple journals 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the sidebar above All Entries, then name the new journal. 3. To reorder journals, touch and hold the journal name, then drag up or down. 4. To edit the journal name, color, or icon, touch and hold the journal, then choose Edit Journal. Take action from the Home Screen 1. On the iPad Home Screen, touch and hold . 2. Choose Record Audio, Add Photos, View Suggestions, or New Entry. Start a journal entry from another app When youre doing something in another appsuch as listening to a song in the Music app or reading an article in the News appyou can quickly capture your thoughts in a new journal entry. 1. In the app youre using, tap or Share, then tap Journal. If you dont see Journal, you may need to customize the apps sharing options. 2. Enter your thoughts, then tap

. You can review your entry and add more details later in the Journal app. See Edit a journal entry. Edit or delete a journal entry on iPad Edit a journal entry 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Choose a journal or tap All Entries. 3. Swipe left on an entry, then tap Edit. Add the same entry to multiple journals 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Choose a journal or tap All Entries. 3. Tap below the entry, then tap Choose Journals. Remove or add a title 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. While composing an entry, tap

, then tap Remove Title or Add Title. If you dont see

, tap

, then tap Remove Title or Add Title. Edit the entry date 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. While composing an entry, swipe down to show the entry date, then tap the date to edit it. Delete journal entries 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Choose a journal or tap All Entries. 3. Swipe left on an entry, then tap Delete. Deleted entries are saved for 30 days. 4. To delete multiple entries, tap at the top of the screen, tap Select Entries, select the entries you want to delete, then tap

. Recover journal entries 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Tap Recently Deleted. You may need to tap to open the sidebar. 3. Tap below the entry, then tap Recover. 4. To recover multiple entries, tap Select, tap the entries you want to recover, then tap

. Add formatting, photos, and more in Journal on iPad In the Journal app, you can create multimedia entries by adding photos, drawings, videos, audio, and more. Format text You can adjust the color, style, formatting of the entry text. 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. While composing an entry, tap

. 3. Apply bold text, italics, underline, strikethrough, bulleted or numbered lists, block quote, or font color. Add a drawing 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. While composing an entry, tap

, then start drawing. Tip: To place a drawing inline with text, touch and hold where you want the drawing to go, then choose Insert Drawing. 3. To see other tools, such as Crayon, Reed Pen, or Watercolor Brush, swipe through the toolbar, then tap the one you want. Tap any tool a second time to change its qualities, like the thickness or opacity of a stroke. 4. When youre finished drawing, tap

. You can resize and rearrange inline drawings. To resize, drag the handle on the bottom left. To rearrange, touch and hold the drawing, then drag it to a new location. Add photos or videos to the grid or inline with text 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. While composing an entry, do any of the following:

Choose photos and videos from your library: Tap

. If you dont see

, tap

, then tap Choose Photo or Video. Take a new photo or video: Tap

. If you dont see

, tap

, then tap Take Photo or Video. 3. To place photos and videos inline with entry text, touch and hold the photo or video, then drag it from the grid to the entry. You can resize inline media by dragging the handle on the frame. Add a map location 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. While composing an entry, tap

. If you dont see

, tap

, then tap Locations. When you add a location, the entry is visible in Places. Work with attachments All attachmentsphotos, drawings, videos, locations, recordings, and State of Mind tilescan be reordered, placed inline with entry text, and more. 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. While composing an entry, do any of the following:

Place attachments inline with text: Touch and hold the attachment, then drag it from the grid to the entry. Resize inline attachments: Drag the handle on the frame. Move inline attachments to the grid: Touch and hold the attachment, then drag it up to the grid. View an attachment in full screen: Tap the thumbnail. Reorder attachments: Touch and hold a thumbnail, then drag it to a different position. Remove an attachment: Tap in the top-right corner of the thumbnail. Record and transcribe audio You can record audio and have your words transcribed in a journal entry. Audio transcription is available in English only (excluding Singapore and India locales). 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. While composing an entry, tap . If you dont see

, tap

, then tap Record Audio. 3. Tap

, then start speaking. 4. When youre done, tap , then tap Done. 5. Tap the audio recording, then tap to review the transcription. 6. To add the text to the entry, tap , then tap Add Transcript to Entry. Journal for your wellbeing on iPad You can log your state of mind in the Journal app. You can also automatically add the time you spent journaling as mindful minutes in the Health app. Log your state of mind You can reflect on how youre feeling and log your momentary emotions in your journal. 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. While composing an entry, tap

. If you dont see

, tap

, then tap Add State of Mind. You may be asked to turn on Health access. 3. Drag the slider to indicate how youre feeling, then tap . 4. Tap any words that describe how youre feeling, then tap . 5. Tap any words that describe whats having the biggest impact on you, then tap

. Your state of mind will be added to Health, where you can review its history over time. See Log your state of mind in Health. Allow the Health app to access your state of mind and mindful minutes You can automatically add the time you spent journaling as mindful minutes in the Health app. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Journal. 3. Tap Health Access, then tap Data Access & Devices. 4. Tap Journal, then turn on Mindful Minutes and State of Mind. Build a habit with Journal on iPad With the Journal app, you can keep track of your journaling goals and build new habits. Track journaling goals with Insights 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. Your current streakthe number of consecutive days or weeks youve journaledand other insights are in the sidebar. 2. Tap Insights, then tap any tile to see more details. Tip: Tap to open and close the sidebar. Set a journaling schedule You can be reminded to write with journaling notifications. 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap

, then tap Notifications. 3. Tap Custom, then set a weekly schedule. Use the Journal widget Add a widget to your Home Screen or Lock Screen with your current streak or writing prompts that change throughout the day, so you can reflect on whats going on in the moment. 1. On the iPad Home Screen or Lock Screen, add a Journal widget. 2. To change the widget, touch and hold the widget, then tap Edit Widget. 3. Tap the widget to select from different writing prompts, start a new entry, or see details about your current streak. View and search your journal entries on iPad In the Journal app, you can search for text in your entries and filter for details such as photos, drawings, and locations. You can also bookmark entries to revisit later. Search your journal entries 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Choose a journal or tap All Entries. 3. Do any of the following:

Find specific entries: Tap Drawings or type the text youre looking for.

, then choose a category such as Photos or Sort entries: On the top right of your screen, tap choose Entry Date or Moment Date.

, tap Sort By, then Find entries for a specific day: In the sidebar, tap Insights, then tap a date on the calendar. View entries by location You can see your entries based on their location with the map view. 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places in the sidebar. 3. Tap All Entries to return to your journal. Tip: Tap to open and close the sidebar. Entries that include a location, or photos with location information, are added to the map. See Add formatting, photos, and more. Bookmark important journal entries 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Choose a journal or tap All Entries. 3. Swipe right on an entry, then tap

. To bookmark multiple entries, tap Entries, tap entries to select them, then tap . at the top of the screen, tap Select Tip: To see only bookmarked entries, tap

, then tap Bookmarked. Print and export entries in Journal on iPad In the Journal app, you can print and export individual entries or your entire journal. Print a single journal entry 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Choose a journal or tap All Entries. 3. Scroll to the entry you want to print, then tap below the entry. 4. Tap Print. Print multiple journal entries 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Choose a journal or tap All Entries. 3. Tap at the top right of the screen, then tap Print. 4. Choose All Entries or select a date range, then tap Print. Export a single journal entry as a PDF file 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Choose a journal or tap All Entries. 3. Scroll to the entry you want to export, then tap below the entry. 4. Tap Print, then tap . Choose an app such as Notes, Files, or Messages or tap Save to Files. Export multiple journal entries as PDF files 1. Go to the Journal app on your iPad. 2. Choose a journal or tap All Entries. 3. Tap at the top right of the screen. 4. Tap Export, then choose Export. 5. In the sidebar, choose a location, then tap Save. Protect your journal entries on iPad In the Journal app, there are a number of ways you can protect your journal entries. You can lock your journal, you can sync your journal entries with iCloud, and you can include your journal entries in your iPad backup if you encrypt your iPad backup and store it locally on your computer or external storage device. Keep your entries in sync across your devices with iCloud Your entriesand any changes you make to themappear on your iPad, iPhone, and Mac where youre signed in to the same Apple Account and have Journal turned on in iCloud settings. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap See All, then turn on Journal. How do I back up my journal entries?

To include your entries in a backup of your iPad, your iPad backup must be encrypted and stored locally on your computer or external storage device. Journal entries arent included in iCloud backups, but you can check that they sync to iCloud in Settings. When you create encrypted backups, you have a copy of your entries to use in case your iPad is replaced, lost, or damaged. To learn how to create encrypted backups, see the Apple Support article Back up Journal entries in an encrypted backup. Lock your journal You can keep your journal private so only you can access it with with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. To lock your journal, use any of the following methods:

From the Home Screen or App Library: See Lock or hide an app. In the Journal app: Above the Insights summary, tap Journal.

, then tap Lock In the Settings app: Go to Settings

> Apps > Journal, then tap Lock Journal. Change your Journal settings on iPad You can customize the settings for the Journal app ; for example, allow journaling suggestions to sync from iPhone, lock your journal, set a schedule for journaling, and more. Sync journaling suggestions from iPhone You can sync journaling suggestions from iPhone to iPad when youre signed in to the same Apple Account. 1. Turn on iPhone Journaling Suggestions. See Turn Journaling Suggestions on or off. 2. On your iPad, go to the Settings app

, then tap Privacy & Security. 3. Tap Journaling Suggestions, then tap Turn On Journaling Suggestions. 4. Turn on Allow Sync to iPad. Add a title, date, or current location to new journal entries 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, tap Journal, then do any of the following:

Add location to new entries: Turn on Add Current Location. Add a title to new entries: Tap Add Entry Title, then choose Always, Only for Moments, or Never. Use the date from the moment as the entry date: Turn on Always Use Moment Date. Save photos and videos taken in Journal to the Photos app 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Journal. 3. Turn on Save to Photos. Magnifier Magnify or describe things around you with Magnifier on iPad In the Magnifier app, you can use your iPad like a magnifying glass to zoom in on text or objects around you. Magnify nearby text or objects 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Point the iPad camera at the text or object you want to magnify, then drag the slider to zoom in or out. 3. You can also use any of the following default controls:

to switch between your default controls and custom sets of Tap controls youve defined for recurring tasks or situations (called activities). See Set your preferred controls for an activity. Tap to temporarily freeze the frame. to add more controls, including Get live descriptions of your Tap surroundings, or edit activities youve created. Tip: Set up a shortcut to quickly open Magnifier from Control Center or by clicking an iPad button. See Quickly turn accessibility features on or off. Temporarily freeze the frame You can temporarily capture whats in the frame, without saving it to Photos. 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then do one of the following:

Take one or more photos: Press and hold Multi-Photo to take a photo or multiple photos.

, then select Single Photo or If you select Multi-Photo, youll see a group of photos in the bottom right corner of the screen.

, then select Document. Capture text and reframe it: Press and hold Follow the written and spoken instructions to get the text in frame or drag the corners of the box that appear around the text, then tap Confirm. After you tap Confirm, tap to view the text with Accessibility Reader. See view your captured text in a format for easier reading or to listen to your captured text. Customize and listen to text: If youre magnifying text, tap to view your captured text in a format for easier reading or to listen to your captured text. Share captured images: Tap for more options, such as sharing the captured frame or saving it to your photos. Stop viewing captured images: Tap to the live Magnifier lens. to unfreeze the frame and return To reset Magnifier, press and hold Single-Photo. anytime and select Document, Multi-Photo, or View your captured text in a format for easier reading If you magnify a frame that contains text, you can view it in a format adapted for easier reading. You can even adjust fonts, layouts, and background colors. 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap to capture the frame, then tap . Magnifier alerts you if no text is detected in the frame you captured. 3. Tap

, then tap Customize Reader. 4. Select a theme, then tap Edit. 5. Do any of the following:

Text Color: Choose a color or tap Custom Color. Background Color: Choose a color or tap Custom Color. Text Size: Drag the slider left or right to make the text smaller or larger. Font: Choose a font. High Legibility Characters: Turn on High Legibility Characters. Note: This option is only available when using System Font. Bold Text: Turn on Bold Text. Line Spacing: Choose

, or to customize the space between lines. Word Spacing: Choose words.

, or to customize the space between Character Spacing: Choose between characters..

, or to customize the space Readable Content Width: Choose width.

, or to customize the text Hyperlinks: Turn Show Links on or off. When turned on, you can customize the color. Playback: Turn Highlighting on or off. When turned on, you can customize the style or highlight color. Rename: Enter a name for the settings you choose. Reset to Default: Reset all themes to their default settings. Tip: Rename a theme with your custom settings so you can easily find it and reuse it later. You can also use Accessibility Reader to customize the text in apps. See Read or listen to text in apps with Accessibility Reader. Listen to your captured text 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap to capture the frame, then tap . Magnifier alerts you if no text is detected in the frame you captured. 3. Do any of the following:

Listen to the text: Tap . Pause the text: Tap . Skip backward or forward: Tap or . Increase or decrease the speed: Tap

, then select a speed. Go to a specific time: Drag the slider left or right. Note: You can hide or show audio controls: Tap , then tap

. Get live descriptions of your surroundings If youre blind or have low vision, you can use Detection Mode in the Magnifier app on iPad to scan your surroundings and get live descriptions of the scenes detected in the camera view. Live descriptions are available as text or speech. Important: Detection Mode should not be relied on in high-risk or emergency situations, in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured, or for navigation. 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap to start Detection Mode. If you dont see

, you can add it. See Customize controls. 3. Touch and hold

, select Scenes, then do any of the following:

On supported iPad models, detect people, doors, or furniture. On all iPad models, detect text in the camera frame and have it read out loud or point your finger at text to have it spoken. 4. To temporarily pause detection, double-tap the screen with two fingers. Double-tap again with two fingers to resume detection. To stop Detection Mode, tap

. If you use VoiceOver, you can turn on Live Recognition from any screen on iPad and get descriptions of your surroundings without going to the Magnifier app. See Get live descriptions of your surroundings with VoiceOver. Customize controls in Magnifier on iPad You can choose and customize the controls that are shown in the Magnifier app. Add or remove controls 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Add or remove Activities, Capture, or Detection Mode: Tap Activities, Capture, or Detect, then turn Show in Control Panel on or off. Add or remove other controls: Tap or next to a control. You can choose up to two primary controls. Primary controls appear on the main screen when you open Magnifier. If you add more than two controls, you can swipe up on the control panel at the bottom of the screen to access secondary controls. Reorder other controls: Drag next to a control to move it up or down. Control Brightness Cameras Contrast Filters Description Adjust the brightness. Switch between the front and rear cameras. Adjust the contrast. Apply a color filter. When you add the Filters control, you can select just the filters you use most often. Flashlight Turn on the flashlight. Note: This option is available on iPad models with True Tone Flash. Focus Lock Lock the magnifier focus. Control Zoom Description Zoom in and out. Set your preferred controls for an activity You can save the controls you use for recurring tasks or situations, called activities, and switch between different activities as needed. For example, you could create an activity for reading a menu at a restaurant. 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Save as New Activity to create a new activity using the current controls. 3. Enter a name for the activity, then tap

. Customize settings for live scene descriptions 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Detect. 3. Do one of the following:

On iPad models with a LiDAR Scanner: Tap Descriptions.

, tap

, then tap Image On other iPad models: Tap

, tap Detect, then tap Scenes. 4. Tap Scenes, then turn on any combination of Labels or Speech feedback. 5. To return to the live Magnifier lens, tap , tap it again, then tap

. Detection Mode Detect people around you using Magnifier on iPad If youre blind or have low vision, you can use the Magnifier app on iPad to detect when people are nearby and get information about how close they are. This can be useful if you want to maintain a physical or social distance from others. Important: Detection Mode should not be relied on in high-risk or emergency situations, in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured, or for navigation. Detection of people is only available on supported iPad models. Detect people near you 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap to start Detection Mode. If you dont see

, you can add it. See Customize controls. 3. Touch and hold

, then make sure People is selected. 4. Position iPad so the rear camera can detect people around you. When iPad detects a person nearby, youre notified with sounds or speech feedback. The feedback becomes more frequent the closer the person is to you. If you dont hear sound or speech feedback, make sure Silent mode isnt on. See Adjust the volume. 5. To temporarily pause detection, double-tap the screen with two fingers. Double-tap again with two fingers to resume detection. To stop Detection Mode, tap

. Customize the settings for detecting people 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Detect. 3. Tap People, then customize any of the following:

Units: Choose Meters or Feet. Sound pitch distance: Tap feedback. When people are detected within this distance, the pitch of the sound feedback increases. to adjust the distance for sound or Feedback: Turn on any combination of Labels, Sounds, and Speech. If you turn on Speech, iPad speaks the distance between you and another person. 4. When youre finished, tap , tap it again, then tap

. Detect furniture around you using Magnifier on iPad If youre blind or have low vision, you can use the Magnifier app on iPad to detect furniture around you. You can get information about how far you are from furniture, and when chairs or sofas are detected, find out if theyre occupied. Important: Detection Mode should not be relied on in high-risk or emergency situations, in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured, or for navigation. Detection of furniture is only available on supported iPad models. Detect furniture near you 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap to start Detection Mode. If you dont see

, you can add it. See Customize controls. 3. Touch and hold

, then make sure Furniture is selected. 4. Position iPad so the rear camera can detect furniture around you. When furniture is detected nearby, youre notified with sounds or speech feedback. The feedback becomes more frequent as you get closer to the furniture. If you dont hear sound or speech feedback, make sure Silent mode isnt on. See Adjust the volume. 5. To temporarily pause detection, double-tap the screen with two fingers. Double-tap again with two fingers to resume detection. To stop Detection Mode, tap

. Customize the settings for detecting furniture 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Detect. 3. Tap Furniture, then customize any of the following:

Units: Choose Meters or Feet. Sound pitch distance: Tap feedback. When furniture is detected within this distance, the pitch of the sound feedback increases. to adjust the distance for sound or Feedback: Turn on any combination of Labels, Sounds, and Speech. If you turn on Speech, iPad speaks the distance between you and the furniture. Announce Seat Occupancy: Turn on Announce Seat Occupancy to get information about the number of people occupying chairs and sofas. 4. To return to the live Magnifier lens, tap , tap it again, then tap

. Detect doors around you using Magnifier on iPad If youre blind or have low vision, you can use the Magnifier app on iPad to detect doors around you. You can get information about how far you are from the door and hear about the doors attributes, including how to open it. Important: Detection Mode should not be relied on in high-risk or emergency situations, in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured, or for navigation. Detection of doors is only available on supported iPad models. Detect doors near you 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap to start Detection Mode. If you dont see

, you can add it. See Customize controls. 3. Touch and hold

, then make sure Doors is selected. 4. Position iPad so the rear camera can detect doors around you. When doors are detected nearby, youre notified with sounds or speech feedback. The feedback becomes more frequent as you get closer to the door. If you dont hear sound or speech feedback, make sure Silent mode isnt on. See Adjust the volume. 5. To temporarily pause detection, double-tap the screen with two fingers. Double-tap again with two fingers to resume detection. To stop Detection Mode, tap

. Customize the settings for detecting doors 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Detect. 3. Tap Doors, then customize any of the following:

Units: Choose Meters or Feet. Sound pitch distance: Tap feedback. When a door is detected within this distance, the pitch of the sound feedback increases. to adjust the distance for sound or Feedback: Turn on any combination of Labels, Sounds, and Speech. If you turn on Speech, iPad speaks the distance between you and the door. Color: Select a color to outline detected doors. Door Attributes: Turn on any combination of door attributes, such as the size of the detected door, how to open the door, and if the door is currently open. Door Decorations: Turn on Door Decorations to get information about text and signs on or near the detected door, such as a sign for an accessible entrance or a restroom. 4. To return to the live Magnifier lens, tap , tap it again, then tap

. Detect text around you and have it read out loud using Magnifier on iPad If youre blind or have low vision, you can use the Magnifier app to aim your iPad camera at nearby text and have it spoken out loud. You can even point your finger at the specific text you want spoken. Important: Detection Mode should not be relied on in high-risk or emergency situations, in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured, or for navigation. Text Detection and Point and Speak arent available in all languages. Detect text in the camera frame and have it read out loud You can use the Magnifier app to detect text in the field of view of your iPad camera and have it read out loud. 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap to start Detection Mode. If you dont see

, you can add it. See Customize controls. 3. Touch and hold

, then make sure Text is selected. 4. Position iPad so the rear camera can detect text around you. If you dont hear sound or speech feedback, make sure Silent mode isnt on. See Adjust the volume. 5. To temporarily pause detection, double-tap the screen with two fingers. Double-tap again with two fingers to resume detection. To stop Detection Mode, tap

. Point your finger at text to have it spoken You can use the Magnifier app to point your finger at text near you and have your iPad speak it out loud. This can be especially useful when you need to interact with an object that has text labels, such as a digital screen at a grocery store self-

checkout, or dials, buttons, or keypads on household appliances or ATMs. 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap to start Detection Mode. If you dont see

, you can add it. See Customize controls. 3. Touch and hold

, then make sure Point & Speak is selected. 4. Position iPad so the rear camera can detect the text, then point your finger to identify which text to read. If you dont hear sound or speech feedback, make sure Silent mode isnt on. See Adjust the volume. 5. To temporarily pause detection, double-tap the screen with two fingers. Double-tap again with two fingers to resume detection. To stop Detection Mode, tap

. Customize settings for Text Detection or Point & Speak 1. Go to the Magnifier app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Detect. To detect text in other languages, turn on Detect Languages. 3. Tap Text or Point & Speak, then customize any of the following:

Detection Feedback: Turn on any combination of Labels and Speech. For Point & Speak, you can also turn on Sound feedback. Location: For Point & Speak, tap Under (to read text under your fingertip) or Above (to read text directly above your finger). Automatic Flashlight: When your environment is too dark to detect text, have Magnifier turn the flashlight on for 10 seconds. Note: This option is available on iPad models with True Tone Flash. Border and Color: For Point & Speak, outline the text youre pointing to in a color of your choice. 4. To return to the live Magnifier lens, tap , tap it again, then tap

. Text Detection and Point & Speak work with VoiceOver. See Turn on and practice VoiceOver. Set up shortcuts for Live Recognition on iPad You can set up a shortcut to quickly start Live Recognition when VoiceOver is on. If VoiceOver is off, the shortcut opens the Magnifier app in Get live descriptions of your surroundings. Use a VoiceOver gesture: When VoiceOver is on, triple-tap the screen with four fingers to turn Live Recognition on or off. To assign a different gesture, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Commands > Touch Gestures. Triple-click the top button or Home button: Go to Settings Accessibility Shortcut, then select Live Recognition. See Quickly turn accessibility features on or off.

> Accessibility >

Mail Get started with Mail on iPad With the Mail app accounts in one place.

, send, receive, and organize messages from all your email Add an email account You can add all your email accounts from different email serviceslike iCloud, Exchange, or Gmail (Google). To add an account, go to Settings Tap Mail Accounts, then tap Add Account.

> Apps > Mail. Send an email Tap tap to start a new email message. Add a recipient, subject, and your text, then to send your message. Reply to an email message, delete it, and more

 

 

You can perform many actions on an email message while viewing it. Open the message, then tap in the bottom-right corner to open the actions menu. Find emails fast You can easily find emails using the search feature in Mail. Tap to reveal the search field. Tap a suggestion to narrow your search to a specific timeframe or to filter by attributes like flagged or unread. Change Mail settings You can customize your email signature, change your swipe options, and more in Mail settings. Go to Settings

> Apps > Mail. Want to learn more?

Add and remove email accounts Send email Reply to and forward emails Search for email Change Mail settings Check your email Flag or block emails Add or remove email accounts Add and remove email accounts on iPad To send and receive email using the Mail app , you need to add the email accounts you want to use. When you first open Mail, youre asked to set up an account. At any time, you can add additional email accounts to your iPad, or remove email accounts you no longer need. Add an email account You can add one or more email accounts to the Mail app so that you can receive all your email in one place and easily send email from any of your accounts. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Tap Mail Accounts, then tap Add Account. 4. Enter your email address, tap Next, then enter your email account information. Note: If you set up multiple accounts, you can choose which account you want to send from when composing your email message. See Send an email from a different account. Set a fetch schedule for your email account If you add an account that doesnt support Push notifications, you can set a schedule to check for new emails for the account. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Tap Mail Accounts, then tap Fetch New Data. 4. Under Fetch, choose a schedule. Automatically is the default selection, which means new data is downloaded when your iPad is charging and connected to Wi-Fi. To fetch more often outside of these conditions, choose a timed schedule. Temporarily stop using an email account If you want to temporarily stop sending and receiving email from an account on your iPad, you can turn it off in Settings. You can easily turn it back on at any time. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Tap Mail Accounts, then tap the email account you want to turn off. 4. Do one of the following:

Turn off an iCloud email account: Turn off Use on this iPad. Turn off another email account: Turn off Mail. Tip: You can use Focus filters to receive notifications only from specific email accounts during times that you choose. For example, you can silence notifications from your work email account on the weekends or when you are on vacation. See Set up a focus. Delete an email account You can remove an email account from the Mail app and from all the apps that use it on your iPad. Note: This action doesnt cancel the email account; it just removes it from your iPad. To close the account completely, visit your email account provider. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Tap Mail Accounts, then tap the email account you want to remove. 4. Tap Sign Out or Delete Account. Note: If you change your mind later, you can add the email account back to your iPad. Follow the steps in Add an email account. Add the Mail app back to your Home Screen If you dont see the Mail app on your Home Screen, you can find it in the App Library and add it back. 1. On the Home Screen, swipe left until you see the App Library. 2. Enter Mail in the search field. 3. Touch and hold

, then tap Add to Home Screen. To rearrange your Home Screen so its just right for you, see Move apps and widgets around. Set up a custom email domain with iCloud Mail on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can add up to five custom email domains and create email addresses for those domains on your iPad. You can then send and receive mail in the Mail app on iCloud.com, and in an email app on a Windows device. on your iPhone, iPad, and Mac, in your Mail account To learn more, see Personalize iCloud Mail with a custom email domain and share with others in the iCloud User Guide. Note: Make sure youre signed in to the same Apple Account on each device. If you have devices where youre not signed in to your Apple Account or that have the Mail feature turned off, you wont be able to see your custom email domains and mail on those devices. Add a custom email domain to iCloud Mail You can add a custom email domain you already own to iCloud Mail, or buy a new one. Note: You need to have a primary iCloud Mail address before you can add a custom email domain on iPad. See Create a primary email address for iCloud Mail in the iCloud User Guide. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Mail (under Saved to iCloud), then make sure Use on this iPad is turned on. 2. Tap Custom Email Domain, then tap one of the following:

Buy a Domain: Choose this option if you dont yet have a custom domain. After you purchase it, you can create custom email addresses. Use a Domain You Own: Choose this option if you already have a domain, and you want to use it with iCloud Mail. You can configure email addresses you already have at that domain, and create more. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. If youre adding a domain you already own, some registrars require you to change DNS records to set up your domain. See the Apple Support article Set up an existing domain with iCloud Mail. Import existing email messages After you or a member of your Family Sharing group sets up a custom email domain for iCloud Mail, you can use iCloud.com to import existing email messages from your previous email provider (not available for all email providers). See Import existing email messages to your custom iCloud Mail address in the iCloud User Guide. Create and delete email addresses After you add a custom domain name, you can easily create and delete email addresses for that domain. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Mail (under Saved to iCloud), then make sure Use on this iPad is turned on. 2. Tap Custom Email Domain, then tap the domain you want to make changes to. 3. Tap Manage Email Addresses, then do one of the following:

Add a new email address: Tap Create Email Address, enter the new address, then tap Continue. Delete an email address: Swipe left on an email address, tap Delete, then tap Remove. Add People: Tap to invite someone to your custom email domain. Remove a custom email domain If you no longer want to use a custom email domain, you can remove it using your iPad. When you remove a custom email domain, you cant send or receive email for any addresses at that domain in iCloud Mail. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Mail (under Saved to iCloud), then make sure Use on this iPad is turned on. 2. Tap Custom Email Domain, then tap Edit next to Your Domains. 3. Tap

, then tap Delete. 4. If youre moving your domain to a new provider, make sure to do the following:

Go to your domain registrar to update the domain records to your new email provider and remove iCloud-related records. Set up any email addresses you want to continue using with your new provider. Note: When you remove a custom email domain, you can still send and receive email from your primary @icloud.com address. Allow all incoming messages to your domain You can use your iCloud email address as a catch-all address. This allows you to receive all messages sent to your custom email domain, even if the exact address they were sent to hasnt already been created. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Mail (under Saved to iCloud). 2. Tap Custom Email Domain, then tap your custom domain. 3. Turn on Allow All Incoming Messages. If the domain owner allows all incoming messages, any messages that arent sent to an active email address go to the domain owners inbox. If this setting isnt turned on, those messages are returned to the sender. Note: Messages sent to deleted email addresses are automatically returned to the sender. Check your email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app, you can read emails, add contacts, and preview the contents of an email without opening it. Read an email 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap the message you want to read. Use Remind Me to come back to a Primary message later If you dont have time to handle a primary message right away, you can set a time and date to receive a reminder and bring the message back to the top of your inbox. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap a Primary message, tap at the bottom right of the message, tap Remind Me, then choose when to be reminded. Tip: You can add Remind Me to the toolbar in the Mail app, to make it easier to access. See Customize the Mail toolbar. Quickly mark multiple emails as read 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. While viewing a message list, tap

, tap Select, then select the messages you want to mark. Important: When you select a Transactions, Updates, or Promotions message, youre selecting all the messages in that category from the sender. 3. Tap at the bottom of the message list, then choose Mark as Read. Note: The number of unread messages shown on your Home Screen reflects the number of unread messages in your Primary category. To show your total number of unread messages in all categories, go to Settings Customize Notifications, then turn on All Unread Messages.

> Notifications > Mail >

Preview a Primary message and a list of options If you want to see what a Primary message is about but not open it completely, you can preview it. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In the Primary message list, touch and hold a message to preview its contents and see a list of options for replying, moving it, and more. Show a longer preview for every email In your inbox, Mail displays two lines of text for each email message by default. You can choose to see more lines of text without opening the message. Go to Settings five lines.

> Apps > Mail > Preview (below Message List), then choose up to Show the whole conversation Go to Settings Threading).

> Apps > Mail, then turn on Organize by Thread (below Note: You can also change other settings heresuch as Collapse Read Messages or Most Recent Message on Top. Show To and Cc labels in your Inbox Go to Settings List).

> Apps > Mail, then turn on Show To/Cc Labels (below Message You can also view the To/Cc mailbox, which gathers all mail addressed to you. To show or hide it, tap Mailboxes, then select To or Cc. in the upper-left corner of the Mail app, tap Edit above Add someone to your contacts or make them a VIP You can save someone to your contacts to easily find their email messages again in the future, or make them a VIP so any message you receive from them is automatically starred. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In a message, tap a persons name or email address, then do one of the following:

Add a new contact: Tap View Contact Card, then tap Create New Contact. Fill in any other contact information, then tap

. Add the email address to an existing contact: Tap View Contact Card, then tap Add to Existing Contact. Select a contact, then tap

. Add to your VIP list: Tap Add to VIP. Show or hide contact photos 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In an inbox, tap Contact Photos. at the top of the screen, then select or deselect Show View email summaries If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use it to summarize the most important points in an email message or email thread. See Use Apple Intelligence in Mail.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Automatically categorize incoming emails in Mail on iPad The Mail app automatically sorts your email messages into categories to help you find and manage messages more quickly (not available in all countries or regions). Primary: Find personal messages and time-sensitive information. Transactions: Keep track of your confirmations, receipts, and shipping notices. Updates: Catch up on news, newsletters, and social updates. Promotions: Browse your coupon and sales emails. Note: When a Transactions, Updates, or Promotions message includes time-

sensitive information, it will also be included in the Primary message list. View all messages from a Transactions, Updates, or Promotions sender When you tap a Transactions, Updates, or Promotions message, a digest view of messages from that sender opens. For example, if you open a Transactions message, all of the other Transactions messages from that sender will appear when you scroll up or down. Note: You can take action on all messages from a sender when you open the digest view. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap a Transactions

, Updates

, or Promotions message. All of your messages in that category from the same sender appear in a list. 3. To view all of your messages from a sender, tap at the top of the senders message list, then choose Show All Messages. Note: Primary messages arent grouped by sender. To view only one Transactions, Updates, or Promotions message when scrolling, tap in the sidebar, then turn off Group by Sender. Change the category of a sender You can manually categorize messages from a sender into the category of your choosing. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap a message, tap Categorize Sender. in the bottom-right corner of the screen, then choose 3. Choose a category, then tap Continue. All current and future messages from the sender will appear in the category you choose. Turn off categories Tip: To quickly switch from viewing an email category to viewing all your email, just tap the category at the top of the screen that youre currently viewing. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In an inbox, tap at the top of the screen, then choose List View. Automatically clean up your iCloud Mail inbox on iPad You can use iCloud Mail Cleanup to help keep your inbox uncluttered and free up storage by deleting old promotions, unsubscribing from mailing lists, and more. When you set up iCloud Mail Cleanup recommendations, they work on any device that has iCloud Mail turned on. Note: iCloud Mail Cleanup may not be available in all languages. Turn on iCloud Mail Cleanup 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap [your name], then tap iCloud. 3. Below Saved to iCloud, tap Mail, tap iCloud Mail Cleanup, then turn on Use iCloud Mail Cleanup. Note: Your inbox isnt affected until you turn on a cleanup recommendation. You can also turn on iCloud Mail Cleanup on iCloud.com. See Automatically clean up your iCloud Mail inbox on iCloud.com. Turn on a cleanup recommendation 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap [your name], then tap iCloud. 3. Below Saved to iCloud, tap Mail, then tap iCloud Mail Cleanup. 4. Tap Get Recommendation under one of the cleanup recommendations. For example, you can choose Clean up Transactions or Clean Up Promotions. 5. If necessary, tap the pop-up menu for a rule, then choose another option. Action: What happens to the email Status: Whether the action applies to unread emails, read emails, or all emails Age: How old the emails need to be before the action applies Tip: You can edit the rules for a recommendation at any point. Tap an active recommendation, then tap a pop-up menu to choose an option. 6. Tap Turn On. Delete a cleanup recommendation 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap [your name], then tap iCloud. 3. Below Saved to iCloud, tap Mail, then tap iCloud Mail Cleanup. 4. Tap an active cleanup recommendation, then turn it off. Use iCloud Mail Cleanup recommendations to unsubscribe iCloud Mail Cleanup can recommend senders in the Updates and Promotions categories to unsubscribe from in bulk, and automatically move future messages to the Trash. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap [your name], then tap iCloud. 3. Below Saved to iCloud, tap Mail, then tap iCloud Mail Cleanup. 4. Tap Get Recommendations under Unsubscribe Recommendations. 5. Select each sender you want to unsubscribe from, then tap Unsubscribe. Note: If you dont see any recommendations, iCloud Mail Cleanup doesnt have any recommendations at this time. Remove a sender from the Unsubscribed list If you change your mind and want to receive emails from a sender you unsubscribed from, you can remove them from the Unsubscribed list. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap [your name], then tap iCloud. 3. Below Saved to iCloud, tap Mail, then tap iCloud Mail Cleanup. 4. Tap Unsubscribed, then tap Edit. 5. Tap next to each sender you want to remove from the Unsubscribed list. To receive emails again from a sender you were previously unsubscribed from, you can sign up for updates and promotions through their website. After you resubscribe, future messages from that sender will go to your inbox. Turn off iCloud Mail Cleanup When you turn off iCloud Mail Cleanup, iCloud Mail stops managing old messages. It also deletes the list of any senders you unsubscribed from and stops deleting their messages. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap [your name], then tap iCloud. 3. Below Saved to iCloud, tap Mail, tap iCloud Mail Cleanup, then turn off Use iCloud Mail Cleanup. Write and send email Send email in Mail on iPad You can write, send, and schedule email messages from any of your email accounts. Write and send an email 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. 3. Tap in the email, then type your message. With the onscreen keyboard, you can tap individual keys. Or pinch closed with three fingers to use the smaller QuickType keyboard, then slide your finger from one letter to the next, lifting your finger only after each word. 4. To change the formatting, tap above the keyboard. You can change the font style and color of text, use a bold or italic style, add a bulleted or numbered list, and more. 5. Tap to send your message. Tip: You can create and add stickers to messages as you compose them. See Add emoji, Memoji, and stickers. Add recipients 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap the To field, then type the names of recipients. As you type, Mail automatically suggests people from your Contacts, along with email addresses for people who have more than one email address. You can also tap to open Contacts and add recipients from there. 3. If you want to send a copy to other people, tap the Cc/Bcc field, then do any of the following:

Tap the Cc field, then enter the names of people youre sending a copy to. Tap the Bcc field, then enter the names of people whose names you dont want other recipients to see. Add a hyperlink to an email message 1. In Safari or another web browser, copy the URL of a webpage. 2. As you compose a message in Mail

, highlight the text you want to link. 3. Tap Paste. Edit a link in an email draft 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In a message youre writing, tap a link or linked text, then tap

. 3. Do any of the following:

Show Link Preview: Change the hyperlinked text to a rich embedded website preview image. Open Link: Go to that website in a web browser. Edit Link: Change the URL of the link. Remove Link: Delete the link from your message draft. Edit Text Description: Change the text thats linked. Capture an email address from a photo You can use Live Text to interact with an email address printed on a business card, poster, and more using the Photos app on iPad. This allows you to quickly begin emails without entering an address manually. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo, then tap the email address you want to capture. 3. After the yellow frame appears around detected text, tap

. 4. Tap or use the grab points to select the email address, then tap New Mail Message. Tip: You can use the same Live Text feature to capture an email address using the Camera app. See Use Live Text. Schedule an email with Send Later 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In a message youre writing, touch and hold

, then choose when you want to send the message. To see more options, tap Send Later. Automatically send a copy to yourself 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap apps, then tap Mail. 3. Turn on Always Bcc Myself (below Composing). Send an email from a different account If you have more than one email account, you can specify which account to send email from. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In your message draft, tap the Cc/Bcc, From field. 3. Tap the From field, then choose an account. Use Writing Tools to summarize, proofread, and modify your email With Apple Intelligence,* you can use Writing Tools to summarize selected text with a tap, proofread your work, and create different versions of the same text to help you find the right wording and tone. See Use Writing Tools with Apple Intelligence.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Unsend email with Undo Send in Mail on iPad You can change your mind and unsend an email message in the Mail app . You can also set a delay for all emails to give yourself a little more time to unsend them. Undo a sent email You have 10 seconds to change your mind after you send an email message. Tap Undo Send at the bottom of the email list to pull back the message. Delay sending emails You can give yourself a little more time to change your mind and unsend emails by setting a delay. Go to Settings to delay outgoing email messages.

> Apps > Mail, tap Undo Send Delay, then choose a length of time Reply to and forward emails in Mail on iPad You can reply to and forward emails in the Mail app. Reply to an email 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the message, then do one of the following:

Reply to just the sender: Tap

. Reply to the sender and the other recipients: Tap

. 3. Type your response, then tap to send. Quote some text when you reply to an email When you reply to an email message, you can include text from the sender to clarify what youre responding to. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In the senders message, touch and hold the first word of the text, then drag to the last word. (See Select, cut, copy, and paste text.) 3. Tap

, tap Reply, then type your message. Note: To turn off the indentation of quoted text, go to Settings Increase Quote Level (below Composing), then turn off Increase Quote Level.

> Apps > Mail >

Forward an email You can send an email message forward to new recipients. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap the message, then tap

. If there are attachments in the original messagelike photos or documents you can decide whether to include them in the forwarded message. Choose Include or Dont Include. 3. Enter the email addresses of the new recipients. 4. Tap in the message, then type your response. The forwarded message appears below. Follow up on emails If you send an email message and dont receive a response for several days, the message automatically moves back to the top of your inbox to help you remember to follow up. To turn off Follow Up Suggestions, go to Settings Follow Up Suggestions.

> Apps > Mail, then turn off Set up an automatic reply in Mail On iCloud.com, you can set up an automatic reply to respond to incoming email messages or automatically forward messages to another inbox. See Set up an automatic reply in Mail on iCloud.com. Use Smart Reply If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use it to suggest a reply to an email you receive. See Use Apple Intelligence in Mail.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Save a draft in Mail on iPad You can save a draft to finish later, or look at existing email messages while youre writing a new one. Save a draft for later 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In a message youre writing, tap

, then tap Save Draft. To resume work on a message you saved as a draft, touch and hold , then select a draft. Tip: You can also hand off unfinished emails between your iPad and your Mac. See Hand off tasks between devices. Look at another message while youre writing one You can view multiple Mail windows at the same time. See Open and view windows in an app. View all your current message drafts If you have multiple email accounts, you can use the All Drafts mailbox to access all If you have multiple email accounts, you can use the All Drafts mailbox to access all of your message drafts. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the upper-left corner. 3. Tap Edit at the top of the list, then turn on the All Drafts mailbox. Work with attachments Add email attachments in Mail on iPad You can attach photos, videos, and documents to an email message. You can also scan a paper document and send it as a PDF attachment, or draw directly in a message and send the drawing as an attachment. Depending on the file size, the attachment might appear inline with the text in the message or as at the end of the message. Attach a photo, video, or document to an email You can attach and send documents, videos, and photos in your email messages for recipients to easily download and save. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the message where you want to insert the attachment, tap , then do one of the following:

Attach a document: Tap Attach File, then locate the document in Files. In Files, tap Recents or Shared, then tap a file, location, or folder to open it. Attach a saved photo or video: Tap Photo Library, then choose a photo or video. Tap to return to the message. Take a new photo or video and attach it to the message: Tap Take Photo or Video, then take a new photo or video. Tap Use Photo or Use Video to insert it into your message, or tap Retake if you want to reshoot it. Note: If your file exceeds the maximum size allowed by your email account, follow the onscreen instructions to send it using Mail Drop. See the Apple Support article Mail Drop limits. Scan and attach a document to an email You can scan a paper document and send it as a PDF. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the message where you want to insert the scanned document, then tap above the keyboard. 3. Tap Scan Document, then position iPad so that the document page appears on the screeniPad automatically captures the page. To capture the page manually, tap or press a volume button. 4. Scan additional pages, then tap Save when youre done. 5. To make changes to the saved scan, tap it, then do any of the following:

Crop the image: Tap

. Apply a filter: Tap

. Rotate the image: Tap

. Delete the scan: Tap . Create and attach a drawing to your email You can draw in an email message to demonstrate ideas that are hard to put into words. Your drawing is added to the message as an attachment for recipients to view and download. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the message where you want to insert a drawing, then tap above the keyboard to show the Markup toolbar. 3. Choose a drawing tool and color, then write or draw with your finger. See Write and draw in documents with Markup. 4. When youre finished, tap

, then tap Insert Drawing. To resume work on a drawing, tap the drawing in the message, tap in the menu that appears, then tap Markup. Download email attachments in Mail on iPad You can download attachments that are sent to you in email messages or easily search for messages with attachments in your mailboxes. Download an attachment sent to you 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Open a message with an attachment, then touch and hold the attachment. 3. Do any of the following:

Save it in the Photos app: Choose Save Image. Save it in the Files app: Choose Save to Files. Open it with another app: Tap Share, then choose the app. Tip: You can identify and learn more about objects in photos you receive. Touch and hold the photo, then choose Look Up. See Identify objects in your photos and videos Quickly fill out forms you receive in Mail You can use AutoFill to quickly fill out forms you receive in the Mail app. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In the message, tap the attachment to open the document. 3. Tap

, then tap a blank field to enter text using the onscreen keyboard. 4. To fill out another line, tap it, then enter text. 5. Tap , then choose a method to send the completed form. Find emails with attachments If youre having trouble finding an attachment someone sent you, you can filter your email messages to show only those with attachments. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In a mailbox, tap to turn on filtering. 3. Tap Filtered by, then turn on Only Mail with Attachments. Tip: You can also show email messages with attachments from all accounts in one mailbox. To set up the attachment mailbox, tap mailboxes, tap Edit, then select Attachments. The attachments mailbox appears in the mailboxes list with your other mailboxes. at the top left to view your Annotate email attachments on iPad In the Mail app, you can give feedback on a draft, decorate a photo, and more. You can also draw and write on a photo, video, or PDF attachment, then save or send it back. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In the message, tap the attachment, then tap

. 3. Using the drawing tools, draw with your finger. 4. When youre finished, tap

, then choose to reply to the attachment sender, start a new message, save the annotated attachment to your files, or discard your edited attachment. Set email notifications on iPad You can change your Mail notification settings and choose which mailboxes and email threads to receive notifications from. Mute email notifications To reduce interruptions from busy email threads, you can mute notifications from messages in a conversation. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Open a message in the conversation. 3. Tap in the bottom-right corner, then tap Mute. To specify what you want done with email messages you muted, go to Settings Apps > Mail > Muted Thread Action, then select an option.

Tip: You can add the Mute button to the Mail toolbar to make it easier to access. See Customize the Mail toolbar. Receive notifications about replies to an email or thread You can set up mail notifications that let you know when you receive email messages in your favorite mailboxes or from your VIPs. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

When reading a message: Tap Notify Me. in the bottom-right corner, then tap When writing a message: Tap the Subject field, tap field, then tap Notify Me. in the Subject To change how notifications appear, go to Settings

> Apps > Mail > Notifications. Change your Mail notifications 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Tap Notifications, then make sure that Allow Notifications is on. 4. Tap Customize Notifications, then tap the email account you want to make changes to. 5. Select the settings you want, like Alerts or Badges. When you turn on Alerts, you have the option to customize your sounds by changing the alert tone or ringtone. You can set times when you want to allow notifications from the Mail app. See Change notification settings. Search for email in Mail on iPad You can search for email messages using different criteria. Search for text in an email 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap to reveal the search field, then type the text youre looking for. 3. Choose between searching all mailboxes or the current mailbox above the results list. 4. Tap a message in the results list to read it. Mail searches the address fields, the subject, the email body, documents, and links. The most relevant messages appear in Top Hits above the search suggestions as you type. Tip: To quickly find travel booking confirmations for flights and hotels, enter the three-letter airport code or the city name. Search by timeframe 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap the search field of a mailbox list. 3. Enter a timeframe, like September, then tap to see all emails from that timeframe. To narrow the search, tap the search field again, then enter a keyword, like meeting. Search by email attributes 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In a mailbox, tap the search field. Before you begin typing, you may see suggested recent searches, recent documents, and links listed. 3. Enter your search criteria, then tap one of the listed items, or do any of the following:

Find all flagged messages: Enter flag in the search field, then tap Message is flagged below Suggestions. Find all unread messages: Enter unread in the search field, then tap Message is unread below Suggestions. Find all message with attachments: Enter attachment in the search field, then tap Messages with attachments below Suggestions. Organize email in mailboxes on iPad You can manage your email in mailboxes. Manage an email with a swipe While viewing a message list, you can use a simple swipe to move individual emails to the Trash, mark them as read, and more. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In a message list, do any of the following:

Reveal a list of actions: Slowly drag a message to the left until the menu appears, then tap an item. Quickly use the rightmost action: Swipe all the way to the left. Reveal other actions: Swipe right. To choose the actions you want to appear in the menus, go to Settings > Apps >

Mail > Swipe Options (below Message List). Organize your mail with mailboxes You can choose which mailboxes to view, reorder your mailboxes, create new ones, or rename or delete mailboxes. (Some mailboxes cant be changed.) 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. To organize your mailboxes, tap in the upper-left corner. 3. Tap Edit, then do any of the following:

View mailboxes: Select the checkboxes next to the mailboxes you want to include in the mailboxes list. Reorder mailboxes: Touch and hold then drag it to the new position. next to a mailbox until it lifts up, Create a new mailbox: Tap New Mailbox in the lower-right corner, then follow the onscreen instructions. Rename a mailbox: Tap the mailbox, then tap the title. Delete the name, then enter a new name. Delete a mailbox: Tap the mailbox, then tap Delete Mailbox. Move emails to a mailbox 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

While viewing a Primary message: Tap

, then choose a mailbox. While viewing a message list: Tap Select, then select the messages you want to move by tapping their checkboxes. Tap at the bottom of the message list, then choose a mailbox. Important: When you select a Transactions, Updates, or Promotions message, youre selecting all the messages in that category from the sender. While viewing a senders digest view: Swipe left on a message, tap tap Move Message, then choose a mailbox.

, View emails from one account at a time If you use multiple email accounts with the Mail app, you can use the mailboxes list to view messages from one account at a time. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the upper-left corner, then tap a mailbox below the email account you want to access. Each mailbox listed below a particular email account only displays messages from that email account. For example, to view only messages sent from your iCloud account, tap iCloud, then tap Sent. Move emails to Junk 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

While viewing a Primary message: Tap then tap Move to Junk. in the bottom-right corner, While viewing a message list: Tap Select, then select the messages you want to move by tapping their checkboxes. Tap at the bottom of the message list, then tap Move to Junk. Important: When you select a Transactions, Updates, or Promotions message, youre selecting all the messages in that category from the sender. While viewing a senders digest view: Swipe left on a message, tap then tap Move to Junk.

, Flag and filter email Flag or block emails in Mail on iPad You can flag important email messages, create flagged mailboxes, and flag messages from VIPs. You can also block messages from specified senders. Flag an email You can flag an important email message to make it easier to find later. A message you flag remains in your Inbox and also appears in the Flagged mailbox. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Flag a Primary message: Swipe left on the Primary message, then choose Flag. Flag all Transactions, Updates, or Promotions messages from a single sender: Swipe left on a message in the Transactions, Updates, or Promotions message list, then choose Flag. Flag a single Transactions, Updates, or Promotions message: Tap a message to open the senders digest view, swipe left on the message, then tap

. in the bottom-right To change or remove a flag, open the message, tap corner of the message, tap Flag, then select another color, or tap Unflag. Flags you add to a message appear on that message in Mail on all your Apple devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Tip: You can add the Flag button to the Mail toolbar to make it easier to access. See Customize the Mail toolbar. Create a Flagged mailbox You can add a Flagged mailbox so all your flagged email messages are easily accessible in one location. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the upper-left corner. 3. Tap Edit, then select Flagged. Flag emails from your VIPs Add important people to your VIP list, so their email messages appear with a VIP flag and in the VIP mailbox. See Add someone to your contacts or make them a VIP. Block email from specified senders You can block an email address to prevent a particular sender from emailing you in the future. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap a message from the sender you want to block. 3. Tap their email address, tap View Contact Card, then tap Block this Contact. Filter emails in Mail on iPad You can use filters to temporarily show only certain email messagesthe ones that meet all the criteria you select in the filter list. For example, if you select Unread and Only Mail with Attachments, you see only unread messages that have attachments. You can also specify which email accounts are visible in Mail when a particular Focus is on. Filter emails 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. 3. Tap Filtered by, select or turn on the criteria for messages you want to view, then tap Done. To turn off all filters, tap deselect it. To turn off a specific filter, tap Filtered by, then Match a mail account to a Focus You can choose which email accounts to receive notifications from when a Focus is on. For example, you can set a filter to show only your work email account and its notifications when your Work Focus is on. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus, then tap a Focus. If you dont see the Focus option you want, tap

. See Set up a Focus. 2. Tap Add Filter below Focus Filters, then tap Mail. 3. Select the accounts you want to see in your inbox during that Focus. Prioritize email If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use Priority Messages to quickly view your most urgent emails. See Use Apple Intelligence in Mail.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Mail privacy and security Use Hide My Email in Mail on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+, Hide My Email lets you send and receive email messages that forward to your real email account, to keep your real email address private. You can also generate unique email addresses on demand in the Mail app. Send an email with Hide My Email 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. 3. Add a recipient and subject for your message. Note: You can only send a message using Hide My Email to one recipient at a time. 4. Tap the From field, tap it again, then tap Hide My Email. A new, unique email address appears in the From field. Tip: When the recipient replies to a message you sent with Hide My Email, their reply forwards to your real email address. To set a Forward To address, see Create and manage Hide My Email in Settings. Reply to an email using Hide My Email When you receive an email message to one of your unique, random addresses, you can reply using the same address. This allows you to continue the conversation and keep your real email address private. To reply, do the following:

1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap the message, then tap above the message. 3. Type your response. You can tap the From field to view the email address the recipient sees. Manage the addresses generated by Hide My Email You can create, deactivate, reactivate, and manage the random addresses you create with Hide My Email. See Create and manage Hide My Email in Settings. Use Mail Privacy Protection on iPad

, turn on Mail Privacy Protection to make it harder for senders to In the Mail app learn about your Mail activity. Mail Privacy Protection hides your IP address so senders cant link it to your other online activity or determine your exact location. It also prevents senders from seeing if youve opened the email message they sent you. 1. Go to Settings

> Apps > Mail. 2. Tap Privacy Protection, then turn on Protect Mail Activity. Note: When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can also use Hide My Email to generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you dont have to share your personal email address when filling out forms on the web or signing up for newsletters. See Use Hide My Email. Change your Mail settings on iPad You can adjust your preferences for the Mail app in Settings. Customize your email signature, mark addresses outside specific domains, and more. Customize your Mail settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Adjust any of the following settings:

Mail Accounts: Add and remove email accounts. Fetch New Data: Set a fetch schedule for your email accounts. Siri: Allow Siri to make suggestions across apps based on the way you use Mail. Search: Allow content from Mail to appear in Search. Default Mail App: Choose the email app for new emails you draft outside of a specific app, such as emails you create using Siri. Message List: Change settings for your message list, such as showing To/Cc labels, choosing the length of email previews, and assigning swipe actions. Messages: Turn on Privacy Protection, Ask Before Deleting, and Follow Up Suggestions. Threading: Turn on Organize by Thread to group emails in a conversation together in your message list. Adjust other settings for how threads appear and muting threads. Composing: Customize settings for writing emails such as including attachments with replies, showing link previews, and more. Undo Send Delay: Set a time period of up to 30 seconds to allow yourself to unsend a message. Customize your email signature You can customize the email signature that appears automatically at the bottom of every message you send. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Tap Signature (below Composing). 4. Tap the text field, then edit your signature. You can only use text in your Mail signatures. Tip: If you have more than one email account, tap Per Account to set a different signature for each account. Mark addresses outside certain domains When youre addressing an email message to a recipient whos not in your organizations domain, you can have the recipients name appear in red to alert you. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Tap Mark Addresses (below Composing). 4. Enter the domains that are in your organizationones that you dont want marked in red. You can enter multiple domains separated by commas (for example, apple.com, example.org). The names of recipients in domains outside your organization appear in red, whether you send them an email or receive one from them. Customize the Mail toolbar You can choose which buttons are visible at the top of the Mail app, to keep the actions most useful to you front and center. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In the menu bar, tap View, then choose Customize Toolbar. 3. Drag buttons to add or remove them from the toolbar. Delete and recover emails in Mail on iPad You can delete or archive emails you no longer need. If you change your mind, you can recover deleted emails. Delete emails There are multiple ways to delete email messages. Do any of the following:

1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

While viewing a Primary message: Tap above the message. While viewing a message list: Tap Select, then select the messages you want to delete by tapping their checkboxes. Tap at the bottom of the message list. Important: When you select a Transactions, Updates, or Promotions message, youre selecting all the messages in that category from the sender. While viewing a senders digest view: Swipe left on a message, then tap

. To turn off the deletion confirmation, go to Settings Ask Before Deleting (below Messages).

> Apps > Mail, then turn off Recover a deleted email 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the upper-left corner to view your mailboxes, then tap next to the email account. 3. Tap Trash, then tap the message you want to recover. 4. Tap

, then select a mailbox to move the message to. Tip: To easily see deleted messages across all your accounts, you can add a mailbox with deleted messages across all your accounts. Tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit at the top of the list, then select the All Trash mailbox. Archive instead of delete You can archive email messages in the Archive mailbox. (You can still choose to You can archive email messages in the Archive mailbox. (You can still choose to delete messages, even if you set up an Archive mailbox.) 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Tap Mail Accounts, then do one of the following:

If youre using an iCloud email account: Tap iCloud, then tap Mailbox Behaviors. If youre using another email account: Tap an email account, tap Account Settings, then tap Advanced. 4. Select Archive Mailbox (below Move Discarded Messages Into). When this option is turned on, to delete a message instead of archiving it, touch and hold

, then tap Trash Message. Decide how long to keep deleted emails With some email clients, you can set how long deleted messages stay in the Trash mailbox. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Tap Mail Accounts, then do one of the following:

If youre using an iCloud email account: Tap iCloud, then tap Mailbox Behaviors. If youre using another email account: Tap your email provider, tap Account Settings, then tap Advanced. 4. Tap Remove, then select a time interval. Note: Some email services might override your selection; for example, iCloud doesnt keep deleted messages longer than 30 days, even if you select Never. Add a Mail widget to your iPad Home Screen Widgets show you current information from your favorite apps at a glance. On iPad, you can add a Mail widget and customize which mailbox it shows on your Home Screen. Choose between displaying recent unread emails, new emails from your VIPs, or any other mailbox. To add a Mail widget, see Add, edit, and remove widgets. Print an email or attachment in Mail on iPad In the Mail app, print a message or an attachment. Print an email 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. In the message, tap in the bottom-right corner, then tap Print. Print an attachment or picture 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap an attachment to view it, tap , then choose Print. Use keyboard shortcuts in Mail on iPad With the Mail app shortcuts if your iPad is connected to an Apple external keyboard.

, you can quickly accomplish many tasks using keyboard To view available keyboard shortcuts, connect your keyboard, then press and hold the Command key. Note: Keyboard shortcuts in apps may vary depending on the language and keyboard youre using on your iPad. Maps Get started with Maps on iPad helps you navigate the world around you, whether youre getting The Maps app directions to a new destination, discovering local businesses, or exploring unfamiliar areas with real-time traffic updates. Set your go-to addresses Quickly access directions by saving the locations you travel to and from most. Below Places, tap

. Tap the search field, enter an address, then tap a result. Assign it to a typehome, work, or schoolthen tap

. Navigate with ease Get step-by-step directions to wherever youre headed, however you want to get there. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter a location in the search field. Tap Directions, tap your travel mode (

route you want to take.

), then tap Go or Steps for the

, , , or Discover whats nearby When youre in an unfamiliar area, find nearby places like restaurants, shops, or services. Tap the search field and simply start typing, or tap a category below Find Nearby, like Restaurants. See the world in added detail Depending on the location, you can explore it in 360-degree panoramic views. In select cities, tap near the bottom of a map. Want to learn more?

Set your home, work, or school address Use Maps Search for places Find nearby attractions, restaurants, and services Explore 3D maps Look around places Not all features are available in all countries or regions. Set your location and map view in Maps on iPad You can find your location on a map and switch to different map views for different details. You can choose from Explore, Driving, Transit, and Satellite views. On supported models and select cities, Maps provides enhanced detail for elevation, roads, trees, buildings, landmarks, and more. Note: Not all features are available in all countries or regions. For availability, see Detailed City Experience on the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. WARNING: For important information about navigation and avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information. Allow Maps to use your location To find your location and provide accurate directions, iPad must be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be on. If Maps displays a message that Location Services is off, tap the message, tap Turn On in Settings, then turn on Location Services. When using features on Wi-Fi + Cellular models, cellular data rates may apply. See View or change cellular data settings. Note: To get useful location-related information in Maps, leave Significant Locations turned on in Settings System Services. See Find nearby attractions, restaurants, and services.

> Privacy & Security > Location Services >

Show your current location Tap

. Your position is marked in the middle of the map. The top of the map is north. To show your heading instead of north at the top, tap or

. To resume showing north, tap

. See Search for places to navigate from your current location to another. Switch to a different map view The button at the lower right of a map indicates if the current map is for exploring

, driving any time.

, riding transit , or in satellite view

. You can change the map type at 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap the Map Modes button ( ,

, riding transit , ) at the upper right. 3. Choose another map type, then tap . You can get driving, cycling, walking, and transit or get traffic and weather info directions in Maps. Maps features vary by region and country. Note: Apple is committed to keeping personal information about your location safe

> Apps >

and private. Read more about Apples commitment: go to Settings Maps, then tap About Apple Maps & Privacy. You can also clear your location history or delete recent directions. Explore maps with immersive views View 3D maps on iPad While exploring any location on a map, you can rotate the map to see an area with extra dimensions. On supported models and in select cities, Maps provides enhanced detail for elevation, roads, trees, buildings, landmarks, and more. Note: Not all features are available in all countries or regions. For availability, see Detailed City Experience on the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Move, zoom, or rotate a map or globe 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Move around in a map: Drag the map. Zoom in or out: Double-tap, then drag up to zoom in or drag down to zoom out. Or pinch open or closed on the map. Rotate the map: Touch and hold the map with two fingers, then rotate your fingers. To show north at the top of the screen after you rotate the map, tap . View a 3D map 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. To turn a 2D map into a 3D map, do one of the following:

Drag two fingers up. On the Satellite map, tap 3D near the top right. On supported models and in select cities, tap 3D near the top right.

(See Detailed City Experience on the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website.) 3. While looking at a 3D map, you can do any of the following:

Adjust the angle: Drag two fingers up or down. See buildings and other small places in 3D: Zoom in. View the Earth: Zoom out until the map changes to a globe. Drag the globe to rotate it, or zoom in or out to explore details for mountain ranges, deserts, oceans, and more (on supported models). Return to a 2D map: Tap 2D near the top right. You can also look around places. Look around places in Maps on iPad You can look around some places with 360-degree panoramic views. Note: Not all features are available in all countries or regions. For availability, see Look Around on the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. In select cities, tap near the bottom of a map. 3. To change the view, do any of the following:

Pan: Drag a finger left or right on the scene. Move forward: Tap the scene. Zoom in or out: Pinch open or closed. View another point of interest: Switch from full-screen view, then tap elsewhere on the map, or drag the map. Switch to or from full-screen view: Tap or

. Remove labels in full-screen view: Tap the address card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Hide Labels

. 4. When finished, tap Done. Navigate Set your home, work, or school address Maps on iPad You can set your home, work, or school address for one-tap access to real-time traffic updates, directions, and notifications, making your travel more efficient. Set your home, work, or school address You can set a home or work address thats different from the home or work address on your contact card in the Contacts app. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Below Places, tap

(you may need to swipe left). 3. Tap the search field, then enter the address youre looking for. 4. Tap the address, then assign it to a type: My home, My work, or My school. 5. Tap

. Note: If you change your home, work, or school address after youre asked to sync Maps to My Card, you may need to update your address in Contacts. See Add or edit your contact info and photo. Refine the location of an address 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Below Places, touch and hold the address you want to refine. 3. Tap Edit Details. 4. Tap Refine Location on the Map, then drag the map. 5. Tap

. Change the details of a set address You can change the details of your set addresses if those addresses change. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Below Places, touch and hold the address you want to change. 3. Tap Edit Details, then do any of the following:

Change the name of the pin: Enter a new name in the Label field. Assign the address to your home, work, or school: Choose an option below Type. Change the location of the pin: Tap Refine Location on the Map. Remove a set address 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Below Places, touch and hold the address you want to remove. 3. Tap Unpin. Use Maps on iPad You can get travel directions using the Maps app, the Maps widget, Siri, or other devices. You can also get them on your Mac before you leave. Important: To get directions, iPad must be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be turned on. On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, cellular data rates may apply. See View or change cellular data settings. Get directions 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter a location in the search field. 3. Tap Directions or the Travel Mode button (driving

, walking , transit , or cycling

). 4. Do one of the following:

If your starting point is My Location: Tap Go for the route you want to take. As you travel along your route, Maps speaks turn-by-turn directions to your destination. If your starting point is another location: Tap Steps for the route you want to take. Use the Maps widget To get directions to a likely destination from the Home Screen or Today View, add the Maps widget. Use Siri to get directions You can keep focused on the road by using Siri to get directions. And by listening to turn-by-turn spoken directions, you can follow driving, cycling, and walking directions without even looking at your iPad. Ask Siri something like, Find a charging station. Learn how to use Siri Send directions from your Mac to your iPad Before a big trip or a day of cycling, you can plan your route on your Mac and then share the details to your iPad. You need to be signed in to the same Apple Account on both your Mac and your iPad. 1. Go to the Maps app on your Mac. 2. Create a route for your trip. See Plan a route on your Mac in the Maps User Guide. 3. Choose File > Share > Send to [your device]. You can also use Handoff to send directions from iPad to Mac. See Hand off tasks between devices. You can use Siri to get directions and stay focused on the road. For example, ask Siri something like, Find a charging station or Give me directions home. See Use Siri to get directions. Get driving directions in Maps on iPad You can get detailed driving directions to your destination. When you drive in select cities, you see enhanced details for crosswalks, bike lanes, buildings, and a street-level perspective that helps you find the right lane as you approach complex intersections (supported models). Note: Turn-by-turn spoken directions and directions for multiple stops arent available in all countries and regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings data settings.

> Apps > Maps. See View or change cellular Get driving directions 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter an address in the search field, then tap Directions or

. 3. Tap Go or Steps for the route you want to take. Ask Siri something like, Give me driving directions home. Learn how to use Siri. Estimate travel time for a future departure or arrival 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter an address in the search field, then tap Directions or

. 3. Tap Now (below the destination), select a time or date for Leave at or Arrive by, then tap

. The estimated travel time may change based on predicted traffic. Avoid tolls or highways 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter an address in the search field, then tap Directions or

. 3. Tap Avoid (below the destination), choose your options, then tap . Show or hide the compass or the speed limit If you have an iPad with Wi-Fi + Cellular, you can show or hide the compass or speed limit. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Maps. 3. Below Directions, tap Driving, then turn Compass or Speed Limit on or off. View a route overview or a list of turns in Maps on iPad While following driving, cycling, transit, and walking directions, you can get an overview of your route and a list of upcoming turns. Note: Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Apps > Maps. See View or change your cellular data account. Get an overview of your route If you have an iPad with Wi-Fi + Cellular, you can zoom out to see your entire route onscreen, from the starting point to the destination. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Get directions. 3. Tap . To return to turn-by-turn directions, tap . View a list of upcoming directions If you have an iPad with Wi-Fi + Cellular, you can see directions in a list. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Get directions. 3. Tap anywhere on the route card except the Go button. 4. Scroll down to see more directions. 5. When youre finished, tap

. Share a route with someone 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Get directions. 3. Tap anywhere on the route card except the Go button. 4. Scroll to the bottom of the card, tap Share, then choose a way to share the route. 5. Tap Done. Change or add stops to your route in Maps on iPad While following driving or cycling directions, you can add places to stop along your route. Note: Turn-by-turn spoken directions arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Change the starting point or destination 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Get directions. 3. Do one of the following:

Switch the starting point and destination: Touch and hold starting location, then drag it below the destination. for the Choose a different starting point or destination: In the Directions list, tap either the start or destination, then use the search field or a recent search result to find and select a different location. Create a multistop driving route You can add up to 14 stops along your route. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Get driving directions, then do one of the following:

Tap Add Stop, then search for the place you want to stop. Zoom in and move the map, tap a place (for example, a landmark or business), then tap Add Stop in the place card. 3. To reorder the stops, touch and hold for the stop, then drag it to a new position in the list. If you didnt tap Go or Steps yet, your selected stop appears as the final destination in your directions. Add a stop while following driving or cycling directions If you have an iPad with Wi-Fi + Cellular, you can add stops on the way to your destination while following directions. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Get driving or cycling directions. 3. Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen. 4. Tap Add Stop, then tap a category (or, if driving, search for the place you want to stop). 5. Select a place to stop, then tap Add or Add Stop. Your route is updated, and the chosen destination is the next stop. If youre cycling and you decide not to take the detour, tap Resume Route at the top of the screen. If you didnt tap Go yet, your selected stop appears as the final destination in your directions. Touch and hold destination. for the stop, then drag it ahead of your final Delete a stop from your driving directions 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Create a multistop driving route. 3. Do one of the following:

Before you tap Go: Swipe left on any stops you want to delete, then tap Delete. After you tap Go: Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap next to the stop. End directions before you arrive Ask Siri something like, Stop navigating. Learn how to use Siri. Or without using Siri:

1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap the card at the bottom of the screen, then tap End Route. Get walking directions in Maps on iPad You can get detailed walking directions to your destination. You can preview the elevation for your walk and choose a route that best avoids hills, stairs, and busy roads. Note: Turn-by-turn spoken directions and immersive walking instructions arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Apps > Maps. Get walking directions 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter an address in the search field, then tap Directions or . 3. Tap Go or Steps for the route you want to take. You can also ask Siri something like, Give me walking directions home. Learn how to use Siri. For thousands of trails in parks across the U.S., you can find out their length, preview elevation information, see photos, and more. See Browse and save hikes. Avoid hills, busy roads, or stairs 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Get walking directions, as above. 3. Tap Avoid (below the destination), choose your options, then tap Apply. Save walks or hikes in Maps on iPad You can customize a walking path to plan a hike, an exercise route, or a city tour. In U.S. national parks, you can browse hikes and filter them by length, elevation, and route type. You can also save the routesalong with any notes you addto access when youre offline. Note: Not all features are available in all countries and regions. Create your own walking or hiking route 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. To select a starting point on the map, touch and hold any road, path, trail, or other place accessible by walking to drop a pin, tap Custom Route.

, then tap Create a 3. Tap other points along your route to choose a path, then do any of the following to complete your route:

Reverse a route: Tap

. Retrace your steps: Tap . Close a loop: Tap Undo a point: Tap

. 4. Do one of the following:

Navigate to the starting point: Tap Directions (available near the start of the route). Start turn-by-turn walking directions: Tap Go (available if youre not near the route). Save the route for later: Tap Save, name the route and add notes

(optional), then tap

. Tip: Make sure Download Route is turned on if you want to access the route and the surrounding map even when you dont have access to an internet connection. You can also remove a point by tapping a point, then tapping Remove Point, Remove Start Point, or Remove End Point. Browse and save hikes You need to be online to search for hikes. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Make sure youre in the Explore map, indicated by at the top right of your map. See Switch to a different map view. 3. Search for hikes in [national park name], then tap the search result. 4. To narrow down your choices, tap the filters, such as All Lengths or All Route Types. Swipe left to see more options. 5. Tap to open the hike, then tap . You can also do one of the following instead of saving the hike to your Places:

If youre near the start of the route: Tap Directions if you want to navigate to the trailhead. If youre not near the route: Tap Go to start turn-by-turn walking directions. Tip: Make sure Download Route is turned on if you want to access the route and the surrounding map on your iPad when you dont have access to an internet connection. Get transit directions in Maps on iPad You can get detailed transit directions to your destination, including departure times, connection information, and fare amounts. Note: Public transportation information isnt available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Get transit directions 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter an address in the search field, then tap Directions or . 3. Tap Prefer (below the destination), then select the transit methods you want to use. 4. Tap Go or Steps for the route you want to take. You can also ask Siri something like, Give me transit directions to the Ferry Building. Learn how to use Siri. Plan for a future departure or arrival time 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter an address in the search field, then tap Directions or . 3. Tap Now (below the destination), select a time or date for Leave at or Arrive by, then tap

. Show cash fares In some countries and regions, fares are listed for the suggested routes. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter an address in the search field, then tap Directions or . 3. Tap Transit Card Fares (below the destination), then tap Cash Fares. See nearby transit departures You can get one-tap access to the departure times for stops and stations near you. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Nearby Transit to add it to your Places. 3. Tap Transit Nearby, then tap a nearby stop to see schedules and delays. 4. Scroll down, then tap Pin to add it to your Places. Tip: Swipe right to pin a line to the top of the screen. See major transit lines 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. With a map showing, tap the Map Modes button ( ,

, riding transit , ) at the upper right. 3. Select Transit, then tap . Get cycling directions in Maps on iPad You can get detailed cycling directions. Maps offers routes on bike paths, bike lanes, and bike-friendly roads. You can preview the elevation for your ride, check how busy a road is, and choose a route that best avoids hills. Note: Cycling directions and turn-by-turn spoken directions on Wi-Fi + Cellular models arent available in all countries or regions. See Cycling and Turn-by-Turn Navigation on the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Features for Wi-Fi +

Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Apps > Maps. Get cycling directions 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter an address in the search field, then tap Directions or

. 3. Tap Go or Steps for the route you want to take. You can also ask Siri something like, Give me cycling directions home. Learn how to use Siri. Avoid hills or busy roads 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold anywhere on the map or enter an address in the search field, then tap Directions or

. 3. Tap Avoid (below the destination), choose your options, then tap Apply. Download offline maps on iPad You can save a map of an area and use it when your iPad is offline. Even when you cant access Wi-Fi or cellular service, you can view information like hours and ratings on place cards, get turn-by-turn directions for driving, walking, cycling, or riding transit, and see your estimated time of arrival. Note: Offline maps arent available in all countries or regions. Automatic Updates is on by default. Download maps 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Touch and hold the map until a pin marker appears, then tap Download. Tap your picture or initials next to the search field, tap Offline Maps, tap

, then enter a location in the search field or tap Current Location. 3. Adjust the selected area, then tap Download. To reduce the size of the map you download, select a smaller area. Downloaded maps update automatically, unless you change your settings. Open or edit a map you downloaded Any maps you download to use offline appear in your list of offline maps. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap your picture or initials next to the search field, then tap Offline Maps. 3. Tap a map, then do any of the following:

Rename a map: Tap Rename, enter a new name, then tap Save. Change the area covered by a map: Tap Resize on the image of the map, adjust the selected area, then tap Download. Delete a map: Tap Delete Map. Control map data downloads You can change your settingslike when to download or update a mapdepending on your data storage needs and preferences. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap your picture or initials next to the search field, then tap Offline Maps. 3. Do any of the following:

Download over cellular: Tap Wi-Fi Only, then tap to select Wi-Fi +

Cellular. Automatically update all maps: Turn on Automatic Updates. Automatically delete unused maps: Turn on Optimize Storage. Use online maps: Turn off Only Use Offline Maps. Remove downloaded maps You can remove downloaded maps to free up storage space on your iPad. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap your picture or initials next to the search field, then tap Offline Maps. 3. Do one of the following:

Manually remove a map: Swipe left on the map, then tap Delete. Automatically delete unused maps: Turn on Optimize Storage. Customize your experience Share your estimated time of arrival in Maps on iPad You can share your estimated time of arrival (ETA) while following driving, cycling, and walking directions to let friends and family know when youre likely to arrive. Your ETA updates automatically if there are major delays, so you dont have to send follow-up messages along the way. Note: Not all features are available in all countries or regions. Some Maps features on iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Apps > Maps. Standard carrier data and text rates may apply. See View or change your cellular data account. Share your estimated time of arrival (ETA) Ask Siri something like, Share my ETA. Learn how to use Siri. Or without using Siri:

1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Search for the place you want to go, then tap Go. 3. Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Share ETA. If you dont see Share ETA, make sure you turned it on in Settings Maps.

> Apps >

4. Choose one or more suggested contacts, or tap Open Contacts to find a contact. 5. To share your ETA with more contacts, tap Sharing with at the bottom of the screen, then tap Open Contacts. You can also use the Messages, Find My, and Contacts apps to share your your location with others. See Share your location in Messages, Share your location in Find My, or Edit contacts. Stop sharing your ETA 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Open the route card for a trip in progress. 3. Tap Sharing with at the bottom of the screen, then tap Stop Sharing ETA below each contacts name. Automatically share your ETA to a pin When you add a contact to a pinned place in your Places, that contact automatically receives your ETA whenever you start turn-by-turn navigation to that location. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places, then tap Pinned. See Add a pin to your Places. 3. Tap

, then tap Add Person. 4. Search for a contact, tap to add them, then tap . 5. Tap the pinned location, then tap Go to start sharing your ETA. Your location, route, and ETA are viewable until you arrive. Turn off ETA sharing 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Maps. 3. Scroll down, then turn off Share ETA. People using iOS 13.1, iPadOS 13.1, or later receive a Maps notification with your ETA, and they can track your progress in Maps. People using earlier versions receive the notification through iMessage. People using other mobile devices receive an SMS message. Change settings for spoken directions in Maps on iPad You can turn off spoken directions, adjust their volume, change their voice or language, and more. Note: Turn-by-turn spoken directions arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Maps. See View or change your cellular data account.

> Apps Turn spoken directions on or off You can turn spoken directions on or off after youve started following a set of directions. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Get directions, then tap the Go button to begin following them. 3. Tap the Audio Control button on the map (for example, ), then choose an option. Button Description All directions are spoken. Only driving alerts are spoken. No directions are spoken. Voice volume for spoken directions is loud. Voice volume for spoken directions is normal. Voice volume for spoken directions is soft. Note: If you start with a location other than My Location, you see a Steps button instead of Go, and no directions are spoken. You can also change the default volume in Settings below Voice Volume.

> Apps > Maps. Tap Spoken Directions, then choose an option Hear spoken directions in a different language or voice 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apple Intelligence & Siri, then change any of the following:

Language: Tap Language, then tap a language to select it as your primary Siri language. Voice: Tap Voice, then tap to hear the different options. See Turn on and activate Siri. Change other settings for spoken directions 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Maps. 3. Tap Spoken Directions, then turn on or off the following options:

Directions Pause Spoken Audio: Turn on this setting to pause spoken audio (like podcasts and audio books) when you receive spoken directions. Directions Wake Device: Turn on this setting to wake the iPad display when you receive spoken directions while following driving or cycling directions. Directions on Radio: On supported cars, turn on this setting to hear spoken directions when youre listening to the radio. To use turn-by-turn spoken directions, your iPad must be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be turned on. Cellular data rates may apply. See View or change your cellular data account. Choose a default travel mode and Maps units on iPad You can review and change your settings for the Maps app, including travel mode and units. Choose a default travel mode and preferences Maps defaults to your preferred travel mode when providing directions. You can choose driving, walking, transit, or cycling. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap your picture or initials next to the search field, tap Preferences, then tap options.

(If neither your picture nor initials appear next to the search field, tap Cancel next to the field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel.) 3. To find more options, tap Maps Settings at the bottom of the screen. Depending on the mode of travel, you may have other route options, such as choosing an arrival time when driving, avoiding heavy traffic or hills when cycling or walking, or choosing which transit method you prefer. Change the units used in Maps On a 2D map, a scale appears in the upper left as you zoom out. You can change the units used for the scale. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap Language & Region. 3. Tap Measurement System, then select an option. Check traffic conditions and report traffic incidents in Maps on iPad You can view traffic conditions and report accidents, hazards, and speed checks

(where allowed), and you can report when theyre cleared. (Wi-Fi + Cellular only). Apple evaluates incoming incident reports. When theres a high level of confidence in the reports, incident markerssuch as for hazards displayed (or cleared) for other Maps users too. and accidents are Note: Not all features are available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Some Maps features on iPad models with Wi-Fi

+ Cellular require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings Apps > Maps. Standard carrier data and text rates may apply. See View or change your cellular data account.

Find out about traffic conditions 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. With a map showing, tap the button at the top right, choose Driving or Satellite, then tap

. Yellow indicates slowdowns, and red indicates stop-and-go traffic. 3. To get an incident report, tap an incident marker. Markers indicate incidents such as:

Accidents Speed checks Traffic Roadwork Hazards Road closures Report traffic incidents Ask Siri something like, Report an accident. Learn how to use Siri. Or without using Siri:

1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

When following turn-by-turn driving directions: Tap option. You can also tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Report an Incident.

, then choose an When not following directions: Tap your picture or initials next to the search field, then tap Reports. Tap Report a New Issue, tap Report an Incident, then choose an option. If neither your picture nor initials appear, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. Report on the status of a hazard or accident When youre near the incidents in select countries or regions, and if you have an iPad with Wi-Fi + Cellular, you can report whether they cleared. Ask Siri something like, Clear the accident. Learn how to use Siri. Or without using Siri:

1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap the incident marker. 3. Tap Cleared or Still Here.

(You cant clear reports of speed checks.) Get weather info in Maps on iPad You can find out about the weather and air quality. Note: Air quality and weather data arent available in all countries or regions. Find out about the weather and the air quality 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Zoom in on a map until the weather icon appears in the lower-right corner. The icon shows the current conditions for that area. In some regions, the air quality index (AQI) also appears in the lower-right corner. 3. To get the hourly forecast, touch and hold the weather icon. Tap the hourly forecast to get a multiday forecast in the Weather app. If you dont want to get air quality or weather information in Maps, go to Settings

> Apps > Maps, then turn off Air Quality Index or Weather Conditions. Find places Search for places in Maps on iPad You can search for addresses, landmarks, services, and more. Search for a place Tap the search field (at the top of the card), then begin typing. You can search in different ways. For example:

Intersection (8th and Market) Area (Greenwich Village) Landmark (Guggenheim) Zip code (60622) Business (movies, restaurants San Francisco CA, Apple Inc New York) A request or question using natural language (Find cafes with free Wi-Fi) If you get a list of results, scroll the list to see more. To learn about a place or get directions to it, tap a search result. Display, lengthen, or shorten the card If you dont see a search field, tap at the top right of the card. To resize the card, drag the top of the card up or down. Find nearby attractions, restaurants, and services in Maps on iPad You can find nearby attractions, services, and more. Note: Nearby suggestions arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Find a nearby attraction, restaurant, or service Ask Siri something like, Find coffee near me. Learn how to use Siri. Or without using Siri:

1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap the search field, then do one of the following:

Tap a category like Grocery Stores or Restaurants below Find Nearby. Enter something like playgrounds or parks in the search field, then tap the Search Nearby result. Tip: You can also touch and hold the Maps app icon on the Home Screen, then tap Search Nearby. See Perform quick actions. Depending on what youre looking for, you may be able to apply more search criteria, tap a suggestion to get additional information, and more. 3. To change the nearby area, drag the map. To get recommendations for where to eat, shop, and explore in great places around the world, see Explore places with guides. Images of Las Vegas, San Diego, and Portland in City Guides courtesy of Wikipedia. Explore airports or malls in Maps on iPad For some large spaces like airports, transit stations, or shopping malls, you can look at detailed, interior maps to help you get around. Note: Indoor maps arent available for all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Before you get there: Search for the airport or mall, then tap Indoor Map if it appears in the search result. Or drag the map to show it, zoom in, then tap Look Inside. When youre at the airport or mall: Tap

, then tap Look Inside. 3. To find nearby services, tap a category (like Food, Restrooms, or Gates). To get more information about a result, tap it. 4. To get a map of a different floor, tap the button showing the floor level (zoom in if the button doesnt appear). Get information about places in Maps on iPad You can find street addresses and other information about places that appear. Get information about a place 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap a place (for example, a city or landmark on a map, a spot that you marked with a pin, or a search result in Maps), then do any of the following:

Get a route to the location: Tap the directions button. View more information: Scroll down in the place card. The information might include the street address, a phone number, a webpage link, customer reviews, and more. Many restaurants and other businesses offer App Clips that allow you to order or make a reservation by tapping buttons on their place cards. Save information about a place You can save a place or add it as a pin to one of your custom guides, or as one of your contacts. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap a place on a map or a search result in Maps, tap , then choose an option. Stop sending restaurant names to a third party If you install an app that has a table-booking extension, it can also help you make reservations at restaurants. You can stop sending the names of restaurants that you view to the extension. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Maps. 3. Tap Restaurant Booking, then turn off the app extension. View and manage Visited Places in Maps on iPad On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, the Visited Places feature helps you keep track of places youve been, so you can easily revisit or share them later. Use it to find past locationslike restaurants from a recent tripand organize them into guides or share them with others. Visited Places are end-to-end encrypted, cant be read by Apple, and appear on all your synced devices. Note: Visited Places isnt available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Turn on Visited Places When you open the Maps app, you may be asked to turn on Visited Places, If not, 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Maps. 3. Tap Location, then turn on Precise Location and Visited Places. 4. Go back to the Settings app, then tap Privacy & Security. 5. Tap Location Services, then turn on Location Services. 6. Tap System Services, tap Significant Locations & Routes, then turn on Significant Locations & Routes. View a visited place 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places, tap Visited Places, then do any of the following:

Search: Search a place by name, category, address, or notes. Filter: Search using a filter for date, category, or city. Show all visits: Tap All Visits. Manage a visited place 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places, then tap Visited Places. 3. Next to a place, tap More

(on the right side of the place card), then do any of the following:

Add to your Places: Tap Add to Places. Share a visited place: Tap Share. Add a personal note: Tap Add a Note. Correct a visited place: Tap Wrong Location. Remove a visited place: Tap Remove. Change how long Maps keeps your visited places If you choose a duration for saving visited places when you set up the feature, you can change it at any time. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places, then tap Visited Places. 3. Scroll to the bottom, tap Keep Visits, then choose a duration. Clear your visited places history 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places, then tap Visited Places. 3. Scroll to the bottom, then tap Clear History. Add places and notes to your Places in Maps on iPad You can find pins, places, guides, and routes in one place: your Places in the Maps app. Add your own personal notesvisible only to youto saved places, or pin your most frequently visited places for easier access. Save a place to your Places 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. While looking at a place card, do one of the following:

Tap

. It turns to

. Tap

, then tap Add to Places. Add notes to a place You can read the notes you add to a place at any time. When you share a place, your note appears as text with the shared link, but it doesn't save to the other person's notes for that place. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. While looking at a place card, tap

, then tap Add a Note. 3. Write something, then tap

. Adding a note to a place saves the place to your Places. Add a pin to your Places You can pin frequently visited places for easier access in Maps and CarPlay. They appear as icons in your Places and also under Pinned. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Below Places, tap

(you may need to swipe left), then search for or tap a suggestion. You can also drop a pin. 3. If the pins are for your Home, Work, or School, you can do any of the following:

Assign it to a type: Select Home, Work, or School. Sync to My Card: Tap Add to Contact Card. 4. Tap

. See Edit a pin. Remove a place from your Places 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places. 3. Tap

, then tap Delete From Places. If youre in the place card, tap

. It returns to

. Removing a place from your Places deletes any personal notes you added to it. Share places in Maps on iPad You can share places with others. For example, you can send a message or email to show people where to meet you. Tip: To share your current location when you dont have the Maps app open, just touch and hold Maps on the Home Screen, then tap Send My Location. See Perform quick actions. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap a place on the map or a search result. 3. Tap (at the top of the place card), then choose an option. You can also touch and hold the place, then tap Share Location. Mark a location with a pin in Maps on iPad You can use pins to mark places so you can more easily find those locations later. Drop a pin You can drop a pin to share a location with someone else, or to start or end your route at a location that isnt already marked on the map. Only one pin appears at a time, unless you save them to your Places. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the map until a pin marker appears. To refine the location, tap Move, then drag the map. 3. Tap Pin. To mark several places with pins, save each pin as you drop it. To get directions to the pin, tap the pin, then tap the directions button. Tip: To note your current location when you dont have the Maps app open, touch and hold the Maps icon on the Home Screen, then choose Mark My Location. See Perform quick actions. Share a pin 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Touch and hold the map until a pin marker appears, then tap (at the top of the card). Tap Places, tap Pinned, swipe left on the pin, then tap Share. 3. Choose how you want to share it. Get the latitude and longitude of a pin 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places, tap Pinned, then tap the pin. 3. Swipe up to Coordinates (below Details). 4. Touch and hold the coordinates, then tap Copy. See your saved pins Pins appear as a row of icons in your Places when you open the Maps app. Edit a pin 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places, then tap Pinned. 3. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Change the name of the pin: Tap in the Label field. Assign it to your Home, Work, or School address: Choose an option below Type. Change the location of the pin: Tap Refine Location on the Map. Note: If you change your Home, Work, or School address after youre prompted to sync Maps to My Card, you may need to update your address in both Maps and Contacts. See Add a pin to your Places and Complete or edit My Card. Remove a pin 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places, then tap Pinned. 3. Swipe left on the pinned location, then tap Delete. You can also tap

, then tap Unpin. Rate places and add photos in Maps on iPad You can provide ratings and photos of places you visit to help other Maps users. Your ratings and photos appear everywhere youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Note: The Apple Ratings and Photos feature isnt available in all countries or regions. Rate a place 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap a place on the map or a search result, then Tap . 3. Tap or for the available categories, then tap

. You can edit your ratings later if you change your mind. Add photos for a place 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap a place on the map or a search result, then tap

. 3. Tap Add Your Photos, then follow the onscreen instructions. To upload your photos to Apple, you need to have an Apple Account. Note: If you dont see ratings categories or the Rate button, you cant add a photo. 4. To credit yourself for the photos you contribute, using either your name or a nickname, tap Photo Credit, then turn on Show Credit. If desired, you can enter a nickname for yourself. (The photo credit option you choose applies to all photos you previously submitted and continue to submit.) Share your photos publicly You can allow companies to use the photos that you add to Maps in their own products and services. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Maps. 3. Turn on Allow Photo Providers to Use Your Photos. Photos you share include location data, but not your identity. If you turn this setting off, photo providers may no longer use your photos. (It may take a few days to take effect.) Edit your photos for a place You can add and remove photos, add or remove your photo credit, and provide a nickname for your photo credit. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Places. 3. Tap the place whose photos you want to edit, then tap Your Photos. 4. Do one of the following:

Submit another photo: Tap Add Photo. Remove a photo: Tap

, then tap Delete Your Photo. Change your photo credit: Tap photo credit option you choose applies to all photos you previously submitted and continue to submit.

, then tap Change Photo Credit. The Stop getting ratings and photos suggestions You may receive suggestions in Maps to submit a rating or photo if you recently visited or took a photo of a point of interest. These suggestions use on-device processing and cant be read by Apple. If you dont want to receive these suggestions, you can turn them off. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Maps. 3. Turn off Show Ratings and Photos Suggestions. Explore places with guides in Maps on iPad Guides are available to help you discover great places around the world to eat, shop, and explore. Guides are automatically updated when new places are added, so you always have the latest recommendations. Explore the world with guides 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Scroll down, then tap Guides We Love. 3. Browse by any of the following:

City: Tap scroll down to the Cities category. near the top of the screen, then tap a city. You can also Interest: Swipe right to see more interests, then tap to browse guides in that group. Publisher: Scroll down to the Browse by Publisher category. View, share, and save a guide 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. To open a guide, tap its cover. To view its contents, scroll down. You can also do the following:

Save the guide: Tap Add to Guides. Share the guide: Tap Share , then choose an option. See saved guides: Tap Places, then tap Guides. See Organize places in custom guides. Close the guide: Tap

. Tip: Look for App Clips buttons. These allow you to do things like reserve a table directly from a guide. Organize places with custom guides in Maps on iPad You can organize places into your own guides for easy reference, and you can share your guides with others. See your favorites A guide called Favorites always appears in your guides. This makes it easier for you to save places to a guide. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Below Your Guides, tap Favorites. Tip: You can pin any places that you want to see in your Places when you open Maps. See Add a pin to your Places. Create a guide 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Your Guides, then tap

. 3. Enter a name for the guide, then tap to add an image from your photo library. 4. Tap

. Add a place to a guide 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap a place on the map or a search result. 3. In a place card, tap

, then tap Add to Guides. 4. Choose one of your guides, then tap

. You can also add Publisher Guides to your guides. See Explore places with guides. Share a guide 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Below Your Guides, tap the guide you want to share. 3. Tap at the bottom of the guide card, tap Share Guide, then choose an option. Edit a guide that you created For any guide that you create, you can supply a cover image, change the title, and remove places. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Tap Your Guides, then tap the guide you want to edit. 3. Tap

, make your changes, then tap

. Remove a guide 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Below Your Guides, tap on the guide you want to remove, then tap Delete. Clear your location history in Maps on iPad The Maps app uses information about your significant locations from Location Services to provide you with personalized services like predictive traffic routing. Your significant locations are end-to-end encrypted and cant be read by Apple. You can delete your significant locations at any timefor example, to reset predictive traffic routing and similar personalized services. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Privacy & Security, then tap Location Services. 3. Tap System Services, then tap Significant Locations. 4. Tap Clear History. This action clears all your significant locations everywhere youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Delete recent directions in Maps on iPad You can delete directions that you recently viewed. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Scroll down to Recents, then do one of the following:

Delete a single item: Tap

, then tap Clear. Delete all recent: Tap Recents, then tap Clear. Report an issue with Maps on iPad If you notice somethings missing in Mapsan address, business, transit stop, or another featureyou can add it. You can also report other kinds of issues, such as an incorrect step in directions or a business that has closed. 1. Go to the Maps app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Touch and hold the map until a pin marker appears, scroll to the bottom of the card, then tap Report Something Missing. Tap your picture or initials next to the search field, tap Reports, then tap Report a New Issue. 3. Choose an option, then follow the onscreen instructions. To change the address used for your home or work, see Add a pin to your Places. If you have a business (large or small), you can use Apple Business Connect to help your customers find it in Maps, Apple Wallet, Siri, and more. Learn more about Apple Business Connect. Measure Measure dimensions with iPad You can use your iPad camera to measure nearby objects and surfacesyou can manually set the start and end points of a measurement, have iPad automatically detect the dimensions of rectangular objects, and more. For best results, use Measure on well-defined objects located 0.5 to 3 meters (2 to 10 feet) from iPad. (Measurements are approximate.) Note: You can use Measure on external displays without turning on mirroring in Control Center. The image you see on your iPad appears in a larger size on the external display. Start a measurement 1. Go to the Measure app

(in the Utilities folder) on your iPad. 2. Use the iPad camera to slowly scan nearby objects. 3. Position iPad so that the object you want to measure appears on the screen. Note: For your privacy, when you use Measure to take measurements, a green dot appears at the top of the screen to indicate your camera is in use. Take an automatic rectangle measurement 1. Go to the Measure app

(in the Utilities folder) on your iPad. 2. Use the iPad camera to slowly scan nearby objects. 3. When iPad detects the edges of a rectangular object, a box frames the object; tap the box to see the dimensions. 4. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. Take a manual measurement 1. Go to the Measure app

(in the Utilities folder) on your iPad. 2. Align the dot at the center of the screen with the point where you want to start measuring, then tap

. 3. Slowly pan iPad to the end point, then tap to see the measured length. 4. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. 5. Take another measurement, or tap Clear to start over. To start over on supported models, tap

, then tap Clear All. Use edge guides On supported models, you can easily measure the height and straight edges of furniture, countertops, and other objects using guide lines that appear automatically. 1. Go to the Measure app

(in the Utilities folder) on your iPad. 2. Position the dot at the center of the screen along the straight edge of an object until a guide appears. 3. Tap where you want to begin measuring. 4. Slowly pan along the guide, then tap at the endpoint to see the measured length. 5. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. Use Ruler view On supported models, you can see more detail in your measurements with Ruler view. 1. Go to the Measure app

(in the Utilities folder) on your iPad. 2. After measuring the distance between two points, move iPad closer to the measurement line until it transforms into a ruler, showing incremental units of length. 3. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. View and save measurements on iPad On supported models, you can save a list of all the measurements you take in a single session, complete with screenshots, so you can easily share and access them whenever you need them. 1. Go to the Measure app

(in the Utilities folder) on your iPad. 2. Tap to see a list of your recent measurements. Swipe up from the top of the list to see more measurements. 3. To save the measurements, tap Copy, open another app (for example, Notes), tap in a document, then tap Paste. Note: Peoples height measurements arent included in this list. To save a persons height measurement, see Measure a persons height. Measure a persons height with iPad On supported models, you can instantly measure a persons height from the floor to the top of their head, hair, or hat. (You can even measure a persons seated height.) 1. Go to the Measure app

(in the Utilities folder) on your iPad. 2. Position iPad so that the person you want to measure appears on the screen from head to toe. A line appears at the top of the persons head (or hair, or hat), with the height measurement showing just below the line. 3. To take a photo of the measurement, tap

. 4. To save the photo, tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, tap Done, then choose Save to Photos or Save to Files. You can easily access and share the height measurement image from Photos or Files on iPad whenever you want. To take the measurement again, turn iPad away for a moment to reset the height. Messages Get started with Messages on iPad In the Messages app

, you can exchange texts, photos, videos, and more, with individuals, businesses, and groups. You can express yourself with your Memoji and animations, share TV shows and music, and use Messages to collaborate with others. Set up iMessage and sync across devices When you and a friend both sign in to iMessage, you can send each other unlimited messages, no matter where you are in the world. Go to Settings Messages, then turn on iMessage. And if you have an iPhone, you can see the same messages you get there on your iPad too. On your iPhone, go to Settings

> Messages, turn on Text Message Forwarding, then choose your iPad in the list.

(You must also be signed in to the same Apple Account on your iPhone.)

> Apps >

> Apps Chat as a group You can chat with several people at oncelike your family or a work group. Tap , enter the names of the people in the group, then type your message, or tap to dictate it. To add media and more, tap next to the text field. To add emoji, tap or on your keyboard. To name the group, tap the group icons at the top of the conversation, then tap Change Name and Photo. Go beyond texting You dont have to limit your communication to text. To add emoji, tap your keyboard. To add media, polls, location sharing, and more, tap text field. or on next to the Schedule a message to deliver later If its too late at night or too important to forget, schedule your message for a future time, instead of sending it as soon as you finish it. Tap choose a time, then tap

, tap Send Later,

. Want to learn more?

Set up Messages Send and reply to messages Group conversations Use iMessage apps Schedule a text message to send later Search Screen, filter, report, and block texts Stop, mute, and change notifications Availability of Messages features may depend on your carrier, country, or region. Set up Messages on iPad In the Messages app, you can send text messages in two different ways:

Using iMessage with others who also use iMessage. Your iMessage texts appear in blue bubbles. With SMS, MMS, and RCS messages forwarded from your iPhone. Your SMS, MMS, and RCS messages appear in green bubbles. See Choose other devices for SMS/MMS/RCS messaging in the iPhone User Guide. (RCS messages arent supported by all carriers or in all countries or regions.) For more information, see the Apple Support article What is the difference between iMessage, RCS, and SMS/MMS? and the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Turn on iMessage 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Messages. 3. Turn on iMessage. 4. To select which of your phone numbers and email addresses you want to use with iMessage, tap Send & Receive, then choose from the available options below You can receive iMessages to and reply from. Learn more about iMessage. Sync messages on all your Apple devices When you turn on Messages in iCloud, messages you send and receive on your iPad are saved in iCloud. When you sign in to the same Apple Account and turn on Messages in iCloud on another device, your conversations show up there too. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap See All next to Saved to iCloud. 4. Turn on Messages (if its not already turned on). If you have an iPhone, you can set it up so that when you send or receive an SMS, MMS, or RCS message, it also appears on your iPad. See Choose other devices for SMS, MMS, and RCS messaging in the iPhone User Guide. After you turn on Messages in iCloud, any messages or attachments you delete from iPad are also deleted from your other Apple devices (iOS 11.4, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.13.5, watchOS 1, visionOS 1, or later) where Messages in iCloud is turned on. See Set up iCloud for Messages on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. Note: Messages in iCloud uses iCloud storage. See Sign in and manage your Apple Account. Share your name and photo In Messages, you can share your name and photo with others. You decide whether to share it whenever you send or receive a message from someone new. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

At the top of the conversation list, tap Edit, then tap Set Up Name &

Photo. Swipe up to the top of the conversation list, then tap Share Your Name

& Photo. 3. Choose how you want to be represented, scroll down, then turn on Name and Photo Sharing. 4. Tap Share Automatically, then choose one of the following:

Contacts Only: Anyone who is a saved contact receives the option of using the name and image you chose when they communicate with you. Always Ask: You decide to share your name and photo as you communicate with each contact. 5. Tap to save your changes. To change these settings after you set them up, tap Edit, then tap Name & Photo. Note: Your name and photo may not appear as expected when you send messages to recipients who are using non-Apple devices. About iMessage on iPad iMessage is a secure messaging service that you can use to send and receive messages in the Messages app on your iPhone, iPad, Mac, Apple Watch, or Apple Vision Pro. If someone sends a message to your email address or phone number using iMessage, you receive the message on all your Apple devices that are set up to receive messages sent to that email address or phone number. When you view an iMessage conversation, you see all messages sent from any device, so you can keep in touch with others wherever you are. You need an Apple Account to use some iMessage features. If youve made purchases from the iTunes Store or App Store or youve signed in to iCloud, you have an Apple Account.

 

 

Some things to know about communicating in iMessage:

You can send texts over Wi-Fi. Texts you send and receive using iMessage dont count against your SMS, MMS, or RCS allowances in your phones cellular messaging plan, but cellular data rates may apply. When you communicate with others who also use iMessage on an Apple device, the texts appear in blue bubbles. (SMS, MMS, and RCS messages appear in green bubbles.) Messages are sent with iMessage when you see a blue green send button indicates the message is sent with SMS, MMS, or RCS. send button. A In a conversation, you can see if someones writing a message. If someone has read receipts turned on, you can also see if theyve opened your message. You can use a wider range of apps and features, like text formatting, drawings, backgrounds, polls, Memoji, inline replies, editing, unsending, scheduling, collaboration, group conversation management, and more. A greater range of options are available when you react with Tapbacks or send audio messages. When you use iMessage, you can report spam messages to Apple and screen unknown senders. For security, messages sent using iMessage are end-to-end encrypted before theyre sent, and you can also use Contact Key Verification. Send and reply to messages on iPad You can send text messages, images, and much more. You can reply within a conversation or to specific comments in a thread. You can even use Siri to listen and respond to your messages. To fully use all the features in the Messages app, make sure you set up Messages. Ask Siri something like, Read my last message from Antonio. Learn how to use Siri. Start a conversation You can send a text message to one or more people to start a new conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the screen. 3. Tap the To field, then enter the phone number, contact name, or Apple Account of each recipient. To choose recipients from your contacts, tap

. 4. Do any of the following:

Tap the text field above the keyboard, then type your message. Tap or to add emoji. Tap to dictate text in the language of your keyboard. to send photos, videos, stickers, polls, audio messages, your Tap location, payments, and more with iMessage apps. 5. Tap to send. If a message cant be sent, an alert appears. Tap message again. to try sending the To return to the conversation list from a conversation, tap . If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can create custom emojicalled Genmoji. See Create your own emoji with Genmoji. Reply to a message Messages are grouped by conversation in the conversation list. A dot indicates you havent yet read one or more messages in that conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In the conversation list, tap the conversation that you want to participate in. 3. Tap the text field, create your message, then tap to send your message. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use it to suggest a reply to a message you receive. See Use Apple Intelligence in Messages. Tip: Find out when a message was sent to you. Drag the message bubble to the left to see timestamps for all messages in the conversation. Reply inline to a specific message You can respond to a specific message inline. An inline reply quotes the message youre responding to. This keeps a busy conversation organized by clarifying which response relates to which message. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In the conversation list, tap the conversation that you want to participate in. 3. Do one of the following:

Swipe right on the message bubble that you want to reply to. Touch and hold the message bubble that you want to reply to, then tap Reply. 4. Enter your message, then tap

. Note: Everyone in a group conversation can see your inline reply. To reply privately, tap the group icon at the top of the conversation, touch and hold the icon of the person you want to message privately, then tap Message. 5. To return to the main conversation, tap the blurred background. Touch and hold a message to react with a Tapback, such as a thumbs-up or a heart. Tip: To copy part of a message, touch and hold the message, tap Select, select the text you want to copy, then tap Copy. Reply to messages from your Lock Screen You can reply to messages on your Lock Screen without opening Messages. See Turn on Lock Screen features. Why are some bubbles blue and others green?

If a message can be sent using iMessage, you see a blue Send arrow message appears in a blue bubble.

, and the If you cant use iMessage (which happens, for example, when a recipient isnt using an Apple device), you can use SMS, MMS, or RCS. Messages sent with SMS, MMS, or RCS appear in green bubbles. For more information, see the Apple Support article What is the difference between iMessage, RCS, and SMS/MMS?

Note: Content may not appear as expected when you send messages to recipients who are using non-Apple devices. Use Live Translation If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use it to automatically translate text in Messages. See Translate messages and calls.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Schedule a text message on iPad to send later If its too late at night or too important to forget, you can schedule a text message to be sent at a later time. Note: You must be using iMessage. Your recipient can be on any system, and they wont know that the message was scheduled. You need to be online to reschedule, edit, or delete a scheduled message. Schedule a message You can schedule a message up to 14 days into the future. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation where you want to schedule a message or start a conversation. 3. Tap

, then tap Send Later. 4. Tap the time to open the scheduler, then choose when you want to send your message. The border of the text field turns into a dashed line, and the time your message will be sent appears at the top of the message. 5. Enter a message, then tap

. The message appears with a dashed line until its time to send it, and its delivered even if all your devices are offline. Note: Scheduled messages are encrypted and stored on Apple servers only until theyre sent. When a message is sent, its removed from Apple servers, the balloon becomes a solid color, and its dashed line disappears. Change the time to send a message You can reschedule a message until its delivery time. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation with the message you want to reschedule. If you dont see your message, scroll down to the bottom of the conversation. Scheduled messages may appear below sent messages. 3. Tap Edit beside the date (above your scheduled message), then do any of the following:

Reschedule it: Tap Edit Time, choose a new time, then tap away from the schedule to commit the new time. Send it immediately: Tap Send Message. Edit a scheduled message You can edit a scheduled message until its delivery time. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation with the scheduled message you want to edit. If you dont see your message, scroll down to the bottom of the conversation. Scheduled messages may appear below sent messages. 3. Touch and hold the message bubble, then tap Edit. 4. Make any changes, then tap to resend with edits or to revert. Delete a scheduled message When you delete a message before its scheduled time, its canceled and not delivered to the recipient. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation with the scheduled message you want to delete. If you dont see your message, scroll down to the bottom of the conversation. Scheduled messages may appear below sent messages. 3. Touch and hold the message you want to cancel, then tap Delete. Unsend and edit messages on iPad You can unsend and edit recent text messages, giving you the opportunity to fix a typo or pull back a message that you accidentally sent to the wrong person. Note: To unsend or edit text messages, you must be using iMessage with iOS 16, iPadOS 16.1, macOS 13, visionOS 1, or later. If you unsend a message to someone whos using an earlier operating system, the original message remains in the conversation, and youre notified that the recipient may still see the original message. If you edit a message to someone whos using an earlier operating system, they receive follow-up messages with the preface Edited to and your new message in quotation marks. SMS, MMS, or RCS text messages cant be edited or unsent. However, SMS, MMS, or RCS text messages can be edited in a group conversation as long as theres at least one other iMessage user in the group. Unsend a message You can undo a recently sent message for up to 2 minutes after sending it. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the message bubble, then tap Undo Send. A note confirming that you unsent the message appears in both conversation transcripts: yours and your recipients. Unsending removes the message from your recipients device. Edit a sent message You can edit a recently sent message up to five times within 15 minutes of sending it. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Select a conversation with the message you want to edit. 3. Touch and hold the message bubble, then tap Edit. 4. Make any changes, then tap to resend with edits or to revert. Note: The message is marked as Edited in the conversation transcript. The message bubble updates to reflect your edits on both your iPad and your recipients device, and both of you can tap Edited to see previous versions of your message. Keep track of messages on iPad You can catch up on text messages you missed, mark messages as unread, and pin and unpin conversations to prioritize messages in the conversation list. Catch up on messages you missed If you receive messages while you have notifications paused or youre away from your iPad, you can jump to the first message you havent seen in a conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open an unread conversation, then tap

. Your view of the conversation moves up to the first unread message. Mark messages as unread When you dont have time to respond, you can mark conversations as unread so you can return to them later. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In the conversation list, do one of the following:

Swipe right on a conversation to mark it as unread. Drag right and tap

. Tip: You can also mark several messages as unread at the same time. In the conversation list, tap Edit, tap Select Messages, select the conversations you want to mark as unread, then tap Unread in the bottom-left corner. See a list of your unread messages 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In the conversation list, tap

, then tap Unread. A checkmark appears next to Unread, and the icon turns blue that filtering is on. to indicate 3. To see both your read and unread messages again, tap , then tap to deselect Unread. Tip: To mark all your unread messages as read, tap Edit, tap Select Messages, then tap Read All. Pin a conversation You can pin specific conversations to the top of the conversation list so the people you contact most always come first in the list. Pinned conversations appear as larger icons at the top of your conversation list. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold a conversation, then tap Pin. You can also pin certain shared itemssuch as links or collaboration invitations within a conversation. Touch and hold a message, then tap Pin. You can find pinned items in the Pins section when you tap the name of your contact or group at the top of the conversation. Unpin a conversation You can unpin pinned conversations so that they no longer appear at the top of the conversation list. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold a pinned conversation, then do one of the following:

Drag the message to the bottom of the list, and let go. Tap Unpin. Pin shared items You can pin certain shared itemssuch as links or collaboration invitationswithin a conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold a message, then tap Pin. 3. To find pinned items, tap the contact or group icon at the top of the conversation, then tap a category (such as Links). Pinned items appear at the top. To unpin a pinned item, touch and hold it in the message, then tap Unpin. If youre in the Links or Documents tab, touch and hold it, tap Show in Conversation, touch and hold it in the message, then tap Unpin. See message summaries Apple Intelligence* can show you a summary of unread messages in a conversation. See Use Apple Intelligence in Messages.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Search in Messages on iPad You can search for text messages and attachments, using different criteria to narrow your results. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap the search field above the conversation list. (You may need to swipe down to reveal the search field.) 3. Enter what youre looking for (such as a word or phrase). 4. To filter your search, do any of the following:

Limit your search to one person or conversation: Start by typing a persons name, tap Messages with or Messages in, then tap other criteria that appear or add any text you want to find in your conversation. Limit your search to types of shared items: Begin your search with a search termsuch as Photo, Link, Wallet (for passes). When a filter appears near the top of the screen, tap it to add it to filter the search. Combine search criteria: Add another search term or filter. 5. Tap

, then tap a message in the results list to read it. The search field also opens suggestionssuch as conversations, photos, locations, links, and more. Tap any suggestion to quickly jump to a conversation. Forward and share messages on iPad You can forward one or more text messages in a conversation to a different recipient. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold a message bubble you want to forward, then tap More. 3. Tap to select one or more messages to forward, then tap

. 4. Enter recipients, then tap

. Tip: To show the message bubbles and timestamps just as they appear in a conversation, send a screenshot as an attached image instead of forwarding messages. To share your messages on other devices, see Set up iCloud for Messages on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. Have a group conversation in Messages on iPad You can send a group text message, name it, and assign it an icon to find it more easily. In a group conversation, you can call peoples attention to specific messages and even collaborate on projects. Start a group conversation You can send a message to multiple people to start a group conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In the conversation list, tap at the top of the screen. 3. Tap the To field, then enter the phone number, contact name, or Apple Account of each recipient. To choose group members from your contacts, tap in the To field. Note: If one or more of your recipients isnt using iMessage, messages appear in green bubbles instead of blue ones. 4. Tap the text field, enter a message or tap

(to the left of the text field) to send a photo, video, poll, or another item with iMessage apps. 5. Tap

. Add someone to an existing group conversation If you have at least two other people in a group conversation, you can add additional contacts. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap the group conversation you want to add someone to. 3. Tap the group icon at the top of the conversation, then tap Add. 4. Enter the phone number, contact name, or Apple Account of each recipient. To add group members from your contacts, tap in the To field. 5. Tap to save your changes. Note: If the group includes someone who hasnt turned on iMessage, follow the onscreen instructions to start a new group. If you only have one other person in the conversation, you need to start a new group conversation to add someone else. To remove someone from a group conversation in iMessage, touch and hold their icon, then tap Remove from Group. In iPadOS 26 or later, you can add new contacts introduced in group conversations. See Create a contact. Leave a group conversation You can leave a group chat if there are at least three other participants in the conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap the group conversation you want to leave. 3. Tap the group icon at the top of the conversation. 4. Scroll down and tap Leave This Conversation or Delete and Block This Conversation. (Learn more about deleting and blocking conversations.) Blocked conversations are moved to the Recently Deleted folder, where you can recover them. If you want to stay in a group chat but stop receiving its notifications, mute the conversation instead. Mention people in a group conversation You can mention someone by name in a group conversation to call their attention to a specific message, and theyll get a notification. Depending on their settings, the person you mention may be notified even if they have the conversation muted. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, begin typing a contacts name in the text field. 3. Tap the contacts name when it appears. You can also mention a contact in Messages by typing @ followed by the contacts name. To change whether you get notifications when your name is mentioned in

> Apps > Messages, then turn on or off Notify Messages, go to Settings Me. Name a group conversation You can name a group text message and choose an image to represent the conversation. Everyone who has turned on iMessage sees the new name and image. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap the group icon at the top of the conversation. 3. Tap Edit, tap Edit Name & Photo, then choose an option. Send or request money In group iMessage conversations in iPadOS 26 or later, you can send money to someone in a group chat or make a request of the group to split bills, organize gifts, or pay someone back, then track payments in the Wallet app. See Send, request, and receive payments with Apple Cash in Messages. Share screens using Messages on iPad While using Messages on an iPad that meets minimum system requirements, you can share your screen or ask to see someone elses screen. In supported apps, you can also use SharePlay to get together with friends while you watch the latest episode of your favorite show or listen to a new song in real time. Show someone else whats on your screen You can jump from Messages to FaceTime to share your screen to bring apps, webpages, and more into the conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation with just one other person, tap

. 3. Tap Share My Screen. See Share your screen in a FaceTime call. See another persons screen You can jump from Messages to FaceTime to see another persons screen, or even remotely control it. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation with just one other person, tap

. 3. Tap Ask to Share Screen. See Request remote control. Use SharePlay to enjoy content together You can start a Messages conversation right from a supported app like Apple TV and Music. To use SharePlay in Messages, you and your recipients must be using iMessage. Shared playback controls keep everyone in sync. 1. In a supported app, find a show, movie, song, album, or other content you want to share, then tap the item to see its details. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap , then tap SharePlay. Tap at the top right, tap , then tap SharePlay. Tap next to the content, then tap SharePlay. 3. In the To field, enter the contacts you want to share with, then tap Messages. 4. Tap Start or Play to begin using SharePlay. To begin viewing or listening, recipients tap the contents title at the top of the Messages conversation, then tap Open. For everyone who has access to the content, the video starts playing at the same time. Note: If the shared content requires a subscription, the service may ask those who dont have access to subscribe, make a transaction, or sign up for a free trial, if available. When you select content to share and tap the Play button, you can also select Play for Everyone (if it appears) to begin it for everyone in the conversation. (Others on the thread may have to tap Join SharePlay to see the video.) Each person in the conversation can use the playback controls to play, pause, rewind, or fast-forward for everyone, but settings like closed-captioning and volume are controlled separately by each person. Use Messages when you want no interruptions to the sound of the movie, show, song, or podcast, or tap to switch to FaceTime when you want to see and hear other people as you chat. Tip: After the video starts playing, you can stream it to Apple TV. See Send what youre watching in SharePlay to Apple TV. Collaborate on projects with Messages on iPad In the Messages app on a project, and everyone in the conversation is added to the document, spreadsheet, or other shared file.

, you can send a text message to invite people to collaborate Note: To start collaborating on a project with Messages, you and your recipients must be using iMessage with iOS 16, iPadOS 16, macOS 13, watchOS 9, visionOS 1, or later, and you must first save the content somewhere it can be accessed by others, such as iCloud Drive. For iPad apps, you may need to turn on iCloud to use

> [your name] > iCloud, then tap See their collaboration features: go to Settings All next to Saved to iCloud. Invite people to collaborate You can invite people to collaborate on a project from another app, and then discuss your content in Messages. Share files from apps like Notes, Freeform, Reminders, Safari, Keynote, Numbers, Pages, and more, as long as you first turn on their collaboration features in iCloud settings and save the content somewhere it can be accessed by others, such as iCloud Drive. The process for inviting someone to collaborate depends on the app. Heres one way you might start a collaboration in a supported app:

1. Select the file you want to share, then tap , or tap Collaborate. 2. Make sure Collaborate (rather than Send Copy) is selected, then tap the group or individual you want to collaborate with. If you dont see the group or person listed, tap

. The suggested icons may correspond with groups or individuals with active FaceTime calls or recent Messages conversations. 3. A Messages conversation opens with the invitation ready to send. Add a note

(optional), then tap

. After you invite participants in Messages, you can work on the project in the other app and return to the Messages conversation by tapping the Collaborate button in that app. When someone edits the file, you see updates at the top of the Messages thread. To return to the shared project and see changes, tap an update. Note: Your participants may need to accept your invitation or join the shared item before they can interact with it or see any updates. Tip: When you have your Files and Messages open in Split Screen, you can start a collaboration by dragging a file into the new message window and choosing Collaborate in the pop-up menu before sending. Collaborate on a project in Messages After you share your project, you see activity updates at the top of the Messages conversation whenever someone makes an edit. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation that contains the invitation to the project youve started collaborating on, then do any of the following to return to the project:

Tap the file in your conversation to open it. If you see an update at the top of the conversation, tap Show. Tap the icon of the participant or group at the top of the screen, scroll to Collaboration, then tap the shared project. When you make any changes or edits to the project, your participants get updates in the conversation. Note: If you add a new person to a group conversation, you have to grant them access to the projects youre collaborating on. If theyve been added to the group conversation recently, you can tap a notification at the top of screen to add them. Or invite them to collaborate. Manage the collaboration and group If you share a project with two or more people in a Messages conversation, you can add or remove participants. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation you want to manage, then tap the group icon at the top of the conversation to open details about the groups conversation. 3. Tap the button showing the participants in the conversation, then do any of the following:

Add new participants: Tap Add, then add contacts. (You may need to scroll down to see Add.) If you started collaborating with just one other person, you must start a new conversation to add people to the collaboration. Note: You must add new participants to any files that were shared in the conversation before they joined. As you add participants, a notification appears at the top of the conversation. Tap Show in the notification to review the previously shared files you can add new participants to. Remove a participant from the conversation: Touch and hold their icon, then tap Remove from Group. Important: The apps where the collaboration happens usually control access to the project. Check participant access in the app itself to remove viewing or editing privileges completely. The group of people in the Messages collaboration and the group collaborating on the file may not match. For example, you may invite people to collaborate on the file outside of Messages. Or you may have two different groups in Messages, each with its own collaboration conversation. When you add someone to a document you shared with others earlier, you have the option of adding them to an existing conversation or keeping the conversations separate. People added to conversations arent able to read messages sent before they joined the conversation. Stop collaborating on a project in Messages The apps where the collaboration happens usually control access to the project. For example, if youre collaborating on a document in the Pages app, the Pages settings take precedence over the Messages settings. You can, however, unsend or delete the invitation from the conversation just as you would any other message. Important: When you delete an invitation from a thread, that conversation is no longer associated with the collaboration, but it doesnt remove participants from the file. Check participant access in the app to remove viewing or editing privileges completely. Add backgrounds in Messages on iPad You can add a background to an iMessage conversation. Other people in the conversation see the background on their devices too and can change the background for the group. Note: To add, view, or change conversation backgrounds, you must use iMessage on iOS 26, iPadOS 26, macOS Tahoe, watchOS 26, visionOS 26, or later. Use a dynamic background 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation where you want to add a background. 3. Tap the contact or group icon at the top of the conversation, then tap Backgrounds. 4. Tap Color, Sky, Water, or Aurora. 5. Swipe left to choose an option. Tip: For Color, tap the swatches in the bottom corners to adjust the colors. 6. Tap to add the background to your conversation. Use a photo as a background 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation where you want to add a photo to the background. 3. Tap the contact or group icon at the top of the conversation, then tap Backgrounds. 4. Tap Photo, then tap to select a photo from your library. Tip: If someone shared a photo you want to use as a background, touch and hold the photo in the message, then tap Set as Background. 5. Do any of the following:

Crop the image: Pinch in or out. Remove the color: Swipe left to Black & White. Apply a color filter: Swipe left to Duotone or Color Wash, then tap the color swatch to change the palette. 6. Tap to add the background to your conversation. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use Image Playground to create one-of-

a-kind images for the background of your conversations. See Use Apple Intelligence in Messages. Note: You can have your (or a family members) iPad receive warnings before a background image containing sensitive content is sent or received. See Receive warnings about sensitive content or Check for sensitive images and videos. See the background without messages 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation with a background you want to see more clearly. 3. Push the message bubbles up. You can also set conversations to showcase backgrounds when you return to them. Go to Settings

> Apps > Messages, then turn on Start with Photos Visible. Revert to a plain background Note: Removing a background affects all participants in a conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation with a background you want to remove. 3. Tap the contact or group icon at the top of the conversation, then tap Backgrounds. 4. Tap None. Turn conversation backgrounds off When you turn conversation backgrounds off, others in a conversation still see any background chosen for a conversation. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Messages. 3. Turn Conversation Backgrounds off.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use iMessage apps in Messages on iPad You can send a poll, play a game, record audio messages, share songs, and more all with iMessage appswithout leaving the Messages app. You can customize your list of available apps or add iMessage apps you find in the App Store. Rearrange iMessage apps 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

. 3. Touch and hold any app icon in the list until it shrinks a little, then drag it to the location where you want it. To move the app icon to a different page, drag it to the top or bottom edge of the screen. You might need to wait a moment for the new page to appear. Add iMessage apps The Messages app comes with iMessage apps you can use to send photos, videos, audio messages, payments, stickers, and more. You can download additional iMessage apps for even more options. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

. 3. Tap Store to open the App Store for iMessage. 4. Tap an app to see more details and reviews, then do one of the following:

Purchase an app: Tap the price. Payments are made using the method associated with your Apple Account. Download a free app: Tap Get. Poll people in Messages on iPad You can send a poll in any iMessage conversation to decide what to eat, which movie to see, where to travel, when to meet, and more. Everyone in the conversation can contribute options and watch as votes come in. Tip: Turn on Apple Intelligence* to get suggestions for polls. Note: You must use iMessage on iOS 26, iPadOS 26, macOS Tahoe, watchOS 26, visionOS 26, or later to start, see, or vote in a poll. Start a poll 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

, then tap Polls. 3. Tap each row to add options. A poll can have up to 12 options. 4. Tap

. Vote in a poll 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open a conversation with a poll in it. 3. Tap an option to add your vote. Tap again to remove your vote. You can vote for none or all of the options. Add an option to a poll Anyone participating in a poll can add an option to it. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open a conversation with a poll in it. 3. Tap Add Choice, then enter another option. 4. Tap to add the option to the poll. Note: Options are added without votes. Tap to vote for any option you add. Check on the results of a poll You can see how people voted or who hasnt voted yet. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open a conversation with a poll in it. 3. Touch and hold the poll, then tap Poll Details.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Take and edit photos or videos in Messages on iPad You can capture photos and videos directly in the Messages app. You can also modify the photos and videos before you send them by editing the image, marking it up, or adding effects. Note: Your carrier may set size limits for attachments; iPad may compress photo and video attachments when necessary. Send a photo or video 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

. 3. Do one of the following:

Take a photo: Tap Camera, then tap to take a picture. To change the camera mode, tap Photo, then tap an option. To crop the photo, add filters, and more, tap Edit, then use the editing tools. Take a video: Tap Camera, tap Video, tap tap to stop. to begin recording, then To trim or crop the video, add filters, and more, tap Edit, then use the editing tools. Add an existing photo or video: Tap Photos, swipe up to search, browse through all photos, or change albums, then tap the images you want to send. To crop, add filters, or make other adjustments, tap the image in the message bubble, tap Edit, then use the editing tools. 4. To add stickers, labels, and shapes to your photo, tap Markup, then use Markup. When youre done, tap Save. 5. Tap Done to add the photo or video to the message bubble, add a comment, then tap to send your message. You can also send a photo or video with a Digital Touch effect or record a video message in the FaceTime app. Note: You can have your (or a family members) iPad receive warnings about sensitive content and warn you before its sent or received. See Receive warnings about sensitive content or Turn on or off checking for sensitive images and videos. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can create original images with Image Playground, or create custom emojicalled Genmojiin Messages. Send photos faster You can send smaller-sized previews of images so your recipients get them right away, before the full-resolution images arrive. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Messages. 3. Turn on Send Low Quality Photo Previews. When Low Data Mode is on, only the preview is sent. See Choose cellular data options for data usage, performance, battery life, and more. To remove a photo or video from the message bubble before sending it, tap . Note: Attachments you send over iMessage (such as photos or videos) may be uploaded to Apple and encrypted so that no one but the sender and receiver can access them. To improve performance, your iPad may automatically upload attachments to Apple while youre composing a message. If you decide not to send your message, the attachments are deleted from the server after several days.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Share content in Messages on iPad You can share images, links, and other content using the Messages app. When someone shares content with you, you can find it in a Shared with You section in the corresponding apps. Apps that support Shared with You include Photos, Music, News, and more. Share content with others 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, do one of the following:

Copy and paste an image or a link into your message. Tap

, tap Photos to browse recent photos and videos, then tap to add. Tap a message attachment, tap , then tap a contact or

. Tip: When you tap , you can also copy, save, or print your attachment. 3. Add a message (optional), then tap

. From another app (like Podcasts, News, or Music), select the content you want to share, tap

, tap Share, then choose Messages. Find all the content someone shared with you 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open the conversation whose content you want to see. 3. Tap the contact or group icon at the top of the conversation. 4. Swipe left, then tap Photos, Links, Documents, Locations, or Wallet. If a category doesnt appear, you didnt receive anything of that type in this conversation. Note: Content only appears in Shared with You if the person who sent it is in your contacts. You can find a Shared with You section in Photos, Safari, Music, Podcasts, and other supported apps. If you dont want items someone sends to you to appear in those other apps, tap tap the contact or group icon at the top of the conversation, tap Info, then turn o Shared with You. Review and save photos or videos If you receive multiple photos or videos at the same time, theyre automatically grouped into a collage (two to three items) or a stack (four or more). 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Look inside a stack: Tap to open, then swipe through a stack to view, reply, or interact with each photo or video individually. Save a photo or video: Tap next to the photo or stack. Pin shared content If someone shares content thats especially interesting, you can quickly pin it in Messages. This elevates it in the Shared with You section of supported apps, in Messages search, and in the conversation details (the info you see when you tap the contact or group icon at the top of the conversation). 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open the conversation with the content you want to pin. 3. Touch and hold the message bubble containing the attachment, then tap Pin. Note: Photos can be saved to your library, but not pinned. Hide shared content You can adjust your settings to hide an apps Shared with You section. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Messages. 3. Tap Shared with You, then turn off Automatic Sharing, or turn off Shared with You for a specific app. Note: You can have your (or a family members) iPad receive warnings about sensitive content and warn you before its sent or received. See Receive warnings about sensitive content or Turn on or off checking for sensitive images and videos. Send stickers in Messages on iPad Express yourself by adding stickers that match your personality and mood to your text messages. Send a sticker in a message 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

. 3. Tap Stickers, then tap the icon for any of the following sticker packs:

Live Stickers you or a friend made: Tap Save other peoples Live Stickers, below. See Create Live Stickers and Emoji: Tap

. Memoji: Tap

, tap a Memoji in the top row to view the stickers in the sticker pack, then choose a pose or expression. See Create and send Memoji. Stickers from other creators: Download a sticker app from the App Store. See Add iMessage apps. 4. Add a message (optional), then tap

. You can also send stickers from the emoji keyboard. See Make a sticker with the iPad keyboard. Place stickers on a conversation You can add stickers on message bubbles in conversations, and angle the stickers or make them different sizes. You can also place a sticker on top of another sticker. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

. 3. Tap Stickers, then tap an iconsuch as

, or in the top row to browse a sticker pack. 4. Drag a sticker onto a bubble, then do any of the following:

Adjust the angle: Rotate a second finger around the finger dragging the sticker. Adjust the size: Move a second finger closer to or away from the finger dragging the sticker. Your recipients see the sticker as soon as you place it on a message. To find out who sent a sticker in a conversation, touch and hold the sticker, then tap Sticker Details. Tip: Quickly add stickers to messages. Touch and hold a message, tap Attach Sticker, then choose a sticker to appear on a corner of that message bubble. Move, resize, or delete stickers After you place a sticker on top of message bubbles in conversations, you can make changes to it. Do any of the following:

Move or resize a sticker: Touch and hold the sticker, then make any changes. Delete a sticker: Touch and hold the message bubble, tap Sticker Details, swipe left on the sticker you want to delete (on your iPad only), then tap . See any text covered by a sticker: Double-tap the message bubble. To change stickers sent in a message bubble, see Unsend and edit messages. Note: You and your recipients must be using iOS 17.2, iPadOS 17.2, macOS 14.1, watchOS 10.2, visionOS 1, or later, to see these updates to stickers. Create Live Stickers You can create your own Live Stickers to use in messages by lifting subjects from photos and adding effects that help bring the stickers to life. This feature is available on supported models. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

, then tap Stickers. 3. Tap

, then tap

. 4. Tap a photo, then tap

. Tip: To create a Live Sticker that moves, use a Live Photo. See Make stickers from your photos. 5. To add an effect, touch and hold the sticker, tap Add Effect, choose an option (such as Comic or Shiny), then tap

. Save other peoples Live Stickers When someone sends you a Live Sticker you like, you can save it to reuse later. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open a conversation with a sticker you want to save. 3. Touch and hold the sticker, then do one of the following:

For a sticker sent in a message: Tap Save to Stickers. For a sticker placed on a message bubble: Tap Sticker Details, then tap Save. You can also create and send Memoji that use your voice and mirror your facial expressions. Create and send Memoji in Messages on iPad You can design your own personalized Memojichoose skin tone, glasses, body, and more. You can create multiple Memoji to use in different contexts. Each Memoji even the ones you createautomatically generates a range of poses and expressions. Create Memoji 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

. 3. Tap Memoji. (You may have to swipe up.) 4. Tap

. Tip: To make a new Memoji whose outfit or appearance differs slightly from one you already have, tap to select it, tap

, then tap Duplicate. 5. Tap each feature (Skin, Hairstyle, and others to the right) and choose the options you want. 6. Tap to save the Memoji to your collection. Send animated Memoji or Memoji recordings On supported models, you can send Memoji messages that record your voice and mirror your facial expressions. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

. 3. Tap Memoji, then swipe and tap to choose a Memoji. 4. Tap to record your facial expressions and voice, then tap to stop. Tap Replay to review your message. 5. Tap to send your message or to cancel. You can also capture your movements, facial expressions, and voice in Memoji when you become a Memoji in a FaceTime conversation. React with Tapbacks in Messages on iPad Tapbacks give you a quick and easy way to respond to a message, such as a heart, a thumbs-up or thumbs-down, laughter, exclamation points, a question mark, and any sticker, Memoji, or emoji. React with a Tapback 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open a conversation. 3. Double-tap (or touch and hold) a message. 4. Swipe left to see suggested emoji and stickers, or tap , then tap to choose any of the following kinds of Tapbacks:

(jump to other emoji categories with icons to the Other emoji: Tap right of ). Stickers: Tap

. The Tapback is attached to a specific message in a conversation, and everyone whos part of the conversation can see it. Find out who sent a Tapback If theres more than one Tapback for a message, they appear in a stack. You can find out who added each Tapback. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open a conversation with Tapbacks. 3. Tap a stack of Tapbacks. Senders and their tapbacks appear near the top of the screen. Edit or remove your Tapback You can only edit or remove Tapbacks you added. You cant edit or remove Tapbacks other people added. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open a conversation. 3. Tap your Tapback, then do one of the following:

Use a different Tapback: Tap a different emoji, Memoji, or sticker. Remove the Tapback: Tap the same Tapback you used (so its not highlighted). You can only add one Tapback per message. If you want to send additional stickers, see Place stickers on a conversation. Format text and animate messages on iPad You can express yourself in the messages you send by formatting or animating the text in your message, the message bubble, or the entire screen. Note: To send and receive messages with text formatting or text effects, you and your recipients must be using iMessage. Messages appear in plain text when sent to devices using older or other operating systems. Format or animate text within messages Format the text in your messages with bold, italics, and underlining, or add playful, animated effects like explode or shake to any letter, word, or sentenceeven emoji in texts you send using iMessage. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, enter a message, then select the text you want to format or animate. The Messages app may suggest effects to apply as you enter your message. 3. Tap above the keyboard, then select your preferred formats (bold, italic, underline, or strikethrough) or animated effect (big, small, shake, nod, explode, ripple, bloom, or jitter). The Messages app may suggest effects to apply as you enter your message. 4. Tap

. You can format or apply effects to a single word, emoji, single word, emoji, sentence, or your entire message. Tap format or apply effects to. before entering the text you want to Animate the message bubble Use effects to animate the message bubble: you can send a message with Slam or Loud so that it appears to pop out, or use Gentle so it arrives softly. You can even send a personal message with Invisible Ink that remains blurred until the recipient swipes to reveal it. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, enter a message or insert an image or link. 3. Touch and hold

, then tap a gray dot to preview a bubble effect. 4. Tap to send the message with the effect or to cancel the effect and return to your message. Animate effects over the full screen You can send messages with full-screen effectssuch as lively lasers, a moving spotlight, or echoing bubblesthat play when your recipient gets your message. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, enter a message or insert a photo or Memoji. 3. Touch and hold

, then tap Screen. 4. Swipe left to preview different screen effects. 5. Tap to send the message or to cancel the effect and return to your message. Messages automatically uses the following screen effects for specific text strings:

Balloons for Happy birthday Confetti for Congratulations Fireworks for Happy New Year If you dont see a full-screen effect or want to turn off effects on messages you receive, see Stop or reduce onscreen motion. Draw and handwrite messages on iPad Draw and handwrite messages on iPad You can send messages with handwriting, doodling, and more. You need iMessage to exchange drawn or handwritten messages. Send a Digital Touch effect With Digital Touch, you can send animated sketches, taps, kisses, heartbeats, and more, on their own or as an effect on a photo or video. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

. 3. Swipe up, tap Digital Touch, then do one of the following:

Send an animated gesture: Tap or touch and hold with one or two fingers. Your gesture is sent automatically when you finish it. Touch and hold the color dot to choose a color for the one-finger taps. Note: If you have Apple Watch or another sensor that records heartbeat data, Messages may use the recorded data when you touch and hold with two fingers to send a heartbeat. Send an animated drawing: Draw with one finger. You can change the color, then start drawing again. Add an effect to a new image: Tap record a video.

, then tap to take a photo or to To take a new photo or video, or to erase anything you draw on your preview, tap

. 4. Tap to send your drawing or image, or tap to delete it. To send an animated doodle on a white background, see Send a handwritten message or doodle. Send a handwritten message or doodle Use your finger to write a message or draw a doodle. Recipients see what you wrote or drew, re-created before their eyes. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, rotate iPad to landscape orientation. 3. Tap on the keyboard. 4. Write a message with your finger or choose a saved message at the bottom, then tap Done. 5. Tap to send your message or to cancel. After you create and send a handwritten message, the message is saved at the bottom of the handwriting screen. To use the saved message again, tap it. To delete the saved message, touch and hold it until the messages jiggle, then tap

. To send a doodle on a black background, see Send a Digital Touch effect. Send and save GIFs in Messages on iPad With the Messages app on iPad, you can search #images to find hundreds of trending GIFs you can add to your text messages and save GIFs others send to you

(not available in all countries or regions). Add a GIF from #images 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

, then tap #images. (You may have to swipe up.). 3. To search for a specific GIF, tap Find images, enter a keyword (like birthday), then tap Search or Enter. 4. Tap a GIF to add it to your message, then tap

. Note: GIFs from #images animate only in the Messages app on Apple devices. Save a GIF You can save a GIF that you receive in a message to use again later. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open the conversation that includes the GIF that you want to save. 3. Touch and hold the GIF, then tap Save. The GIF is saved to the Photos app. Send and receive audio messages in Messages on iPad You can record and send audio messages, along with transcripts of whats said in the message. Audio messages are automatically deleted to save space on your iPad, but if you want to save them, you can. Note: Audio message transcription is available in select languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Record and send an audio message Instead of writing a text message, you can record an audio message that can be played right in the Messages conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

. 3. Tap Audio, then begin speaking. 4. Tap to pause or end your recording, then do any of the following to your message:

Send it: Tap

. Listen to review it: Tap

. Add to the end of it: Tap

(with the message duration). Cancel it: Tap

. 5. Tap Keep to save an incoming or outgoing audio message on your iPad. Otherwise, the recording is deleted from the conversationon your iPad only 2 minutes after you send or listen to it. Recipients can play your recording any time after they receive it. To save it, they need to tap Keep within 2 minutes after listening to it. Tip: Send follow-up audio messages more quickly by touching and holding text field. in the Audio messages are automatically transcribed in the language chosen in the senders Settings. To switch to another language for your outgoing messages, see Change the language and region. Always keep audio messages 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Messages. 3. Tap Expire (below Audio Messages), then tap Never. Listen or reply to a recorded audio message 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open a conversation with an audio message, then tap to play it. 3. Do any of the following:

Slide right and left on the audio message to fast-forward or rewind. Touch and hold or to adjust the playback speed. 4. Tap Keep to save an audio message in the conversation. To save the message in the Voice Memos app , touch and hold the audio message, then tap Save to Voice Memos. Switch to FaceTime from Messages You can quickly make an audio or video call instead of sending a message by switching to FaceTime. In a Messages conversation, tap

. Share your location in Messages on iPad You can let others know where you are (or find out where they are) by using location sharing. Share and update your location automatically When you share your location in a Messages conversation, it updates in real time right in the conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

. 3. Tap Location, then tap Share. 4. Decide how long you want to share your location. Tap Indefinitely if you want to share your location until you manually stop sharing it. 5. Tap to send your location. (Or tap if you change your mind.) Tip: When somebody asks where you are, quickly share your location by tapping Current Location (above the keyboard). If you share your location to a group and then add other people to the group, you can reshare your location to let everyone see where you are. When you want to share your location in an SMS conversation, send a pinned location instead. Messages uses the Find My app when you share your location. Learn how to share your location and locate someone. Send a pinned location 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation, tap

, then tap Location. 3. Tap in the top left of the map, then drag the map until the pin is in the right place. 4. Tap Send Pin, then tap to send your pin. Pinned locations dont update as you move. Ask for someone elses location 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation with one other person, do one of the following:

Tap

, tap Location, then tap Request. Send a message that ends with the question, Where are you? then tap Request Location (above the keyboard). 3. Tap to send your request. After someone shares their location with you, their location appears below their name at the top of the conversation. Tap their name to see where they are on a map. Tap the map to enlarge it. Stop sharing your location 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open the conversation with someone youre sharing your location with, then tap the contact icon at the top of the conversation. 3. Tap Stop Sharing My Location. The previous bubble in the conversation no longer displays a map. Note: Finding people with location sharing isnt available in all countries or regions. If you set up location sharing and others still cant see your location, make sure you allowed access. Go to Settings My, then choose an option. See Control the location information you share.

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > Find Turn read receipts on or off in Messages on iPad You can use read receipts to automatically let someone know when youve seen their text messages. When read receipts are turned on, the sender sees the word Read below messages theyve sent to you, indicating that youve read their message. If you havent read their message, the sender sees Delivered. You can turn on read receipts for everyone or for individual contacts. Note: To use read receipts, you and your recipient must turn on iMessage. Turn on read receipts You can turn on read receipts to let everyone know when youve opened their messages. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Messages. 3. Turn on Send Read Receipts. Note: If you turned off read receipts for a particular contact, you have to turn the setting back on for that one contact individually. (See Turn on read receipts for one person, below.) Turn off read receipts If you dont want others to know that youve opened their messages, you can turn off read receipts. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Messages. 3. Turn off Send Read Receipts. Note: This action affects only those conversations with contacts whose read receipts you never turned on individually. (See Turn off read receipts for one person, below.) Turn on read receipts for one person You can turn on read receipts in a conversation to let that one recipient know when youve seen their incoming messages, even if you turned off read receipts generally. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap a conversation, then tap the contact icon at the top of the conversation. 3. Turn on Send Read Receipts. Turn off read receipts for one person If you turned on read receipts for an individual, but you want them to stop getting read receipts, you can turn the setting off for that one contact. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap a conversation, then tap the contact icon at the top of the conversation. 3. Turn off Send Read Receipts. Get read receipts when someone else sees your messages You cant turn on read receipts for anyone but yourself. To receive read receipts when your messages are opened, ask the recipient to turn them on. See Turn on read receipts for one person, above. Stop, mute, and change message Stop, mute, and change message notifications on iPad You can change whether or not youre notified about text messages you receive, and how the notifications appear or sound. For example, you can turn off message notifications so you arent distracted by notification sounds when youre in a meeting or other quiet settings, or assign a special sound for certain contacts so you know when you get a message from them. Stop all notifications You can stop getting notified about activity in the Messages app while continuing to receive messages. When youre ready to read them, you can open Messages to see the texts you missed while notifications were off, and catch up on messages you missed. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Notifications, then tap Messages. 3. Turn off Allow Notifications. When you want to get notified again, turn on Allow Notifications. If you also want to hear them, make sure the Ring/Silent switch isnt in Silent mode and your volume is audible. You can also stop notifications from other Apple apps and third-party apps. See Change notification settings. Stop sharing your Focus Status with one person When your Focus pauses notifications, your status appears in the Messages app to let people know youre not receiving messages. You can turn this off in one-to-one conversations. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap a conversation, then tap the contact icon at the top of the conversation. 3. Turn off Share Focus Status. Mute sounds for sent and received messages When you send a message, a swoosh sound plays by default. When you receive a message, a tone plays. If you dont want to hear these sounds, you can set your text tone to None. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Notifications, then tap Messages. 3. Tap Sounds, then tap None (below Alert Tones). You can also put the Ring/Silent switch in Silent mode. Note: The None and the Ring/Silent switch setting affect both incoming and outgoing sounds. (You cant mute only one.) See also Flash the indicator light for notifications. Change the sound for notifications You can set the sound volume for alerts and choose between a tone or sound for alerts. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sounds. 3. Do any of the following:

Make notifications quieter or louder: Adjust the volume with the slider. Choose a tone or sound: Tap Text Tone, then tap a sound below Alert Tones (or tap Tone Store to download one). Tip: The tone you choose applies to both the Messages app and other apps that have notifications on, such as Mail, Phone, and other Apple or third-

party apps. To change it just for the Messages app, go to Settings Notifications > Messages, then tap Sounds.

You can set how many times to repeat a notification (from Never to 10 Times) in Settings

> Notifications > Messages > Customize Notifications. Change the notification sound for certain people You can choose a specific sound to play when you get a message from one specific contact. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In a conversation with one person, tap the contact icon at the top of the conversation. 3. Tap Info, tap Edit, tap Edit Contact Info, then tap Text Tone. If you dont see Edit, tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. 4. Do any of the following:

Specify a tone or sound: Tap a sound below Alert Tones (or tap Tone Store to download one). Mute the sound: Tap None below Alert Tones. Mute notifications for this conversation: Tap None below both Haptics and Alert Tones. To give this contact the option to override a Focus, so any important messages can get through, turn on Emergency Bypass. You might turn it on for a family member, caretaker, or colleague, for example. Mute one conversation You can stop getting notifications for a conversation while you continue to receive its messages. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In the conversation list, do one of the following:

Swipe left on a conversation, then tap

. Tap a conversation, tap the contact or icon at the top of the conversation, then turn on Hide Alerts. To completely stop getting messages for one conversation, you can block a specific person or number or leave a group conversation. Announce messages Siri can announce messages on your iPad speaker or supported headphones. To hear incoming messages on MFi hearing devices, see Announce calls and notifications for specific apps. Screen, filter, report, and block text messages on iPad You can reduce the number of unwanted text messages you receive when you screen messages from unknown senders, filter and report spam messages, block unwanted messages, and turn off business alerts. Screen and filter messages from unknown senders You can prevent unknown senders from texting you directly. Their messages are filtered other folders, and you dont get notified about them unless you want to be. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top right of the conversation list, then tap Manage Filtering. 3. Turn on Screen Unknown Senders. 4. If you want to allow notifications from some unknown senders, tap Allow Notifications, then turn on or off those categories. (Options vary by country and region.) For example, you can allow notifications for time-sensitive texts, like verification codes. You can set up additional spam filtering and screening for unknown SMS, MMS, and RCS messages. See Screen, filter, block, and report messages in the iPhone User Guide. Review messages from unknown senders 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top right of the conversation list, then tap Unknown Senders. Make an unknown sender a known sender A known sender is anyone youve marked as known, added to the Contacts app, or sent a message to. If a message from someone whose messages you want to see was filtered to Unknown Senders, you can mark the sender as known, and this allows their messages to appear in your conversation list. To open a link sent by an unknown sender in iMessage, you must first make them a known sender. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top right of the conversation list, then tap Unknown Senders. 3. Do any of the following:

Tap the message from the sender whose messages you want to see, then tap Mark as Known. Add them to Contacts. Until you mark a sender as known or add them to contacts, any future messages are filtered to Unknown Senders. Recover messages in the Spam folder When spam is detected, its moved to the spam folder and doesnt appear in your conversation list. You can check to see if messages are inadvertently marked as spam. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top right of the conversation list, then tap Spam. 3. Tap the conversation, then tap Not Spam. To add them to your contacts, tap Add. The conversation moves to Messages, where you can send a reply. Tap , then tap Messages. Spam filtering is on by default. To turn it on or off, tap , tap Manage Filtering, then turn on or off Filter spam. Report spam messages When you use iMessage, you can report spam messages to Apple. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

If you havent opened the message: Swipe left on the message, tap , then tap Delete and Report Spam. If youve already opened the message: A Report Spam link appears at the bottom of any message from any unknown sender. Tap Report Spam, then tap Delete and Report Spam. Note: You cant report a message after youve replied to it. If you dont see the option to report SMS, MMS, or RCS spam messages forwarded from your iPhone: Contact your carrier. Depending on your carrier and country or region, reporting spam forwarded from your iPhone with SMS, MMS, or RCS shares this information with your carrier and its affiliates. See the Apple Support article Wireless carrier support and features for iPhone. If you received the message with iMessage, its sent to Apple with the senders information, and the message is permanently deleted from your iPad. If you accidentally report and delete messages, you can recover them. Reporting spam doesnt prevent the sender from sending messages, but you can block the contact to stop receiving them. To avoid getting incoming messages from new numbers, you can filter them. See Screen and filter messages from unknown senders, above. Block messages from a specific person or phone number When you block a specific contact or phone number, messages from that person or number arent delivered. The person sending the message doesnt know that their messages are blocked. Note: When you block a contact in Messages, that contact is also blocked in Mail, Phone, FaceTime, Calendar, and other apps. See Prevent contacts from communicating with you. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation with the person you want to block, then tap the persons icon at the top. 3. Tap Info, scroll down, then tap Block Contact. You can remove someones access to shared items. Tip: You cant block a group conversation, so instead of blocking all the people in the group, you can simply leave it or stop its notifications. If youre still having trouble with unwanted messages, see the Apple Support article Block phone numbers, contacts, and emails on your iPhone or iPad. Check who you blocked If youre not getting someones messages, you can check if theyre in your Blocked Contacts. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Privacy & Security, tap Blocked Contacts, then do any of the following:

Unblock a number youve blocked: Tap [number] Unknown, swipe left on a number in the list, then tap Unblock. Or tap Edit, then tap

. Add additional contacts or numbers directly to the list: Tap Add Blocked Contact. A sender cant find out if theyre blocked. Turn off business alerts Some businesses send alerts and updates on your orders and other transactions. You can turn these off. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Messages. 3. To turn off Apple Messages for Business, tap Business Messages, then turn Business Updates off. You can also report spam messages when you receive them, as above. See Apple Messages for Business & Privacy. Tip: Another way to prevent unwanted messages is to allow your contacts only when you block messages with Screen Time. To change how the notifications appear and more, you can set your notification options. To pause notifications from Messages, turn on Do Not Disturb or another Focus. To learn about other ways you can report and prevent unwanted messages, see the Apple Support article Recognize and avoid phishing messages, phony support calls, and other scams. Delete messages and attachments in Messages on iPad You can delete text messages, attachments, and entire conversations from your iPad anytime, without affecting what your recipients see. Tip: Use Undo send to retract (within 2 minutes) a message you sent accidentally, deleting it from both your phone and your recipients phone. Deleted messages and attachments remain in your Recently Deleted folder for up to 30 days, and you can recover them. Delete messages and attachments 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Open a conversation, touch and hold a message bubble or attachment, then tap More. 3. Select the messages or attachments you want to delete, then tap . You can also delete a conversation entirely. Delete multiple photos, videos, or other attachments 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap the contact or group icon at the top of the conversation. 3. Tap a category, such as Photos. Tip: To see only only one kind of image, tap Screenshots, Videos, or Photos. at the bottom left, then tap 4. Tap Edit, then tap Select. 5. Tap each attachment you want to delete, tap , then tap to confirm the number of attachments you want to delete. Delete a conversation 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In the conversation list, do one of the following:

Swipe left on the conversation, then tap . Touch and hold the conversation, then tap Delete. Delete multiple conversations 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In the conversation list, tap Edit. 3. Tap Select Messages, then select conversations you want to delete. 4. Tap , then tap Delete. Permanently remove recently deleted messages and attachments Deleted messages and attachments remain in the Recently Deleted folder for 30 days, but you can permanently remove them before that. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the conversation list, then tap Recently Deleted. 3. Select the conversations whose messages you want to delete permanently, tap

, then tap Delete. Important: This cant be undone. Automatically delete old messages You can delete messages and attachments that are older than 30 days or a year old, on an ongoing basis. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Messages. 3. Scroll down, tap Keep Messages (below Message History), then choose an option. Important: If you choose an option other than Forever, your conversations

(including all attachments) are automatically removed after the specified time period elapses. If you use Messages in iCloud, deleting a message or conversation on your iPad deletes it from all your devices where Messages in iCloud is on. See Keep your messages up to date with iCloud in the iCloud User Guide. Note: Deleting messages only affects your iPad and other Apple devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. You cant delete messages, attachments, and conversations for anyone else. To delete everything (not just your messages), see Erase iPad. Recover deleted messages in Messages on iPad You can recover deleted messages on your iPad. You can restore messages you deleted for up to 30 days. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the conversation list, then tap Recently Deleted. 3. Select the conversations whose messages you want to restore, then tap Recover. 4. Tap Recover Messages. If you use Messages in iCloud, recovering a message or conversation on your iPad recovers it on all your devices where Messages in iCloud is on. See Keep your messages up to date with iCloud in the iCloud User Guide. Deleting and recovering messages only affects your iPad and other Apple devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. You cant recover messages, attachments, and conversations for anyone else. Once you recover a blocked conversation whose participants havent all turned on iMessage, incoming messages will no longer be automatically deleted. Note: Any message that you remove from a conversation using Undo Send is permanently deleted. Audio messages that expire before being saved arent recoverable. See Send and receive audio messages. Music Get started with Music on iPad Listen to songs from your iPad music library with the Music app . Stream music from the Apple Music catalog when you subscribe to Apple Music, and access all your music on all your devices when you sign in to the same Apple Account. Subscribe to Apple Music To get the most from the Music app, subscribe to Apple Music, and choose from millions of songs to stream or download. Go to Settings Join Apple Music. After you become an Apple Music subscriber, you can select artists as favorites (and receive notifications about them), view song lyrics, and more.

> Apps > Music, then tap Find music Use the Search feature to quickly find music. Tap Search in the sidebar to browse music by category or enter an artist, lyric, or other keyword in the field to find songs, albums, and playlists. Create a playlist Organize songs for a specific theme, mood, or occasion with a playlist. Tap tab bar at the top of the screen, scroll to the bottom of the sidebar, then tap New Playlist. To add a song to the playlist, tap Playlist. next to a song, then tap Add to a in the Build your library You can add music to your library in a variety of ways. For example, subscribe to Apple Music or buy your favorite albums from the iTunes Store. If youre already using a Mac, go to Settings

> Apps > Music, then tap Sync Libraryyour entire music library is then available on your iPad. Want to learn more?

Subscribe to Apple Music Search for music Create, edit, and delete playlists Get music Get music Add music and listen offline Get music on iPad Enjoy music stored on iPad as well as music streamed over the internet. You can build a music libraryyour collection of songs and albumsin many ways. Note: Services and features arent available in all countries or regions, and features may vary by region. Additional charges may apply when using a cellular connection. Subscribe to Apple Music When you subscribe to Apple Music, you can start listening to millions of songs from the Apple Music catalog right away. To access your music library on all your devices, turn on Sync Library (go to Settings

> Apps > Music). Then, add and download songs so that you can play your favorites any time, even when youre offline. Tip: Purchase an Apple Music family subscription, and everyone in your Family Sharing group can share an Apple Music subscription. Buy music from the iTunes Store If you dont subscribe to Apple Music and you want to add your favorite songs or albums, you can buy and download music from the iTunes Store. And, if you previously purchased items from the iTunes Store, you can download them to your authorized computers and devices (up to 10 total). Transfer music from your Mac or Windows device Connect your Mac or Windows device to transfer and update music between your iPad and your device. To sync supported content, use Music (macOS 10.15 or later) or iTunes (macOS 10.14 or earlier and Windows devices). When you purchase access to movies, TV shows, music, music videos, ebooks, audiobooks, or ringtones from Apple, you also have the option to permanently download these items to a compatible iPhone, iPad, Mac, or PC. Apple cannot revoke your downloaded content, and you can always access your downloaded content without an internet connection. Customize the layout in Music on iPad On your iPad, customize both the tab bar and the sidebar to personalize your experience. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the sidebar. If you dont see the sidebar, tap in the tab bar at the top. Tip: You can also touch and hold the tab bar. 3. Do any of the following:

Customize the sidebar: Tap items below Library to add or remove them from the sidebar; drag items to change their order. Customize the tab bar: To add an item to the tab bar (such as Favorite Songs), drag it from the sidebar to the tab bar; to remove an item, drag it away from the tab bar. Apple Music Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad Apple Music is an ad-free streaming music service that lets you play millions of songs and your music library. As a subscriber, you can listen any timeonline or off and create your own playlists, stream and download lossless and Dolby Atmos music, get personalized recommendations, follow artists, see music your friends are listening to, watch exclusive video content, and more. You can subscribe to Apple Music or to Apple One, which includes Apple Music and other services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Note: Apple Music, Apple One, lossless, and Dolby Atmos arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to Apple Music 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Follow the onscreen instructions to subscribe to Apple Music. If you dont subscribe to Apple Music when you first open the Music app, you can subscribe latergo to Settings Music.

> Apps > Music, then tap Join Apple New subscribers can start a trial and cancel at any time. If you end your Apple Music subscription, you can no longer stream Apple Music songs or play Apple Music songs you downloaded. Qualified students can purchase a student subscription at a discounted price. See the Apple Support article Get an Apple Music student subscription. Go to the Apple Music website to learn more about Apple Music and pricing. Share Apple Music with family members When you subscribe to Apple Music, Apple One Family, or Apple One Premier, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple Music with up to five other family members. Once your family is set up, your family group doesnt need to do anything Apple Music is available to them the first time they open the Music app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple Music, Apple One Family, or Apple One Premier, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple Music with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave a Family Sharing group, or remove a member from a Family Sharing group. Change or cancel your Apple Music subscription You can change your subscription plan or cancel your subscription. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap Manage Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. If youre not a subscriber, you can use Music to play music synced to iPad from a Mac or a Windows device, play and download previous iTunes Store purchases, and play Apple Music radio for free. Get personalized recommendations in Music on iPad As soon as you subscribe to Apple Music, you can make selections so that you see playlists, albums, and songs based on your preferences. If you dont want Music to make recommendations, you can also turn off your listening history. Select your favorite genres and artists When you first tap Home in the sidebar, youre asked to tell Apple Music what you like. Apple Music uses these preferences when recommending music. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap the genres you like (double-tap those you love, and touch and hold the genres you dont care for). 3. Tap Next, then do the same with the artists that appear. Tell Apple Music to ignore your listening habits You can turn off your listening history so that Apple Music ignores your listening habits and adjusts new music recommendations and the contents of Replay playlists. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Music. 3. Turn off Use Listening History. This action also hides all the music you play from your followers on Apple Music. To hide only certain playlists or albums, see Hide music from your followers. Tip: You can create a custom Focus to turn off Use Listening History. For example, if youre a parent listening to your favorite songs and your child wants to listen to something they like, you can turn on that Focus so their songs dont influence your recommendations. Mark items as favorites in Apple Music on iPad You can mark items as favorites in Music to make them easier to find. If you subscribe to Apple Music, you can get notifications on new releases from your favorite artists, and easily get back to their music from the Home tab. Add favorite playlists, artists, albums, and songs 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Add a favorite playlist: Touch and hold a playlist or tap a playlist, then tap Favorite. when viewing Add a favorite artist: Go to an artist page, then tap screen. at the top of the When you mark an artist as a favorite, they appear below Favorite Artists in Home, and their music is recommended more often. Add a favorite album: Touch and hold an album, then choose Favorite. Or tap an album, tap

, then tap Favorite. Add a favorite song: Touch and hold a song or tap then tap Favorite. Or on the Now Playing screen, tap

. next to a song, When you mark a song as a favorite, it appears in the Favorite Songs playlist in the sidebar. You can easily find favorite items in your music library. Below Library in the sidebar, choose Playlists, Artists, Albums, or Songs, tap

, then choose Favorites. Remove playlists, artists, albums, and songs as favorites 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap a category under Library, tap

, then choose Favorites. 3. Touch and hold a playlist, artist, album, or song, then tap Undo Favorite. Tip: To add songs to your library when you make them a favorite, go to Settings

> Apps > Music, then turn on Add Favorite Songs. Add music to iPad and listen offline As soon as you subscribe to Apple Music, you can add and download songs and videos from Apple Music to your music library. You can stream music you add to iPad when you have an internet connection. To play music when youre not connected to the internet, you need to download it first. Ask Siri something like, Add this to my library while playing something. Learn how to use Siri. Add music from Apple Music to your library 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or video, then tap Add. While viewing the contents of an album or playlist, tap the screen to add the album or playlist, or tap tap Add to add that song. near the top of next to a song, then On the Now Playing screen, tap

, then tap Add. Music you add to your iPad is also added to other devices if youre signed in to the same Apple Account and have Sync Library turned on (go to Settings Music, then turn on Sync Library).

> Apps >

Download music from Apple Music to your iPad Before you can download music from Apple Music to your library, you need to turn on Sync Library. Go to Settings follow these steps to download music.

> Apps > Music, then turn on Sync Library. Then 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Download a song, album, or playlist: Touch and hold music you added to your library, then tap Download. After you add a playlist or album, you can also tap at the top of the screen. Always download music: Go to Settings Automatic Downloads.

> Apps > Music, then turn on Songs you add are automatically downloaded to iPad. See download progress: Tap

, then tap Downloading. Note: If the music youre downloading is available in Dolby Atmos, the Dolby icon appears next to the item, and you can download it either in Dolby Atmos or in stereo. To download music in Dolby Atmos when available, go to Settings

> Music, then turn on Download in Dolby Atmos. See Play Dolby Atmos music.

> Apps Delete music from your library 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the song, album, playlist, or music video, then tap Delete from Library. Manage storage space To manage storage space, do any of the following:

Remove music and videos stored on iPad: Go to the Music app iPad, touch and hold an item that you downloaded, then tap Remove Download. on your The item is removed from iPad, but not from your music library on your other devices. Free up music storage: If iPad is low on storage space, you can automatically remove downloaded music that you havent played in a while. Go to Settings

> Apps > Music > Optimize Storage. Remove all songs or certain artists from iPad: Go to Settings Music > Downloaded Music, tap Edit, then tap artists whose music you want to delete.

> Apps >

next to All Songs or the Remove all Apple Music songs from iPad: Go to Settings > Apps > Music, then turn off Sync Library. The songs are removed from iPad but remain in your music library on your other devices. Music you purchased or synced also remains. Choose cellular data options for Music If you have a Wi-Fi + Cellular model of iPad, you can choose cellular data options. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Music. 3. Turn on Cellular Data, then do any of the following:

Turn Download over Cellular on or off. Tap Audio Quality, turn on Lossless Audio, then tap Cellular Streaming to choose a setting (None, High Efficiency, High Quality, Lossless, or High-Resolution Lossless). High Quality, Lossless, and High-Resolution Lossless use significantly more cellular data than High Efficiency, which may incur additional charges from your cellular carrier. Songs may also take longer to start playing. When you purchase access to movies, TV shows, music, music videos, ebooks, audiobooks, or ringtones from Apple, you also have the option to permanently download these items to a compatible iPhone, iPad, Mac, or PC. Apple cannot revoke your downloaded content, and you can always access your downloaded content without an internet connection. Pin albums, songs, and more in Music on iPad After you subscribe to Apple Music, you can pin your favorite music (including music videos) to the top of your library so its easily accessible. Pin music to the top of your library 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap a category under Library, then do any of the following:

Pin a playlist: Touch and hold a playlist or tap then tap Pin Playlist. when viewing a playlist, Pin an artist: Go to an artist page, tap tap Pin Artist. at the top of the screen, then Pin an album: Touch and hold an album, then choose Pin Album. Or tap an album, tap

, then tap Pin Album. Pin a song or music video: Touch and hold a song or video or tap next to a song or video, then tap Pin [item]. Or on the Now Playing screen, tap

, then tap Pin [item]. You can only pin content thats in your library. For example, to pin an artist, you must have at least some content by that artist in your library. Pinned items appear at the top of your library. Tip: You can drag your pins in the sidebar to reorder them. Unpin an item in your library 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, touch and hold a pinned item (below the Pins section), then tap Unpin

[item]. Tip: To automatically download items to your library when you pin them, go to Settings

> Apps > Music, then turn on Download Pins. Create a profile to share Create an Apple Music profile on iPad After you subscribe to Apple Music, you can create an Apple Music profile that features your favorite playlists and what youre currently listening to. You can share your profile with friends you invite or with other Apple Music subscribers. After you create a profile, you can choose the playlists you want to share. Additionally, you can view profiles created by friends or request to follow them and see what theyre listening to. Create a profile 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap Set up Profile, then follow the onscreen instructions to create a profile. After you finish setting up your profile, you can find friends whose music profile youd like to follow or choose who you share music with (so you can show friends what youre listening to). Note: If youre the organizer of a Family Sharing group, you can allow children ages 13 to 18 to create Apple Music profiles (or prevent them from doing so). Children under 13 cant create Apple Music profiles. (Age restrictions vary by region.) See Block content and prevent iTunes & App Store purchases. Edit your profile 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap View Profile at the top of the screen, then tap Edit to make updates. You can edit your profile to choose who you share music with or to choose music to share with your followers. Delete your profile You can delete your profile so that your playlists and music no longer appear in searches, and your music or profile isnt visible to your followers. Note: Your Apple Music subscription, library, and playlists arent affected if you delete your profile, but youre no longer able to see what your friends are listening to. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap View Profile at the top of the screen, then tap Edit. 4. Scroll to the bottom, then tap Delete Profile. If you create your profile again within 90 days, your previous information and followers will be restored. Note: If you delete your profile, it might take several minutes before its no longer visible to your followers or in searches. Share music with friends on iPad After you create an Apple Music profile, you can share music with your friends. You can allow anyone to follow you or just those you choose, and block others. Choose music to share with your followers By default, your followers see the playlists you create, but you can choose not to share some playlists. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap View Profile, tap Edit, then turn Shared Playlists on or off. To share playlists with people who dont follow you, touch and hold a playlist, then tap Share Playlist. Note: If you make changes to music you shareedit or stop sharing a playlist, for examplethose changes are reflected on your followers devices. Hide music from your followers 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap View Profile. 4. Touch and hold the playlist or album (below Listening To). 5. Tap Hide from Profile. The listening history for this item wont appear in your profile or be visible to the people who follow you. If you dont want your followers to see any of the music you listen to, tap Edit on the profile screen, then turn off Listening To at the bottom of the screen. Note: It may take up to 10 minutes before music you hide is no longer visible to your followers. To hide all the music you play from your followers on Apple Music, see Tell Apple Music to ignore your listening habits. Share your profile You can share your profile using email, Messages, or another app you choose. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap View Profile. 4. Tap

, tap Share, then choose a sharing option. You can also share the profile of anyone you follow, or who follows you. Choose who you share music with 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap View Profile, tap Edit, then tap People You Approve to be followed only by people you choose. (Everyone includes all Apple Music subscribers who have a profile.) For additional privacy settings, see Hide music from your followers. Respond to follow requests If someone requests to follow you, you can accept or decline the request. You receive requests only if you select People You Approve in your profile. See Choose who you share music with. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap Follow Requests, then accept or decline the requests. You may receive follow requests in other waysas a link in an email or a text message, for example. To accept, tap the link. Turn on or off notifications about your friends activity 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap Notifications, then turn on (or off) Friend Activity. When the option is on, you get notified when friends follow you and add your playlists. Prevent users from following you 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap View Profile, touch and hold a profile picture, then choose Block. People you block wont see your music or be able to find your profile. They can still play your shared playlists if they added them to their library. Report a concern If you have a concern about a follower, touch and hold their profile picture, then tap Report a Concern. See what friends are listening to in Music on iPad After you create an Apple Music profile, you can find and follow friends to see what theyre listening to. Choose how to find friends Before you can choose which friends to share music with, you need to allow Music to access your contacts. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Do any of the following:

Allow Apple Music access to your contacts: Select the Contacts on Apple Music option so Apple Music can access your contacts and recommend new friends to you periodically. Allow friends to find you by Apple Account: Select the Allow Finding by Apple Account option and friends who have your Apple Account information can see you as a recommended friend. Follow friends There are several ways to follow people:

Add friends when you set up a profile. After you set up your profile, swipe to the bottom of the profile screen, tap Follow More Friends, then tap Follow next to those you want to follow. You can follow friends who are in your contacts list and who use Apple Music. On the profile screen, touch and hold a profile picture, then tap Follow. Tap Search, enter a friends name, tap it in the results, then tap Follow. Note: You can only find friends who have an Apple Music profile using Search. Additionally, you must be 13 years or older to view Apple Music profiles. (Age restrictions vary by region.) To see the people youre following and those who follow you, open the profile screen, then swipe up. If a profile picture has a lock on it, you need to ask that person to follow them. After your request is accepted, you see the persons shared playlists and the music theyre listening to. See what your friends are listening to 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

See what your friends are listening to: Scroll down to Friends Are Listening To, then tap an item to play it. Listen to a mix of songs your friends are listening to: Swipe left on Made For You, then tap Friends Mix. See what a follower or person you follow is listening to: Tap name at the bottom of the sidebar, then tap View Profile. Tap a persons profile picture to see shared playlists and music theyre listening to. You also see their followers and the people they follow.

, tap your Stop following friends You can stop following a friend if you no longer want to see what theyre listening to. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap View Profile, touch and hold the profile picture of a person you follow, then tap Unfollow. Find and play music Find music Search for music on iPad Using Search, you can quickly browse through music categories, see recent searches, and search Apple Music or your library. Tip: When you want to search, simply describe what youre looking for using natural language, such as hit songs from movies or nostalgic songs from the 90s. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap Search in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Tap a category such as Pop or Fitness. Tap the search field to quickly find items you recently searched fora song or artist, for example. Tap the search field, tap Apple Music, then enter what youre searching for (such as a song, artist, or lyric). Tip: You can search for a song in Apple Music based on its lyrics. In the search field, enter a few of the words you remember to find a song. Tap the search field, tap Library, then enter what youre searching for

(such as a song, album, or playlist). 3. Tap a result to play it. Ask Siri something like, Play the song with the lyrics and then say a key phrase from the lyrics. Learn how to use Siri. Services and features arent available in all countries or regions, and features may vary by region. Find music shared with you on iPad When a friend shares music with you in the Messages app, you can easily find it in Shared with You in the Music app. Note: Music must be turned on in Settings You, and your friend must be in your contacts list in Contacts.

> Apps > Messages > Shared with 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home in the sidebar, swipe up to Shared with You, then do any of the following:

Tap a song to listen to it. Tap the name of the person, people, or group that shared the song to reply to them using Messages. Touch and hold the song to take other actionsfor example, add it to your library, create a station, reply to the sender, or remove it. Find new music with Apple Music on iPad When you subscribe to Apple Music, you can browse new and noteworthy music, music videos, playlists, and more. Discover new releases, featured music, and more 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap New to find new music, then do any of the following:

Explore featured music: Swipe through featured songs and videos at the top of the screen. Browse playlists created by music experts: Tap one of the many playlists created by music experts. Explore new music: Tap a song below the Latest Songs heading or swipe through the albums listed below New Releases. See whats hot: Tap a song below the Trending Songs heading. Swipe left to see more songs. Listen to the top songs from around the world: Tap one of the Daily Top 100 playlists. These playlists reflect the days most popular songs in countries across the globe. Listen to songs from upcoming albums: Tap an album below Coming Soon, then tap an available song to play it. Watch music videos: Tap Music Videos, then tap a featured music video or playlist of music videos. Play the days most popular songs: Tap Charts, then tap a song, playlist, album, or music video to play it. Tap All Genres at the top of the screen to see the top songs and music videos in a genre you choose. Browse your favorite genres: Tap Browse by Genre, choose a genre, then tap a featured playlist, song, album, artist, or radio station to enjoy music handpicked by music experts. Play music that matches your mood: Tap Moods and Activities, then tap a playlist such as Feel Good, Romance, or Party. Note: To see more music, swipe left on the album art. To see all the music in a sectionNew Releases, for exampletap next to the sections name. Discover your most-played music of the year For every year youve subscribed to Apple Music (and played enough music to become eligible), Apple Music creates a Replay personal chart, ranking the songs youve played the most. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home, swipe down to Replay: Your Top Music, then tap an option (for example, a year). You can also see all your insights throughout the year on your iPad or at replay.music.apple.com. See the Apple Support article How to get your Apple Music Replay. Discover music youve never played before Using your listening history and taste profile, Apple Music recommends music you may like that youve never played before. Ask Siri something like, Play my Discovery Station. Learn how to use Siri. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home in the sidebar, then swipe down to Stations for You. 3. Tap Discovery Station. Turn on or off new music notifications 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your name at the bottom of the sidebar. 3. Tap Notifications, then turn on (or off) New Music. Play music Play music on iPad Play music you added or downloaded from Apple Music, music and videos you synced to iPad, and your iTunes Store purchases. You can use Siri to search for and play music, add music to your library, and more. For example, ask Siri something like, Play something I like. See Play music and podcasts with Siri. Play songs from your library 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap a category under Library, such as Albums or Songs; tap Downloaded to view only music stored on iPad. Tip: To play songs across an artists catalogmixing hits and deep cutsgo to an artist page, then tap next to the artists name. 3. Scroll to browseor type in the search field to filter your resultsto find what you want to play. 4. Tap an item, then tap Play, or tap Shuffle to shuffle an album or playlist. You can also touch and hold a playlist or album, then tap Play. To change the list of Library categories, tap Edit, then select categories youd like to add, such as Genres and Compilations. Tap any existing categories to remove them. Stream recommended songs 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following to find music you want to play:

View recommendations tailored for you: Tap Home in the sidebar, then tap a playlist or album. See whats new in Apple Music: Tap New in the sidebar, then find music by mood, new releases, charts, and more. Search the Apple Music catalog: See Search for music. 3. Tap an item, then tap Play, or tap Shuffle to shuffle an album or playlist. You can also touch and hold a playlist or album, then tap Play. Play music from the Lock Screen or when using another app Open Control Center, then tap the audio card. Tip: You can also identify a song playing on or near your iPad by adding the Music Recognition control to Control Center. Open Control Center, tap tap Add a Control at the bottom, then tap the Recognize Music control. With a song

. playing, open Control Center, then tap at the top left, Play music shared on a nearby computer If a computer on your network shares music through Home Sharing, you can stream its music to your iPad. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Music. 3. Tap Sign In below Home Sharing, then sign in to your Apple Account. 4. Go to the Music app

, tap Library > Home Sharing, then choose a shared library. Sort your music 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap a category under Library. 3. Tap

, then choose a sorting method, such as Title, Artist, Date Added, or Release Date. You can also shuffle and repeat songs, queue them up in a specific order, or transition them using Crossfade or AutoMix. When you purchase access to movies, TV shows, music, music videos, ebooks, audiobooks, or ringtones from Apple, you also have the option to permanently download these items to a compatible iPhone, iPad, Mac, or PC. Apple cannot revoke your downloaded content, and you can always access your downloaded content without an internet connection. Use the music player controls on iPad You can play and control music in the Music app in two different waysthe MiniPlayer and the Now Playing screen. Use the MiniPlayer The MiniPlayer shows the song thats currently playing. You can use the MiniPlayer to play or pause music, or skip to the next track. Use the controls in the Now Playing screen 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open to the Now Playing screen. 3. Do any of the following:

Adjust the volume: Drag the volume slider. You can also use the volume buttons on the side of iPad. Scrub to any point in a song: Drag the playhead. Navigate to the artist, album, or playlist: Tap the artist name below the song title, then choose an option. Turn animated album cover art on or off: Go to Settings Music, then tap Animated Art and choose an option.

> Apps >

For additional control over your music, tap any of these buttons:

Control Description Dismiss the Now Playing screen. Mark the song as a favorite. See Mark items as favorites. Tap for more options. Tap to play your songs in random order

(shuffle). Tap to repeat an album, playlist, or the entire queue. (Or double-tap to repeat a single song.) Tap to use AutoPlay, which adds similar songs and plays them at the end of the queue. Tap to use AutoMix, which seamlessly transitions between songs, like a DJ.

(Available for Apple Music subscribers.) Tap to use Crossfade, which fades in each song (gradually increase its volume) while the previous song is fading out. Tap when you need help pronouncing or translating the lyrics. This button only appears when a translation or pronunciation is available that matches your iPad devices Preferred Languages list. (You can view this list and add languages directly to it in Settings

> General > Language & Region.) Not available in all languages. Go back to the beginning of the song. Tap again to play the previous song in an album or playlist. Touch and hold to rewind through the current song. Pause playback. Play the current song. Skip to the next song. Touch and hold to fast-forward through the current song. Show time-synced lyrics (lyrics not available for all songs). Stream music to Bluetooth or AirPlay-

enabled devices. Show the queue. Stream music to Bluetooth or AirPlay-enabled devices 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen. 3. Tap

, then choose a device. See Play audio on HomePod and other wireless speakers. Note: You can play the same music on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices, such as two or more HomePod speakers. You can also pair two sets of AirPods to one iPad and enjoy the same song or movie along with a friend. See Play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices in this user guide and Share audio with AirPods and Beats headphones in the AirPods User Guide. Play lossless audio in Music on iPad Apple Music subscribers can access millions of tracks encoded using lossless audio compression. Lossless compression is a form of compression that preserves all of the original data. Apple has developed its own lossless audio compression technology called Apple Lossless Audio Codec (ALAC). The entire Apple Music catalog is encoded using ALAC in resolutions ranging from 16-bit/44.1 kHz (CD Quality) up to 24-

bit/192 kHz. What you need to know about lossless in Apple Music Streaming lossless audio over a cellular or Wi-Fi network consumes significantly more data. And downloading lossless audio uses significantly more space on your device. Higher resolutions use more data than lower ones. AirPods, AirPods Pro, AirPods Max, and Beats wireless headphones use Apple AAC Bluetooth Codec to ensure excellent audio quality. However, Bluetooth connections arent lossless. To get a lossless version of music that you already downloaded from Apple Music, just delete the music and redownload it from the Apple Music catalog. To play songs at sample rates higher than 48 kHz on iPad, you need an external digital-to-analog converter. Note: Apple Music and lossless arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Turn on Lossless Audio and choose audio quality settings You can choose audio quality settings for cellular streaming, Wi-Fi streaming, and downloads. 1. Go to Settings

> Apps > Music. 2. Tap Audio Quality, then tap Lossless Audio to turn it on or off. 3. Choose the audio quality for streaming and downloading audio. Choose Lossless for a maximum resolution of 24-bit/48 kHz. Choose Hi-Res Lossless for a maximum resolution of 24-bit/192 kHz. The audio quality of streamed music depends on song availability, network conditions, and the capability of connected headphones or speakers. Identify lossless music The Lossless icon lossless audio. appears on album pages when the music is available in To see the Lossless icon for music on the Now Playing screen, go to Settings >

Apps > Music > Audio Quality, then turn on Lossless Audio. For more information, see the Apple Support article About lossless audio in Apple Music. Play music in Spatial Audio with Dolby Atmos on iPad If you subscribe to Apple Music, you can play available tracks in Dolby Atmos, which creates an immersive, three-dimensional (spatial) audio experience on stereo headphones and speakers or receivers compatible with Dolby Atmos. Albums available in Dolby Atmos have the Dolby icon playing in Dolby Atmos, the icon also appears on the Now Playing screen. next to them. If a track is Note: Apple Music and Dolby Atmos arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Turn on Dolby Atmos 1. Go to Settings

> Apps > Music. 2. Tap Dolby Atmos, then choose Automatic or Always On. Automatic: Plays Dolby Atmos whenever iPad is connected to compatible headphones such as AirPods 3, AirPods Pro, or AirPods Max, or to speakers or receivers compatible with Dolby Atmos. Always On: Plays Dolby Atmos on any headphones or speakers. The Music app will attempt to play Dolby Atmos tracks on any headphones or speakers connected to iPad. Dolby Atmos will play on any headphones, but not all speakers will play Dolby Atmos as intended. Control Spatial Audio and head tracking on iPad When you play supported music on your iPad with AirPods 3, AirPods Pro, or AirPods Max, you can use Spatial Audio and head tracking to create an immersive, theater-like environment with sound that surrounds you. Follow these steps to control Spatial Audio and head tracking in Control Center. 1. Wear your AirPods, then open Control Center. 2. Touch and hold the volume control, then tap Spatial Audio at the lower right. 3. Tap one of the following:

Off: Turns off both Spatial Audio and head tracking. Fixed: Turns on Spatial Audio without head tracking. Head Tracked: Turns on both Spatial Audio and head tracking. This setting allows the sound to follow the movement of your head. The settings you choose are saved and applied automatically the next time you use that app. For example, if you tap Fixed while listening to a song in Apple Music, the Fixed setting is automatically used the next time you play a song in Apple Music. Note: To disable head tracking for all apps on your iPad, go to Settings Accessibility > AirPods, tap your AirPods, then turn off Follow iPad.

Download songs in Dolby Atmos 1. Go to Settings

> Apps > Music. 2. Turn on Download in Dolby Atmos. For more information, see the Apple Support article About Spatial Audio with Dolby Atmos in Apple Music. Listen to radio stations in Music on iPad Apple Music features six world-class radio stations (Apple Music 1, Apple Music Hits, Apple Music Country, Apple Music Club, Apple Msica Uno, and Apple Music Chill), as well as a collection of stations based on different genres. These stations provide a great way to explore and enjoy new music or keep up with your favorites. Ask Siri something like, Play Apple Music 1. Learn how to use Siri. You can also create your own custom stations, based on your pick of artist, song, or genre. In addition to radio, you can play Apple Music TV, a free, 24-hour curated livestream of popular new music videos that includes exclusive premieres, music video blocks, live shows and events, chart countdowns, and more. Play Apple Music radio You must be signed in to your Apple Account, but you dont need to subscribe to Apple Music, to play live Apple Music radio stations and Apple Music TV. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap Radio in the sidebar, then tap one of the currently playing Apple Music radio stations. Note: Because Apple Music radio stations are live radio, you cant rewind or skip songs. Choose a radio station by genre You must subscribe to Apple Music to play curated radio stations, such as Stations by Genre. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap Radio in the sidebar, then tap a genre listed below More to Explore. 3. Tap a featured station. Create a station You can create a radio station based on a particular artist or song. Chances are, if you like that artist or song, youll like the music the station plays. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold an artist or song. 3. Tap Create Station. To create a station in Now Playing, tap

, then tap Create Station. Play broadcast radio stations Ask Siri something like, Play R&B Now Radio. Learn how to use Siri. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Search for a station: Tap Search, enter the station in the search field, then tap a result to play the station. You can search for stations by name, call sign, frequency, and nickname. Choose a station in the Radio tab: Tap Radio in the sidebar, swipe up, then choose a station below the Local Broadcasters or International Broadcasters heading. Note: You dont need a subscription to Apple Music to play broadcast radio. Broadcast radio isnt available in all countries or regions and not all stations are available in all countries or regions. Play music together using SharePlay on iPad You can use SharePlay while playing music on a HomePod, Apple TV, or other third-party Bluetooth speaker, and everyone can control the music with their iPad. Before you begin The host must have an iPad with iPadOS 18 or later and be an Apple Music subscriber. Participants must have an iPad with iPadOS 18 or later, but dont need to have an Apple Music subscription. Everyone must have an internet connection and Bluetooth turned on. Everyone must allow their contacts to discover them when playing music to a speakergo to Settings Nearby Contacts if it isnt on already.

> Apps > Music, then turn on Discoverable by Start SharePlay from Music on your iPad To use SharePlay to play music together, you (the host) start on your iPad. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen. 3. Tap

, then select a playback destination. The music starts playing to the device you selected. See Stream video and audio with AirPlay. 4. Tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen, then tap

. A QR code appears; tap the QR code to enlarge it. 5. To begin controlling the music, participants can scan the QR code on your iPad. Join SharePlay with the iPad camera 1. Go to the Camera app on your iPad. 2. Point the camera at the QR code on an iPad thats already joined SharePlay. A button appears below the picture of the QR code. 3. Tap the button, then tap Connect. The host receives a notification and must tap on their iPad to allow you to join. Tip: After you approve a participant to join SharePlay, theyre automatically approved the next time they join. Leave SharePlay Tap at the bottom of the Now Playing screen, then tap Leave. Play music together in the car using SharePlay and CarPlay on iPad Using SharePlay and CarPlay, you and your passengers can all control the music thats playing in the car. Passengers can join SharePlay in two ways: by tapping a notification on their iPad or by scanning a QR code, either on the CarPlay Now Playing screen or on the Now Playing screen of another passengers iPad. Before you begin The driver must have an iPad with iPadOS 17 or later and be an Apple Music subscriber. Passengers must have an iPad with iPadOS 17 or later, but dont need to have an Apple Music subscription. Everyone must allow their contacts to discover them when playing music in the cargo to Settings Nearby Contacts if it isnt on already.

> Apps > Music, then turn on Discoverable by Start SharePlay with CarPlay on your iPad To use SharePlay in the car, you and your passengers each play a part. 1. Begin playing music from your iPad using CarPlay. A notification appears on the Lock Screen of passengers iPad devices. After they tap Connect, you receive a notification in CarPlay. 2. Tap a passengers name, then tap stream music from your iPad. to allow the passenger to choose and After you approve a passenger, they can join SharePlay in the future without going through the same process unless you end their access. Use a QR code to join SharePlay You can also let passengers join SharePlay over Bluetooth by scanning a QR code. 1. On the Now Playing screen in CarPlay, tap

. A QR code appears on the CarPlay screen. 2. Ask a passenger to open the Camera app on their iPad and point the camera at the QR code. A button appears below the picture of the QR code on their iPad to request a connection to SharePlay. The passenger taps the button, then taps Connect. 3. Tap on the CarPlay screen to allow the passenger to join. Use a QR code to add other passengers If youre a passenger using SharePlay to control music in a car, you can invite other passengers while the driver focuses on the road. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Open the Now Playing screen, then tap at the bottom of the screen. A SharePlay window appears, listing all the participants as well as a QR code for joining. 3. Ask a passenger to open the Camera app on their iPad and point the camera at the QR code, tap the button that appears below the code, then tap Connect. The driver taps on the CarPlay screen to allow the passenger to join. Leave or end SharePlay in the car If youre a passenger: Tap at the bottom of Now Playing, then tap Leave. If youre the driver: Tap End on the CarPlay screen. Queue up your music on iPad Use the queue to see a list of upcoming songs, add songs and videos to the queue, and see what you recently played. Use the queue 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen. 3. Tap

, then tap a song to play it and the songs that follow. To reorder the list, drag

. To do more, see Manage the queue. 4. Tap again to hide the queue. Add music and videos to the queue 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While browsing or playing music, touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or video, then choose an option:

Add music right after the currently playing item: Tap Play Next. Add music to the end of the queue: Tap Play After or Add to Queue. Tip: If youre using HomePod to stream music and your friends are on the same Wi-

Fi network, they can add items to the queue. To learn more about HomePod speaker access, see the HomePod User Guide. Use AutoPlay to add songs to the queue If youre an Apple Music subscriber and youre not sure what to play next, use AutoPlay. Once you play something, AutoPlay adds similar songs and plays them at the end of the queue. When AutoPlay is on and a song is playing, the AutoPlay icon appears at the top of the queue. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen. 3. Tap

, then tap at the top of the queue to turn AutoPlay on. When AutoPlay is on, the button changes color. Tap it again to turn it off. Note: When you turn off AutoPlay on a device that uses your Apple Account your iPad, for exampleAutoPlay is turned off on all other devices that use the same Apple Account. Manage the queue 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen. 3. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Change the order of songs in the queue: Drag the songs into the order you want them to play. Add more songs to the queue: Scroll below the queue, then tap Add Songs to Queue. Remove a song from the queue: Swipe left on the song, then tap Remove. See how many songs are in the queue: Scroll to the bottom of the queue. When multiple songs are repeating, you can see how many songs will be repeated instead. Remove all songs from the queue: Tap Clear at the top of the queue. Tip: If youre using HomePod to stream music and your friends are on the same Wi-

Fi network, they can reorder items in the queue. To learn more about HomePod speaker access, see the HomePod User Guide. See what you recently played 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen. 3. Tap

, then swipe down to see your playing history. To play a song in the history, tap it. To remove your playing history, tap Clear. Turn on or off song transitions in the queue 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap or in the top-right corner to turn on or off AutoMix or Crossfade. To change between AutoMix or Crossfade, see Change how music transitions. Transition songs in Music on iPad Use AutoMix or Crossfade to transition songs seamlessly. Change how music transitions 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Music. 3. Tap Song Transitions, then choose an option. About AutoMix If youre using iPadOS 26 or later and listening to music from the Apple Music catalog, AutoMix seamlessly transitions between songs, like a DJ. AutoMix automatically selects the best transition, depending on the music. For example, AutoMix might remove silence at the beginning and end of a track, or perform a simple crossfade, rather than a more complex transition, when appropriate. Note: Albums and some genres play without transitions. AutoMix is on by default, but you can turn it off, either in the queue, or in Settings. Turn on Crossfade You can set the Music app to fade in each song (gradually increase its volume) while the previous song is fading outthis is called crossfading. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Music. 3. Tap Song Transitions, then turn it on. 4. Tap Crossfade, then drag the slider to choose the length of the crossfade. Shuffle or repeat songs in Music on iPad You can shuffle all songs and albums in your library (play them in random order) or just shuffle a playlist or album. You can also repeat individual songs, playlists, or albums. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen. 3. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Play your songs in random order (shuffle): Tap shuffle. Tap again to turn off Repeat an album, playlist, or the entire queue: Tap

. Note: When multiple songs are repeating, you can view how many songs will be repeatedjust scroll to the bottom of the queue. Repeat a single song: Double-tap

. Sing along with Apple Music on iPad Apple Music subscribers can use Apple Music Sing to view real-time, beat-by-beat lyrics for select songs, as well as adjust the volume of a songs vocalsallowing you to sing along with the music while viewing the lyrics as theyre highlighted. Apple Music Sing is available on iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation and later), iPad Air (4th generation and later), iPad mini (A17 Pro), iPad mini (6th generation), and iPad (9th generation and later) using iPadOS 16.2 or later. Adjust the volume of a songs vocals 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen, then tap

. 3. Touch and hold

, then drag the slider up or down to adjust the vocal volume. only appears when a translation or pronunciation is available that When you need help pronouncing or translating the lyrics, tap , then choose Show Pronunciation or Show Translation. The Translation and Pronunciation button matches your iPad devices Preferred Languages list. (You can view this list and add languages directly to it in Settings Region.) Not available in all languages.

> General > Language &

Tip: You can have either the lyrics or the pronunciation appear in larger text. Go to Settings

> General > Apps > Music. 4. To turn off Apple Music Sing for the song, tap the slider. If youre listening to a song playing with Dolby Atmos and you turn on Apple Music Sing, Dolby Atmos turns off and the song plays without surround sound. If you turn off Apple Music Sing, the song plays with Dolby Atmos. Sing onscreen with visual effects on Apple TV 4K You can use your iPad as a Continuity Camera to see yourself singing onscreen along with the lyrics. You can add visual effects to your image and lyrics, which enhances the singalong experience. See Use your iPad as a webcam for Apple TV and Use Apple Music Sing on Apple TV in the Apple TV User Guide. Ily written by Juan David Loaiza Kapo, Orlando J. Cepeda Matos, Julio Bati Emmanuel Batista Ramos, Juan Diego Medina Vlez, Julian Turizo, Miguel Angel Diaz Velez, and Daniel Rondon. Show song credits and lyrics on iPad When you subscribe to Apple Music, you can show song credits and view and share lyrics. Show song credits You can view song credits that include performing artists, composition and lyrics, production and engineering roles, and available audio quality. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen, tap

, then tap View Credits. Tap next to a song in a list, then tap View Credits. Show and hide time-synced lyrics Time-synced lyrics appear for many songs in Apple Music. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen, then tap

. 3. Do any of the following:

Jump to a certain verse: Tap a specific lyricthe first line of the chorus, for exampleto go to that part of the song. Get help pronouncing or translating the lyrics: Tap Show Pronunciation or Show Translation.

, then choose The Translation and Pronunciation button translation or pronunciation is available that matches your iPad devices Preferred Languages list. (You can view this list and add languages directly to it in Settings Not available in all languages. only appears when a

> General > Language & Region.) Tip: You can have either the lyrics or the pronunciation appear in larger

> General > Apps > Music. text. Go to Settings See all of a songs lyrics: Tap

, tap View Credits, then tap View Lyrics. 4. To hide the lyrics, tap

. Share lyrics You can share up to 150 characters of a songs lyrics if time-synced lyrics are available. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. While a song is playing, tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen. 3. Tap

, then tap Share Lyrics. You can also touch and hold a lyrics line to open the sharing screen. 4. Tap the first and last lyrics you want to share, then choose a sharing option. Report a concern To report a concern about time-synced lyrics, tap

, then tap Report a Concern. Tell Apple Music what you enjoy on iPad You can make a song or album a favorite so that you can easily find and play it again later. If you dislike a song or album, you receive fewer suggestions for similar music. Tell Apple Music what you enjoy 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Touch and hold an album, playlist, or song, then tap Favorite or Suggest Less. On the Now Playing screen, tap

, then tap Favorite or Suggest Less. Telling Apple Music what you like and dislike improves future recommendations. Rate music in your library 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Music. 3. Turn on Show Star Ratings. Note: This option only appears if you already added a star rating to a song in your music library on your Mac or Windows device, and Sync Library is enabled on your iPad (go to Settings Library).

> Apps > Music, then turn on Sync 4. Go to the Music app

, touch and hold a song in your library, tap Rate Song, then choose a rating from one to five stars. Song ratings sync to all devices that are signed in to the same Apple Account. Adjust the sound quality in Music on iPad Change the way music sounds in the Music app with EQ and Sound Check. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see Important safety information. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Music. 3. Tap one of the following:

EQ: Choose an equalization (EQ) setting. Sound Check: Normalize the volume level of your audio. Organize songs in playlists Intro to playlists in Music on iPad A playlist is a custom compilation of songs and music videos. You might want to create a playlist to do the following:

Suit a specific mood or occasion. For example, you could create a playlist for a dinner party, a wedding, or your morning workout. Select certain songs to share with others on your local network or to sync with your Mac or Windows device. Organize your music library. When you subscribe to Apple Music, there are a few other types of playlists available:

Favorite Songs playlist: See Mark items as favorites. Playlists created by any Apple Music contributor: See Add music and listen offline. Playlists created by other subscribers that you follow: See See what your friends are listening to. Special playlists (like Replay): See Discover your most-played music of the year. Collaborative playlists: See Collaborate on a playlist and Join a collaborative playlist. Changes you make to your music library (creating playlists or playlist folders, for example) are updated across all your devices when Sync Library is turned on (go to Settings

> Apps > Music, then turn on Sync Library). If youre not an Apple Music subscriber, the changes appear in your library the next time you sync with your computer. Ask Siri something like, Add this song to my Workout playlist while playing a song or album. Learn how to use Siri. Create, edit, and delete music playlists on iPad You can create playlists to suit specific moods or to organize songs with a certain theme. Create playlists to organize your music 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. To create a new playlist, tap New Playlist below Playlists in the sidebar. 3. Enter a playlist title. 4. To give your playlist cover art, tap

, then take a photo, choose an image from your photo library, or choose a file on your device. 5. Tap

, then tap Add Music. You can search for music, select music from your library, or choose songs listed at the bottom of the screen. 6. Tap to add music to the playlist. Tip: If you want to add songs to your library when you add them to a playlist, go to Settings

> Apps > Music, then turn on Add Playlist Songs. Add music to a playlist After you create a playlist, you can add music to it in several ways. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Touch and hold an album, playlist, song, or music video, tap Add to a Playlist, then choose a playlist. From the Now Playing screen, tap a playlist.

, tap Add to a Playlist, then choose Edit a playlist You can rename playlists, change the artwork, add and remove songs, and more. Note: The owner of a collaborative playlist can make any changes to the playlist. Other participants can only add, remove, or reorder songs in the playlist. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap the playlist, tap

, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Rename the playlist: Tap the current name, then enter a new name. Edit cover art: Select from a variety of Apple templates or tap your own. to add Show (or hide) the playlist in your Apple Music profile: Turn on (or off) the Show in My Profile and in Search option. Add songs from your library: Tap library, then tap next to the song.

, navigate to any place in your You can also touch and hold an item (song, album, playlist, or music video), tap Add to a Playlist, then choose a playlist. Add a Suggested Song: Tap next to the song. tap

, swipe below the Library options, then Suggested Songs also appears at the bottom of your playlist song list. To refresh the list of suggestions, tap . Delete a song: Tap the song, then tap . Deleting a song from a playlist doesnt delete it from your library. Change the song order: Drag next to a song. Changes you make to your music library are updated across all your devices when Sync Library is turned on (go to Settings Library). If youre not an Apple Music subscriber, the changes appear in your music library the next time you sync with your computer.

> Apps > Music, then turn on Sync Sort a playlist 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap a playlist, then tap at the top right of the screen. 3. Tap Sort By, then choose an option. Delete a playlist If you delete a playlist, the songs in the playlist remain in your library and on your iPad. If youre the owner of a collaborative playlist and you delete it, the collaboration ends and the playlist is removed from your library, but it remains in the participants library. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the playlist, then tap Delete from Library. You can also tap the playlist, tap

, then tap Delete from Library. Collaborate on playlists Collaborate on a playlist in Music on iPad If you subscribe to Apple Music, you can share a playlist and collaborate on it with others. Everyone can add, remove, and reorder music and react with emoji to songs in the collaborative playlist. Note: Apple Music isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Invite others to collaborate on a playlist 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap a playlist, then tap

. 3. To approve people before they can join, turn on Approve Collaborators. If you dont turn on this option, anyone with the link can join the collaborative playlist. 4. Tap Start Collaborating, then choose a sharing method, such as AirDrop, Messages, or Mail, to send a link to the playlist. The person who receives the link must tap Join Playlist to start collaborating. If youre the owner and you turn on Approve Collaborators, notifications appear in the top-right corner when a new person requests to join the collaborative playlist. Add more people to collaborate on a playlist If youre the owner of a collaborative playlist, or the owner hasnt turned on Approve Collaborators, you can share the link to the playlist with more people. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap a collaborative playlist, tap

, then do one of the following:

Add someone who is nearby: Tap QR Code. Others can join the playlist by using the camera on their iPad to scan the code displayed on your iPad. Add someone else: Tap generate a new link (if necessary), tap Share Invite Link, then follow the steps to invite others to collaborate on a playlist. Manage shared settings for a collaborative playlist If youre the owner, you can change access and permissions for individuals or for everyone after youve started collaborating on a playlist. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap a collaborative playlist, tap

, then do any of the following:

Invite others: See Add more people to collaborate on a playlist. Note: If you didnt turn on Approve Collaborators, anyone collaborating on the playlist can share the link to the collaborative playlist. Approve people before they can join: Turn on Approve Collaborators. Accept request: Tap playlist. Decline request: Tap collaborative playlist. to allow the person to join the collaborative if you dont want the person to join the Stop collaborating on a playlist with one or more people If youre the owner, you can remove people from the playlist or stop collaborating on it altogether. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap a collaborative playlist, tap

, then do any of the following:

Remove one person: Swipe left on the persons name, then tap Remove. Stop collaborating on a playlist: Tap Stop. Remove yourself from a collaborative playlist 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap a collaborative playlist, tap

, then tap Leave. Join a collaborative playlist in Music on iPad If you subscribe to Apple Music and someone invites you to collaborate on a playlist, you can join it and then add, remove, or reorder music in the collaborative playlist and react to songs with emoji. Note: Apple Music isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. 1. On your iPad, tap the link you received, then tap Join or Request to Join (if the owner of the collaborative playlist must approve you first). 2. Do any of the following:

Add a song, change the order of songs, or remove an item: See Edit a playlist. React to a song with emoji: See Add a reaction to a collaborative playlist. Invite others with a link: Tap Share Invite Link. See Add more people to collaborate on a playlist. Note: If youre the owner of a collaborative playlist, or the owner hasnt turned on Approve Collaborators, you can share the link to the playlist. Add a reaction to a collaborative playlist in Music on iPad If you subscribe to Apple Music and you join a collaborative playlist, you can react to songs in the playlist with emoji. Note: Apple Music isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap a collaborative playlist, then tap the MiniPlayer to open the Now Playing screen. 3. Tap

, then choose a reaction (for example, a thumbs up emoji) or tap to find a specific emoji. Organize playlists in folders in Music on iPad You can create folders for your playlists to keep them organized. Create a new playlist folder 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap All Playlists. 3. Tap at the top right, then tap New Folder. 4. Type a name for the folder, then tap Create. To rename a folder, tap name. at the top right, tap Rename, then type the new Add or remove items from a playlist folder 1. Go to the Music app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, touch and hold a playlist or folder, then tap Move to. Tip: You can also drag a playlist or folder into another folder. 3. Tap the folder, then tap Move. If a playlist is already in a folder and you want to move it back to the main Playlists list, dont select a folderjust tap Move. Tip: You can create a new folder and move a playlist into itjust touch and hold a playlist in your library, tap Move to, then tap New Folder. Changes you make to your playlist folders are updated across all your devices when Sync Library is turned on (go to Settings

> Apps > Music, then turn on Sync Library). If youre not an Apple Music subscriber, the changes appear in your music library the next time you sync with your computer. News

 

 

Get started with News on iPad collects all the stories you want to readfrom your favorite The News app sourcesabout the topics that interest you most. Apple News+ subscribers can also access features like puzzles and recipes. Catch up on the latest news Open the News app to browse storiesfrom breaking news to science to entertainment. The more you read, the better Siri understands whats important to you and suggests stories you might like. Customize your feed to find a specific channel or topic youre interested in, then tap to follow it. Tap Channels and topics you follow appear in the Today feed. If theres a channel or topic that you dont want to see in your Today feed, touch and hold it, then choose Block Channel, Block Topic, or Stop Suggesting. Subscribe to Apple News+

When you subscribe to Apple News+, you can access hundreds of magazines and newspapers, along with puzzles and recipes. You can share issues with others or download them for offline reading. When prompted, tap a subscription button, then follow the onscreen instructions. Take a break to test your wits Apple News+ subscribers can solve daily puzzlessuch as crosswords, Quartiles, sudoku, and Emoji Game. Tap Puzzles in the sidebar, then tap to open a puzzle. Some puzzles include a tutorialin Quartiles, for example, tap Play.

, then tap How to Cook up a feast Apple News+ subscribers also have access to thousands of curated and personalized recipes. Tap Food in the sidebar, then tap or Recipe Catalog. Want to learn more?

See news stories chosen just for you Subscribe to Apple News+

Find puzzles in Apple News+

Find recipes and food stories in Apple News+

Use Offline Mode to read downloaded News content Apple News, Apple News+, and puzzles arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Get News notifications and newsletters on iPad If you dont want to miss important stories, you can use notifications and newsletters to stay on top of the latest news. Some channels you follow may send notifications. You can also choose to receive newsletters from Apple News editors by email. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Turn on notifications Some channels you follow may send notifications about important stories. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. At the bottom of the sidebar, tap Notifications & Email below Manage. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. 3. Turn on notifications for your preferred channels, as well as notifications from Apple News, such as Apple News Top Stories, Apple News Spotlight, and more. If you subscribe to Apple News+, you can additionally receive notifications when new issues are available of publications you follow. You can also receive New Features & Tips notifications. Receive Apple News newsletters You can choose to receive newsletters in your email inbox from Apple News editors. Newsletters feature top stories, personalized based on your interests. If you subscribe to Apple News+, newsletters can also include new issues of your favorite magazines. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Swipe to the bottom of the sidebar, then tap Notifications & Email. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. 3. Swipe to the bottom of the screen, then do any of the following:

Turn on Apple News Newsletters. Tap Sign Up for Newsletters, then tap Sign Me Up. 4. In the U.S., several different newsletters may be available. To choose which ones you want to receive, do one of the following:

Opt in: Tap Sign Up. Opt out: Tap Subscribed. To stop receiving newsletters, return to the Notifications & Email screen, then turn off Apple News Newsletters. In the U.S., tap Manage Newsletters, then unsubscribe from each newsletter you no longer want to receive. Note: Personalized newsletters arent available in all countries or regions. To get the Sports newsletter, you need to first sync My Sports and follow a sports topic. Use News widgets on iPad You can easily check the days top and trending stories from the News app, as well as stories about a topic of your choosing, just by tapping the Today or Topic widget. Access stories from News widgets In the Today or Topic widget, tap a story headline to open the story in News. See Add, edit, and remove widgets. See news stories chosen just for you on iPad The Today feed in the News app presents top stories selected by Apple News editors, the best stories from the channels and topics you follow, and stories and issues from Apple News+. The Today feed also includes stories suggested by Siri, trending stories that are popular with other News readers, My Sports, and more. Depending on your location, the Today feed can also include local news (with your local weather conditions) and puzzles. Note: Local news and puzzles arent available in all countries or regions. Access stories in the Today feed 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Open a story: Tap the story. Read more stories within a group: Tap the arrow at the bottom of the group. Play a video: Tap in the thumbnail. Get newer stories: Pull down to refresh the Today feed with the latest stories. Follow, unfollow, block, and unblock channels and topics You can influence what appears in the Today feed by following and blocking channels and topics. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Open a channel feed: Touch and hold a story, tap the channel name, then tap Go to Channel. Or tap a story in the Today feed, then tap the channel name at the top of the story. Open a topic feed: Tap the topic titleMovies or Travel, for example. 3. At the top of the feed, do any of the following:

Follow: Tap

. Unfollow: Tap

, then tap Unfollow Channel or Unfollow Topic. Block: Tap

, then tap Block Channel or Block Topic. Unblock: Tap

, then tap Unblock Channel or Unblock Topic. Note: Stories from channels you block show a gray headline and a message indicating that you blocked the channel. To read a story from a blocked channel, tap it, then choose Read Story. Blocking isnt supported in Top Stories or other groups curated by the Apple News editors, who vet each story in those groups for quality and accuracy. Manage your favorites Favorites shows the channels and topics from your Following list that you like best

(you can have only a limited number of Favorites). Adding channels and topics to your Favorites makes them easier to access. Note: Only channels and topics that you currently follow can be added to your Favorites. Favorites appear in the sidebar. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the sidebar. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. 3. Do any of the following:

Add a channel or topic to your Favorites: Tap topic. next to a channel or Remove a favorite: Tap as a favorite. next to a channel or topic you no longer want Reorder favorites: Touch and hold you prefer.

, then drag favorites to the order 4. Tap

. Stop suggesting specific channels and topic groups in the Today feed Suggested channels and topic groups may appear in the Today feed, but you can stop these suggestions. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Today in the sidebar or tab bar. 3. Tap in a channel or topic group, then tap Stop Suggesting. The channel or topic isnt blocked, but News stops displaying the story group in Today. Tell News what kind of stories you prefer 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Today in the sidebar or tab bar. 3. Tap below a headline, then tap Suggest More or Suggest Less. See stories only from the channels you follow 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap News. 3. Turn on Restrict Stories in Today, then confirm your choice. Note: Restricting stories significantly limits the variety of stories that appear in the Today feed and all other feeds. For example, if you restrict stories and follow only one entertainment-related channel, your Entertainment topic feed will contain stories only from that channel. When you restrict stories, you dont see Top Stories and Trending Stories. Read and share stories in News on iPad You can read and share News stories on iPad. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. Read a story 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap a story to read it. While viewing a story, do any of the following:

Read the next story: Swipe left. Read the previous story: Swipe right. Return to the list of stories: Tap at the top left of the screen. Tell News what stories you prefer: Tap Your feedback is taken into account for future recommendations. at the top of the story. or Change the text size: In landscape orientation, tap smaller or larger letter to change the text size in the story and all other stories in the channel. In portrait orientation, tap

, then tap Text Size.

(Not available in all channels.)

, then tap the Share a story: In landscape orientation, tap , then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. In portrait orientation, tap

, then tap Share. Report a concern: If you believe that a story youre viewing is mislabeled, inappropriate, offensive, or doesnt display properly, tap tap Report a Concern, then follow the onscreen instructions.

, In Apple News+ issues in PDF format, the Suggest More, Suggest Less, Save Story, and Report a Concern options arent available. See Browse and read Apple News+

stories and issues. Read stories shared with you When a friend shares stories with you using the Messages app, you can easily find them in the Shared with You section in Apple News. (Your friend must be in your contacts list in Contacts.) 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Messages. 3. Tap Shared with You, then make sure News is turned on. 4. Go to the News app on your iPad. 5. Tap Shared with You in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Tap a shared story to read it in News. Tap the name of the person who shared a story to reply to them in the Messages app. To reply while reading the story, tap the name shown below the channels logo. Follow your favorite teams with My Sports on iPad With My Sports, you can follow your favorite sports, teams, leagues, and athletes;

receive stories from top sports publications, local newspapers, and more; access scores, schedules, and standings for the top professional and college leagues; and watch highlights. Set up iPad to use My Sports Before you can use My Sports, you must do the following:

Sign in to your Apple Account: Go to Settings then enter your Apple Account information.

, tap Sign in to your iPad, Sign in to the App Store: Go to Settings Purchases.

, tap your name, then tap Media &

Get started with My Sports Before you can use My Sports, you need to allow syncing between Apple News, the Apple TV app, and the Apple Sports app (on iPhone). When you allow syncing, you automatically follow the same teams in all three apps. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sports in the sidebar or tab bar. 3. Tap Get Started, then tap Pick Your Teams. 4. On the Manage My Sports screen, tap major sporting events to follow them. next to sports, teams, leagues, and Sports topics you previously expressed interest in appear below Suggested. To search (by team name or location and more), tap the search field. 5. Tap to close the Manage My Sports screen, then do any of the following:

View comprehensive sports coverage: Tap Sports in the sidebar or tab bar. Check the most important sports stories at a glance: Tap Today in the sidebar or tab bar, then swipe up to the Sports group. Get stories and team updates: After you follow a topic or team and allow syncing between Apple News, the Apple TV app, and the Apple Sports app (on iPhone), you can sign up for the Sports newsletter. (Not available in all countries or regions.) See Receive Apple News newsletters. Get notified about a team or league you follow: Allow syncing between Apple News, the Apple TV app, and the Apple Sports app (on iPhone), then turn on notifications for Sports. Browse all available sports 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sports in the sidebar or tab bar, then tap All Sports at the top of the screen. 3. Tap a sport or league to go to its feed. 4. To follow that sport or league, tap at the top of the screen. Sports and leagues you follow appear in the sidebar. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. Manage sports topics You can follow and unfollow sports topics after you set up My Sports. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sports in the sidebar or tab bar. 3. Scroll down to My Sports, tap Manage, then do any of the following:

Follow a topic: Tap

. Sports topics you follow appear in the sidebar. Unfollow a topic: Tap Unfollow. next to topics you want to unfollow, then tap Reorder topics: Touch and hold prefer.

, then drag topics to the order you 4. Tap . Show scores, schedules, highlights, and more My Sports offers scores and schedules for your favorite teams, stats and stories for individual games and events, video highlights, and stories related to your favorite teams. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sports in the sidebar or tab bar, then do any of the following:

Show scores and schedules: Swipe left on the scores at the top of the feed, then tap See More. Show stats and stories for individual games: Tap a score at the top of the feed, or swipe down to a sports topics you follow, then tap a game. Watch a live game: Tap a score at the top of the feed, then tap Open in Apple TV (before or after the game) or Watch on Apple TV (during a live game). Or swipe down to a topic you follow, tap the games tile, then tap Open in Apple TV or Watch on Apple TV. If the game is available in your area and you subscribe to a service that broadcasts the game, you can watch it in the Apple TV app or in a supported app. Note: Supported sports apps may require a separate subscription. Not all games are available in all areas. View highlights: Swipe up to the Highlights section, then tap thumbnail. Tap Highlights to see more highlights. in the Note: Highlights are available only for select leagues. Read sports stories related to topics you follow: Swipe up to For You, then tap a story. Stop syncing My Sports You can stop syncing between Apple News, the Apple TV app, and the Apple Sports app (on iPhone). Note: When you turn off Sync My Sports, you can no longer use My Sports. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap News. 3. Turn off Sync My Sports. Apple News+

Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad When you subscribe to Apple News+, you can access hundreds of magazines and newspapers, along with recipes and puzzles. You can share issues with others, download them for offline reading, or listen to audio versions of select stories on iPhone and in the Podcasts app. Learn more about subscriptions on the Apple News+ website. You can subscribe to Apple News+ or to Apple One Premier, which includes Apple News+ and other Apple services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Note: Apple News, Apple News+, Apple One, puzzles, and the audio feature arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to Apple News+

1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap the subscription button shown in a magazine, puzzle, recipe, or story. Tap News+ in the sidebar or tab bar, then tap the subscription button. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. You may be asked to sign in to your Apple Account. Share Apple News+ with family members When you subscribe to Apple News+ or Apple One Premier, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple News+ with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anythingApple News+ is available to them the first time they open the News app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple News+ or Apple One Premier, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple News+ with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave a Family Sharing group, or remove a member from a Family Sharing group. Cancel or change your Apple News+ subscription 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Subscriptions (in the sidebar below Manage). If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. 3. Do one of the following:

Apple News+ only: Tap Cancel Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. Apple News+ and individual channels: Select Apple News+, tap Cancel Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you subscribe to Apple News+ as part of an Apple One Premier subscription and want to cancel your subscription, see the Apple Support article If you want to cancel a subscription from Apple. Browse and read Apple News+ stories and issues on iPad To get the most out of Apple News+, follow your favorite publications and browse through current and back issues. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Follow and unfollow publications You follow an Apple News+ publication by following its channel. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap Today or News+ in the sidebar or tab bar, tap a story or issue from an Apple News+ publication, tap the publications name at the top of the screen, then tap

. in the sidebar or tab bar, enter the publications name in the Tap search field, then tap

. Tap News+ in the sidebar or tab bar, tap Newspapers or Catalog near the top of the screen, then tap Follow below the publications cover. To unfollow a publication, swipe left on the publication in the sidebar, then tap Unfollow. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. Browse Apple News+ issues and stories 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. Stories and issues from Apple News+ appear in the Today feed, Best of News+ feed, and channel feeds. Stories (but not issues) can also be found in topic feeds and search results. 2. To access entire issues, tap News+ in the sidebar or tab bar, where you can do any of the following:

View News+ content chosen just for you: Near the top of the screen, tap Best of News+. View all available publications: Tap Catalog near the top of the screen. View a specific content category: Tap Catalog, tap Featured, then tap a category such as Money & Business, Entertainment, or Sports. View new and recent issues: Tap My Magazines. By default, new issues appear near the top of the screen. The issue you most recently read appears first. If you recently downloaded an issue, it appears next. To choose a different sorting option, tap

, then tap Sort by Name or Sort by Date. Note: If you block an Apple News+ publication, its issues are removed from My Magazines. Open a story or issue 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap an issue cover in News+ or the Today feed. in the sidebar or tab bar, enter the name of the Apple News+

Tap channel in the search field, tap the channel, then tap the issue. Follow a link to a story or issue that someone shared with you. Access back issues 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap News+ in the sidebar or tab bar, tap My Magazines, tap below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), then tap Browse Back Catalog. In the sidebar, tap a channel you follow, or search for a channel, then tap it. Below Recent Issues, swipe to the issue you want to read, then tap to open it. To browse all available issues, tap Sections near the top of the screen, then tap Issues. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. Read Apple News+ issues 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open the issue, where you can do any of the following:

Page through an issue: Swipe left to go to the next story, or swipe right to go to the previous story. View the table of contents: When youre reading a story, tap tap Go to Issue.

, then Change the text size: In landscape orientation, tap smaller or larger letter to change the text size in the story and all other

, then tap Text Size. stories in the channel. In portrait orientation, tap If the issue is a PDF, pinch to zoom.

, then tap the If you sign out in Settings access free storiesyou must sign back in to access stories and download issues that require an Apple News+ subscription.

> [your name] > Media & Purchases, you can only Use Offline Mode to read downloaded News content on iPad Apple News+ subscribers can automatically download News content, then access it when theres no Wi-Fi or cellular connectionfor example, when taking a flight or riding the subway. Note: Content that can be downloaded for Offline Mode may include stories, issues, recipes, and puzzles. Not all content types are available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Turn on Automatic Downloads for Apple News+

1. Sign in to your Apple Account. 2. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 3. Tap Apps, then tap News. 4. Turn on Background App Refresh. 5. Tap Automatic Downloads, turn on Allow Automatic Downloads, then turn on any of the following:

Recent Stories: Downloads the latest stories in the Today feed, Best of News+ feed, Sports feed, Shared with You, and History. Saved Stories: Downloads the latest stories in your Saved Stories list. Magazine Issues: Downloads the latest issues of magazines you follow. Food & Recipes: Downloads the Food feed, the Recipe Catalog, and Saved Recipes. Puzzles: Downloads the Puzzles feed, the feed for each puzzle type, and the puzzles in these feeds. Note: To download smaller versions of images in stories and recipes, turn on Optimize Storage. Your iPad downloads News content when it has sufficient storage space and is connected to Wi-Fi and power. If you have a cellular connection but not Wi-Fi, only Top Stories in the Today feed are downloaded automatically. Use News in Offline Mode If you dont have a Wi-Fi or cellular connection, No Internet Connection appears at the top of the screen and any content in the app that isnt downloaded is dimmed. To switch from the currently loaded version of each feed to the downloaded version, tap Show Stories Downloaded for Offline Mode. When you reconnect to the internet, tap Check for New Stories at the top of the screen. All feeds in the app are refreshed and display the latest content. Manually download Apple News+ issues on iPad With an Apple News+ subscription, you can download issues to read when youre not connected to the internet. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Download an Apple News+ issue 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap Today in the sidebar or tab bar, then swipe to My Magazines. Tap News+ in the sidebar or tab bar, then tap My Magazines. You can also tap Catalog near the top of the screen, then tap a stack of magazines. In the sidebar, tap a magazine channel you follow. in the sidebar or tab bar, enter the channel name in the search Tap field, then tap the channel. 3. When you find the issue you want, tap below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), then tap Download Issue. To download multiple issues, tap News+, tap My Magazines, tap Tap the issues you want to download, then tap

, then tap Select. Read a downloaded issue 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap News+ in the sidebar or tab bar. 3. Tap Downloaded near the top of the screen, then tap an issue. Remove downloaded issues 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap News+ in the sidebar or tab bar, then tap Downloaded near the top of the screen. 3. Tap

, tap Select, tap the issues you want to remove, then tap . If you remove an issue from the Downloaded tab, you can easily access it again in My Magazines. Remove an issue from My Magazines 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap News+ in the sidebar or tab bar, then tap My Magazines. 3. Tap below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), tap Remove, then tap Remove from My Magazines. The issues cover and content are removed from iPad and from any other devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account and where News is turned on in iCloud settings. Find recipes and food stories in Apple News+

on iPad If you subscribe to Apple News+, you can find personalized food content, including a large catalog of recipes with features like interactive ingredient lists and easy-to-

start timers. Note: Apple News, Apple News+, and food features arent available in all countries or regions. Browse stories and recipes 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Food in the sidebar or tab bar, then scroll down to see stories and recipes. The more food content and recipes you read, the more personalized your recommendations become. Tip: To look at other recipes or stories while youre reading one, swipe left or right. Search for and filter recipes 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Food in the sidebar or tab bar, tap Recipe Catalog at the top of the feed or in the top-right corner, then do any of the following:

Search by recipe title, ingredient, or keyword: Tap the search field, enter a term, then tap

. Filter by category: Tap a category, such as Vegetarian. Add and combine filters: Tap

, tap a filter, then tap

. Remove a filter: Tap next to a filter below the search field. Save a recipe 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Food in the sidebar or tab bar, then scroll down to browse recipes, or search for and filter recipes. 3. Do one of the following:

While browsing or viewing search results: Touch and hold the recipes image, then tap Save Recipe. While a recipe is open: Tap Save. 4. To revisit saved recipes, do one of the following:

Tap Saved Recipes in the sidebar (below Library). Tap in the Recipe Catalog. To remove a recipe from your saved recipes, touch and hold the recipe, then tap Unsave Recipe. Prepare a recipe 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Food in the sidebar or tab bar, then scroll down to browse recipes, or search for and filter recipes, as above. 3. To open a recipe, do one of the following:

While reading a food story, tap has multiple recipes, tap Recipes, then tap the recipe you want to prepare.

, then tap Go to Recipe. If the story Tap a recipe in the search results. 4. Scroll to see the recipes ingredients and directions. Tip: While viewing directions, you can tap an ingredient to see how much is used in the recipe, without going back to the ingredients list. While viewing ingredients, you can keep track of what you already prepared or used by tapping them. 5. To focus on the directions, tap Cook. Steps appear in a larger font and the display stays on while youre preparing the recipe. Use a cooking timer You can start a cooking timer when a recipe recommends a length of time

(highlighted in color)for example, the time needed to saut onions or let a cake rest. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Begin preparing a recipe, as above. 3. When a time appears in a step, tap

, swipe up or down to adjust the time, then tap Start. Add ingredients to your groceries list 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a recipe, as above. 3. Tap

, then tap Add to Grocery List. 4. To choose your grocery list, tap . 5. Tap next to each item you dont need to deselect it. 6. Tap in the top right to save the ingredients to your list. 7. Access your grocery list in the Reminders app. See Make a grocery list in Reminders. Access food content offline You can make sure you can access the Food feed, Recipe Catalog, and Saved Recipes in Offline Mode. 1. While youre online, go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, tap News, then tap Automatic Downloads (below News+ Offline Mode). 3. Turn on Food & Recipes. Puzzles Find puzzles in Apple News+ on iPad If you subscribe to Apple News+, you can access daily and archived crossword, crossword mini, Quartiles, sudoku, and Emoji Game puzzles. Some puzzles may be available without a subscription. Note: Apple News, Apple News+, and puzzles arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. View the Puzzles feed 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap Puzzles in the sidebar. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. Tap Today in the sidebar or tab bar, scroll down, then tap the Puzzles group. Follow the feed for a puzzle type If you want quick access to a specific type of puzzle, you can follow that type. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. View the Puzzles feed, as above. 3. Tap Crossword, Mini, Quartiles, Sudoku, or Emoji Game. 4. Tap

. A Puzzles category appears in the sidebar with the puzzle types appearing below. To make them favorites, tap Edit, tap next to a puzzle type, then tap

. Note: If you subscribe to Apple News+, you can automatically download puzzles in the Puzzles feed and puzzle type feeds to play in Offline Mode. Choose a puzzle 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Go to one of the following areas to find a puzzle:

The Today feed The Puzzles feed The feed for a puzzle type (crossword, crossword mini, Quartiles, sudoku, or Emoji Game) 3. Tap a puzzle to open it. Crossword and sudoku puzzles have a difficulty ratingeasy, moderate, or challenging. You can see more past puzzles in each puzzle types complete archive. Scroll down in the puzzle types feed, then tap next to Archive. Tip: To sort or filter a puzzle archive, tap

. View puzzle stats and streaks In each puzzle feed you can find the Scoreboard. It includes:

Statistics for each puzzle typethe number of puzzles solved, for example Your current streakthe number of consecutive days you solved the daily puzzle Your longest streak 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Choose the feed for a puzzle type, then swipe up. Conditions that affect stats include the following:

If you use the Reveal command to show all or a portion of a puzzle, the puzzle wont count toward your stats, and completing the puzzle wont start or continue a streak. Puzzles you complete on a device with iOS 17.5, iPadOS 17.5, macOS 14.5, or later count toward your stats. Any puzzles you played on older OS versions dont count toward your stats. After you open the News app on a device with iOS 17.5, iPadOS 17.5, macOS 14.5, or later, any daily puzzles you complete on a device with an earlier version of the OS are added to your streak. For example, if you complete Mondays crossword and Tuesdays crossword on your iPhone with iOS 17.5, and then solve Wednesdays crossword on your iPad with iPadOS 17.4, your streak is extended. Users in the continental U.S. and Canada must complete a puzzle within 24 hours of its publication for it to count toward a streak. Users in Alaska and Hawaii get an extra hour or two; they must complete the days puzzle before midnight local time. To start or maintain a sudoku streak, solve at least one of the current days sudoku puzzles of any difficulty level without revealing answers. Your stats and streaks stay up to date on all your Apple devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Go to Settings iCloud. Tap See All (in the Saved to iCloud section), then turn on News.

, tap your name, then tap Compete with others To compete against friends and other puzzle solvers in Game Center and the Apple Games app, you need to also turn on Game Center in News. 1. Set up your Game Center profile. 2. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 3. Tap Apps, then tap News. 4. Turn on Game Center. Your scores appear on the leaderboard for each puzzle type in Game Center. Sudoku has a leaderboard for each difficulty level. You can also challenge friends to solve crossword, crossword mini, sudoku, and Emoji Game puzzles. See Play together in the Apple Games app. Share a puzzle You can send a link to another Apple News+ subscriber so they can solve the puzzle too. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a puzzle. 3. Tap

, tap Share, then choose Messages, Mail, or another sharing option. Your answers arent shown, but the following information is shared for completed puzzles:

Crossword, crossword mini, and sudoku: The time it took you to solve the puzzle Quartiles: Your rank Emoji Game: The number of moves you used to solve the puzzle Solve crossword and crossword mini puzzles in News on iPad Apple News+ subscribers get access to a new crossword and crossword mini puzzle every day. Crossword puzzles start out easy but get increasingly challenging as the week goes on. When you want a puzzle you can solve in next to no time, try an always-easy crossword mini puzzle. You can navigate and solve crossword and crossword mini puzzles in multiple ways. For example, you can display puzzles in the traditional grid view, or instead choose to show clues and answers in a list. You can tap squares to select words or choose clues from a list. You dont have to solve puzzles all at once. You can return at any time. The timer pauses while youre away. Note: Apple News, Apple News+, and puzzles arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Solve in grid view 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a crossword or crossword mini puzzle. 3. Tap a square to show the clue below the puzzle, then use the keyboard to enter the answer. You move to other squares as you type. You can also tap <

or > next to the clue to move to the previous or next clue. With the keyboard showing, switch from across to down, or vice versa, by tapping the selected square again or tapping the clue. Solve in list view You can show clues and answers in a list rather than in the traditional grid. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a crossword or crossword mini puzzle. 3. Tap

. Tap to return to grid view. Get hints and answers If youre unsure of an answer you entered, you can get a little help. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a crossword or crossword mini puzzle. 3. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Mark incorrect answers: Tap Autocheck, Check Square, Check Word, or Check Puzzle. Reveal answers: Tap Reveal, then tap Square, Word, or Puzzle to display the correct answer. Note: When you reveal all or a portion of a puzzle, its not counted toward stats in your Scoreboard or as part of a streak. Some puzzles have clues that reference other clues. You can highlight these

, then turn on Highlight Linked Clues. connections. Tap Sometimes crossword grids include circles. The letters in the circles relate to that puzzles theme. Always use Autocheck When you turn on Autocheck inside a puzzle, it stays on for that puzzle only. If you want Autocheck to stay on all the time, follow these steps:

1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a crossword or crossword mini puzzle. 3. Tap

, choose Settings, turn on Always Autocheck, then tap

. 4. Tap

, then choose Autocheck. Autocheck stays on for all puzzles of that type until you turn it off. Restart your puzzle If youd like a fresh start, you can clear a puzzles answers and reset the timer. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a crossword or crossword mini puzzle. 3. Tap

. 4. Tap Clear Puzzle. Change how you move around the puzzle 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a crossword or crossword mini puzzle. 3. Tap

, choose Settings, then choose what happens as you enter a letter or an answer:

Go to the next empty square: Select Skip Filled Squares. Go to the next square, whether or not its filled in: Deselect Skip Filled Squares. Go to the next clue: Next to At End of Word, choose Advance If Complete or Always Advance. Dont go to the next clue: Next to At End of Word, choose Dont Advance. Show or hide the timer You can show or hide the timer that appears above your puzzle. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a crossword or crossword mini puzzle. 3. Do one of the following:

Tap

. Tap

, choose Settings, then turn Show Timer on or off. Solve Quartiles puzzles in News on iPad Apple News+ subscribers get access to a new Quartiles puzzle every day. Players select tiles containing two to four letters from a four-by-five grid to form words. You can use up to four tiles per word, and the more tiles you use, the more points you score. A word formed from four tiles is called a Quartile and is worth 8 points. When you find all five Quartiles, you receive an additional 40 points. The object of the game is to earn the 100 points necessary to reach the Expert rank. You can continue forming words and accumulating points even after you reach Expert. Note: Apple News, Apple News+, and puzzles arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Play Quartiles 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a Quartiles puzzle. 3. Tap tiles to create a word, then tap to enter it. For example, to score a single point, tap pear, then tap . To score 2 points, tap ap, then pear to form the word, appear. Go for 4 points by tapping ap, pear, then ance. Complete the Quartile and score 8 points by spelling disappearance. Completed words appear in the Words Found box, and any Quartiles you find appear in groups of four tiles. Not all possible words qualify in Quartiles puzzles. For example, obscure and technical terms, proper nouns, and profanity never appear in the word list. 4. Do any of the following:

Reorder your tiles: After you tap the tiles to place them above the grid, you can touch and hold, then drag to reorder them. See points needed to move to the next rank: Tap Next Rank. Clear tiles you dont want to use: Tap

. See how many words remain: When you reach the Expert rank, the Words Found box shows how many words you havent found. See each words points: Tap in the Words Found box. Tip: Tap Puzzles to open the Quartiles puzzle feed.

, then tap How to Play to take a quick Quartiles tutorial, or tap More Shuffle or group tiles 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a Quartiles puzzle and start finding words. 3. Quartiles you find are anchored to the bottom of the grid. If youd rather anchor them to the top of the grid, tap

, then choose Sort Found Quartiles. 4. Tap to shuffle tiles that arent part of found Quartiles. 5. To shuffle all tiles in the grid, tap to turn off anchoring, then tap

. Reveal all words 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a Quartiles puzzle. 3. Tap

, then tap Reveal All Words. The words you didnt find are shown. If you reveal before you reach Expert rank: The puzzle doesnt count in your Scoreboard stats and streaks. If you reveal after you reach Expert rank: Your stats or streaks arent affected. Solve sudoku puzzles in News on iPad In sudoku puzzles, you place the numbers 1 to 9 into squares in a grid consisting of nine blocks with nine squares each, so that every number appears exactly once in each block, row, and column. Each sudoku grid comes with a few givenssquares already filled in. Apple News+ subscribers get access to new sudoku puzzles every day in three difficulties: easy, moderate, and challenging. Easy puzzles include more givens, while challenging puzzles require more complex strategies to narrow down options for each empty square. Note: Sudoku is available on devices with iOS 18.2, iPadOS 18.2, macOS 15.2, or later. Apple News, Apple News+, and puzzles arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Solve a puzzle 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a sudoku puzzle. 3. Do any of the following:

Enter a number: With the Pen tab selected, tap a square, then tap a number key near the bottom of the screen. Delete an answer: Tap a square where you entered a number, then tap

. Step back through your actions: Tap to undo. 4. Continue entering numbers until every square is filled correctly. Tip: Turn on Autocheck to indicate when you successfully complete a block, row, or column. Track possible answers You can keep track of which numbers might work in each square by using notes within the puzzle. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a sudoku puzzle. 3. Do any of the following:

Manually enter notes: Tap a square, tap Notes, then tap numbers to add them to the square. If your iPad is connected to an iPad keyboard, you can also press number keys. Tap the number again to remove it. When you enter an answer, any matching notes in that squares block, row, or column are removed. To turn this feature off, tap Settings, then turn off Automatically Remove Notes.

, tap

, then tap Autofill Notes. Notes Automatically show notes: Tap representing possible numbers appear in empty squares, based on all filled squares at that momentgivens and your answers (even if incorrect). You can still add and delete notes manually. Using Autofill doesnt affect stats or streaks. Play with or without notes: Tap

, then tap Show Notes or Hide Notes. When you think a number in your notes is the right answer, you can commit it by touching and holding the number on the onscreen keypad. Get help If youre unsure of an answer, you can get a little help. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a sudoku puzzle. 3. Do any of the following:

Highlight matching numbers: Tap a number on the keypad, or tap any square with a number in it. (The square you select can be a given or one where you entered or revealed the answer.) Matching numbers are highlighted in answers and notes. To turn this feature on or off, tap

, tap Settings, then tap Highlight Matching Numbers. Check for duplicated numbers: Tap Conflicts. When you enter a number that already appears in a block, row, or column, the squares bottom-right corners are marked with red triangles.

, tap Settings, then turn on Show Mark incorrect answers as you enter them: Tap All incorrect answers you already entered have a red slash through them. As you enter additional numbers, the app checks whether or not theyre correct.

, then tap Autocheck. When you turn on Autocheck inside a puzzle, it stays on for that puzzle only. To turn Autocheck on for all sudoku puzzles, tap

, tap Settings,

, then tap Autocheck (if its not turn on Always Autocheck, tap already on).

, tap Check answers: Tap slash indicates incorrect answers. Checking a square or puzzle doesnt affect stats or streaks.

, then tap Check Square or Check Puzzle. A red Identify a solvable square: Tap

, then tap Get Hint. The square having the most information available to deduce its answer is highlighted. Tap to learn the strategy and recommended actions, like obvious pairs and hidden triplets. Using hints doesnt affect stats or streaks. Reveal answers: Tap display the correct answer.

, tap Reveal, then tap Square or Puzzle to Note: When you reveal all or a portion of a puzzle, the puzzle isnt counted toward stats in your Scoreboard or as part of a streak. To maintain a sudoku streak, solve at least one of the current days sudoku puzzles of any difficulty level without revealing answers. Revealing also prevents you from undoing previous actions. Review the sudoku tutorial: Tap

, then tap How to Play. Restart your puzzle If youd like a fresh start, you can clear a puzzles answers and reset the timer. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a sudoku puzzle. 3. Tap

, then tap Clear Puzzle. Show or hide the timer You can show or hide the timer that appears above your puzzle. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open a sudoku puzzle. 3. Do one of the following:

Tap

. Tap

, choose Settings, then turn Show Timer on or off. You dont have to solve puzzles all at once. The timer pauses while youre away. Play Emoji Game in News on iPad Apple News+ subscribers can solve daily Emoji Game puzzles by completing words and phrases with emoji. The object of this logic and word puzzle is to complete several phrases with as few moves as possible. Each emoji may be interpreted directly, through association, or in combination with other emoji. When you attempt an answer or expand a clue, it counts as a move. Note: Emoji Game puzzles are available in American English only in the U.S. and Canada on devices using iOS 18.4, iPadOS 18.4, macOS 15.4, or later. Apple News, Apple News+, and puzzles arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Open an Emoji Game puzzle. 3. Do any of the following:

Try an answer: Consider the various definitions or associations for the emoji, then drag the most appropriate emoji (or group of emoji) to complete each word or phrase. For example, a pear emoji could complete DISAP_ _ _ _, but interpreted as fruit it could complete _ _ _ _ _ FUL. Letters relating to emoji may appear nonconsecutively in an answer. For example, dragging an earth emoji to L_ _ _N _ _E ROPES completes the phrase learn the ropes. Interpret grouped emoji as a whole. For example, a single could mean fish, while might mean school. Expand a clue: Tap

. This counts as a move. Reveal answers: Tap are shown. The puzzle doesnt count in your Scoreboard stats and streaks.

, then tap Reveal. The answers you didnt find Tip: To take a quick Emoji Game tutorial, tap More Puzzles to open the Emoji Game feed.

, then tap How to Play. Or choose Search for channels, topics, stories, or recipes in News on iPad The News app keeps track of a wide variety of channels, topics, stories, and recipes, which makes it easy to find content that interests you. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. in the sidebar or tab bar, then enter any of the following in the search 2. Tap field:

The name of a channel, such as Scientific American or Washington Post A topic, such as fashion, business, or politics An event, such as an upcoming meteor shower A recipe title, ingredient, or keyword 3. Tap

. Save stories in News on iPad You can save news stories to read later. Apple News+ subscribers can read saved stories in Offline Mode. Save a story 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. When reading a story, do one of the following:

In landscape orientation: Tap . In portrait orientation: Tap

, then tap Save Story. Read a saved story 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Saved Stories in the sidebar, then tap the story. Delete a saved story 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Saved Stories in the sidebar. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. 3. Do one of the following:

Delete one story: Swipe the story left. Remove all saved stories: Tap Clear, then tap Clear Saved Stories. Clear your reading history in News on iPad In the News app, you can clear your reading history and adjust how you get reading recommendations. Clear your history 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap History in the sidebar. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. 3. Tap Clear, then do any of the following:

Remove your reading history: Tap Clear History. Remove information used to recommend stories: Tap Clear Recommendations. Choosing this option can change the types of channels, topics, and stories shown in the Today and other feeds in Apple News on all your Apple devices. Remove your history and recommendations: Tap Clear All. Your News history and recommendation information are removed from all devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. When you clear your history, the identifier used by Apple News to report statistics to news publishers is also reset. You can reset the identifier at any time by going to Settings

> Apps > News, then turning on Reset Identifier. Recommend stories based on News app reading only When you turn off Siri & Search for the News app, recommendations are based on your reading habits in the News app only, not in Safari and other apps. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap News. 3. Tap Siri, then turn off Show in App. Customize the tab bar in News on iPad In the News app, you can use the tab bar to quickly access feeds, like Today, News+, and Sports. You can customize your tab bar with Puzzles, Food, Shared with You, Saved Stories, History, and channels or topics you follow. 1. Go to the News app on your iPad. 2. Tap Edit in the sidebar. Items you can add to your tab bar are highlighted. Today, News+, and Sports remain in your tab bar as defaults. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. 3. Drag any highlighted item to or from the tab bar, such as:

Puzzles Food Shared with You Saved Stories History Any channel or topic you follow How to subscribe to individual channels in News on iPad In addition to subscribing to Apple News+, you can subscribe to individual publications from select publishers. There are three ways to access these subscriptions in News:

Subscribe within News: You can purchase a subscription directly in News. In a channel that offers subscriptions, tap the subscription button. Access an existing subscription purchased from a publishers app: If you downloaded a publishers app from the App Store, and subscriptions you bought as in-app purchases are also available in News, youre automatically granted access in News. See the Apple Support article Buy additional app features with in-app purchases and subscriptions. Access an existing subscription purchased from a publisher: If you purchased a subscription directly from a publishers website or from the publishers app on a non-Apple device, the publisher may allow you to sign in to your account in News to access your subscription there. To sign in, tap a story that requires a subscription to read, then tap the Already subscribed link. Enter the user name and password for your existing subscription. When you subscribe to a channel, you automatically follow it, and stories from the channel appear in the Today feed. To cancel a subscription, swipe up on the sidebar, tap Subscriptions below the Manage heading, select the subscription, then tap Cancel Subscription. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. Notes Get started with Notes on iPad Use the Notes app to quickly capture your thoughts. You can add images and sketches, solve equations, make checklists, or even scan documents. And with iCloud, your notes stay up to date on all your devices wherever you go. Jot it down Tap

, then enter your text. Make quick notes anywhere Use Quick Notes to jot down information from any app or screen. Tap , then tap Add to Quick Note, or simply swipe up from the bottom right corner of the display using Apple Pencil. Add images, handwriting, links, and more. Add almost anything You can scan documents, record audio, take photos, and more. Tap , then choose an option. Sketch your thoughts

, then draw or write with Apple Pencil or your finger. You can choose from a Tap variety of Markup tools and colors and draw straight lines with the ruler. Invite others to collaborate Tap , then choose a sharing option. The people you share with can view or make changes to a note. Want to learn more?

Create and format notes Add photos, video, and more Add drawings and handwriting Share and collaborate The availability of Notes features may vary depending on your language and country or region. Create and format notes on iPad Use the Notes app to jot down quick thoughts or organize detailed information with checklists, images, web links, scanned documents, handwritten notes, and sketches. You can even organize your note with sections and headings. Create a new note 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then enter your text. The first line of the note becomes the notes title. Add formatting, checklists, and tables 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. When writing a note, do any of the following:

Format text: Tap font, highlight, and more.

, then choose a style such as Heading, bold or italic Make a checklist: Tap

. Add a table: Tap

. Organize a note with sections and headings You can collapse and expand sections, making it easy to manage and outline long notes. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In a note, select the text for the heading. 3. Tap

, then tap Heading or Subheading. 4. Add content to the section, then do any of the following:

Collapse a section: Tap

. Expand a section: Tap . Use Writing Tools in Notes With Apple Intelligence,* you can use Writing Tools to summarize selected text with a tap, proofread your work, and create different versions of the same text to help you find the right wording and tone. See Use Writing Tools with Apple Intelligence.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Quick Notes on iPad You can use Quick Notes to jot down information over any app or screen on iPad. Add links, images, tags, and mentions to a Quick Note so you can get to important names, numbers, and ideas easily. When you highlight text in Safari or add a link from an app, you see a Quick Note thumbnail next time you visit the site, taking you right to what you were viewing before. You can access all your Quick Notes in the Notes app. And when you make a Quick Note on your iPad, you can see the note on your iPhone and Mac, too. Take a Quick Note To make a Quick Note, do any of the following:

From any app or screen: Add done. to Control Center, tap

. Tap when youre From supported apps: Tap , tap More, then tap Add to Quick Note. Tap when youre done. If your iPad is connected to an Apple external keyboard, use the Globe-Q keyboard shortcut to open Quick Notes. If Quick Notes is already open, you can use Command-N to create a new note. Take Quick Notes with the corner gesture Swipe up from the bottom right corner of the display using Apple Pencil. Tip: You can also do this gesture with your fingergo to Settings > Multitasking

& Gestures, then turn on Swipe Finger from Corner. Go to Settings

> Apps > Notes, tap Corner Gestures, then do any of the following:

Turn on or off Allow Finger to Swipe from Corner. Tap Left Corner Swipe or Right Corner Swipe, then choose an action. View and organize Quick Notes 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Tap Quick Notes in the folders list. You may need to tap to show the folders list. Note: You cant lock a Quick Note unless you move it to a different folder. If you move an individual Quick Note to a different folder, it becomes a standard note and no longer appears as a Quick Note in other apps. Add drawings and handwriting in Notes on iPad Use the Notes app to draw a sketch or jot a handwritten note with Apple Pencil (on supported models) or your finger. Choose from a variety of Markup tools and colors, and draw straight lines with the ruler. As you write with Apple Pencil, your handwriting can be automatically refined in real time to be more legible while maintaining the look and feel of your own handwriting style. Use drawing and handwriting tools 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In a note, start drawing or writing with Apple Pencil. Or to draw or write with your finger, tap

. 3. Do any of the following:

Change color or tools: Use the Markup tools. Adjust the handwriting area: Drag the resize handle (on the left) up or down. Transcribe your handwriting to typed text as you write with Apple Pencil: Tap the Scribble tool (to the left of the pen), then start writing. Note: Scribble is available in supported languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. To learn more about writing notes with Apple Pencil, see Enter text with Scribble. Tip: You can search handwritten text (in supported languages) in Notes. If the note doesnt have a title, the first line of handwritten text becomes the suggested title. To edit the title, scroll to the top of the note, then tap Edit. Select and edit drawings and handwriting With Smart Selection, you can select drawings and handwriting using the same gestures you use for typed text. You can move, copy, or delete the selection within the note. You can even paste it as typed text in another note or app. Note: Smart Selection and handwriting transcription work if the system language of your iPad is set to a supported language in Settings

> General > Language &

Region > iPad Language. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In a note, select drawings and handwriting with your finger using any of the following methods:

With the Lasso tool: Tap in the tool palette), then use your finger to outline the objects you want to select.

, tap (between the eraser and Image Wand With gestures:

Touch and hold, then drag to expand the selection. Double-tap to select a word. Triple-tap to select a sentence. Drag the handles to adjust the selection as needed. 3. Tap the selection, then choose any of the following:

Cut Copy Delete Duplicate Add to Playground Copy as Text Insert Space Above Translate Work with handwritten text iPad can refine your handwriting to be smoother, straighter, and more legible. You can also paste or convert typed text in your handwriting, correct spelling inline, and move or delete handwriting. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In a note, select the handwriting. 3. Do any of the following:

Refine: To make your writing smoother, straighter, and more legible, tap Refine1. To automatically refine your handwriting, tap Auto-refine Handwriting.

, tap

, then turn on Make your writing more level: Tap Straighten. Correct spelling: Tap an underlined word, then choose how you want to correct it. The fix appears in your own writing style. Move handwriting: Touch and hold the selected text, then drag it to a new position. Convert a text object to handwriting: Tap a text object in the drawing

, then tap Convert to Handwriting. (This feature2 requires area, tap previously saved notes in your handwriting with at least 10 unique lowercase characters.) Paste typed text in your handwriting: Select and copy text from a webpage, document, or email; in a handwriting area in Notes, then tap Paste. (This feature2 requires previously saved notes in your handwriting with at least 10 unique lowercase characters.) 4. To erase text, scratch out the writing, then hold down your writing instrument

(such as Apple Pencil or your finger) on iPad. (Supported when using a markup tool such as Pen, Mono line, or Marker.) Drag images from other apps You can drag images from other apps to a note and combine them with handwritten and drawn content. After you add an image to the drawing area, you can reposition and resize the image. Use Image Wand If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use Image Wand in Notes to generate images based on rough sketches you create. You can also select empty space to create an image based on words and images from the surrounding area. See Use Image Wand with Apple Intelligence. 1. Handwriting refinement is available on iPad Pro (M4), iPad Pro 12.9-

inch (5th generation and later), iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation and later), iPad Air (M2 and M3), iPad Air 10.9-inch (4th generation and later), iPad (10th generation and later), iPad mini (6th generation), and iPad mini (A17 Pro); supported for English (Australia), English (Canada), English

(India), English (Ireland), English (New Zealand), English (Singapore), English

(South Africa), English (UK), English (US), French (Belgium), French (Canada), French (France), French (Switzerland), German (Austria), German (Germany), German (Switzerland), Italian (Italy), Italian (Switzerland), Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (Portugal), Spanish (Latin America), Spanish (Mexico), and Spanish

(Spain). 2. Handwriting reflow is supported for Cantonese (Traditional), Chinese

(Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), English (Australia), English (Canada), English

(India), English (Ireland), English (New Zealand), English (Singapore), English

(South Africa), English (UK), English (US), French (Belgium), French (Canada), French (France), French (Switzerland), German (Austria), German (Germany), German (Switzerland), Italian (Italy), Italian (Switzerland), Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (Portugal), Russian, Spanish (Latin America), Spanish (Mexico), Spanish (Spain), Thai (Thailand), Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Enter formulas and equations in Notes on iPad With math in the Notes app, you can draw diagrams, solve equations, assign variables, and plot graphs. Mathematical expressions are solved inline when you write or type an equal sign. Note: The Notes app supports math written using Western Arabic numerals and common mathematical symbols, or typed using Arabic (Eastern & Western) and Devanagari numerals and common mathematical symbols. Add mathematical expressions to a note 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open a note, or tap to start a new note. 3. Do any of the following:

Type a math expression, then include an equal sign. Tap

, write a math expression horizontally, then include an equal sign. Tap

, write a stack of numbers, then draw a horizontal line below the numbers to add the numbers in the stack. Write a different symbol to the left of each digit if you want a different operation. 4. Tap the equal sign to see what Notes understood in what you wrote. To correct mistakes, you can fix any of the following:

Unrecognized math and unsolvable expressions: Tap any dotted red lines to see details about the error. Ambiguous characters: Tap any dotted blue lines to clarify what you wrote. Create a graph 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open a note, or tap to start a new note. 3. Type or write an equation with x and y variables, with the y variable on the left side of the equation. For example, y = 5x + 3. You can also tap the equal sign in an equation you already wrote. 4. When you finish the equation, a menu appears. Tap Insert Graph. The y variable is represented on the vertical axis, and the x variable is represented on the horizontal axis. To add another equation to the same graph, type or write a new equation, then tap Add to Existing Graph. See also Work with graphs in Math Notes. Access Math Notes created in the Calculator app 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In the Folders list, tap Math Notes. See Solve math with Math Notes in Calculator. Add photos, video, and more to notes on iPad In the Notes app, you can add photos, videos, and information from other apps, such as maps, links, and documents. Add a photo or video 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In a note, tap

, then choose an option. You can choose a photo or video from your photo library, or take a new photo or video. Tip: To draw on a photo, tap the photo, then tap

. To save photos and videos taken in Notes to the Photos app, go to Settings >

Apps > Notes, then turn on Save to Photos. Add info from another app to a note You can add information from another app as an attachment to a notefor example, a location in Maps, a webpage in Safari, a PDF in Files, or a screenshot. 1. In the app youre using, open the item you want to share (for example, a map or webpage). 2. Tap Share or , then tap Notes. 3. Save the item to a new note or choose an existing note. Change the preview size of attachments 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In a note, you can change the preview size of the following:

A single attachment: Tap or Large.

, tap View As, then choose Small, Medium, All attachments in a note: Tap All to Small or Set All to Large.

, tap Attachment View, then choose Set View all attachments in Notes 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Above the notes list, tap

, then tap View Attachments to see thumbnails of photos, links, documents, and other attachments. (Attachments in locked notes arent shown.) 3. To go to a note with a specific attachment, tap the attachment thumbnail, then tap Show in Note. Record and transcribe audio in Notes on iPad In the Notes app, you can record audio and have the spoken words transcribed to text. You can search the transcript, add the text to the note, or copy the text to other documents. Note: Audio transcription is available on supported iPad models when the device language is set to English, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Simplified Chinese, and Traditional Chinese. Record live audio and see the transcript You can record audio and have the spoken words transcribed in a note. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In a note, tap

, then tap Record Audio. 3. To start the recording, tap

. 4. To take notes while recording, swipe down from the top of the screen. 5. When youre done, tap . 6. To see the transcript, tap

. Note: Spoken words in supported languages are automatically transcribed. If you dont see

, your iPad either doesnt meet the minimum requirements or doesnt detect a supported language. Play an audio recording and review the transcript 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. View a note with an audio recording. 3. To play the audio recording, tap . 4. To review the transcript, tap the audio recording. Note: Spoken words in supported languages are automatically transcribed. If you dont see

, your iPad doesnt meet the minimum requirements or detect a supported language. 5. While viewing the transcript, you can do any of the following:

Play the audio at a specific point: Tap the text you want to hear. Rename the recording: Tap

, then tap Rename. Search the transcript: Tap

, then tap Find in Transcript. Copy the transcript: Tap Copy Transcript.

, then choose Add Transcript to Note or Save or delete the audio recording: Tap

, then choose an option. Note: Deleting the audio recording also deletes the transcript. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can summarize an audio recording. See Use Apple Intelligence in Notes.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Scan text and documents in Notes using the iPad camera In the Notes app, you can use the camera to scan text and documents. Scan text into a note In supported languages, you can insert scanned text using the camera. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In a note, tap

, then tap Scan Text. 3. Position iPad so that the text appears within the camera frame. 4. Drag or use grab points to select text, then tap Insert. Scan a document into a note 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In a note, tap

, then tap Scan Documents. 3. Position iPad so that the document page appears on the screen, adjust any settings such as Flash (on supported models) or Filters, then do one of the following:

Automatic capture: Keep iPad steady. iPad automatically captures the document when it detects the page boundaries. To make adjustments, tap the thumbnail, tap an option such as Adjust, make your changes, then tap

. Manual capture: Tap Manual, then tap then tap Retake or Keep. Adjust the corners as needed, 4. Scan additional pages, then tap when youre done. The document is saved as a PDF in the note. Work with PDFs in Notes on iPad In the Notes app, you can attach, view, edit, and collaborate on PDFs, including documents you scanned into a note. You can also annotate or sketch directly on PDFs and scanned documents in your note using Apple Pencil or your finger. You can even preview multiple PDFs in the same note. Attach a PDF to a note To attach a PDF from an app such as Files or Mail, do any of the following:

Drag the file into a note. Touch and hold the file, tap , tap Notes, choose a note, then tap Save. View and edit a PDF in a note 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In the note with the PDF, tap , then do any of the following:

Change the viewing size: Tap View As, then choose Small, Medium, or Large. View in full screen: Tap Quick Look. Copy, save, print, share, rename, or delete the PDF: Choose an action. 3. When viewing as Medium or Large, you can also do any of the following:

Show or hide thumbnails: Tap Show Thumbnails or Hide Thumbnails. Zoom in and see more: Pinch the screen or swipe right to see more pages. Edit a page: Tap the thumbnail for the page, tap , then choose an action such as Rotate Left, Rotate Right, Filters, Crop Page, or Insert Blank Page. (Filters and Crop Page are supported only in scanned documents.) Search in PDFs See Search through your notes. Annotate a PDF in a note Small preview size: Tap the PDF to open it, then tap

. Medium and large preview sizes: Start drawing or writing with Apple Pencil. Or to draw or write with your finger, tap

. See Write and draw in documents with Markup. Collaborate with others Get real-time updates when you collaborate on a note with other people. As you mark up a document, draw a diagram, or add a sticker, the people you share with can see the changes on their devices. Add links in Notes on iPad In the Notes app, you can add links to webpages. You can also link to related notes, like a trip itinerary and a list of recommended restaurants. When you add street and email addresses, phone numbers, and dates, they automatically become underlined text that you can tap to take action on. Link to a webpage 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In the note where you want to insert a link, do either of the following:

Select the text, tap , then tap Add Link. The selected text becomes the text link. Enter the URL to specify the link destination. Tap to place the insertion point, tap , tap Add Link, then enter the URL and the name (optional). Link to another note using the title You can create a link to another note using the title of the target note. If the title of the target note changes, the link text updates to the new title. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In the note where you want to add a link, tap the insertion point, then tap Add Link. Or simply type >>. 3. Choose an existing note or enter a title of a new note. To edit or remove the link, touch and hold the link, then choose an action. Link to another note using custom link text Instead of using the title of the target note, you can use custom link text. If the title of the target note changes, the link text doesnt change. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In the note where you want to add a link, type >>, choose an existing note or enter a title of a new note. 3. Touch and hold the note, then tap Edit Link 4. Turn off Use Note Title, enter custom text, then tap

. Take action on addresses, phone numbers, dates, and more In your notes, an underline appears below text thats recognized as a street or email address, phone number, date, or other data. Tap the underlined text to take action on it. For example, you can see a street address in Maps, compose an email, call a phone number, add a calendar event, or convert units and currency. Note: Data detection is available when the system language of your iPad is set to a

> General > Language & Region. See the iOS and supported language in Settings iPadOS Feature Availability website. Search through your notes on iPad In the Notes app, you can search through all your notes for typed and handwritten text, objects in images, and text in scanned documents. You can also search for text within a note. Search for text, objects, and more in all your notes You can search for tags, typed and handwritten text (in supported languages), objects that appear in images, and text in scanned documents. Note: If a note is locked, only its title appears in the search results. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Tap the search field or tap

, then enter what youre looking for. You can also choose a suggested search, such as Notes with Drawings, then enter additional text to refine your search. If a note is locked, only its title appears in the search results. The search includes handwritten text (in supported languages), photos, and scanned documents. Search within a note or attachment for typed and handwritten text 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open the note you want to search, then do any of the following:

Tap

(at the top-right corner), then tap Find in Note. 3. 4. Tap

, then select any of the options. To search PDFs and other attachments, select Include Attachments. 5. Enter the text youre looking for in the search field. Organize your notes in folders on iPad In the Notes app, you can organize your notes into folders and pin the important notes to the top of the notes list. Create, rename, move, or delete folders 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In the folders list (if necessary, tap to show the folders list), do any of the following:

Create a folder: Tap tap New Folder, then enter a name.

, choose an account (if you have more than one), Create a subfolder: Touch and hold a folder, then drag it onto another folder. Rename a folder: Touch and hold a folder, tap Rename, then enter a new name. Move a folder: Touch and hold the folder, then drag it to a new location. The folder becomes a subfolder if you drag it onto another folder. Delete a folder: Swipe left on the folder, then tap . Or touch and hold the folder, then tap Delete. If you change your mind, open the Recently Deleted folder to recover the notes. Pin notes To pin an important note to the top of the notes list, do the following:

1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In the notes list, touch and hold the note, then tap Pin Note. Or swipe right on the note, then tap the pin. Sort and change the folder view 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In the notes list, tap

, then do any of the following:

Change the folder view: Choose View as Gallery or View as List. Sort the notes by title: Tap Sort By, then choose Title. Sort the notes by date: Tap Sort By, then choose Date Edited or Date Created. By default, the notes are grouped by date. To turn this off, tap , then tap Group By Date. Reverse the sort order: Tap Sort By, then choose Oldest First (when sorting by date) or Descending (when sorting by title). To choose a default sorting method for all your folders, go to Settings

> Apps > Notes, then tap Sort Notes By. Move a note to another folder 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In the notes list, swipe left on the note, then tap Move. Or touch and hold the note, tap Move, then choose a folder. Delete a note 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. In the notes list, swipe left on the note, then tap Delete. Or touch and hold the note, then tap Delete. If you change your mind, open the Recently Deleted folder to recover the note. Organize your notes with tags on iPad In the Notes app, you can use tags as a fast and flexible way to categorize and organize your notes. You can add one or more tags to a note, such as #shopping and #work, and easily search and filter your notes across folders using the Tag Browser or Smart Folders. Add tags to notes When you create or edit a note, type # followed by the tag name or choose a tag from the menu above the keyboard. A tag can only be one word, but you can use dashes and underscores to combine words. You can add multiple tags to a note. Tip: You can use Apple Pencil or your finger to write a tag in a note. Tap the underlined tag, then tap Convert to tag. Rename or delete a tag Do any of the following:

Below Tags, touch and hold a tag, then tap Rename Tag or Delete Tag. You may need to tap to show the tags list. Tap Edit (at the top of the folders list), tap a tag to rename it or tap , then tap

. When you delete a tag, its also removed from all Smart Folders that use it. View notes with tags Below Tags (if necessary, tap to show the tags list), do any of the following:

View all notes with tags: Tap All Tags. View notes with specific tags: Tap one or more tags; to exclude a tag, tap the tag until the name has a line through it. Then choose to view notes matching any or all of the selected tags. Organize your notes with Smart Folders on iPad In the Notes app, you can easily search and filter your notes across folders using Smart Folders. Create a Smart Folder 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, choose an account (if you have more than one), enter a name, then tap Make Into Smart Folder. 3. Choose one or more filters, then choose to include notes matching any or all of the selected filters. You can filter by tags, dates, mentions, and more. You can also create a Smart Folder when viewing a list of tagged notes; tap Tap

, then tap Create Smart Folder. one or more tags, tap Convert a folder to a Smart Folder When viewing the folder you want to convert, tap Folder.

, then tap Convert to Smart When you convert a folder, its notes are moved to the Notes folder and tagged with the name of the Smart Folder. Note: You cant convert a shared folder, a folder with a subfolder, or a folder that contains locked notes. Edit or delete a Smart Folder Do either of the following:

In the folders list, tap Edit, tap then tap

. to add, move, rename, and delete folders, Touch and hold a Smart Folder, then tap Edit Smart Folder to change the name or filters or Delete. Share notes and collaborate on iPad In the Notes app, you can send a copy of a note to a friend. You can also invite people to collaborate in real time on a note or on a folder of notes in iCloud, and everyone will see the latest changes. Share a copy of a note 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open the note you want to share. 3. Tap , tap Collaborate, tap Send Copy, then choose how to send your note. Collaborate on a note or folder of notes using iCloud To collaborate with others, you can share a note or a folder of notes in iCloud. You can set permissions for the participants (such as allowing them to edit notes, add attachments, and create subfolders), and all the participants can see everyones changes in real time. The participants must be signed in to their Apple Account and have Notes turned on in iCloud settings. Note: You cant collaborate on a locked note or on a folder with locked notes. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Share a note: Open the note you want to share, tap , then choose Collaborate. Share a folder: Open the folder you want to share, then tap . 3. To change the access and permissions, tap Only invited people can edit, then set any of the following:

Who can access: Choose Only invited people or Anyone with the link. Permissions: Choose Can make changes or View only. Allow other to invite: Turn on to allow participants to invite new people

(available only when they have permission to make changes). 4. Choose Messages or Mail to send your invitation. (AirDrop isnt supported for collaboration.) If you send the invitation in Messages, you get activity updates in the Messages conversation when someone makes changes in the shared note. Tap the updates to go to the shared note. See the Apple Support article If you cant share or collaborate in the Notes app on your iPhone or iPad. View activity in a note In the notes list, an orange dot to the left of a note title indicates the note has changed since you last looked at it. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open the note, then swipe right on the note or swipe up on the Activity card to see who made changes and when. 3. To adjust how the activity is shown, tap

, then choose any of the following:

Show Updates: Shows changes made since you last opened the note. Show All Activity: Shows all activity in the note. Show Highlights: Shows names, dates, and changes made by each participant. Tip: To mention a participant and notify them of important updates, type an @ sign followed by their name. View activity in a folder 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the folder, then tap Show Folder Activity. Change sharing settings 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. The owner of a shared note or folder can change the sharing settings by doing one of the following:

Manage a shared note: Tap

, then tap Manage Shared Note. Manage a shared folder: Tap

, then tap Manage Shared Folder. 3. Do any of the following:

Remove participants: Tap the participant you want to remove, then tap Remove Access. Change access and permission settings: To change the settings for all participants, tap Share Options. To change the settings for one person, tap their name. Stop sharing: When you choose this option, the shared note or folder is deleted from the devices of the other participants. Export or print notes on iPad In the Notes app, you can open a note in the Pages app and continue working. You can also export the note as a PDF or print the note. Open a note in Pages 1. Make sure your iPad has the latest version of Pages. 2. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 3. Open the note you want to export. 4. Tap , then tap Open in Pages. Note: If the note is locked, you must unlock it before exporting the contents of the note to Pages. You cant edit drawings in Pages. Content such as scanned documents and PDFs appear as thumbnail images in Pages. Tags, mentions, checklists, and links to notes arent active items in Pages. If a note is shared, the resulting Pages document isnt shared. Export a note as a PDF You can create a PDF of a note, using the notes current view settings for its attachments. In a note with a multipage PDF or scanned document, the exported PDF contains only the first page of the original PDF or scanned document. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open the note you want to export. 3. Tap , then tap Markup. 4. Mark up the pages in the exported PDF as needed, then tap Done to save the PDF. Export a note as a Markdown file You can export your notes as Markdown files to integrate your notes into writing, content, and other workflows that support Markdown. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open the note you want to export. 3. Tap , tap Export as Markup, then choose how to send or save your note. Print a note 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open the note you want to print. 3. Tap , tap

, then tap Print. 4. Choose the printer and other options, then tap Print. Lock your notes on iPad

, you can lock notes to protect your sensitive information. You In the Notes app can access your locked notes using your device passcode or a custom password. If you have multiple Notes accounts, you choose the locking method for each account (for example, for your iCloud account). Lock notes with your device passcode If you use your device passcode to access locked notes, you dont have to create and remember a separate password, which reduces the chance of losing access to your locked notes. If you use your device passcode, you can also use Face ID or Touch ID to access your locked notes. If you have multiple devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account, you use each devices passcode (or login password for a Mac) to access your locked notes on that device. To access notes locked with a device passcode, you must be using iOS 16, iPadOS 16, macOS 13, or later. On devices with an earlier version of the OS, you wont be able to access the locked notes. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Notes. 3. Tap Password. 4. If you have multiple accounts, choose the account you want to set a password for. 5. Tap Use Device Passcode. 6. For added convenience, you can also turn on Face ID or Touch ID. Lock notes with a custom password Creating a custom password for locked notes can provide additional security, but if you forget the password, you may lose access to your locked notes. You use your custom password to access your locked notes on all devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. If you have more than one iCloud account or an On My iPad account, you can set a different custom password for each account. To access notes locked with a custom password, you must be using iOS 9.3, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.11.4, or later. On devices with an earlier version of the OS, you wont see the notes. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Notes. 3. Tap Password. 4. If you have multiple accounts, choose the account you want to set a password for. 5. Tap Use Custom Password. 6. For added convenience, you can also turn on Face ID or Touch ID. Dont rely on Face ID or Touch ID as the only means of unlocking your notes. If you update your Face ID or Touch ID settings, or want to change your Notes password, you have to reenter your Notes password. Important: If you forget your custom password, and you cant use Face ID or Touch ID to access your locked notes, Apple cant help you regain access to those notes. You can reset your custom password, but this doesnt give you access to previously locked notes. The new custom password applies to all notes you lock from now on. Go to Settings > Apps > Notes, then tap Password > Reset Password. See the Apple Support article How to lock or unlock notes on your iPhone or iPad. Change the locking method If youre using a custom password, you can switch to using your device passcode. When you change your locking method, notes that you accessed with the previous method begin using the new method. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Notes. 3. Tap Password, choose an account (if you have more than one), then tap Use Device Passcode. Lock a note You can only lock notes on your device and notes in iCloud. You cant lock notes that have tags, PDF, audio, video, Keynote, Pages, or Numbers attachments; notes that sync with other accounts; or Quick Notes. You cant lock a note thats shared in iCloud. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open the note, then tap

(at the top-right corner). 3. Tap Lock, then tap

. When a note is locked, the title remains visible in the notes list. To remove a lock from a note, tap

(at the top-right corner), then tap Remove. Open your locked notes Opening one locked note opens all your locked notes in the same account for several minutes so you can easily jump into another note or copy and paste information from other apps. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Tap the locked note, then tap or View Note. 3. To open the note, use Face ID, Touch ID, your device passcode, or your Notes password. To lock your notes again, do any of the following:

Tap at the top of the screen. Tap Lock Now at the top of the notes list. Close the Notes app. Lock your iPad. Add or remove accounts in Notes on iPad

, you can use multiple accountssuch as iCloud, enterprise-

In the Notes app managed iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, Google, and Yahooand keep all your notes in one place. Your notes stay up to date on all your devices that use the same accounts. You can also have an On My iPad account for notes you keep only on this device. Note: All Notes features described in this guide are available when you use iCloud and the On My iPad account. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Keep your notes up to date on all your devices with iCloud Your iCloud notesand any changes you make to themappear on your iPhone, iPad, and Mac where youre signed in to your Apple Account. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Turn on Notes. Add other accounts 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Notes. 3. Tap Notes Accounts, then tap Add Account. 4. Do one of the following:

Choose an account provider, then enter your account information. If your account provider isnt listed, tap Add Other Account, enter your email account information, then turn on Notes for that account. Set up an On My iPad account Notes in this account appear only on your iPad, and theyre included in your iPad backups to iCloud. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Notes. 3. Turn on On My iPad Account. Remove an account When you remove or delete an account, the notes in that account no longer appear on your iPad. The notes remain in your internet account (for example, iCloud.com or Google) and any other devices you had already set up. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Notes. 3. Tap Notes Accounts, then tap the account you want to remove. 4. Do one of the following:

Stop using Notes on the account: Turn off Notes. You can continue to use the account for other services, such as Mail. Stop using all services on the account: Tap Sign Out (for an iCloud account) or Delete Account (for other accounts). If you dont see Sign Out or Delete Account, your account may be managed by your organization. See an administrator for removal instructions. Change the Notes view on iPad You can change how your notes appear in the Notes app . Add lines or grids to your notes, view your notes as a list or a gallery, and see all the attachments in one place. Change the Notes display on your iPad View a note in full-screen: While viewing a note in landscape orientation, tap or turn iPad to portrait orientation. See your accounts, notes list, and selected note all at once: Turn iPad to landscape orientation, then tap

. Show lines or grids in notes In an existing note: Tap

, tap Lines & Grids, then choose a style. In all new notes: Go to Settings choose a style.

> Apps > Notes, tap Lines & Grids, then View notes as a list or gallery In the notes list, tap

, then tap View as List or View as Gallery. View all attachments In the notes list, tap

, then tap View Attachments. Change your Notes settings on iPad In Settings, you can customize your preferences for the Notes app . Choose the default account for new notes, set a password, and more. Customize your Notes settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Notes. 3. Adjust any of the following:

Accounts: Add or remove accounts in Notes. Siri: Allow Siri to make suggestions across apps based on the way you use Notes. Search: Allow suggestions and content from Notes to appear in Search and widgets. Notifications: Change notification settings. Language: Choose your preferred languages (option appears when multiple languages are added). Default Account: Choose the default account when creating notes using Siri and the Notes widget. Password: Lock important notes. On My iPad Account: Turn on the On My iPad account. Mention Notifications: Receive notifications when your name is mentioned in shared notes. Viewing: Choose viewing options such as the sort order, lines and grids, and group notes by date. Quick Notes: Choose corner gestures to quickly create a new note or resume the last Quick Note. App Links: Get suggested app links. Auto Convert to Tag: Automatically change #text to a tag when typing a space. Save to Photos: Save photos and videos taken in Notes to the Photos app. Access Notes from Lock Screen: Choose Always Create New Note or Resume Last Note. Or turn it off to prevent access from the Lock Screen. Use keyboard shortcuts in Notes on iPad If your iPad is connected to an iPad keyboard, you can use keyboard shortcuts to quickly perform actions in the Notes app. Examples of keyboard shortcuts Start a new note: Press Command-N. Add a checklist: Press Shift-Command-L. Create a bulleted list: Press Shift-Command-7. Add a link: Press Command-K. Hide the sidebar: Press Control-Command-S. Learn keyboard shortcuts Press and hold the Globe ( ) key or Command () key until the shortcuts appear. Passwords Use passwords on iPad In the Passwords app

, you can find all your passwords, passkeys, and verification codes in one place. You can use your passwords on all your devices where you sign in to the same Apple Account and turn on Passwords & Keychain in iCloud settings. And if you use AutoFill to sign in to websites and apps, your passwords automatically appear in Passwords. See all your types of password credentials:

App passwords Website passwords Sign in with Apple Passkeys Verification codes Wi-Fi passwords Passwords shared with groups Find a password by searching or sorting. Then click Edit to reveal the password, or to change or delete the password. Tip: In Passwords, click Security for recommendations to change weak passwords. Find your password for a website or app on iPad You can find your password for a website or app by searching or sorting your accounts on iPad. Find your password for a website or app by searching for the account 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Enter the name of the account in the search field at the top of the screen. 3. Tap the account, then tap the Password field. Find your password for a website or app by sorting your accounts 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All. 3. Tap at the bottom of the list of accounts, then tap how you want to sort your accounts. 4. Locate and tap the account, then tap the Password field. Change the password for a website or app on iPad You can change the password you use to sign in to a website or app on your iPad. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All, then locate the account for the website or app. 3. Tap the account. 4. Tap Edit, tap Change Password, then change your password on the website or in the app. If the website or app allows you to upgrade to Sign in with Apple, you can take advantage of the security and convenience of that feature. If you arent given the upgrade option when you change your password, many accounts allow iPad to automatically create a strong password that you dont have to remember. Note: If you get a warning on your iPad about a password for a website or app thats no longer available, you can remove its account from your iPad and iCloud Keychain. Go to the Passwords app on the account. on your iPad, tap All, then swipe left Remove a password from your iPad and iCloud Keychain You can delete the password you use to sign in to a website or app on your iPad. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All, then tap the account for the password you want to delete. 3. Tap Edit. 4. Tap Delete, then tap Delete Password to confirm. Note: This action doesnt remove the password from the website or app where you created it. Recover a password you deleted from your iPad If you delete a password from your iPad, you have 30 days to recover the password before its permanently deleted. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap Deleted. 3. Locate the account for the deleted password, then tap the account. 4. Tap Recover. If you previously shared the password with a group, choose one of the following:

Recover to Group: Resume sharing the password with the group. Recover and Stop Sharing: Stop sharing the password with the group. The password is added back to your iPad and iCloud Keychain. Create a password for a website or app on iPad Your iPad can generate a password to use on a website or app. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All, then tap at the bottom of the list of accounts. 3. Enter details about the website or app, and a user name for your account. 4. Tap password. A strong password is suggested for you. 5. Tap the suggested password (or enter one). 6. Tap

. You can also create a password when you sign up for services on websites and in apps. See Create a strong password for a new account. Show user names and passwords in large text on iPad You can show user names, passwords, and verification codes in large text on your iPad. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All, then tap an account. 3. Touch and hold your user name, password, or verification code, then tap Show in Large Type. Use passkeys to sign in to websites and apps on iPad You can create and save passkeys to replace the passwords you use to sign in to supported websites and apps on your iPad. Passkeys are more secure than passwords, because theyre uniquely generated for every account by your own device and are less vulnerable to phishing. And they work on all your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Also, websites and apps can automatically create passkeys for your account, so you can use the passkeys the next time you sign in. Like passwords, passkeys are encrypted and stored in your iCloud Keychain, where they arent visible to anyone (including Apple). Note: To use passkeys, iCloud Keychain and two-factor authentication must be turned on. Create and save a passkey using your iPad You can create and save passkeys for websites and apps that support them. Note: The instructions for creating and saving a passkey can vary depending on the app, website, or browser, but they typically consist of steps similar to the ones below. 1. Go to the sign-in screen for a supported website or app on your iPad, and do one of the following:

If youre setting up a new account: Tap the button or link for setting up new accounts, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you already have an existing account: Sign in with your account name and password, then go to the account settings or management screen. 2. When you see the option to save a passkey for the account, tap Continue. Your passkey is saved. Note: If you dont see a passkey option, it means the website or app doesnt currently support passkeys. The passkeys you create are stored on your iPad in the Passwords app. You can have a passkey and password for the same website or app, and find them both under the same account in the Passwords app. You can also save a passkey to a hardware security key. Tap Other options, Save on another device, or similar (if available), then follow the onscreen instructions for saving a passkey. See Use security keys to sign in to your Apple Account. Use a passkey to sign in to a website or app on your iPad After you create and save a passkey for a website or app, you can use the passkey whenever you sign in. Note: The instructions for signing in with a passkey can vary depending on the app, website, or browser, but they typically consist of steps similar to the ones below. 1. Go to a website or app on your iPad, and tap the account name field on the sign-in screen. 2. Tap the suggested account name that appears at the bottom of the screen or near the top of the keyboard. If the account name doesnt appear, or you want to use a different one, enter it. 3. Use Face ID or Touch ID to complete sign in. If you didnt set up Face ID or Touch ID on your iPad, enter your device passcode (the code you use to unlock your iPad). The passkey you saved completes the sign-in automatically. Use a passkey saved on your iPad to sign in on another device If youre using a device not associated with your Apple Account (such as a computer at a public library, an internet cafe, or a friends house) and you have your iPad with you, you can sign in to websites or apps on that device using the passkeys you created for them. Note: The instructions for using a passkey on another device can vary depending on the app, website, or browser, but they typically consist of steps similar to the ones below. 1. On the other device, go to the website or app and enter your user name in the account name field on the sign-in screen. 2. Select Other options, Passkey from nearby device, or similar, then follow the onscreen instructions to display a QR code on the screen. 3. Use your iPad camera to scan the QR code. The passkey thats saved to iCloud Keychain completes the sign-in automatically. Create a passkey on a device thats not your own If you have your iPad with you, you can create a passkey while using a device not associated with your Apple Account (such as a computer at a public library, an internet cafe, or a friends house), and save it to iCloud Keychain instead of to the device youre using to create the passkey. Note: The instructions for creating a passkey can vary depending on the app, website, or browser, but they typically consist of steps similar to the ones below. 1. On the other device, go to the sign-in page for a supported website or app, then do one of the following:

If youre setting up a new account: Tap the button or link for setting up new accounts, then enter a new username. If you already have an account: Sign in with your account name and password, then go to the account settings or management screen. 2. When you see the option to save a passkey for the account, select Other options, Save on another device, or similar (instead of Continue). Note: If you dont see a passkey option, it means the website or app doesnt currently support passkeys. 3. Select Save a passkey on a device with a camera, or similar, then follow the onscreen instructions to display a QR code on the screen. 4. Use your iPad camera to scan the QR code with your camera. The passkey is saved to your iPad and iCloud Keychain. Change a passkey You might need to create a new passkey to replace the existing one (if, for example, you previously shared it with someone to whom you no longer want to give access). To change a passkey, follow the steps for an existing account in Create and save a passkey or Create a passkey on a device thats not your own. Delete a passkey 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap Passkeys, then tap the account for the passkey you want to delete. 3. Tap Edit. 4. Tap Delete, then tap Delete Passkey to confirm. If you delete a passkey, you can create a new one at any time. Sign in with Apple on iPad With Sign in with Apple, you can sign in to participating websites and apps with your Apple Account. You dont need to create and remember new passwords, and your account is protected with two-factor authentication. You can share your Sign in with Apple access with family and trusted contacts. Sign in with Apple is designed to respect your privacy. Websites and apps can ask only for your name and email address to set up your account, and Apple wont track you as you use them. Sign in with Apple requires two-factor authentication for your Apple Account. This protects your Apple Account, your app accounts, and your app content. Set up or upgrade an account to Sign in with Apple When a participating website or app asks you to set up or upgrade an account, do the following:

1. Tap Sign in with Apple. 2. Follow the onscreen instructions. Some websites and apps dont request your name and email address. In this case, you simply authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model), then start using the app. Others may ask for your name and email address to set up a personalized account. When an app asks for this information, Sign in with Apple displays your name and the personal email address from your Apple Account for you to review. To edit your name, tap it, then use the keyboard to make changes. To specify an email address, do one of the following:

Use your personal email address: Tap Share My Email. If you have multiple email addresses associated with your Apple Account, choose the address you want. Hide your email address: Tap Hide My Email. This option allows you to receive email from the app without sharing your personal email address. When you choose this option, Apple creates a unique, random email address for you, and any email sent from the app to this address is forwarded to your personal address. After you review your information and choose an email option, tap Continue, authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model), then start using the app. Sign in to access your account After you set up an account with a website or app using Sign in with Apple, you typically dont need to sign in to it again on your iPad. But if youre asked to sign in

(for example, after you sign out of an account), do the following:

1. Tap Sign in with Apple. 2. Review the Apple Account that appears, then tap Continue. 3. Authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model). Change the address used to forward email If you chose to hide your email address when you created an account and you have more than one address associated with your Apple Account, you can change the address that receives your forwarded email. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, tap Sign-In & Security, then tap Forward To. 3. Choose a different email address, then tap

. Review or change Sign in with Apple settings for apps 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Sign in with Apple. 3. To change a setting for an app, tap it, then do any of the following:

Turn off forwarding email: Tap Manage Hide My Email, tap the app, then turn off Forward To. You wont receive any further emails from the app. Stop using Sign in with Apple: Tap Delete, then tap Stop Using. You may be asked to create a new account the next time you try to sign in to the app. Share your Sign in with Apple access 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All, then locate and tap the account where you use Sign in with Apple. 3. Tap Group, then tap New Group. 4. Enter a name for the group, then tap Add People. 5. Type the name, email address, or phone number of the person or people you want to add, then tap Add. Note: To add someone to your group, they must be in your Contacts app and have a device using iOS 17, iPadOS 17, macOS 14, or later. If they can be added to the group, their contact information appears in blue. If it appears in gray, their iPhone, iPad, or Mac might not support shared password groups. 6. Tap

. Sign in with Apple also works on your other devicesiPhone, Apple Watch, Mac, Apple TV, and iPod touchwhere youre signed in to the same Apple Account. To sign in from an Android app, a Windows app, or any web browser, tap Sign in with Apple, then enter your Apple Account password. For more information, see the Apple Support article What is Sign in with Apple?

Share passwords and passkeys with people you trust on iPad Shared password groups are an easy and secure way to share passwords and passkeys with your family and trusted contacts. Anyone in the group can add passwords and passkeys. When a shared password changes, it changes on everyones device. Create a group Note: To create a shared password group, you must be signed in to your Apple Account. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. 3. Enter a name for the group, then tap Add People. 4. Type the name, email address, or phone number of the person you want to add, then tap Add. Note: To add someone to your group, they must be in your contacts and have an iPhone, iPad, or Mac with iOS 17, iPadOS 17, macOS 14, or later. If they can be added to the group, their contact information appears in blue. If it appears in gray, their iPad, iPhone, or Mac might not support shared password groups. 5. Tap

. 6. Select the passwords you want to share with the group, then tap Move in the top-right corner. If you dont want to share any passwords yet, tap Not Now in the top-left corner. You can notify the people youve invited to the group, and they can also see the invitation in Passwords > Group Invitations. Your shared passwords are saved in iCloud Keychain, and you can use them like any other saved password. You receive a notification whenever anyone else is invited to the group. Manage a group If you create a group, you can add or remove other members, or delete the group. Other members of the group dont have these options, but they can choose to leave at any time. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap the name of your group. 3. Do any of the following:

Add a member to the group: Tap your name, then tap Add People. Remove a member from the group: Tap the members name, then tap Remove From Group. Remove a shared password or passkey from the group: Tap Select, select the shared account with the shared password or passkey, then tap

. Delete the group: Tap your name, then tap Delete Group. 4. When youre finished making changes, tap

. Respond to an invitation to join a group 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap the invitation, then tap Accept to join the group. You can also decline the invitation. Important: Dont accept an invitation if you dont recognize the sender. Automatically fill in strong passwords on iPad When you sign up for services on websites and in apps, you can let iPad create strong passwords for many of your accounts. iPad stores the passwords in the Passwords app and fills them in for you automatically, so you dont have to memorize them. Note: Instead of requiring you to sign in with passwords, participating websites and apps support these alternatives:

Sign in with Apple: Lets you use your Apple Account to sign in, and limits the information shared about you. See Sign in with Apple. A passkey: Lets you use Face ID or Touch ID to securely sign in without using a password. See Use passkeys to sign in to websites and apps. Create a strong password for a new account Depending on the website or app, creating a strong password and saving it to the Passwords app usually consists of steps similar to these. 1. On the new account screen for the website or app, enter a new account name. For supported websites and apps, iPad suggests a unique, complex password. 2. Do one of the following:

Choose the suggested password: Tap Use Strong Password. Edit the suggested password: Tap Other Options, tap Edit Strong Password, tap the password text field, then make your changes. Get a different strong password: Tap Other Options, tap Edit Strong Password, then tap the suggested password. Get a strong password consisting of only numbers and letters: Tap Other Options, then tap No Special Characters. Get a strong password thats easy to type: Tap Other Options, then tap Easy to Type. Make up your own password: Tap Other Options, then tap Choose My Own Password. 3. To copy the password so you can paste it into a Confirm Password field if asked, tap Other Options, then tap Copy Strong Password. 4. To securely add and keep notes about recovery key information, security questions, PIN numbers, and similar details, enter them in the Notes field. To view the notes later, go to the Passwords app tap the account. on your iPad, tap All, then 5. To later allow iPad to automatically fill in the password for you, tap Yes when youre asked if you want to save the password. Automatically fill in a saved password Depending on the website or app, signing in with your saved password usually consists of steps similar to these. 1. On the sign-in screen for the website or app, tap the account name field. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap the account suggested at the bottom of the screen or near the top of the keyboard. Tap , tap Other Passwords, then tap an account. The password is filled in. To see the password, tap

. To enter an account or password that isnt saved, tap on the sign-in screen. Turn Password AutoFill on or off 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap AutoFill & Passwords. 3. Turn AutoFill Passwords and Passkeys on or off. You can automatically fill passwords from up to three passwords apps. See the websites youve excluded from automatically filling in passwords on iPad When you enter a password for a website, youre asked if you want the password saved and automatically entered in the future. You can see all the websites for which youve chosen to never save the password. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Passwords. 3. Below Save Passwords, tap Show excluded websites. The list includes all websites for which youve opted not to save your password. Tip: You can remove a website from the list. Swipe left on the website, or tap Remove All. The next time you enter your password for the website, youll be asked if you want the password saved and automatically entered in the future. Change weak or compromised passwords on iPad When you create and store your own passwords for websites and apps, iPad automatically identifies common weaknesses (for example, if theyre easily guessed or used multiple times). iPad can also securely monitor your passwords and alert you if they appear in known data leaks. Change a weak or compromised password 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap Security. If an account has a weak or compromised password, a message explains the problem. 3. Tap an account. 4. Tap the Password field, then tap Copy Password, so you can paste it where its requestedfor example, when you create a new password and youre asked to enter your old password. 5. Tap Change Password, then change your password on the website or in the app. If the website or app allows you to use a passkey or to upgrade to Sign in with Apple, you can take advantage of the security and convenience of those features. If you arent given the upgrade option when you change your password, many accounts allow iPad to automatically create a strong password that you dont have to remember. Note: If iPad warns you about a password for a website or app thats no longer available, you can remove its account from your iPad and iCloud Keychain. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad, tap All, then swipe left on the account. Hide a security recommendation You can hide a security recommendation so that you dont have to continue reviewing it if youre unable to address it. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap Security. 3. Tap an account, then tap Hide. To show a security recommendation youve hidden, tap Security, tap of the screen, tap the account, then tap Unhide. at the top Turn detection of compromised passwords on or off iPad can monitor your passwords and alert you if they appear in known data leaks. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Passwords. 3. Turn Detect Compromised Passwords on or off View your passwords and related information on iPad You can view and copy passwords, add notes like security question reminders, and more with the encrypted account information stored on iPad. iCloud Keychain securely keeps this information up to date across all your approved devices. View and copy a password for a website or app account 1. For an account that uses a password, do one of the following:

Ask Siri something like, Show me my passwords. Learn how to use Siri. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. On a sign-in screen, tap . 2. Tap an account, then tap the Password field. 3. To copy the password to use elsewhere, tap Copy Password. Add notes for an account with a password or passkey You can securely keep notes about recovery key information, security questions, PIN numbers, and similar details. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All, then tap an account. 3. Tap Edit, tap Notes, enter your text, then tap

. To update the notes, tap Edit, then tap the Notes field. Go to the website for an account 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All, then tap an account. 3. Do one of the following:

Tap

. Tap the website URL, tap Copy Website, then paste the URL into the address field of your browser. Remove an account from your iPad and iCloud Keychain 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Swipe left on the account, then tap Delete. For example, you might want to remove the account for a website or app thats no longer available. Note: This action doesnt remove the account from the website or app where you created it. View your password history for a website or app on iPad You can see the previous versions of a password, passkey, or verification code for a website or app, along with the dates they were changed. You can also clear the history of changes. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All in the sidebar. 3. Locate and tap the website or app account. 4. Tap View History. To show the password, tap . To remove the list of changes, tap Clear. Note: For shared passwords, the history of changes isnt shown. Find and share your Wi-Fi password on iPad You can find the password of the Wi-Fi network youre currently using and see all the Wi-Fi networks and passwords youve previously saved. You can share the password of the Wi-Fi network youre currently using with a nearby friend or family member. Find a Wi-Fi password 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wi-Fi. If youre connected to a Wi-Fi network, its name appears at the top of the screen. You can also see all the Wi-Fi networks youve previously saved. If you dont see Wi-Fi, tap at the top of the screen. 3. Tap a Wi-Fi network. 4. Tap the Password field. To copy the password to use elsewhere, tap Copy Password. Share your Wi-Fi network password with a nearby friend or family member 1. Make sure your iPad (the one sharing the password) is unlocked and connected to the Wi-Fi network. 2. Have your friend of family member go to Wi-Fi settings on their iPhone, iPad, or Mac, then choose the network. 3. When a message asks if you want to share your Wi-Fi password, tap Share Password. Note: To share your Wi-Fi network password devices must be within Bluetooth and Wi-Fi range, not using Personal Hotspot, and added to each others contacts. You can also go to the Wi-Fi network and tap Show Network QR Code, which friends and family can scan to join the network. Share passwords and passkeys securely with AirDrop on iPad Use AirDrop to securely share passwords and passkeys for website and app accounts with someone using an iPhone, iPad, or Mac. Note: To show someone the password you saved for a Wi-Fi network, see Find a Wi-Fi password. Check the AirDrop requirements Compared to sharing other types of information, AirDrop has more stringent requirements for sharing passwords and passkeys. iCloud Keychain must be set up on your iPad. The person youre sharing with must be in your contacts list in the Contacts app, and they must be listed with the email address they use for iCloud. You must be in the other persons contacts list in the Contacts app, and you must be listed with the email address you use for iCloud. Send a password or passkey To share with someone on iPad or iPhone, ask them to open Control Center and allow AirDrop to receive items. To share with someone on a Mac, ask them to allow themselves to be discovered in AirDrop in the Finder. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All, then tap the account you want to share. 3. Tap , then tap Share with AirDrop. 4. Tap the device or picture of the person you want to send the password or passkey to. Receive a password or passkey 1. If you havent already done so, allow AirDrop to receive items. 2. When you receive a request to accept a password or passkey from someone else, tap Accept. The password or passkey is saved to your iPad, where you can view its information and let iPad automatically fill it in on the sign-in screen for the account. The password or passkey is also saved to your iCloud Keychain, so you can use it on other devices where youre signed in to your Apple Account. Make your passwords and passkeys available across devices with iPad and iCloud Keychain Use iCloud Keychain to keep your website and app passwords and passkeys, credit card information, Wi-Fi network information, and other account information up to date across all your approved devices and Mac computers. iCloud Keychain is secured with 256-bit AES encryption during storage and transmission, and its data cant be read by Apple. iCloud Keychain can also keep the accounts you use in Mail, Contacts, Calendar, and Messages up to date across all your iPhone and iPad devices and Mac computers. Set up iCloud Keychain If you didnt set up iCloud Keychain when you first set up your iPad, you can do so now. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap See All (next to Saved to iCloud), then tap Passwords & Keychain. 4. Turn on Sync this iPad, then follow the onscreen instructions. Set up iCloud Keychain on an additional device When you turn on iCloud Keychain on an additional device, your other devices using iCloud Keychain receive a notification requesting your approval of the additional device. On one of your other devices, approve the additional device. Your iCloud Keychain automatically begins updating on the additional device. To approve iCloud Keychain when you dont have access to your other devices, follow the onscreen instructions to use your iCloud Security Code. Recover your iCloud Keychain if all your devices are lost or stolen iCloud Keychain syncs across devices to provide convenience and redundancy in case you lose a single device. If all your devices are lost and youve added a recovery contact to your Apple Account, your contact can help you recover your iCloud Keychain. Go to Settings Contacts, then tap Learn More.

> [your name] > Sign-In & Security, tap Recovery You can also recover your iCloud Keychain through iCloud Keychain escrow, which is also protected against brute-force attacks. iCloud Keychain escrows a users keychain data with Apple without allowing Apple to read the passwords and other data it contains. Your keychain is encrypted using a strong passcode, and the escrow service provides a copy of the keychain only if a strict set of conditions is met. To recover your keychain through iCloud Keychain escrow, authenticate with your Apple Account on a new device, then respond to an SMS sent to a trusted phone number. After you authenticate and respond, you must enter the device passcode. iOS, iPadOS, and macOS allow only 10 attempts to authenticate. After several failed attempts, the record is locked and you must contact Apple Support on the Apple Support website to be granted more attempts. To learn more about iCloud Keychain, see the Apple Support article Set up iCloud Keychain. Automatically fill in one-time verification codes on iPad Some websites and apps offer two-factor authentication (also known as multifactor authentication), which helps prevent other people from accessing your accounts even if they know your passwords. Passwords are the first authentication factor, and temporary, one-time verification codes are commonly a second factor. iPad can automatically generate these verification codes without your reliance on SMS messages or additional apps. Set up automatic verification codes for a website or app by scanning a QR code If you have another device with a screen, like a computer or iPhone, you can use it to display a QR code from a website or app, then use the iPad camera to scan the code. 1. On your other device, sign in to the area of the website or app where you manage your account, then select options to enable two-factor authentication and an authenticator app. A QR code appears to help you set up an authenticator app. 2. On iPad, use the camera to scan the QR code. 3. On iPad, select your account for the website or app. A verification code appears below the User Name and Password fields. 4. On your other device, enter the verification code that appears on your iPad. Set up automatic verification codes for a website or app by entering a setup key If you cant scan a QR code from another screen, you can manually enter a setup key. 1. Sign in to the area of the website or app where you manage your account, then select options to enable two-factor authentication and an authenticator app. 2. Choose the option to manually use a setup key (or setup code or similar), then select and copy the setup key. 3. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 4. Tap All, then tap your account for the website or app. 5. Tap Edit, then tap Set Up Code. 6. Visit the website to get a setup key, enter the setup key in Passwords, then tap Use Setup Key. If the website offers a QR code, you can touch and hold it, then choose Add Verification in Passwords to do this automatically. Use a verification code on a website or in an app 1. Sign in to the website or app. 2. If prompted, select the option to use an authenticator app. 3. When asked for a verification code, tap the suggestion that appears above the keyboard. If no suggestion appears, go to the Passwords app your account for the website or app, tap the verification code, then tap Copy Verification Code. Return to the website or app, then paste the verification code into the field. on your iPad, select Automatically delete one-time verification codes One-time verification codes are filled in automatically, so you dont need to leave the website or app youre signing in to. You can choose to automatically delete the verification codes after entering them with Autofill, or keep them. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap Autofill & Passwords. 3. Under Verification Codes, turn Delete After Use on or off. Sign in with fewer CAPTCHA challenges on iPad Some website and app sign-in screens require you to pass CAPTCHA challenges, such as recognizing letters in unusual shapes. iCloud allows you to bypass many challenges by automatically and privately verifying your iPad and account. You can turn this bypass on or off. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Sign-In & Security. 3. Turn Automatic Verification on or off. Use two-factor authentication for your Apple Account on iPad Using two-factor authentication helps prevent others from accessing your Apple Account account, even if they know your Apple Account password. When its on, you need both your Apple Account password and a six-digit verification code to sign in to your Apple Account. The verification code is sent to the phone number associated with your Apple Account, or its displayed on your trusted devices. Note: Certain account types might not support two-factor authentication. Two-

factor authentication isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of two-factor authentication for your Apple Account. Turn on two-factor authentication 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Sign-In & Security. 3. Tap Two-Factor Authentication. 4. Enter a trusted phone number (the number youll use to receive verification codes), then tap Next. A verification code is sent to your trusted phone number. 5. Enter the verification code on your iPad. Two-factor authentication is turned on for your Apple Account, and your iPad is now a trusted device. Add another trusted device After you turn on two-factor authentication on your iPad, you can add other trusted devices to your Apple Account. 1. On the device you want to add, sign in to your Apple Account you used to turn on two-factor authentication. 2. When prompted, enter the six-digit verification code that appears on your iPad, another trusted device, a trusted phone number, or your Mac. 3. Enter the verification code on the new device. You arent asked for a verification code again unless you sign out completely, erase your device, sign in to your Apple Account in a web browser, or need to change your Apple Account password for security reasons. Add or remove a trusted phone number Adding trusted phone numbers can be useful if you want to use two-factor authentication but dont have access to the phone number you added when you turned it on. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Sign-In & Security. 3. Tap Two-Factor Authentication. 4. Do one of the following:

Add a number: Tap Add a Trusted Phone Number, then enter the phone number. Remove a number: Tap next to the phone number. Trusted phone numbers dont automatically receive verification codes. If you cant access any trusted devices when setting up a new device for two-factor authentication, tap Didnt get a verification code? on the new device, then choose one of your trusted phone numbers to receive the verification code. View or remove trusted devices 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name. A list of the devices associated with your Apple Account appears near the bottom of the screen. 3. To remove a device, tap it, then tap Remove from Account. If you remove a trusted device, it can no longer display verification codes and its access to iCloud (and other Apple services on the device) is blocked. To add it back, use two-factor authentication to sign in to your Apple Account again. Generate a password for an app that signs in to your Apple Account To sign in to your Apple Account from a third-party app or service (such as an email, contacts, or calendar app) using two-factor authentication, generate an app-

specific password. 1. Sign in to your Apple Account. 2. Tap App-Specific Passwords, then tap Generate an app-specific password. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. After you generate your app-specific password, enter or paste it into the password field of the app as you would normally. For more information, see the Apple Support article Sign in to apps with your AppleID using app-specific passwords. Use security keys to sign in to your Apple Account on iPad Security Keys for your Apple Account is an optional security feature designed for people (such as celebrities, journalists, and members of government) who want extra protection from targeted attacks on their account, including phishing and social engineering scams. A security key is a small third-party hardware device that you can connect to your iPad and use to verify your identity when signing in to your Apple Account. The physical key replaces the six-digit verification codes normally used in two-factor authentication, which keeps this information from being intercepted or requested by an attacker. For details about security key requirements, see the Apple Support article About security keys for your Apple Account. Set up security keys You need to set up at least two security keys so you can use one of them as a backup in case the other one is lost, damaged, or stolen. You can pair up to six keys with your account. Note: NFC security keys are not currently supported on iPad. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Sign-In & Security. 3. Tap Two-Factor Authentication, tap Security Keys, then tap Add Security Keys and follow the onscreen instructions. Sign in to a device, website, or app using a security key 1. When prompted, insert your security key. 2. Follow the onscreen instructions. Use a security key to reset your Apple Account password If you forget your Apple Account password, you can use a security key thats paired with your account to reset it. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Sign-In & Security. If you arent already signed in to your Apple Account on your iPad, first use your paired security key to sign in. 3. Tap Change Password, then follow the onscreen instructions. Use a security key to unlock your Apple Account If you try unsuccessfully six times in a row to sign in to your Apple Account, or if your iPad detects other signs of suspicious activity, youll receive an onscreen notification that your Apple Account is locked. You can use your security key to unlock it. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Sign-In & Security. 3. Tap Unlock Account, then follow the onscreen instructions to unlock your Apple Account. 4. If you think your account might have been locked because someone else knows your password, tap Change Password and enter a new one. 5. Tap Done. Remove security keys You can pair up to six security keys with your Apple Account. If you reach the limit and need to pair additional keys, you can remove one or more of your paired keys. You can replace keys youve removed at any time. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap Sign-In & Security. 3. Tap Security Keys. 4. To remove all keys, tap Remove All Keys, then tap Remove. To remove individual keys, tap the ones you want to remove, then tap Remove Key. Note: If you remove all security keys from your Apple Account, the account reverts to using six-digit verification codes for two-factor authentication. See the FileVault recovery key for your Mac in Passwords on iPad When you secure the data on your Mac with FileVault, you get a recovery key during setup. If you forget the password for your Mac, you can reset your forgotten password by entering the recovery key. You can see the recovery key in Passwords on your iPad. 1. Go to the Passwords app on your iPad. 2. Tap All, then tap the name of your Mac in the list. 3. Tap the Recovery Key field. 4. To copy the password to use elsewhere, tap Copy Recovery Key. Note: You can see the recovery key for your Mac in the Passwords app on your iPhone or iPad where youre signed in to the same Apple Account as your Mac. Import and export Import passwords from another password manager into Passwords on iPad You can import passwords that youve exported to a CSV file from another password manager. WARNING: Your imported passwords might not be encrypted and could be visible to anyone who can access the file. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Below History and Website Data, tap Import. 4. Tap Choose File, then choose the CSV file (or ZIP file) you exported from your other password manager. 5. Tap Import to Safari. 6. Tap Done. WARNING: For security, delete the file you imported from. Export passwords to another password manager on iPad You can export your passwords for websites and accounts to a CSV file, and then import them into another password manager. WARNING: Your exported passwords are not encrypted and are visible to anyone who can access the file. After you import the passwords into another password manager, delete the file you exported. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Below History and Website Data, tap Export. 4. Select Passwords. Deselect the other choices. 5. Tap Save to Downloads. 6. Tap Done. Note: You cant export Wi-Fi passwords, passwords that you shared with a group

(unless you created the group), or Sign in with Apple account passwords. Phone Make a call on iPad There are a number of ways you can make a phone call on your iPad: dial the number on the keypad, tap a favorite or recent call, or choose a number in your contacts list. Dial a number Ask Siri to call or dial a number. Speak each digit separatelyfor example, four one five, five five five. For the 800 area code in the U.S., you can say eight hundred. Learn how to use Siri. Or without using Siri:

1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the top-right corner, then do any of the following:

Enter the number using the keypad: If you make a mistake, tap

. Redial the last number: Tap tap to call that number. to see the last number you dialed, then Paste a number youve copied: Tap the phone number field above the keypad, then tap Paste. Enter a soft (2-second) pause: Touch and hold the star (*) key until a comma appears. Enter a hard pause (to pause dialing until you tap the Dial button):

Touch and hold the pound (#) key until a semicolon appears. Enter a + for international calls: Touch and hold the 0 key until +

appears. 3. Tap to start the call. To end the call, tap

. Add or remove contacts from your Favorites 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Calls. 3. To add a contact to your Favorites, tap Edit in the top-left corner of the screen, then do one of the following:

If youre adding your first Favorite: Tap Add Favorite. If youve already added a Favorite: Tap Edit Favorites, then tap

. 4. Tap a contact, choose the default method of communication (for example, message, call, or video) and the preferred number, then tap

. 5. To remove a contact from your Favorites, tap Edit, tap Edit Favorites, tap in the upper-left corner of the contact you want to remove, then tap

. To contact someone in your Favorites, tap their name. Redial or return a recent call 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Calls. 3. In the Recents list on the left side of your screen, tap a name or number. Information about the call or caller appears on the right side of the screen. 4. To redial or return a call, tap below the callers name or number on the right side of the screen. Call someone on your contacts list Ask Siri something like Call Elizas mobile. Learn how to use Siri. Or do the following:

1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap the search field in the top-right corner of the screen, type the name of the contact you want to call, then tap their name when it appears in the search results. 3. In the contact card on the right side of the screen, tap the Phone button, then tap the number you want to call. WARNING: For important information about avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Record and transcribe a call on iPad In some countries and regions, you can record a phone call when youre talking to one other person. In select regions and languages, you can view the transcript of the call in the Notes app. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Note: Call recording isnt currently available in Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Egypt, the European Union, Iran, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Morocco, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Russia, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, and Yemen. Record a call Before you begin, check the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website to see if call recording is available in your language and region, and make sure the other call participant is willing to be recorded. 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Make a call. 3. During the call, tap

, then tap Call Recording. Both call participants hear an audio notice that the call is being recorded. 4. To stop recording, tap or just hang up. iPad automatically saves call recordings to a Call Recordings folder in the Notes app. 5. To see the call in the Notes app, tap View Saved Call. Play a recorded call 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Tap a note in the Call Recordings folder, then tap . View a call transcript In select region and languages, you can view the transcript of a recorded call in the Notes app. The transcript may not be available immediatelyyou may see a message that the transcription is in progress. Note: Verify the accuracy of a transcription before relying on it. It might not be a perfect representation of the conversation. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Tap a note in the Call Recordings folder, then tap . Note: Spoken words in supported languages are automatically transcribed. If you dont see a transcript, your iPad doesnt meet the minimum requirements or detect a supported language. In the transcript, the speaker of each statement is identified. 3. While viewing the transcript, you can do any of the following:

Play the audio from a specific point: Select the text you want to hear. Search the transcript: Tap

, then tap Find in Transcript. Copy the transcript: Tap Copy Transcript.

, then choose Add Transcript to Note or Save the audio recording: Tap an option.

, tap Save Audio to Files, then choose View the waveform of the recording: Tap

. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can get a summary of a phone call you record in the Phone app. See Use Apple Intelligence in Phone. Delete a recorded call 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Tap a note in the Call Recordings folder, tap , then tap Delete. Note: Deleting the audio recording also deletes the transcript. Turn off Call Recording Call Recording is on by default, but you can turn it off. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Tap Call Recording, then turn off Call Recording.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Change your Phone settings on iPad Hide your Caller ID You can prevent your Caller ID information from showing on outgoing calls on iPad. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Tap Show My Caller ID, then turn it off. Note: If you dont see Show My Caller ID, your carrier may not allow you to turn off your caller ID information. Prioritize caller identification apps There are multiple main sources of caller ID information:

Contacts app: The people in your contacts app. Name and Photo Sharing: Callers who have turned on Name and Photo Sharing in Settings

> their name > Personal Information. Carrier Call Directory: Caller information identified by supported carriers. Business Call Identification: Caller information identified by Apple Business Connect or your cellular provider. Call Identification apps: Any caller information identified by supported caller ID apps. If you have additional caller identification apps installed, you can prioritize them for identifying incoming calls and reorder them at any point. For example, you might want one caller identification app to be the preferred one and the others to come into play only if the primary app cant identify the caller. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Tap Call Blocking & Identification, then tap Edit at the top of the screen. 4. Drag to reorder the priority of the apps. Turn on Dial Assist Dial assist automatically determines the correct international or local prefix when dialing. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Scroll down, then turn on Dial Assist. View and delete your call history on iPad You can view your call history on your iPad and delete all your recent calls or just specific calls. Delete your call history 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Calls, Missed, or Spam. 3. Do one of the following:

Delete a call one at a time: Swipe a call all the way to the left. Delete multiple calls: Tap Edit, tap Select, tap the calls you want to delete, then tap Delete. To recover a deleted call history, restore your iPad from a backup you made before the data was deleted. Get more details about your call history 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap Calls or Missed. 3. Tap a name or number in your call history to view information about the caller, and your call history with the caller. Note: Your carrier may have more information about deleted calls or older call histories. Answer or decline incoming calls on iPad You can answer, silence, or decline an incoming call. If you decline a call, it goes to voicemail. You can also respond to a call with a text. Answer a call Do one of the following:

Tap

. If your iPad is locked, drag the slider. Tip: You can have Siri announce incoming calls, which you can accept or decline using your voice. Silence a call Press the side button or either volume button when a call is coming in. You can still answer a silenced call until it goes to voicemail. Note: You can also automatically screen and silence calls from unknown numbers. See Screen or silence unknown numbers. Decline a call and send it directly to voicemail Do one of the following for an incoming call:

Press the side button twice quickly. Tap

. Swipe up on the call banner. You can also swipe down on the call banner for more options. Do any of the following:

Tap Remind Me, then choose when you want a reminder to return the call. Tap Message, then choose a default reply or tap Custom. To create your own default replies, go to Settings Respond with Text, tap any field below Respond With, then type your own reply.

> Apps > Phone >

Note: In some countries or regions, declined calls are disconnected without being sent to voicemail. Ask a caller for more information without answering a call When you receive a call, you can type a message asking the caller for more information before deciding whether to answer. Tap Type to Reply, then type the message you want your iPad to say to the caller. Their reply will appear on your screen as text. While on a call on iPad When youre on a phone call on iPad, you can switch the audio to the speaker or a Bluetooth device. Adjust the audio during a call To change the volume, press the volume buttons on the side of iPad. Or swipe down on the call banner, then do any of the following:

Mute: Tap the Mute button. Put the call on hold: Touch and hold the Mute button. Talk handsfree: Tap the Audio button, then choose an audio destination. Use another app while on a call 1. Go to the Home Screen, then open the app. 2. To return to the call, tap the green call indicator at the top of the screen. Receive a notification when youre no longer on hold When youre placed on hold during a call, you can use Hold Assist to notify you when a live agent is available so you dont have to stay on the line. Note: Available on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation or later), iPad Pro 11-inch

(3rd generation or later), iPad Air (4th generation or later), iPad (10th generation or later), and iPad mini (6th generation or later). Hold Assist isnt available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. When youre in a call and put on hold, tap

, then tap Hold Assist. Important: Check your ring settings before you step away from the call. If your iPad is on silent or Do Not Disturb is turned on, you wont hear the incoming call when an agent is available. See Change or turn off sounds. 3. Hold Assist will notify you when an agent is available and transcribe the part of the call you missed. Tap to rejoin the call. Note: Phone can also automatically detect hold music and prompt you to start Hold Assist. Go to Settings

> Apps > Phone, then turn on Hold Assist Detection. Respond to a second call on the same line If youre on a call and receive a second call, do one of the following:

Ignore the call and send it to voicemail: Tap Ignore. End the first call and answer the new one: When using a GSM network, tap End & Accept. With a CDMA network, tap End; when the second call rings back, tap Accept, or drag the slider if iPad is locked. Put the first call on hold and answer the new one: Tap Hold & Accept. To switch between calls when you have a call on hold, tap Swap to switch between calls, or tap Merge Calls to talk with both parties at once. See Start a conference or three-way call. Note: With CDMA, you cant switch between calls if the second call was outgoing, but you can merge the calls. You cant merge calls if the second call was incoming. If you end the second call or the merged call, both calls end. Use Live Translation If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can use it to get spoken translations during phone calls. See translations during phone calls.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Have a conference or three-way call on iPad When youre on a phone call, you can add an additional caller or callers if you want to include more people in the conversation. If you get another incoming call, you can also respond to or ignore it. Start a conference or three-way call With GSM, you can set up a conference call with up to five people (depending on your carrier). Note: Conference calls, or some aspects of conference calling, may not be available if your call is using VoLTE (Voice over LTE) or Wi-Fi Calling. 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. While on a call on iPad, tap Add Call, make another call, then tap Merge Calls. Repeat this step to add more people to the call. 3. During the call, do any of the following:

Talk privately with one person: Tap name of the person. Tap Merge Calls to resume the conference call.

, then tap Private next to the Add an incoming caller on the same line: Tap Hold Call & Answer, then tap Merge Calls. Drop one person: Tap drop, then tap End. next to the name of the person you want to Set up your voicemail on iPad In the Phone app, Visual Voicemail and Live Voicemail show a list of your messages. You can choose which ones to play and delete without listening to all of them. A badge on the Voicemail icon indicates the number of unheard messages. Voicemail transcription shows your messages transcribed into text. To view a transcribed voicemail, tap Voicemail in the Phone app, then tap the voicemail. Note: Voicemail and Visual Voicemail are available from select carriers in select countries or regions. Set up voicemail The first time you tap Voicemail, youre asked to create a voicemail password and record your voicemail greeting. 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap Voicemail, then tap Set Up Now. 3. Create a voicemail password. 4. Choose a greetingDefault or Custom; if you choose Custom, you can record a new greeting. Turn on Live Voicemail Live Voicemail lets you automatically see a real-time transcription as someone is leaving you a message. You can even pick up the call as theyre leaving their voicemail. To turn on Live Voicemail, do the following:

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Tap Live Voicemail, then turn on Live Voicemail. When Live Voicemail is on and a caller is sent to voicemail, your iPad displays a transcription of the callers voicemail as they speak. (Calling and data rates may apply.) The caller wont be able to hear you and you wont be able to hear them unless you choose to answer the call. To stop the incoming voicemail without answering or blocking the call, tap Stop. If your iPad is turned off or is out of your carrier networks range, the call is sent to carrier voicemail, if available. If you have Silence Unknown Callers turned on, unknown numbers go directly to Live Voicemail without ringing you first. Calls identified as spam by your carrier dont go through Live Voicemail and are instead instantly declined. Note: Live Voicemail isnt available in every region or language. See iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Store Voicemail in iCloud You can store and sync your Live Voicemail and Carrier Voicemail in iCloud. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap See All next to Saved to iCloud, then turn on Phone & FaceTime. Check your voicemail on iPad Use the Phone app to listen to, delete, or share your voicemail messages. You can also check your voicemail messages when Visual Voicemail isnt available. Play, share, or delete a voicemail message Ask Siri something like, Play the voicemail from Eliza. Learn how to use Siri. Or without using Siri:

1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap Voicemail, then tap a message. 3. Do any of the following:

Play the message: Tap . Messages are saved until you delete them (or until your carrier erases them, if theyre not stored in iCloud). Share the message: Tap . Delete the message: Tap . Important: In some countries or regions, deleted messages may be permanently erased by your carrier. Your voice messages may also be deleted if you change your SIM card. To recover a deleted message, tap Deleted Messages, tap the message, then tap

. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on and Live Voicemail is available in your region, voicemail summaries appear below each missed call, so you can instantly see who reached out and what they said. See Use Apple Intelligence in Phone. Check your messages when Visual Voicemail isnt available On your iPad: Tap Voicemail, then follow the instructions. On another phone: Dial your own mobile number, press * or # (depending on your carrier) to bypass your greeting, then enter your voicemail password.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Change your voicemail greeting and settings on iPad You can change your voicemail greeting, password, and alert sounds. Change your voicemail greeting 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Voicemails. 3. Tap Edit, then tap Edit Voicemail Greeting. 4. Tap Custom, then tap Record (not supported by all carriers or in all countries and regions). 5. Do any of the following to change your voicemail settings:

Change your greeting: Tap Voicemail, tap Greeting, tap Custom, then tap Record (not supported by all carriers or in all countries and regions). Change your voicemail password: Go to Settings Change Voicemail Password, then enter the new password.

> Apps > Phone >

If you forgot your voicemail password, contact your wireless carrier. Change the alert for new voicemail: Go to Settings Haptics, then tap New Voicemail.

> Sounds &

Change your voicemail password 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Tap Change Voicemail Password, then enter the new password. Change your voicemail alert sound 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sounds, then tap New Voicemail. 3. Tap a new alert sound from the list, or tap Tone Store to purchase one. Note: To change your Contact Photo & Poster, see Add or edit your photo and poster. Select ringtones on iPad You can set the default ringtone and assign distinctive ringtones to certain people. Change the alert tones iPad comes with ringtones that play for incoming calls. You can also purchase more ringtones in the iTunes Store. You can change the sounds iPad plays when you get a call, text, voicemail, email, reminder, or other type of notification. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Sounds, then do any of the following:

Set the volume for all sounds: Drag the slider below Ringtone and Alerts. Choose a ringtone for incoming calls: Tap Ringtone, then choose a tone. Choose a tone for incoming text messages: Tap Text Tone, then choose a tone. See Change or turn off sounds. Assign a different ringtone to a contact 1. Open the Contacts app on your iPad. 2. Select a contact, tap Edit, tap Ringtone, then choose a ringtone. Turn the ringer on or off Open Control Center, then tap

. Clock alarms still play when Silent mode is turned on. To temporarily silence incoming calls, turn on or schedule a Focus on iPad. Make calls using Wi-Fi on iPad When your iPad has a low cellular signal, use Wi-Fi Calling to make and receive calls through a Wi-Fi network. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Cellular, tap Wi-Fi Calling, then turn on Wi-Fi Calling on This iPad. 3. Enter or confirm your address for emergency services. Note: Emergency calls on your iPad are routed through cellular service when available. In the event that cellular service isnt available, and you have enabled Wi-Fi Calling, emergency calls may be made over Wi-Fi, and your devices location information may be used for emergency calls to aid response efforts, regardless of whether you enable Location Services. Some carriers may use the address you registered with the carrier when signing up for Wi-Fi Calling as your location. When connected to Wi-Fi calling, your iPad may not receive emergency alerts. When Wi-Fi Calling is available, Wi-Fi is displayed after your carrier name in the status bar, and all your calls go through Wi-Fi. Note: If the Wi-Fi connection is lost when you make calls, calls switch automatically to your carriers cellular network using VoLTE (Voice over LTE), if available and turned on. See View or change cellular data settings. (VoLTE calls also switch to Wi-Fi when a Wi-Fi connection becomes available.) Contact your carrier for feature availability. Set up call forwarding on iPad You can set up call forwarding on iPad if you have cellular service through a GSM network. If you have cellular service through a CDMA network, contact your carrier for information about setting up call forwarding. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Tap Call Forwarding, then turn on Call Forwarding. The Call Forwarding icon on. appears in the status bar when call forwarding is 4. Tap Forward To, enter the number you want to redirect to, then tap Back. You must be in range of the cellular network when you set iPad to forward calls, or calls wont be forwarded. If your carrier supports conditional call forwarding when the line is busy or not in service, contact them for setup information. Set up call waiting on iPad You can set up call waiting on iPad if you have cellular service through a GSM network. If you have cellular service through a CDMA network, contact your carrier for information about setting up call waiting. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Tap Call Waiting, then turn on Call Waiting. If youre on a call and call waiting is turned off, incoming calls go directly to voicemail. On models with Dual SIM, call waiting works only for incoming calls on the same line, unless the other line has Wi-Fi Calling turned on and a data connection is available. See Set up cellular service. Screen and block calls on iPad On iPad you can block specific callers and you can change your setting to automatically identify, screen, filter, and block unknown and spam calls. Turn on call identification iPad can help identify incoming calls using information from Apple Business Connect, supported carriers, and supported call identification apps. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, tap Phone, then tap Call Blocking & Identification. 3. Turn on one or more of the following:

Business Call Identification: Caller information is identified by Apple Business Connect or your carrier. Call Identification apps: Caller information is identified by supported caller ID apps. Screen or silence unknown numbers Call Screening automatically answers calls from unknown numbers without interrupting you. Once the caller shares their name and reason for their call, your iPad rings and shares their response so you can decide if you want to pick up. You can also choose to silence calls from unknown callers and send them directly to voicemail. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Choose one of the following:

Never: Call Screening is turned off and your iPad will ring when you receive a call from an unsaved number. Ask Reason for Calling: Calls from unknown numbers will be asked for more information before iPad rings. Silence: Calls from unsaved numbers will be silenced, sent to voicemail, and appear in the Recents list. Note: When answering calls, Siri will speak in your iPads default language. See Change the language and region. Filter unknown and spam calls 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Phone. 3. Turn on the following:

Unknown Callers: Calls from unknown numbers are removed from your Recents list and sent to the Unknown Callers list. Spam: Calls identified by your carrier as potential spam or fraud are silenced, sent to voicemail, and moved to the Spam list. You can mark an unknown caller as known to prevent future calls from being sent

, tap to the Unknown Callers list. Go to the Phone app Mark as Known next to the call, then tap Mark as Known.

, tap Unknown Callers, tap To remove a number from your known callers, tap want to remove, then tap Mark as Unknown at the bottom of the contact card on the right side of the screen.

, tap Calls, tap the number you Block or unblock calls from specific people or numbers 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the top left of your screen, then tap Calls, Missed, Unknown Callers, or Spam. 3. Tap the number or contact you want to block on the left side of your screen. 4. Tap Details on the right side of your screen, scroll down, then tap Block Contact or Unblock Contact. View calls from unknown or spam callers 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. 3. Tap Unknown Callers or Spam. Photo Booth Take photos in Photo Booth on iPad Use the Photo Booth app to take selfies and photos with fun effects. Take a photo Photo Booth uses the front camera to display the subject in multiple tiles, each with a different effect, on the iPad screen. Effects include Kaleidoscope, Stretch, X-Ray, and more. The tile in the center of the screen displays Normal view. 1. Aim iPad at your subject to frame your shot. 2. Tap the tile of the effect you want to capture, then do any of the following:

Switch between the front and rear-facing cameras: Tap bottom of the screen. at the Change the effect: Tap at the bottom left of the screen. With some effects, you can drag your finger across the screen, or pinch, swipe, or rotate the image to alter the appearance. 3. Tap the shutter button to take the shot. When you take a photo, iPad makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons to control the volume of the shutter sound. See Adjust the volume. Note: In some regions, sound effects are played even if your iPad is set to silent. Delete, share, or copy a photo in Photo Booth on iPad You can delete, copy, and share the photos you take in the Photo Booth app . Delete a photo in Photo Booth 1. Tap a photo thumbnail at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap , then tap Delete Photo. Share or copy a photo in Photo Booth 1. Tap a photo thumbnail at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap , then choose a share option. You can also choose Copy Photo to paste the photo into another document or Add to Shared Album to add the photo to a shared album in the Photos app, see Create shared albums in Photos. View and edit Photo Booth photos in the Photos app on iPad Photos you take in the Photo Booth app can view and edit them. are saved in the Photos app, where you View and edit photos in the Photos app 1. Open the Photos app, then tap Library. 2. Tap the thumbnail to view the photo in full screen, tap , then use the edit controls to make changes. 3. Tap Done. See Browse your photo library and Edit photos and videos. View photos on all your devices If you use iCloud Photos, you can view your photos on other devices that meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 11, iPadOS 13, and macOS 10.13. You must be signed in to the same Apple Account on all devices. Photos Get started with Photos on iPad Use Photos on your iPad to find your photos, enjoy your memories, and share your best shots. Heres how to get started. Browse your photos To get started viewing your photos and videos, go to the Photos app. The Library tab shows all your photos organized by date. To view collections of photoslike Albums, People & Pets, and moretap the Collections tab. Enjoy your memories Relive your favorite memories with personalized collections of photos and videos that are set to music and play like a movie. In the sidebar, tap Collections, tap Memories, then tap a memory. Each memory features photos from your library curated around a themelike a person, pet, place, event, or activity. Edit your photos To make your photos stand out, adjust light and color, crop, rotate, add a filter, and more. Open a photo or video, then tap to start editing. Share your photos Open a photo or video, tap , then choose a sharing option like Mail, Messages, or AirDrop. To share all the photos and videos in a collection, tap

, then tap Share. Want to learn more?

Browse your photo library Find and name people and pets View your memories Edit photos and videos Browse your photo library on iPad Browse the library in the Photos app to view your entire collection of photos and videos. View your library 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Make sure Library is selected in the sidebar. 3. Swipe down to see more photos, or tap Years or Months to go to a specific time in your library. 4. Tap Library to go back to your most recent photos. Change the library display You can change the size and appearance of the photo thumbnails in the library photo grid, and manage the content displayed in your library. Tip: While youre viewing the library, pinch the screen to zoom in or out. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap View Options. 3. Do any of the following:

Enlarge the size of the photo and video thumbnails: Tap Zoom In. Reduce the size of the photo and video thumbnails, to see more at the same time: Tap Zoom Out. View each photo or video thumbnail in the dimension it was captured in: Tap Aspect Ration Grid. To return to square thumbnails, tap Square Photo Grid. Hide screenshots: Tap Screenshots. Hide photos and videos shared with you in Messages: Tap Shared with You. Hide photos and videos you manually added from your Mac: Tap From My Mac. To make more customizations to the content shown in your photo library, see Filter and sort the photo library. Browse your photo collections on iPad Your photos and videos are organized into curated collections such as Memories, Favorites, People & Pets, and more. View your collections 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe up to view the collections. Under each collection heading, swipe left or right to see different collections. Or tap the heading to see all the collections in that category. 4. Tap a collection to open it. Change the collections display Collections can be viewed with larger or smaller image tiles, or without any images at all. You can also change the order collections appear on the screen. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Enlarge the size of the collection tiles: Tap Reduce the size of the collection tiles: Tap

. Show the default display: Tap

. Hide the collection tiles: Tap Collapse All. Reorder collections: Tap Reorder, drag a collection into a new position, then tap

. Tip: If you want to hide the image tiles for a single collection, tap . Tap hiding them. to stop By default, videos and Live Photos automatically play when you tap Collections. To turn autoplay off, tap your account in the top-right corner, then turn off Auto-Play Motion and Loop Videos. Reorder collections You can change the order of collections so the ones you go to most frequently appear first. For example, if you frequently view your Shared Albums, you can move them above other collections. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Scroll to the bottom of the screen, tap Reorder, then drag a collection into a new position. 4. Tap Done. You can also tap

, then tap Reorder. Pin collections and albums You can choose which collections and albums appear below the Pinned heading at the top of the screen. Pin the collections and albums you view most often, so theyre easy to find. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Tap Edit (to the right of the Pinned heading), then do any of the following:

Remove a pinned collection: Tap

, then tap

. Pin a collection: Tap the suggested collection you want to add, or tap Any Collection or Album to see more options. Reorder pinned collections: Touch and hold a pinned collection, then drag it to a new position. Note: Collections with collections. Collections with next to them are currently in your pinned next to them are not yet pinned. 4. When youre done, tap . Tip: To quickly add a collection to Pinned, touch and hold it, then tap Pin. To remove a collection from Pinned, touch and hold it, then tap Unpin. View photos and videos on iPad Use the Photos app to view photos and videos on your iPad. View photos 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a photo to view it in full screen. Tip: Tap then move your iPad in your hand to view the photo with a 3D effectavailable on iPad Pro (M4), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation and later), iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation and later), iPad Air (M2 and later), iPad Air (5th generation and later), iPad (A16), iPad mini (A17 Pro), and iPad mini (6th generation). 3. Swipe left or right on the photo to keep browsing, or swipe the thumbnails below the photo to quickly jump forward or back. 4. Tap to close the photo and return to the library or collection. Tip: To focus on the photo youre viewing, tap it to hide the controls onscreen. Tap it again to show the controls. Play videos 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a video to play it. As the video plays, you can pause the video, or drag the white bar to go forward or back in the video. 3. Tap to close the video and return to the library or collection. See photo and video information on iPad You can find saved metadata information about a photo or video in the Photos app. You can also change certain stored data such as the date, time, and location. View photo and video metadata 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the photo or video whose metadata you want to see, then swipe up or tap

. Depending on the photo or video, you see the following details:

People identified in the photo (see Find and name people and pets) A caption field to describe the photo or video, and make it easier to find in Search Items detected by Visual Look Up Event information for photos and videos taken at concerts and sporting events What device captured the photo or video The date and time the photo or video was taken (tap Adjust to edit the date and time) Camera metadata such as lens, shutter speed, file size, and more Where the photo or video was taken (tap the link to view the location in Maps; tap Adjust to edit the location; tap Add a location to enter a location) Who shared the photo or video with you, if it was shared What albums this photo is in (tap to open the album) 3. Tap to close the menu. Change the date, time, or location 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a photo or video to open it, then tap . 3. Tap Adjust Date & Time or Adjust Location, then enter the new information. For date and time changes, use the calendar and clock to update, then tap Adjust. For location changes, enter where the photo was taken in the text field, then tap the location when it appears under Map Locations. To change the date, time, or location of a batch of photos, tap Select, tap the thumbnails you want to change, then follow the steps above. To revert a photo or video to its original date, time, or location, tap , tap Adjust Date & Time or Adjust Location, then tap Revert. Find your photos and videos Find photos and videos by date on iPad You can find photos and videos taken on a particular dateyear, month, or day. View the photos and videos you took on a recent day You can find the photos and videos you took on a particular day in the Recent Days collection. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, then scroll down to Recent Days. 3. Swipe left or right to quickly move between days, or tap Recent Days to view all. 4. Tap a day to open the collection. When you open a day in Recent Days, you see a summary of the best photos from the day. To see all the photos you took that day, tap Show All. Browse through your library by year or month 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library in the sidebar, then tap one of the following:

Years: Quickly locate a specific year in your photo library. Months: View collections of photos that you took throughout a month, organized by significant eventslike a family outing, social occasion, birthday party, or trip. Years and Months views are curated to show your best shots, and visual clutter like similar photos, screenshots, whiteboards, and receipts arent shown. To see every photo and video, tap All. You can also search for a specific date. See Search for photos and videos. Find and name people and pets in Photos on iPad The Photos app sorts photos and videos of people, dogs, and cats in the People &

Pets collection (or the People collection if no pets appear). You can name a person, dog, or cat directly from a photo or video in your photo library, or in the People &

Pets collection. Name a person or pet in a photo or video When you name a person or pet in a photo or video, theyre automatically added to People & Pets collection and named in other photos and videos in your library. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo or video, then swipe up to see the details. People or pets in the photo or video appear in the bottom-left corner. A question mark appears next to those you havent named. 3. Tap the person or pet with a question mark next to their picture, then tap Edit Name and Photos. 4. Tap Name This Person or Name This Pet, enter their name, then tap . Name a person or pet in the People & Pets collection 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Tap People & Pets, then tap the person or pet you want to name. 4. Tap Name This Person or Name This Pet, then enter their name. If the person is listed in your contacts, you can tap their name below Results. 5. Tap

. If the person or pet you want to name doesnt appear, tap Add People at the bottom of the People & Pets collection to see more faces. To create a collection of a group of people and pets, see Find group photos. Change the key photo for a person or pet You can change the key photo of a person or pet in the People & Pets collection. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Tap People & Pets in the sidebar, then touch and hold the key photo you want to change. 4. Tap Edit Name and Photos, then tap the photo icon in the bottom-right corner of the current key photo. 5. Select a new photo from the choices in the photo grid, then tap . Mark a person or pet as a favorite Mark the people or pets that you interact with the most as favorites so its easier to find them in the People & Pets collection. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Tap People & Pets, touch and hold a person or pets key photo, then tap Favorite. To remove a person or pet from your favorites, touch and hold their key photo in the People & Pets collection, then tap Unfavorite. Fix incorrect names You can fix misidentifications in the People & Pets collection. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap People & Pets. 3. Tap the misidentified person or pet, then tap at the top of the screen. 4. Tap the incorrect name at the top of the menu, tap the name again, enter the correct name, then tap

. You can also fix misidentifications while viewing a photo or video in your library. Swipe up to see the photo or video information. Tap the misidentified person or pet in the circle at the bottom-left corner. Tap This is Not [name], then tap Rename This Person or Rename This Pet. Sort the People & Pets collection alphabetically or manually 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Tap People & Pets, tap Sort, then choose one of the following:

Sort alphabetically: Tap Sort by Name. Sort manually: Tap Sort by Custom Order, then touch and hold a key photo and drag it to a new position. Hide a person or pet 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Tap People & Pets, then touch and hold the person or pets key photo. 4. Tap Hide [name] or Dont Feature [name]. Tip: If you prefer, you can feature a person or pet less frequently instead of removing them. See Show a person less frequently or not at all. When you use iCloud Photos, People & Pets is kept up to date on all your devices. Find group photos and videos on iPad The Photos app recognizes groups of people and pets who often appear together in pictures and videos, and sorts them into group collections. For example, if you have many pictures of your family or a group of friends, Photos creates a collection for each of those groups. Find group photos and videos 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap People & Pets. 3. Below Groups, swipe to view your groups or tap See All. 4. Select a group to view all the photos and videos in that group. Tip: To add someone to the group, tap People.

, tap View Options, then tap Other To share the photos of the group, tap

, then tap Share Photos. Create a group collection You can create a group collection with any combination of people and pets from the People & Pets collection. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap People & Pets. 3. To the right of Groups, tap

, then tap Create New Group. 4. Select the people and pets you want in the group, then tap . 5. Optionally, enter a new name for the group or add more people and pets to the group. 6. Tap Create. Edit or delete a group collection 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap People & Pets. 3. Below Groups, touch and hold the group you want to edit, then do any of the following:

Rename the group: Tap Edit Name and People, enter a new name, then tap

. Add or remove people: Tap Edit Name and People, then tap top-left corner of their picture. at the Add someone to the group: Tap Edit Name and People, then tap Add People & Pets. Select who you want to add, then tap

. Edit the group photo: Tap Edit Name and People, then tap the photo icon in the bottom-right corner of the current group photo. Select a new photo, then tap

. Delete the Group: Tap Delete Group. Change the order of group collections 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap People & Pets. 3. Touch and hold a group, then drag it to a new position. Browse photos and videos by location on iPad The Photos app creates collections of your photos and videos based on where they were taken. You can use the Map view to see photos taken in a specific location, look for photos taken nearby, and see collections of photos on a map. Browse photos and videos by location 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap the Map collection below Pinned. Only pictures and videos that have embedded location information (GPS data) are included. Tip: Pinch the map to zoom in and out, or drag to see more locations. See where a photo or video was taken 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo, then swipe up or tap

. 3. Tap the map or address link to see more details. Tip: To see more photos from this location, tap Show Nearby Photos. To add or change the location or address where a photo or video was taken, see Change the date, time, or location. View photos and videos in a collection on a map You can see where all of the photos and videos in a collection were taken on a map. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap a collection such as a trip or a recent day. 3. Tap

, then tap Show Map. Tip: Pinch the map to zoom in and out, or tap Show Nearby Photos to view more photos taken in the area. 4. Tap to close the map. Find recently saved photos and videos on iPad You can find all the photos and videos you saved from other appslike Messages, Safari, and Mailin the Recently Saved collection. Photos and videos that were sent to you using AirDrop also appear here. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap the Recently Saved collection below Pinned. Tip: You can also find the Recently Saved collection below Utilities along with the Recently Viewed and Recently Shared collections. Tap Library in the sidebar, tap

, then tap Sort by Recently Added. Tip: To see photos you saved today, tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap the Saved Today collection below Recent Days. Find your travel photos and videos on iPad In the Photos app, you can quickly find photos and videos from your trips grouped into collections, based on location data from the photos. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, scroll down to Trips, then tap the trip collection you want to view. Tap a year at the top of the screen to help you find older trips. Find receipts, QR codes, recently edited photos, and more on iPad In the Photos app, you can find collections of photos and videos organized into different categories in Utilities. For example, you can revisit photos you recently edited, saved, viewed, or shared, or find photos based on their contentlike documents, receipts, handwriting, illustrations, and QR codes. Find receipts, QR codes, and more in Utilities 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, scroll down, then tap Utilities. 3. Tap the collection you want to view. Note: Some Utilities collections, like Hidden and Recently Deleted, are locked by default for your privacy. See Lock and unlock the Recently Deleted and Hidden collections. Reorder the Utilities list You can reorder the Utilities list to help you find the collections you access most often. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap Edit at the top of the screen. 3. Touch and hold the collection you want to reorder, then drag it to a new position. 4. When youre done, tap the checkmark at the top of the screen. Find recovered items and save or delete them If a photo or video wasnt saved properly and couldnt be added to your library, you may find a copy of it in Recovered. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, scroll down, then tap Utilities. 3. Tap Recovered, then tap the photo or video you want to recover. 4. Tap Permanently Delete or Restore to Library. Important: When you delete a recovered photo or video, its deleted permanently. You cant recover photos that you deleted from the Recovered collection in Utilities. Locate photos and videos by media type on iPad In the Photos app, you can find collections of photos and videos organized by media type. For example, browse all your Portrait mode photos or time-lapse videos in one place. Browse photos and videos by media type 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, scroll down, then tap Media Types. 3. Tap the type of photo or video you want to view. Tip: To quickly locate your favorite media type, add it to the Pinned collection. See Pin collections and albums. Reorder media types You can reorder the list of media types to help you find the ones you access most often. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar, then tap Edit at the top of of the screen. 3. Touch and hold the media type you want to reorder, then drag it to a new position. 4. When youre done, tap the checkmark at the top of the screen. Sort and filter the photo library on iPad To help you find the photos and videos youre looking for, you can change how items in the library are sorted and filter the library to show only particular items, and hide certain items. Sort the library You can sort items in your photo library to appear by the date they were added or by the date they were taken. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then choose one of the following options:

Sort by Recently Added: Photos and videos you added most recently appear at the bottom of the library. Sort by Date Captured: Photos and videos are sorted by the date they were taken, instead of the date they were added to the library. Filter the library You can apply filters to your photo library to display only particular itemssuch as Videos, Favorites, or Not in an Albumand temporarily hide everything else. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Filter. 3. Tap the filter you want to apply. Tip: You can apply multiple filters at the same time. For example, tap Photos and Edited to see only photos youve edited. 4. To remove the filters and return to the full library, tap All Items. Hide screenshots, items from your Mac, and items shared with you By default, screenshots, photos and videos synced from your Mac, and photos and videos shared with you in the Messages app automatically appear in your photo library. You can hide these items to reduce clutter. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap View Options. 3. Tap Screenshots, From My Mac, or Shared with You to hide these items in your library. To stop hiding them, tap the option again. Back up and sync your photos and videos with iCloud You can use iCloud Photos to keep your photos and videos securely stored in iCloud. If you turn on iCloud Photos on all your devices, you can see the photos and videos you took on iPad on any device. You can also access your iCloud photos and videos in a web browser. When iCloud Photos is turned on, the photos and videos you take are uploaded automatically and stored in their original format at full resolution. Any changes you make to your photo collection on one device are reflected on your other devices, too. Note: Make sure that youre signed in to the same Apple Account on all your devices, and that your devices meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 8.3, iPadOS 13.1, macOS 10.10.3, or later, or a Windows device with iCloud for Windows 7.x or later. To learn more, see Set up iCloud Photos on all your devices. Turn on iCloud Photos 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap Photos, then turn on Sync this iPad. iCloud automatically uploads every photo and video you take to iCloud, so your photos are backed up and in sync, and you can access your library from any device, anytime. Check if your photos and videos are backed up to iCloud You can check that iCloud Photos is syncing your photos to iCloud, so that you have copies if something happens to your iPad. If syncing is paused, it means your photos are not being backed up to iCloud. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. In the top-right corner of the screen, you can see a preview of your syncing status. You may see any of the following:

Yellow badge: iCloud syncing is paused. Tap your account icon to see the details. Yellow warning icon: Your iCloud storage is almost full. Tap your account icon to see the details. Red exclamation mark: Your iCloud storage is full. See Get more iCloud storage. Blue badge: You have notifications from a shared library or shared album. Tap your account icon to see the details. Partially filled blue circle around your account icon: Photos are actively uploading to iCloud. Tap your account icon to see the details. Partially filled gray outline around your account icon: Uploads are paused. Tap your account icon to see the details. 4. Tap your account to see more details. The last time your iPad synced with iCloud appears below the account profile. Turn off Optimize Storage on your iPad iCloud Photos can help you make the most of the storage space on your iPad. When Optimize iPad Storage is turned on, all your full-resolution photos and videos are stored in iCloud in their original formats, with storage-saving versions kept on your iPad. Optimize iPad Storage is turned on by default, but you can turn it off. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap Photos, then tap Download and Keep Originals. Get more iCloud storage If your uploaded photos and videos exceed your storage plan, you can upgrade to iCloud+ for more storage and additional features. See Subscribe to iCloud+. Delete or hide photos and videos on iPad In the Photos app, you can delete photos and videos from your iPad or hide them. You can also recover photos you recently deleted. Photos you delete and hide are saved in Recently Deleted and Hidden, which you unlock using Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. When you use iCloud Photos, any photos you delete or hide are deleted or hidden on all your devices. Note: Deleted photos and videos are kept in the Recently Deleted collection for 30 days before being permanently removed from all devices. During that time, you can recover or permanently remove them. Delete or hide a photo or video 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. While viewing a photo or video, do any of the following:

Delete: Tap to delete a photo from your iPad and other devices where iCloud Photos is turned on and youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Deleted photos and videos are kept in Recently Deleted for 30 days. During that time, you can recover or permanently remove them from all devices. Hide: Tap

, then tap Hide. Hidden photos are moved to the Hidden collection. You cant view them anywhere else. To turn off the Hidden collection so it doesnt appear in the Photos app, see Hide the Hidden collection from view. Delete or hide multiple photos and videos 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open your library or a collection. 3. Tap Select, then tap the photos and videos you want to delete or hide. 4. Do any of the following:

Delete: Tap to delete the items from your iPad and other devices where iCloud Photos is turned on and youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Deleted photos and videos are kept in Recently Deleted, below Utilities in the sidebar, for 30 days. During that time, you can recover or permanently remove them from all devices. Hide: Tap

, then tap Hide. Hidden photos and videos are kept in the Hidden collection, below Utilities in the sidebar. Stop hiding photos and videos You can stop hiding a photo or video you previously hid, so that it reappears in your photo library. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Tap Utilities, then tap Hidden. 4. Tap the photo or video you want to stop hiding. 5. Tap

, then tap Unhide. Recover or permanently delete recently deleted items When you delete photos and videos, theyre kept in the Recently Deleted collection for 30 days before being permanently removed from your iPad, iCloud, and other devices associated with your Apple Account. You can recover them or delete them permanently at any time during the 30 days. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Utilities in the sidebar, then tap Recently Deleted. 3. Tap View Album, then unlock your iPad. 4. Tap Select, then choose the photos and videos you want to recover or delete. 5. Tap

, then tap Recover or Delete. Note: If the photos youre looking for dont appear in the Recently Deleted collection, they may be in the Recovered collection. See Find recovered items and save or delete them. Lock and unlock the Recently Deleted and Hidden collections The Recently Deleted and Hidden collections are locked by default. You can unlock these collections using Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. To change the default setting from locked to unlocked, do the following:

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Photos. 3. Turn off Use Face ID, Use Touch ID, or Use Passcode. Hide the Hidden collection from view By default, the Hidden collection is locked. You can add an extra layer of privacy by removing it from view. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Photos. 3. Turn off Show Hidden Album. Search for photos and videos on iPad in the Photos app, you see suggestions of dates, people, When you tap Search and locations to help you find what youre looking for. You can search within your Library or Collections tabs, or within a specific album or collection. Search for photos and videos 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the top-right corner. 3. Tap one of the search suggestions or type what youre looking for into the search field, such as:

Date (month or year) Place (city or state) Business names (museums or restaurants, for example) Category (beach or sunset, for example) Events (sports games or concerts, for example) A person identified in the People & Pets collection (see Find and name people and pets) Text (an email address or phone number, for example) Caption (see See photo and video information) 4. Tap one of the suggestions or

. 5. Swipe up to browse the complete search results, or tap Collections to view collections that include your search query. 6. Tap to exit search. Tip: You can narrow your search by including a media type in the search field, such as Video or Portrait. Search by shared library participant If youre a participant in an iCloud Shared Photo Library, you can also search by the person who added the photo or video to the library. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then enter Shared by. 3. Tap a suggested name. Search with Apple Intelligence If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can search for specific images by describing what you want to find. You can also search video clips for key moments. See Search for specific photos and videos with Apple Intelligence.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Get wallpaper suggestions in Photos on iPad You can get wallpaper suggestions for your Lock Screen or Home Screen that stylize photos of your favorite people and pets. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe up, then tap a suggested wallpaper (below Wallpaper Suggestions). To customize the Lock Screen, including choosing colors, clock font, and more, see Create a custom Lock Screen. Watch and personalize memories View your memories in Photos on iPad The Memories collection in the Photos app includes personalized collections of photos and videos that feature a significant person, pet, place, activity, or event from your photo library. View your memories 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Select a memory to view all the photos and videos included in that memory. 5. As you view a memory, you can do any of the following:

Filter and sort the photos and videos in the memory: Tap

. View all the photos and videos in the memory: Tap Show All. Search for photos and videos in the memory: Tap

. Share the memory, delete the memory, or show the memory location on a map: Tap

. Share specific photos and videos in the memory: Tap Select, tap the photos and videos you want to share, then tap . Play the memory movie: Tap

. 6. Tap to close the memory and return to Collections. Add a memory to Favorites Identify your favorite memories to make them easier to find. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Touch and hold a memory, then tap Add to Favorite Memories. To view your favorite memories, tap Collections in the sidebar, tap Memories, then tap Favorites. Play memory movies in Photos on iPad View each memory in your Memories collection as a movie thats set to music. All the collections and albums you have in the Photos app can also be viewed as a memory movie that you can watch as created, or edit to make more personal. Play a memory movie 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Tap in the bottom-right corner of a memory to play it. 5. As the memory movie plays, you can do any of the following:

Pause: Tap the screen, then tap . Go backward or forward: Swipe left or right. Or tap the screen, then slide the frames at the bottom of the screen left or right. Mute: Tap the screen, then tap

. Close a memory: Tap the screen, then tap

. Play a memory movie from an album or collection All the albums and collections you have in the Photos app can be viewed as memory movies. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Select an existing album or collection, then tap to watch the photos and videos as a memory movie. To make changes to the memory movie, see Personalize your memories. To create a memory movie from scratch, create a photo album, then follow the steps above to watch it as a memory movie. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can create a memory movie. Describe the story you want to see, and Apple Intelligence finds the best photos and videos, crafts a storyline, and sets it to music. See Create a memory movie.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Share or delete memories in Photos on iPad You can share memory movies and the photos and videos that appear in them with friends and family. You can also delete memories and identify content in memories that youd like to feature less. Share a memory movie You can share a memory directly with friends and family, or play it with AirPlay to watch together. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Tap in the bottom-right corner of a memory to play it. 5. As the memory plays, tap at the top of the screen, then do any of the following:

Share a memory using AirDrop, Messages, or Mail: Tap Share, then choose a sharing option. Play on a nearby device using AirPlay: Tap AirPlay, then choose an available device. Tip: Before you tap AirPlay, tap Loop, so the memory automatically plays again. Share a memory collection You can share all of the photos and videos that appear in a memory collection. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Touch and hold a memory, then tap Share Photos. To share just some of the photos and videos in a memory collection, tap Select, tap the items you want to share, then tap . Feature people, places, or days in a memory less often You can identify subjects in a memory that youd like to see less often (like a person, a place, or a specific day) in your memories and featured photos in the Photos app. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Touch and hold a memory, then tap Feature Less. 5. Depending on the memory, select one of the following:

Feature This Day Less Feature This Place Less Feature a Person Less To reset, open the Photos app, tap Collections, tap your account in the top-right corner, then tap Reset Suggested Memories. Delete a memory 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Touch and hold a memory, then tap Delete. Personalize your memory movies in Photos on iPad In the Photos app, you can edit your memory movies to make them even more personal. Try out Memory mixes, which let you apply different songs with a matching photographic look. You can also choose new songs, edit the title of a memory, change the length, and add, reorder, or remove photos. Apple Music subscribers can add songs from the millions of songs available in the Apple Music catalog. Add a Memory mix Memory mixes are curated combinations of different songs, pacing, and styles that change the look and feel of a memory movie. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Tap in the bottom-right corner of a memory to play it. 5. Tap the screen, then tap . 6. Swipe left to view different Memory mixes. 7. Tap the screen to apply a Memory mix. Change the look of a memory movie Use Memory looks to apply consistent color and style adjustments to all the photos in a memory movie. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Tap in the bottom-right corner of a memory to play it. 5. Tap the screen, then tap . 6. Tap

, tap a look, then tap Done. Change the music of a memory movie You can change a memory movies music by choosing from memory soundtracks or suggested songs in Apple Music. Apple Music subscribers can also access their Apple Music library and view suggested songs based on musical preferences or the content of the memory. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Tap in the bottom-right corner of a memory to play it. 5. Tap the screen, then tap . 6. Tap

. Apple Music subscribers can tap library. to search for songs in the Apple Music 7. Tap a song, then tap Done. Add or remove photos in a memory movie You can choose the photos that appear in a memory movieadd or remove suggested featured photos, or choose photos and videos directly from your library. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Tap in the bottom-right corner of a memory to play it. 5. Tap the screen, then tap

. 6. Tap Manage Photos, then do any of the following:

Add a photo from your photo library: Tap All, scroll through your library, select the photos you want to add, then tap

. Remove photos: Deselect a photo to remove it from the memory, then tap

. Search for photos in your photo library: Tap All, tap name of a person, place, or date. Tap a search result, select the photos you want to add, then tap

, then type the

. 7. Tap to close the memory movie. Reorder photos in a memory movie 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Tap in the bottom-right corner of a memory to play it. 5. Tap the screen, then tap

. 6. Touch and hold a photo, then drag it to a new position in the grid. 7. Tap to return to the memory movie. Change the length of a memory movie Depending on the number of photos in a memory movie, you can change its length to short, medium, or long. Your choice automatically adjusts the number of photos included. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Tap in the bottom-right corner of a memory to play it. 5. Tap the screen, then tap

. 6. Tap Short, Medium, or Long. If you already customized the length of the movie by adding or removing photos yourself, Custom is selected. Edit the title, subtitle, and key photo You can edit the title or subtitle of a memory and change the key photo that appears with the title of the memory. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections in the sidebar. 3. Swipe left under Memories to scroll through a selection of your memories, or tap Memories to view them all. 4. Tap the screen, then tap

. 5. Tap the current title, then do any of the following:

Edit the memory title or subtitle: Enter a new title or subtitle in the text fields. Change the key photo: Tap the photo icon in the bottom-right corner of the current key photo, then select a new photo in the photo grid. 6. Tap Done. Make slideshows in Photos on iPad In the Photos app, you can create a slideshow to view a selection of photos and videos that you choose from your library. Slideshows are automatically formatted and set to music. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library. 3. Tap Select, then tap each photo you want to include in the slideshow. 4. Tap

, then tap Play as Slideshow. To change the slideshow music, theme, and more, see Personalize your memories. Use photo albums Create and work with photo albums on iPad Use albums in the Photos app to view and organize your photos and videos. You can also rename, rearrange, and delete albums and create folders to contain multiple albums. If you use iCloud Photos, albums are stored in iCloud. Theyre up to date and accessible on devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. See Back up and sync your photos and videos with iCloud. Create a new album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums in the sidebar. 3. Tap New Album, then add a name for your album, add photos, and choose a key photo to represent the album. 4. Tap Create. To create an album you collaborate on with other people, see Create shared albums. Sort albums 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums, then tap All Albums. 3. Tap

, then choose a sort option. If you choose Sort by Custom Order, touch and hold an album, then drag it to a new position. 4. To show only albums or only folders, tap

, tap Filter, then choose an option. To change the format of the albums list, tap

, then select List View or Key Photo. Rename an album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums, then touch and hold the album you want to rename. 3. Tap Edit Title and Photos. 4. Enter the new name in the text field, then tap Done. Share photos from an album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums, then tap an album to open it. 3. Tap Select, then tap the items you want to share. Or tap Select, then tap Select All to share everything in the album. 4. Tap , then choose a sharing option such as AirDrop, Messages, or Mail. Delete an album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums, then touch and hold the album you want to delete. 3. Tap Delete Album. Note: When you delete an album, the photos and videos within it remain in your photo library and any other albums they were added to. Organize albums in folders You can create folders to organize your albums. After you create a folder, it appears in the Albums collection. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums, then tap All Albums. 3. Tap

, then tap New Folder. 4. Name the folder, then add albums to it. 5. Tap Create. To remove an album from a folder, tap the folder to open it, touch and hold an album, then tap Remove from Folder. Add, delete, and find photos and videos in albums on iPad You can add photos and videos to and delete them from the albums you create in the Photos app. You can also search within an album to quickly find specific photos and videos. Add photos and videos to an existing album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums, then tap an album. 3. Tap after the last photo in the albums photo grid. 4. Select the photos or videos you want to add to the album, then tap . Tip: Tap to find photos from a specific time or place. You can also add individual photos and videos directly to an album. Tap the photo or video to view it in full screen, tap want to add it to.

, tap Add to Album, then tap the album you While viewing your library, you can add multiple items to an album at the same time. Tap Select, then tap the items you want to add. Tap , tap Add to Album, then tap the album you want to add the items to. Remove photos and videos from an album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums, then tap an album. 3. Touch and hold the photo you want to remove, then tap Remove from Album. To remove multiple photos or videos from an album, tap Select, then select the items you want to remove. Tap

, then tap Remove from Album. Search for photos and videos in an album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums in the sidebar, then tap the album you want to search in. 3. Tap

, enter the person, object, or place youre looking for, then tap

. 4. Tap to close the search results. Filter and sort photos and videos in albums on iPad You can filter and sort photos and videos in the albums you create in the Photos app. For example, you can filter an album to show only photos, only videos, or photos and videos you marked as favorites. You can also sort photos and videos in an album by newest to oldest, oldest to newest, or in a custom order. Filter photos and videos in an album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums in the sidebar, then open an album. 3. Tap

, tap Filter, then choose an option. To remove a filter from an album, tap the icon that replaced Filter.

, then tap Remove Sort photos and videos in an album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Albums in the sidebar, then open an album. 3. Tap

, then choose a sort option. If you choose Sort by Custom Order, touch and hold the photo or video thumbnail, then drag it into a new position. Share photos and videos Share photos and videos on iPad You can share photos and videos in Mail or Messages, or other apps you install. You can also use AirDrop to instantly share photos with anyone nearby on an iPhone, iPad, Mac, or Apple Vision Pro. To learn about transferring photos and videos to an external storage device, see Import and export photos and videos. Note: Sharing a photo or video includes sharing its associated metadata, such as date and time, location, device, and captions. Share photos and videos 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad.

 

 

2. Do any of the following:

Share a single photo or video: Open the photo or video, tap , then choose a sharing option such as Mail, Messages, or AirDrop. Share multiple photos or videos: When viewing a screen with multiple thumbnails, tap Select, then tap the thumbnails of the photos and videos you want to share. Tap , then choose a sharing option such as Mail, Messages, or AirDrop. Share all the photos in a collection: While viewing a collectionlike a collection from Recent Days, Memories, or Tripstap then choose a sharing option such as Mail, Messages, or AirDrop.

, tap Share, You can also create a shared album so that you can collaborate on the album with just the people you choose. See Create shared albums. Note: The size limit of attachments is determined by your service provider. For devices or services that dont support Live Photos, a Live Photo is shared as a still photo. Adjust the information you share about a photo or video Before you share a photo or video, you can adjust the format, file type, and information that gets shared with it. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo or video, tap , tap Options, then do any of the following:

Turn off location data: Turn off Location. Adjust the file format: Tap Automatic for the best file format for the destination, tap Current to prevent a file format conversion, or tap Most Compatible and files may convert to JPEG or MOV. Send as iCloud link: Turn on iCloud Link to share a URL to view or download the photos or videos. iCloud links are available for 30 days. Send all photo data: Turn on All Photos Data to share the original file with edit history and metadata; the recipient can view and modify the current version (available with AirDrop and iCloud links only). 3. Tap

. Save or share a photo or video you receive You can save photos shared with you from other apps. Depending on the app, tap video, then tap . next to the image, or touch and hold the photo or You can view your saved photos and videos in your photo library, or see Find recently saved photos. Note: Photos and videos shared with you in the Messages app are automatically saved in your photo library. To turn this feature off, go to Settings Messages > Shared with You, then turn off Photos.

> Apps >

Share long videos on iPad Some long video files are too large to send in a standard text message. You can use AirDrop, iCloud, or Mail Drop to send long videos that you record with your iPad camera. Send a video using AirDrop The simplest way to send a large video to a nearby iPhone, iPad, Mac, or Apple Vision Pro is with AirDrop Bluetooth, so before sending, make sure both you and the recipient have these controls turned on in Control Center. AirDrop sends information using Wi-Fi and 1. If the person youre sending the video to isnt in your contacts, have them do one of the following:

On iPhone or iPad: Go to Settings Everyone for 10 Minutes.

> General > AirDrop, then tap On a Mac: Choose Apple menu in the sidebar. Click AirDrop & Handoff, then click the pop-up menu next to AirDrop and choose Everyone.

> System Settings, then click General 2. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 3. Tap the video you want to send, then tap . If you want to send the video in its original format, including metadata, location, and any associated edit history or captions, tap Options, then turn on All Photos Data. 4. Tap AirDrop, then tap the contact or device you want to share with. After you share, the recipient receives an alert to accept or decline the AirDrop transfer. Send a video using an iCloud Link An iCloud Link is a URL that you can use to send a large video with Messages or Mail. To send an iCloud Link, make sure you have iCloud Photos turned on. Then follow these steps:

1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the video you want to send, then tap . 3. Tap Options, then tap iCloud Link. 4. Go to Messages

, Mail

, or another communication app, then enter the recipient of the iCloud Link. Paste the iCloud Link into a message, and send it. Recipients have 30 days to download a video sent with an iCloud Link. Send a video using Mail Drop With Mail Drop, you can send a large video as an attachment in Mail. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the video you want to send, tap , then tap Mail. 3. Tap the To field, then enter the name or email of the recipient. If you want to add a subject or message, tap the Subject field or message body. 4. Tap to send. Recipients have 30 days to download Mail Drop attachments. Create shared albums in Photos on iPad With Shared Albums, you can create albums to share with just the people you chooseand they can add their own photos, videos, and comments for everyone to see. If you set up a shared album, you can also rename or delete it. Before you begin Make sure youre signed in to your Apple Account on your iPad and any other devices you want to use with Shared Albums. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, tap iCloud, then tap Photos. 3. Turn on Shared Albums. Create a shared album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared Albums in the sidebar. 3. Tap New Shared Album, then do the following:

Add photos and videos to the album: Tap Add Photos, select the items you want to add, then tap

. Name the album: Type a name in the Shared Album Name text field. Invite people to join: Tap Add Participants, enter the name of a contact you want to add, or type the email address or phone number associated with the recipients Apple Account, then tap Done. See Invite or remove people. 4. Tap Create. Join a shared album When youre invited to join a shared album, a notification appears on your iPad screen. Tap the notification, then tap Accept on the album in the Photos app. If you dont join the shared album by tapping the notification, you can also do the following:

1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared Albums in the sidebar, then tap All Shared Albums. 3. Tap Activity, then tap Accept on the new album. Note: The person who created the album receives a notification when a subscriber accepts the invitation to join the shared album. Rename a shared album The creator of a shared album can change its name. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared Albums in the sidebar. 3. Touch and hold an album, then tap Shared Album Details. 4. Enter a new name in the text field, then tap . Delete or remove yourself from a shared album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared Albums in the sidebar. 3. Touch and hold an album, then tap Delete Shared Album if you created the album, or tap Unsubscribe if youre a subscriber. Photos that you saved or downloaded from a shared album to your photo library stay in your library even if the shared album is deleted, or the person who created the album stops sharing it. See Save photos and videos from a shared album to your photo library. Add and remove people in a shared album in Photos on iPad If youre the creator of a shared album, you can invite more participants to join the album. You can also remove participants from the album, manage album notifications, and turn posting for participants off and on. The creator of a shared album can also choose to let participants add additional participants to the album. If you have friends and family who dont use iCloud, you can share the album with them by sending an iCloud URL. Invite or remove people The creator of a shared album can invite new participants to join the shared album. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared Albums in the sidebar, then touch and hold an album. 3. Tap Shared Album Details, then do any of the following:

Invite someone: Tap Add Participants, then enter the name of the contact you want to add, or type an email address or phone number. Remove someone: Tap the name, then tap Remove Subscriber. Resend an invitation: Tap the name, then tap Resend Invitation. 4. Tap

. Share an album with people who dont use iCloud The creator of a shared album can create a unique iCloud URL to share the album with people who dont use iCloud. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared Albums in the sidebar, then touch and hold an album. 3. Tap Shared Album Details, then turn on Public Website. 4. Tap Share Link, then choose how you want to share the iCloud URLMail or Messages, for example. When Public Website is turned on, anyone with the URL can access the album. Manage posts and notifications The creator of a shared album can manage participant posting and album activity notifications by turning those settings off and on. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared Albums in the sidebar, then touch and hold an album. 3. Tap Shared Album Details, then do any of the following:

Only allow yourself to post photos and videos: Turn off Participants Can Add Photos; tap again to turn participant posting back on. Turn off notifications: Turn off Notifications to stop notifications when subscribers like, comment, or add photos and videos to the album; tap again to turn album notifications back on. 4. Tap

. To see posts or comments for shared albums youre a part of, tap All Shared Albums, then tap Activity. Add and delete photos and videos in a shared album on iPad You can add and delete photos and videos in a shared album. You can also save photos and videos from a shared album to your photo library. Add photos and videos to a shared album 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared Albums in the sidebar, then touch and hold an album. 3. Tap Add Photos. 4. Select photos and videos, then tap

. When you add new photos, the people you share the album with are automatically notified. Delete photos, videos, and comments from a shared album Creators of a shared album can delete any photos, videos, or comments in the album. Participants can delete anything that they personally added. Anything that gets deleted is automatically deleted from the shared album on all your devices and the devices of all participants. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared Albums in the sidebar, then tap an album. 3. Touch and hold a photo or video, then tap Delete from Shared Album. To delete a comment, touch and hold it, then tap Delete. Save photos and videos from a shared album to your photo library 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shared Albums in the sidebar, then tap an album. 3. Touch and hold a photo or video thumbnail. To select multiple photos or videos, tap Select, then tap the items you want to save. 4. Tap Share, swipe up on the share menu, then tap Save Image or Save Video. Set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library on iPad With the iCloud Shared Photo Library feature, you can set up or join a shared library to share photos and videos with up to five friends or family members. You and those close to you can collaborate on the photo collection and enjoy more complete memories, all in one place. You can belong to one shared library at a time. When you join a shared library, the photos and videos that you contribute move from your personal library to the shared library, and all members of the library can view, edit, and delete them. Shared library photos and videos are integrated seamlessly in the Photos app alongside your personal content, but you can also use a filter to quickly switch between your personal and shared libraries. Note: iOS 16.1, iPadOS 16.1, macOS 13, or later are required to use iCloud Shared Photo Library. Photos and videos added to a shared library wont be available on devices with earlier versions of the software. Before you begin Before you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, make sure you have iCloud Photos turned on. Go to Settings on.

> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then make sure Sync this iPad is Note: You dont need Family Sharing turned on to set up a shared library. Set up an iCloud Shared Photo Library The person who sets up an iCloud Shared Photo Library is the organizer. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections, then tap your account in the top-right corner. 3. Tap Shared Library, then follow the instructions onscreen to add participants and move photos and videos into the shared library. Note: Photos and videos you add to the shared library dont appear in your personal library; see Switch between viewing your iCloud Shared Photo Library and personal library. You can preview the photos and videos you add to the shared library and make changes before you invite participants using Messages or a web link. Join an iCloud Shared Photo Library To join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, tap the invitation sent from the organizer, tap Get Started, then follow the onscreen instructions. During setup, you can add photos and videos to the shared library the same way as the organizer (see Set up an iCloud Shared Photo Library). After you join a shared library, you can add photos and videos to the shared library in several ways, and access the same content within the shared library as the organizer and other participants. See Add content to an iCloud Shared Photo Library. Add participants to an iCloud Shared Photo Library The person who sets up an iCloud Shared Photo Library (the organizer) can add new participants to the shared library. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections, then tap your account in the top-right corner. 3. Tap Manage, then tap Add Participants. Note: A shared library can include up to six participants including the organizer; you can belong to one shared library at a time. Delete or leave an iCloud Shared Photo Library If youre the organizer of an iCloud Shared Photo Library, you can delete it. If you arent the organizer, you can leave the shared library. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections, then tap your account in the top-right corner. 3. Tap Manage, then tap one of the following:

Delete Shared Library: When a shared library is deleted, participants who have been members of the shared library for more than 7 days can copy everything from the shared library into their own libraries. Participants who have been members for less than 7 days can copy only the content they contributed. Leave Shared Library: When you leave a shared library, you can copy everything from the shared library into your own library, or just the content you contributed. All content added to a shared library counts toward the iCloud storage space of the library organizer. See Add storage space to your iCloud Shared Photo Library. Use iCloud Shared Photo Library on iPad After you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, you can share photos and videos with friends and family in the Photos app. You and up to five other participants can add photos and videos to the library, and any edits, comments, or other adjustments made to them are seen by everyone in real time. Content in a shared library is also added to everyones memories, featured photos, and the Photos widget. Photos and videos added to the shared library are separate from your personal library. You can easily switch between viewing the shared library, your personal library, or both in the Photos app. Switch between viewing your iCloud Shared Photo Library and personal library 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then select the following:

View your Photos content and iCloud Shared Photo Library content:

Tap Both Libraries. View only your personal Photos content: Tap Personal Library. View only iCloud Shared Photo Library content: Tap Shared Library. When you view both your personal and shared library, content thats part of the shared library has a badge in the top-right corner of the thumbnail. Make edits and changes to content in an iCloud Shared Photo Library When you make the following changes to photos and videos in an iCloud Shared Photo Library, all participants see the changes:

Edits; see Edit photos and videos. Favorites, captions, keywords, or date and time adjustments; see See photo and video information. Deleted content; see Delete or hide a photo or video. Note: You receive notifications if content you added to the shared library is deleted. To turn off notifications, tap your account in the top-right corner of the screen in Photos, tap Shared Library, then turn off Deletion Notifications. If content you added is deleted, you can move it from Recently Deleted back to your personal library within 30 days. Move shared content from an iCloud Shared Photo Library to your personal library Photos that are stored in your shared library have a badge in their top-right corner. You can move photos and videos that you contributed to the shared library back to your personal library. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo or video in your shared library. 3. Tap at the top of the screen, then tap Move to Personal Library. Add storage space to your iCloud Shared Photo Library The content in an iCloud Shared Photo Library is available to all participants, but the iCloud storage used to store the content counts against the library organizers storage space. If the shared library content exceeds the organizers available storage space, the organizer can upgrade to iCloud+ or add additional storage to their existing iCloud+

subscription. See Subscribe to iCloud+. Add content to an iCloud Shared Photo Library on iPad After you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library in the Photos app, you can continue to add photos and videos in several ways:

Manually move photos from your personal library Save photos and videos you take directly to the shared library from Camera Share photos you take when other members of the shared library are nearby Share photos and videos you take at home Note: iOS 16.1, iPadOS 16.1, macOS 13, or later are required to use iCloud Shared Photo Library. Photos and videos added to a shared library wont be available on devices with earlier versions of the software. Manually add photos and videos to an iCloud Shared Photo Library You can add individual photos and videos from your personal library to the iCloud Shared Photo Library. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the photo or video you want to add. Or to add multiple photos and videos at the same time, tap Select, then tap the thumbnails you want to add. 3. Tap

, then tap Move to Shared Library. After content is moved to the shared library, its no longer in your personal library and is visible to all of the shared library participants. To move content from the shared library back to your personal library, follow the steps above, but tap Move to Personal Library instead of Move to Shared Library. Add photos and videos to an iCloud Shared Photo Library directly from Camera After you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, when you open Camera Shared Library button appears on the side of the screen to let you switch between saving photos and videos to your personal library and saving them to the shared library. By default, Camera saves to your personal library. To switch, tap to the shared library; tap to switch back to your personal library. to save

, a To turn the feature on or off after you complete the setup process, go to Settings

> Photos > Shared Library > Sharing from Camera, then turn Sharing from Camera on or off. Add photos and videos to an iCloud Shared Photo Library when participants are nearby When you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, you can choose an option so that photos you take when youre near other participants of the shared library are automatically added to the shared library. To allow iPad to detect when participants of your shared library are nearby, participants need to be signed in to their Apple Account on their device and have

> Bluetooth. Bluetooth turned on in Settings To turn the feature on or off after you complete the setup process, do the following:

1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections, then tap your account in the top-right corner. 3. Tap Shared Library, then tap Sharing from Camera. 4. Tap Share Automatically. Automatically add photos and videos taken at home to an iCloud Shared Photo Library When you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, you can have photos and videos you take at home automatically added to the shared library. To turn the feature on or off after you complete the setup process, do the following:

1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections, then tap your account in the top-right corner. 3. Tap Shared Library, then tap Sharing from Camera. 4. Turn Share When At Home on or off. Turn iCloud Shared Photo Library sharing suggestions on or off Sharing suggestions recommends photos you might want to add to your iCloud Shared Photo Library, such as photos you took when participants of the shared library were nearby, or photos of people you indicated interest in during the setup process. iPad sends a notification to review sharing suggestions. To turn suggestions on or off, follow these steps:

1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections, then tap your account in the top-right corner. 3. Tap Shared Library, then turn Shared Library Suggestions on or off. If you want to get sharing suggestions for additional people, tap Add People, tap a person, then tap Add. The person doesnt have to be a member of the shared library. For more information about accessing content in a shared library, see the Apple Support article If you are missing photos after joining an iCloud Shared Photo Library. Edit photos and videos Edit photos and videos on iPad After you take a photo or video, use the tools in the Photos app to edit it on your iPad. You can adjust the light and color, add a filter, and more. When you use iCloud Photos, any edits you make are saved across all your devices. Tip: To choose the background color of Edit modefor example, to set it to always be darksee Set the background color of Edit mode. Adjust light and color 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a photo or video to open it, then tap . 3. Tap Adjust. 4. Swipe left under the photo to view the lighting adjustments you can make for example, Exposure, Brilliance, Highlights, and Shadows. 5. Tap the lighting setting you want to edit, then drag the slider to make precise adjustments. The level of adjustment you make for each lighting setting is indicated by the outline around the button, so you can see at a glance which lighting settings have been increased or decreased. Tap the lighting button to switch between the edited photo or video and the original so you can see the difference your edits made. 6. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Tip: Tap to automatically enhance light and color in a photo or video. Change the Photographic Style of photos captured on iPhone 16 or later If you take a photo with an iPhone 16 or later, you can change or edit the Photographic Style in the Photos app. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo taken with an iPhone 16 or later, then tap . 3. Make sure Styles is selected on the left side of the screen, then do one of the following:

Choose a style: Tap a style or slide to select one of the style options on the right side of the screen. Adjust the tone and color: Tap simultaneously adjust the tone and color. Drag your finger on the slider below to adjust the intensity level.

, then slide your finger on to As you make adjustments, the values for tone, color, and intensity are shown at the top of the screen. Tap the round arrow to reset these values. 4. Tap Done. Apply filter effects 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo or video, then tap

. 3. Tap on the left side of the screen to apply filter effects such as Vivid or Dramatic. To remove a filter that was applied when you took the photo, choose Original. 4. Tap a filter on the right side of the screen, then drag the slider to adjust the effect. To compare the edited photo to the original, tap the photo. 5. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Note: For photos taken with an iPhone 16 or later, use Photographic Styles instead of filters to give your photos a customized look. See Change the Photographic Style of photos captured on iPhone 16 or later. Copy and paste edits to multiple photos You can copy the edits you made to one photo (or video) and paste them onto another photo, or a batch or photos, all at once. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open the photo or video that contains the edits you want to copy. 3. Tap

, then tap Copy Edits. 4. Review and turn off any edits you dont want to copy, then tap Copy. 5. Tap to return to your library. 6. Tap Select, then tap the thumbnails of the photos you want to paste the edits onto, or open a single photo or video. 7. Tap

, then tap Paste Edits. Note: Photos automatically adjusts the white balance and exposure of the edited photos to create a better match and make the photos look even more similar. Add stickers, text, and more 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a photo to open it. 3. Tap

, then tap

. 4. Tap to add stickers, captions, text, shapes, or even your signature. 5. Tap to save your edits. Set the background color of Edit mode By default, the background of Edit mode matches the light or dark appearance of your iPad. You can change the background color of Edit modefor example, set it to always appear dark if you prefer to edit photos against a dark background. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a photo or video to open it, then tap . 3. Tap

, tap Appearance, then do one of the following:

Match edit mode to the light or dark appearance of your iPad: Tap System. Make Edit mode always appear dark: Tap Dark. Make Edit mode always appear light: Tap Light. Remove distractions using Apple Intelligence With Apple Intelligence,* you can use the Clean Up tool to help identify and remove distracting objects in a photo. See Remove distractions from your photos.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Crop, rotate, flip, or straighten photos and videos on iPad You can use the tools in the Photos app to crop, rotate, flip, straighten, or adjust the size of a photo or video on iPad. When you use iCloud Photos, any edits you make to your photos and videos are saved across all your devices. Crop, rotate, or flip a photo or video 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a photo or video to open it, then tap . 3. Tap on the left side of the screen, then do any of the following:

Crop manually: Drag the rectangle corners to enclose the area you want to keep in the image, or pinch open or closed. Note: When you drag a corner, the crop tool keeps the original aspect ratio of the photo. To change the aspect ratio, tap the lock at the top-

right corner of the photo to unlock the aspect ratio. Crop to a standard preset ratio: Tap choose an option at the bottom of the screen such as, Square, Wallpaper, 9:16, or 5:7. at the top of the screen, then Rotate: Tap to rotate the image 90 degrees. Flip: Tap to flip the image horizontally. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. To quickly crop a photo while youre viewing it, pinch the photo to zoom in. When the photo appears as you want it cropped, tap Crop in the top-right corner of the screen. Make any further adjustments with the crop tools, then tap Done. Straighten a photo or video and adjust its perspective You can straighten a photo or video, or tilt it vertically or horizontally. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a photo or video to open it, then tap . 3. Tap . 4. Swipe left under the photo to view editing options. 5. Tap the effect you want to edit, then drag the slider to make precise adjustments. The level of adjustment you make is displayed by the slider. Tap the button to switch between the edited photo or video and the original. 6. Tap Done to save your edits. Tip: To undo edits after you save, open the photo or video, tap Revert.

, then tap Remove distractions using Apple Intelligence If you have an iPad that supports Apple Intelligence, you can use the Clean Up tool to help identify and remove distracting objects in a photo. See Remove distractions from your photos.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Undo and revert photo edits on iPad While you edit a photo or video, you can undo and redo changes. After saving, if you dont like how your changes look, you can revert back to the original. When you use iCloud Photos, any edits you make to your photos and videos are saved across all your devices. Undo and redo as you edit As you edit a photo or video, tap multiple edit steps. and at the top of the screen to undo and redo Tip: You can tap the photo or video to compare the edited version to the original. Revert an edited photo or video After you edit a photo or video and save your changes, you can revert to the original. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open the edited photo or video, then tap

. 3. Tap Revert to Original. Trim video length, adjust speed, and edit audio on iPad In the Photos app, you can trim a video you recorded on your iPad to change where it starts and stops. You can also adjust the playback speed, and change the portion of a video that appears in slow motion when you record in Slo-mo mode. When you capture a video on any iPhone 16 model or later (except iPhone16e), you can edit Spatial Audio in the Photos app. Trim a video 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a video, then tap

. 3. Drag either end of the frame viewer to adjust the start and stop time, then tap Done. 4. Tap Save Video to save only the trimmed video, or Save Video as New Clip to save both versions of the video. To undo the trim after you save, open the video, tap

, then tap Revert. Note: A video saved as a new clip cant be reverted to the original. Edit the video playback speed You can slow down videos that were captured at a high frame rate for a dramatic effect. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a video, tap

, then tap Video. 3. Tap

, then tap a playback speed. Note: The playback options available depend on the format of the video you captured. The larger the format you capture, the more options are available. Edit slow-motion sections of a video shot in Slo-mo mode 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a video shot in Slo-mo mode, then tap

. 3. Drag the white vertical bars beneath the frame viewer to set where the video is played in slow motion. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel. Edit sound with Audio Mix When you capture a video on iPhone 16 (except iPhone 16e) or later, its recorded in multiple formats like Spatial Audio and Stereo to allow more audio customization. If you record video with Spatial Audio turned on, you can later edit the video sound on your iPadfor example, reduce background noise to focus on the person speaking. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a video, then tap

. 3. Tap Audio Mix, then choose one of the following:

Standard: Play the original audio you recorded. In-Frame: Reduce sounds and voices from sources not visible in the video frame. Studio: Reduce background sounds and reverb, to make it sound more like youre recording in a professional studio. Cinematic: Put all the voices onto a front-facing track and leave environmental noises in surround, like the audio in movies. 4. Drag the slider next to the mix options to increase or decrease the effect and background noise levels. 5. Tap Done. Edit Cinematic mode videos on iPad On supported iPhone models, Cinematic mode in Camera applies a depth-of-field effect that keeps the subject of your video sharp while creating a beautifully blurred foreground and background. After capturing the video, you can adjust or remove the Cinematic mode effects in the Photos app. Cinematic mode videos can be edited on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later), iPad Pro 11-inch (all generations), iPad Air (3rd generation and later), iPad mini (5th generation and later), and iPad mini (A17 Pro). Turn off the Cinematic effect 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a video you recorded in Cinematic mode, then tap

. 3. Tap Cinematic at the top of the screen, then tap Done. To turn Cinematic mode back on, repeat these steps. Change the focus subject in a Cinematic mode video Camera automatically identifies where to focus while you record in Cinematic mode and can automatically change focus if a new subject is identified. You can also change the focus subject manually. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a video you recorded in Cinematic mode, then tap

. White dots under the frame viewer indicate where Camera automatically changed the focus while recording. Yellow dots indicate where the focus was manually changed. 3. Play the video, or slide the white vertical bar in the frame viewer, to the point where you want to change the focus. 4. Tap the new subject, outlined in yellow, on the screen to change the focus;

double-tap to set automatic focus tracking on the subject. A yellow dot appears under the frame viewer to indicate the focus was changed. Note: You can also touch and hold the screen to lock the focus at a specific distance from the camera. 5. Repeat the steps above to change focus points throughout the video. To remove a manual focus change, tap the yellow dot under the frame viewer, then tap

. 6. Tap Done to save your changes. to switch between automatic focus tracking and the manually selected focus Tap points. After you save your changes, you can revert a Cinematic mode video to the original version if you dont like your edits. Open the video, then tap Revert. Adjust the depth of field in a Cinematic mode video 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a video you recorded in Cinematic mode, then tap

. 3. Tap at the top of the screen. A slider appears below the video. 4. Drag the slider left or right to adjust the depth of field effect, then tap Done. To undo your edits after you save, open the video, then tap Revert. Export Cinematic mode videos to your Mac You can transfer Cinematic mode videoswith depth and focus metadatafrom your iPhone to your Mac to edit in other apps. Note: To edit Cinematic mode videos recorded on an iPhone with iOS 16 or later, make sure your Mac is using macOS 13 or later. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a Cinematic mode video, then tap . 3. Tap Options at the top of the screen, turn on All Photos Data, then tap . 4. Tap AirDrop, then tap the device you want to share with (make sure the device youre sharing with has AirDrop turned on). For information about editing Cinematic mode videos on your Mac using Photos, see Edit a Cinematic mode video. For information about editing Cinematic mode videos on your Mac using Final Cut Pro, iMovie, or Motion, see the Apple Support article Edit Cinematic mode video in Final Cut Pro, iMovie, and Motion. Export Cinematic mode videos to an external storage device You can export Cinematic mode videos directly to an external drive, a memory card, or other storage device. Note: For photos and videos that have been edited, the unmodified original version will be exported. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Select the video you want to export. 3. Tap , then tap Export Unmodified Original. 4. Tap your storage device (below Locations), then tap

. Edit Live Photos on iPad In the Photos app, you can edit Live Photos, change the key photo, and add fun effects like Bounce and Loop. Make Live Photo edits In addition to using the photo editing tools, you can also change a Live Photos key photo, trim its length, mute the sound, and turn a Live Photo into a still photo. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a Live Photo, then tap

. 3. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Set a key photo: Move the white frame on the frame viewer, tap Make Key Photo, then tap Done. Trim a Live Photo: Drag either end of the frame viewer to choose the frames the Live Photo plays. Make a still photo: Tap the Live button at the top of the screen to turn off the Live feature. The Live Photo becomes a still of its key photo. Mute a Live Photo: Tap unmute. at the top of the screen. Tap again to Add effects to a Live Photo You can add effects to Live Photos to turn them into fun videos. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a Live Photo. 3. Tap Live in the top-left corner, then choose one of the following:

Live: Applies the Live video playback feature. Loop: Repeats the action in a continuous looping video. Bounce: Rewinds the action backward and forward. Long Exposure: Simulates a DSLR-like long exposure effect by blurring motion. Off: Turns off the Live video playback feature or applied effect. Turn a Live Photo into a video You can turn a Live Photo into a short video to save or sharefor example, to share with people not on Apple devices. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a Live Photo, then tap in the top-right corner. 3. Tap Save as Video. Edit Portrait mode photos on iPad In the Photos app, you can change and adjust the lighting effects, depth of field, and focus point of images you take in Portrait mode. Change the Portrait Lighting effect You can apply, change, or remove the Portrait Lighting effects in Portrait mode photos. You can also edit portraits taken on other devices. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a Portrait mode photo to open it, then tap

. 3. Tap at the top of the screen. The Lighting effects appear on the right side of the screen. 4. Touch , then slide your finger up or down to choose a lighting effect:

Natural Light: The face is in sharp focus against a blurred background. Studio Light: The face is brightly lit, and the photo has an overall clean look. Contour Light: The face has dramatic shadows with highlights and lowlights. Stage Light: The face is spotlit against a deep black background. Stage Light Mono: The effect is like Stage Light, but the photo is in classic black and white. High-Key Light Mono: The effect creates a grayscale subject on a white background. 5. Drag the slider up or down to adjust the intensity of the lighting effect. 6. Tap Done. Note: To remove Portrait Lighting from a photo, tap of the screen.

, then tap Portrait at the top Blur the background in portraits On models that support Depth Control, use the Depth Control slider to adjust the level of background blur in your portraits. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a Portrait mode photo to open it, then tap

. 3. Tap Portrait on the left side of the screen, then drag the slider on the right to adjust the background blur effect. A white dot marks the original depth value for the photo. 4. Tap Done. Change the focus point of a portrait On your iPad, you can change the subject (or focus point) in a portrait taken on an iPhone 13 or later, with iOS 16 or later using Depth and Focus Control. When you select a new subject, the depth of field (or blur) automatically adjusts so the new subject appears sharp and in focus. Make sure that the new subject isnt blurred or too far in the distance. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a Portrait mode photo to view it in full screen, then tap . 3. Tap a new subject or focus point in the photo. 4. Tap Done. Remove the portrait effect You can remove the portrait effect (background blur) from a photo taken in Portrait mode. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo taken in Portrait mode. 3. Tap Portrait on the left side of the screen, then tap Portrait Off. Make stickers from your photos on iPad In the Photos app, you can make stickers from the subjects in your photos and animated stickers from the subjects in your Live Photos. Then use your stickers to decorate messages, photos, notes, and more. Turn a photo or Live Photo into a sticker You can turn the main subject of a photo into a sticker. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap a photo to open it in full screen. 3. Touch and hold the subject, then let go. 4. Tap Add Sticker. The sticker appears in your stickers menu, which you can access when you use the iPad onscreen keyboard or Markup tools. 5. Tap Add Effect if you want to apply a visual effect such as Outline, Comic, or Puffy. Tip: You can use stickers youve created to decorate a photo. See Edit photos and videos. Delete a sticker 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo, then tap

. 3. Tap

, then tap

. 4. Tap Add Sticker, touch and hold the sticker you want to delete, then tap Remove. Your stickers sync with iCloud, so theyre available on your iPhone, iPad, Mac, and Apple Vision Pro devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Hide people, memories, and holidays in Photos on iPad You can set the Photos app to show certain people, days, and holidays less frequently or not at all in your memories, featured photos, and the Photos widget. You can also turn off memories and featured photos in the Photos app and the widget on your iPad Home Screen. Show a person less frequently or not at all 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo of the person you want to show less often. 3. Tap

, then tap Feature a Person. If theres more than one person in the photo, tap the person you want to feature less, then tap Next. 4. Choose Feature This Person Less or Never Feature This Person. 5. Tap Confirm. To feature someone again, tap Collections, tap your account in the top-right corner, then tap Reset People & Pets Suggestions. Turn off memories, holidays, and other featured content You can turn off memories or featured photos in the Photos app, and prevent holiday events in your home country or region from appearing in memories and featured content. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Collections. 3. Tap your account in the top-right corner. 4. Do any of the following:

Hide featured content and memories: Turn off Show Featured Content to prevent Photos from automatically generating featured photos and memories. Turn off holiday events: Turn off Show Holiday Events to prevent Photos from creating memories and featured content about holidays. Duplicate and copy photos and videos on iPad In the Photos app on iPad, you can duplicate a photo or video while preserving the original version. You can also copy a photo and then paste it into another document such as an email, text message, or presentation. Duplicate a photo or video 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo or video, then tap

. 3. Tap Duplicate. A duplicate copy appears next to the original in your library. Copy a photo 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo, then tap

. 3. Tap Copy, then paste the photo into another document. Copy multiple photos or videos 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library in the sidebar, tap Select, then tap the thumbnails you want to copy. 3. Tap

, then tap Copy. 4. Paste the copies into another document. Merge duplicate photos and videos on iPad The Photos app identifies duplicate photos and videos in your photo library in Duplicates. You can merge duplicate photos and videos to save space and clean up your library. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tao Collections in the sidebar. 3. Tap Utilities, then tap Duplicates. 4. Tap Merge to combine the duplicates, then tap Merge [number] Exact Copies. If you dont have any duplicate photos or videos in your library, Duplicates doesnt appear. Import and export photos and videos on iPad You can import photos and videos directly to the Photos app from a digital camera, an SD memory card, or another iPad or iPhone that has a camera. You can also export unmodified versions of your photos and videos directly to an external drive, memory card, or other storage device thats connected to your iPad. Import photos and videos to your iPad Import photos and videos saved on another device such as a digital camera or an external drive to the Photos app on your iPad. 1. Insert the camera adapter or card reader into the Lightning connector or USB-C connector, or connect the device directly to your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Connect a camera: Connect the adapter to the camera, then turn on the camera and make sure its in transfer mode. For more information, see the documentation that came with the camera. Connect an external storage device or insert an SD memory card into the card reader: Dont force the card into the slot on the reader; it fits only one way. Connect an iPhone or iPad: Use the Lightning adapter or the USB-C cable that came with the device to connect it to the camera adapter. Turn on and unlock the device. 3. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 4. Tap Import. 5. Select the photos and videos you want to import, then select your import destination. Import all items: Tap Import All. Import selected items: Tap the items you want to import (a checkmark appears for each), tap Import, then tap Import Selected. 6. After the photos and videos have been imported, keep or delete them on the camera, card, iPhone, or iPad. 7. Disconnect the camera adapter or card reader. Export photos and videos to an external storage device You can export photos and videos you took on your iPad directly to an external drive, a memory card, or other storage device. Note: For photos and videos that have been edited, the unmodified original version will be exported. 1. Connect your iPad to the storage device using the Lightning or USB-C connector, or connect the device directly to your iPad. 2. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 3. Select the photos and videos you want to export. 4. Tap , then tap Export Unmodified Original. 5. Tap your storage device (below Locations), then tap Save. Photos and videos in the Hidden album wont be transferred if the album is locked. To unlock it, go to Settings Touch ID, or Use Passcode.

> Apps > Photos, then turn off Use Face ID, Use Print photos on iPad to an AirPrint-

enabled printer Print your photos directly from the Photos app on your iPad with any AirPrint-

enabled device. Print a photo 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo, then tap . 3. Tap Print. Print multiple photos at once 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Library or open a collection, then tap Select. 3. Select each photo you want to print, then tap . 4. Tap Print. Podcasts Get started with Podcasts on iPad The Podcasts app true crime, comedy, and more. You can listen online or download episodes so you can play them even when youre not connected to the internet. offers millions of shows on a variety of topics such as news, Find podcasts You can use the Search feature to find categories, channels, shows, or episodes that match your interests. Tap or Search to browse shows by category. Enter a word or phrase such as a show name, person, or category in the search field to search for something specific. Listen to podcasts to start playing a show or episode. In the MiniPlayer, you can change the Tap playback speed, pause or resume playing, skip back or ahead, enhance dialogue to hear voices more clearly, and more. You can tap the MiniPlayer to open the full-screen player, where you can view your queue or the episode transcript, and select a different device for audio output. Follow a show When you find a show you like, tap Follow to add it to your library. You can choose whether to automatically download new episodes of shows you follow and get notifications when new episodes are available. Want to learn more?

Find podcasts Listen to podcasts Follow your favorite podcasts Download, save, remove, and share podcasts Subscribe to podcasts View podcast transcripts Find podcasts on iPad Use the Podcasts app to find shows about science, news, politics, comedy, and more. If you find a show you like, you can follow it to add it to your library. Then you can easily listen offline, get notified about new episodes, access followed shows on your other Apple devices and on Apple Podcasts on the web, and more. Note: Shows may offer paid subscriptions that give you access to exclusive shows and episodes, new releases, episodes without ads, and more. You can subscribe to a show or channel and manage your subscriptions. If you already subscribe to Apple Music, Apple News+, or an eligible third-party app, you can listen to its subscriber content in Podcasts. See Listen to subscriber-only content. Find podcasts 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Search by category, title, person, or topic: Tap sidebar), then enter a word or phrase in the search field. Top hits appear as you type.

(or tap Search in the Tap on the onscreen keyboard to view all results for the word or phrase you typed. Tap a show, channel, or episode to go directly to it. Discover new shows: Tap New to see new and trending shows, and the Apple editorial collections. You can also tap or Search and get a personalized list of categories to choose from, as well as editorial collections. Tip: To quickly see the top shows and episodes for a specific category, tap Top Charts, tap the All Categories pop-up menu in the top-right corner, then tap a category. Add shows by URL: In the sidebar, tap Shows, tap Show by URL. Enter the URL, then tap Follow.

, then tap Follow a Note: The URL must be for a valid podcast RSS feed. Get personalized recommendations You can get personalized podcast recommendations based on your listening activity and your favorite channels and categories. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home. 3. Do any of the following:

View recommended shows: Scroll left or right in the You Might Like row. Refine your show recommendations: Tap a show in the You Might Like row, tap

, then tap Suggest Less. View suggested episodes based on your listening: Scroll down to the More to Discover row, then scroll left or right. Opt out of personalized recommendations: Tap

(you may need to open the sidebar), tap your name, then turn off Personalized Recommendations. or your profile picture Note: Your Personalized Recommendations setting also applies to the App Store, Apple Books, iTunes Store, Apple TV, and subscriptions from Apple. Other recommendations are available based on categories you listen to and any subscriptions you already purchased. View shared podcasts When a friend shares a show or episode with you in Messages, you can easily find it in Podcasts. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home, then scroll down to the Shared with You section. If you dont see Shared with You, check to make sure your friend is in your contacts, and that Podcasts is turned on in Settings Shared with You.

> Apps > Messages >

See also Find all the content someone shared with you. Browse episodes within a specific podcast 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse to find a show. 3. Tap the show, then scroll down to see recent episodes (or tap See All, if available). Filter episodes 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse to find a show. 3. Tap the show, then tap Episodes (or the current filter) above the list of episodes. 4. Choose an option, like Unplayed or Season 1. Note: Some filter options, such as Unplayed, Downloaded, Saved, and Played, are only available for shows that you follow or shows with saved or downloaded episodes. Listen to podcasts on iPad In the Podcasts app, you can play an episode, change the playback speed, see whats playing next, listen to an episode when youre offline, set a sleep timer, and use other playback controls. Play a podcast 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse to find an episode, then tap below the episode title. Resume playing a previous podcast 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home, scroll to the Recently Played section, then tap below an episode title. Open the full-screen player 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Play a podcast. 3. Tap the MiniPlayer at the bottom of the screen to open the full-screen player. 4. In the full-screen player, do any of the following:

Jump to a specific time: Drag the slider below the episode information. Show or hide the episode transcript: Tap

. Show or hide the queue: Tap Change the playback speed: Tap then select a speed, or scroll left or right to adjust the speed. You can also touch and hold finger up or down to choose a speed.

(or the current playback speed), then slide your

(or the current playback speed), Hear voices more clearly: Tap tap Enhance Dialogue.

(or the current playback speed), then Jump to a chapter: While listening to an episode that has chapters, tap next to the name of the current chapter, then select the chapter you want to play. Save a custom playback speed and enhance dialogue for a show you follow 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Tap Shows in the sidebar, then select a show. (You can also search or browse for a show you follow.) 3. Tap

, tap Settings, then scroll down to Speed & Audio Adjustments. 4. Choose Custom for This Show, then select a playback speed and turn Enhance Dialogue on or off. Choose what to play next You can add episodes to your queue, then listen to them later. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse to find an episode. 3. Tap near an episode, then choose Play Next or Add to Queue. 4. Tap

. If you dont see full-screen player.

, tap the MiniPlayer at the bottom of the screen to open the 5. In the Queue section, do any of the following:

Play an episode: Tap the episode. The next episode in the queue plays immediately after the previous episode finishes. Reorder episodes: Drag to move an episode up or down in the list. Remove an episode from the queue: Swipe left on the episode, then tap Remove. Remove all episodes from the queue: Tap Clear. If you listen to multiple episodes of a show in a row, additional episodes appear in the Continue Playing section of the full-screen player. These episodes play after the ones you added to the Queue section, so you can easily pick up where you left off in a show. You can also tap an episode in Continue Playing to start listening right away. Set a sleep timer You can set a sleep timer so that playback stops automatically after a specified period of time. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then choose an option. If you dont see full-screen player.

, tap the MiniPlayer at the bottom of the screen to open the Use the playback controls In the full-screen player, use any of the following controls. Control Description Play the current episode. Pause playback. Choose a faster or slower playback speed, and turn Enhance Dialogue on or off to adjust voice clarity. Jump back 15 seconds. To change the number of seconds you skip back, go to Settings > Apps > Podcasts, then tap Back. Control Description Jump forward 30 seconds. To change the number of seconds you skip forward, go to Settings > Apps > Podcasts, then tap Forward. Set a timer for podcasts to stop playing. Stream the audio to other devices. View the episode transcript. See whats next in your queue, or play more episodes from a show youve recently listened to. Choose more actions such as sharing or downloading the episode. View podcast transcripts on iPad In the Podcasts app, you can view and search episode transcripts. Note: Transcript availability may vary by language, and by country or region. See the Apple Support article Follow and play shows in Apple Podcasts on iPhone and iPad. View transcripts 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

While playing an episode: Tap at the bottom of the screen to open the full-screen player.)

. (You may need to tap the MiniPlayer While viewing episode information: Scroll down to the Transcripts section. You can also tap

, then tap View Transcript. From Up Next: Tap

, then tap View Transcript. Tip: Tap a paragraph to jump to that point in the episode. Search transcripts 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. While viewing a transcript, do one of the following:

From the full-screen player: Swipe up on the transcript, then tap Search. From the episode information or Up Next screen: Tap . 3. Optionally, tap in the search field to specify whether the whole word or the capitalization needs to match in the search results. Follow your favorite podcasts on iPad When you find a show you like in the Podcasts app, follow it to add it to your library so you can get notified about new episodes, change the playback order, and more. Follow a podcast When you follow a podcast, its added to your library. You can access podcasts you follow on your other Apple devices, or on the Apple Podcasts app. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse to find a show. 3. Do any of the following:

From search results: Tap

. While viewing show information: Tap Follow. You can also tap

, then tap Follow. While viewing episode information, or from Now Playing: Tap tap Follow Show.

, then Unfollow a podcast 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Shows. 3. Tap a show, tap near the top right, then tap Unfollow Show. Or tap near the top right, then tap Unfollow. Get notifications for new episodes Get notified when new episodes are available for podcasts you follow. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Choose Account > Account Settings in the menu bar. 3. Tap Notification, then turn Allow Notifications on or off for one or more shows. Rate or review podcasts on iPad You can rate and review a show, read reviews from other listeners, and delete a review you wrote if you later change your mind. Rate or review a show 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse to find a show, or tap Shows in the sidebar. 3. Tap the show you want to rate or review, then scroll down to Ratings &

Reviews. 4. Do any of the following:

Rate a show: Tap a star to rate the show from 1 to 5. Review a show: Tap Write a Review. Tap a star to rate the show, enter your review, then tap

. Edit a review: Tap Write a Review, make any changes, then tap

. Delete a rating or review 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Choose Account > Account Settings in the menu bar. 3. Tap your name (you may need to sign in), then tap Ratings and Reviews. 4. Tap Ratings and Reviews, then tap Edit. 5. Tap next to the rating or review you want to remove. 6. Tap Done. Use the Podcasts widget on iPad You can add the Podcasts widget to your Home Screen to view and play episodes without opening the Podcasts app queue, saved episodes, or episodes from a show you follow. You can add episodes from the Up Next Add a Podcasts widget to the Home Screen 1. Touch and hold the Home Screen until the apps begin to jiggle. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the screen, then tap Add Widget to open the widget gallery. 3. Scroll down, then tap Podcasts. 4. Swipe left and right to view the different widget sizes and layouts. When you see the option you like, tap Add Widget, then tap Done at the top of the screen. To move the widget on your Home Screen, touch and hold the Home Screen until the apps begin to jiggle. Drag the widget to a new location, then tap Done. To remove the widget from your Home Screen, touch and hold the Home Screen until the apps begin to jiggle, tap at the top left of the widget, then tap Remove. Select your favorite Podcasts categories and channels on iPad You can select your favorite categories and channels in the Podcasts app to get better show recommendations and access shows from your subscriptions. Select your favorite categories You can add categories to your favorites to get better show recommendations and easy access to category pages. Favorite categories rank higher in search results and appear at the top of the Manage Categories screen with a

. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Categories. 3. Do any of the following:

Add a category to your favorites: Tap a category, then tap new category as a favorite, tap Manage, then select one or more categories. To add a Remove a category from your favorites: Tap a category, then tap You can also tap Manage, then tap next to a category. Select your favorite channels You can add channels to your favorites to make them easier to find in your library, and remove them if you change your mind. Your favorite channels appear at the top of the Channels section in the Library with a

. Note: Channels doesnt appear in the sidebar if you havent yet subscribed to any channels, followed any shows offered by a channel, or added a channel as a favorite. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Channels. You can also search or browse for a channel. 3. Do any of the following:

Add a channel to your favorites: Tap the channel, then tap

. Remove a channel from your favorites: Tap the channel, then tap

. Organize your podcast library on iPad In the Podcasts app, you can customize the podcasts you follow, catch up on the latest episodes, and create your own stations. View your podcast library 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap any of the following:

Recently Updated: See shows you follow with recently released episodes. Shows: See shows that are in your library. If you downloaded or saved episodes from podcasts you dont follow, tap All to see them. Tap Followed to view only shows you follow. You can tap any show to see its information and the episodes you saved or downloaded. Channels: See channels you subscribe to, channels you added to your favorites, and channels that have shows you follow. You can tap a channel to browse all of its shows. Categories: See categories you added to your favorites, along with categories for any shows you follow. Saved: See episodes you saved. Downloaded: See episodes you downloaded. You can listen to these episodes without an internet connection. Latest Episodes: See the most recent episodes from each show you follow. To change how long episodes stay in this playlist, tap

. Stations: If you created stations, each one is listed. Change the episode playback order 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Shows. 3. Touch and hold a show, then tap Settings. 4. Choose an option under Episode Order. When you play an episode from the show page, the remaining episodes play based on the order you choose. Limit the number of downloads from each podcast 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Shows. 3. Touch and hold a show, then tap Settings. 4. Scroll down to Automatically Download, then choose an option. Mark an episode as played 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse to find a show. 3. Tap the show, swipe right on an episode, then tap Played. If youre already looking at a specific episode, tap

, then tap Mark as Played. Hide episodes you already played You can change a shows settings to hide episodes you already played. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Shows. 3. Touch and hold a show, tap Settings, then turn on Hide Played Episodes. To automatically hide played episodes for all shows you follow, go to Settings >

Apps > Podcasts, then turn on Hide Played Episodes. Create your own station Use stations (similar to a music playlist) to group shows you follow based on themes like news, comedy, or morning commute. Episodes from the podcasts you choose are automatically added to your station regularly. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap New Station. If New Station doesnt appear, tap next to Stations. 3. Add a title, then tap Save. 4. Tap Choose Podcasts, then tap the shows you want to add to the station (or turn on Include All Podcasts). Tip: You can adjust the number of episodes from each podcast that are added to your station. Tap the station, tap settings for all podcasts in a station, tap Episodes, then choose an option. To adjust the settings for a single show, tap the show in the Podcasts list, then choose an option.

, then tap Station Settings. To use the same Download, save, remove, and share podcast episodes on iPad In the Podcasts app, you can download, save, and share podcast episodes. Download an episode 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse to find a show. 3. Tap the show, swipe left on an episode, then tap

. You can also tap under an episode, then tap Download. Save an episode 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse to find a show. 3. Tap the show, swipe left on an episode, then tap

. You can also tap under an episode, then tap Save. When you save an episode, its automatically downloaded so you can listen to it offline. To turn off this option, go to Settings

> Apps > Podcasts, then turn off Download When Saving. Remove a saved episode 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Saved. 3. Swipe left on an episode, then tap

. You can also remove a saved episode while looking at an episode list or the

, then tap Unsave. episodes information. Tap Remove a downloaded episode 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Downloaded, then tap a show. 3. Swipe left on an episode, then tap

. You can also remove a downloaded episode while looking at the episode list or the episodes information. Tap

, then tap Remove Download. Remove all downloaded episodes from a show 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Downloaded, then touch and hold a show. 3. Tap Remove Downloads. Remove all downloaded episodes 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Downloaded. 3. Tap at the top right, then tap Remove All Downloads. Share a podcast show or episode 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

While viewing show information: Tap Share. near the top right, then tap While viewing episode information: Tap . To specify the starting time for a shared episode: From the full screen player, Tap

. then tap

, then tap Share. Tap From Start, choose From [time], The shared episode starts from the point where youre listening when you tap Share. 3. Choose how to share the show or episode. Subscribe to a show or channel in Podcasts on iPad In the Podcasts app, subscribe to, change, cancel, and share your podcasts subscriptions. Paid subscriptions allow you to support the shows you love, and they often include premium extras, early access to new episodes, or ad-free listening. Note: Not all subscriptions and channels are available in all countries, regions, or languages. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to a show or channel 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse to find a show or channel. 3. Select the show or channel you want to subscribe to. 4. Tap the subscription button (if available). You can access shows you subscribe to or follow on your other Apple devices or on the Apple Podcasts app. (When you subscribe to a show, you automatically follow it.) See Follow your favorite podcasts. When you subscribe to a channel or follow one of its shows, the channel appears in the Channels section of your library. Change or cancel your subscriptions 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Choose Account > Account Settings in the menu bar. 3. Tap Manage Subscriptions. 4. Tap a subscription to change or cancel it. Share Apple Podcasts subscriptions When you subscribe to podcasts channels, you can use Family Sharing to share your subscriptions with up to five other family members. Your family group members will automatically have access to the channels you subscribe to. If you join a family group and a family group member subscribes to a show you already subscribe to, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date;

instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing a show subscription with a family group, you can cancel the subscription or leave the Family Sharing group. Listen to subscriber-only content in Podcasts on iPad In the Podcasts app, you can listen to audio content from Apple Music, Apple News+, and eligible third-party subscription apps. Note: Not all apps offer audio content thats available in Podcasts. Connect app subscriptions to Podcasts Your eligible app subscriptions are automatically connected to Podcasts if you subscribed through the App Store and the app offers audio content in Podcasts. If you subscribed using another method, do the following:

1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. Search or browse for a channel with an eligible subscription. 3. On the Channel page, tap the Already a Subscriber link, then follow the instructions to connect your app subscription. After an app subscription is connected, you can find the channel in your library. You can use Podcasts to play all subscriber-only shows and episodes. Change your download settings for Podcasts on iPad Podcasts you follow are automatically downloaded to your Apple device. Episodes youve played are automatically deleted from your device. You can change these settings, and adjust other download options. Turn automatic downloads on or off 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Podcasts. 3. Tap Automatically Download, then choose an option. Tip: To automatically download a particular podcast, open the Podcasts app then tap Shows in the sidebar. Touch and hold the shows artwork, tap Settings, then tap Automatically Download to choose a download option.

, Remove downloaded podcasts after you listen to them 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Podcasts. 3. Turn on Remove Played Downloads. To adjust this setting for a particular podcast you follow, tap Shows, then touch and hold the shows artwork. Tap Settings, then turn on Remove Played Downloads. Resume automatic downloads If you havent listened to a show you follow in a while, automatic downloads are automatically paused. You can resume automatic downloads at any time. 1. Go to the Podcasts app on your iPad. 2. In the sidebar, tap Shows. 3. Tap a show. 4. Tap

, then tap Turn On Automatic Downloads. Turn off automatic syncing across Apple devices 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Podcasts. 3. Turn off Sync Library. Preview Get started with Preview on iPad Learn how to use the Preview app and make changes to PDF documents and images. to fill out and sign PDF forms, scan documents, Fill out PDF forms To fill out a PDF form in Preview, tap Enter text, or tap a suggestion that appears above the onscreen keyboard. Use your finger or Apple Pencil to add a signature. at the top of the screen, then select a field. Scan and save documents to create a PDF file Tap Scan Documents, then position the iPad camera to capture document pages. You can crop, rotate, and adjust colors before saving the scanned document as a searchable PDF. Remove the background from an image You can remove image backgrounds to focus on whats important. Tap of the screen, then choose Remove Background. at the top Protect a PDF document with a password You can lock a PDF with a password. Open a PDF, tap next to the filename, then tap Lock. Turn on Require Password, then enter a password in the Password and Verify fields. Highlight, underline, or strike through text You can highlight, underline, or strike through text in a PDF. Open a PDF, then select text. Tap Highlight, then tap a highlight color, the underline button, or the strike through button. Want to learn more?

Fill out and sign PDF forms Scan text and documents Remove the background from an image Lock PDFs Annotate a PDF or image Open and view PDFs and images View PDFs and images Open and view PDFs and images in Preview on iPad You can use the Preview app to open and view PDF documents and images. Open a PDF or image You can browse and open PDFs and images directly in Preview, without opening the Files app first. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following to find a file:

View files you opened recently: Tap Recents. View shared files: Tap Shared. Browse available files: Tap Browse. Choose a location to browse: Tap Locations in the sidebar.

, then tap an option under Browse by tag: Tap

, then tap an option under Tags in the sidebar. 3. Optionally, tap are sorted.

, then select how items appear (icons or list) or how items 4. Tap a file to open it. Tip: If someone emails you a PDF form to fill out, you can tap the attached file in the Mail app to open and complete the form in Preview. You can then reply to the sender and attach the completed form. See Reply to an email with a PDF attachment. View a PDF or image 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open the PDF or image that you want to view. 3. Do any of the following:

Zoom in or out: Pinch two fingers open or closed on a page or image. Open or close thumbnail view for a PDF: Tap

. Scroll pages in a PDF: Swipe up or down. Go to a specific page in a PDF: Tap page number, then tap Go.

, then tap Go to Page. Enter a Find text in a PDF 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF you want to search. 3. Tap

. 4. Optionally, tap in the search field and do any of the following:

Exclude matches where the search text is part of another word: Select Whole Word. Only include results that match the capitalization of the search text:

Select Match Case. 5. Enter a word or phrase in the search field. If you enter a phrase, Preview searches for that exact phrase. 6. Tap or to go to the next or previous search result. 7. Tap to close the search results. View information about a PDF or image You can use the Preview app to get information about PDF documents and images, such as creation date, filename, and more. When location information is available for a photo, you can also view the latitude and longitude where the photo was taken. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF or image. 3. Tap . Interact with text in an image in Preview on iPad You can use Live Text in Preview to copy or translate text within a image, make a call, open a website, or start an email. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open an image that shows text, then select the text. See Select and edit text. 3. Do any of the following:

Copy text: Tap Copy. You can then paste the text into another document or app. Look up the meaning of text: Tap Look Up. Translate text: Tap Translate, then choose a language. Note: Translation isnt available in all languages and may not be available in some countries or regions. Search the web for the text: Tap , then tap Search Web. Call or text a phone number: Tap Call or Message. Save a phone number or email address: Tap , then tap Add to Contacts. Send an email or message to an email address: Tap Email or Message. Go to a website: Tap Open Link. Edit PDFs Fill out and sign PDF forms in Preview on iPad You can fill out and sign PDF forms in Preview. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF form. 3. Tap

. 4. Tap a blue field, then enter information (or select contact information in the bar above the onscreen keyboard). 5. Tap to add a signature or a text box. Tip: You can use an Apple Pencil (with a compatible iPad) or draw with your finger to create a signature. See Apple Pencil compatibility. Annotate a PDF or image in Preview on iPad You can copy, highlight, underline, or strike through text in a PDF file. You can also annotate a PDF or image with stickers, signatures, shapes, or text. Select and copy text 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF. 3. To select text, touch and hold the first word, then move the grab points. 4. To copy the selection, tap Copy. You can then paste the text into another document or app. See Select, cut, copy, and paste text. Highlight, underline, or strike through text 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF. 3. Drag to select text, then tap Highlight. 4. Choose a highlight color, or tap the underline or strike through button. Add an annotation 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF or image. 3. Tap at the top of the screen, tap at the bottom of the screen, then choose an option, such as a sticker, signature, shape, or text. For images, you can also add an image description or a loupe. Tip: You can use an Apple Pencil (with a compatible iPad) or draw with your finger. See Apple Pencil compatibility. To undo a change, tap to the left of the annotation tools. Add, delete, rotate, move, or crop PDF pages in Preview on iPad You can add, delete, rotate, reorder, or crop pages in a PDF. Add or delete pages 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF. 3. Tap

, then touch and hold a thumbnail. 4. Do any of the following:

Insert a blank page: Tap Insert Blank Page. Insert a PDF or image: Tap Insert from File. Insert a scanned document: Tap Scan Pages, scan the document, then tap

. See Scan text and documents. Delete the selected page: Tap Delete Page. Rotate a page 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF. 3. Tap in the toolbar. You can also tap

, then choose Rotate Left or Rotate Right. Move a page 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF. 3. Tap

, touch and hold a thumbnail until menu options appear, then drag the page thumbnail above or below another one. Crop a page 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF. 3. Select a page, then tap

. 4. Drag the blue handles to select an area, tap within the selected area, then tap Crop. To undo a change, tap

, then tap Undo. Edit images Edit an image in Preview on iPad You can crop, rotate, or flip an image in Preview. You can also remove the background or adjust the image size. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open an image. 3. Do any of the following:

Crop the image: Tap within the selected area, then tap Crop. Drag the blue handles to select an area, tap Rotate the image: Tap or Rotate Right. You can also tap

, then choose Rotate Left Flip the image: Tap

, then choose Flip Horizontally or Flip Vertically. Remove the background: Tap

, then tap Remove Background. Adjust the image size: Tap then tap Done.

, then tap Adjust Size. Choose options, To undo a change, tap

, then choose Undo. Remove the background from an image in Preview on iPad You can remove the background from an image in the Preview app. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open an image. 3. Tap

, then choose Remove Background. Manage PDFs or images Manage PDFs and images in Preview on iPad 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF or image. 3. Do any of the following:

Save the file and return to the main menu: Tap . Rename the file: Tap new filename, then tap next to the filename, then tap Rename. Enter a on the onscreen keyboard. Copy the PDF or image to the Clipboard: Tap , then tap Copy. Create a duplicate: Tap next to the filename, then tap Duplicate. Export PDF or image in a different format: See Export or compress PDFs and images. Move the file: Tap Preview, then select a new location. next to the filename, then tap Move. Tap next to Copy PDFs and images in Preview on iPad You can copy a PDF or image to the Clipboard, or create a duplicate file. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF or image. 3. Do any of the following:

Copy the PDF or image to the Clipboard: Tap , then tap Copy. See Share PDFs or images. Create a duplicate: Tap next to the filename, then tap Duplicate. Lock PDFs in Preview on iPad You can lock a PDF document with a password to prevent others from editing or deleting your work. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF. Important: To keep a copy thats not password-protected, tap Duplicate.

, then tap 3. Tap next to the filename, then tap Lock. 4. Turn on Require Password, then enter the same password in the Password and Verify fields. 5. Tap Done. Export or compress PDFs and images in Preview on iPad You can export a PDF or an image as an HEIC, JPEG, PDF, PNG, or TIFF file. You can also compress the file. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF or image. 3. Tap next to the filename, then tap Export. 4. Select a file format. Available formats are HEIC, JPEG, PDF, PNG, and TIFF. 5. Optionally, use the slider to adjust the file size. Reply to an email with a PDF attachment in Preview on iPad 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Open an email with a PDF attached, then tap the attachment to open it in the Preview app. 3. Fill out or annotate the PDF. 4. Go back to the Mail app, then open the original email. 5. Tap

, tap

, then tap Attach File. 6. Locate the updated PDF, then tap to select it. 7. Optionally, add text to the reply. 8. Tap Scan text and documents in Preview on iPad You can scan a document to create a PDF. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Tap Scan Documents. 3. Position the iPad camera so the text or document appears on the screen. iPad automatically captures the page. To capture the scan yourself instead of automatically, tap Auto (the label changes to Manual), then tap the Shutter button. 4. Repeat the step above to scan additional pages. 5. Tap the thumbnails at the bottom of the screen to crop, rotate, or adjust the coloring of the scan. 6. Tap when youre finished scanning. Create an image in Preview on iPad When you create an image in the Preview app, you can start with a blank image or with pasted content that was copied to the Clipboard. Create an empty image 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Tap New Document, then choose New Empty Image. Use an image from the Clipboard 1. Do any of the following to copy an image to the Clipboard:

From the Photos app: Select an image, tap , then tap Copy Photo. From the Files app: Touch and hold an image file, then tap Copy. From the Preview app: Touch and hold an image file, then tap Copy. You can also open an image file, tap , then tap Copy. 2. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 3. Tap New Document, then choose New from Clipboard. You can annotate an empty image or an image from the Clipboard. Tap , choose a drawing tool, then draw with your finger or Apple Pencil (on a compatible iPad). See Apple Pencil compatibility. You can also tap shape, sticker, or text.

, then choose an option such as a Share PDFs or images in Preview on iPad 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF or image. 3. Tap , then choose whether to collaborate on the file, send a copy of it, or copy it to the Clipboard. When you copy a file to the Clipboard, you can paste it into another app. 4. If you choose Collaborate, tap next to Only invited people can edit, then do one of the following:

Allow only invitees to view and edit the contents: Tap Only invited people, then tap Can make changes. Turn off Allow others to invite if you dont want people you share the file with to invite others to view and edit it. Allow only invitees to view the contents: Tap Only invited people, then tap View only. Allow anyone with the link to view and edit the contents: Tap Anyone with the link, then tap Can make changes. Allow anyone with the link to view the contents: Tap Anyone with the link, then tap View only. 5. If you choose Collaborate, tap

. 6. Choose a sharing method, such as Mail or Messages. Print PDFs or images in Preview on iPad 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Open a PDF or image. 3. Tap next to the filename, then tap Print. 4. Select a printer, then tap

. Customize the toolbar in Preview on iPad You can choose which buttons appear in the toolbar for quick access to frequently used items. 1. Go to the Preview app on your iPad. 2. Choose View > Customize Toolbar in the menu bar. 3. Drag items into or out of the toolbar. 4. Tap

. Reminders Get started with Reminders on iPad helps you remember anything you need to track. You can set The Reminders app reminders, make grocery lists, create checklists for projects, and organize tasks in to-do lists. Set a reminder Simply type, dictate, ask Siri, or scribble with Apple Pencil when you need to remember something. Create a grocery list Make your shopping easier with a grocery list that automatically sorts items into categories. To convert a regular list into a grocery list, tap corner), tap Show List Info, tap List Type, then choose Groceries.

(at the top-right Collaborate on a list To invite people to work on a list, tap , then choose a sharing option. Organize your reminders You can create new lists to suit your needs, categorize with tags, and manage your reminders with Smart Lists. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use updated reminders in iCloud. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Want to learn more?

Create reminders Make a grocery list Share and collaborate Use Smart Lists Create reminders on iPad Its easy to create reminders on your iPad. You can add them in the Reminders and Calendar apps, or create one instantly without leaving the app youre currently in. Ask Siri something like, Add artichokes to my groceries list. Learn how to use Siri. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use updated reminders in iCloud. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Create a reminder 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then enter a description. Create a reminder without switching apps To create a reminder over any app or screen, do the following:

Add to Control Center, then tap in Control Center. Create a reminder in Calendar See Use reminders in Calendar. Get intelligent suggestions If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can get suggested reminders from text in other appslike tasks, grocery items, and follow-upsbased on emails or other text on your iPad. See Use Apple Intelligence in Reminders.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Make a grocery list in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app, you can create a grocery list to make shopping easier. Items are automatically sorted into categories such as Produce and Seafood. You can change how items are grouped, and the list remembers your preferences. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use updated reminders in iCloud. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Create a new grocery list 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. 3. Enter a name for the list, tap List Type, then choose Groceries. 4. Choose a color and symbol for the list (optional). 5. Tap

. Convert an existing list to a grocery list 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap a list, tap

, then tap Show List Info. 3. Tap List Type, then choose Groceries. 4. Tap

. Add an item to your grocery list 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. In your grocery list, tap

, then enter a description. 3. To enter more information, tap Add Note. 4. Tap to edit the item details. For example, you can attach a photo, set a location-based reminder, or flag an important item. 5. Tap

. Items added to the list are automatically placed in categories. If you enter grocery items in a language different from the system language of your iPad, you can add an additional language in Settings. (Grocery categorization is available for supported languages.) Add details in Reminders on iPad You can add details to your reminders such as notes, links, due dates, and photos. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use updated reminders in iCloud. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Add a note, URL, and other details to a reminder 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap an item. 3. Tap Add Note, then add more information. 4. Tap to edit the item details. For example, you can set a date and time, set a location-based reminder, flag an important item, or attach a photo. Set when and where to be reminded You can be reminded on a certain date, at a specific time or location, or when youre texting someone in Messages. 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap an item, then do any of the following:

Schedule a date and time: Tap

, then choose an option. Tip: Reminders with a due date appear as an all-day event in Calendar. See Use Reminders in Calendar. Set a recurring reminder: Tap choose the frequency.

, turn on Date or Time, tap Repeat, then Get an early reminder before the scheduled date and time: Tap Early Reminder, then choose when you want to be reminded. For example, 5 minutes before, 2 days before, or another choice.

, tap Add a location: Tap example, when you arrive home or get into a car with a Bluetooth connection to your iPad.

, then choose where you want to be remindedfor Note: To receive location-based reminders, you must allow Reminders to use your precise location. Go to Settings Location Services. Turn on Location Services, tap Reminders, choose While Using the App, then turn on Precise Location.

> Privacy & Security >

Get a reminder in Messages: Tap

, turn on When Messaging, then choose someone from your contacts list. The reminder appears the next time you chat with that person in Messages. Set a flag and priority 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap an item. 3. Do any of the following:

Flag an important item: Tap

. Set a priority: Tap

, tap Priority, then choose Low, Medium, or High. Add a photo or scan a document 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap an item, then tap

. 3. Do any of the following:

Take a new photo. Choose a photo from your photo library. Scan a document. Scan and insert text. Complete and remove items in Reminders on iPad In a Reminders list, you can check off items to hide them, or you can permanently delete items. With the Reminders widget, you can complete items from the iPad Home Screen or Lock Screen. Mark items as completed 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. While viewing a list, tap the empty circle next to an item to mark the item as completed. Completed items are hidden on your list. To unhide completed items, tap completed items, tap Clear. Remove or delete an item

, then tap Show Completed. To delete the 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. While viewing a list, swipe left on an item, then tap

. If you change your mind, you can recover the deleted itemtap with three fingers or shake to undo. Tip: You can recover or permanently delete items in the Recently Deleted list. Use the Reminders widget With the Reminders widget, you can complete items from the Home Screen or Lock Screen without opening the Reminders app

. 1. On the iPad Home Screen or Lock Screen, add the Reminders widget. 2. To change the list shown in the widget, touch and hold the widget, tap Edit Widget, then choose a list. 3. To complete an item, tap the item in the widget. Edit and organize a list in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app, you can organize a list with sections and subtasks. You can also view the sections as columns and easily move items to different columns. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use updated reminders in iCloud. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Edit a list 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. While viewing a list, tap

, then do any of the following:

Change the list name, type, color, or icon: Tap Show List Info. Edit multiple items: Tap tap Select Reminders or Select Items, then select the items you want to edit. You can also drag two fingers over the items. Use the buttons at the bottom of the screen to add a date and time, move, delete, assign, complete, tag, or flag the selected items. Sort items by due date, creation date, priority, or title: (not available in all Smart Lists) Tap Sort By, then choose an option. When you sort or reorder a list, the new order is applied to the list on your other devices where youre using updated reminders in iCloud. If you sort or reorder a shared list, other participants also see the new order (if they use updated reminders). Remove the list: Tap Delete List. Manually reorder or recategorize items in a list 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. While viewing a list, touch and hold an item you want to move, then drag it to a new location. Organize with sections 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. While viewing a list, do any of the following:

Create a new section: Tap

, tap New Section, then enter a name. Collapse a section: Tap

. Expand a section: Tap . Rename section: Tap the section name, then enter a new name. Move a section: Touch and hold the section, then drag it to a new position. Note: You cant move the Others section. Remove a section: Swipe left on the section, then tap Delete. Note: Removing a section will also delete the sections reminders. If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, you can automatically categorize related reminders into sections within a list. See Use Apple Intelligence in Reminders. View the sections as columns You can view the list in columns, making it easy to visualize and recategorize the items. 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. While viewing a list, tap

, then tap View as Columns. 3. To recategorize an item, drag it into a different column. Create subtasks 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. While viewing a list, swipe right on an item, then tap Indent. Or drag an item onto another item. If you complete a main task, the subtasks are also completed. If you delete or move a main task, the subtasks are also deleted or moved.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Search through all your lists in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app, you can easily search through all your lists for items that contain specific text. Search for items in all your lists 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. In the search field, enter a word or phrase. Organize multiple lists in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app, you can create new lists, organize the lists into groups, and pin lists for quick access. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use updated reminders in iCloud. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Make a new list 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. 3. Enter a name, then choose a color and symbol for the list. 4. Tap List Type, then choose Standard, Groceries, or Smart List. 5. Tap

. Pin an important list above the other lists for easy access 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold a list, then tap Pin. You can also swipe right on the list, then tap . You can have a maximum of nine pinned lists. To change the position of a pinned list, tap position, then tap

, tap Edit Lists, drag to a new Create a group of lists You can organize your lists in groups such as work, school, or shopping. To create a group, simply drag a list onto another list. You can also do the following:

1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Edit Lists. 3. Tap Add Group, enter a name, select the lists to include in the group

(optional), then tap

. Edit and rearrange lists and groups 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap Edit Lists, then do any of the following:

Rearrange lists and groups: Drag You can even move a list to a different group. a list or group to a new location. Change the name and appearance of a list or group: Tap

. Delete a list or group 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Swipe left on the list or group, then tap . When you delete a group, you have the option to keep the lists. Deleted lists or groups are moved to Recently Deleted. You can recover them within 30 days of deletion. After 30 days, theyre permanently deleted. Tag items in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app, you can use tags as a fast and flexible way to categorize and organize your reminders. You can add one or more tags to a reminder, such as

#shopping and #work, and easily search and filter your reminders across lists using the Tag Browser or Smart Lists. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use updated reminders. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Add tags 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. When you create or edit an item in a list, tap and type a tag. A tag can be only one word, but you can use dashes and underscores to combine words. You can add multiple tags to an item. View items with tags 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Below Tags at the bottom of the screen, do any of the following:

View items with specific tags: Tap one or more tags, then choose to view items matching any or all of the selected tags. Tip: To save this list as a Smart List, tap

, then tap Create Smart List. View all items with tags: Tap All Tags. Rename or delete a tag 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Below Tags (at the bottom-left), touch and hold a tag, then tap Rename Tag or Delete Tag. When you delete a tag, its also removed from all Smart Lists that use it. Use Smart Lists in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app, you can easily filter your items across lists using Smart Lists. You can create custom Smart Lists to automatically include items filtered by tags, dates, times, locations, flags, and priority. You can choose more than one tag (such as #gardening and #errands) and combine them with other filters. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use updated reminders. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Automatically organize items using the default Smart Lists 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Edit Lists. 3. Turn on or off the following Smart Lists:

Today: Items scheduled for today and overdue items Scheduled: Items scheduled by date or time All: All items across all your lists Flagged: Items with a flag Completed: Items with a checkmark Assigned to Me: Items assigned to you in shared lists Groceries: Grocery items Siri Suggestions: Suggested items detected in Mail and Messages Make a custom Smart List 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. 3. Enter a name, tap List Type, then choose Smart List. 4. Tap Edit Filters, choose one or more filters, then choose to include items matching any or all of the selected filters. You can filter by tags, dates, locations, and more. 5. Choose a color and symbol for the list (optional). 6. Tap

. Convert a list to a Smart List When you convert a list, its items are moved to the top level of the default list and tagged with the name of the Smart List. Note: You cant convert a shared list. 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. View the list you want to convert.

, tap Show List Info, scroll to the bottom, then tap Convert to Smart 3. Tap List. Share lists and collaborate in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app, use iCloud to share to-do lists. You can collaborate and assign tasks to other people who also use iCloud. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use updated reminders. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Collaborate on a list using iCloud You can share a list and collaborate with people who use iCloud. People who accept the invitation can add and edit items, mark items as completed, and all the participants can see everyones changes. Everyone you collaborate with must be signed in to their Apple Account and have Reminders turned on in iCloud settings. 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. View the list you want to share, then tap . 3. By default, participants on the list can invite other people. To restrict sharing, tap People you invite can add others, then turn off Allow others to invite. 4. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Messages or Mail). If you send the invitation in Messages, you get activity updates in the Messages conversation when someone makes changes in the shared list. Tap the updates to go to the shared list. Assign reminders in a shared list You can assign a task to any person on the list, including yourself. 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. In the shared list, create or edit a reminder, then do either of the following:

Type @ followed by the persons name or choose a person from the menu above the keyboard. Tap

, then choose a person. Tip: To quickly see all reminders assigned to you, use the Assigned to Me Smart List. Turn notifications on or off for a shared list 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. In the shared list, tap

, then tap Manage Shared List. 3. Below Notify When, turn on or off any of the following:

Adding Items: Receive an alert when someone adds an item to the list. Completing Items: Receive an alert when someone completes an item on the list. Print a list in Reminders on iPad Print a list in Reminders on iPad You can print a grocery list, checklist, to-do items, project tasks, and more. 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. View the list you want to print. 3. Tap

, then tap Print. Work with templates in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app, you can save a list as a template to reuse it for routines, packing lists, and more. Create a link to publish and share a template with others, or download templates that others have shared. Save a list as a template 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Above a list, tap

, then tap Save as Template. 3. Enter a name for the template. 4. Turn on or off Include Completed Reminders, then tap . After you make a template from a list, any changes you make to that list dont affect the template. Make a new list from a template 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Above your lists, tap

, tap Templates, then tap the name of a template. 3. Enter a name for the list, then tap Create. Edit or delete a template Any changes you make to a template dont affect lists previously created from the template. 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Above your lists, tap

, tap Templates, then tap

. 3. Choose one of the following:

Edit Template: Add, edit, or delete any items in the template. You can also change the name, color, and icon for the template. Delete Template: Remove the template. Share a template When you share a template, Apple servers have access so that anyone with the link can download a copy of the template on a device using iOS 16, iPadOS 16, macOS 13, or later. You can choose whether to keep any dates, tags, or locations in the shared template; images are removed. 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Above your lists, tap

, tap Templates, then tap next to the template you want to share. 3. Tap Share Template, then choose a method for sharing. To manage a shared template, tap

, tap Templates, tap

, then tap Manage Link. If you make changes to the template after sharing, you can update the shared version. Anyone who downloaded the previous version will need to download the template again to get the updates. If you stop sharing a template, this doesnt affect anyone who has already downloaded the template. Add or remove accounts in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app, you can use multiple accountssuch as iCloud, enterprise-

managed iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, and Yahooand keep all your to-do lists in one place. Your reminders stay up to date on all your devices that use the same accounts. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use updated reminders in iCloud. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Keep your reminders up to date on all your devices with iCloud 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name. 3. Tap iCloud, tap See All, then turn on Reminders. Your reminders stored in iCloudand any changes you make to themappear on your iPhone, iPad, Apple Watch, and Mac where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Update your reminders stored in iCloud If youve been using Reminders with iOS 12 or earlier, you may need to update your reminders stored in iCloud to use features such as attachments, flags, list colors and icons, and more. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name. 3. Tap iCloud, tap See All, then make sure Reminders is turned on. 4. Go to the Reminders app

. 5. On the Welcome to Reminders screen, choose one of the following options:

Update Now: Begin the update process. Update Later: A blue Update button appears above your lists; tap it when youre ready to update your reminders. Note: Updated reminders arent backward compatible with the Reminders app in earlier versions of iOS and macOS. See the Apple Support article Update the Reminders app in iOS 13 or later. Add other accounts You can use the Reminders app to manage your to-do lists in other accounts, such as Microsoft Exchange and Yahoo. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Reminders. 3. Tap Accounts, then tap Add Account. 4. Do one of the following:

Choose an account provider, then enter your account information. If your account provider isnt listed, tap Other, tap Add CalDAV Account, enter your account information, then turn on Reminders for that account. Remove an account When you remove or delete an account, the reminders in that account no longer appear on your iPad. The reminders remain in your internet account (for example, iCloud.com or Microsoft Exchange) and any other devices you had already set up. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Reminders. 3. Tap Reminders Accounts, then tap the account you want to remove. 4. Do one of the following:

Stop using Reminders on the account: Turn off Reminders. You can continue to use the account for other services, such as Calendar. Stop using all services on the account: Tap Sign Out (for an iCloud account) or Delete Account (for other accounts). If you dont see Sign Out or Delete Account, your account may be managed by your organization. See an administrator for removal instructions. Change your Reminders settings on iPad You can customize your preferences for the Reminders app in Settings. Choose the default list for new items, adjust notifications, and more. Customize your Reminders settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Reminders. 3. Adjust any of the following:

Accounts: Add or remove accounts in Reminders. Siri: Allow Siri to make suggestions across apps based on the way you use Reminders. Search: Allow suggestions and content from Reminders to appear in Search and widgets. Notifications: Change notification settings. Language: Choose your preferred languages (option only appears when multiple languages are added). Default List: Choose the list for new reminders you create outside of a specific list, such as reminders you create using Siri. Today Notification: Set a time to see notifications for all-day reminders that have been assigned a date without a time. Show as Overdue: The scheduled date turns red for overdue all-day reminders. Time Zone: Set the time zone used to display and create reminders. Include Due Today: The badge count includes overdue items and items due today. Mute Notifications: Turn off notifications for assigned reminders. Show Suggestions: If you type text that matches a previously completed reminder, that reminder appears as a suggestion. Add Language: Set an additional language that Reminders uses to automatically place grocery items into categories. Reset Categories: Clears the categorization that was learned as you manually moved items in grocery or auto-categorized lists. This applies to new items you add on any of your devices, including in lists youve shared. Existing items and lists shared with you wont be affected. Use keyboard shortcuts in Reminders on iPad If your iPad is connected to an iPad keyboard, you can use keyboard shortcuts to quickly perform actions in the Reminders app

. Examples of keyboard shortcuts Create a new list: Press Shift-Command-N. Add a new reminder: Press Command-N. Show completed reminders: Press Shift-Command-H. Show all reminders assigned to you: Press Command-5. Learn keyboard shortcuts Press and hold the Globe ( ) key or Command () key until the shortcuts appear. Safari Get started with Safari on iPad brings the internet to your iPad. You can browse the web, The Safari app bookmark websites to revisit later, keep your browsing activity private, and much more. Browse the web Surf the web or look for answers to specific questions. In the search field at the top of the window, enter the name or web address of a webpage, or type in a few words, a phrase, or a question. Bookmark a website Save a website to revisit later. Tap to the right of the search field, then tap Add to Bookmarks. Browse privately Keep your browsing activities to yourself. When you use Private Browsing, the tabs you open dont appear in History on iPad or in the list of tabs on your other devices. Tap

, then tap Private. Remove cookies and clear your cache Remove cookies and clear the cache on your iPad to undo permissions you granted to websites to use your location (or send you notifications) and to erase your browsing history. Tap

, tap History, tap

, then tap Clear. Note: Clearing your browsing history in Safari doesnt clear any browsing histories kept independently by websites you visited, or your browsing history in other apps. Want to learn more?

Browse the web Bookmark a website Browse the web privately Clear your cache and cookies Customize your Safari settings Save pages to a Reading List Browse the web using Safari on iPad You can browse the web, view websites, preview website links, translate webpages, and add the Safari app back to your Home Screen if it gets removed. If you sign in to iCloud with the same Apple Account on all your devices, you can see pages you have open on other devices, and keep your bookmarks, history, and Reading List up to date on all your devices. Go to a webpage 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Enter the name or web address (URL) of the webpage in the search field. View websites with Safari 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Get back to the top: Double-tap the top edge of the window to quickly return to the top of a long page. See more of the page: Turn iPad to landscape orientation. Refresh the page: Pull down from the top of the page. Share links: Tap at the top right of the window. Preview website links 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold a link in Safari to see a preview of the link without opening the page. To open the link, tap the preview, or tap Open. To close the preview and stay on the current page, tap anywhere outside the preview. Translate a webpage When you view a webpage thats in another language, you can use Safari to translate it (not available in all languages or regions). 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap

(if translation is available). Manage downloads 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the file or link you want to download, then tap Download Linked File. to check the status of a file youre downloading, to access downloaded Tap files quickly, or to drag a downloaded file onto another file or into an email youre working on. Tip: You can download files in the background while you continue to use Safari. Add Safari back to your Home Screen If you dont see Safari on your Home Screen, you can find it in App Library and add it back. 1. On the Home Screen, swipe left until you see the App Library. 2. Enter Safari in the search field. 3. Touch and hold

, then tap Add to Home Screen. Search for websites using Safari on iPad Enter a URL or a search term to find websites or specific information. Search the web 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Enter a search term, phrase, or URL in the search field. 3. Tap a search suggestion, or tap on the keyboard. If you dont want to see suggested search terms, go to Settings then turn off Search Engine Suggestions (below Search).

> Apps > Safari, See your favorite websites while you search Have your favorites appear as suggestions when you enter an address, search, or create a new tab. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Tap Start Page Favorites, then tap Favorites. If you have multiple folders in your favorites, you can select the one you want to appear in Safari search suggestions. Search a webpage You can find a specific word or phrase on a webpage. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Go to a webpage. 3. Tap , then tap . 4. Enter the word or phrase in the search field. 5. Tap to find other instances. Choose a search engine 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Tap Search Engine, then choose a search engine. Search for objects in your photos With Visual Look Up, you can identify and learn about popular landmarks, plants, pets, and more that appear in your photos and videos. See Use Visual Look Up to identify objects in your photos and videos. See a webpages highlights in Safari on iPad You can learn more about the current webpage by looking at Highlights. Highlights share helpful information, such as directions, summaries, and links to additional details about people, music, movies, and TV shows. Note: Highlights arent available in all countries or regions. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Open a webpage. If Highlights are available for the webpage, replaces on the left side of the search field. 3. Tap

. Customize your Safari settings on iPad You can customize your start page, change the text size on websites, and change display and privacy settings. Sign in to iCloud with the same Apple Account on multiple devices to keep your open tabs, bookmarks, browsing history, and Reading List up to date across all your Apple devices. Customize your start page Every time you open a new tab, you begin on your start page. You can customize your start page with new background images and options. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. To open a new tab, tap at the top-right corner of the screen. 3. Scroll to the bottom of the page, then tap Edit. 4. Choose options for your start page. Use Start Page on All Devices: Use these settings on all your Apple devices where you have Use Start Page on All Devices turned on and youre signed in to the same Apple Account using two-factor authentication. Tab Group Favorites: Display shortcuts to your favorite bookmarked websites in the current Tab Group. See Create a new Tab Group. Favorites: Display shortcuts to your favorite bookmarked websites. See Add a website to Favorites. Suggestions: See websites you visit most, websites shared in other apps (such as Calendar and Maps), and links shared with you in Messages, Mail, and more. See Find links shared with you. Privacy Report: Stay updated on how many trackers and websites Safari blocked from tracking you. See View the Privacy Report. Reading List: Show webpages currently in your Reading List. See Add the current webpage to your Reading List. Recently Closed Tabs: Go back to tabs you previously closed. iCloud Tabs: Show open tabs from other Apple devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account and Safari is turned on in iCloud settings or preferences. See Organize your tabs with Tab Groups. Background Image: Choose the image you want to appear in the background each time you open a new start page. To use a photo as your background, tap

. Customize the Page menu You can add your favorite Page and Tab Actions to the Page menu . 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap on the left side of the search field, then tap

. 3. Tap Edit, then tap to add Page or Tab Actions to the Page menu. Tap to remove an action 4. Tap

, then tap again. Change the text size for a website 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap on the left side of the search field. 3. Tap the large A to increase the font size or the small A to decrease it. Change the display controls for a website You can hide the search field, switch to Reader, and more. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then do any of the following:

Hide the search field: Tap window to get it back).

, then tap Hide Toolbar (tap the top of the See a streamlined view of the webpage: Tap Show Reader (if available). To return to the normal view, tap , then tap Hide Reader. See what the webpage looks like on a desktop computer: Tap turn on Request Desktop Website (if available).

, then See a summary of the webpage: If Apple Intelligence* is turned on, tap Summarize at the top of the page. See Summarize a webpage. You can also adjust Safari settings in Accessibility settings. Go to Settings >

Accessibility > Per-App Settings. Tap Safari to adjust settings. If Safari isnt listed, tap Add App, then tap Safari to add it. Choose where to save downloads When you download a file in Safari, you can choose whether to save it to iCloud or on your iPad. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Tap Downloads, then choose one of the following:

iCloud Drive: Select this option to save downloads to the Downloads folder in iCloud Drive. This allows you to access the downloaded file on any iPhone, iPad, or Mac where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. On My iPad: Select this option to save downloads to the Downloads folder on your iPad. Other: Select this option to save downloads in a location other than a Downloads folder. Share website passwords with a group You can create a group of trusted contacts and share a set of passwords. Passwords stay up to date for everyone in the group, and you can remove someone at any time. See Share passwords or passkeys with people you trust. Adjust privacy settings You can choose what privacy settings you want across Safari, and create individual exceptions for websites. See Browse privately. Use keyboard shortcuts You can navigate in Safari using keyboard shortcuts if you have an Apple external keyboard connected to your iPad. To view available keyboard shortcuts, connect your keyboard, then touch and hold the Command key.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Create multiple Safari profiles on iPad You can create multiple Safari profileslike Work and Personaland use them to separate your internet browsing into different themes. Each profile has separate favorites, histories, tabs, and Tab Groups. You can add, edit, or remove a profile at any time. Create a profile The profiles you create on iPad will appear in Safari settings on any iPhone, iPad, or Mac where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Tap New Profile, then tap Name. 4. Enter a name for this profile, then choose an icon and color. 5. Below Settings, tap Favorites to choose a bookmarks folder. If you have multiple folders of bookmarks, this option selects the folder of bookmarked websites that are recommended as you enter an address, search, or create a new tab. For example, if you have a folder of bookmarks related to work, you can create a work profile and use this field to ensure that those websites are suggested as you type in the address field. 6. Tap Open New Tabs and choose the page you want new tabs to open to. 7. Tap

. Use profiles in Safari You can easily browse the internet with a profile, or move between profiles. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap the name of the current profile in the upper left of the window. 3. Tap Profile at the bottom of the menu, then choose the profile you want to use. Edit a profile 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Tap the profile you want to edit. Choose which extensions to use with a profile You can install extensions to customize the way your browser works on iPad. See Get extensions to customize Safari. If you have extensions installed on your iPad, you can customize which extensions you want to use with each profile. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Tap a profile, then select each extension you want to use with that profile. Remove a profile You can delete a profile at any time. This action also erases the favorites and history associated with the profile, and closes all websites open in the profile. Important: This action cant be undone. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Tap a profile. 4. Tap Delete Profile, then tap Delete to confirm. Use Tab Groups Open and close tabs in Safari on iPad Use tabs to help you navigate between multiple open webpages. Open a link in a new tab 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the link, then tap Open in Background. View a tabs history You can see which webpages you previously visited in this tab. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold or . Close tabs 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap in the upper-right corner of a tab to close it. Tip: To close all tabs in this Tab Group at the same time, touch and hold , then tap Close All [number of] Tabs. Open a recently closed tab 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold

, then choose from the list of recently closed tabs. Work with multiple tabs in the sidebar in Safari on iPad You can work with several tabs at the same time in the sidebar. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap to open the sidebar, then touch and hold a tab in the sidebar. 3. Tap Select Tabs, then select the tabs you want to work with. 4. Touch and hold one of the selected tabs, then do any of the following:

Copy the tabs to paste somewhere else: Tap Copy [x] Links. Duplicate the tabs in the same location: Tap Duplicate [x] Tabs. Move the tabs to another window: Tap Move [x] Tabs to New Window. Move the tabs to a Tab Group: Tap Move to Tab Group, then tap a Tap Group. Close the tabs: Tap Close [x] Tabs. 5. Tap

. Organize your tabs with Tab Groups in Safari on iPad You can create Tab Groups to keep tabs organized and make them easier to find again later. Create a new Tab Group 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap to open the sidebar, then tap in the top-right corner of the sidebar. 3. Tap New Empty Tab Group, enter a name, then tap Save. Rename a Tab Group 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap to open the sidebar, then touch and hold any Tab Group. 3. Tap Rename. Reorder tabs in a Tab Group 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap to open the sidebar, then touch and hold any tab in the Tab Group. 3. In the menu that appears, tap Arrange Tabs By, then choose an option. Or touch and hold the tab, then drag it where you want it. Pin a tab at the front of a Tab Group You can customize your Tab Groups with pinned tabs in each group. The pinned tab stays pinned to the left side of the tab bar. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the tab you want to pin. 3. In the menu that appears, tap Pin Tab. To unpin the tab, touch and hold it, then tap Unpin Tab. Move a tab to another Tab Group 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the tab in the tab bar, then tap Move to Tab Group. 3. Choose one of the Tab Groups you created previously, or tap New Tab Group to create a new one. View your Safari tabs from another Apple device on iPad You can view the tabs that are open on your other Apple devices and keep tabs and Tab Groups updated across them. You must be signed in to iCloud with the same Apple Account on all your devices to manage Safari tabs on those devices. View tabs that are open on your other Apple devices 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap iCloud Tabs. To close a tab on another Apple device, touch and hold the link, then choose Close. Keep tabs and Tab Groups updated across your devices 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap See All, then make sure Safari is turned on. Note: To also see tabs open on your Mac, you must have Safari turned on in iCloud settings on your Mac, be signed in to the same Apple Account, and use two-factor authentication. Share Tab Groups and collaborate in Safari on iPad You can share a Tab Group and collaborate with people who use iCloud. You can add and remove people from the Tab Group at any time, and even start a message conversation, phone call, or FaceTime call without leaving Safari. Collaborators can add and remove tabs from the Tab Group, and everyone sees updates in real time. Everyone you collaborate with must be signed in to their Apple Account, have Safari turned on in iCloud settings, and have two-factor authentication turned on. Share a Tab Group 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, touch and hold a Tab Group, then tap Share. 3. Tap Messages, then enter the person or group you want to share it with. You get activity updates in the Messages conversation when someone makes changes in the Shared Tab Group. Add and remove people from a Shared Tab Group 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap

. 3. Tap Manage Shared Tab Group, then do any of the following:

Remove someone: Tap a name, then tap Remove Access. Add someone: Tap Share With More People, then tap Messages to invite them. Stop Sharing with everyone: Tap Stop Sharing. Start a Messages, audio, or video conversation from Safari You can start a conversationusing Messages, FaceTime audio, or FaceTime video with everyone that shares the Tab Group, without leaving Safari. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. In Safari, tap

, then tap message, video, or audio to start the conversation. Listen to a webpage in Safari on iPad You can have supported webpages read aloud in the Safari app. Listen to a webpage 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Open the page you want to listen to. 3. Tap , then tap Listen to Page. Pause listening While listening to a webpage, tap

, then tap . To start listening again, tap

, then tap

. Mute audio in tabs in Safari on iPad Safari lets you mute audio in any open tabshelpful when youre listening to audio from one website, and unwanted audio starts playing from another. Mute audio 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Mute audio in the tab youre viewing: Tap in the search field. Mute audio in other tabs: If youre viewing several websites that are playing audio, touch and hold Other Tabs to let audio play in the tab youre currently viewing and to mute the audio in other tabs. in the search field, then tap Mute Mute all audio: If youre viewing a website thats not playing audio and other tabs are playing audio, tap in the search field to quickly mute all audio in other tabs. Mute any tab: Tap on the right side of the tab in the tab bar. See websites that are playing audio 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold in the search field to see a list of websites that are playing audio. 3. Choose a website to go to the tab where the audio is playing. If youre viewing a website thats not playing audio, the list of open websites also includes the Mute All Tabs option. If the website youre viewing is playing audio, it includes the Mute This Tab or Mute Other Tabs option. Unmute audio 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the search field, or on the right side of the tab in the tab bar. Note: You can mute and unmute audio in tabs that are in the active Safari window as well as in tabs that are in other Safari windows behind the active window. Bookmark a website in Safari on iPad You can bookmark websites, organize your bookmarks, or add a website icon to the Home Screen to easily revisit it later. Bookmark a website 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Go to the website you want to bookmark. 3. Tap to the right of the search field, tap

, then tap Add Bookmark to. 4. Choose a location, then tap Save. Bookmark open tabs 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap to view all your tabs. 3. Tap

, then tap Add Bookmarks for [number of] Tabs. View and organize your bookmarks 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Bookmarks (below Saved). Recently saved bookmarks, favorites, and reading list items appear at the top of the sidebar. The newest is on the left, and you can scroll through the others. Touch and hold a bookmark to copy, open, edit, or delete it. 3. Do any of the following:

Create a new folder: Tap Save.

, tap New Folder, enter a name, then tap Move a bookmark into a folder: Tap and hold bookmarks.

, then drag the bookmark to a folder. Tap to return to your

, tap Select Bookmarks, touch Delete a bookmark: Touch and hold the bookmark, then tap Delete. Rename a bookmark: Touch and hold the bookmark, tap Edit, enter a new name, then tap Save. Reorder bookmarks: Tap then drag the bookmark to a new location. Tap bookmarks.

, tap Select Bookmarks, touch and hold to return to your

, See your Mac bookmarks on iPad 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap See All (next to Saved to iCloud), then make sure Safari is turned on. Note: You must also have Safari turned on in iCloud settings on your Mac and be signed in to the same Apple Account. See Set up iCloud for the Safari app on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. Add a website icon to the Home Screen You can add a website icon to your iPad Home Screen for quick access. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. While viewing the website, tap , tap

, then tap Add to Home Screen. You can turn on Open as Web App to use the website as if its an app. See Turn a website into an app. 3. Tap Add. The icon appears only on the device where you add it. Note: Some websites may ask for permission to send you notifications. You can change your notification settings at any time. See Change notification settings. Turn a website into an app in Safari on iPad You can open and use a website as if its an app. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. While viewing the website, tap , tap

, then tap Add to Home Screen. 3. Turn on Open as Web App. 4. Tap Add. The icon appears only on the device where you add it. An icon for the web app is added to your Home Screen. When you tap the icon, the website opens just like an app. You can receive notifications from the web app and quit the web app like you would any app. Bookmark a website as a favorite in Safari on iPad You can add websites to Favorites, edit favorites, and show the Favorites bar. Add a website to Favorites 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Go to the website. 3. Tap to the right of the search field, then tap Add to Favorites. Edit favorites 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Bookmarks (below Saved). Recently saved bookmarks, favorites, and reading list items appear at the top of the sidebar. The newest is on the left, and you can scroll through the others. Touch and hold a favorite to copy, open, edit, or delete it. 3. Tap Favorites, then do any of the following:

Delete a favorite: Touch and hold the favorite, then tap Delete. Rename a favorite: Touch and hold the favorite, tap Edit, enter a new name, then tap Save. Reorder favorites: Tap then drag the favorite to a new location. Tap favorites.

, tap Select Bookmarks, touch and hold to return to your

, Show the Favorites bar 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Turn on Show Favorites Bar (below General). Show only an icon for one webpage in the Favorites bar 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the webpage in the Favorites bar, then tap Edit. 3. Turn off Show Title, then tap Save. Show only an icon for all webpages in the Favorites bar 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Tap Favorites Bar Appearance (below General), then tap Show Icons Only. Rename a webpage title in the Favorites bar 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold the webpage title in the Favorites bar, then tap Edit. 3. Enter a new name, then tap Save. Save webpages to read later in Safari on iPad Save interesting items in your Reading List so you can revisit them later. You can even download the items in your Reading List and read them when youre not connected to the internet. Add the current webpage to your Reading List 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Add to Reading List. Tip: To add a linked page without opening it, touch and hold the link, then tap Add to Reading List. View your Reading List 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Reading List (below Saved). If you dont see Reading List, tap at the top of the sidebar. Recently saved bookmarks, favorites, and reading list items appear at the top of the sidebar. The newest is on the left, and you can scroll through the others. Touch and hold a reading list item to copy, open, mark it as read, or delete it. To delete an item from your Reading List, touch and hold the item, then tap Delete. Automatically save all Reading List items for offline reading 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Turn on Automatically Save Offline (below Reading List). Find links shared with you in Safari on iPad You can easily find and organize web links that friends share with you in Messages conversations. Links shared with you are added to the Shared with You section of the Sidebar in Safari. You can keep those links on your start page, remove them, or

organize related links into Tab Groups. (Safari must be turned on in Settings Apps > Messages > Shared with You, and your friend must be in your contacts.) See links from friends in Safari To find links shared with you, you can display them on your Safari start page. Then, every time you open a new page, you see them listed there. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Shared with You. If you dont see Shared with You, tap at the top of the sidebar. You can also have links shared with you appear on your start page, under Suggestions. See Customize your start page. Tip: You can continue the conversation without leaving Safari. Tap the button below the link preview to open the Messages conversation where the link was shared. Remove a link from the Shared with You section 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. In Shared with You, touch and hold the preview image of a link. 3. Tap Remove Link. Organize shared links in a Tab Group You can group related shared web links into Tab Groups to make them easier to find. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. In Shared with You, touch and hold the preview image of the link you want to move, then tap Open in Tab Group. 3. Tap New Tab Group to create one, or add the link to a Tab Group you already have. Download a PDF from Safari to your iPad You can save a PDF from Safari to read later or share with others. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Go to the PDF, then tap . 3. Tap

, then tap Save to Files. 4. Enter a name for the file, then tap Save. To choose where your PDFs are saved, see Choose where to save downloads. Annotate and save a webpage as a PDF in Safari on iPad You can mark up a webpage, highlight your favorite parts, draw and write notes, and share your document as a PDF with others. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Go to a webpage, then tap . 3. Tap

, then tap Markup. 4. Use the tools to annotate the webpage. 5. Tap

, then tap Save File To. 6. Enter a name for the file, then tap Save. Fill in personal information in Safari on iPad With your personal information saved on iPad, you can automatically fill in contact information, user names, and passwords. You can also automatically fill in payment information. Set up AutoFill You can save your personal information on your iPad to speed up filling in online forms. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari 3. Tap AutoFill, then turn on Use Contact Info. 4. Tap My Info, then choose your contact card. The contact information from your card is entered when you tap AutoFill on webpages in Safari. Fill in your contact information automatically You can quickly add your personal information to online forms using AutoFill. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. In a form on a website that supports AutoFill, tap a blank field. 3. Tap AutoFill Contact above the keyboard, then select a contact. 4. Tap any field to make changes. Note: You can use AutoFill to enter another persons information from your contact list. For example, if youre purchasing a gift and shipping it to a friend, you can use AutoFill to enter their address. Tap AutoFill Contact, tap Other Contact, then choose their contact card. Fill in your passwords automatically When you sign up for services on websites and in apps, you can let iPad create and save strong passwords for many of your accounts. See Automatically fill in strong passwords. Important: Never enter a password on sites with a Not Secure warning. See the Apple Support article If you see a Not Secure warning while browsing with Safari. Turn off AutoFill You can turn off AutoFill for your contact information and for passwords. This is helpful in situations where you dont want your contact information to be readily availablefor example, if you share a device with others. Turn off AutoFill for your contact information: Go to Settings Safari > AutoFill, then turn off Use Contact Info.

> Apps >

Turn off AutoFill for passwords: Go to Settings Passwords, then turn off AutoFill Passwords and Passkeys.

> General > AutoFill &

Get extensions to customize Safari on iPad You can install extensions to customize the way your browser works. For example, extensions can help you find coupons when shopping, block content on websites, and more. Add Safari extensions 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap on the right side of the search field, then tap Manage Extensions. 3. Search for extensions, scan Recommendations, or tap Browse Extensions to look in the App Store. 4. When you find one you want, tap the price, or if the app is free, tap Get, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: Extensions you install for Safari on iPad that are also available on other platforms will appear in Safari settings on any iPhone, iPad, or Mac where youre signed in to the same Apple Account, to make them easier to find and download. Change Safari extension settings You can use an extension to customize the way your browser works. You can turn Safari extensions on or off at any time. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap on the right side of the search field, then tap Manage Extensions. 3. Tap each extension you want to give permissions to, then follow the onscreen instructions to choose how much access to give each extension. Important: Check the extensions you have installed and make sure youre familiar with what they do. You can manage extensions further in Settings

> Apps > Safari > Extensions. Change Safari extension settings for an individual website You can turn an extension on or off for an individual website without changing your overall Safari settings. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap on the right side of the search field, then tap Manage Extensions. 3. Turn each extension on or off. Remove a Safari extension 1. Swipe down on the Home Screen, then search for the extension you want to remove. 2. Touch and hold the extension icon, tap Delete app, then follow the onscreen instructions. Hide distractions Hide distractions when browsing in Safari on iPad Use Distraction Control to hide menus and other diversions on a webpage. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. On a website, tap , then tap Hide Distracting Items. 3. Tap an item you want to hide from the webpage, then tap Hide. You can hide as many items as you want. 4. Tap

. To stop hiding an item, tap confirm.

, tap Show Hidden Items, then tap Show to Hide distractions when reading articles in Safari on iPad Use Reader to hide navigation menus and other distracting items. Longer pages include a summary and table of contents. Show Reader Reader formats a webpage to show just the relevant text and images. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Go to a webpage. 3. On a supported website, tap , then tap Show Reader. To return to the full page, tap , then tap Hide Reader. Automatically use Reader for a website 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. On a supported website, tap , then tap

. 3. Turn on Use Reader Automatically. 4. Tap

. To automatically use Reader for all websites that support it, go to Settings >

Apps > Safari > Reader, then turn on All Websites. Block pop-ups in Safari on iPad 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Turn on Block Pop-ups. Clear your cache and cookies on iPad You can erase your browsing history and data to clear the cache on your iPad. This action removes the history of websites you visited and recent searches from your iPad. This process also removes the cookies and permissions you granted to websites to use your location or send you notifications. Note: Clearing your browsing history in Safari doesnt clear any browsing histories kept independently by websites you visited, or your browsing history in other apps. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap History. If you dont see History, tap at the top of the sidebar. 3. Tap

, then tap Clear. 4. Below Clear Timeframe, choose how much of your browsing history to clear. Note: If you have Safari profiles set up, select a profile to clear only the history of that profile, or select All Profiles. 5. Tap Clear History. Enable cookies on iPad You can enable cookies. Some websites use cookies to keep track of your activity, such as your settings. Enabling cookies allows websites that require cookies to work normally. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Tap Advanced, then turn off Block All Cookies. Privacy and security Browse the web privately in Safari on iPad You can use Private Browsing Mode, view the Privacy Report, and adjust settings in the Safari app to keep your browsing activities private and help protect yourself from malicious websites. Visit sites privately You can use Private Browsing to open tabs that dont appear in History on iPad or in the list of tabs on your other devices. Tabs in Private Browsing arent shared with your other Apple devices, even if youre signed in to the same Apple Account. If you have a passcode set on your iPad, Private Browsing locks when its not in use. Private Browsing may not lock immediately. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Private. If you dont see Private, tap at the top of the sidebar. 3. Follow the directions onscreen to unlock Private Browsing. To exit Private Browsing, tap have open in Private Browsing stay open, and Private Browsing locks.

, then tap a Tab Group. The websites you To allow Private Browsing to be locked, go to Settings on Require Passcode to Unlock Private Browsing, Require Face ID to Unlock Private Browsing (supported models), or Require Touch ID to Unlock Private Browsing (supported models).

> Apps > Safari, then turn Note: Any Safari extensions you have installed that have access to browsing data are automatically turned off in Private Browsing. To turn on an extension in Private Browsing, see Change Safari extension settings. Choose a search engine for Private Browsing 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Turn off Also Use in Private Browsing. 4. Tap Private Search Engine, then choose a search engine. View the Privacy Report Safari helps prevent trackers from following you across websites and from seeing your IP address. You can review the Privacy Report to see a summary of trackers that have been encountered and prevented by Intelligent Tracking Prevention on the current webpage youre visiting. You can also review and adjust Safari settings to keep your browsing activities private from others who use the same device, and help protect yourself from malicious websites. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap

. 3. Tap Privacy Report. Use iCloud Private Relay to browse the web with more privacy When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can use iCloud Private Relay to help prevent websites and network providers from creating a detailed profile about you. When iCloud Private Relay is turned on, the traffic leaving your iPad is encrypted and sent through two separate internet relays. This prevents websites from seeing your IP address and exact location while it prevents network providers from collecting your browsing activity in Safari. See Protect your web browsing with iCloud Private Relay. See Protect your web browsing with iCloud Private Relay to learn how to:

Turn iCloud Private Relay completely on or off for your iPad. Turn iCloud Private Relay on or off for a specific Wi-Fi or cellular network. Turn iCloud Private Relay off temporarily. Set the specificity of your IP address location. Note: iCloud Private Relay isnt available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Temporarily allow a website to see your IP address If a website relies on IP filtering, monitoring, or rate-limiting, it might require your IP address to be visible. You can turn off iCloud Private Relay temporarily for that website only. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Go to the website. 3. Tap on the left side of the search field, then tap

. 4. Tap Show IP Address (if available). Your IP address remains visible to that website until you leave the website or close its Safari tab. iCloud Private Relay remains on for other websites. To turn off or pause iCloud Private Relay for all websites, see Protect your web browsing with iCloud Private Relay. Control privacy and security settings for Safari 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Turn any of the following on or off:

Prevent Cross-Site Tracking: Safari limits third-party cookies and data by default. Turn this option off to allow cross-site tracking. Hide IP address: Safari automatically protects your IP address from known trackers. For eligible iCloud+ subscribers, your IP address is protected from trackers and websites as you browse in Safari. If this option is off, your IP address isnt hidden. Fraudulent Website Warning: Safari displays a warning if youre visiting a suspected phishing website. Turn this option off if you dont want to be warned about fraudulent websites. Camera: Choose whether Safari websites can use your camera without asking you first. Tap Camera, then choose Ask, Deny, or Allow. Microphone: Choose whether Safari websites can use your microphone without asking you first. Tap Microphone, then choose Ask, Deny, or Allow. Location: Choose whether Safari websites can use your location without asking you first. Tap Location, then choose Ask, Deny, or Allow. To set exceptions for a specific website, open the website in the Safari app, tap ,

, then tap the setting you want to change below Website Settings For. tap Sign in with passkeys in Safari on iPad

, you can use Face ID (supported models) or Touch ID In the Safari app

(supported models) to securely sign in to supporting websites. See Use passkeys to sign in to websites and apps. Use Hide My Email in Safari on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can use Hide My Email to keep your personal email address private. With Hide My Email, you can generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you dont have to share your real email address when filling out forms on the web or signing up for newsletters. 1. When youre asked for your email address on a website, tap the email address field. 2. Tap Hide My Email above the keyboard. The Hide My Email screen suggests a new, randomly generated Hide My Email address. 3. If you dont want to use the suggested address, tap to see a new suggested address. 4. Tap Continue. You can delete the Hide My Email address at any time. See Create and manage Hide My Email in Settings. Get a warning when you visit websites that use HTTP on iPad Websites use HTTP or HTTPS to transmit information to and from Safari; HTTP doesnt provide a secure connection. You can choose to receive a warning when you visit websites that use HTTP. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Below Privacy & Security, turn on Not Secure Connection Warning. Digital certificates and encrypted websites in Safari on iPad A certificate, also known as a digital certificate or a public key certificate, is a file that helps keep web communications secure. Certificates are issued by trusted organizations, such as VeriSign, Inc. or RSA Security, Inc. When you visit an encrypted websitefor example, to do online bankingSafari checks if the sites certificate is legitimate. If its not, Safari warns you. An encrypted website and Safari work together to encrypt information you exchange with the site. The key used for the encryption is contained in the sites security certificate. This protects your sign-in information, credit card numbers, addresses, and other secure data. If you need to connect to a website that requires a personal certificate, youre provided with a certificate and instructions for installing it. After its installed, you gain authenticated access to the website automatically. If youre unable to access it, contact the website administrator. Important: If a website doesnt use the HTTPS protocol, have a digital identity certificate, or encrypt information, the words Not Secure appear in the search field. Dont enter personal or financial information on a website that isnt encrypted. The website youre visiting might not be the website you want, and information you enter is vulnerable to theft. Instead, go back to the webpage where you signed in and check for a link to another version of the site thats encrypted for example, Use our secure site. If available, use it, even if you dont expect to view or provide private information. Encryption ensures that your connection to a website is secure, but encryption doesnt guarantee the website is trustworthy. Always verify the address in the Safari toolbar to confirm its correct. Some fraudulent websites masquerade as trusted websites by changing one or two letters of the website address. Check whether a website is encrypted in Safari on iPad Review connection security details to determine whether a website is encrypted. Encrypted websites mask the data you exchange with them, so that only you and they can see it. Its important to use encrypted websites to prevent anyone from eavesdropping on you. 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Go to the website, tap on the left side of the search field, then tap

. 3. Tap Connection Security Details. Import and export Import data from another browser into Safari on iPad You can import data into Safari that you exported from another browser. Browser data can include bookmarks, history, extensions, credit cards, and passwords. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari 3. Below History and Website Data, tap Import. 4. Tap Choose File, then choose a file (or a ZIP file of files) to import. Individual files might be available for each piece of browsing data, such as bookmarks or history. 5. Tap Import to Safari. A description of the browser data you imported appears. Note: Any passwords you import go into the Passwords app. 6. Tap Done. WARNING: For security, delete the file or folder you imported. It may include unencrypted data and could be visible to anyone who can access it. Export Safari data to another browser on iPad You can export selected data from Safari, and then import that data into another browser. Data you can export from Safari includes:

Bookmarks History Extensions Credit cards Passwords WARNING: Your exported data is not encrypted and is visible to anyone who can access the file. After you import the data into another browser, delete the file you exported. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Safari. 3. Below History and Website Data, tap Export. 4. Select the data to export. If you created profiles for your browsing in Safari, choose the profile you want to export data from, or choose All Profiles. Each profile has its own history and extensions data. The data for bookmarks, credit cards, and passwords is the same across all profiles. 5. Tap Save to Downloads. 6. Tap Done. The exported data is saved as a .zip file in your Downloads folder. Shortcuts Use Shortcuts to automate tasks on iPad lets you automate tasks you do often with just a tap or by The Shortcuts app asking Siri. Create shortcuts to get directions to the next event in your Calendar, move text from one app to another, and more. Choose ready-made shortcuts from the Gallery or build your own using different apps to run multiple steps in a task. To learn how to automate the best features of your apps, see the Shortcuts User Guide. Stocks Check stocks on iPad Use the Stocks app to track market activity and view the performance of stocks you follow. Ask Siri something like, How are the markets doing? Learn how to use Siri. Check stocks You can see a stocks most recent price, daily percentage change, market capitalization value, and more. 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. Tap a ticker symbol in your watchlist, or use the search field at the top to search for the symbol, then tap the symbol in the search results. For more details, see View charts, details, and news, below. Manage symbols in the My Symbols watchlist When you first open the Stocks app, a list of ticker symbols appears on the screen;

this is called the My Symbols watchlist. You can update and manage the My Symbols watchlist and create your own watchlists. 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Add a symbol: In the search field, enter a ticker symbol, company

, then tap name, fund name, or index. In the search results, tap

. Delete a symbol: Swipe left on the symbol in your watchlist, then tap Remove. Note: If you delete a symbol from the My Symbols watchlist, that symbol is also deleted from your other watchlists (see Manage multiple watchlists). Reorder symbols: Touch and hold a symbol in your watchlist, then drag it to a new position. Display the currency a stock is traded in: Tap then tap Show Currency.

, tap Watchlist Shows, Share a symbol: Swipe left on a symbol in your watchlist, tap Share, then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. View charts, details, and news You can view interactive charts, performance details, and related news stories about the ticker symbols in your watchlist and the symbols you search for. 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. Tap a symbol you want to see more details about, then do any of the following:

View the performance over time: Tap an option from the time range selections at the top of the chart. View the value for a specific date or time: Touch and hold the chart with one finger. View the difference in value over time: Touch and hold the chart with two fingers. View more details: Below the chart, view additional stock details like 52-week high and low, Beta, EPS, and average trading volume. Read news: Swipe up to see additional news stories related to the symbol or tap Business News in the sidebar, then tap a story. Tip: Touch and hold a symbol in your watchlist to see a quick view of its performance. Manage multiple watchlists in Stocks on iPad You can create your own watchlists to organize the stocks you follow. For example, you could organize them according to categories such as entertainment or sustainability. You can switch between watchlists, and view them on your other devices. Create a new watchlist 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap New Watchlist. 3. Name the watchlist, then tap Save. To switch between your watchlists, tap next to name of the current watchlist youre viewing, then tap the name of the watchlist you want to see. Add symbols to a watchlist 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. In the search field, enter the name of a ticker symbol, company, fund, or index. 3. Tap next to the symbol in the search results. 4. Tap

. Tip: To quickly add a symbol to multiple watchlists, swipe left on the symbol, tap Lists, select the watchlists, then tap

. Each symbol you add to a new watchlist is also added to the My Symbols watchlist. Remove symbols from a watchlist 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. Swipe left on the symbol, then tap Remove. Note: When you remove a symbol from a watchlist you created, that symbol remains in the My Symbols watchlist. If you remove a symbol from the My Symbols watchlist, that symbol is also removed from your other watchlists. Rearrange or sort symbols in a watchlist You can choose how the symbols in your watchlists are sorted. 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. In the watchlist you want to sort, do any of the following:

Rearrange a watchlist manually: Touch and hold a symbol, then drag to place it elsewhere in the list. Sort a watchlist automatically: Tap how you want to sort the list. To return to manual order after automatically sorting, tap Manual.

, tap Sort Watchlist By, then tap To reverse the order of the symbols in an automatically sorted watchlist, tap

, tap Sort Watchlist By, then tap Ascending or Descending. Change the value displayed in a watchlist You can change the value displayed below each symbols price in a watchlist. 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. In the watchlist you want to change, tap

. 3. Tap Watchlist Shows, then tap one of the following options:

Price Change Percentage Change Market Cap Reorder, rename, or remove watchlists 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. Tap the name of the watchlist, tap Manage Watchlists, then do any of the following:

Reorder your watchlists: Touch and hold new position.

, then drag the watchlist to a Rename a watchlist: Tap

, type a new name, then tap Save. Remove a watchlist: Tap then tap Delete to confirm. next to the symbol, tap Delete Watchlist, 3. Tap

. View your watchlists on all your devices You can view your watchlists on your iPhone, iPad, and Mac when youre signed in to the same Apple Account. On your iPhone or iPad: Go to Settings

(next to Saved to iCloud), then turn on Stocks.

> [your name] > iCloud, tap See All On a Mac with macOS 13 or later: Choose Apple menu click your name at the top of the sidebar, click iCloud, then turn on Stocks. (If you dont see your name, click Sign in to sign in to your Apple Account or to create one.)

> System Settings, Read business news in Stocks on iPad In the Stocks app, you can read business news thats driving the market. In countries where Apple News is available, you also see stories selected by the Apple News editors and stories from Apple News+. To learn more about Apple News+, see Subscribe to Apple News+. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Read a story 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. Swipe up on Business News or Top Stories to view stories, or tap a symbol in your watchlist to browse related stories. See Manage symbols in the My Symbols watchlist. 3. Tap a story to read it. While viewing a story, do any of the following:

Return to your newsfeed in Stocks: Tap or Done in the top-left corner. See more stories from the publication in Apple News: Tap the publisher logo at the top of the screen. Save the story to Apple News: Tap . Note: In order to save stories to Apple News, make sure youre signed in to your Apple Account, then go to Settings tap See All next to Saved to iCloud, then turn on News.

> [your name] > iCloud, Change the text size: Tap change the text size in the story. If you dont see Text Size.

, then tap the smaller or larger letter to

, then tap

, tap Share the story: Tap , then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. Stories from publications you have blocked in Apple News dont appear in the newsfeed. See See news stories chosen just for you. Clear recommendations The Stocks app recommends stories based on what you read in the past. You can clear this information. 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Clear Recommendations Data. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Add earnings reports to your calendar in Stocks on iPad You can see when a company has an upcoming earnings report and add it as an event in the Calendar app. Add an earnings report event to your calendar If a stock has an upcoming earnings report, you can add it in the Calendar app. 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. Tap a ticker symbol in your watchlist, or use the search field to search for a symbol. 3. If an earnings report is upcoming, tap Add to Calendar, then tap

. The earnings report is saved as an all-day event in the Calendar app. Calendar sends you an event reminder on the day of the earnings report. Delete an earnings report event from your calendar 1. Go to the Stocks app on your iPad. 2. Tap the ticker symbol in your watchlist, or use the search field to search for the symbol. 3. Tap View to switch to the Calendar app. 4. In the Calendar app, tap the event, tap Edit, tap Delete Event (you may have to scroll down), then confirm by tapping Delete Event again. Use a Stocks widget on your iPad Use a widget to check stocks at a glance on your iPad Home Screen. You can choose the size of the widget and the amount of information the widget displays. Add a Stocks widget to your Home Screen 1. Touch and hold the Home Screen until the apps begin to jiggle. 2. Tap Edit, then tap Add Widget at the top of the screen to open the widget gallery. 3. Swipe up, then tap Stocks. 4. Swipe left and right to view the different widget types (Watchlist and Symbol) and sizes. When you see the option you want, tap Add Widget, then tap Done. To move the widget on your Home Screen, touch and hold the Home Screen until the apps begin to jiggle. Drag the widget to a new location, then tap Done. Change the widget display After you add a Stocks widget to your Home Screen, you can change its appearance and the information it displays. 1. Touch and hold the Stocks widget on your Home Screen. 2. Tap Edit Widget, then depending on the type of widget (Watchlist or Symbol) do any of the following:

Change the widget symbol: Tap the current symbol, then tap the new symbol you want from the watchlist. Or use the search field to search for a new symbol. Change the widget watchlist: Tap the name of the current watchlist, then tap the watchlist you want to display. Change when news stories appear: Tap In Off Hours, Always, or Never, then choose an option. Show the watchlist name: Turn on Show Watchlist Name. Show more symbols or additional symbol information: Turn on Show More Details. Tip: You can add more than one Stocks widget to your Home Screenand choose a different size for eachso you can quickly see updates for different symbols or watchlists. Stocks widgets are also available for the iPad Lock Screen. See Create a custom Lock Screen. Tips Use the Tips app on iPad

 

 

View collections of tips in the Tips app that help you get the most from your iPad. You can also get notifications every once in a while so you can keep learning new things over time. Get tips In the Tips app, you can learn how to personalize your Lock Screen, how to use Calculator to solve math problems, how to access your passwords, and much more. New tips are added regularly. To start learning, go to the Tips app , tap a collection, then tap a tip. Get notified when new tips arrive 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Notifications, tap Tips below Notification Style, then turn on Allow Notifications. 3. Choose options for the style of notifications you want to receive, how they should appear, and more. Save tips You can add tips to your unique Saved tips collection, so you can quickly find them later. 1. Go to the Tips app on your iPad. 2. Tap a tip, then tap to add it to your saved collection. Tap again to remove the tip from your saved collection. To view all the tips you saved, tap then tap Saved tips. or until you return to the list of collections, Share a tip You can share a tip with a friend over Messages and Mail, or AirDrop it to someone nearby. You can also add tips to documents like Notes and Freeform boards. 1. Go to the Tips app on your iPad. 2. Tap a tip, tap , then choose a share option such as Mail, Messages, or AirDrop. Learn more about your other Apple devices If you have other Apple deviceslike an Apple TV, AirPods, or a HomePodyou can read about them in the Tips app. 1. Go to the Tips app on your iPad. 2. Scroll to the bottom of the Tips app, then tap the user guide you want to browse. Translate Translate text and voice for conversations across languages using iPad With the Translate app, you can translate text and voice to have conversations across supported languages. You can also download languages to translate entirely on a device, even without an internet connection. Note: Translation is available for supported languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Translate text or your voice 1. Go to the Translate app on your iPad. 2. Tap the language you want to translate your selected text to. To swap languages, tap

. 3. Tap one of the following:

Translate text: Tap Enter text, type a phrase (or paste text), then tap on the keyboard or in the top-right corner. Translate your voice: Tap , then say a phrase. Note: Words are translated as you type or speak. 4. When the translation is shown, do any of the following:

Play the audio translation: Tap

. Adjust the playback speed: Touch and hold

, then choose a speed. Show the translation to someone else: Tap

. Save the translation as a favorite: Tap

. Copy the translation: Tap . Delete the translation: Swipe left, then tap

. View your favorite translations 1. Go to the Translate app on your iPad. 2. Tap Favorites, then scroll to view translations you marked as favorites. Note: Your favorite translations are kept up to date in the Translate app on your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Translate a conversation iPad shows the translated text bubbles from both sides of the conversation. Conversations work for downloaded languages when you dont have an internet connection or when On-Device Mode is turned on. 1. Go to the Translate app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Conversation. 3. Do one of the following:

Type text: Tap Enter text, type a phrase (or paste text), then tap

. Use your voice: Tap

, then say a phrase. Note: Words are translated as you type or speak. 4. Tap to hear the audio translation. To hear audio translations automatically, tap

, then tap Play Translations. Tip: You can translate a conversation without tapping the microphone button before each person speaks. Tap to start the conversation. iPad automatically detects when you start speaking and when you stop.

, tap Auto Translate, then tap When chatting face to face, tap View in the top left, then tap Face to Face so that each person can see the conversation from their own side. Review words with multiple meanings When translating a word that has several meanings in another language, you can choose the one you want. You can also select feminine or masculine translations for words that have grammatical gender variations. Note: When gender hasnt been specified, translations automatically default to the gender-neutral form of a word. 1. Go to the Translate app on your iPad. 2. Translate a word or phrase, then tap Next on the keyboard. 3. When available, do any of the following:

Choose a different meaning: When available, tap the light-colored word to select the intended meaning. Choose grammatical gender translations: When available, tap the light-

colored word to select a feminine or masculine translation. To turn off grammatical gender translations, tap Gender.

, then tap Show Grammatical Translate text in apps on iPad On iPad, you can translate text in apps such as Camera, Photos, Safari, Messages, Mail, supported third-party apps, and more. Note: Translation is available for supported languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Translate text in apps You can select any text to translate in apps such as Safari, Messages, Mail, supported third-party apps, and more. When you enter text on your iPad, you can even replace what you wrote with a translation. 1. Go to an app like Safari, Messages, or Mail on your iPad. 2. Select the text you want to translate, then tap Translate. If you dont see Translate, tap to see more options. 3. Tap the language you want to translate your selected text to. 4. Below the text translation, choose any of the following:

Replace with Translation: Replace your original text with the translation

(available only when translating editable text). Copy Translation: Copy the translated text. Add to Favorites: Add the translation to a list of favorites. Open in Translate: Do more with the translation in the Translate app. Download Languages: Download languages for offline translation. Listen to Original Text: Tap More, then tap text. to listen to the original Listen to Translated Text: Tap to listen to the translated text. Translate text in photos When you view a photo that includes text, tap to translate, then tap Translate.

, touch and hold the text you want If you dont see Translate, tap to see more options. Translate text with the iPad camera You can use Camera to translate text around youlike a recipe, for example. 1. Open Camera on your iPad. 2. Position iPad so that the text appears on the screen. 3. When the yellow frame appears around detected text, tap

. 4. Select the text you want to translate, then tap Translate. If you dont see Translate, tap to see more options. Translate text with the camera view in the Translate app on iPad On iPad, you can use the camera view in the Translate app to translate text around youfor example, a restaurant menu or street signs. You can also translate text in photos from your photo library. Note: Translation is available for supported languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Translate text using the camera view 1. Open the Translate app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Camera. 3. Choose the language you want to translate your selected text into. 4. Position iPad so the rear camera can translate text around you. Note: As you move the rear camera, text is translated in real time. 5. Tap to pause the view. You can zoom in to get a closer look at the overlaid translations. 6. Tap an overlaid translation to show the translation card, then do any of the following:

Copy Translation: Copy the translated text. Add to Favorites: Add the translation to a list of favorites. Listen to Original Text: Tap More, then tap text. to listen to the original Listen to Translated Text: Tap to listen to the translated text. 7. When youre finished, tap

. Translate text in photos from your photo library 1. Go to the Translate app on iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Camera. 3. Choose the language you want to translate your selected text into. 4. Tap

, then select a photo that contains text from your photo library. 5. When youre finished, tap

. Share and save a translated image 1. Go to the Translate app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap Camera, then do one of the following:

Use the camera view: Tap

. Use a photo from your photo library: Tap

, then tap a photo. 3. Tap , then do any of the following:

Share the translation: Choose a share option. Save the translation as an image: Tap Save Image. Change your Translate settings on iPad You can customize your preferences for the Translate app languages, use On-Device Mode, or choose a different default translation app. in Settings. Download Download languages To use the translate feature when youre not connected to the internet, you need to download both the input and output languages. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Translate. 3. Tap next to the languages you want to download. Always translate offline You can choose to always translate offline using downloaded languages. Note: Offline translations may not be as accurate as online translations. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Translate. 3. Turn on On-Device Mode. Choose a default translation app If you have multiple translation apps, you can change the default. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Translate. 3. Tap Default Translation App, then choose an app. TV Get started with the Apple TV app on iPad With the Apple TV app place. Learn how to get started.

, all your favorite TV shows, movies, and sports are in one Before you can subscribe to Apple TV channels or buy or rent movies, you need to sign in to your Apple Account. Go to the Settings app

, then tap Apple Account. Subscribe to Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, or Apple TV channels Stream Stick on the Apple TV app with a subscription Subscribe to Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, and Apple TV channels to watch Apple Originals, Major League Soccer, and more. Go to the Apple TV app Apple TV+, MLS, or Store at the top of the screen. When prompted, tap the subscription button, then follow the onscreen instructions.

, then tap Find something to watch Stream The Buccaneers on the Apple TV app with a subscription Tap the Home tab at the top of the screen to see next episodes, new releases, personalized recommendations, and much more, all in one place. You can also tap to look for TV shows and movies by specific categories like title, cast, or sports. Stream shows, movies, sports, and more Stream Hijack on the Apple TV app with a subscription To start streaming content, tap a TV show, movie, or sporting event, then tap Play or How to Watch. Content from Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels plays in the Apple TV app, while content from other providers plays in their video app. View your library Your library contains shows and movies you purchased, rented, and downloaded. If you use Family Sharing, you can also view purchases made by family members. To view your library, tap

, then tap Recent Purchases, Movies, Rentals, Downloaded, or Genres. Want to learn more?

Subscribe to Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, or a channel Find shows, movies, and more Start watching and control playback Watch sports Manage your library Subscriptions required for Apple TV+ (which in some countries and regions includes Friday Night Baseball, Sunday Night Soccer, or both) and MLS Season Pass (which includes Sunday Night Soccer). MLS Season Pass, Sunday Night Soccer, and Friday Night Baseball require iPadOS 16.2 or later. Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Subscribe to Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, or an Apple TV channel on iPad In the Apple TV app, you can subscribe to Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, and Apple TV channels. A subscription gives you access to content on demand on iPhone, iPad, Mac, Apple TV, Apple Vision Pro, and supported smart TVs and streaming devices. You can also download content to watch offline on iPhone, iPad, and Mac. You can choose to bundle your Apple TV+ subscription with other Apple services by subscribing to Apple One. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Note: Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, Apple TV channels, and Apple One arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to Apple TV+

Apple TV+ is a subscription streaming service featuring Apple Originalsaward-

winning series, compelling dramas, groundbreaking documentaries, kids entertainment, comedies, and morewith new items added every month. 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apple TV+, then tap the subscription button. 3. Review the free trial (if eligible) and subscription details, then follow the onscreen instructions. Subscribe to MLS Season Pass MLS Season Pass is a subscription streaming service featuring every match of the Major League Soccer season, all in one place, with consistent match times, and no blackouts. 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap MLS, then tap the subscription button. 3. Review the subscription details, tap a subscription option, then follow the onscreen instructions. Subscribe to Apple TV channels and apps You can subscribe to Apple TV channels to get the shows you want, without downloading any apps. 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home, then scroll down to the Add Channels & Apps row. 3. Swipe left to browse, then tap an item. 4. Tap the subscription button, review the free trial (if eligible) and subscription details, then follow the onscreen instructions. To disconnect supported streaming apps, tap bottom left, tap Connected Apps, then tap the button next to the streaming app to disconnect it.

, tap your picture or initials at the Change or cancel your subscriptions to Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, or Apple TV channels 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your picture or initials at the bottom left. 3. Tap Manage Subscriptions. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions to change or cancel your subscription. Share Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, and Apple TV channels with family members When you subscribe to Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, Apple TV channels, or Apple One, you can use Family Sharing to share your subscriptions with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anythinga shared subscription is available to them the first time they open the Apple TV app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, Apple TV channels, or Apple One, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing your subscription with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave or remove a member from a Family Sharing group, or (if youre the family group organizer), stop using Family Sharing. Subscriptions required for Apple TV+ (which in some countries and regions includes Friday Night Baseball, Sunday Night Soccer, or both) and MLS Season Pass (which includes Sunday Night Soccer). MLS Season Pass, Sunday Night Soccer, and Friday Night Baseball require iPadOS 16.2 or later. Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Start watching and control playback in the Apple TV app on iPad In the Apple TV app, you can stream TV shows, movies, sports, and more. You can also download movies and episodes of a TV show. You can also download a full season of a TV show. Content from Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels plays in the Apple TV app, while content from other providers plays in their video app. Use the playback controls to play or pause what youre watching, skip backward or forward, and more. When you watch with your friends using SharePlay, the playback controls are shared by everyone on the FaceTime call. To learn more about using SharePlay in the Apple TV app, see Use SharePlay to watch, listen, and play together in FaceTime. Play a TV show or movie Stream The Buccaneers on the Apple TV app with a subscription 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Swipe left or right at the top of the screen to browse featured items, then tap the Play button (if available). Tap Home, then tap an item in the Continue Watching row to immediately pick up where you left off. Scroll down to view more rows, then tap an item you want to watch. When the page for that item opens, tap the Play button (if available) or tap a specific episode or trailer you want to watch. Tip: Tap a row title to view all items in a category or view more information about a collection. Download content In the Apple TV app, you can download movies and episodes of a TV show. You can also download a full season of a TV show. 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap an item to see its details. 3. Do any of the following (not all options are available for all titles):

Download movies: Tap in the top-right corner. Download an episode of a TV show: Tap season, then tap next to the episode you want to download. in the top-right corner, tap a Download a full season of a TV show: Tap a season, then tap the season button above the list of episodes. in the top-right corner, tap You can find the downloaded item in your library and watch it even when iPad isnt connected to the internet. Use the playback controls During playback, tap the screen to show the controls. Stream Hijack on the Apple TV app with a subscription Control Description Play Pause Control Description Skip backward 10 seconds; touch and hold to rewind Skip forward 10 seconds; touch and hold to fast-forward Change the playback speed Change the audio track and enhance dialogue Display subtitles and closed captions Share an episode, movie, trailer, or sporting event Stream the video to other devices Start Picture in Pictureyou can continue to watch the video while you use another app Stop playback When the audio is muted, subtitles automatically appear. And if you skip backward 10 seconds, subtitles appear. To turn off subtitles, tap

, then tap Off. Change audio options during playback 1. During playback, tap the screen to show the playback controls. 2. Tap , then tap Enhance Dialogue. 3. Tap one of the following:

Enhance More: Makes dialogue very prominent in the mix. Enhance: Makes dialogue more prominent in the mix. Off: Turns Enhance Dialogue off. Get information about shows, characters, actors, and music During playback, you can get more information about the movie or TV show youre watching or go directly to Continue Watching. With InSight, you can get information in real time about actors, characters, and music currently onscreen while youre watching an Apple TV+ movie or TV show

(Apple TV+ subscription required). You can tap an actor to view their background and filmography page, or quickly view a song thats playing in the background and add it to an Apple Music playlist (Apple Music subscription required). 1. During playback, tap the screen to show the playback controls. 2. Tap any of the following options:

Info: See more information about what youre watching. InSight: Tap an actor or character to see more info. If music information appears, tap the song to add it to a playlist in the Music app TV+ and Apple Music subscriptions required).

(Apple Continue Watching: Go directly to Continue Watching, then tap an item to resume or start watching it. Live Sports: View live and upcoming sports events. Subscriptions required for Apple TV+ (which in some countries and regions includes Friday Night Baseball, Sunday Night Soccer, or both) and MLS Season Pass (which includes Sunday Night Soccer). MLS Season Pass, Sunday Night Soccer, and Friday Night Baseball require iPadOS 16.2 or later. Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Find shows, movies, and more in the Apple TV app on iPad You can use the Search tab in the Apple TV app to look for TV shows and movies by specific categories like title, sport, and cast. The Apple TV+ tab gives you easy access to Apple TV+, a subscription streaming service featuring Apple Originals award-winning films, series, compelling dramas, groundbreaking documentaries, kids entertainment, comedies, and more. Note: The availability of Apple Media Services varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Stream Stick on the Apple TV app with a subscription Browse Apple TV+

1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apple TV+, then do either of the following:

Swipe left at the top of the screen to browse featured items. Scroll down to see new releases, curated collections, and personalized recommendations, then swipe left or right to view available options. Tip: Tap a row title to view all items in a category or view more information about a collection. You can also tap the Home, MLS Season Pass, Store, and Library tabs to see content specific to those categories. Search for specific shows, movies, and more When youre looking for something specificlike a show or actoruse the Search tab. 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then either tap a category, or tap the search field to see previous searches or enter a new search. Tip: When you want to search, simply describe what youre looking for using natural languagefor example, Popular dramas with a twist. Edit the tab bar You can customize by adding or removing categories in the tab bar so you can quickly find what you want to watch. Stream Prehistoric Planet on the Apple TV app with a subscription 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Edit. Tip: You can also touch and hold the tab bar. 3. Touch and hold a category in the sidebar, then drag it to the tab bar at the top of the screen. To remove a category from the tab bar, drag the category off the tab bar. 4. When youre finished, tap

. To reset the tab bar, tap Reset in the top-left corner of the sidebar. Subscriptions required for Apple TV+ (which in some countries and regions includes Friday Night Baseball, Sunday Night Soccer, or both) and MLS Season Pass (which includes Sunday Night Soccer). MLS Season Pass, Sunday Night Soccer, and Friday Night Baseball require iPadOS 16.2 or later. Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Personalize the Home tab in the Apple TV app on iPad The Home tab brings your favorite shows, movies, channels, and sports together in one place. Pick up where you left off with Continue Watching, or discover Apple TV channels and streaming appspersonalized just for you. Note: The availability of Apple Media Services varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Pick up where you left off in the Continue Watching row The Continue Watching row displays content youve already started to watch or plan to watch. Shows and movies appear in the order youre most likely to want to watch them. For example, when a TV episode finishes, the next episode automatically appears in Continue Watching. When a live sports event for a team you follow is in progress, it appears first in the Continue Watching list if its available to watch in the Apple TV app. 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home in the sidebar, swipe through the Continue Watching row, then tap an item. If the item is available for you to watch, it begins playing immediately. Note: The Continue Watching row on the Home tab displays movies, TV shows, and live sports events from any app or channel you connected to the Apple TV app. For more information on connecting apps and channels, see Discover channels and apps. Add or remove an item from your Watchlist You can add movies and TV shows that you want to save for later to your Watchlist. Movies and TV shows in your Watchlist appear in the Continue Watching and Watchlist rows. Note: When you add sports events, they appear in the Continue Watching and Watchlist rows when theyre live. 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Add an item to your Watchlist: Touch and hold the item, then tap Add to Watchlist. Remove an item from your Watchlist: Touch and hold the item in the Continue Watching or Watchlist row, then tap Remove from Watchlist. Resume watching on another device: You can see your Watchlist in the Apple TV app on your iPhone, iPad, Mac, Apple TV, Apple Vision Pro, or supported smart TV where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Items added to your Watchlist appear in the Continue Watching row and the Watchlist row on the Home tab. Tip: You can also add an item to your Watchlist by tapping when you see this option in the featured items at the top of the Home tab. Discover channels and apps The Apple TV app recommends new content or the next episode in a series you watch from a connected app (supported streaming apps only). 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap Home, scroll down to the Channels & Apps row, then swipe left to browse either of the following:

Channels & Apps: Directly access all the channels you subscribe to or apps you connected to the Apple TV app. More to Explore: Find new channels or apps to subscribe to or watch. 3. Tap an item to open it. Your channels and apps appear in the Channels & Apps row in the Home tab across all your devices where youre signed in to your Apple Account. For a list of video apps available with the Apple TV app, see the Apple Support article Availability of supported apps in the Apple TV app. Buy, rent, or pre-order items in the Apple TV app on iPad You can buy, rent, or pre-order TV shows and movies in the Apple TV app. Once you find something you want to watch, you can purchase it, rent it (if its a movie), or choose how to watch it (if its available on multiple channels and apps). Note: The availability of Apple Media Services varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Browse movies and TV shows in the Store tab 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap Store, then do either of the following:

Swipe left or right at the top of the screen to browse featured items. Scroll down to see top charts, new releases, great deals, and more, then swipe left or right to view available options. Tip: Tap a row title to view all items in a category or view more information about a collection. 3. Tap an item to see previews, ratings, descriptions, and viewing information. Buy, rent, or pre-order items 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap Store, then tap an item to see its details. 3. Choose any of the following options (not all options are available for all titles):

Buy: Purchased items are added to your library. Rent: When you rent a movie, you have 30 days to start watching it. After you start watching the movie, you can play it as many times as you want for 48 hours, after which the rental period ends. When the rental period ends, the movie is deleted. Pre-order: When the pre-ordered item becomes available, your payment method is billed, and you receive an email notification. If you turned on automatic downloads, the item is automatically downloaded to your iPad. 4. Confirm your selection, then complete the payment or pre-order. You can find your purchases and rentals in your library and play them in the Apple TV app. When you purchase access to movies, TV shows, music, music videos, ebooks, audiobooks, or ringtones from Apple, you also have the option to permanently download these items to a compatible iPhone, iPad, Mac, or PC. Apple cannot revoke your downloaded content, and you can always access your downloaded content without an internet connection. Watch sports Watch sports in the Apple TV app on iPad The Sports row gives you access to a wide array of live and scheduled sports events, including access to subscription-only features such as Friday Night Baseball and Sunday Night Soccer included with an Apple TV+ subscription, or Major League Soccer with MLS Season Pass. You can see live games with up-to-the-minute scores, browse upcoming games, watch multiple games at the same time, and access pregame and postgame shows. Browse sports 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap Sports, then do either of the following:

Swipe left or right at the top of the screen to browse featured events. Tap an event to get more information, or tap Add to add it to your Watchlist. Scroll down to a category row, then swipe left or right to view available options. Tip: Tap a row title to view all items in a category or view more information about a collection. Watch live sports 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Sports. 3. To start watching, tap a sports event in progress, then tap Watch Live to tune in to the live broadcast, or Start Over to watch from the beginning. If you havent subscribed to the channel or app, tap Open In, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: Sports events added to your Watchlist appear in the Continue Watching row when theyre live. If you want to receive live updates for a game on the Lock Screen, tap Follow Live. See Access features from the Lock Screen. Select games may also show the current score and play-by-play updates on the game page. To hide the scores of live games, go to Settings > Apps > TV, then turn off Show Sports Scores. Subscriptions required for Apple TV+ (which in some countries and regions includes Friday Night Baseball, Sunday Night Soccer, or both) and MLS Season Pass (which includes Sunday Night Soccer). MLS Season Pass, Sunday Night Soccer, and Friday Night Baseball require iPadOS 16.2 or later. Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Follow teams with My Sports in the Apple TV app on iPad You can add your favorite teams to My Sports to see their games in Continue Watching and receive notifications when theyre about to play. When you turn on syncing for My Sports, the teams you follow in Apple TV are automatically followed in Apple News, Apple Sports, and other supported apps. If you already set up My Sports in the News app, the teams you follow appear in the Apple TV app. If you have an iPhone, iPad, or Mac signed in to the same Apple Account, you can also see the teams youre following with My Sports in the Apple TV app and in the News app on those devices. Note: My Sports isnt available in all countries or regions. Follow your favorite teams 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Sports. 3. Scroll down, then tap Follow Your Teams. 4. Tap Turn On to sync your teams across Apple News, Apple TV, and other supported apps. 5. Tap a sports league (MLS, MLB, or NBA, for example), then tap next to a team to follow it. 6. When youre finished, tap

. Manage My Sports You can follow and unfollow teams after you set up My Sports. 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Sports. 3. Tap Manage My Sports at the bottom of the screen, then do any of the following:

Follow teams: Tap a league, tap then tap Done. next to a team you want to follow, Unfollow teams: Tap

. Unfollow, then tap next to a team you want to unfollow, tap Watch MLS in the Apple TV app on iPad MLS in the Apple TV app gives you access to Major League Soccer events when you subscribe to MLS Season Pass. You can also watch multiple matches at the same time, catch up on key plays during a live game, follow your favorite MLS clubs using My Sports (not available in all countries or regions), and watch on-demand contentincluding MLS club profiles, player profiles, league and club highlights from the last season, and more. Note: Some MLS games may be available to watch on a promotional basis, but full access to all games, shows, and features requires an MLS Season Pass subscription. MLS Season Pass isnt available in all countries or regions. Watch Major League Soccer with MLS Season Pass 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap MLS, then do either of the following:

Explore featured matches: Swipe left or right at the top of the screen. Browse available matches, league standings, and more: Scroll down to a category row, then swipe left or right to view available options. Tip: Tap a row title to view all items in a category or view more information about a collection. 3. To start watching, tap an event or match. If a match is in progress, tap Watch Live to tune in to the live broadcast, or Start Over to watch from the beginning. Note: Sports events added to your Watchlist appear in the Continue Watching row when theyre live. To hide the scores of live games, go to the Settings app , tap Apps, tap TV, then turn off Show Sports Scores. Follow your favorite MLS clubs 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap MLS, then tap Browse All Clubs. 3. Touch and hold a club, then tap Follow Team. Note: Clubs you follow appear at the front of the Browse All Clubs row You can also follow MLS clubs with My Sports. See Follow teams with My Sports. Note: When you follow a club, their matches automatically appear in Continue Watching. Catch up with Key Plays When you start watching a live match in progress, you can catch up to the action by watching all the key plays you missed. You can also browse and watch key plays at any time during the match. 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap MLS, then do either of the following:

Catch up to a match in progress: Tap a match, then tap Catch Up. Go to key plays during a match: While watching a match, tap the screen to show the playback controls, tap Key Plays, then select a key play from the collection row. Key plays start playing in order from the beginning of the match if youre catching up, or from the key play you select from the Key Play menu. 3. While watching key plays, you can do either of the following:

Browse the collection: Swipe left or right. Return to the match: Tap Jump to Live in the lower-left corner of the screen, or to resume playback from the last spot you were watching, tap . Subscriptions required for Apple TV+ (which in some countries and regions includes Friday Night Baseball, Sunday Night Soccer, or both) and MLS Season Pass (which includes Sunday Night Soccer). MLS Season Pass, Sunday Night Soccer, and Friday Night Baseball require iPadOS 16.2 or later. Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Watch multiple live sports streams in the Apple TV app on iPad On iPad, you can play up to four live sports streams at the same time with Multiview. Note: Multiview is available on iPadOS 17.2 or later; a subscription to MLS Season Pass (for MLS) or Apple TV+ (for Friday Night Baseball and Sunday Night Soccer) is also required. Multiple game viewing options are subject to scheduling. Watch multiple live sports streams 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap Sports, then start a live game. 3. While youre watching a match, tap the screen to show the playback controls, then do one of the following:

Tap at the top left, then tap a game below Add More. Tap Live Sports or Continue Watching in the bottom left, touch and hold a live game, then tap Watch in Multiview. 4. While in Multiview, do any of the following:

Add a stream: Swipe up from the bottom, then tap a stream in the Add More row. Move streams: Touch and hold a stream, then drag it to a new position. Change the audio to a different stream: Tap a stream to focus on it. Note: The Sound button stream playing audio. appears in the bottom-right corner of the Watch a stream in full screen: Tap a stream, then tap to Multiview. Tap to return Delete a stream from Multiview: Tap a stream, then tap

. Exit Multiview: Tap . Tap to return to Multiview. Change the layout of the sports streams To change the layout of the streams in the grid, do any of the following:

When two streams are selected: Tap a 70/30 ratio. Tap again to view the streams at the same size. at the top right to view the streams in When four streams are selected: Tap a 70/30 ratio (one stream at 70 percent, three streams at 30 percent). Tap again to view the streams at the same size. at the top right to view the streams in Subscriptions required for Apple TV+ (which in some countries and regions includes Friday Night Baseball, Sunday Night Soccer, or both) and MLS Season Pass (which includes Sunday Night Soccer). MLS Season Pass, Sunday Night Soccer, and Friday Night Baseball require iPadOS 16.2 or later. Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Manage your library in the Apple TV app on iPad Your library contains shows and movies you purchased, rented, and downloaded. If you use Family Sharing, you can also view purchases made by family members. Browse your library 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Browse recently purchased items: Tap Recent Purchases. Browse movies: Tap Movies. To browse content available in 4K, tap 4K HDR. Browse rented items: Tap Rentals. Browse downloaded items: Tap Downloaded. Browse content in your library by genre: Tap Genres. Watch purchases, rentals, and downloaded content 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap Recent Purchases, Rentals, or Downloaded below Library, then tap an item to see its details. 3. To start watching, tap the Play button. Note: For rentals, the time remaining in the rental period is shown. To watch the item later when iPad isnt connected to the internet, tap right corner. in the top-

Share purchases made by family members If you use Family Sharing, you and your family members can share purchases in the Apple TV app. Tap Library, tap Family Sharing, then choose a family member. Remove a downloaded item 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Downloaded. 3. Tap Edit in the top-right corner, tap the item you want to remove, then tap Delete. 4. Tap Delete Download. Removing an item from iPad doesnt delete it from your purchases in iCloud. You can download the item to iPad again later. Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Add your TV provider to the Apple TV app on iPad You can add your cable or satellite service to the Apple TV app and watch shows and movies on your iPhone, iPad, Mac, Apple TV, Apple Vision Pro, and supported smart TVs and streaming devices. Note: Support for this feature may vary depending on your TV provider. Add your cable or satellite service to the Apple TV app Single sign-on provides immediate access to all the supported video apps in your subscription package. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap General, then tap TV Provider. 3. Choose your TV provider, then sign in with your provider credentials. If your TV provider isnt listed, sign in directly from the app you want to use. Change the Apple TV app settings on iPad You can adjust streaming and download settings for the Apple TV app. You can also change how the Apple TV app uses your viewing history to provide personalized recommendations and choose what appears in the Apple TV app, including live sports scores and items in Continue Watching. Change streaming and download options 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap TV. 3. Choose streaming options:

Use Cellular Data: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Turn off to limit streaming to Wi-Fi connections. Cellular: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Choose High Quality or Automatic. Wi-Fi: Choose High Quality or Data Saver. High Quality requires a faster internet connection and uses more data. 4. Choose download options:

Use Cellular Data: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Turn off to limit downloads to Wi-Fi connections. Cellular: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Choose High Quality or Fast Downloads. Wi-Fi: Choose High Quality or Fast Downloads. High Quality results in slower downloads and uses more data. Languages: Choose a language. Each added audio language increases the download size. To remove a language, swipe left on the language you want to remove, then tap Delete. The default language is the primary language for your country or region. If you turned on Audio Descriptions in Accessibility Settings, audio descriptions are also downloaded. Change how your viewing history is used By default, what you watch on your iPad affects your personalized recommendations and Watchlist on all your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. You can do any of the following:

Clear your viewing history: Go to the Apple TV app or initials at the bottom left, then tap Clear Play History.

, tap

, tap your picture Turn off personalization features based on your viewing history: Go to the Settings app

, tap Apps, tap TV, then turn off Use Play History. Change autoplay settings By default, when you finish watching an episode of a TV show, the next episode automatically plays. And when you finish a series, movie, or sporting event, recommended content automatically plays. You can change these settings. 1. Go to the Apple TV app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap your picture or initials at the bottom left. 3. Do any of the following:

Automatically play the next episode: Turn Play Next Episode on or off. Automatically play content recommended for you after you finish a series, movie, or sporting event: Turn Play a Recommendation on or off. Change your device preferences 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap TV. 3. Do any of the following:

Show or hide live sports scores: Turn off Show Sports Scores. Use your viewing history for personalized recommendations and Continue Watching: Turn on Use Play History. Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Voice Memos Get started with Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app meetings, and more. on iPad, you can easily record lectures, song ideas, Record with a single tap To begin recording, just tap

. Your audio recordings appear automatically on your iPhone, iPad, Mac, and Apple Vision Pro where youre signed in to the same Apple Account and Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings. Fine-tune your recordings Whether you capture a recording on your iPad, iPhone, Mac, Apple Watch, or Apple Vision Pro, you can edit it easily, right on your iPad. Select the recording in the recordings list, tap , then tap at the top right to begin editing. View and search audio transcripts You can view transcripts of your recordings in Voice Memos, either live while youre recording or after. Transcripts are searchable, so you can find just the moment youre looking for. To see the transcript of the selected recording, tap right. To search for specific text, enter it in the search field above the list of recordings. The list shows only recordings with that text. at the top Share or export a recording You can share a recording with friends, or export it to Logic Pro to enhance it with professional editing tools. To share, tap the recording, then tap . Tap Options, choose whether to share as a rendered or editable file, then tap sharing option, or to export, swipe up, then tap Save to Files. Choose a Want to learn more?

Get started with Voice Memos View a transcription Edit or delete a recording Work with layered recordings Export a recording to Files Organize recordings Import media into Logic Pro for iPad Make a recording in Voice Memos on iPad You can use iPad as a portable recording device to record personal notes, classroom lectures, musical ideas, and more. You can fine-tune your recordings with editing tools like trim, replace, and resume. Record voice memos using the built-in microphone, a supported headset, or an external microphone. When Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings or iCloud preferences, your recordings appear and update automatically on your iPhone, iPad, and Mac where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Make a basic recording 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap to begin recording. To adjust the recording level, move the microphone closer to or farther from what youre recording. 3. Tap Done to finish recording. Your recording is saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings name, tap the recording, then tap the name and type a new one.

> Privacy & Security. To change the To fine-tune your recording, see Edit a recording. Note: For your privacy, when you use Voice Memos to make recordings, an orange dot appears at the top of your screen to indicate your microphone is in use. Filter out background sounds You can include or exclude background sounds in your Mono and Stereo recordings. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Open Control Center. 3. Tap Voice Memos at the top of Control Center. 4. To filter out background sounds and record only your voice, select Voice Isolation. Record stereo or mono The recording mode you select determines how the recording sounds when its played. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Voice Memos. 3. Tap Recording Mode, then choose one of the following:

Mono: Audio playback is the same in both ears. Stereo: Separates audio playback between the left and right ears. When Stereo is selected, Voice Memos records using multiple microphones on your iPad and with right and left audio channels. If you listen to a Stereo recording through headphones, you hear different sounds from different microphones; however, the waveform display still looks the same. Use the advanced recording features You can make a recording in parts, pausing and resuming as you record. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap to begin a recording. To adjust the recording level, move the microphone closer to or farther away from what youre recording. To see more details while youre recording, swipe up from the top of the waveform. 3. Tap to stop recording; tap Resume to continue. 4. To review your recording, tap

. To change where playback begins, drag the playhead right or left across the small waveform at the bottom of the screen before you tap

. 5. To save the recording, tap Done. Your recording is saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings name, tap the recording, then tap the name and type a new one.

> Privacy & Security. To change the To fine-tune your recording, see Edit or delete a recording. Mute the start and stop tones You can mute the start and stop tones by turning on Silent mode. Open Control Center, then tap to turn on Silent mode. Use another app while recording While youre recording, you can use another app, as long as it doesnt play audio on your iPad. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap to begin recording. 3. While recording, you can go to the Home Screen and open another app. If the other app starts playing audio, Voice Memos stops recording. 4. To return to Voice Memos, tap the orange icon at the top of the screen. If Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings or preferences, your recording is saved in iCloud and appears automatically on your iPhone, iPad, and Mac where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Recordings using the built-in microphone are in Mono, unless you turn on Stereo Recording in Settings. You can also use an external stereo microphone or audio interface that works with iPad to record in Stereo. Look for accessories marked with the Apple Made for iPad or Works with iPad logo. View a Voice Memos transcription on iPad In iPadOS 18 or later, speech in your audio recordings can be transcribed to text in Voice Memos. You can view the transcription while youre recording or after. If you open a recording made in an earlier version of Voice Memos (iPadOS 17 or earlier), Voice Memos will transcribe it automatically if it includes recorded speech. Note: Audio transcription is available on supported models in English (all variants), Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Simplified Chinese, and Traditional Chinese. Its not available in all countries or regions. View a transcription while recording 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap to begin recording. 3. Tap to watch the transcription live. The waveform disappears temporarily, and the transcription appears, with the current word highlighted. To return to the waveform view, tap

. 4. Tap to stop recording; tap Resume to continue. 5. To save the recording, tap

. View or copy transcribed text after recording 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the recording with the transcript you want to view, then tap . 3. Tap to view the transcription. 4. Select the text you want to copy, then tap Copy. You can open another documenta Mail message or text file, for example and paste the text into it. With Apple Intelligence,* you can use Writing Tools to summarize transcripts with a tap, proofread your work, and find just the right wording and tone. See Use Writing Tools with Apple Intelligence. Search for text in titles and transcriptions 1. Go to the Voice Memos app

(in the Utilities folder) on your iPad. 2. Swipe down from the top of the list of recordings to show the search field. 3. In the search field, enter the text you want to find. The list shows only recordings with that texteither in the title or in the audio transcription. When you select a term in the transcription, the playhead appears at that location in the audio waveform. To return to the waveform, tap

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Play a recording in Voice Memos on iPad You can play audio you recorded on your iPad using the playback controls. You can also adjust the playback options to change playback speed, reduce background noise, and fill in silences. Note: Changing these settings doesnt affect the recording itself. The setting you choose for a recording stays with that specific recording and is applied each time you play the recording. It doesnt apply to other recordings. Control Description Play Control Description Pause Skip backward 15 seconds Skip forward 15 seconds Tip: While the recording is open, you can tap its name to rename it. Change the playback speed You can play a recording at a faster or slower speed. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to play. 3. Tap

, then drag the slider toward the tortoise for a slower speed, or toward the rabbit for a faster speed.]

4. Tap

, then tap to play the recording. Turn on Studio Voice to reduce background noise and reverb On supported models, you can play back Spatial Audio files recorded on iPhone 16, iPhone 16 Plus, iPhone 16 Pro, iPhone 16 Pro Max, iPhone 16e. You can turn on Studio Voice to automatically reduce background noise and reverb on your Spatial Audio recordings, to make it sound more like youre recording in a professional studio. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to play, then tap

. 3. Turn on Studio Voice, then drag the slider to increase or decrease the effect and background noise levels. 4. Tap to play the recording. Enhance a recording When playing a Mono or Stereo recording, you can enhance it to reduce background noise and echo when you play the recording. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to enhance. 3. Tap

, then turn on Enhance Recording. 4. Tap

, then tap to play the recording. Skip over gaps when playing back a recording Voice Memos can analyze your Mono and Stereo recordings and automatically skip over gaps when playing them. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the recording you want to play. 3. Tap

, then turn on Skip Silence. 4. Tap

, then tap to play the recording. Reset the playback options You can return all the playback options to their original settings at the same time. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the recording you want to turn off playback options for. 3. Tap at the top of the screen, then tap Reset. Work with layered recordings on iPad On iPhone 16 Pro or later (except iPhone 16e), you can create a layered recording by adding a vocal layer on top of an instrumental recording. (See Add a second layer to a Voice Memos recording on iPhone.) On an iPad with iPadOS 18.2 or later, where youre signed in to the same Apple Account, you can see any layered recordings you created on a supported iPhone (indicated by in the list of recordings). Note: Layered recordings are in QTA (QuickTime Audio) format. They wont appear on devices with iOS 18.1, iPadOS 18.1, macOS 15.1, or earlier. When you separate the layers, each layer is in .m4a format and will appear on devices with iOS 18.1, iPadOS 18.1, macOS 15.1, or earlier. Mix the layers You can mix the two layers in a layered recording. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the layered recording you want to mix. 3. Tap

. 4. Drag the Layer Mix slider to mix the layers. Separate the layers In a layered recording that appears on your iPad, you can separate the two layers to edit them or play them separately. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. In the list of recordings, touch and hold the layered recording you want to separate, then tap Separate Layers. The two layers appear as separate recordings in the list. You can select them, edit them, and play them separately. Note: The separated layers are in .m4a format and will appear on devices with iOS 18.1, iPadOS 18.1, macOS 15.1, or earlier. Import layered recordings into Logic Pro If Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings, you can open a layered recording from your iPhone on your iPad where youre signed in to the same Apple Account and export the recording to Files. Then you can import the layered recording into Logic Pro for iPad for editing. The two layers open automatically as two distinct tracks in Logic Pro 11.1.1 or later. Export a Voice Memos recording to Files Export a Voice Memos recording to Files on iPad Any recording can be exported from Voice Memos to the Files app on your iPad. By default, recordings are exported in .m4a format so layered recordings are flattened and Spatial Audio becomes stereo. However, when you share, you can choose to adjust your sharing options to retain any layers or recording effects. Export a recording to Files 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the recording you want to export, then tap . 3. To export a file where the effects and layers can be adjusted later

(QuickTime Audio format), tap Options, then tap Editable. Choose if you want your layers merged or separated, then tap

. 4. Scroll down, tap Save to Files, navigate to the location where you want to save the recording, then tap Save. From the Files app, your recording can be imported into Logic Pro, where you can edit or enhance it using professional audio editing tools. Edit or delete a recording in Voice Memos on iPad You can fine-tune your recordings using the editing tools. Remove parts, record over parts, or replace an entire recording. Edit a voice recording 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to edit, then tap Edit at the top right. 3. Tap at the top right, then drag the yellow trim handles to enclose the section you want to keep or delete. You can pinch open to zoom in on the waveform for more precise editing. To check your selection, tap

. 4. To keep the selection (and delete the rest of the recording), tap Trim, or to delete the selection, tap Delete. 5. Tap Apply, then tap Done. 6. Tap Save Recording to overwrite the original recording, or tap Save as New Recording to save the edited version as a new recording (leaving the original as it was). Replace a recording 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to replace, then tap Edit at the top right. 3. Drag the waveform to position the playhead where you want to start recording new audio. You can pinch open to zoom in on the waveform for more precise placement. 4. Tap Replace to begin recording (the waveform turns red as you record). Tap to pause; tap Resume to continue. 5. To check your recording, tap

. 6. Tap Done, then tap Save Recording to replace the original recording, or tap Save as New Recording to save the changes as a new recording (leaving the original as it was). Delete a recording 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to delete, then tap

. Tap Edit above the list of recordings, select one or more recordings, then tap Delete. Deleted recordings move to the Recently Deleted folder, where theyre kept for 30 days by default. To change how long deleted recordings are kept, go to Settings

> Voice Memos > Clear Deleted, then select an option. Recover or erase a deleted recording 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the Recently Deleted folder, then tap the recording you want to recover or erase. 3. Do any of the following:

Recover the selected recording: Tap Recover. Delete the selected recording: Tap Delete. Recover everything in the Recently Deleted folder: Tap Edit above the Recently Deleted list, then tap Recover All. Delete everything in the Recently Deleted folder: Tap Edit above the Recently Deleted list, then tap Delete All. Keep recordings up to date in Voice Memos on iPad You can keep your audio recordings up to date automatically on your iPhone, iPad, and Mac where youre signed in to the same Apple Account and Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings. To turn on Voice Memos in iCloud on your devices, do the following:

iOS or iPadOS: Go to Settings down and turn on Voice Memos.

> [your name] > iCloud > See All, then scroll macOS 15 or later: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, then click your name in the sidebar. If you dont see your name, click Sign in to sign in to your Apple Account or create one. Click iCloud, click See All, then scroll down and turn on Voice Memos. Organize recordings in Voice Memos on iPad You can mark audio recordings as favorites and organize your recordings into folders. Note: Apple Watch recordings, recently deleted recordings, and favorites are grouped into Smart Folders, which automatically gather files by type and subject matter. Mark recordings as favorites 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. In the list of recordings, do any of the following:

Tap the recording you want to mark as a favorite, then tap waveform. above the Tap Edit above the list of recordings, select one or more recordings, tap Move to Folder, then tap Favorites. (If there isnt a Favorites folder, create one by entering Favorites in the field.) Recordings marked as favorites automatically appear in the Favorites folder. Organize recordings into folders You can group related recordings together into folders so you can locate them easily. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Edit above the list of recordings. 3. Select one or more recordings, tap , tap Move to Folder, then choose a folder. To create a new folder, tap

, type a name for the folder, then tap Save. To view your folders, tap

; tap a folder to check its contents. To return to the list of recordings, tap All Recordings above the folders. Delete or reorder folders 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap to go to the list of folders. 3. Tap Edit above the folders, then do any of the following:

Delete a folder: Tap next to the folder, then tap . Change the order of the folders: Drag next to any folder. 4. Tap Done. Search for or rename a recording in Voice Memos on iPad You can search for recordings or rename any recording. Search for a recording 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Swipe down from the middle of the list of recordings to reveal the search field. 3. Tap the search field, enter part or all of the recording name, then tap Search. Note: You can also search for a word or phrase in a transcript by entering it in this field. Rename a recording A recording is initially saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings

> Privacy & Security. To change the name, tap the recording, tap the name, then type a new one. Share a recording in Voice Memos on iPad You can share an audio recording with others (or send it to your Mac or another device) using AirDrop, Messages, Mail, and more. Share a recording 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap the recording you want to share, then tap . 3. Tap Share, then tap Options and choose one of the following:

Rendered: Create a single .m4a file with all audio effects and layers mixed in. Editable: Share a file that lets a recipient with a compatible device and software update configure effects and layers. 4. Tap 5. Choose a sharing option, select or enter a recipient, then tap or

. Share more than one recording 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. Tap Select above the list of recordings, then select the recordings you want to share. 3. Tap , tap Options, then choose a file option (Rendered or Editable.) 4. Choose a sharing option, select or enter a recipient, then tap or

. Duplicate a recording in Voice Memos on iPad You can duplicate a recording, which is useful when you need another copy of it. You can make changes to the copy, save it, and give it a new name. 1. Go to the Voice Memos app on your iPad. 2. In the list of recordings, tap a recording, tap above the waveform, then tap Duplicate. Tap a recording, tap above the waveform, then tap Duplicate. The duplicate appears right below the original version in the list and has copy added to its name. To change the name, tap it, then type a new one. Weather Check the weather on iPad Check the weather for your current location. View the upcoming hourly and 10-day forecast, see severe weather information, and more. Note: Some Weather app featuressuch as severe weather alerts, air quality, next-

hour precipitation, and newsarent available in all countries and regions. To learn about the data sources for the Weather app, see the Apple Support article Feature availability and data sources in the Weather app. Before you begin Weather uses Location Services to get the forecast for your current location. You can turn on Precise Location to increase the accuracy of the forecast. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > Weather. 2. Turn on Precise Location. Check the local forecast and conditions 1. Go to the Weather app on your iPad. The details for your current location are shown. See Learn the weather icons. If you dont see the details for the location you want to know about, tap then tap My Location or another location in the sidebar.

, 2. Do any of the following:

Look at different times in the hourly forecast: Swipe the hourly display left or right. Note: The air quality scale appears above the hourly forecast when air quality reaches a particular level for that location. For some locations, the air quality scale always appears above the hourly forecast. See chance of precipitation, high and low temperatures, and more: Tap the hourly forecast, then tap condition. to change the displayed weather Tip: Swipe left to see the same information for the days ahead. See more weather details: Each locations weather page includes detailed information, including potential severe weather alerts, weather-related news, air quality, UV index, wind, visibility, moon phases, and more. To receive notifications about precipitation or certain severe weather events, see Manage weather notifications. Tip: Tap the Averages weather detail to see more information about how todays temperature or precipitation compares to the historical average. Customize the weather units You can change the units used in weather data. This includes Fahrenheit or Celsius for temperature, and miles per hour, kilometers per hour, knots, or Beaufort for wind. 1. Go to the Weather app on your iPad. 2. Tap to display the sidebar. 3. Tap

, tap Units, then do any of the following:

Change temperature units: Tap Fahrenheit, Celsius, or Use system setting. Change wind, precipitation, pressure, or distance units: Tap next to the current measurement unit, then choose an option. Send a report about the weather You can report the weather in your location if it doesnt match whats shown in the Weather app. 1. Go to the Weather app on your iPad. 2. Tap at the top of the sidebar, then tap Report an Issue. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. 3. Tap the options that best describe the weather conditions in your location, then tap Submit. The information you share with Apple isnt associated with your Apple Account. Check the weather in other locations on iPad Check the weather for any location around the world and quickly access forecasts for locations you save to your list. Search for another location 1. Go to the Weather app on your iPad. 2. Tap the search field at the top of the sidebar, then enter the name of the city, neighborhood, or location. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. Tip: To see your Home and Work locations in search results, go to Settings

> Apps > Weather, then turn on Home and Work. Also make sure to turn on Location Services for Weather. 3. Tap the location in the search results to display the forecast. 4. Do one of the following:

Add the location to your list: Tap

. Return to the list without adding the location: Tap , then tap again. To check the weather in locations you added to your list, swipe left or right, or tap

, then tap a location. Your list of locations stays up to date across your devices when youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Note: Neighborhood search results arent available in all locations. Add a location from the weather map You can add locations to the list to quickly check the weather in places important to you. 1. Go to the Weather app on your iPad. 2. While checking a forecast and conditions, tap the weather map, then change the location of the weather map. 3. Touch and hold where you want to add a location, then tap . Rearrange locations in your list 1. Go to the Weather app on your iPad. 2. Tap to display the sidebar. 3. Touch and hold the location, then move it up or down. Remove a location from your list 1. Go to the Weather app on your iPad. 2. Swipe left on the location in the sidebar. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. 3. Tap

. View weather maps on iPad You can use the Weather app to view large precipitation, temperature, air quality, and wind maps in your location or other areas. Note: Not all features are available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Feature availability and data sources in the Weather app. View a full-screen weather map 1. Go to the Weather app on your iPad. 2. Select a location, scroll down, tap the weather map, then tap to enlarge the map to full screen. Tap to reduce its size again. Note: The type of weather map shown can change depending on the weather conditions for the selected location. 3. To switch to a precipitation, temperature, air quality, or wind map, tap in the upper right. 4. In a precipitation or wind forecast map, do any of the following:

Show the timeline: Tap near the bottom of the map. Change the duration of the timeline: Tap , then switch between 12-

Hour Forecast and Next-Hour Forecast. 5. Tap to close the map. Change the location of the weather map 1. Go to the Weather app on your iPad. 2. Tap the weather map to enlarge it, then do any of the following:

Move the map: Drag it. Zoom in and out: Pinch the screen. View another location from your list: Tap a location in the sidebar or swipe left to see the next location in your list. Or while the map is enlarged, tap in the upper right, then tap a location. Return to your current location: Tap in the upper right. Add a location to your list, view its current conditions, or view it in Maps: Touch and hold the location on the map, then tap Add [location], View [location], or Open in Maps. 3. Tap to close the map. Manage weather notifications on iPad You can receive notifications when precipitation or certain severe weather events are forecasted in your current location. You can also receive notifications for locations you saved in your list. Note: Weather notifications arent available in all countries or regions. Turn on Precise Location When you turn on Precise Location, you receive more accurate notifications for your current location. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Privacy & Security, then tap Location Services. 3. Tap Weather, then tap Always. 4. Turn on Precise Location. Get weather notifications 1. Go to the Weather app on your iPad. 2. Tap in the sidebar, then tap Notifications. If prompted, allow notifications from the Weather app. If you dont see the sidebar, tap

. 3. Do any of the following:

Get notified about the weather at your current location: Below Current Location, turn on notifications for Severe Weather and Next-Hour Precipitation. Get notified about weather in other locations: Below Your Locations, tap a location, then turn on notifications for Severe Weather and Next-

Hour Precipitation. 4. Tap . Use Weather widgets on iPad Use Weather widgets to check the forecast and other weather conditions at a glance on your iPad Home Screen. You can choose from a variety of widget sizes and displays. See Add a widget to your Home Screen. Tip: You can add more than one Weather widget to your Home Screen so you can quickly check weather conditions and forecasts in different locations. Change the location shown in the Weather widget You can change the location that a Weather widget displays on your iPad Home Screen. 1. Touch and hold the Weather widget on your Home Screen. 2. Tap Edit Weather or Edit Stack. 3. Tap My Location, then search for a city or tap a location from your list that you want to display. 4. Tap the screen outside the widget to return to your iPad Home Screen. You can also put Weather widgets on your iPad Lock Screen. Learn the weather icons on iPad The icons in the Weather app haze. Heres a list of some of the weather icons and what they mean. indicate different weather conditions, like fog or Icon Description Sunrise Sunset Clear / Mostly clear Partly cloudy Haze Fog Windy / Breezy Icon Description Cloudy Thunderstorm Rain Heavy rain Drizzle / Freezing drizzle Snow Heavy snow / Blizzard Freezing rain / Sleet / Wintry mix Clear / Mostly clear (night) Partly cloudy (night) Drizzle (night) Siri How to use Siri on iPad Siri is an intelligent assistant thats built into your iPad to help you get things done. After you turn on Siri, you can use it to get everyday tasks done with your voice, or by typing requests to Siri. The more you use Siri, the better it knows what you need. Below are some examples of what you can use Siri to do. Additional examples appear throughout the guide. Want even more examples? Ask Siri something like, What can I do here?

Get information Ask Siri to spell or translate a word, perform calculations, get information from the web, and more. Ask Siri to get information Call, text, and email Use Siri with the Phone, FaceTime, Messages, and Mail apps to stay connected with friends and family, near and far. Call, text, and email with Siri Play music and podcasts Ask Siri to play your favorite music and podcasts and control audio playback. For example, ask Siri to play, pause, or skip songs. Play music and podcasts with Siri Control Apple devices and smart home accessories Control your iPad and other Apple devices with just your voice. You can also control smart home accessories that you set up in the Home app. Control your Apple devices and smart home accessories with Siri Navigate on and off the road You can ask Siri to get travel directions, report traffic incidents, share your estimated time of arrival (ETA), find nearby attractions, and more. Use Siri to get directions Use Siri with apps Ask Siri to complete actions in apps to help you complete everyday tasks. For example, while you have your hands full prepping dinner, ask Siri to add items to your grocery list. Use Siri with apps Do more with Apple Intelligence With Apple Intelligence,* you can type requests to Siri, get answers to questions about your Apple products, tap into ChatGPTs expertise, and more. Use Apple Intelligence with Siri Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, see the Siri, Dictation & Privacy website.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Find out what Siri can do Get information with Siri on iPad You can use Siri to get information from the web, your contacts, and apps. You can also ask Siri to spell or translate words, perform calculations and conversions, and more. When Location Services is turned on in Privacy & Security settings, Siri even provides information based on locationlike coffee shops near you. On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Ask Siri to get information What causes a rainbow?

Who made the first rocket that went to space?

How do you spell [X]?

How do you say Thank You in Mandarin?

What time is it?

What time is it in London?

Play a sound on my iPhone Wheres Gordon?

What was the score of last nights game?

How are the San Francisco Giants doing this season?

Whats 18 percent of 225?

How many centimeters are in an inch?

When is my uncles birthday?

Show me Janes information Hey Siri, whats the weather for today?

Whats the weather like in San Francisco?

Get information from the web Ask questions about time and place Get sports updates Get information about your contacts Spell or translate Find people and other Apple devices connected to your Find My app Get calculations and conversions Check the weather Call, text, and email with Siri on iPad You can use Siri with the Phone, FaceTime, Messages, and Mail apps to stay connected with friends and family, near and far. When Location Services is turned on in Privacy & Security settings, Siri even provides information about your location when you ask. Make calls On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Call Elizas mobile Return my last call Redial that last number FaceTime mom WARNING: Avoid distractions while driving. See Important safety information. Use Siri to send, read, and reply to text messages You can use Siri to send messages, read your incoming texts out loud, and reply to messages. Learn how to use Siri. On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Send a message to Mayuri saying, how about tomorrow?

Read my last message from Antonio Reply, thats great news!

Siri can send a message right after it has been read back to you. Go to Settings >

Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri) > Messaging with Siri, then turn on Automatically Send Messages. WARNING: Avoid distractions while driving. See Important safety information. Read and write emails in the Mail app On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Read me my emails Email this photo to mom Send an email to Ashley Share content with your contacts You can share onscreen items like photos, webpages, content from Apple Music or Apple Podcasts, Maps locations, and more with people in your contacts. For example, when looking at a photo in your photo library, activate Siri, then say something like Send this to mom to create a new message with the photo. Play music and podcasts with Siri on iPad Use Siri to play the music and podcasts you love and control playback on your iPad. Use Siri with Apple Music If you have an individual, family, or student subscription to Apple Music, you can ask Siri to play anything from the Apple Music catalog, find songs by lyrics, add music to your library, and more. On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Play Everything Is Peaceful Love by Bon Iver Play the playlist, Olivias Favorites Play songs by Ariana Grande Play some 90s alternative music Play some popular hip-hop songs Play some 80s music Play some mellow music Play music for a rainy day Play something happy Play music to study Play some workout music Favorite this song I dont like this song Play more music like this Play my Chill Mix Play my Discovery Station Play something I like Whats playing?

Who sings this song?

What album is this on?

Add this to my library Add this song to my Workout playlist Add this album to my Sunday Morning playlist Play R&B Now Radio Play Apple Music 1 Play Rap Life Radio Pause music Resume music Skip this song Turn up the volume Shuffle music Ask Siri something like Play a song with the lyrics and then say a key phrase from the lyrics. Play a specific song, album, artist, or playlist Play music that fits your mood Tell Siri what you like and dont like Find out whats playing Listen to live and on-demand radio Play songs based on their lyrics Play hits from a decade or genre Play music for an activity Play music picked just for you Add music to your library or playlist Control whats playing Tip: You can also identify a song playing on or near iPad by adding the Music at the top left, Recognition control to Control Center. Open Control Center, tap tap Add a Control at the bottom, then tap the Recognize Music icon. With a song

. playing, open Control Center, then tap Use Siri with Apple Podcasts Listen to your favorite podcasts, follow shows, and control playbackall with Siri. On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Play the latest episode of The Rest is History podcast Play the next episode Follow The Rest is History podcast Skip ahead three minutes Play this twice as fast Continue playing podcast Play and follow podcasts Control playback Control your Apple devices and smart home accessories with Siri on iPad Use Siri to control your iPad and other Apple devices with just your voicelike opening apps, adjusting settings, and locating your other Apple devices or items with AirTags. You can also control smart home accessories that you set up in the Home app. Control your iPad On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Open Photos Open Accessibility settings Open Calculator Siri, turn on the flashlight Turn up the volume Turn on the Work Focus Siri, hang up Speak screen Turn on Voice Control Turn on VoiceOver Turn on AssistiveTouch Turn on Guided Access Open apps and settings Adjust accessibility settings Adjust settings Control your home Ask Siri to turn on lights, adjust the thermostat, and control the products that you use in your homeeven when youre not there. To get started, find accessories that work with Apple Home. For information on how to set up smart home accessories with your iPhone or iPad, see the Apple Support article Add a smart home accessory to the Home app. On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Turn on the lights Turn on the security system Set the temperature to 68 degrees Turn down the kitchen lights Set my reading scene If you organize your accessories by room or zone, you can control areas of your house with a single command. Turn off the lights downstairs Turn on the fan in the office Start heating the upstairs Did I lock the front door?

Show me the entryway camera Did I close the garage door?

Play a song I like in the kitchen Move the music to the den Whats playing in the kitchen?

Set the dining room volume to 10 percent Remove the music from the kitchen Stop playing music everywhere If you have a home hub set up, you can ask Siri to control your home while youre away. Turn off the lights in the Chicago house Lock the front door Close the garage Turn accessories on Adjust an accessory and off Control a room or zone Play audio anywhere, or everywhere Control your accessories remotely Check your homes status Control audio Use Siri to get directions on iPad You can ask Siri to get travel directions, report traffic incidents, share your estimated time of arrival (ETA), find nearby attractions, and more. When Location Services is turned on in Privacy & Security settings, Siri even provides information based on locationlike reminding you of something when you leave a specific location. Get travel directions You can keep focused on the road by using Siri to get directions. And by listening to turn-by-turn spoken directions, you can follow driving, cycling, and walking directions without even looking at your iPad. On your iPad, ask Siri something like, Give me directions home, or see the ideas below for requests you can make. Give me driving directions home Give me walking directions home Give me transit directions to the Ferry Building Give me cycling directions home Get driving directions Get transit directions Get walking directions Get cycling directions Tip: You can ask for directions to your home, work, or school address when using Siri or searching in Maps. See Edit a pin. Use Siri on the road While youre on the road, you can use Siri to report traffic incidents, report the status of incidents in select countries or regions, share your estimated time of arrival (ETA), and more. On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Share my ETA Report an accident Theres something on the road Theres a speed check here The hazard is gone Clear the accident Stop navigating Share your ETA Report on the status of a hazard or accident Report traffic incidents End directions before you arrive Find nearby attractions, restaurants, or services On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Find coffee near me Find a gas station Find a charging station Use Siri with apps on iPad You can ask Siri to complete actions in apps to help you perform everyday tasks and shortcuts with your voice. When you turn on Siri Suggestions, you can also get suggested actions in your apps before you ask. When Location Services is turned on in Privacy & Security settings, Siri even provides information based on location like reminding you of something when you leave a specific location. You can also use Siri suggestions in apps. Use Siri across your apps On your iPad, activate Siri, then see the ideas below for requests you can make. Ask Siri to add an ingredient to the groceries list or remind you to do something at a specific time or place. For example, Add artichokes to my groceries list. or Remind me to pack an umbrella when I get home. Ask Siri to set alarms and timers. For example, Set an alarm for 7 a.m. or Set the timer for 3 minutes. Ask Siri to set up a calendar event. For example, Set up a meeting with Gordon at 9 or Whats on my calendar for Friday?

Ask Siri to view your passwords. For example, Show me my passwords. Ask Siri to get information about the stock market. For example, How are the markets doing? or Hows Apple stock today?

Add a reminder Create or change calendar events Get info about stocks Set an alarm or timer See your passwords Use Siri to listen to a webpage You can use Siri to read supported webpages aloud in the Safari app. Ask Siri something like, Read this or I want to listen to this page. Or without using Siri:

1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Open the page you want to listen to, tap , then tap Listen to Page. While listening to a webpage, tap

, then tap . To start listening again, tap

, then tap

. Keep track of your health and fitness You can use Siri to keep track of your health and fitness and log data. On supported models, activate Siri, then say something like:

How much did I sleep last night?

Log my 6AM medications as taken Log that my period started today Whats my heart rate?

How far have I walked today?

Let Siri make suggestions in apps Siri makes suggestions for what you might want to do next, such as call into a meeting or confirm an appointment, based on your routines and how you use your apps. For example, Siri might help when you do any of the following:

Glance at the Lock Screen or start a search: As Siri learns your routines, you get suggestions for just what you need, at just the right time. Create email and events: When you start adding people to an email or calendar event, Siri suggests the people you included in previous emails or events. Type: As you enter text, Siri can suggest names of movies, places, or anything you viewed on iPad recently. If you tell a friend youre on your way, Siri can even suggest your estimated arrival time. Confirm an appointment or book a flight on a travel website: (iPad Air 2 and later) Siri asks if you want to add it to your calendar. To turn off Siri suggestions for an app, see Siri Suggestions. Run shortcuts with Siri Apps can offer shortcuts for things you do frequently. You can use Siri to initiate these shortcuts with just your voice Some apps have Siri Shortcuts set up automatically. You can also create your own. Tap Add to Siri when you see a suggestion for a shortcut, then follow the onscreen instructions to record a phrase of your choice that performs the shortcut. To run a shortcut with your voice on your iPad, activate Siri, then speak your phrase for the shortcut. See Use Siri. You can also use the Shortcuts app to create a new shortcut that uses Siri, or to manage, re-record, and delete existing Siri Shortcuts. See the Shortcuts User Guide. Based on your routines and how you use your apps, Siri also suggests shortcuts on the Home Screen, the Lock Screen, and when you start a search. To turn off shortcut suggestions for an app, see Change Siri settings. Turn on and activate Siri on iPad Siri is an intelligent assistant thats built into your iPad to help you get things done. To get started, learn the basicslike how to turn Siri on and get its attention. Note: Siri is designed to protect your information and to let you choose what you share. To learn more, see the Siri, Dictation & Privacy website and the Improve Siri and Dictation & Privacy website. Turn on Siri Siri needs to be turned on before you can use it to get information. If you didnt set up Siri when you first set up your iPad, do the following:

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri), then tap Talk to Siri. 3. Choose one of the following:

Siri or Hey Siri: iPad listens for Siri or Hey Siri at the beginning of requests. Note: The option to say just Siri is available on supported iPad models in some languages and regions. Hey Siri: iPad listens for Hey Siri at the beginning of requests. To activate Siri with the top button, turn on Press Top Button for Siri. To change additional Siri settings, see Change Siri settings. Activate Siri After you turn on Siri, you need to activate it, then ask a question or make a request. Note: You must be connected to the internet to use Siri. 1. Do one of the following:

With your voice: Say Siri or Hey Siri. On an iPad with a Home button: Press and hold the Home button. On other iPad models: Press and hold the top button. With EarPods with Remote and Mic: (Sold separately) Press and hold the center or call button. 2. Ask a question or make a requestfor example, say something like Whats 18 percent of 225? or Set the timer for 3 minutes. Tip: To change how long Siri waits for you to finish speaking, go to the Settings app Longest below Siri Pause Time.

, tap Accessibility, tap Siri, then choose Default, Longer, or When you activate Siri with a button and iPad is muted, Siri responds silently. When you activate Siri with your voice, Siri responds out loud. To change this behavior, see Change how Siri responds. You can also activate Siri with a touch on supported AirPods. See Set Up Siri in the AirPods User Guide. Tip: To prevent iPad from responding to Siri or Hey Siri, place your iPad face down, or go to the Settings app for, then choose Off.

, tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri), tap Listen Make back-to-back requests After you activate Siri, you can make follow-up requests without reactivating it.

(Available on supported iPad models in some countries or regions.) 1. Activate Siri, then make a request. 2. Immediately after you make the request, make another one. For example, say Hey Siri, whats the weather like in San Francisco? What about Cupertino?

To override a request, interrupt Siri while Siri is speaking. Make a correction if Siri misunderstands you While making back-to-back requests: Repeat your request in a different way. If you arent making back-to-back requests: Tap in a different way.

, then repeat your request Spell out part of your request: Tap any words that Siri didnt understand. For example, say Call, then spell the persons name.

, then repeat your request by spelling out Change a message before sending it: Say Change it. Edit your request with text: If you see your request onscreen, you can edit it. Tap the request, then use the onscreen keyboard. Tip: To correct your request without reactivating Siri, make the corrected request immediately after the original one. (Available on supported iPad models in some countries and regions.) Type instead of speaking to Siri 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Accessibility, tap Siri, then turn on Tap to Siri. 3. To type a request, activate Siri, then use the keyboard and text field to ask a question or make a request. Turn off Siri 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri), then tap Talk to Siri (or Talk & Type to Siri). 3. Tap Off, then turn off Press Side Button for Siri. Note: The option to say just Siri is available on supported iPad models in some languages and regions. If Siri doesnt work as expected on your iPad, see the Apple Support article If Siri isnt working on your iPhone. Customize Siri Tell Siri about yourself on iPad You can provide information to Siriincluding things like your home and work addresses, and your relationshipsfor a more personalized experience so you can say things like Give me driving directions home and FaceTime mom. Tell Siri who you are 1. Open Contacts

, then fill out your contact information. 2. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 3. Tap My Information, then tap your name. Tell Siri how to say your name 1. Open Contacts

, then tap your contact card. 2. Tap Edit, scroll down and tap add field, select a pronunciation name field, then type how to say your name. You can also add a pronunciation for any other contact card in Contacts. See Edit contacts. Tell Siri about a relationship Say something like Sarah Milos is my sister or Hey Siri, Ashley Kamin is my mom. Keep what Siri knows about you up to date on your Apple devices On each device, go to the Settings app

, then sign in to the same Apple Account. If you use iCloud, your Siri settings stay up to date across your Apple devices using end-to-end encryption. If you dont want Siri personalization to stay up to date across iPad and your other devices, you can turn off Siri in iCloud settings. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap your name, then tap iCloud. 3. Tap See All, then turn off Siri. Note: If you have Location Services turned on, the location of your device at the time you make a request is also sent to Apple to help Siri improve the accuracy of its response to your requests. To deliver relevant responses, Apple may use the IP address of your internet connection to approximate your location by matching it to a geographic region. See Control the location information you share. Announce calls, messages, and more with Siri on iPad Siri can announce calls and notifications from apps like Messages on supported headphones. You can answer or reply using your voice without needing to say Hey Siri. Announce Calls and Announce Notifications also work with supported third-party apps. Have Siri announce calls With Announce Calls, Siri identifies incoming FaceTime calls, which you can accept or decline using your voice. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri). 3. Tap Announce Calls, then choose an option. 4. When a call comes in, Siri identifies the caller, and asks if you want to answer the call. Say yes to accept the call or no to decline it. Have Siri announce notifications Siri can automatically announce incoming notifications from apps like Messages and Reminders. Siri automatically enables app notifications for apps that use time-

sensitive notifications, but you can change the settings at any time. To learn more about time-sensitive notifications, see Set up a Focus. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri). 3. Tap Announce Notifications, then turn on Announce Notifications. 4. Tap an app you want Siri to announce notifications from, then turn on Announce Notifications. For some apps, you can also choose whether to announce all notifications or only time-sensitive notifications. For apps where you can send a reply, like Messages, Siri repeats what you said, then asks for confirmation before sending your reply. To send replies without waiting for confirmation, turn on Reply Without Confirmation. Respond to Siri announcements hands-free You can nod or shake your head to respond to Siri announcements while youre wearing supported AirPods. So if youre on the bus to work, you can still use Siri for managing calls, messages, and notifications without having to speak out loud. See Use controls and gestures with your AirPods in the AirPods User Guide. Siri Suggestions on iPad When you turn on Siri Suggestions, you get suggested actions in some apps even before you ask. For example, when you get an invitation in Mail, youre asked if you want to add it to your calendar. Or when you browse webpages, you get suggestions for related webpages. You can also customize the apps Siri has access to. Turn Siri Suggestions on or off for an app Siri Suggestions are on by default for your apps. You can turn them off or change the settings at any time. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri), then tap Apps. 3. Tap an app, then turn settings on or off. Change Siri Suggestions settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri), then turn on or off any of the following:

Suggest Apps Before Searching Allow Notifications Show in App Library Show When Sharing Show Listening Suggestions Your personal informationwhich is encrypted and remains privatestays up to date across all your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. As Siri learns about you on one device, your experience with Siri is improved on your other devices. If you dont want Siri personalization to update across your devices, you can disable Siri in iCloud settings. See Keep what Siri knows about you up to date on your Apple devices. Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, see the Siri Suggestions, Search & Privacy website. Change Siri settings on iPad You can change the voice Siri uses, prevent access to Siri when your device is locked, retrain Siri with your voice, and more. For information about how to set up and use Siri, see Use Siri. To change settings for Siri Suggestions, see Siri Suggestions. Change how Siri responds You can customize Siri by choosing the language and voice Siri uses. You can further customize Siri responses by choosing to mute Siri, show what Siri says on screen, and show what you say on screen. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri), then do any of the following:

Change the voice for Siri: Tap Voice, then choose a different variety or voice (not available for all languages). Change the language Siri responds to: Tap Language, then select a new language. Change when Siri provides voice responses: Tap Siri Responses, then choose an option below Spoken Responses. Always see the response from Siri onscreen: Tap Siri Responses, then turn on Always Show Siri Captions. See your request onscreen: Tap Siri Responses, then turn on Always Show Request. Tip: To change how long Siri waits for you to finish speaking, go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then choose Default, Longer, or Longest below Siri Pause Time. Change when Siri responds You can customize when Siri responds to your voice. You can also choose which language Siri responds to. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri), then do any of the following:

Prevent Siri from responding to the voice request Siri or Hey Siri:

Tap Talk to Siri (or Talk & Type to Siri), then tap Off. Prevent access to Siri when iPad is locked: Turn off Allow Siri When Locked. You can also make requests by typing. See Type instead of speaking to Siri. Retrain Siri with your voice 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri). 3. Tap Talk to Siri, then tap Off. 4. Turn on Siri or Hey Siri again, then follow the onscreen instructions. Change Siri settings for FaceTime and Messages You can perform tasks for FaceTime and Messages with just your voice. With Siri, you can hang up calls and skip the confirmation step when sending messages. You can enable these features in Settings. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Siri (or Apple Intelligence & Siri), then do any of the following:

Hang up FaceTime calls: Tap Call Hang Up, then turn on Call Hang Up. See Make FaceTime calls. Send messages without confirmation: Tap Messaging with Siri, then turn on Automatically Send Messages. See Send and reply to messages. On supported headphones, Siri can also announce calls, messages, and more. Change which apps appear in search You can change which apps appear when you search with Siri. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Search, then select an app. 3. Turn settings on or off. To change Siri accessibility settings, see Change Siri accessibility settings. Apple Intelligence Use Apple Intelligence on your iPad With iPadOS 26, Apple Intelligence* is integrated across your apps and experiences to help you communicate, express yourself, and get things done more easily. It delivers intelligence thats useful and relevant for you, all while protecting your privacy. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS. Turn on Apple Intelligence If Apple Intelligence is off, you can turn it on to access the latest features across iPadOS 26. Go to the Settings app

, tap Apple Intelligence & Siri, then do one of the following:

Tap the button next to Apple Intelligence. Tap Turn on Apple Intelligence. The option you see is based on the version of iPadOS you have and if youve previously set up Apple Intelligence. Find the perfect words Transform how you communicate using Writing Tools that can summarize text, proofread your work, and help you find the right wording and tone. How to use Writing Tools Create one-of-a-kind images and your own emoji Produce fun, original images in moments with Image Playground or Image Wand. You can also make custom emoji from simple text descriptions with Genmoji. How to create original images How to create your own emoji How to use Image Wand Do more with Siri Type requests to Siri, get answers to questions about your Apple products, and more. How to use Apple Intelligence with Siri Tap into ChatGPT Access ChatGPT within Apple Intelligence experiences, and tap into even more expertise when you use Siri, Writing Tools, Image Playground, and more. How to use ChatGPT with Apple Intelligence Communicate across languages in real time With Live Translation, you can automatically translate messages in the Messages app, display live translated captions in FaceTime, and get spoken translations for calls in the Phone app. Translate messages and calls Use Apple Intelligence with apps View your most urgent emails, craft quick email responses with Smart Reply, and summarize long emails. Use Apple Intelligence in Mail See summaries of unread conversations, send original images and customize backgrounds with Image Playground, craft fast responses with Smart Reply, and more. Use Apple Intelligence in Messages After you record audio, use Apple Intelligence to generate a summary of the transcript. Use Apple Intelligence in Notes Generate a summary of a phone call you record, and view voicemail summaries. Use Apple Intelligence in Phone on iPad Find photos with natural-language search, create memory movies, and remove distracting objects with Clean Up. Use Apple Intelligence in Photos Use Apple Intelligence to get suggested reminders, and automatically categorize related reminders into sections within a list. Use Apple Intelligence in Reminders Use Apple Intelligence to generate a summary of a webpage in the Safari app. Get webpage summaries with Apple Intelligence Intelligent actions in Shortcuts can summarize text, create images, tap directly into Apple Intelligence models, and more. Use Apple Intelligence in Shortcuts Check the Apple Intelligence website for more information about features, supported devices, and languages. Mail Notes Photos Safari And more Messages Phone Reminders Shortcuts Turn off Apple Intelligence Go to the Settings app Apple Intelligence.

, tap Apple Intelligence & Siri, then tap the button next to

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models, and outputs may be inaccurate, unexpected, or offensive. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Translate messages and calls on iPad With Apple Intelligence,* you can use Live Translation for text messages, audio and video calls across different languages. For example, when youre traveling abroad and need to communicate with people you meet, Live Translation can help bridge language barriers in real time. Live Translation is integrated into the Messages, FaceTime, and Phone apps. Live Translation uses Apple-built models that run entirely on device, so your personal conversations stay private. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. For more information on Apple Intelligence and privacy, see Apple Intelligence and privacy. Download languages Before using Live Translation features in the Messages, FaceTime, and Phone apps, you need to download the input and output languages. Translate texts in Messages In the Messages app, you can use Live Translation, enabled by Apple Intelligence,*

to see incoming texts in other languages, automatically translated to your preferred language. Note: Live Translation in Messages is available in Chinese (Simplified), English (UK, U.S.), French (France), German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish (Spain). 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. When you receive a message in a different language, do any of the following:

Choose a different language: Tap the contact or group icon at the top of the conversation, scroll down, then tap Translate From or Translate To. View the original text: At the bottom of the conversation, tap Translating [language], then choose to see the original text in addition to the translated text. Turn off Live Translation for the conversation: At the bottom of the conversation, tap Translating [language], then tap Stop Translation. See translated captions in FaceTime During a FaceTime call with someone who speaks a different language, you can use Live Translation, enabled by Apple Intelligence* to see translated captions in your preferred language. Note: Live Translation in FaceTime is available for one-on-one calls in English (UK, U.S.), French (France), German, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish (Spain). 1. Go to the FaceTime app on your iPad. 2. During a call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible). 3. Tap

, then tap Live Captions. A Live Captions window appears, showing the automatically transcribed dialogue of the call near the top of the screen. See translations during phone calls During a call in the Phone app with someone who speaks a different language, you can use Live Translation, enabled by Apple Intelligence* to follow along with spoken and text translation in your preferred language. Note: Live Translation in Phone is available for one-on-one calls in English (UK, U.S.), French (France), German, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish (Spain). 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. During a phone call, tap

, then tap Live Translation. 3. Choose the language spoken by the caller and your preferred language. 4. Tap Start Translation.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Create original images with Image Playground on iPad In the Image Playground app, you can use Apple Intelligence* to combine concepts, text descriptions, and people from your photo library to create images within seconds. You can also use Image Playground to create images in Messages, Freeform, and more. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Create or edit an image 1. Go to the Image Playground app on your iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Create a new image: Tap New Image. Edit an existing image: Tap an image, then tap

. 3. Add what you want to your image. You can combine up to seven elements to create original images. Concepts: Swipe left to browse conceptsthemes, expressions, costumes, accessories, or placesthen tap an option. A description: Tap Describe an image, enter a description, then tap . A person: Tap Person, choose a person from your photo library, then choose a starting point. To add a person from Photos, you need to name them in the Photos app. If you already added a person and want to change how they look,

. See Customize tap a persons appearance.

, tap Edit, choose a new starting point, then tap If you provide a description thats different from the image you usefor example, the name in Photos doesnt match the name in your descriptionyour image is personalized based on the photo you selected rather than the text description. Tip: You can also create an image of a person without using a photo from your library. Tap Person, tap Appearance, choose a skin tone and appearance, then tap

. A photo of somethinglike a pet, nature, or food: Tap an option.

, then choose 4. Tap Style, then select a style. Apple Intelligence styles: Select Animation, Illustration, or Sketch, or create Genmoji. When you create Genmoji, theyre saved with your stickers. ChatGPT styles:*** Tap ChatGPT, then select a style, or choose Any Style to describe you want. For example, you could enter a realistic image of a stork for a baby shower invitation. Note: Changing the image style creates a new set of previews. 5. Refine your image by doing any of the following:

See variations: Tap the preview bubble, then swipe left or right. Remove a concept: Tap

. 6. When youre happy with your image, tap Save in the top-right corner to save it to your gallery. If you created a Genmoji, tap Add Emoji to add it with your stickers. If youre editing a previously saved image, tap Doneyoure asked if you want to update it or save it as a new image. To view the image in your gallery, tap . In addition to using the Image Playground app, you can also use Image Playground features to create original images in apps like Freeform and Messages. See Create and send original images in Messages and Create original images in Freeform. Customize a persons appearance When you create an image based on a person from your photo library, you can change their appearance by choosing a different photo as a starting point or changing personal attributes like hairstyle, facial hair, and eyewear. 1. Go to the Image Playground app on your iPad. 2. Tap New Image, or tap an image, then tap

. 3. Do any of the following:

Choose a different photo: Tap Choose Other Photo, then tap a photo to choose it. Choose the hairstyle, facial hair, or eyewear: Tap Customize Appearance, then choose options from the pop-up menus. Tip: If the starting point still isnt quite right, try entering a description in the Additional details field. For example, if you added prescription glasses, but theyre the wrong color, you can enter blue glasses or make the glasses yellow. Return to the original starting point: Tap Reset Appearance. 4. When youre happy with your starting point, tap

. Copy, share, or save an image 1. Go to the Image Playground app on your iPad. 2. Touch and hold an image, then do any of the following:

Copy or duplicate your image: Tap Copy or Duplicate. Add a caption to your image: Tap Add Caption, enter an image description, then tap Done. Share your image: Tap , then choose a share option. Save your image to your photo library: Tap , then tap Save Image. Delete an image Note: If you delete an image from Image Playground, its deleted on all your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. 1. Go to the Image Playground app on your iPad. 2. Tap an image in the gallery, then tap . Create and send original images in Messages You can create images with Image Playground directly in the Messages app. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Start a new message or open a conversation. 3. Tap

, then tap Image Playground. 4. Do one of the following:

Select an image you previously created: Tap Gallery at the top, select your image, then tap

. Create a new image: Tap Create at the top, follow instructions to create an image, then tap

. 5. When youre ready to send your image, tap

. Create original images in Freeform You can create images with Image Playground directly in the Freeform app. 1. Go to the Freeform app on your iPad. 2. Open a board, or tap to start a new one. 3. Do one of the following:

Create a new image: Tap follow instructions to create an image. in the toolbar, tap Image Playground, then Use elements from your board: Select up to six images, drawings, text boxes, stickies, or shapes that you want to use, tap them, then tap Add to Playground. Replace an existing image with an image created in Image Playground:

Add an image, select the image, tap Playground, then follow instructions to create an image.

, tap Replace, tap Image 4. Tap to add the image to your board. You can also use Image Playground in other appssuch as Keynote, Pages, Apple Invites, and supported third-party apps. You can block access to image creation features, like Image Playground, in Screen Time settings. See Block access to image creation features.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence.

***When using the ChatGPT extension, you choose what content to send to ChatGPT. Your request and attachments, as well as limited data associated with the request, such as current time zone, country, device type, language, and feature being used when making the request, are sent to ChatGPT to answer your request and enable ChatGPT to provide you accurate and relevant results. Create your own emoji with Genmoji on iPad With Apple Intelligence,* you can create custom emojicalled Genmoji. Simply describe what you want the Genmoji to look like, combine existing emoji with descriptions, or create one of friends and family based on their photos. You can add Genmoji to messages, share them as a sticker or Tapback, and more. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Create Genmoji 1. Tap a text field, then tap or to switch to the emoji keyboard. 2. Tap Genmoji at the top right of the onscreen keyboard. 3. Add what you want to your Genmoji. You can mix and match up to seven elements to create original Genmoji. Concepts: Swipe left to browse conceptsthemes, expressions, costumes, accessories, or placesthen tap an option. Existing emoji or Genmoji: Tap an emoji below Suggestions, or tap choose a different emoji. to A description: Tap Describe a Genmoji, enter a description, then tap .

, choose a person from your photo library or an emoji. A person: Tap To add a person or pet from Photos, you need to name them in the Photos app. If you already added a person and want to change how they look, tap , tap Edit, choose a new starting point, then tap point of a Genmoji. See Edit the starting If you provide a description thats different from the image you usefor example, the name in Photos doesnt match the name in your descriptionyour image is personalized based on the photo you selected rather than the text description. Tip: You can also create a Genmoji of a person based on an emoji. Tap

, tap Edit, choose a skin tone and appearance, then tap

. 4. Refine your image by doing any of the following:

See variations: Tap the preview bubble, then swipe left or right. Remove a concept: Tap

. 5. When youre happy with your Genmoji, tap

. Genmoji you create are saved with your stickers. You can also create a Genmoji in Image Playground. See Create original images with Image Playground. Edit the starting point of a Genmoji You can change the appearance of a person by choosing a different photo as a starting point or changing personal attributes like hairstyle, facial hair, and eyewear. 1. While creating a Genmoji based on a person, tap , then tap Edit. 2. Do any of the following:

Choose a different photo: Tap Choose Other Photo, then tap a photo to choose it. Choose the hairstyle, facial hair, or eyewear: Tap Customize Appearance, then choose options from the pop-up menus. Tip: If the starting point still isnt quite right, try entering a description in the Additional details field. For example, if you added prescription glasses, but theyre the wrong color, you can enter blue glasses or make the glasses yellow. Return to the original starting point: Tap Reset Appearance. 3. When youre happy with your starting point, tap

. Delete Genmoji 1. Tap a text field, then tap or to switch to the emoji keyboard. 2. Swipe right or tap

. 3. Tap

, touch and hold a Genmoji, then tap Delete.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Image Wand with Apple Intelligence on iPad With Apple Intelligence,* you can use Image Wand in the Notes app to create images based on rough sketches you create. You can also select empty space to create an image based on words and images from the surrounding area. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Create an image from a rough sketch 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open an existing note or tap to start a new note. 3. Tap

, then create a sketch using your finger or Apple Pencil. 4. Tap the Image Wand button, circle your sketch, enter a description, then tap

. 5. Swipe through the created images to find one you like. 6. Tap Style to choose a different styleAnimation, Illustration, or Sketch. To refine your image, tap a description, then edit it. To save it, tap . Create an image from surrounding content Apple Intelligence can create images based on the words and images around it. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open a note, tap

, then tap the Image Wand button. 3. Circle an area near the content you want to illustrate. Re-create an existing image When you create an image with Image Playground, all the elements used to create it are savedsketches, descriptions, characters, and people. You can modify, add, or subtract elements in an existing created image. 1. Tap a created image. 2. Tap

. The image shows the elements used to create it. 3. Do any of the following:

Add a new element: Enter a description, then tap

. Modify an element: Tap a description, edit the text, then tap . Remove an element: Tap

. 4. When youre finished, tap Done.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Apple Intelligence with Siri on iPad Siri is the intelligent assistant thats built into your iPad to simplify and accelerate everyday tasks. With Apple Intelligence,* Siri has a new design, and is more natural and helpful. When Siri is activated, the Siri search field appears and remains until you close it, so you can continue what youre doing while you talk to Siri. Siri also follows along if you stumble over your words while making a request. For example, you might say, Siri, set an alarmwait no, sorry, I meant a timer for 10 minutesactually, lets make that 15. Siri understands what you meant and starts a timer for 15 minutes. In addition to using your voice, you can type requests to Siri. You can also tap into Siris product knowledge to get answers to questions about your Apple products. And with your permission, Siri can tap into ChatGPT to get even more expertise. See Use ChatGPT with Apple Intelligence. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Siri availability and features vary by language, and by country and region. For more information, see the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Type to Siri When you dont want to speak out loud, you can type to Sirifor example, when youre in a quiet place like a meeting or a library. To quickly type to Siri, double-tap the bottom of the screen, then enter your request. If Apple Intelligence is turned off or unavailable in your language or region, you can still type to Siri by changing accessibility settings. See Change Siri accessibility settings. Make requests to Siri that maintain context With Apple Intelligence, you can make requests to Siri that build on your previous requests, maintaining the context of what you just said. For example, you can say or type something like How are the San Francisco Giants doing this season? Then ask, When are they playing next? And finally: Add that to my calendar. 1. Activate Siri, then make a request. 2. Immediately after you make the request, make another one. Ask Siri questions about your Apple products You can tap into Siris product knowledge to get answers to questions about your iPadas well as other Apple products like iPhone, Mac, Apple TV, Apple Watch, AirPods, and HomePod. Activate Siri, then, in a supported language, say or type something like:

How do I take a screenshot on my iPad?

How do I unlock an iPad?

How do I download podcasts on iPad?

How do I FaceTime on iPad?

How do I screen record on iPad?

How do I turn off my iPad?

How do I play sound from my TV through HomePod?

How do I fix a photo if I caught someone blinking?

How do I use Apple Pencil on iPad?

Note: To learn more about Apple Intelligence and Privacy, see Apple Intelligence and privacy. To learn more about Privacy and Siri, see Siri, Dictation & Privacy.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Writing Tools with Apple Intelligence on iPad With Apple Intelligence,* you can use Writing Tools to proofread your work, create different versions of the same text to help you find the right wording and tone, and summarize selected text. Writing Tools are available in most places you write, including third-party apps and websites. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Proofread text 1. Select the text you want to refine, then tap

. Tip: You can also tap in the top-right corner of the keyboard. 2. Tap Proofread. Apple Intelligence checks your text for grammatical and spelling errors. All changes are underlined with a glowing line. 3. Do any of the following:

View changes and an explanation for each change: Tap bottom. and at the Discard a change: Tap Use Original. Switch between the updated and original versions of your text: Tap Original. Revert to the unedited version of your text: Tap

. 4. When youre finished, tap

. Rewrite text After writing or reading textlike class notes or a blog postyou can rewrite it to ensure everything reads just right. You can also adjust the tone of your writing to suit the audience and task at hand. 1. Select the text you want to refine, then tap

. Tip: You can also tap in the top-right corner of the keyboard. 2. Do any of the following:

Rewrite text: Tap Rewrite. Rewrite the text in a particular tone: Tap Friendly, Professional, or Concise. Rewrite the text based on a description: Tap Describe your change, then enter a descriptionMake this more enthusiastic, for example. A rewritten version of your text appears inline. If you selected text in a read-

only document, like a PDF, the text appears in the Writing Tools dialog. 3. Do any of the following:

Try the rewrite again: Tap Rewrite. Switch between the updated and original versions of your text: Tap Original. Undo a change: Tap to show the previous change. Revert to the unedited version of your text: Tap

. Copy the rewrite of read-only text: Tap Copy in the Writing Tools dialog. 4. When youre finished, tap

. Summarize and organize text After writing or reading text, you can use Apple Intelligence to generate a summary. You can also have the summary presented as bulleted key points, or have the original text organized in a list or table. 1. Select the text you want to summarize or organize, then tap . Tip: You can also tap in the top-right corner of the keyboard. 2. Do any of the following:

Summarize text: Tap Summarize. Summarize the key points of the text: Tap Key Points. Organize the original text in a list: Tap List. Organize the original text in a table: Tap Table. A rewritten version of your text appears. 3. After viewing the summary, do any of the following:

Copy the summary: Tap Copy. Replace the original text with the summary: Tap Replace. Note: Replace is not an option if the source text is not editable. Share the summary: Tap Share, then choose a share option. 4. When youre finished, tap

. If you turn on the ChatGPT extension, you can compose text with Writing Tools. To turn on the extension and learn about availability, see Use ChatGPT with Apple Intelligence.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use ChatGPT with Apple Intelligence on iPad If you choose to allow Apple Intelligence to work with ChatGPT from OpenAI,* you can do the following:

Get more answers from Siri:

Siri can tap into ChatGPT to provide more in-depth answers for certain requests for example, insights about photos and documents. Compose text in Writing Tools:

Writing Tools can use ChatGPT to create text or images from just a description. Use new styles in Image Playground:

Image Playground uses ChatGPT to give you an expanded range of visual styles for image creation. Use a model in Shortcuts:

Shortcuts can use ChatGPT to handle even more complex requests. Connect your ChatGPT account:

You dont need a ChatGPT account, but if you have onefree or paidyou can connect to your account. With a ChatGPT paid account, your iPad can use advanced ChatGPT capabilities more often. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. The ChatGPT extension is available only in regions where the ChatGPT app and service are available. Refer to OpenAI for ChatGPT availability. Set up ChatGPT When you first compose text with Writing Tools or use Siri to get answers from ChatGPT, you may be prompted to turn on the ChatGPT extension. You can also set up ChatGPT in Settings. Note: You must be at least 13 years old or the minimum age required in your country to consent to use ChatGPT. For more information, see OpenAI Terms of Use. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apple Intelligence & Siri. 3. Below Extensions, tap ChatGPT, then tap Set Up. 4. Do one of the following:

Use ChatGPT without an account: Tap Enable ChatGPT. Use ChatGPT with an existing account: Tap Use ChatGPT with an Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: If you want your requests saved to your ChatGPT chat history, you must be signed in to a ChatGPT account. If you later decide to use ChatGPT with an account, go to Settings Intelligence & Siri, tap ChatGPT, then tap Sign In.

> Apple Compose text with Writing Tools After you set up the ChatGPT extension, you can compose text with Writing Tools. 1. While typing, tap the text field, then tap

. 2. Swipe up.then tap Compose. 3. Describe what you want ChatGPT to writefor example, A bedtime story about a girl who visits a magical world where she befriends a caterpillar on its journey to becoming a butterfly choose Include All Text or Selected Text, then tap

. 4. If youre asked for more details, tap a field, enter a response, then tap or tap Ignore to continue without adding details. 5. After viewing the text, do any of the following:

Rewrite text: Tap Rewrite. Incorporate suggestions by ChatGPT: Tap an option, then tap

. Revert to the unedited version of your text: Tap

. 6. When youre finished, tap

. Use Siri to get answers from ChatGPT After you set up the ChatGPT extension, Siri can tap into ChatGPT when it might be helpful to get the information youre looking for. Activate Siri, then, in a supported language, say or type something like:

Hey Siri, ask ChatGPT to compose a haiku about dragons. What should I get my uncle for his 70th birthday? He loves to fish. Hey Siri, ask ChatGPT for some ideas of how to spend a free afternoon in Malibu if I dont feel like hitting the beach. Hey Siri, compose a limerick about a tiger named Terry. What kind of recipes can I make with this? with a photo of fruit open in the Photos app. Hey Siri, ask ChatGPT to summarize this document for me, with a documentlike a PDF of a home inspection reportopen in the Files app. If Siri determines that ChatGPT would be helpful, it asks if you want to use ChatGPT to fulfill the request. Youre always asked to confirm before any photos or files are sent to ChatGPT. Tip: If you want to have Siri send a request without confirming, you can start your question with Ask ChatGPT. You can also turn o Siri confirmations in Settings. See Send requests to ChatGPT without confirming. Send requests to ChatGPT without confirming You control when ChatGPT is used and are asked before any of your information is shared. You can choose to let Siri send requests to ChatGPT automatically without asking. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apple Intelligence & Siri. 3. Below Extensions, tap ChatGPT. 4. Turn off Confirm ChatGPT Requests. Youre always asked before any photos or files are sent to ChatGPT. Turn off ChatGPT 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apple Intelligence & Siri. 3. Tap ChatGPT, then turn off Use ChatGPT. If you want to prevent Siri from suggesting ChatGPT when you make a request, turn off ChatGPT, then turn off Setup Prompts. You can block access to the ChatGPT extension in Screen Time settings. See Block access to Intelligence Extensions. ChatGPT and privacy When using the ChatGPT extension, you choose what content to send to ChatGPT. Your request and attachments, as well as limited data associated with the request, such as current time zone, country, device type, language, and feature being used when making the request, are sent to ChatGPT to answer your request and enable ChatGPT to provide you accurate and relevant results. Your IP address is obscured from ChatGPT, but your general location is provided for purposes such as enabling ChatGPT to prevent fraud and comply with applicable law. If you access the ChatGPT extension without an account, only the information described above will be sent to ChatGPT. OpenAl does not receive any information tied to your Apple Account. OpenAl must process your data solely for the purpose of fulfilling your request, and not store your request or any responses it provides unless required under applicable laws. OpenAl also must not use your request to improve or train its models. When you are signed in to a ChatGPT account, your ChatGPT account settings and OpenAIs data privacy policies apply. For more information, see ChatGPT Extension & Privacy.

*Apple Intelligence and ChatGPT use generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Summarize notifications and reduce interruptions with Apple Intelligence on iPad With its deep understanding of language, Apple Intelligence* can help condense the information most important to you. Notifications are summarized so you can scan them for key details, such as when a group chat is particularly active. Your iPad can also determine which notifications have priority over others. And the Reduce Interruptions Focus shows you only the notifications that might need immediate attention, like a text about an early pickup from daycare. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Customize notification summaries Your iPad can summarize long or stacked notifications, making them easier to understand at a glance. 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Notifications. 2. Tap Summarize Notifications, turn on Summarize Notifications, then tap Choose Notifications to Summarize. 3. Tap the notifications you want to summarize, then tap Summarize Selected Notifications. To change which notifications you want to summarize, tap the button next to an app. Turn notification summaries on or off 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Notifications. 2. Tap Summarize Notifications, then turn Summarize Notifications on or off. Turn priority notifications on Your iPad can determine which notifications have priority over others. Priority notifications appear at the top of the stack, so you can catch up on what you may have missed. 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Notifications. 2. Tap Prioritize Notifications, then turn Prioritize Notifications on. To turn off priority notifications, turn Prioritize Notifications off. To change which notifications you want to prioritize, tap the button next to an app. You can also change settings when you receive a priority notification on the Lock Screen. When a priority notification appears, do one of the following:

Turn off Priority Notifications for a specific app: Swipe left, tap Options, then tap Turn Off All [app] Notifications. Turn off all Priority Notifications: Swipe left, tap Options, then tap Turn Off Prioritization. Use the Reduce Interruptions Focus The Reduce Interruptions Focus understands the content of your notifications and shows you the most important ones, but silences notifications that are less important. You can customize a Reduced Interruptions Focus. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Tap at the top right, then tap Reduce Interruptions. 3. Tap Customize Focus, then tap People or Apps. Note: When you turn on Intelligent Breakthrough & Silencing for any Focus, any notifications specifically allowed or silenced will always be allowed or silenced.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Apple Intelligence with apps Use Apple Intelligence in Mail on iPad Apple Intelligence* makes it easier than ever to stay on top of your email. In addition to using Writing Tools to craft your outgoing messages, you can use Priority Messages to quickly view your most urgent emails, like a same-day dinner invitation or boarding pass. Smart Reply helps you compose a fast email response to make sure you covered everything. You can also summarize a complex email to view pertinent details and get caught up on a long email thread. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. View Priority Messages in your inbox 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap your inbox, tap

, tap

, then tap Show Priority. Time-sensitive emails appear at the top of your inbox. Note: Priority Messages appear in the Primary category or in List View. Use Smart Reply in Mail 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap an email, then tap

. 3. In the keyboard, tap a suggested reply. Apple Intelligence drafts a reply in the email. To refine your reply, see Find the right words with Writing Tools. 4. When youre ready to send your reply, tap

. Summarize your email Apple Intelligence can help you summarize a complex email, or catch up on a long email thread in seconds. 1. Go to the Mail app on your iPad. A short summary automatically appears under each email in your inbox. 2. Tap

, tap an email, then tap Summarize. Note: You may need to scroll to the top of the screen for the Summarize button to appear. A summary appears at the top of the screen. If the message is part of an email thread, the contents of the thread are summarized. Turn email summary previews on or off When you turn on Apple Intelligence, summaries automatically appear under your emails. You can turn off summaries if you want to see the first lines of the most recent message instead. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Apps, then tap Mail. 3. Turn Summarize Message Previews on or off.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Apple Intelligence in Messages on iPad Apple Intelligence* allows you to get through your messages even faster with summaries that show you the key points of each conversation, and Smart Reply, which helps you quickly craft a response. You can also use Apple Intelligence to personalize your conversations by doing any of the following:

Create original backgrounds Create and send original images Create your own emoji with Genmoji Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. View message summaries 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Look under a conversation in the Messages list to see a summary of unread messages in that conversation. Use Smart Reply in Messages 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Tap a conversation, tap the text field, then tap a suggested reply in the keyboard. Apple Intelligence drafts a reply in the text field. To refine your reply, see Find the right words with Writing Tools. 3. When youre ready to send your reply, tap

. Turn message summaries on or off When you turn on Apple Intelligence, summaries automatically appear under your message conversations. You can turn off summaries if you want to see the most recent message in each conversation instead. 1. Go to Settings

> Apps > Messages. 2. Turn Summarize Messages on or off. Get suggested polls You can start a poll in any iMessage conversationfor example, to decide what a group wants to eat, which movie to see, or where to travel. Apple Intelligence can suggest a poll when it detects different options in a conversation. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Start a new group message or open a group conversation to discuss different options. 3. Click Create a Poll when it appears. Create and edit original backgrounds with Image Playground You can use Image Playground to create backgrounds for your Messages conversations. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. Go to the conversation where you want to add a photo to the background. 3. Tap the name of the person or group at the top of the conversation, then tap Backgrounds. 4. Tap Playground, then do any of the following:

Add a concept: Swipe left to browse conceptsthemes, expressions, costumes, accessories, or placesthen tap an option. Add a description: Tap Describe an image, enter a description, then tap

. Remove a concept: Tap

. 5. When youre happy with your image, tap

. Tip: Customize your background even more by choosing a filter for your imagejust swipe left to Black & White, Duotone, or Color Wash. You can also pinch the image in and out to crop it. 6. Tap to add the background to your conversation.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Apple Intelligence in Notes on iPad You can record audio in Noteslike a class lecture or an important meetingthen use Apple Intelligence* to generate a summary of the transcript, so you can get to the most important information at a glance. You can also copy and share summaries. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. View a summary of an audio recording in Notes After you record an audio note in the Notes app, you can see a summary of the recording. In some countries and regions, you can record a phone call when youre talking to one other person. If you recorded a phone call or FaceTime call, you can also view those summaries in Notes on your iPad. 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open a note with a recording. 3. Tap the recording, then tap Summary. Tip: You can also summarize an audio recording in Voice Memos using Writing Tools. Tap a recording, tap summarize and organize text.

, tap View Transcript, then follow the steps to Copy or share a summary 1. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 2. Open a note with a recording. 3. Tap the recording, then tap Summary. 4. Tap at the top of the summary, then tap Copy Summary or Share Summary.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Apple Intelligence in Phone on iPad You can use Apple Intelligence* to generate a summary of phone and FaceTime audio calls you make on your iPad. If you record a phone call on your iPad, you can also view those summaries in the Notes app. You can copy and share summaries You can also view summaries of voicemails that appear inline with missed calls, so you can instantly see who reached out and what they said. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. View a summary of a phone call After you record a call in the Phone app or record a FaceTime audio call, you can see a summary of the recording. Note: Call recording isnt available in all countries or regions. Check the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website for more information. 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Record a call. Your recording is saved in the Notes app. 3. Go to the Notes app on your iPad. 4. Open the recording of your call (in the Call Recordings folder). 5. Tap the recording, then tap Summary. To copy or share a summary, tap Summary or Share Summary. View voicemail summaries at the top of the summary, then tap Copy 1. Go to the Phone app on your iPad. 2. Tap Calls, tap

, then tap Voicemail. 3. Look below the Voicemail list to see a summary of unread voicemails. To turn o voicemail summaries, turn o Summarize Notifications for FaceTime and Phone. See Customize notification summaries.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Apple Intelligence in Photos on iPad With Apple Intelligence,* you can find just about anything in the photos and videos you capture, create memory movies of stories you want to see, and focus on the most important parts of your photos by removing distracting objects. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Search for specific photos and videos with Apple Intelligence Apple Intelligence makes it even easier to find a specific photo or a key moment in a videojust describe what you want to find. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then enter a description using natural languageMaya skateboarding in a tie-dye shirt, or Sadie cartwheeling on the grass, for example. Note: For more information on naming people and pets in photos, see Find and name people and pets in Photos. 3. Do any of the following:

See all search results: Tap See All. Select specific search results: Tap Select, then select the photos and videos you want to share or add to an album. Sort search results: Tap Date Captured. Filter search results: Tap or Edited.

, then tap Sort by Recently Added or Sort by

, tap Filter, then tap an optionlike Favorites 4. When youre finished, tap Done. Create a memory movie You can create a custom memory movie of a story you want to see, right in Photos. Just type a description, and Apple Intelligence finds the best photos and videos, crafts a storyline with unique chapters and a narrative arc, and sets it to music. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Tap

, tap Collections, tap Memories, then tap Create. 3. Enter a description of the movie you want to create from your library, then tap

. Remove distractions from your photos You can use the Clean Up tool to remove distracting objects in the background of a photo. Note: Clean Up is not available in all languages or regions. For more information, see the Apple Support article Requirements to use Clean Up in Photos. 1. Go to the Photos app on your iPad. 2. Open a photo, tap

, then tap Clean Up. Note: After you tap Clean Up, some items may be highlighted automatically so you can quickly tap to remove them. 3. Tap, brush, or circle what you want to remove. Use two fingers to pinch to zoom or pan the image. Note: If you brush over a persons face, the face may become blurred with a pixelated effect. 4. When youre finished, tap Done.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Apple Intelligence in Reminders on iPad With Apple Intelligence,* you can get suggested reminders from text in other apps like grocery items from an online recipe in Safari or your action items from an email message in Mail. The Reminders app can also automatically categorize related reminders into sections within a list. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Get suggested reminders 1. Open the information you want added to a listfor example, a recipe in Safari or meeting notes in Notes. 2. Tap , then tap Reminders. Tip: You can also select specific text or bullets you want Apple Intelligence to review. Select text, tap Share, then tap Reminders. Suggested reminders may appear below the text you selected. 3. To change which list the reminders are added to, tap the pop-up menu at the top of the screen, then choose a list. 4. Tap next to a suggestion to add it to your list, or tap Include All to add all suggestions. 5. Tap

. Your reminders are added to the list you chose. Turn Auto-Categorize on or off With Auto-Categorize, Apple Intelligence automatically sorts related reminders into sections within a list. 1. Go to the Reminders app on your iPad. 2. Tap a list in the sidebar. 3. Do one of the following:

Turn Auto-Categorize on: Tap

, then tap Auto-Categorize. Turn Auto-Categorize off: Tap keep or remove the sections.

, tap Turn Off, then choose whether to Note: Removing the sections doesnt delete any reminders. If you dont like how the sections are categorized, try turning o Auto-Categorize and removing the sections, then turning it back on. This resets your section titles and organization within a list.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Apple Intelligence in Safari on iPad With Apple Intelligence,* you can generate summaries of webpages in the Safari app. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Summarize a webpage 1. Go to the Safari app on your iPad. 2. Tap , then tap Show Reader. 3. Tap Summarize at the top of the page. To return to the normal view, tap , then tap Hide Reader. You can also use Writing Tools to summarize webpages. See Use Writing Tools with Apple Intelligence.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Use Apple Intelligence in Shortcuts on iPad You can create more powerful shortcuts than ever with Apple Intelligence.*

Intelligent actions in shortcuts can summarize text, create images, or tap directly into Apple Intelligence or Extension models to provide responses that feed into your shortcut. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Find Apple Intelligence shortcuts If youre looking for new shortcuts to add to your collection, or if you want to see whats possible and how particular Apple Intelligence shortcuts are built, check out the Apple Intelligence category in the Shortcuts Gallery. 1. Go to the Shortcuts app on your iPad. 2. Tap Gallery in the sidebar. 3. Tap on a shortcut in the Apple Intelligence category to add it to your collection. Use a model to build custom shortcuts You can create your own custom shortcuts that use an Apple Intelligence model either on-device or Private Cloud Computeor ChatGPT to handle simple or complex requests in your shortcuts. You can use a model to provide input to an action, parse the output of an action, and more. You can choose from three models:

On-Device: Uses the on-device Apple Intelligence model to handle simple requests without the need for a network connection. Private Cloud Compute: Uses Apples Private Cloud Compute to handle complex requests while protecting your privacy. Extension Model: Uses ChatGPT to handle your requests. To get started, try out something similar to the following:

1. Go to the Shortcuts app on your iPhone. 2. Tap in the Shortcuts toolbar. Tip: Tap the Apple Intelligence category, then choose a specific intelligent action. 3. Search for an action, then tap it to add it to your shortcut. For example, search for Get Current Weather, then tap it. If Shortcuts prompts you for access to your location, tap Allow Access. 4. Search for the Use Model action, then choose a model. For example, choose On-Device. 5. In the text field below Use Model, enter your prompt. For example, enter Write a concise, funny summary of todays weather with emoji. If youd like to be able to interact with the model to further refine your request, tap the arrow next to Use model, then tap the Follow Up checkbox. 6. To add another action, search for it, then tap it to add it. For example, search Show Content, tap it, then select Response. 7. To test your new shortcut, tap . Your shortcut is saved automatically. To learn about the different ways you can run your shortcut, see Launch a shortcut from another app on iPhone or iPad. Learn more about input, Follow Up, and output Here are some details about using the Use Model action:

The text input into models can include variables, outputs from previous actions, calendar events, reminders, photos, and more. If you select Follow Up, when you run the shortcut, it shows you the models response and allows you to refine your input before the final response is passed to the next action. For example, you could make additional requests or provide more information. The output responses are automatically optimized for the actions theyre passed to. You can also specify how the response is output: When you add the Use Model action, click the Output pop-up menu and choose an option.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Apple Intelligence and privacy on iPad Apple Intelligence* delivers intelligence that is relevant for you and grounded in your personal context while protecting your privacy with a groundbreaking step forward for privacy in AI. The cornerstone of Apple Intelligence is on-device processing, so it is aware of your personal information without collecting your personal information. For more complex requests that require more computational capacity, Apple Intelligence can use Private Cloud Compute, which extends the privacy and security of your Apple products like iPad into the cloud to unlock even more intelligence. Private Cloud Compute uses larger, server-based models powered by Apple silicon. Your data is never stored. It is only used to fulfill your requests. And independent privacy and security researchers can verify this privacy promise at any time. Note: Apple Intelligence is not available on all iPad models or in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. About Private Cloud Compute When a user makes a request, Apple Intelligence analyzes whether it can be processed on device. For more complex requests, it can draw on Private Cloud Compute, which extends the privacy and security of your iPad into the cloud. With Private Cloud Compute, only the data that is relevant to your request is processed on Apple silicon servers, before being removed. When requests are routed to Private Cloud Compute, data is not stored or made accessible to Apple, and is only used to fulfill the users requests. Independent privacy and security researchers can inspect the code that runs on Apple silicon servers that enable Private Cloud Compute to verify this privacy promise at any time. The Apple silicon servers that form the foundation of Private Cloud Compute provide unprecedented cloud security. This starts with the Secure Enclave, which protects critical encryption keys on the server just as it does on a users iPad, while Secure Boot ensures the OS running on the server is signed and verified, just like in iPadOS. Trusted Execution Monitor makes sure only signed and verified code runs, and attestation enables a users device to securely verify the identity and configuration of a Private Cloud Compute cluster before sending a request. And to verify Apples privacy promise, independent experts can inspect the software that runs on Private Cloud Compute servers. Note: To learn more, go to Private Cloud Compute: A new frontier for AI privacy in the cloud. Create an Apple Intelligence Report You can generate a report of requests your iPad has sent to Private Cloud Compute. 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Privacy & Security. 2. Tap Apple Intelligence Report, then choose a report duration for the last 15 minutes (default) or last 7 days. Choose off to disable the report. Note: The report may be empty if there havent been any Private Cloud Compute requests since you changed the duration. 3. Tap Export Activity, choose a place to store the file, then tap Export. The report is saved as a file named Apple_Intelligence_Report.json. 4. Open the file with a text reader.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Block access to Apple Intelligence features in Screen Time on iPad You can turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions in Screen Time to restrict access to certain Apple Intelligence* features like Writing Tools, image creation features, and intelligence extensions on supported devices. Note: You can use Apple Intelligence features on iPad models with M1 or later, iPad mini (A17 Pro), any iPhone 16 model, iPhone 15 Pro, iPhone 15 Pro Max, or Mac models with M1 or later. Apple Intelligence is not available in all languages or regions.** To access the most recent available features, make sure youre using the latest version of iPadOS and have Apple Intelligence turned on. Block access to Writing Tools 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Screen Time. 2. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions. 3. Tap Intelligence & Siri, tap Writing Tools, then tap Allow or Dont Allow. Block access to image creation features You can restrict access to image creation features like Image Playground, Genmoji, and Image Wand. 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Screen Time. 2. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions. 3. Tap Intelligence & Siri, tap Image Creation, then tap Allow or Dont Allow. Block access to Intelligence Extensions You can restrict access to third-party AI provider extensionslike ChatGPT. 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Screen Time. 2. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions. 3. Tap Intelligence & Siri, tap Intelligence Extensions, then tap Allow or Dont Allow.

*Apple Intelligence uses generative models and outputs may vary. Check important information for accuracy.

**Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Family Sharing Set up Family Sharing on iPad Family Sharing lets you and up to five other family members share access to Apple services, eligible purchases, an iCloud storage plan, and more. You can even help locate each others missing devices. One adult family memberthe organizerinvites other family members to participate. When family members join, Family Sharing is set up on everyones devices automatically. The group then chooses which services and features they want to use and share. Family Sharing is available on eligible devices. See the Apple Support article System requirements for iCloud. Create a Family Sharing group You only need to set up Family Sharing on one device. Then its available on all your devices that are signed in to the same Apple Account. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name], then tap Family. Follow the onscreen instructions to set up your Family Sharing group. 2. Tap Invite next to suggested family members (if any are listed), or tap Invite Others, then do one of the following:

Tap Create Child Account to create an Apple Account for a child you want to add to your family. Tap Invite People, then follow to onscreen instructions to invite family members and designate added adult members as parents or guardians. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. You can also add family members later. See Add Family Sharing members. 3. Tap a feature you want to set up for your Family Sharing group( for example, Subscriptions), then follow the onscreen instructions. To set up parental controls or Apple Cash for a child, tap their name, tap the feature, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can see what youre sharing with your family and adjust sharing settings at any time. To learn how to set up or join a Family Sharing group on all your devices, see the Apple Support article Set up Family Sharing. What you can do with Family Sharing You can set up or share the following with your Family Sharing group:

Passwords and passkeys: You can share passwords and passkeys with people in your family to access important accounts. See Share passwords. An iCloud Drive folder: Organize and share family documents, photos, and more. See Share files and folders in iCloud Drive. Apple and App Store subscriptions: You can share Apple subscriptions, including iCloud+, and eligible App Store subscriptions. See Share subscriptions. Purchases: You can share items purchased in the App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV. All purchases are billed to the family organizer. See Share purchases. Locations: When you share your location with your Family Sharing group, all family members, including any new members added later, can use the Find My app to see your location and help locate a missing device. See Share locations with family members and locate their lost devices. Apple Card and Apple Cash: You can share Apple Card with trusted members of your Family Sharing group or set up an Apple Cash Family account for a child. See Use Apple Cash and Apple Card with Family Sharing (U.S. only). Parental controls: You can manage your childrens purchases, how they use their Apple devices, and more. See Set up parental controls with Family Sharing. A device for your child: You can set up a new iOS or iPadOS device for a child and customize parental controls. See Set up a device for a child with Family Sharing. See recommendations for Family Sharing features To see suggestions to help you get the most out of Family Sharing, go to Settings

> Family, then tap Recommended For Your Family. Add a member to a Family Sharing group on iPad With Family Sharing, each family member joins the family group with their own Apple Account. That way you can share access to subscriptions and other features without sharing personal information like photos or documents. The family organizer can easily invite family members who have an Apple Account or create an Apple Account for a child who doesnt have one yet. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. Add a family member with an Apple Account The organizer of the Family Sharing group can add a family member who has their own Apple Account. 1. Go to Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Family, then tap Add Member in the upper-right corner. 3. Tap Invite Others, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can send the invitation using AirDrop, Messages, or Mail. If youre near the family member, you can also tap Invite in Person and ask the family member to enter their Apple Account email address (or phone number) and password on your device. People you invite see your invitation at the top of Settings in the Family row. If they havent accepted your invitation, you can also follow up with reminders. Create an Apple Account for a child Children under 13 cant create an Apple Account on their own. (This age varies by country or region.) But if youre the family organizer or a parent or guardian, you can create an Apple Account for a child and add them to the Family Sharing group. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Family, then do one of the following:

If youre a parent or guardian: Tap Add Member. If youre the organizer: Tap Add Member, then tap Create Child Account. Note: If your child already has an Apple Account, tap Invite Others. They can enter their Apple Account and password on your device to accept the invitation. 3. Enter the childs name and birthday. The childs birthday is used to set suggested content restrictions that determine the content they can access. You can also block content and prevent iTunes & App Store purchases, allow or block calls and messages from specific contacts, and schedule time away Screen Time; share your childs location with from the screen in Settings >

all members of the Family Sharing group, including any new members added later; and use Ask to Buy. You can change these settings at any time. For more information, see any of the following:

Set up Screen Time for a family member Share locations with family members and locate their lost devices Apple Support article: Approve what kids buy with Ask to Buy 4. Follow the onscreen instructions to finish creating the childs account. For more information about child accounts and the age at which a child can create their own Apple Account, see the Apple Support article Create an Apple Account for your child. Allow access to Apple Intelligence* features including Image Creation, Writing Tools, and Intelligence Extensions. See Block access to Apple Intelligence features in Screen Time. If you want to join an existing Family Sharing group, ask the organizer to add you. You can only be a member of one Family Sharing group at a time. If you want to join a different group, leave your current group first. See Leave a Family Sharing group.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Leave or remove a member from a Family Sharing group on iPad In a Family Sharing group, the organizer can remove members or disband the group, and family members (other than teens with parental controls or children) can remove themselves. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. Remove a member from a family group The organizer of a Family Sharing group can remove other members. When a family member is removed, they immediately lose access to shared subscriptions and content purchased by other members. 1. Go to Settings

> Family. 2. Tap [members name], then tap Remove [members name] from Sharing Group. You cant remove a child from your Family Sharing group. However, you can move them to another group or delete their Apple Account. See the Apple Support article Move a child to another group using Family Sharing. If you turned on Screen Time for a teen, you need to turn off Screen Time settings before you can remove them from the group. See Set up Screen Time for a family member. Leave a Family Sharing group When you leave a Family Sharing group, you stop sharing your purchases and subscriptions with family members and immediately lose access to any content theyve shared. Note: The organizer cant leave the Family Sharing group. If you want to change the organizer, you must disband the group, and have another adult create a new one. 1. Go to Settings

> Family. 2. Tap [your name], then tap Stop Using Family Sharing. Stop Family Sharing When the family organizer turns off Family Sharing, all family members are removed from the group at the same time. When Family Sharing is turned off, all members immediately lose access to the shared content and subscriptions. Note: If a child is in the Family Sharing group, the organizer must move them to another group or delete their Apple Account before disbanding the group. See the Apple Support article Move a child to another group using Family Sharing. 1. Go to Settings

> Family. 2. Tap [your name], then tap Stop Using Family Sharing. Share Apple and App Store subscriptions with family members on iPad When youre in a Family Sharing group, you can share Apple subscriptions and eligible App Store subscriptions with other family members. If your Family Sharing group has purchase sharing turned on, any subscriptions shared with the group are billed directly to the organizers default payment method. Note: Not all services are available in all countries or regions, and some selections are subject to content restrictions set in Screen Time. Share Apple subscriptions 1. Go to Settings

> Family. 2. Tap Subscriptions, then do one of the following:

Tap a subscription you want to share, then follow the onscreen instructions. Tap Manage Subscriptions, then tap a subscription. See any of the following to learn more. Apple Arcade: See Subscribe to Apple Arcade. All members of your family can download and play Apple Arcade games from the App Store. Each player gets a personalized accountyour progress is carried over between devices. Apple Fitness+: See Apple Fitness+ at a glance in the Apple Fitness+ User Guide. All members of your family can access workouts in the Fitness app on their iPhone or iPad. Apple Music: See Subscribe to Apple Music. With a family subscription, each family member gets their own music library and personal recommendations. Apple News+: See Subscribe to Apple News+. All members of your family can read Apple News+ publications for no additional charge. Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels: See Subscribe to Apple TV+, MLS Season Pass, or an Apple TV channel and Add your TV provider to the Apple TV app. Each family member can watch on their iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, Apple TV, and supported smart TVs and streaming devices, using their own Apple Account and password. iCloud+: See Subscribe to iCloud+. When you share iCloud+, all family members have access to iCloud+ features and storage. For storage, you only share the spaceyour photos and documents stay private and everyone keeps using their own accounts. For information about combining your Apple subscriptions, see the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Share App Store subscriptions You can choose which eligible App Store subscriptions you share with family members. For information about the App Store, see Get apps in the App Store. 1. Go to Settings

> Family > Subscriptions > Manage Subscriptions. 2. Do either of the following:

Share all new subscriptions: Turn on Share with Family. When you purchase a new subscription thats eligible for sharing, its shared with your Family Sharing members by default. Change the settings of a specific subscription: Tap a subscription, then turn Share with Family on or off. If you dont see Share with Family, the subscription isnt eligible for sharing. Share App Store, Apple TV, and Apple Books purchases with Family Sharing on iPad With Family Sharing, the organizer can set up purchase sharing to share App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV purchases. The organizer adds a payment method thats shared with the family; when a family member makes a purchase, the organizer is billed. The purchased item is added to the initiating family members account and eligible purchases are shared with the rest of the family. The family organizer can also require that children in the family group request approval for purchases or free downloads. See Set up parental controls. Turn on purchase sharing When the family organizer turns on purchase sharing, they pay for family members purchases and must have a valid payment method on file. 1. Go to Settings

> Family. 2. Tap Purchase Sharing, then follow the onscreen instructions. Access shared content When purchase sharing is turned on, you can download eligible apps and play content that your family members buy. See any of the following Apple Support articles:

How to download apps and content that your family members purchased What types of content can I share with my family?

If you dont see your familys shared content Turn off purchase sharing If youre the family organizer, you can turn off purchase sharing. Family Sharing members wont see your purchases, but you can still see items other members have shared with you. Note: Even though your items arent shared, any purchases you make still use the shared family payment method. 1. Go to Settings

> Family > Purchase Sharing. 2. Tap [your name], then turn off Share Purchases. If the organizer wants to turn off purchase sharing entirely, they can tap Stop Purchase Sharing. If you dont want to share a specific item with your family members, see the Apple Support article Hide and unhide music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and books. You can also share Apple and App Store subscriptions with family members. Share locations with family members and locate their lost devices on iPad With Family Sharing, you can share your location with members of your Family Sharing group and help them find lost devices. When the family organizer sets up location sharing in Family Sharing settings, the organizers location is automatically shared with everyone in the family, including any new members added later. Then, family members can choose whether or not to share their location. Share your location with family members When you share locations with your family, they can see your location in Find My. You can also get notified when family members change their locationsfor example, if a child leaves school during school hours. 1. Go to Settings

> Family > Location Sharing. 2. Turn on Location Sharing for the family member you want to share your location with. You can repeat this step for each family member you want to share your location with. Each family member receives a message that youre sharing your location and can choose to share their location with you. You can stop sharing your location with any family member at any time. 3. If you want to share your location with new members that join later, turn on Automatically Share Location. Note: Children and teens with Screen Time turned on may not be able to change their own location sharing settings. To share your location, you must have Location Services turned on in Settings Privacy & Security. See Control the location information you share.

Locate a family members device After you share your location with members of your Family Sharing group, they can help locate a missing device added to the Find My app. See Locate a device in Find My. Your devices are at the top of the list, and your family members devices are below yours. Ask a family member to share an AirTag with you If you receive a notification in the Find My app that says AirTag Detected Near You or Unknown AirTag, you can ask the family member who owns it to share the AirTag with you. 1. In the notification, tap Ask Owner to Share AirTag. 2. Tap Ask Owner at the bottom of the screen. You can also use Find Devices on iCloud.com to locate a family members missing device. See Locate a device in Find Devices on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. Use Apple Cash and Apple Card with Family Sharing on iPad You can use Apple Cash and Apple Card with your Family Sharing group. The organizer of the Family Sharing group can set up Apple Cash for a child, and share Apple Card with trusted members of their Family Sharing group. Set up Apple Cash Family for a child The family organizer can set up Apple Cash for a child. Note: Apple Cash Family is only available in the U.S. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Family, then select the child for whom you want to set up Apple Cash. 3. Tap Apple Cash, tap Set Up Apple Cash, then follow the onscreen instructions. To see the card balance, monitor transactions, and narrow the list of people that the child can send money to, go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. See See transactions, set up recurring payments, transfer funds, and contact support. For more information about system requirements and how to manage Apple Cash accounts, see the Apple Support articles Set up and use Apple Cash Family and View and limit your child or teens Apple Cash activity. Set up Apple Card Family You can share your Apple Card with family members, manage payments, and control account settings and limits for children who are 13 years or older. You can also review and manage everyones details. Note: Apple Card Family is only available in the U.S. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Family, then tap Apple Card Family. The option only appears if you have Apple Card. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. For more information about what owners, co-owners, and participants can do with Apple Card, see the Apple Support article Set up Apple Card Family and add a co-

owner and participants. Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on iPad With Family Sharing, the organizer, or another adult designated as a parent/guardian, can set up parental controls for children in the Family Sharing group. You can use Screen Time to manage how much time your children spend in apps and on websites, what content they can access, and who they can communicate with. You can also turn on Ask to Buy, which requires parents to approve eligible purchases and free downloads for their children. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. Note: When you set up a device for a child under 18, Communication Safety and web content limits are turned on by default and can later be managed in Screen Time settings. (This age varies by country or region.). Customize parental controls during setup When you add a child to your Family Sharing group or set up a device for a child, you can customize parental controls from the start. You can change those settings at any time. Follow the onscreen instructions during setup to add any of the following:

Age-related restrictions for content in apps, books, TV shows, and movies Downtime and limits for specific apps Restrictions for who your child can communicate with Approvals for purchases or free downloads See the Apple Support article Use parental controls on your childs iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Receive warnings about sensitive content Screen Time can check whether you or other family members have received or sent any sexually explicit photos or videos in certain apps like Messages, AirDrop, and FaceTime. See Turn on or off checking for sensitive images and videos in communications on a family members iPad. You can also block sensitive content and set restrictions on purchases. See Block adult content on a family members iPad. Set up Screen Time for a child Screen Time allows you to manage settings for downtime, app use, contacts, content ratings, and more. To use Screen Time, your child must be using an eligible device. See the Screen Time section in the Apple Support article System Requirements for iCloud. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Family, then select the child for whom you want to set up Screen Time. 3. Tap Screen Time, tap Continue, then do any of the following:

Change restrictions for web content: Tap Web Content, then select an option. Set a rating for using apps: Tap Apps, then choose an age-appropriate rating for allowing app use (for example, Dont Allow, 4+, 9+) or choose Dont Allow to block the app regardless of age. Allow or block media content: Scroll down and tap a type of media content, then choose an age-appropriate rating for it. 4. Continue following the onscreen instructions to set up Screen Time options. For information about Screen Time, see Set up Screen Time for a family member. To learn more about the different content and privacy restrictions, see the Apple Support article Use parental controls on your childs iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. If your child requests more screen time, you can approve or decline the request in Settings

> Screen Time or in Messages

. Turn on Ask to Buy When you set up Ask to Buy, a childs purchases must be approved by the family organizer or a parent or guardian in the family group. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Family, then select the child for whom you want to set up Ask to Buy. 3. Tap Ask To Buy, then tap Turn on Ask to Buy. For information on how to respond to Ask to Buy requests, see the Apple Support article Approve what kids buy with Ask to Buy. Note: Age restrictions for Ask to Buy vary by region. In the United States, the family organizer can turn on Ask to Buy for any family member under age 18; for children under age 13, its on by default. Respond to a childs App Exception request If you have Ask to Buy and App Rating Restrictions set up, your child can ask for an exception to download an app thats above their age rating. For information on App Rating Restrictions, see Set up Screen Time for a family member. Respond using the notification or Messages: In the notification or message with your child (or your child and another parent/guardian), tap Approve or Deny (or tap the Options pop-up menu to choose an option). Respond directly on their device: On the childs device, go to the App Store, then click or tap the relevant app. Click or tap approve in person, then enter your Apple Account and password. You can view and manage a list of your childs previously approved Apps Exceptions by going to Settings Privacy Restrictions > App Store, Media, Web, & Games > Apps.

> Screen Time > [your childs name] > Content &

You can also set up an Apple Cash Family account for a child. See Use Apple Cash and Apple Card with Family Sharing (U.S. only). Set up a device for a child with Family Sharing on iPad With Family Sharing, the organizer, a parent, or a guardian can use Quick Start on their iPad to set up a new iPhone or iPad for a child and customize parental controls. You can also set up a device for a child without using Quick Start. If you didnt sign in to a childs account when you set up their device, you can do so in Settings with their Apple Account and password, or by using proximity sign-in with a nearby iPhone or iPad. Note: If the child already has an Apple Account, make sure theyve been added to your Family Sharing group. If the child doesnt have an Apple Account and theyre under 13 (this age varies by region), you can create an Apple Account for them while adding them to the group. Use Quick Start to set up an iPad or iPhone for a child Note: Requires iPadOS 16 or later. Bluetooth must be turned on. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Make sure youre signed in to your Apple Account on your iPad. 3. On the new iPad or iPhone you want to set up for your child, press and hold the side button or top button until the Apple logo appears. 4. Bring your iPad next to the new device. 5. Select an age range for your child. 6. Tap Connect Now. 7. Follow the onscreen instructions to finish setting up your childs device. Set up an iPad or iPhone for a child without using Quick Start 1. Turn on the new device. 2. When the Quick Start screen appears, tap Set Up Without Another Device, then follow the onscreen instructions. If your child is 12 or younger, their iPad will need to be connected to a parent or guardians device. Note: Exact age ranges may vary based on country or region. 3. Continue to follow the onscreen instructions to complete the setup. Set up an iPad or iPhone for a child in Settings If you didnt sign in to a childs account during setup, do the following:

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Make sure youre signed in to your Apple Account on your iPad. 3. Do one of the following to sign in to the childs account:

Sign in with an email address or phone number and password: Tap Sign in Manually, then tap Sign in a child in my Family. Sign in with a nearby iPad or iPhone: Tap Use Another Apple Device, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you already have a child in your family group, tap their name, then tap Get Started. If you need to create a new Apple Account for a child, tap Create New Child Account. 4. Continue to follow the onscreen instructions to complete the setup. You can turn on safety features for your child such as Content & Privacy Restrictions, Communication Limits, Screen Distance, and Communication Safety. See Set up Screen Time for a family member for more information. Note: Screen Distance is available on supported models. Share your childs age range with apps on iPad With Age Range for Apps, family organizers can help their child get age-

appropriate experiences in apps by sharing their age range. The family organizer can decide whether to always share their childs age information, require permission for each request, or never share (age restrictions vary by country or region). Note: Apps can only access an age range, and the childs birth date is kept private. Your choices sync to any iPhone, iPad, or Mac where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Age Range for Apps is only available for third-party apps when the developer has implemented the necessary technical requirements. Set up Age Range for apps 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Family, then select your name or the name of a child. If you dont see Family, set up Family Sharing on iPad. 3. Tap Apple Account & Password, then tap Set Up next to Age Range for Apps. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions. Note: If you need to update your birthday or your childs birthday, see Update the birth date associated with your Apple Account. Change when you share your age range or your childs age range 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Family, then select your name or the name of a child. If you dont see Family, set up Family Sharing on iPad. 3. Tap Apple Account & Password, then tap Age Range for Apps. 4. Tap the pop-up menu next to Share with Apps, then choose another option:

Always: Its automatically shared with apps when they request it. Ask First: You or your child can choose to share if an app requests it. Dont Share: Its not shared with apps. You can prevent child accounts from changing this option. See the Apple Support Article Use parental controls on your childs iPhone or iPad. View and update details for apps that asked for your age range or your childs age range If you choose Always or Ask First when you set up Age Range for apps, you can view and update details for apps that requested the age range. Note: To view and update these details across devices, make sure youre signed in to the same Apple Account. 1. Do either of the following:

If viewing or updating details for yourself: Go to the Settings app your iPad, tap your name, then tap Personal Information. on If viewing or updating details for a child in your Family Sharing group:

Go to the Settings app name of your child, then tap Apple Account & Password. on the childs iPad, tap Family, select the If you dont see Family, set up Family Sharing on iPad. 2. Tap Age Range for Apps. 3. Tap an app on the list. You can see which apps requested the age range and whether or not it was shared. 4. If you want to update your age range or your sharing preference, Share Age Range Again. Screen Time Get started with Screen Time on iPad You can get information about how you and your family members spend time on your devicesincluding which apps and websites you use and how often you pick up your device. Screen Time also lets you schedule time away from the screen and set limits for app use. Turn on Screen Time 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, tap App & Website Activity, then tap Turn On App &

Website Activity. Use Screen Time on all your devices You can share your Screen Time settings and reports across all your devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, then turn on Share Across Devices. (You may need to scroll down.) View your Screen Time summary Any time after you turn on Screen Time, you can view a report of your device use, including how much time you spend using certain kinds of apps, how often you pick up your iPad and other devices, which apps send you the most notifications, and more. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, then tap See All App & Website Activity, then tap Devices to select which device you want to see usage for. 3. Tap Week to see a summary of your weekly use, or tap Day to see a summary of your daily use. Use the Screen Time widget to check your device use at a glance You can quickly check your device use by adding a Screen Time widget to your Home Screen. The widget displays information from your Screen Time summary the larger the widget you add, the more information it displays. If you set up Screen Time for family members through Family Sharing, you can tap the widget to see a list of the people in your family group. Tap the name of a family member whose report you want to view. You can also view your summary by tapping a Screen Time Weekly Report notification when one appears on your screen. (If the notification disappears, you can find it in Notification Center.) Help protect your vision health with Screen Distance on iPad Viewing a device (or a book) too closely for an extended period of time can increase the risk of myopia (nearsightedness) for younger users, and eyestrain for users of all ages. In Screen Time, the Screen Distance feature uses the TrueDepth camera (supported models) to detect when you hold iPad closer than 12 inches for an extended period, and encourages you to move it farther away. Screen Distance can remind younger users to engage in healthy viewing habits that can lower their risk of myopia. It gives adult users the opportunity to reduce digital eyestrain. Note: Screen Distance is turned on by default for children under 13 in a Family Sharing group. (Age varies by country and region.) Turn Screen Distance on or off 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, then tap Screen Distance, then turn Screen Distance on or off. With Screen Distance on, when you hold the screen too close to your face for an extended period, Screen Distance covers the screen with an alert, preventing you from continuing. When you move iPad more than 12 inches away, you can tap Continue to resume using it. Create, manage, and keep track of a Screen Time passcode on iPad You can create a passcode that must be entered before changing Screen Time settings you selected for yourself or a family member under 18 (age varies by country or region). Once you set a passcode for yourself or a family member, you can change or remove it later in Settings. You can also get notifications if your family members passcode is used. Create a Screen Time passcode When you set up a Screen Time passcode, it must be entered before you can change the settings youve chosen for yourself or a family member. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, then do one of the following:

Set up a passcode for yourself: Scroll down, then tap Lock Screen Time Settings. Set up a passcode for a family member: Scroll down, then select a family member from your Family Sharing group. Scroll down, tap Manage Screen Time, then tap Lock Screen Time Settings. If you dont see your Family Sharing group, make sure youre signed in to your Apple Account and have Family Sharing set up. See Sign in to your Apple Account and Set up Family Sharing. 3. Enter a four-digit passcode, then enter the passcode again to verify it. Note: After setting a passcode for yourself, you can also set up Screen Time Passcode Recovery. If you set this feature up, you can use your Apple Account to reset your Screen Time passcode if you ever forget it. Change a Screen Time passcode 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, then do one of the following:

Change a passcode for yourself: Scroll down, tap Change Screen Time Passcode, then select Change Screen Time Passcode. Change a passcode for a family member: Scroll down, then select a family member from your Family Sharing group. Scroll down, tap Manage Screen Time, tap Change Screen Time Passcode, then select Change Screen Time Passcode. If you dont see your Family Sharing group, make sure youre signed in to your Apple Account and have Family Sharing set up. See Sign in to your Apple Account and Set up Family Sharing. 3. Enter your current passcode (if changing a passcode for yourself) or your six-

digit passcode for your iPad (if changing a passcode for a family member). 4. Enter a new four-digit passcode, then enter the new passcode again to verify it. Remove a Screen Time passcode 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, then do one of the following:

Remove a passcode for yourself: Scroll down, tap Change Screen Time Passcode, then select Turn Off Screen Time Passcode. Remove a passcode for a family member: Scroll down, then select a family member from your Family Sharing group. Scroll down, tap Manage Screen Time, tap Change Screen Time Passcode, then select Turn Off Screen Time Passcode. If you dont see your Family Sharing group, make sure youre signed in to your Apple Account and have Family Sharing set up. See Sign in to your Apple Account and Set up Family Sharing. 3. Enter your current passcode (if changing a passcode for yourself) or your six-

digit passcode for your iPad (if changing a passcode for a family member). Check the last time a Screen Time passcode was used If you set up a Screen Time passcode for a family member, you can also view when the passcode was last used, and on which device. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, scroll down, then choose a family member from your Family Sharing group. If you dont see your Family Sharing group, make sure youre signed in to your Apple Account and have Family Sharing set up. See Sign in to your Apple Account and Set up Family Sharing. 3. Scroll down, then tap Manage Screen Time. If a childs Screen Time passcode is used on their device, the parent/guardian will receive a notification. Screen Time Passcode Use notifications can be turned off by going to Settings

> Screen Time > [the childs name] >

Manage Screen Time > Customize Notifications > Turn off Screen Time Passcode. Note: Screen Time Passcode Use will only appear on an iPad with iPadOS 18.5 or later when the childs passcode is used on a device with iPadOS 18.5, iOS 18.5, macOS 15.5, or later. Set schedules with Screen Time on iPad You can schedule time away from the screen, set time limits for app use, and more. Schedule time away from the screen Block apps and notifications for periods when you want time away from your devices. For example, you might want to schedule downtime during meals or at bedtime. During downtime, only calls, messages, and apps you choose to allow are available. To learn how to allow certain apps and contacts, see Allow or block calls and messages from specific contacts and Choose apps and contacts to allow at all times. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap App & Website Activity, then turn on App & Website Activity if you havent already. 3. Tap Downtime, then do one of the following:

Tap Turn On Downtime Until Tomorrow. Tap Scheduled to schedule downtime in advance. When you schedule downtime, a 5-minute reminder is sent before downtime begins. You can ignore the reminder, or turn on downtime until the beginning of the scheduled downtime. 4. Select Every Day or Customize Days, then set the start and end times. You can turn off the Downtime schedule at any time by turning off Scheduled. Set limits for app use Set a time limit for a category of apps (for example, Games or Social Networking) and for individual apps. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap App Limits, then tap Add Limit. 3. Select one or more app categories. To set limits for individual apps, tap the category name to see all the apps in that category, then select the apps you want to limit. If you select multiple categories or apps, the time limit you set applies to all of them. 4. Tap Next at the top right, then set the amount of time allowed. To set an amount of time for each day, tap Customize Days, then set limits for specific days. 5. When you finish setting limits, tap

. Choose apps and contacts to allow at all times Specify apps that can be used and contacts you can communicate with at all times

(for example, in the event of an emergency), even during downtime. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time > Always Allowed. 2. To specify contacts you want to allow communication with, tap Contacts. The option you selected in communication limits appears here. You can change this setting to Specific Contacts, then choose one of the following:

Choose From My Contacts: To select specific people to allow communication with. Add New Contact: To add a new contact and allow communication with that person. 3. Tap at the top left, then tap below Allowed Apps or below Choose Apps. 4. Tap at the top left. Block apps, app downloads, websites, and purchases on iPad You can restrict access to apps, features, and websites, in addition to iTunes and App Store purchases. Block content and prevent iTunes & App Store purchases Set Content & Privacy Restrictions to block inappropriate content and set restrictions for iTunes Store and App Store purchases. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content &

Privacy Restrictions. 3. Do any of the following:

Set restrictions for store purchases and redownloads: Tap iTunes &

App Store Purchases. Remove an app or feature from the Home Screen: Tap Allowed Apps &

Features. Set content ratings and other restrictions for App Store, Media, Web, &

Game Center: Tap App Store, Media, Web, & Games. Restrict access to Apple Intelligence,* Siri, and Math Results: Tap Intelligence & Siri. (See Block access to Apple Intelligence features in Screen Time.) Allow changes to privacy settings in certain features, apps, or media:

Tap an option below Privacy, then tap Allow Changes or Dont Allow Changes. Allow changes to other settings: Tap an option below Allow Changes To, then tap Allow or Dont Allow. Turn built-in apps and features on or off You can restrict the use of built-in apps or features. If you turn off an app, it isnt deleted; its temporarily hidden from your Home Screen until you turn it back on. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content &

Privacy Restrictions. 3. Tap Allowed Apps & Features, then turn off the apps or features you want to restrict. Block websites You can block specific websites by URL. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content &

Privacy Restrictions. 3. Tap App Store, Media, Web, & Games, then tap Web Content. 4. Select Limit Adult Websites, tap Add Website below Never Allow, and enter the URLs of the websites you want to block.

*Apple Intelligence is available in beta with support for the following languages:

Chinese (Simplified), English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese (Brazil), and Spanish. Some features may not be available in all languages or regions. For more information on language and feature availability or system requirements, see the Apple Support article How to get Apple Intelligence. Block calls and messages with Screen Time on iPad Allow or block calls and messages from specific contacts You can either allow or block communicationincluding incoming and outgoing phone calls, FaceTime calls, and messagesfrom certain contacts in iCloud, either at all times or during certain periods. If you havent already turned on Contacts in iCloud, go to Settings

[your name] > iCloud, tap See All next to Saved to iCloud, then turn on Contacts.

1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, then tap Communication Limits. 3. Tap During Screen Time, then select one of the following for communication at all times (other than during downtime):

Contacts Only: To allow communication with only your contacts. Contacts & Groups with at Least One Contact: To only allow one-on-

one conversations with people in your contacts and group conversations that include at least one person in your contacts. Everyone: To allow conversations with anyone, including unknown numbers. 4. Tap Back at the top left, then tap During Downtime. The option you selected in step 3 (for During Screen Time) is already set here. You can change this setting to Specific Contacts, then choose one of the following:

Choose From My Contacts: To allow communication with your existing contacts during downtime. Add New Contact: To add a contact and allow communication with them during Downtime. If someone whos currently blocked by your Communication Limit settings tries to call you or send you a message, their communication wont go through. If you try to call or send a message to someone whos currently blocked by your Communication Limit settings, their name or number appears in red in your list of recent calls or messages, and your communication wont go through. You can communicate with them when the communication limit is changed. If the limit applies only to downtime, you receive a Time Limit message. You can resume communication with the contact when downtime is over. To resume communication with contacts who are blocked by your Communication Limit settings, change the settings by following the steps above. Check for sensitive images and videos in Screen Time on iPad Your iPad can detect nudity in images and videos before theyre sent or received. This feature is available in Messages, AirDrop, Contact Posters, FaceTime, the Photos picker, and shared albums in Photos. Nude photos or videos can also be detected when theyre selected to share in some third-party apps. If an attempt to send photos or videos that might contain nudity is detected, Communication Safety provides a warning, gives options to stay safe, and provides helpful resources. Photos and videos are analyzed on the device. Apple does not receive an indication that nudity was detected and doesnt get access to the photos or videos. To learn more about setting this feature up for a family member under 18, see Turn on or off checking for sensitive images and videos in communications on a family members iPad and About Communication Safety on your childs Apple Device. Note: Communication Safety is turned on by default for children under 18 (age varies by country or region). 1. Go to the Settings app on youriPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, tap Communication Safety, then turn Communication Safety on or off. When Communication Safety is turned on, iPad detects nude images and videos, and displays a warning. Note: When you turn on Communication Safety, it turns on Sensitive Content Warning in Settings Content Warning separately in Settings warnings about sensitive content.

> Privacy & Security. You can also turn on Sensitive

> Privacy & Security. See Receive You can help Apple improve Communication Safety by sharing analytics and usage data. No messages or media are shared with Apple. To turn this on, go to Settings

> Screen Time > Communication Safety > Improve Communication Safety. Set up Screen Time for a family member on iPad You can set up Screen Time for a family member on their device by following the steps in Set schedules with Screen Time, or if theyre in a Family Sharing group for which youre the organizer, you can set up Screen Time for them through Family Sharing on your device. If youre the organizer (or a parent or guardian) of a Family Sharing group, when you set up a child account, you enter the childs name and birth date. The childs birthday is used to set suggested content restrictions that determine the content they can access. You can manually set up content restrictions, communication limits and downtime later in Settings

> Screen Time on the childs device. When you set up a device for a child under 18, Communication Safety and Web Content limits are turned on by default and can later be managed in Screen Time settings. (This age varies by country or region.) Set up Screen Time for a family member 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, scroll down and select a family member below Family. 3. Do any of the following:

To schedule downtime for your family member, follow the instructions in Schedule time away from the screen. You can approve or decline a request in the Messages app, or in Settings

> Screen Time. To set limits for app use for your family member, follow the instructions in Set limits for app use. To choose apps and contacts to allow your family member to use at all times, follow the instructions in Choose apps and contacts to allow at all times. You can also view or change your family members contacts and set up Age Range for apps. Note: If your family member needs health or accessibility apps, make sure theyre in the Allowed Apps list. If Messages isnt always allowed, your family member may not be able to send or receive messages

(including to emergency numbers and contacts) during downtime or after the app limit has expired. To help reduce your family members risk of myopia (nearsightedness) or eyestrain, turn on Screen Distance. To create a Screen Time passcode for a family member, see Create a Screen Time passcode. To turn on Communication Safety features for your family member, see Turn on or off checking for sensitive images and videos in communications on a family members iPad. You can also do any of the following for a family member:

Block content and prevent iTunes & App Store purchases Allow or block calls and messages from specific contacts View or change your family members contacts 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, then select the name of your family member. (You may need to scroll down.) 3. Tap Communication Limits, then turn on Manage [childs name]s contacts. To allow your child to add and edit contacts, turn on Allow Contact Editing. 4. Have your child approve the managing contacts request on their device. 5. Once your child accepts your request, do any of the following:

View your childs contacts: Tap Contacts. Edit your childs contacts: Tap Contacts, tap a name, then tap Edit in the top right of the screen. Remove someone from your childs contacts: Tap Contacts, tap a name, then tap Delete Contact. (You may need to scroll down.) Add someone to your childs contacts: Tap Contacts, then the add button in the top right corner. Note: Youll need to enter the childs Screen Time passcode each time you view or make changes to your childs contacts. Turn on or off checking for sensitive images and videos in communications on a family members iPad You can have your family members iPad detect nudity in images and videos before theyre sent or received. This feature is available in Messages, AirDrop, Contact Posters, FaceTime, the Photos picker, and shared albums in Photos. Nude photos or videos can also be detected when selected to share in some third-party apps. If an attempt to send photos or videos that might contain nudity is detected, Communication Safety provides a warning, gives options to stay safe, and provides helpful resources. Photos and videos are analyzed on the device. Apple does not receive an indication that nudity was detected and does not get access to the photos or videos. See the Apple Support article About Communication Safety on your childs Apple device for more information. Note: Communication Safety is turned on by default for children under 18 after Screen Time is set up (age varies by country or region). 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, scroll down, then select the name of your family member. 3. Tap Communication Safety, then turn Communication Safety on or off. You may need to enter the Screen Time passcode. Note: When you turn on Communication Safety, it turns on the Sensitive Content Warning in Settings

> Privacy & Security. See Receive warnings about sensitive content. You can help Apple improve Communication Safety by sharing analytics and usage data. No messages or media are shared with Apple. To turn this on, go to Settings

> Screen Time > Communication Safety > Improve Communication Safety. Block adult content on a family members iPad When you set up a child account, you enter the childs name and birth date after tapping Create Child Account. The childs age automatically determines the content they can access. You can also help ensure that certain contentlike in Music, Podcasts, or Newson your family members device is age appropriate by manually limiting the explicitness ratings in Content & Privacy Restrictions. 1. Go to the Settings app on your family members iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content &

Privacy Restrictions. 3. Choose specific content and privacy options. In addition, do any of the following:

To protect your family members hearing, scroll down, tap Reduce Loud Audio, then select Dont Allow. (This prevents changes to the maximum headphone volume.) See Reduce loud headphone sounds in Settings. To modify the content your child can access in specific apps and features, tap Allowed Apps & Features, then turn them off. To allow access, turn them on. 4. Tap at the top left. Add or change Screen Time settings for a family member later To add or change Screen Time settings later, follow the steps described in the sections above. Important: If you set up Screen Time for a family member on their device (not through Family Sharing), and you forget the Screen Time passcode, you can use your Apple Account to reset it. However, if you set up Screen Time for a family member on your device through Family Sharing and you forget your Screen Time passcode, you can reset it on your device using your device passcode, Touch ID, or Face ID. Respond to a childs Screen Time request on iPad Screen Time helps parents manage the time their kids spend on devices, which apps they use, and the people they can communicate with. And it allows them to make requests when theyve reached a limit you set. For example:

If you turned on Downtime or App Limits, they can ask you to allow more time after they reach a time limit. If you set their Communication Limits so they can only communicate with people in their contacts list, they can ask to add a new phone number to the list. Your child can also make other requests outside of Screen Time. If you set up Ask to Buy, your child can request an exception to purchase an item from the App Store, iTunes Store, or Apple Books. They can also ask for an exception to download an app thats above their current age rating. To set up Ask to Buy or to handle these requests, see Turn on Ask to Buy and Respond to a childs App Exception request. Respond to a childs Screen Time request directly on their device 1. On the childs device, open the relevant app, then click or tap an option to initiate the request. (For example, click or tap Ask for More Time.) 2. Click or tap Enter Screen Time Passcode, then enter the Screen Time passcode. 3. Click or tap an option to Approve or Deny. Respond to a childs Screen Time request on your iPad You can approve a childs requestlike a request for more time on an appon your iPad. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Screen Time, then select the name of your family member. (You may need to scroll down.) 3. If your child has made a request, a list of apps will appear. Tap the app under the childs requests, then enter the Screen Time passcode. 4. Depending on the request, do one of the following:

Approve for 15 minutes: Tap Approve for 15 minutes. Approve for 1 hour: Tap Approve for an hour. Approve for the rest of the day: Tap Approve all day. Approve the request: Tap Approve Request. Deny the request: Tap Dont Approve. You can also approve or deny requests directly from notifications and Messages. In the notification or message, click Approve or Deny (or click the Options pop-up menu to choose an option). Wallet

Apple Pay Set up Apple Pay on iPad Using Apple Pay can be simpler than using a physical card, and safer too. With your cards stored in Apple Wallet, you can use Apple Pay to make secure payments in apps and online wherever Apple Pay is accepted. Note: Apple Pay and its features arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Countries and regions that support Apple Pay. Add a debit or credit card for Apple Pay You can add an eligible card from a participating card issuer. To check if your card is compatible with Apple Pay, contact the card issuer. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Add Card. You may be asked to sign in to your Apple Account. 3. Add any of the following types of cards:

A new card: Tap Debit or Credit Card, tap Continue, then position your card so that it appears in the frame, or enter the card details manually. Apple Card: See Use Apple Card. Your previous cards: Tap Previous Cards, then choose any cards you previously used. These cards may include the card associated with your Apple Account, cards you have in Apple Wallet on your other devices, and cards you saved for AutoFill. Tap Continue, then follow the onscreen instructions. A card from a supported app: Below From Apps on Your iPad", tap the app of your bank or card issuer. 4. Verify your information with your bank or card issuer. They may ask you to provide more information or to download an app before approving your card for use with Apple Pay. Pay later or with installments With pay later options in Apple Wallet, you can split purchases into installments when using Apple Pay in stores, in apps, and online. (Subject to credit approval.) 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Add Card. You may be asked to sign in to your Apple Account. 3. Tap Pay Later Options, then follow the onscreen instructions. See the Apple Support article Pay with installments using Apple Pay. View card details and change settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap a card. 3. Do any of the following:

Tap Transactions to view your recent history. To hide this information, turn off Show History. To view all your Apple Pay activity, see the statement from your card issuer. View the last four digits of the card number and Device Account Numberthe number transmitted to the merchant. Change the billing address. Remove the card from Apple Pay. Use Apple Pay in apps and on the web on iPad You can make purchases using Apple Pay in apps, in App Clips, and on the web wherever you see the Apple Pay button. Note: Apple Pay isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Countries and regions that support Apple Pay. Pay in apps, App Clips, or Safari 1. During checkout, tap the Apple Pay button. 2. Review the payment information and set any of the following:

Payment method You can choose a different payment card; you can also pay with rewards or installments (available on cards from participating banks and card providers in certain markets; subject to eligibility and approval). Billing and shipping addresses Contact information Tip: If you subscribe to iCloud+, you can use Hide My Email to keep your real email address private. 3. Authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete the payment. See the Apple Support articles Pay with rewards using Apple Pay and Pay with installments using Apple Pay. Use Apple Pay in third-party browsers on Mac, Windows devices, and other devices When you shop in a supported third-party web browser, you can complete the purchase with Apple Pay using the payment information on your iPad. (Not available in all countries or regions.) 1. At checkout, click Apple Pay, then scan the code using your iPad camera. 2. On your iPad, review the payment information and set any of the following:

Payment method Billing and shipping addresses Contact information 3. Authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete the payment. View preauthorized payments You can see preauthorized payments made with Apple Pay for future and recurring charges such as subscriptions. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Preauthorized Payments. 3. Tap a payment to see the details. 4. To cancel your service or manage the payment methods, contact the merchant directly. (For participating merchants, tap Manage.) 5. To prevent the merchant from automatically charging your card, tap Revoke Payment Authorization. Note: Revoking the payment authorization doesnt cancel your service. Use Apple Cash on iPad With Apple Cash, you can send and receive money, get cash back from Apple Card transactions, make purchases, and transfer your Apple Cash balance to your bank account. Note: Apple Cash is only available in the U.S. Set up Apple Cash 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Cash, then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information, see the Apple Support article Set up Apple Cash. Make purchases with Apple Cash Where Visa is accepted, you can make purchases with Apple Cash in the following ways:

With Apple Pay: Use Apple Pay for purchases in apps and on the web. With the virtual card number: If Apple Pay isnt supported, use AutoFill during checkout. Or go to Settings card, then tap Card Information to see the card number, expiration date, and security code.

, tap Wallet & Apple Pay, tap the Apple Cash Send, request, and receive payments with Apple Cash in Messages Use Apple Cash to send and receive money with people who use iMessage. 1. Go to the Messages app on your iPad. 2. In an iMessage conversation, do one of the following:

Tap

, tap Apple Cash, then enter the amount. If theres an underlined monetary amount in a message bubble, tap it to open Apple Cash preset to the underlined amount. 3. Do one of the following:

Send or request a one-time payment: Tap Send or Request. Set up a recurring payment: Tap Show Keypad, tap Send Recurring Payment, enter the start date, frequency, and memo, then tap Send.

(Recurring payments arent available in a group conversation.) 4. Add a comment (optional), then tap

. For more information, see the Apple Support article Send and receive money with Apple Cash. See transactions, set up recurring payments, transfer funds, and contact support 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Cash. 3. Do any of the following:

Add money or set up Auto Reload: See the Apple Support article Add money to Apple Cash. Transfer funds to your bank: See the Apple Support article Transfer money in Apple Cash to your bank account or debit card. Set up and manage recurring payments: See the Apple Support article Send and receive money with Apple Cash. See the virtual card number: Tap Card Information, then use the information for purchases in apps or on the web. View card details: Update your bank account information, request transaction statements, contact support, and more. Apple Cash and sending and receiving payments through Apple Pay are services provided by Green Dot Bank, member FDIC. Use Apple Card on iPad Apple Card is a credit card created by Apple and designed to help you lead a healthier financial life. You can sign up for Apple Card on iPhone in minutes and start using it with Apple Pay right away in stores, in apps, or online worldwide. Apple Card gives you easy-to-understand, real-time views of your latest transactions and balance, and Apple Card support is available anytime by simply sending a text from Messages. Note: Apple Card is only available in the U.S. Apply for Apple Card 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay. 3. Tap Add Card, then tap Apply for Apple Card. For more information, see the Apple Support article How to apply for Apple Card. Make purchases with Apple Card You can make purchases with Apple Card in the following ways:

With Apple Pay: At contactless payment terminals (on iPhone only) and in apps and on the web. With the virtual card number: If Apple Pay isnt supported, use AutoFill during checkout. Or go to Settings tap Card Information to see the card number, expiration date, and security code.

, tap Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then With the titanium card: In stores, restaurants, and other locations where Apple Pay isnt yet accepted, use the physical card. View transactions, make payments, and manage your Apple Card 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Card. 3. Do any of the following:

Review your spending: Tap Transactions. See the Apple Support article See your Apple Card spending history. Make a one-time payment or schedule automatic payments: Tap Make a Payment or Autopay. See the Apple Support article How to make Apple Card payments. See the virtual card number: Tap Card Information to see the card number, expiration date, and security code. Manage your account: See account details, contact support, and more. Tip: Add the Apple Card widget to your Home Screen to see your balance, available credit, and spending activity at a glance. 1. Daily Cash may not be divided between Apple Cash and a Savings account. Apple Card owners and co-owners may individually change where their Daily Cash is deposited at any time. To open Savings, you must add Apple Card to Wallet on an iPhone or iPad with the latest version of iOS or iPadOS. Apple is not a financial institution. Apple Card and Savings are issued and provided by Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Salt Lake City Branch. Member FDIC. 2. Apple Cash is provided by Green Dot Bank. Member FDIC. Remove payment cards from Apple Wallet on iPad You can remove cards that you dont use anymore from Apple Wallet. You can also remove debit and credit cards from Apple Pay if your iPad is lost or stolen. Note: If you sign out of iCloud in Settings > [your name], all your credit and debit cards for Apple Pay are removed from iPad. You can add the cards again the next time you sign in to your Apple Account. Remove a debit or credit card from your iPad 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay. 3. Tap the card or pass you want to remove, then tap Remove Card. Note: If you remove a payment card on your iPad, its not removed from Apple Wallet on your other devices. You can add the card again later. Remove your cards from Apple Pay if your iPad is lost or stolen If you turned on Find My, you can use it to help locate and secure your iPad. To remove your cards from Apple Pay, do any of the following:

On another iPhone or iPad: Go to the Settings app the lost iPad, then tap Remove Items (below Wallet & Apple Pay).

, tap your name, select Using a web browser: Sign in to your Apple Account. Click Devices, then select the lost device. In the Wallet & Apple Pay section, click Remove Items. Call the issuers of your cards. Fill in payment information on iPad With your physical and virtual card numbers saved in Apple Wallet, you can use AutoFill to automatically fill in payment information in apps and online where Apple Pay isnt available. You can add, edit, and remove AutoFill cards to manage your saved payment methods. Your AutoFill cards are saved in iCloud Keychain so you can access them on your other devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account. Save a physical card number in Apple Wallet Even if your debit or credit card doesnt support Apple Pay, you can add the card number to Apple Wallet. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap AutoFill Cards. 3. Authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode, then tap Add Card. 4. Position your card in the frame to scan the information, or enter the card details manually. Update or remove AutoFill cards You can edit or delete the payment information and manage your AutoFill cards. 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap AutoFill Cards. 3. Authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode, then tap a card to see the details. 4. Do any of the following:

Update the card information: Tap Edit. Delete the card information: Tap Remove From AutoFill. Note: Removing a card from AutoFill doesnt remove it from Apple Pay. See a virtual card number To hide your real card number and prevent fraud when shopping in apps or on websites where Apple Pay isnt available, use a virtual card number (available for supported cards). 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap a supported card (such as Apple Cash or Apple Card). 3. Tap Card Information, then authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. 4. Tap the virtual card number to copy it. Fill in your payment information during checkout When Apple Pay isnt available, you can use AutoFill to enter the card number, expiration date, and security code of a debit or credit card saved in Apple Wallet. You can also use the iPad camera to scan the information on a new card. 1. During checkout, tap the card number field. 2. Do one of the following:

Choose a card saved in Apple Wallet: Tap a payment card above the onscreen keyboard. Use a new card: Tap Scan Card, then position your card in the frame. Change your Wallet & Apple Pay settings on iPad In the Settings app, you can customize your preferences for Wallet & Apple Pay. Customize your Wallet & Apple Pay settings 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then set any of the following:

Notifications: Change notification settings. Apple Pay Defaults: Change your default card, address, and preferences for Apple Pay. Apple Cash: Turn on or off Apple Cash. Order tracking: Purchases from participating merchants are automatically added to the Wallet app on iPhone. See Track your orders and purchases in the iPhone User Guide. Change your default card, address, and preferences for Apple Pay 1. Go to the Settings app on your iPad. 2. Tap Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Pay Defaults. 3. Set any of the following:

Transaction defaults: Set the default card, your shipping address, email, and phone number. Available payment options: Turn on or off Pay Later, Rewards, Offers, and Other Pay Later Options. Accessories Power adapter and charge cable for iPad You can connect iPad to a power outlet and charge the battery by using the included USB-C power adapter and charge cable. The size and type of the adapter depends on your iPad model and your country or region. The type of charge cable depends on your iPad model. You can also use the charge cable to connect iPad to your computer for charging, transferring files, using iPad as a second display for your Mac, and more. USB-C Power Adapter If you use a third-party power adapter, it should meet these recommended specifications:

Frequency: 50 to 60 Hz, single phase Line Voltage: 100 to 240 VAC Output Voltage/Current: 5 to 15 V / 3 A Minimum Power Output: 15 W Output Port: USB-C USB-C Charge Cable Lightning to USB-C Cable AirPods and EarPods Use AirPods with iPad After you pair AirPods (sold separately) with iPad, you can use AirPods to listen to audio playing on iPad, make and answer FaceTime calls, listen and respond to messages, hear reminders when you need them, listen to conversations more easily in noisy environments, and more. Pair AirPods with your iPad 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 2. Go to the Home Screen on your iPad. 3. Do one of the following:

AirPods (1, 2, and 3) and AirPods Pro: Open the case with your AirPods inside, then hold it next to your iPad. AirPods Max: Take your AirPods Max out of the Smart Case, then hold AirPods Max next to your iPad. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions, then tap Done. Note: If onscreen instructions for pairing your AirPods Max dont appear, go to Settings > Bluetooth, then select your AirPods Max. If the status light doesnt flash white on AirPods Max, press and hold the noise control button until it does. Your AirPods are automatically paired with all of your supported devices where youre signed in to the same Apple Account (iOS 10, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.12, watchOS 3, or later required). Note: If you cant pair your AirPods, see the Apple Support article If your AirPods wont connect. Do more with AirPods and your iPad See the AirPods User Guide for detailed instructions on how to get the most out of your AirPods. Use EarPods with Lightning Connector on iPad You can use EarPods with Lightning Connector (sold separately) to listen to music and videos, and make calls on an iPad model with a Lightning port. EarPods feature a microphone, volume buttons, and the center button. Use the center button to answer and end calls, control audio and video playback, and use Siri, even when iPad is locked. Control audio with your EarPods Pause: Press the center button. Press again to resume playback. Skip forward: Press the center button twice quickly. Skip backward: Press the center button three times quickly. Fast-forward: Press the center button twice quickly and hold. Manage calls using your EarPods Answer an incoming call: Press the center button. End the current call: Press the center button. Switch to an incoming or on-hold call, and put the current call on hold: Press the center button. Press again to switch back to the first call. Ask Siri with your EarPods Press and hold the center button until you hear a beep. Let go, then ask Siri to perform a task or answer your question. See Turn on and activate Siri. Use headphone audio-level features on iPad You can set a maximum decibel level to ensure that headphone audio doesnt become uncomfortable for you. iPad analyzes your headphone audio and reduces any sound above this level. You can also check whether the current audio level is OK or loud by viewing a headphone level meter. Reduce loud headphone sounds in Settings 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds & Haptics > Headphone Safety > Reduce Loud Audio. 2. Turn on Reduce Loud Sounds, then drag the slider. Note: If you set up Screen Time for a family member, you can prevent them from changing the Reduce Loud Sounds level. Go to Settings > Screen Time > Content &

Privacy Restrictions > Reduce Loud Sounds, then select Dont Allow. Check your headphone level while you listen While using headphones with iPad, you can use Hearing in Control Center to check their current decibel level. AirPods, EarPods, and many other wired and wireless headphones are compatible with Hearing in Control Center. 1. Open Control Center, then touch and hold in the Control Center area. 2. Tap Add a Control, then tap . The audio level (in decibels) of your headphones is displayed on the Headphone Level meter. Note: You can also scroll below the Headphone Level meter to turn Live Listen on or off. See Use Live Listen. Typically, headphone level monitoring and Live Listen arent used at the same time. The Headphone Level monitor is intended for listening to audio playback. Live Listen is intended for listening to external sounds with the iPad microphone. Improve the accuracy of audio measurements for third-party Bluetooth headphones Classify your Bluetooth devices as headphones, speakers, or other devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then tap the information button next to the name of the device. 2. Tap Device Type, then choose a classification. When you connect AirPods, EarPods, and other compatible headphones to your iPad, the headphone audio levels are automatically sent to iPad. Headphone audio measurements are most accurate when using Apple or Beats headphones. Audio played through other headphones can be estimated based on the volume of your iPad. Apple Pencil Apple Pencil compatibility with iPad models Find out which Apple Pencil (sold separately) works with your iPad. Apple Pencil (1st generation) Apple Pencil (1st generation) is compatible with the following models:

iPad mini (5th generation) iPad (6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th generations) iPad (A16) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad Pro 9.7-inch iPad Pro 10.5-inch iPad Pro 12.9-inch (1st and 2nd generation) See Pair and charge Apple Pencil (1st generation). Apple Pencil (2nd generation) Apple Pencil (2nd generation) is compatible with the following models:

iPad mini (6th generation) iPad Air (4th and 5th generations) iPad Pro 11-inch (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th generations) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th generations) See Pair and charge Apple Pencil (2nd generation). Apple Pencil (USB-C) Apple Pencil (USB-C) is compatible with the following models:

iPad mini (6th generation) iPad mini (A17 Pro) iPad (10th generation) iPad (A16) iPad Air (4th and 5th generations) iPad Air 11-inch (M2 and M3) iPad Air 13-inch (M2 and M3) iPad Pro 11-inch (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th generations) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th generations) iPad Pro 11-inch (M4) iPad Pro 13-inch (M4) See Pair and charge Apple Pencil (USB-C). Apple Pencil Pro Apple Pencil Pro is compatible with the following models:

iPad mini (A17 Pro) iPad Air 11-inch (M2 and M3) iPad Air 13-inch (M2 and M3) iPad Pro 11-inch (M4) iPad Pro 13-inch (M4) See Pair and charge Apple Pencil Pro with iPad. Pair and charge Apple Pencil (1st generation) with iPad You can pair and charge Apple Pencil (1st generation) by plugging it into the Lightning or USB-C connector on your compatible iPad. Pair and charge Apple Pencil (1st generation) on an iPad with a Home button 1. Remove the cap and plug Apple Pencil into the Lightning connector on your iPad. 2. Do any of the following:

Pair Apple Pencil: When the Pair button appears, tap it. After you pair Apple Pencil, unplug it from iPad. Apple Pencil stays paired until you restart your iPad, turn off Bluetooth, or pair with another iPad. Just pair Apple Pencil again when youre ready to use it. Charge Apple Pencil: Apple Pencil charges while its plugged into your iPad. If your pencil came with an Apple Pencil Charging Adapter, you can also charge it using the Lightning Cable and power adapter that came with your iPad. Pair and charge Apple Pencil with iPad (10th generation) and iPad (A16) 1. Remove the cap and plug Apple Pencil into the USB-C to Apple Pencil Adapter. 2. Connect the other end of the adapter to your iPad using the USB-C charge cable that came with your iPad. 3. Do any of the following:

Pair Apple Pencil: When the Pair button appears, tap it. After you pair Apple Pencil, unplug it from iPad. Apple Pencil stays paired until you restart your iPad, turn off Bluetooth, or pair with another iPad. Just pair Apple Pencil again when youre ready to use it. Charge Apple Pencil: Apple Pencil charges while its plugged into your iPad. Tip: You can also charge Apple Pencil using the USB-C charge cable and power adapter that came with your iPad. Check the battery level of Apple Pencil Check the Batteries widget. See Add, edit, and remove widgets. Go to Settings

> Apple Pencil. Pair and charge Apple Pencil (2nd generation) with iPad You can attach Apple Pencil (2nd generation) to the magnetic connector on the right side of your compatible iPad to pair and charge it. Pair Apple Pencil (2nd generation) with iPad Attach Apple Pencil to the magnetic connector on the right side of your iPad. Charge Apple Pencil (2nd generation) 1. Make sure that Bluetooth is turned on in Settings

> Bluetooth. 2. Attach Apple Pencil to the magnetic connector on the right side of your iPad. Check the battery level of Apple Pencil Do any of the following:

Check the Batteries widget. See Add, edit, and remove widgets. Go to Settings

> Apple Pencil. Pair and charge Apple Pencil (USB-C) with iPad You can pair and charge Apple Pencil by plugging it into the USB-C connector on your compatible iPad. Pair and charge Apple Pencil (USB-C) 1. Slide open the end of Apple Pencil and connect it to the USB-C charge cable that came with your iPad. 2. Connect the other end of the USB-C charge cable to the USB-C connector on iPad. 3. Do any of the following:

Pair Apple Pencil: Tap Tap to Connect. After you pair Apple Pencil, you can disconnect it from the USB-C charge cable. Apple Pencil stays paired until you restart your iPad, turn off Bluetooth, or pair with another iPad. Just pair Apple Pencil again youre ready to use it. Charge Apple Pencil: Apple Pencil charges while its plugged into your iPad. Tip: You can also charge Apple Pencil using the USB-C charge cable and power adapter that came with your iPad. Check the battery level of Apple Pencil Do any of the following:

Check the Batteries widget. See Add, edit, and remove widgets. Go to Settings

> Apple Pencil. Pair and charge Apple Pencil Pro with iPad Attach Apple Pencil Pro to the magnetic connector on the long side of your compatible iPad to pair and charge it. Pair Apple Pencil Pro with iPad Attach Apple Pencil Pro to the magnetic connector on the long side of your iPad. Charge Apple Pencil Pro 1. Make sure that Bluetooth is turned on in Settings

> Bluetooth. 2. Attach Apple Pencil Pro to the magnetic connector on the long side of your iPad. Check the battery level of Apple Pencil Check the Batteries widget. See Add, edit, and remove widgets. Go to Settings

> Apple Pencil. Enter text with Scribble on iPad On supported models, you can use Apple Pencil (sold separately) and Scribble to enter text. Without opening or using the onscreen keyboard, you can quickly reply to a message, write yourself a reminder, and more. Scribble converts your handwriting to text directly on your iPad, so your writing stays private. Note: Scribble is available in several languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Use Apple Pencil to enter text in any text field 1. Write with Apple Pencil in any text field, and Scribble automatically converts your handwriting into typed text. Scribble even works when your handwriting extends beyond the edges of the text field. 2. To use an action shortcut, tap the Scribble toolbar. Available actions depend on the app youre using, and may include the Undo button

, the Show Keyboard button

, and more. To automatically minimize the toolbar when youre entering text, tap

, then turn on Auto-minimize. To show the full toolbar, tap the minimized version. Use Apple Pencil to enter text in Notes and Freeform 1. In Notes or Freeform, tap to show the tool palette. 2. In the tool palette, tap the Handwriting tool (to the left of the pen). 3. Write with Apple Pencil, and Scribble automatically converts your handwriting into typed text. Select and revise text with Apple Pencil As you enter text using Apple Pencil and Scribble, you can do the following:

Delete a word: Scratch it out. Insert text: Touch and hold in a text area, then write in the space that opens. Join or separate characters: Draw a vertical line between them. Select text: Draw a circle around the text or underline it to select it and see editing options. To change the selection, drag from the beginning or end of the selected text. Select a word: Double-tap the word. Select a paragraph: Triple-tap a word within the paragraph, or drag Apple Pencil over the paragraph. Stop converting your handwriting to text Go to Settings

> Apple Pencil, then turn off Scribble. Draw with Apple Pencil on iPad On supported models, you can use Apple Pencil (sold separately) to draw or sketch, mark up a photo, sign a document, and more. Compared to using your finger, Apple Pencil gives you extra control as you draw. Apply shading and darker lines While you draw or sketch, tilt your Apple Pencil to apply shading or to vary the line thickness (depending on the drawing tool). With Apple Pencil (1st and 2nd generations) and Apple Pencil Pro, you can also press more firmly to darken the line. Double-tap to switch tools With Apple Pencil (2nd generation) and Apple Pencil Pro, you can double-tap the barrel of the pencil to quickly switch back to the tool you used last. For example, you can switch from the marker back to the eraser. (The double-tap option is available in supported apps, such as Notes.) To choose another action for the double-tap setting, go to Settings Apple Pencil > Double Tap.

Squeeze Apple Pencil Pro to perform an action With Apple Pencil Pro, you can squeeze the barrel of the pencil to quickly perform an action such as undo or show the tool palette. To choose an action for the squeeze setting, go to Settings > Apple Pencil >

Squeeze. Use barrel roll on Apple Pencil Pro With Apple Pencil Pro, you can rotate the barrel and preview the angle of drawing tools such as the highlighter and fountain pen. Barrel roll works with the fountain pen and highlighter tools in Apple apps like Freeform, Notes, and when you are using Markup. It may also work with tools in select third-party apps; contact the app developer for more information. Turn haptic feedback for Apple Pencil Pro off or on When you squeeze or double-tap Apple Pencil Pro, you reel a light pulse, which is haptic feedback. 1. Pair Apple Pencil Pro with your compatible iPad. 2. Go to Settings

> Apple Pencil, then turn Haptics on or off. Hover to preview tools and controls With Apple Pencil hover, you can quickly preview and switch between different tools and controls in supported apps. You can preview a drawing tool before it makes a mark on the canvas. You can also sketch, write, and make adjustments with greater precision. Apple Pencil hover is available on the following models:

iPad Pro 11-inch (4th generation) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (6th generation) with Apple Pencil (2nd generation) iPad Mini (A17 Pro), iPad Air 11-inch (M2 and M3), iPad Air 13-inch (M2 and M3), iPad Pro 11-inch (M4), and iPad Pro 13-inch (M4) with Apple Pencil Pro Hold Apple Pencil up to 12 mm above the iPad display. Here are some examples of what you can do:

Explore the tool palette: Hold Apple Pencil over the tool palette, then move over the tools such as the pencil, brush, eraser, and colors. Touch the tool, color, and options you want to use. Preview before you make a mark: Hold Apple Pencil over the drawing area. With some drawing tools, you can even tilt Apple Pencil and change the azimuth (lateral angle) for different effects. For example, in the Notes app you can preview the color, line thickness, and opacity of the highlighter.

, With Apple Pencil Pro, you can rotate the barrel and preview the angle of drawing tools such as the highlighter and fountain pen. Erase with precision: Select the eraser tool, then select options such as the pixel eraser size or the object eraser. Hold Apple Pencil over the drawing area to preview the effects of the eraser. To turn off Apple Pencil hover, go to Settings

> Apple Pencil, then turn off Hover. Take and mark up a screenshot with Apple Pencil on iPad You can use Apple Pencil to quickly take a picture of the iPad screen, then mark it up to share with others or use in documents. 1. To capture the screen, swipe up with Apple Pencil from either corner at the bottom of your iPad. 2. To mark up the screenshot, draw with Apple Pencil. Use the tool palette at the bottom of the screen to change drawing tools. See Write and draw in documents. 3. To send the marked up screenshot to others (such as in a message), or to save it in a document (such as in a note), tap , then choose an option. 4. When youre finished, tap Done, then choose an option. Quickly write notes with Apple Pencil on iPad You can use Apple Pencil to quickly write a note from anywhere on iPad, even while iPad is locked (supported models). Create a Quick Note See Use Quick Notes. Wake iPad by drawing or writing a note Tap Apple Pencil on the Lock Screen, then begin drawing or taking notes. Whatever you create is saved in Notes. Apple TV, smart TVs, and video displays Wirelessly stream videos and photos to Apple TV or a smart TV from iPad You can use your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV to watch videos and view photos streamed from your iPad. Note: To stream videos or photos to Apple TV or a smart TV from your iPad, both devices must be on the same Wi-Fi network. Play video on Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV 1. While playing video in the Apple TV app or another supported video app on your iPad, tap the screen to show the controls. 2. Tap

, then choose your Apple TV or AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback destination. If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. To change the playback destination, choose a different AirPlay option on your iPad screen. Show photos on Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV 1. In Photos on your iPad, tap a photo, then tap . 2. Swipe up, tap

, then choose your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback destination. If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. To stop streaming photos, tap AirPlay. near the top of the iPad screen, then tap Turn off Turn automatic AirPlay streaming on or off You can allow your iPad to discover and automatically connect to any frequently used Apple TV or smart TV when playing content from apps that you regularly use with AirPlay. Go to Settings or Ask.

> General > AirPlay & Continuity, then choose Automatic, Never, Mirror your iPad on Apple TV or a smart TV On Apple TV or a smart TV, you can show whatever appears on your iPad. 1. Open Control Center on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then choose your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback destination. If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. To switch back to iPad, open Control Center, tap

, then tap Stop Mirroring. Note: For a list of AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, see the Home accessories website. To learn more about using Apple TV, see the Apple TV User Guide. Connect iPad to a display with a cable With the appropriate cable or adapter, you can connect your iPad to a secondary display, like a computer display, TV, or projector, where you can view the iPad screen. To extend the workspace of your Mac by connecting it to your iPad, see Use your iPad as a second display. Connect iPad to Studio Display or Pro Display XDR Your Apple display automatically turns on when you plug it into power and connect it to your iPad (supported models) using the Thunderbolt cable included with the display. Your iPad charges while connected to the display. For more information about Studio Display or Pro Display XDR, see the Displays Support website. Connect your iPad using the USB-C connector On models with a USB-C connector, you may be able to connect iPad to a USB or Thunderbolt 3 port on the display. If the charge cable that came with your iPad isnt compatible with the port on your display, TV, or projector, do the following:

1. Plug a USB-C Display AV Adapter or USB-C VGA Multi-port Adapter into the charging port on iPad. 2. Connect an HDMI or VGA cable to the adapter. 3. Connect the other end of the HDMI or VGA cable to the display, TV, or projector. 4. If necessary, switch to the correct video source on the display, TV, or projector. If you need help, use the displays manual. If the display doesnt turn on when you connect it to iPad, unplug it from iPad, then plug it back in. If that doesnt work, unplug the display from its power source, then plug it in again. See the Apple Support article Charge and connect with the USB-C port on iPad Pro. Connect your iPad if it has a Lightning connector On a model with a Lightning connector, do the following:

1. Plug a Lightning Digital AV Adapter or Lightning to VGA Adapter into the charging port on iPad. 2. Connect an HDMI or VGA cable to the adapter. 3. Connect the other end of the HDMI or VGA cable to the display, TV, or projector. 4. If necessary, switch to the correct video source on the display, TV, or projector. If you need help, see the manual that came with your display. To charge your iPad while its connected to the display, TV, or projector, insert one end of your charge cable into the extra port on the adapter, insert the other end of the charge cable into the power adapter, then plug the power adapter to a power outlet. Organize windows on your iPad and external display with Stage Manager Stage Manager lets you connect supported iPad Pro and iPad Air models to an external display with up to 6K of resolution, giving you fast access to windows and apps. To use Stage Manager, place your iPad in landscape orientation, connect it to an external display, open Control Center, then tap

. The window of the app youre using is positioned prominently in the center, so you can focus on it without going full screen. Your other apps are arranged on the left side in order of recent use. In Stage Manager, you can do any of the following:

Resize your windows to make them the perfect size for your task. Move your windows around on the center canvas. Access your favorite apps from the Dock, along with the ones you used recently. Use App Library to quickly find the app you want. Drag and drop windows from the side or open apps from the Dock to create app sets you can tap to get back to. Move files and windows between your supported iPad and your external display. For more information, see Organize windows. Play audio from iPad on HomePod and other wireless speakers You can play audio from iPad on wireless devices like HomePod, Apple TV, AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, and Bluetooth headphones and speakers. Play audio from iPad on a wireless device 1. On your iPad, open an audio app, such as Podcasts or Music

, then choose an item to play. 2. Tap

, then choose a playback destination. Note: If your AirPlay 2-enabled devices dont appear in the list of playback destinations, make sure theyre on the same Wi-Fi network. With a Bluetooth device, the playback destination returns to iPad if you move the device out of Bluetooth range. To select the playback destination, you can also tap Control Center. on the Lock Screen or in Note: For information about setting up a Bluetooth audio device, see Pair your iPad with a Bluetooth accessory. Play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices With AirPlay 2 and iPad, you can play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices connected to the same Wi-Fi network. For example, you can play a party playlist on HomePod speakers in the living room and kitchen, on an Apple TV in the bedroom, and on an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV in the den. Ask Siri something like:

Stop playing music everywhere Set the dining room volume to 10 percent Whats playing in the kitchen?

Play a song I like in the kitchen Add the living room speaker Remove the music from the kitchen Move the music to the den You can also choose playback destinations from the iPad screen. 1. Tap in Control Center, on the Lock Screen, or on the Now Playing screen for the app youre listening to. 2. Select each device you want to use. Note: Devices arranged in a stereo pair are treated as a single audio device. To learn more about using HomePod speakers and Apple TV, see the HomePod User Guide and Apple TV User Guide. For a list of AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, see the Home accessories website. Keyboards iPad Magic Keyboard and Smart Keyboard iPad Smart Keyboards and Magic Keyboards (sold separately) allow you to type while viewing the entire iPad screen. They magnetically attach to iPad - without switches, plugs or pairing - and provide a lightweight protective cover when closed. Find the right keyboard for your iPad Keyboard Compatible with Magic Keyboard for iPad Pro iPad Pro 11-inch (M4) iPad Pro 13-inch (M4) Magic Keyboard for iPad Air iPad Air 11-inch (M2 and M3) Note: Requires iPadOS 18.3 or later. iPad Air 13-inch (M2 and M3) iPad Air (4th and 5th generation) Keyboard Compatible with Magic Keyboard for iPad Air and iPad Pro iPad Air 11-inch (M2 and M3) iPad Air 13-inch (M2 and M3) iPad Air (4th and 5th generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th generation) iPad (A16) iPad (10th generation) Magic Keyboard Folio Smart Keyboard Folio iPad Air 11-inch (M2 and M3) iPad Air 13-inch (M2 and M3) iPad Air (4th and 5th generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th generation) Smart Keyboard iPad (7th, 8th, and 9th generation) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad Pro 10.5-inch Switch between keyboards with iPad With an Apple external keyboard, you can switch between the language keyboard for your region, an emoji keyboard, other language keyboards that you add, and the onscreen keyboard. Switch between language keyboards and the onscreen emoji keyboard 1. On the external keyboard, press and hold the Control key. 2. Press the Space bar to cycle between the language keyboard for your region, the emoji keyboard, and other language keyboards that you add. When you select the emoji keyboard, you can do the following:

Search for an emoji: Enter a commonly used word or phrasesuch as heart or smiley facein the search field above the emoji keyboard. Enter an emoji: Tap it; or use the arrow keys on the external keyboard to select it, then press Return. Tip: To quickly switch to the emoji keyboard, press -E on the Magic Keyboard for iPad or Smart Keyboard. With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can also press to choose between keyboards. If you want to use of switching languages, go to Settings Keyboard, then turn on Press to show only the emoji keyboard instead

> General > Keyboard > Hardware for Emoji. Tip: If you added a Chinese, Korean, Japanese, or Hebrew keyboard, you can press the Caps Lock key to switch back and forth between Latin script and the other keyboard youre using. To prevent use of the Caps Lock key for switching languages, go to Settings > General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then turn off Switch Languages using Caps Lock. Switch to the onscreen keyboard 1. Do one of the following:

Tap in the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen). If you installed additional language keyboards, tap the language button next to the predictive text suggestions (opposite of the Dictation button in the Shortcuts bar). 2. Tap Show Keyboard. To hide the onscreen keyboard, tap

. Note: With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can use only the emoji keyboard instead of switching languages. Go to Settings General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then turn on Press switch between other language keyboards, press and hold the Control key, then press the Space bar. for Emoji. To to show

Enter characters with diacritical marks while using an Apple external keyboard with iPad If the Apple external keyboard you use with iPad doesnt include accents and other diacritical marks for the language youre typing, you can use an Option key modifier or the onscreen keyboard to enter those marks. Use the Option key to enter a diacritical mark for a character To enter a character with a diacritical mark, you can press the Option key to select a mark. 1. Do one of the following:

Add a keyboard for a language that supports diacritical marks, then in an app, switch to that language keyboard. For example, add the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard, then in an app, use on Magic Keyboard for iPad to select Espaol (Mxico). Go to Settings choose an alternative keyboard layout that supports diacritical marks.

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then For example, if you have the English (US) language keyboard, tap English (US), then choose U.S. International PC or ABC Extended. 2. In an app, press and hold the Option key, then press a key that enters a diacritical mark. For example, the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard and the U.S. International PC alternative layout support these diacritical marks:

Acute accent (for example, ): Option-E. Grave accent (for example, ): Option-`. Tilde (for example, ): Option-N. Diaeresis or umlaut (for example, ): Option-U. Circumflex (for example, ): Option-I. 3. Press the letter. For example, to enter using the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard or the U.S. International PC alternative layout, press Option-N, then type an n. Note: The ABC - Extended alternative layout also allows you to enter tone marks for typing Mandarin Chinese in Pinyin orthography. For example, to type in lxng

(travel), press Option-V, then type a v. In addition, the ABC - Extended layout allows you to type diacritical marks and letters from several different European languages, such as Czech, French, German, Hungarian, and Polish. Use the onscreen keyboard to enter a diacritical mark 1. Switch to the onscreen keyboard. 2. On the onscreen keyboard, touch and hold the letter, number, or symbol on the keyboard thats related to the character you want. For example, to enter , touch and hold the e key. 3. Slide your finger to choose a variant. 4. To hide the onscreen keyboard when youre finished, tap

. Dictate text while using an Apple external keyboard with iPad You can dictate text instead of typing it on an Apple external keyboard. Note: Dictation may not be available in all languages or in all countries or regions, and features may vary. Cellular data charges may apply (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn on Enable Dictation. 2. Tap the Dictation button in the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen), then speak. As you speak to insert text, iPad automatically inserts punctuation for you. You can insert emoji by saying their names (for example, mind blown emoji or happy emoji). 3. When you finish, tap at the bottom of the screen. Tip: To quickly switch to dictation, press -D on the Magic Keyboard for iPad or Smart Keyboard. Use shortcuts on an Apple external keyboard with iPad You can use the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen) and combination keystrokes known as keyboard shortcuts to quickly perform many common actions. Use the Shortcuts bar to accept suggested words and spellings While typing, you can do the following:

Accept a suggested word by tapping it in the Shortcuts bar. Accept a suggestion highlighted in the Shortcuts bar by entering a space or punctuation. (If you enter a comma, period, or other punctuation after entering a space to accept a suggestion, the space is deleted.) Reject the suggestions by tapping your original word (shown with quotation marks in the Shortcuts bar). To turn off the suggestions, go to Settings Predictive Text.

> General > Keyboard, then turn off Use the Shortcuts bar to switch between language, emoji, and onscreen keyboards You can use the Shortcuts bar to switch between the language keyboard for your region, an emoji keyboard, other language keyboards that you add, and the onscreen keyboard. 1. Do one of the following:

Tap in the Shortcuts bar. If you installed additional language keyboards, tap the language button next to the predictive text suggestions (opposite of the Dictation button in the Shortcuts bar). 2. Choose an option. Use the Shortcuts bar for other shortcuts Use app-specific shortcuts: Buttons on the outer edges of the Shortcuts bar vary depending on the app youre using or the task youre doing. Each app is differenttry out the Shortcuts bar to see what you can do. Change keyboard settings: Tap then tap Keyboard Settings.

(or the language button that replaced it), Minimize the Shortcuts bar: Tap then tap Minimize. To see the full Shortcuts bar, tap the minimized version.

(or the language button that replaced it), Dictate text: Tap the Dictation button , then speak. When youre finished, tap at the bottom of the screen. Use keyboard shortcuts You can use keyboard shortcuts on an Apple external keyboard to perform the following actions on iPad:

Quickly switch between apps: Press and hold the Command key, then press Tab until you reach the app you want to open. Open Search: Press Command-Space. Navigate between lists, text fields, and more: Press Tab to navigate between areas of an app. For example, in Notes, with the Folders list showing, press Tab to switch between the Folders list, the Notes list, and the search field. View multitasking and other systemwide shortcuts: (Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard) Press and hold

, then tap categories below the list. View shortcuts for the app youre using: Press and hold the Command key, then tap categories below the list. You can change the actions that are performed by the Command key (and other modifier keys like Caps Lock). Go to Settings Keyboard, tap Modifier Keys, tap a key, then choose the action you want it to perform.

> General > Keyboard > Hardware To use additional keyboard shortcuts, go to Settings > Accessibility > Keyboards >

Full Keyboard Access, then turn on Full Keyboard Access. See Control iPad using Full Keyboard Access. Note: You can also set up text replacements that enter words or phrases after you type just a few characters. For example, type omw to enter On my way! See Use text replacements. You can also accept suggested words before you finish typing them. See Save keystrokes with text replacements. Choose an alternative layout for an Apple external keyboard with iPad With an alternative keyboard layout, you can enter letters and marks that are different from the ones on your Apple external keyboard. For example, with the ABC Extended keyboard layout, you can type letters and enter diacritical marks for several different European languages and tone marks for Mandarin Chinese in Pinyin. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard. 2. Tap a language at the top of the screen, then choose an alternative layout from the list. Change typing assistance options for an Apple external keyboard with iPad You can change options for auto-correction, smart punctuation, and more. Change typing assistance options for an external keyboard Go to Settings following:

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then do any of the Turn Auto-Capitalization on or off: When this option is selected, an app supporting this feature capitalizes proper nouns and the first words in sentences as you type. Turn Auto-Correction on or off: When this option is selected, an app supporting this feature corrects the spelling as you type. Turn . Shortcut on or off: When this option is selected, double-tapping the space bar inserts a period followed by a space. Change typing assistance options for all keyboards You can turn on or off special typing featuressuch as predictive text and smart punctuationthat assist you when you type. These settings apply to your onscreen keyboard and external keyboard. 1. Go to Settings > General, then tap Keyboard. 2. In the list below All Keyboards, turn typing features on or off. For several options, including auto-correction and auto-capitalization, you can specify different settings for your external keyboard in Settings

> General >

Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard. Trackpads Connect Magic Trackpad to iPad You can connect Magic Trackpad, including Magic Trackpad 2, to your iPad

(Magic Trackpad sold separately). Pair Magic Trackpad 1. Make sure Magic Trackpad is turned on and charged. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. Note: If Magic Trackpad is already paired with your Mac or another iPad, you must unpair them before you can connect Magic Trackpad to your iPad. Do one of the following:

On iPhone or iPad: See Unpair a Bluetooth accessory. On macOS 13 or later: Choose Apple menu Bluetooth in the sidebar, Control-click the device, then choose Forget.

> System Settings, click On macOS 12.5 or earlier: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, click Bluetooth, Control-click the device, then click Remove. Reconnect Magic Trackpad to iPad Magic Trackpad disconnects when you turn its switch to Off, or when you move it or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the trackpad switch to On, or bring the trackpad and iPad back into range, then click the trackpad. Trackpad gestures for iPad You can use Magic Trackpad or the trackpad built into the Magic Keyboard for iPad and the Magic Keyboard Folio, to open apps, go to the Home Screen, open Slide Over, and more (all trackpads sold separately). When your iPad is near your Mac (macOS 12.3 or later required on supported models), you can also share a trackpad between both devices. Many of the trackpad gestures in the following tables are supported by Mac trackpads. Trackpad gestures for Magic Trackpad, Magic Trackpad 2, Magic Keyboard for iPad, and Magic Keyboard Folio Gesture Description Click. Press with one finger until you feel a click. Click and hold. Press and hold with one finger. Drag. Click and hold an item, then slide your finger across the trackpad to move it. Wake iPad. Click the trackpad. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, press any key. Open the Dock. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Go Home. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen. After the Dock appears, swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen again. Alternatively, click the bar at the bottom of the screen (on an iPad with Face ID). View Slide Over. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the right edge of the screen. To hide Slide Over, swipe right again. Open Control Center. Use one finger to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top right, then click. Or, select the status icons at the top right, then swipe up with one finger. Open Notification Center. Use one finger to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top left, then click. Or, use one finger to move the pointer past the top of the screen near the middle. Additional gestures for Magic Trackpad 2, Magic Keyboard for iPad, and Magic Keyboard Folio Gesture Description